As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2010

Registration Statement No. 333-



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


COSTAMARE INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

4412
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number
)

 

N/A
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

60 Zephyrou Street &
Syngrou Avenue
17564 Athens
Greece
(+30-210-949-0000)

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)


CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10011
(212) 590-9338

(Name and Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


 

 

 

William P. Rogers, Jr., Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 474-1000

(telephone number)

(212) 474-3700

(facsimile number)

 

Stephen P. Farrell, Esq.
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
101 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10178
(212) 309-6050

(telephone number)

(212) 309-6001

(facsimile number)


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   £


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

 

Amount to be
Registered
(1)

 

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Security
(2)

 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
(1)(2)

 

Amount of
Registration Fee

 

 

 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

 

 

15,295,000 shares

 

 

 

$

 

17.00

 

 

 

$

 

260,015,000

 

 

 

$

 

18,540

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Includes shares to be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

 

(3)

 

 

 

The preferred stock purchase rights are initially attached to and trade with the shares of our common stock registered hereby. Value attributed to such rights, if any, is reflected in the market price of our common stock.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued October 20, 2010

13,300,000 Shares

Costamare Inc.
COMMON STOCK


Costamare Inc. is offering shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share.


Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CMRE”.


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.


PRICE $   PER SHARE


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Price to
Public

 

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

 

Proceeds to
Company

Per Share

 

$

 

$

 

$

Total

 

$

 

$

 

$

Costamare Inc. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,995,000 shares to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on   , 2010.


 

 

 

Morgan Stanley

 

BofA Merrill Lynch


 

 

 

 

 

Dahlman Rose & Company

 

RBS

 

Wells Fargo Securities

, 2010


Pursuant to our charter parties, the charterer has the right
to place its name and logo on our containerships.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

 

 

1

 

RISK FACTORS

 

 

 

12

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

 

 

36

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

 

 

38

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

 

 

39

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

 

 

40

 

DILUTION

 

 

 

41

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

42

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

44

 

THE INTERNATIONAL CONTAINERSHIP INDUSTRY

 

 

 

71

 

BUSINESS

 

 

 

85

 

MANAGEMENT

 

 

 

105

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

109

 

OUR MANAGERS AND MANAGEMENT-RELATED AGREEMENT

 

 

 

110

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

 

 

113

 

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

 

 

115

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

 

 

121

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

 

 

127

 

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

 

 

 

129

 

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

 

 

133

 

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

 

 

140

 

UNDERWRITING

 

 

 

141

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

 

 

146

 

EXPERTS

 

 

 

146

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

146

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

146

 

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

 

 

 

148

 

INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

F-1

 


You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

i


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This section summarizes material information that appears later in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. As an investor or prospective investor, you should carefully review the entire prospectus, including the risk factors and the more detailed information that appears later.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to “Costamare”, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “us” or similar terms when used in a historical context refer to Costamare Inc., or any one or more of its subsidiaries or their predecessors, or to such entities collectively.

We use the term “twenty foot equivalent unit”, or “TEU”, the international standard measure of containers, in describing the capacity of our containerships. For the definition of certain shipping terms used in this prospectus, see the “Glossary of Shipping Terms” at the end of the prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars and all share numbers give effect to the sale of 24,000,000 (pre-stock split) shares of Common Stock issued in a rights offering to stockholders of record on July 14, 2010, and a 1.88-for-1 stock split effected as a share dividend on October 19, 2010.

Business Overview

We are an international owner of containerships, chartering our vessels to many of the world’s largest liner companies. We currently have a fleet of 41 containerships aggregating 211,882 TEUs, making us one of the largest privately owned containership companies in the world, based on total TEU capacity. We also have contracted to acquire four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships and have entered into agreements, subject to certain conditions, to acquire three 9,000 TEU newbuilds. Our strategy is to time charter our containerships to a geographically diverse, financially strong and loyal group of leading liner companies. Over the last three years our largest customers by revenue were A.P. Moller-Maersk A/S (“A.P. Moller-Maersk”), MSC-Mediterranean Shipping Company S.A. (“MSC”) and Cosco Container Lines Co., Ltd. (“COSCO”). As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed-term charters represented an aggregate of $1.7 billion of contracted revenue, assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters and 365 revenue days per annum per containership.

Our company and its founders have a long history of operating and investing in the shipping industry. We are wholly-owned by Captain Vasileios Konstantakopoulos and his three sons Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, Achillefs Konstantakopoulos and Christos Konstantakopoulos (collectively, the “Konstantakopoulos family”). Captain Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, the father of our chairman and chief executive officer, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, founded Costamare Shipping Company S.A. (“Costamare Shipping”) in 1975. We initially owned and operated drybulk carrier vessels, but in 1984 we became the first Greek owned company to enter the containership market and, since 1992, we have focused exclusively on containerships. After assuming management of our company in 1998, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos has concentrated on building a large, modern and reliable containership fleet run and supported by highly-skilled, experienced and loyal personnel. He founded the management companies CIEL Shipmanagement S.A. (“CIEL”) and Shanghai Costamare Ship Management Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Costamare”) in 2001 and 2005, respectively, and he founded the manning agency C-Man Maritime, Inc. (“C-Man Maritime”) in 2006. Under Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos’s leadership, we have continued to foster a company culture focusing on excellent customer service, industry leadership and innovation.

Consistent with our strategy of actively managing the size of our fleet through timely acquisitions and dispositions, we grew our fleet from 21 containerships with an aggregate capacity of 43,735 TEUs in 2000 to a peak of 53 containerships of 227,778 TEUs in 2008, followed by a proactive decrease in response to market conditions to our current fleet of 41 containerships with a total capacity of 211,882 TEUs. We plan to use the proceeds of the offering to further expand and renew our fleet. We believe

1


that the financial flexibility resulting from our strategic growth policy, together with our experience, reputation, quality of services and long-standing relationships with container shipping industry participants and major financial institutions, position us to renew and expand our fleet with further acquisitions of newbuild and high-quality secondhand vessels at prices that are currently below historical averages.

We believe that this is a favorable time to acquire newbuilds, as well as high-quality secondhand vessels. We also believe that vessel prices today remain at levels that are below their 10-year historical averages and that the charter market for containerships has shown improvement during 2010. As an established owner of containerships with a focus on reliability and balance sheet management, and with significant experience and relationships in the containership sector, we believe we will have ready access to additional vessel acquisition opportunities from shipyards, our liner company customers, shipowners, financial institutions and brokers, chartering opportunities with leading liner companies, and available financing alternatives that will facilitate the renewal and further expansion of our fleet at an opportune time.

Recent Developments

Consistent with our strategy of pursuing attractive growth opportunities, we recently entered into agreements to acquire a total of seven newbuild and secondhand containerships.

On September 21, 2010, we contracted with China Shipbuilding Trading Company Limited and Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry Co., Ltd. for the construction and purchase of three newbuild containerships, each of 9,000 TEU capacity, for a price of approximately $95.1 million per newbuild, to be paid in five equal installments. Each newbuild contract is subject to our completion of certain financing arrangements prior to November 30, 2010. These three newbuilds are scheduled to be delivered between November 2013 and January 2014, and we currently have agreements for the time charter of each newbuild to MSC for a period of 10 years from delivery by the shipyard at a daily rate of $43,000. We have also obtained options to acquire three additional newbuild containerships, each of 9,000 TEU capacity, for a price of approximately $96.1 million per newbuild. These options must be exercised by December 24, 2010, and the associated newbuild containerships would be delivered between March and June 2014.

On September 23, 2010, we contracted for four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships at a purchase price of $11.25 million per containership, two to be delivered by December 20, 2010 and two by February 28, 2011. These secondhand containerships were built between 1990 and 1992. We intend to finance the acquisition of these secondhand containerships with available cash or new debt financing. While we do not currently have time charters for these secondhand containerships, we are reviewing the charter market and intend to take advantage of available opportunities in line with our market outlook.

On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter from The Royal Bank of Scotland plc for a $120.0 million term loan facility, which will be available for drawing for up to 18 months. We intend to use this term loan facility to finance the acquisition of additional newbuild or secondhand containerships, but we are also permitted to use it to refinance existing containerships in our fleet. Availability of the term loan facility is subject to execution of definitive documentation and is conditioned upon the closing of this offering.

We recently rechartered the MSC Navarino , and we also have extended by four years the current time charters to A.P. Moller-Maersk of eight of our containerships, such extensions resulting in an increase of approximately $306 million in our contracted revenues. The details of the recharter and eight extensions, as well as certain other charter modifications, are shown in our fleet table, which appears in “Business—Fleet—Characteristics”.

Market Opportunity

We believe that it is currently an attractive time in the container shipping cycle to invest, and that we are well-positioned to benefit from an industry recovery, for several key reasons, including:

2


Initial Signs of Container Shipping Market Recovery. As reported by Clarkson Research Services Limited (“Clarkson Research”), based on an index containing a range of containership sizes, time charter daily rates improved 99% during the first nine months of 2010 and there has been a reduction in the number of vessels in layup and an increase in transported container volumes over the low levels of 2009. Although current charter rates remain low compared to the high levels reached in 2005, we believe that the increases in charter rates and transported volumes in the first nine months of 2010 are a positive indicator of fundamental improvement in the economics of our industry.

Our Ability to Exploit Acquisition Opportunities. As a well-established containership owner with a reputation for reliability and financial soundness and with significant contracted revenues, we believe we will have access to financing and chartering opportunities that will enable us to acquire additional high- quality vessels at prices that are below their 10-year historical averages. Unlike many of our public company competitors, we are not burdened with acquisition and newbuild commitments that were incurred when vessel prices were relatively high or with significant restrictions on debt incurrence imposed by lenders that would impede growth.

Our Fleet

We currently have a fleet of 41 containerships aggregating 211,882 TEUs, making us one of the largest privately owned containership companies in the world, based on total TEU capacity. Our containerships have a record of low unscheduled off-hire days, with fleet utilization levels of 99.7%, 99.3% and 99.9% in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and 99.8% for the first half of 2010. We believe our customers seek to charter our ships based upon, among other factors, our reputation for safety and reliability.

We deploy our containership fleet principally under multi-year time charters with leading liner companies that operate regularly scheduled routes between large commercial ports. As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters.

The tables below provide additional information, as of October 15, 2010, about our fleet of 41 containerships and the three newbuilds we have contracted to purchase from China Shipbuilding Trading Company Limited and Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry Co., Ltd., at a purchase price of approximately $95.1 million per newbuild. The table below does not include the four secondhand containerships that we have agreed to purchase. For information about these secondhand containerships, see “Business—Overview—Recent Developments”. Each vessel is a cellular containership, meaning it is a dedicated container vessel. Please see additional vessel information in “Business—Fleet”.

3


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Name

 

Charterer (1)

 

Year
Built

 

Capacity
(TEU)

 

Time
Charter
Term
(2)

 

Current
Daily
Charter Hire
(U.S. dollars)

 

Expiration of
Charter
(2)

 

Average Daily
Charter Rate
Until Earliest
Expiry of
Charter
(U.S. dollars)
(3)

 

1

 

COSCO GUANGZHOU

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

December 2017

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

2

 

COSCO NINGBO

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

January 2018

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

3

 

COSCO YANTIAN

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

February 2018

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

4

 

COSCO BEIJING

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

April 2018

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

5

 

COSCO HELLAS

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

32,400

(3)

 

 

May 2018

 

 

 

36,996

 

 

6

 

MSC NAVARINO (4)

 

MSC

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

8,531

 

 

 

 

0.7 years

 

 

 

 

22,000

   

January 2011

 

 

 

22,000

 

 

7

 

MAERSK KAWASAKI

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

1997

 

 

 

 

7,403

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

37,000

   

December 2017

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

8

 

MAERSK KURE

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

1996

 

 

 

 

7,403

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

37,000

   

December 2017

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

9

 

MAERSK KOKURA

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

1997

 

 

 

 

7,403

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

37,000

   

February 2018

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

10

 

SEALAND NEW YORK

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

   

March 2018

 

 

 

28,766

 

 

11

 

MAERSK KOBE

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

   

May 2018

 

 

 

31,855

 

 

12

 

SEALAND WASHINGTON

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

   

June 2018

 

 

 

28,828

 

 

13

 

SEALAND MICHIGAN

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

25,375

   

August 2018

 

 

 

26,302

 

 

14

 

SEALAND ILLINOIS

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

   

October 2018

 

 

 

28,882

 

 

15

 

MAERSK KOLKATA

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,000

   

November 2019

 

 

 

33,168

 

 

16

 

MAERSK KINGSTON

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

   

February 2020

 

 

 

33,343

 

 

17

 

MAERSK KALAMATA

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

   

April 2020

 

 

 

33,385

 

 

18

 

ZIM NEW YORK

 

ZIM

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

16,205

   

July 2012

 

 

 

28,332

 

 

19

 

ZIM SHANGHAI

 

ZIM

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

16,100

   

August 2012

 

 

 

27,801

 

 

20

 

ZIM PIRAEUS

 

ZIM

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

18,150

   

March 2014

 

 

 

24,145

 

 

21

 

OAKLAND EXPRESS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

 

 

31,297

   

September 2016

 

 

 

31,291

 

 

22

 

NEW YORK EXPRESS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

 

 

31,282

   

October 2016

 

 

 

31,274

 

 

23

 

SINGAPORE EXPRESS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

 

 

31,317

   

July 2016

 

 

 

31,312

 

 

24

 

MSC MANDRAKI (5)

 

MSC

 

 

 

1988

 

 

 

 

4,828

 

 

 

 

2.8 years

 

 

 

 

13,500

   

August 2012

 

 

 

20,201

 

 

25

 

MSC MYKONOS (6)

 

MSC

 

 

 

1988

 

 

 

 

4,828

 

 

 

 

3.2 years

 

 

 

 

13,500

   

September 2012

 

 

 

19,577

 

 

26

 

MSC ANTWERP (7)

 

MSC

 

 

 

1993

 

 

 

 

3,883

 

 

 

 

3 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

   

April 2012

 

 

 

18,949

 

 

27

 

MSC WASHINGTON

 

MSC

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

3,876

 

 

 

 

3.2 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

   

February 2013

 

 

 

18,344

 

 

28

 

MSC KYOTO

 

MSC

 

 

 

1981

 

 

 

 

3,876

 

 

 

 

3.1 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

   

June 2013

 

 

 

18,238

 

 

29

 

MSC AUSTRIA

 

MSC

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

3,584

 

 

 

 

3.7 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

   

November 2012

 

 

 

19,103

 

 

30

 

AKRITAS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

1987

 

 

 

 

3,152

 

 

 

 

1 year

 

 

 

 

11,000

   

August 2011

 

 

 

11,000

 

 

31

 

GARDEN

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

15,200

   

November 2012

 

 

 

15,200

 

 

32

 

GENIUS I

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

3.3 years

 

 

 

 

15,200

   

November 2012

 

 

 

15,200

 

 

33

 

GATHER

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

15,200

   

November 2012

 

 

 

15,200

 

 

34

 

GIFTED

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

2.4 years

 

 

 

 

15,700

   

December 2011

 

 

 

15,700

 

 

35

 

MSC CHALLENGER

 

MSC

 

 

 

1986

 

 

 

 

2,633

 

 

 

 

2 years

 

 

 

 

10,000

   

September 2012

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

36

 

MSC NAMIBIA

 

MSC

 

 

 

1977

 

 

 

 

1,654

 

 

 

 

4.8 years

 

 

 

 

11,500

   

July 2012

 

 

 

12,876

 

 

37

 

MSC SUDAN

 

MSC

 

 

 

1976

 

 

 

 

1,630

 

 

 

 

3 years

 

 

 

 

11,250

   

June 2011

 

 

 

13,019

 

 

38

 

MSC SIERRA

 

MSC

 

 

 

1977

 

 

 

 

1,630

 

 

 

 

3.7 years

 

 

 

 

11,250

   

May 2012

 

 

 

12,847

 

 

39

 

MSC TUSCANY

 

MSC

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,468

 

 

 

 

1.9 years

 

 

 

 

12,000

   

August 2012

 

 

 

7,985

 

 

40

 

MSC FADO

 

MSC

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,181

 

 

 

 

2 years

 

 

 

 

7,400

   

May 2012

 

 

 

7,400

 

 

41

 

HORIZON

 

OACL

 

 

 

1991

 

 

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

7.1 years

 

 

 

 

7,625

   

April 2012

 

 

 

7,625

 

 

4


Set out below is certain information regarding the newbuilds that we have contracted to purchase, subject to our completion of certain financing arrangements prior to November 30, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Name

 

Charterer (1)

 

Year
Built

 

Capacity
(TEU)

 

Expected
Delivery
Date

 

Time
Charter
Term
(2)

 

Current
Daily
Charter
Hire (U.S.
dollars)

 

Expiration
of
Charter
(2)

 

Average
Daily
Charter Rate
Until Earliest
Expiry of
Charter
(U.S. dollars)

 

Newbuilds (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

H 1068A

 

MSC

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

9,000

   

November 2013

 

10 years

 

 

 

43,000

   

November 2023

 

 

 

43,000

 

 

2

 

H 1069A

 

MSC

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

9,000

   

December 2013

 

10 years

 

 

 

43,000

   

December 2023

 

 

 

43,000

 

 

3

 

H 1070A

 

MSC

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

9,000

   

January 2014

 

10 years

 

 

 

43,000

   

January 2024

 

 

 

43,000

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Charterer trade names or acronyms not previously defined are defined in “—Our Competitive Strengths”.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Charter terms and expiration dates are based on the earliest date each charter could expire.

 

(3)

 

 

 

This average rate is calculated based on contracted charter rates for the days remaining between October 15, 2010 and the earliest expiration of each charter. Certain of our charter rates change until their earliest expiration dates. See the footnotes to the fleet table in “Business—Fleet—Characteristics”.

 

(4)

 

 

 

The vessel will be re-delivered from current charterer MSC between January 24, 2011 and January 30, 2011, at which time it will be delivered to charterer HMM for a time charter until March 25, 2012 at the earliest at a rate of $44,000 per day.

 

(5)

 

 

 

This charter includes a fixed rate until November 2, 2011, and the “market rate” for the remainder of the term. In order to calculate the average charter rate, we assumed that the charter expires on November 2, 2011.

 

(6)

 

 

 

This charter includes a fixed rate until July 14, 2011, and the “market rate” for the remainder of the term. In order to calculate the average charter rate, we assumed that the charter expires on July 14, 2011.

 

(7)

 

 

 

This charter includes a fixed rate until May 15, 2011, and the “market rate” for the remainder of the term. In order to calculate the average charter rate, we assumed that the charter expires on May 15, 2011.

 

(8)

 

 

 

Each newbuild contract is subject to our completion of certain financing arrangements prior to November 30, 2010.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths that will allow us to capitalize on growth opportunities in the containership sector, including:

History of Managing Growth Through Shipping Cycles. We grew our fleet from 21 containerships with an aggregate capacity of 43,735 TEUs in 2000 to a peak of 53 containerships of 227,778 TEUs in 2008, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10.8% based on number of vessels or 20.1% based on TEUs. Thereafter, we decided, based on our market outlook, to reduce our fleet size to our current fleet of 41 containerships with a total capacity of 211,882 TEUs. Our senior management team has a history of strategically timing vessel acquisitions and dispositions in the containership sector and delivering positive financial returns through the shipping cycle, generating net income of $45.6 million in the first of half 2010, $116.9 million in 2009 and $99.8 million in 2008.

Base of Contracted Cash Flows Through Multi-Year Charter Coverage and Staggered Charter Expiration Dates. We believe that the multi-year fixed-rate nature of most of our charters, many of which were arranged at attractive points in the shipping cycle, will continue to provide us with a stable base of contracted future revenue. As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters. Of the 41 containerships in our existing fleet, over 99% of the anticipated total available days for the fourth quarter of 2010 and the full year 2011 are under fixed-rate time charters. The staggered maturities of the charters for vessels that expire in the next few years will mean that we will likely conduct our rechartering activity in varying rate environments and we will seek to tailor our charter terms accordingly. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed-term charters represented an aggregate of $1.7 billion of contracted revenue, assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters and 365 revenue days per annum per containership.

5


Experienced Management Team and Reputation for Operational Excellence Support Long-Standing Relationships with Leading Charterers. Our company and founders have a long history of operating and investing in the container shipping industry. Our managers’ senior management teams have a combined average of approximately 34 years of experience in the shipping industry. We believe that we are able to secure multi-year charters with leading liner companies because of, among other things, our operating track record and our high level of service and support. We currently charter containerships to A.P. Moller- Maersk, COSCO, Evergreen Marine (Hong Kong) Ltd. (“Evergreen Marine”), Hapag Lloyd Aktiengesellschaft (“Hapag Lloyd”), Hyundai Merchant Marine Co., Ltd. (“HMM”), MSC, Ocean Africa Container Lines (Pty) Ltd. (“OACL”) and Zim Integrated Shipping Services (“ZIM”).

Access to Capital to Pursue Our Growth Strategy. As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately $59.9 million of available cash (including restricted cash), cash equivalents and investments, along with $74.2 million of undrawn borrowing capacity. As of that date, we also had 10 containerships, aggregating 38,197 TEUs with an average age (weighted by TEU capacity) of 12.5 years, which were unencumbered. On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter for a $120.0 million term loan facility, subject to execution of definitive documentation and conditioned upon the closing of this offering. We believe that our available liquidity and committed financing capacity will allow us to make additional near-term accretive acquisitions during a period when both newbuild and high-quality secondhand vessel values remain below their 10-year historical averages.

Large, Diversified High-Quality Fleet. We have a fleet of 41 vessels as of October 15, 2010. Our fleet includes containerships of various sizes and has been assembled to meet our customers’ needs and is able to operate on East-West, North-South and Intra-regional trade routes, giving us increased flexibility in rechartering our containerships. We believe our containerships were built to high standards by reputable shipyards and have been carefully maintained. We have had success in chartering and operating our older vessels beyond their depreciable lives.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business, increase distributable cash flow per share and maximize value to our stockholders by pursuing the following strategies:

Invest in Vessels at an Attractive Point in the Container Shipping Cycle. We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of the significant opportunities created by the recent economic downturn and developments in the container shipping industry to acquire vessels at attractively low prices. We have recently contracted to acquire four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships. We have also entered into agreements, subject to certain conditions, to acquire three 9,000 TEU newbuilds, and have agreed 10-year time charters for each newbuild. We intend to expand our fleet by acquiring additional containerships at relatively low prices using our cash from operations, the proceeds of this offering and undrawn borrowing capacity under our committed revolving credit facility and committed term loan, along with borrowings under new credit facilities for which we do not yet have commitments, but which we intend to obtain.

Actively Manage Portfolio of Charters Through the Shipping Cycle. Our largest customers in 2009 were A.P. Moller-Maersk, MSC and COSCO, which we perceive to be among the more creditworthy liner companies. As the global economy improves, we will continue to charter our containerships to such high-quality charterers and expand the number of leading liner companies chartering our vessels in order to further diversify our portfolio of time charters from customer, geographic and maturity perspectives.

Continue to Manage Our Balance Sheet. We believe that management of our balance sheet, including management of cash and capital commitments, will continue to give us financial flexibility. Consistent with that policy, we met all of our scheduled debt repayment obligations during the significant 2008-2009 economic downturn. We believe that our committed revolving credit facility, which gives us $74.2 million of undrawn borrowing capacity as of June 30, 2010, and our committed term loan that provides $120.0 million of undrawn borrowing capacity, along with cash from operations, and the proceeds of this offering will provide us with financial flexibility.

6


Provide High-Quality Customer Service. Our managers’ ship management approach is to tailor their services by vessel type and age, which we believe has helped to differentiate us with our charterers and extend our charters and the useful lives of our containerships. We believe that having three management companies allows us to have a deep pool of operational management in multiple locations with market-specific experience and relationships, as well as the geographic flexibility needed to manage and crew our large and diverse fleet so as to provide a high level of service, while remaining cost-effective. We also believe that our focus on customer service and reliability enhances our relationships with our charterers. In the past decade, we have had successful chartering relationships with the majority of the top 20 liner companies by TEU capacity.

Dividend Policy

We intend to pay our stockholders quarterly dividends of $0.25 per share, or $1.00 per share per year. We expect to pay an initial dividend following completion of this offering of $0.25 per share in February 2011.

Our board of directors may review and amend our dividend policy from time to time in light of our plans for future growth and other factors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends in the amounts stated above or elsewhere in this prospectus, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the restrictions in our credit facilities and the provisions of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands”) as well as the other limitations set forth in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors”.

Corporate Information

Costamare Inc. was incorporated on April 21, 2008, under the laws of the Marshall Islands and conducts its operations through various subsidiaries. Each of our containerships is owned by one of our subsidiaries. We maintain our principal executive offices at 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +30-210-949-0000. After completion of this offering, we will maintain a website at www.costamare.com.

7


The Offering

 

 

 

Common stock offered

 

13,300,000 shares.

 

 

15,295,000 shares, if the underwriters exercise their over allotment option in full.

Common stock outstanding
   immediately after offering

 


60,300,000 shares.

 

 

62,295,000 shares, if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $195.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes and potential future vessel acquisitions, and we may use a portion of the net proceeds, together with debt financing, to fund our contracted containership acquisitions. Pending any such use, the proceeds may be applied to temporarily reduce outstanding indebtedness. See “Use of Proceeds”.

Dividends

 

We intend to pay quarterly dividends of $0.25 per share, or $1.00 per share per year, following the closing of this offering. We expect to pay the first dividend in February 2011. Declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and the requirements of Marshall Islands law.

NYSE listing

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CMRE”.

Risk factors

 

Investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

Each share of our common stock includes one right that, under certain circumstances, will entitle the holder to purchase from us a unit consisting of one-thousandth of a preferred share at a purchase price of $25 per unit, subject to specified adjustments.

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over allotment option.

8


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the years then ended have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. We refer you to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the basis on which our consolidated financial statements are presented. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2010 or any future period.

This information should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

(unaudited)

             

(unaudited)

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share data)

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

294,160

 

 

 

$

 

349,997

 

 

 

$

 

370,121

 

 

 

$

 

426,348

 

 

 

$

 

399,939

 

 

 

$

 

207,855

 

 

 

$

 

178,824

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

 

2,780

 

 

 

 

3,735

 

 

 

 

3,075

 

 

 

 

2,381

 

 

 

 

1,023

 

Vessels’ operating expenses

 

 

 

84,810

 

 

 

 

100,701

 

 

 

 

124,666

 

 

 

 

148,350

 

 

 

 

114,515

 

 

 

 

61,349

 

 

 

 

51,751

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

2,608

 

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

665

 

Management fees

 

 

 

7,120

 

 

 

 

10,198

 

 

 

 

11,812

 

 

 

 

13,541

 

 

 

 

12,231

 

 

 

 

6,378

 

 

 

 

5,479

 

Amortization of dry-docking and special survey costs

 

 

 

2,718

 

 

 

 

2,767

 

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

 

6,722

 

 

 

 

7,986

 

 

 

 

3,891

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

57,494

 

 

 

 

67,134

 

 

 

 

50,710

 

 

 

 

72,256

 

 

 

 

71,148

 

 

 

 

36,109

 

 

 

 

34,447

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

 

(2,854

)

 

 

 

 

(3,864

)

 

 

 

 

(7,853

)

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

 

147

 

Other income / (expenses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

910

 

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

$

 

140,239

 

 

 

$

 

166,107

 

 

 

$

 

175,712

 

 

 

$

 

179,503

 

 

 

$

 

191,587

 

 

 

$

 

100,808

 

 

 

$

 

89,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

$

 

7,180

 

 

 

$

 

5,627

 

 

 

$

 

3,589

 

 

 

$

 

5,575

 

 

 

$

 

2,672

 

 

 

$

 

1,578

 

 

 

$

 

636

 

Interest and finance costs

 

 

 

(31,800

)

 

 

 

 

(54,211

)

 

 

 

 

(62,568

)

 

 

 

 

(68,420

)

 

 

 

 

(86,817

)

 

 

 

 

(48,808

)

 

 

 

 

(34,184

)

 

Other

 

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

3,892

 

 

 

 

4,284

 

 

 

 

280

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

1,524

 

 

 

 

5,820

 

 

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

 

 

(16,988

)

 

 

 

 

5,595

 

 

 

 

12,407

 

 

 

 

(10,182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

 

$

 

(21,904

)

 

 

 

$

 

(42,701

)

 

 

 

$

 

(60,289

)

 

 

 

$

 

(79,724

)

 

 

 

$

 

(74,658

)

 

 

 

$

 

(30,539

)

 

 

 

$

 

(43,450

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

118,335

 

 

 

$

 

123,406

 

 

 

$

 

115,423

 

 

 

$

 

99,779

 

 

 

$

 

116,929

 

 

 

$

 

70,269

 

 

 

$

 

45,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, basic and diluted

 

 

$

 

2.52

 

 

 

$

 

2.63

 

 

 

$

 

2.46

 

 

 

$

 

2.12

 

 

 

$

 

2.49

 

 

 

$

 

1.50

 

 

 

$

 

0.97

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

9


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

(unaudited)

             

(unaudited)

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

$

 

7,864

 

 

 

$

 

166,619

 

 

 

$

 

247,518

 

 

 

$

 

161,893

 

 

 

$

 

82,946

 

 

 

$

 

56,049

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

(350,456

)

 

 

 

 

(257,550

)

 

 

 

 

(138,301

)

 

 

 

 

12,811

 

 

 

 

32,722

 

 

 

 

(9,214

)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

342,026

 

 

 

 

93,099

 

 

 

 

(22,529

)

 

 

 

 

(252,684

)

 

 

 

 

(182,249

)

 

 

 

 

(56,663

)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

(566

)

 

 

 

 

2,168

 

 

 

 

86,688

 

 

 

 

(77,980

)

 

 

 

 

(66,581

)

 

 

 

 

(9,828

)

 

Dividends and distributions paid

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

(13,564

)

 

 

 

 

(88,572

)

 

 

 

 

(279,778

)

 

 

 

 

(161,230

)

 

 

 

 

(134,000

)

 

 

 

 

(10,000

)

 

EBITDA (unaudited) (2)

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

$

 

241,891

 

 

 

$

 

228,207

 

 

 

$

 

241,602

 

 

 

$

 

280,208

 

 

 

$

 

157,499

 

 

 

$

 

117,710

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at period end)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

$

 

11,888

 

 

 

$

 

117,540

 

 

 

$

 

120,274

 

 

 

$

 

121,495

 

 

 

$

 

48,305

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

$

 

53,153

 

Total assets

 

 

 

1,065,854

 

 

 

 

1,453,988

 

 

 

 

1,674,665

 

 

 

 

1,815,500

 

 

 

 

1,710,300

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

1,708,672

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

183,638

 

 

 

 

153,651

 

 

 

 

177,575

 

 

 

 

287,534

 

 

 

 

183,271

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

173,150

 

Total long term debt, including current portion

 

 

 

619,150

 

 

 

 

968,822

 

 

 

 

1,102,926

 

 

 

 

1,529,948

 

 

 

 

1,435,593

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

1,391,533

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

330,010

 

 

 

 

446,452

 

 

 

 

521,453

 

 

 

 

(10,750

)

 

 

 

 

155,222

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

168,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average for the Year Ended December 31,

 

Average for the
Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

FLEET DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of vessels

 

 

 

39.8

 

 

 

 

43.6

 

 

 

 

46.2

 

 

 

 

52.8

 

 

 

 

47.3

 

 

 

 

49.7

 

 

 

 

42.9

 

TEU capacity

 

 

 

144,608

 

 

 

 

177,274

 

 

 

 

194,865

 

 

 

 

226,878

 

 

 

 

218,733

 

 

 

 

222,511

 

 

 

 

212,580

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

“N/A” indicates that the data is not available for the specified period.

 

(2)

 

 

 

EBITDA represents net income before interest, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We believe that the presentation of EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. We also believe that EBITDA is useful in evaluating our ability to service additional debt and make capital expenditures. In addition, we believe that EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance and liquidity position compared to that of other companies in our industry because the calculation of EBITDA generally eliminates the effects of financings, income taxes and the accounting effects of capital expenditures and acquisitions, items which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance and liquidity.

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

 

 

 

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

 

 

 

EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

 

 

 

EBITDA does not reflect changes in or cash requirements for our working capital needs; and

 

 

 

 

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

 

 

 

 

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally.

10


The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net cash from operating activities and net income to EBITDA (unaudited) for the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005 (1)

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

(unaudited)

             

(unaudited)

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Reconciliation of Net Cash from Operating Activities to EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

7,864

 

 

 

$

 

166,619

 

 

 

$

 

247,518

 

 

 

$

 

161,893

 

 

 

$

 

82,946

 

 

 

$

 

56,049

 

Net increase (decrease) in operating assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,226

 

 

 

 

(500

)

 

 

 

 

(92,787

)

 

 

 

 

15,864

 

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

 

18,557

 

Net (increase) decrease in operating liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

70,067

 

 

 

 

(11,590

)

 

 

 

 

16,213

 

 

 

 

1,066

 

 

 

 

4,833

 

 

 

 

3,244

 

Interest and finance costs net

 

 

 

 

 

48,584

 

 

 

 

58,979

 

 

 

 

62,845

 

 

 

 

84,145

 

 

 

 

47,230

 

 

 

 

33,548

 

Amortization of financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

 

 

(190

)

 

 

 

 

(964

)

 

 

 

 

(746

)

 

 

 

 

(351

)

 

 

 

 

(451

)

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

 

3,864

 

 

 

 

7,853

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

 

(1,501

)

 

 

 

 

(16,657

)

 

 

 

 

5,595

 

 

 

 

12,407

 

 

 

 

(10,182

)

 

Payments for Drydockings and Special Surveys

 

 

 

 

 

401

 

 

 

 

10,095

 

 

 

 

23,362

 

 

 

 

6,051

 

 

 

 

5,392

 

 

 

 

8,770

 

Amortization and write-off of unearned revenue

 

 

 

 

 

6,871

 

 

 

 

6,295

 

 

 

 

1,636

 

 

 

 

3,378

 

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

 

322

 

Imputed interest

 

 

 

 

 

2,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of free lubricants

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

$

 

241,891

 

 

 

$

 

228,207

 

 

 

$

 

241,602

 

 

 

$

 

280,208

 

 

 

$

 

157,499

 

 

 

$

 

117,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Net income to EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

$

 

123,406

 

 

 

$

 

115,423

 

 

 

$

 

99,779

 

 

 

$

 

116,929

 

 

 

$

 

70,269

 

 

 

$

 

45,636

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

67,134

 

 

 

 

50,710

 

 

 

 

72,256

 

 

 

 

71,148

 

 

 

 

36,109

 

 

 

 

34,447

 

Amortization of drydocking and special survey costs

 

 

 

 

 

2,767

 

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

 

6,722

 

 

 

 

7,986

 

 

 

 

3,891

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

(5,627

)

 

 

 

 

(3,589

)

 

 

 

 

(5,575

)

 

 

 

 

(2,672

)

 

 

 

 

(1,578

)

 

 

 

 

(636

)

 

Interest and finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

54,211

 

 

 

 

62,568

 

 

 

 

68,420

 

 

 

 

86,817

 

 

 

 

48,808

 

 

 

 

34,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

$

 

241,891

 

 

 

$

 

228,207

 

 

 

$

 

241,602

 

 

 

$

 

280,208

 

 

 

$

 

157,499

 

 

 

$

 

117,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

  EBITDA is not available for 2005.

11


RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common stock. Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results, which may reduce our ability to pay dividends and lower the trading price of our common stock. You may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

Our growth depends upon continued increases in world and regional demand for chartering containerships, and the recent global economic slowdown may impede our ability to continue to grow our business.

The ocean-going container shipping industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. Containership charter rates peaked in 2005 and generally stayed strong until the middle of 2008, when the effects of the recent economic crisis began to affect global container trade, driving rates to their 10-year lows. According to Clarkson Research, in the first nine months of 2010 containership charter rates began to register an upward trend, but rates remain well below long term averages, and that improvement may not be sustainable and rates could decline again.

Demand for containerships also declined significantly during 2008 and 2009. In late 2009 and up to October 1, 2010, however, there has been some improvement on Far East-to-Europe and trans-Pacific container trade lanes, alongside improvements also witnessed on other, non-mainlane, trade routes including certain intra-Asia and North-South trade routes. The decline in freight rates has affected the liner companies to which we seek to charter our containerships, some of which have announced efforts to obtain third party aid in restructuring their obligations. The economics of our business have also been affected negatively by the large number of containership newbuilds ordered prior to the onset of the downturn. Accordingly, weak conditions in the containership sector may affect our ability to generate cash flows and maintain liquidity, as well as adversely affect our ability to obtain financing.

The factors affecting the supply and demand for containerships are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable. The factors that influence demand for containership capacity include:

 

 

 

 

supply and demand for products shipped in containers;

 

 

 

 

changes in global production of products transported by containerships;

 

 

 

 

global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

 

 

 

developments in international trade;

 

 

 

 

environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

 

 

 

the distance container cargo products are to be moved by sea;

 

 

 

 

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

 

 

 

port and canal congestion; and

 

 

 

 

currency exchange rates.

The factors that influence the supply of containership capacity include:

 

 

 

 

the availability of financing;

 

 

 

 

the price of steel and other raw materials;

 

 

 

 

the number of newbuild deliveries;

 

 

 

 

the availability of shipyard capacity;

 

 

 

 

the scrapping rate of older containerships;

 

 

 

 

the number of containerships that are out of service;

 

 

 

 

changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful lives of containerships;

12


 

 

 

 

the price of fuel; and

 

 

 

 

the economics of slow steaming.

Consumer confidence and consumer spending deteriorated significantly in 2008 and 2009, and have recovered only modestly thus far in 2010. Our ability to recharter our containerships upon the expiration or termination of their current charters and the charter rates payable under any renewal options or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the prevailing state of the containership charter market, which can be affected by consumer demand for products shipped in containers. If the charter market is depressed when our containerships’ charters expire, we may be forced to recharter our containerships at reduced or even unprofitable rates, or we may not be able to recharter them at all, which may reduce or eliminate our earnings or make our earnings volatile. The same issues will exist if we acquire additional vessels and attempt to obtain multi-year time charter arrangements as part of our acquisition and financing plan.

Our liner company customers have been placed under significant financial pressure, thereby increasing our charter counterparty risk.

The sharp decline in global economic activity in 2008 and 2009 resulted in a substantial decline in the demand for the seaborne transportation of products in containers, reaching significantly low levels, and has recovered only marginally in the year-to-date. Consequently, the cargo volumes and freight rates achieved by liner companies, with which we expect to charter most of the containerships in our fleet, have declined sharply, reducing liner company profitability and, at times, failing to cover the costs of liner companies operating vessels on their shipping lines. In response to such reduced cargo volume and freight rates, some liner companies may choose to redeploy their larger vessels to minor routes, attempting to fill capacity, reducing the number of smaller vessels used and causing a cascade down to minor trades. As a result, the number of vessels being chartered in by liner companies may decrease.

The reduced demand and resulting financial challenges faced by our liner company customers have significantly reduced demand for containership charters and may increase the likelihood of one or more of our customers being unable or unwilling to pay us contracted charter rates. We expect to generate most of our revenues from these charters and if our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us, we will sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

An oversupply of containership capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates and adversely affect our ability to charter our contracted secondhand containerships or recharter our containerships at profitable rates or at all.

The current size of the containership orderbook is large relative to historical levels and we believe that, despite a decline in orders recorded from 2008 to early 2010, the fulfillment of the containership orderbook will result in an increase in the size of the world containership fleet over the next few years. According to Clarkson Research, as of October 1, 2010, the aggregate capacity of containership newbuilds contracted for construction was 3.84 million TEU, representing approximately 28% of the total fleet by capacity.

On September 23, 2010, we contracted for four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships, two to be delivered by December 20, 2010 and two by February 28, 2011, each of which currently does not have a time charter. An oversupply of newbuild and/or rechartered containership capacity, combined with a decline in the demand for containerships, may result in a further reduction of charter rates, which could impact the rate at which we are able to charter our contracted secondhand containerships. Moreover, a number of leading liner companies have announced an intention to reduce the number of vessels they charter-in as part of an effort to reduce the size of their fleets to better align fleet capacity with the reduced demand for the marine transportation of containerized cargo. If the current low charter rate environment persists and global fleet capacity increases due to newbuild deliveries or further redeployment of previously idle containerships, we may be unable to recharter our containerships other than for reduced rates or unprofitable rates or we may not be able to recharter our containerships at all.

13


Weak economic conditions throughout the world, particularly the Asia Pacific region and recent EU sovereign debt default fears, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative trends in the global economy emerged in 2008 and continued into 2009, and economic conditions remain relatively weak. The current global recovery is proceeding at varying speeds across regions and is still subject to downside risks stemming from factors like fiscal fragility in advanced economies, highly accommodative macroeconomic policies and persistent difficulties in access to credit. In particular, recent concerns regarding the possibility of sovereign debt defaults by European Union member countries, including Greece, have significantly weakened the Euro, disrupted financial markets throughout the world, and may lead to weaker consumer demand in the European Union, the United States, and other parts of the world. The deterioration in the global economy has caused, and may continue to cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods shipped in containerized form.

We anticipate that a significant number of port calls made by our containerships will continue to involve the loading or unloading of container cargoes in ports in the Asia Pacific region. In recent years, China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, which has had a significant impact on shipping demand. In 2009, growth in China’s gross domestic product was 8.7%. However, if China’s growth in gross domestic product declines and other countries in the Asia Pacific region experience slowed or negative economic growth in the future, then this may exacerbate the effect of the significant downturns in the economies of the United States and the European Union, and thus, may negatively impact container shipping demand. For example, the possibility of sovereign debt defaults by European Union member countries, including Greece, and the possibility of market reforms to float the Chinese renminbi, either of which development could weaken the Euro against the Chinese renminbi, could adversely affect consumer demand in the European Union. Moreover, the revaluation of the renminbi may negatively impact the United States’ demand for imported goods, many of which are shipped from China in containerized form. Such weak economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Disruptions in world financial markets and the resulting governmental action in the United States and in other parts of the world could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The United States and other parts of the world exhibited weak economic trends and were in a recession in 2008 and 2009. For example, the credit markets in the United States have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the United States federal government and state governments have implemented and are also considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

Global financial markets and economic conditions were severely disrupted and volatile in 2008 and 2009 and, while generally stabilizing in 2010, remain subject to significant vulnerabilities, such as the deterioration of fiscal balances and the rapid accumulation of public debt, continued deleveraging in the banking sector and limited supply of credit. Credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets were exceedingly distressed in 2008 and 2009 and have only marginally rebounded in 2010. The credit crisis in Greece, for example, and concerns over debt levels of certain other European Union member states, has increased volatility in global credit and equity markets. These issues, along with the re-pricing of credit risk and the difficulties currently experienced by financial institutions have made, and will likely continue to make, it difficult to obtain financing. As a result of the disruptions in the credit markets, many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, required more restrictive terms (including higher collateral ratios for advances, shorter maturities and smaller loan amounts), or refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to our current debt. Furthermore, certain banks that have historically been significant lenders to the shipping industry have announced an intention to reduce or cease lending activities in the shipping industry. New banking regulations, including larger capital

14


requirements and the resulting policies adopted by lenders, could reduce lending activities. We may experience difficulties obtaining financing commitments or be unable to fully draw on the capacity under our committed revolving credit facility or our committed term loan in the future if our lenders are unwilling to extend financing to us or unable to meet their funding obligations due to their own liquidity, capital or solvency issues. We cannot be certain that financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all. If financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our future obligations as they come due. Our failure to obtain the funds for these capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our cash flows. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

We are dependent on our charterers fulfilling their obligations under agreements with us, and their inability or unwillingness to honor these obligations could significantly reduce our revenues and cash flow.

We expect that our containerships will continue to be chartered to customers mainly under multi-year fixed rate time charters. Payments to us under those charters are and will be our sole source of operating cash flow. Many of our charterers finance their activities through cash from operations, the incurrence of debt or the issuance of equity. Since 2008, there has been a significant decline in the credit markets and the availability of credit. Additionally, the equity value of many of our charterers has substantially declined. The combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. Additionally, we could lose a time charter if the charterer exercises certain specified limited rights to terminate the charter.

If we lose a time charter because the charterer is unable to pay us or for any other reason, we may be unable to re-deploy the related vessel on similarly favorable terms or at all. Also, we will not receive any revenues from such a vessel while it is unchartered, but we will be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain and insure the vessel and service any indebtedness on it. The combination of the current surplus of containership capacity and the expected increase in the size of the world containership fleet over the next few years may make it difficult to secure substitute employment for any of our containerships if our counterparties fail to perform their obligations under the currently arranged time charters, and any new charter arrangements we are able to secure may be at lower rates given currently depressed charter rates. Furthermore, the surplus of containerships available at lower charter rates and lack of demand for our customers’ liner services could negatively affect our charterers’ willingness to perform their obligations under our time charters, which in many cases provide for charter rates significantly above current market rates. Over the past two years the Company has been proactive in working with its charterers to make adjustments to charter agreements that address the needs of both parties. As a result, while we have agreed in certain cases to charter rate re-arrangements entailing reductions for specified periods, we have been compensated for these adjustments by, among other things, subsequent rate increases, so that the aggregate payments under the charters are not materially reduced, and in some cases we also have arranged for term extensions. However, there is no assurance that any future charter re-arrangements will be on similarly favorable terms.

The loss of any of our charterers, time charters or vessels, or a decline in payments under our charters, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, revenues and cash flow and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

A limited number of customers operating in a consolidating industry comprise a large part of our revenues. The loss of these customers could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and competitive position.

Our customers in the containership sector consist of a limited number of liner companies. A.P. Moller-Maersk, MSC and COSCO together represented 77.3%, 71.1% and 73.7% of our revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and 73.9% in the first half of 2010. We expect that a limited number of leading liner companies will continue to generate a substantial portion of our revenues. Some of our liner company customers have publicly acknowledged the financial difficulties facing them, reported substantial losses in 2009 and announced efforts to obtain third-party aid and restructure their obligations, including under charter contracts. In addition, in recent years there have been significant

15


examples of consolidation in the container shipping industry; at present, there are over 200 liner companies, but according to Clarkson Research, the top 10 and top 20 companies accounted for approximately 56% and 76% of global liner capacity, respectively, as of October 1, 2010. Also according to Clarkson Research, as of October 1, 2010, A.P. Moller-Maersk’s deployed fleet accounted for approximately 13% of the global fleet liner capacity. Financial difficulties in the industry may accelerate the trend toward consolidation. The cessation of business with these liner companies or their failure to fulfill their obligations under the charters for our containerships could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our cash flows.

A decrease in the level of China’s export of goods or an increase in trade protectionism could have a material adverse impact on our charterers’ business and, in turn, could cause a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

China exports considerably more goods than it imports. Our containerships are deployed on routes involving containerized trade in and out of emerging markets, and our charterers’ container shipping and business revenue may be derived from the shipment of goods from the Asia Pacific region to various overseas export markets including the United States and Europe. Any reduction in or hindrance to the output of China-based exporters could have a material adverse effect on the growth rate of China’s exports and on our charterers’ business. For instance, the government of China has recently implemented economic policies aimed at increasing domestic consumption of Chinese-made goods. This may have the effect of reducing the supply of goods available for export and may, in turn, result in a decrease of demand for container shipping. Additionally, though in China there is an increasing level of autonomy and a gradual shift in emphasis to a “market economy” and enterprise reform, many of the reforms, particularly some limited price reforms that result in the prices for certain commodities being principally determined by market forces, are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition. The level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government.

Our operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will adversely affect our business. If the incipient global recovery is undermined by downside risks and the recent economic downturn is prolonged, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against foreign imports, thereby depressing the demand for shipping. Specifically, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our charterers serve has caused and may continue to cause an increase in: (i) the cost of goods exported from China, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from China and (iii) the risks associated with exporting goods from China, as well as a decrease in the quantity of goods to be shipped.

Any increased trade barriers or restrictions on trade, especially trade with China, would have an adverse impact on our charterers’ business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

We conduct a substantial amount of business in China, including through one of our local managers, Shanghai Costamare, a Chinese corporation, and our charter agreements with COSCO. The legal system in China is not fully developed and has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.

The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes and their legal interpretation by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, the Chinese government has been developing a comprehensive system of commercial laws, and considerable progress has been made in introducing laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. We do a substantial amount of business in China, including through one of our managers, Shanghai Costamare, a Chinese corporation which operates vessels exclusively manned by Chinese crews under the Hong Kong flag, which exposes

16


us to potential litigation in China. Additionally, we have charters with COSCO, a Chinese corporation, and though these charters are governed by English law, we may have difficulties enforcing a judgment rendered by an English court (or other non-Chinese court) in China.

Our contracts for three newbuild containerships that we entered into in September 2010 are conditioned on our obtaining certain financing prior to November 30, 2010.

Our contracts for the acquisition of three new newbuild containerships will terminate, without further liability for us or the seller, if we do not complete certain debt financing arrangements by November 30, 2010. See “Business—Fleet—Characteristics” and “Business—Overview—Recent Developments”. While we are actively working to complete the required financing arrangements prior to that deadline, there is no assurance that this will occur, or that we would be able to obtain satisfactory substitute financing.

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing for future acquisitions of vessels may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

We intend to borrow against unencumbered containerships in our existing fleet and vessels we may acquire in the future as part of our growth plan. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing or committing to financing on unattractive terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses, by the establishment of any reserves, by restrictions in our debt instruments and by additional factors unrelated to our profitability.

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends. The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and the requirements of Marshall Islands law. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things: (a) our earnings, financial condition, cash flow and cash requirements, (b) our liquidity, including our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our vessel acquisition strategy, (c) restrictive covenants in our existing and future debt instruments and (d) provisions of Marshall Islands law governing the payment of dividends.

The international containership industry is highly volatile, and we cannot predict with certainty the amount of cash, if any, that will be available for distribution as dividends in any period. Also, there may be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash, if any, that is available for the payment of dividends. The amount of cash we generate from operations and the actual amount of cash we will have available for dividends will vary based upon, among other things:

 

 

 

 

the charter hire payments we obtain from our charters as well as the rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 

 

 

 

our fleet expansion strategy and associated uses of our cash and our financing requirements;

 

 

 

 

delays in the delivery of new vessels and the beginning of payments under charters relating to those vessels;

 

 

 

 

the level of our operating costs, such as the costs of crews, lubricants and insurance;

 

 

 

 

the number of unscheduled off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our containerships;

 

 

 

 

prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

 

 

 

changes in interest rates;

 

 

 

 

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business;

 

 

 

 

changes in the basis of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions;

 

 

 

 

modification or revocation of our dividend policy by our board of directors; and

 

 

 

 

the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors.

17


The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends.

In addition, our credit facilities and other financing agreements prohibit the payment of dividends, if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the payment of such dividends.

For more information regarding our financing arrangements, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Description of Indebtedness”.

In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares), or while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient surplus or net profits in the future to pay dividends, and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds, surplus or net profits to make distributions to us. As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income. We can give no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future.

We may have difficulty properly managing our growth through acquisitions of new or secondhand vessels and we may not realize expected benefits from these acquisitions, which may negatively impact our cash flows, liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

We intend to grow our business by ordering newbuilds and through selective acquisitions of high-quality secondhand vessels. Our future growth will primarily depend on:

 

 

 

 

the operations of the shipyards that build any newbuilds we may order;

 

 

 

 

locating and identifying suitable high-quality secondhand vessels;

 

 

 

 

obtaining required financing on acceptable terms;

 

 

 

 

consummating vessel acquisitions;

 

 

 

 

enlarging our customer base;

 

 

 

 

hiring additional shore-based employees and seafarers; and

 

 

 

 

managing joint ventures or significant acquisitions.

In addition, any vessel acquisition may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. Other risks associated with vessel acquisitions that may harm our business, financial condition and operating results include the risks that we may:

 

 

 

 

fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;

 

 

 

 

be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

 

 

 

decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

 

 

 

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

 

 

 

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with any vessels or businesses acquired; or

 

 

 

 

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

Unlike newbuilds, secondhand vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and

18


operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for secondhand vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flows, liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Rising crew and other vessel operating costs may adversely affect our profits.

Acquiring and renewing long-term time charters with leading liner companies depends on a number of factors, including our ability to man our containerships with suitably experienced, high-quality masters, officers and crews. In recent years, the limited supply of and increased demand for well-qualified crew, due to the increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, has created upward pressure on crewing costs, which we generally bear under our time charters. Increases in crew costs and other vessel operating costs such as insurance, repairs and maintenance, and lubricants may adversely affect our profitability. In addition, if we cannot retain sufficient numbers of quality on-board seafaring personnel, our fleet utilization will decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our profits.

The cost of fuel is a significant factor in negotiating charter rates and will be borne by us when our containerships are employed on voyage charters or contracts of affreightment. We currently have no voyage charters or contracts of affreightment, but we may enter into such arrangements in the future, and to the extent we do so, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geo-political developments, supply and demand for oil, actions by members of the OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet and acquire vessels, which may reduce or eliminate the amount of cash for dividends to our stockholders.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet and we generally expect to finance these maintenance capital expenditures with cash balances or credit facilities. In addition, we will need to make substantial capital expenditures to acquire vessels in accordance with our growth strategy. Expenditures could increase as a result of, among other things, the cost of labor and materials, customer requirements and governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment. Significant capital expenditures, including to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, may reduce or eliminate the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our fleet ages, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels may require longer drydockings, resulting in more off-hire days and reduced revenue. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates may also increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of a vessel may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our containerships may engage. Our current fleet of 41 containerships as of October 15, 2010 had an average age (weighted by TEU capacity) of 12.5 years, five of which are over 30 years old. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify such expenditures or will enable us to profitably operate our older vessels.

Unless we set aside reserves or are able to borrow funds for vessel replacement, at the end of the useful lives of our vessels our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our current fleet of 41 containerships as of October 15, 2010 had an average age (weighted by TEU capacity) of 12.5 years, five of which are over 30 years old. Unless we maintain reserves or are able to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement we will be unable to replace the older vessels in

19


our fleet. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our containerships. The inability to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement will not be available for dividends.

Containership values have recently decreased significantly, and may remain at these depressed levels, or decrease further, and over time may fluctuate substantially. If these values are low at a time when we are attempting to dispose of a vessel, we could incur a loss.

Containership values, which have recently decreased significantly, can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

 

 

 

 

prevailing economic conditions in the markets in which containerships operate;

 

 

 

 

a substantial or extended decline in world trade;

 

 

 

 

increases in the supply of containership capacity;

 

 

 

 

prevailing charter rates; and

 

 

 

 

the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships to respond to technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise.

If the market values of our vessels further deteriorate, we may be required to record an impairment charge in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, any such deterioration in the market values of our vessels could trigger a breach under our credit facilities, which could adversely affect our operations. If a charter expires or is terminated, we may be unable to recharter the vessel at an acceptable rate and, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain the vessel, may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the containership at a reasonable price could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing charterers and to obtain new time charters, for which we will face substantial competition from new entrants and established companies with significant resources.

One of our principal objectives is to acquire additional containerships in conjunction with entering into additional multi-year time charters for these vessels. The process of obtaining new multi-year time charters is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Generally, we compete for charters based upon charter rate, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and containership specifications, including size, age and condition.

In addition, as vessels age, it can be more difficult to employ them on profitable time charters, particularly during periods of decreased demand in the charter market. Accordingly, we may find it difficult to continue to find profitable employment for our older vessels, including the five vessels in our fleet over 30 years of age as of October 15, 2010.

We face substantial competition from a number of experienced companies, including state-sponsored entities. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do, and can therefore operate larger fleets and may be able to offer better charter rates. We also anticipate that an increasing number of marine transportation companies will enter the containership sector, including many with strong reputations and extensive resources and experience. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters, as well as for the acquisition of high-quality secondhand vessels and newbuilds. Further, since the charter rate is generally considered to be one of the principal factors in a charterer’s decision to charter a vessel, the rates offered by these sizeable competitors can place downward pressure on rates throughout the charter market. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

20


Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the containership transportation business could reduce our ability to service our debt obligations and pay dividends to our stockholders.

We rely exclusively on the cash flow generated from charters for our containerships. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the container shipping industry, which has been experiencing weakness since the middle of 2008, would have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business. An adverse development could also impair our ability to service debt or pay dividends to our stockholders.

We may have more difficulty entering into multi-year, fixed-rate time charters if a more active short-term or spot container shipping market develops.

One of our principal strategies is to enter into multi-year, fixed-rate time charters in both strong and weak charter rate environments, although in weaker charter rate environments we would generally expect to target somewhat shorter charter terms. If more containerships become available for the spot or short-term charter market, we may have difficulty entering into additional multi-year, fixed-rate time charters for our containerships due to the increased supply of containerships and the possibility of lower rates in the spot market. As a result, we will then have to charter more of our containerships for shorter periods and our revenues, cash flows and profitability could then reflect, to some degree, fluctuations in the short-term charter market.

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay our obligations and to make dividend payments depends entirely on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the law of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation which regulates the payment of dividends. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends.

We may be unable to draw down the full amount of our committed credit facilities if the market value of our vessels declines.

As of June 30, 2010, we had $74.2 million of undrawn borrowing capacity under our committed revolving credit facility. On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter for a $120.0 million term facility, subject to execution of definitive documentation and conditioned upon the closing of this offering. If the market value of our fleet declines, we may default under our credit facilities, in which case we may not be able to draw down the full amount available to us, obtain additional financing, refinance our debt, or incur debt on terms that are acceptable to us.

Our credit facilities or other financing arrangements contain payment obligations and restrictive covenants that may limit our liquidity and our ability to expand our fleet. A failure by us to meet our obligations under our credit facilities could result in an event of default under such credit facilities and foreclosure on our vessels.

Our credit facilities impose certain operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions in our existing credit facilities generally limit Costamare Inc., and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the payment of such dividends;

 

 

 

 

purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of the subsidiaries’ capital;

 

 

 

 

make or repay loans or advances, other than repayment of the credit facilities;

 

 

 

 

make investments in other persons;

 

 

 

 

sell or transfer significant assets, including any vessel or vessels mortgaged under the credit facilities, to any person, including Costamare Inc. and our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

create liens on their assets; or

21


 

 

 

 

allow the Konstantakopoulos family’s direct or indirect holding in Costamare Inc. to fall below 40% of the total issued share capital.

Our existing credit facilities also require Costamare Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries to maintain specified loan to value ratios as summarized below:

 

 

 

 

under our $1 billion credit facility, as amended by a supplemental agreement dated June 22, 2010, Costamare Inc. may not allow the aggregate of (a) the aggregate market value, primarily on a charter inclusive basis, of the mortgaged vessels under this facility, (b) the market value of any additional security provided to the lender, and (c) (during the waiver period only, as described below) the aggregate minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding to fall below 80% during a “waiver period” extending through December 31, 2011, and thereafter, 125% of the aggregate of the term loan, the revolving advances and the swap exposure; or

 

 

 

 

under certain of our subsidiaries credit facilities, each with Costamare Inc. as guarantor, we may not allow the aggregate of (a) the aggregate market value, primarily on an inclusive charter basis, of the mortgaged vessel or vessels, and (b) the market value of any additional security provided to the lender to fall below a percentage ranging between 110% to 125% of the then outstanding amount of the credit facility and any related swap exposure.

Costamare Inc. is required to maintain compliance with the following financial covenants:

 

 

 

 

the ratio of our total liabilities (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents) to market value adjusted total assets (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents) may not exceed 0.75:1;

 

 

 

 

the ratio of EBITDA over net interest expense must be equal to or higher than 2.5:1;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all cash and cash equivalents may not be less than the greater of (i) $30 million or (ii) 3% of the total debt, provided , however , that a minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding must be maintained in the accounts of the borrower; and

 

 

 

 

the market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $500 million.

See both “Description of Indebtedness” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities” for more information about our credit facilities. A failure to meet our payment and other obligations could lead to defaults under our credit facilities. Our lenders could then accelerate our indebtedness and foreclose on the vessels in our fleet securing those credit facilities, which could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that we may have at such time and the commencement of similar foreclosure proceedings by other lenders. The loss of these vessels would have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Substantial debt levels could limit our flexibility to obtain additional financing and pursue other business opportunities.

As of June 30, 2010, we had outstanding indebtedness of $1.4 billion and we expect to incur additional indebtedness as we grow our fleet. This level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may be unavailable on favorable terms;

 

 

 

 

we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and dividends to our stockholders;

 

 

 

 

our debt level could make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

 

 

 

our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating income is not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling

22


assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

The derivative contracts we have entered into to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in higher than market interest rates and reductions in our stockholders’ equity, as well as charges against our income.

We have entered into interest rate swaps, in an aggregate notional amount of approximately $1.4 billion as of June 30, 2010, generally for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to indebtedness under our credit facilities which were advanced at floating rates based on LIBOR. We have also entered into certain currency hedges. There is no assurance that our derivative contracts will provide adequate protection against adverse changes in interest rates or currency exchange ratios or that our bank counterparties will be able to perform their obligations.

To the extent our existing interest rate swaps do not, and future derivative contracts may not, qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting purposes we would recognize fluctuations in the fair value of such contracts in our income statement. In addition, changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts are recognized in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss” on our balance sheet, and can affect compliance with the net worth covenant requirements in our credit facilities. Changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts that do not qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting and financial reporting purposes affect, among other things, our net income, earnings per share and EBITDA coverage ratio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk”.

Because we generate all of our revenues in United States dollars but incur a significant portion of our expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could hurt our results of operations.

We generate all of our revenues in United States dollars and for the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred a substantial portion of our vessels’ operating expenses in currencies other than United States dollars. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the United States dollar relative to other currencies, in particular the Euro. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the United States dollar falls in value could increase, thereby decreasing our net income. While we have hedged some of this exposure, our U.S. dollar denominated results of operations and financial condition and ability to pay dividends could suffer from adverse currency exchange rate movements. In October 2010, the United States dollar fell toward an eight-month low against the Euro. While we believe that we are adequately hedged against this exposure through 2011, future declines in the U.S. dollar versus the Euro could have a material effect on our operating expenses and net income.

Increased competition in technology and innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors, including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed and fuel economy. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new containerships are built that are more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced containerships could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments that we receive for our containerships once their current charters expire and the resale value of our containerships. This could adversely affect our ability to service our debt or pay dividends to our stockholders.

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental and operational safety laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

Our business and the operation of our vessels are materially affected by environmental regulation in the form of international, national, state and local laws, regulations, conventions, treaties and standards in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our containerships operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration, including those governing the management and

23


disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions, water discharges and ballast water management. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, it is difficult to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with such requirements or their impact on the resale value or useful lives of our containerships.

Environmental requirements can also affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, vessel modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of, or more costly insurance coverage for, environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations and claims for natural resource damages, personal injury and/or property damages in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous materials from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental requirements can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including criminal sanctions, and, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our containerships. Events of this nature or additional environmental conventions, laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

The operation of vessels is also affected by the requirements set forth in the International Safety Management Code (the “ISM Code”). The ISM Code requires vessel owners and managers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe vessel operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. Failure to comply with the ISM Code may subject us to increased liability, may decrease or suspend available insurance coverage for the affected vessels, and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of the containerships in our fleet and each of our three managers are ISM Code-certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certifications can be maintained indefinitely.

Governmental regulation of the shipping industry, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future. In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will lead to additional requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements for vessels. In complying with new environmental laws and regulations and other requirements that may be adopted, we may have to incur significant capital and operational expenditures to keep our containerships in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain containerships altogether.

For additional information on these and other environmental requirements, you should carefully review the information contained in “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations”.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and cause disruption of our containership business.

International container shipping is subject to security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination, and certain trans-shipment points. These inspection procedures can result in cargo seizure, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment, or delivery of containers, and the levying of customs duties, fines and other penalties against us.

Since the events of September 11, 2001, United States authorities have more than doubled container inspection rates to over 5% of all imported containers. Government investment in non-intrusive container scanning technology has grown and there is interest in electronic monitoring technology, including so- called “e-seals” and “smart” containers, that would enable remote, centralized monitoring of containers during shipment to identify tampering with or opening of the containers, along with potentially measuring other characteristics such as temperature, air pressure, motion, chemicals, biological agents and radiation. Also, as a response to the events of September 11, 2001, additional vessel security requirements have been imposed, including the installation of security alert and automatic identification systems on board vessels.

It is unclear what additional changes, if any, to the existing inspection and security procedures may ultimately be proposed or implemented in the future, or how any such changes will affect the industry.

24


It is possible that such changes could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection and security procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of goods in containers uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

A government of the jurisdiction where one or more of our containerships are registered could requisition for title or seize our containerships. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner. Also, a government could requisition our containerships for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a ship and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would expect to be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment, if any, would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our containerships may cause us to breach covenants in certain of our credit facilities, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Terrorist attacks, international hostilities and piracy could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001 and more recent attacks in other parts of the world, and the continuing response of the United States and other countries to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The current conflict in Afghanistan, and continuing hostilities in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism, regional conflict and other armed conflicts around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. In addition, political tensions or conflicts in the Asia Pacific Region may reduce the demand for our services. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden. Terrorist attacks targeted at vessels, such as the October 2002 attack in Yemen on the VLCC Limburg , a ship not related to us, may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our containerships or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets in the United States or globally, and could result in an economic recession affecting the United States or the entire world. Since 2008, the frequency of piracy incidents against commercial shipping vessels has increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. In addition, crew costs, including those due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Changing economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where our containerships call or where our containerships are registered could also affect us. In addition, future hostilities or other political instability in regions where our vessels trade could also affect trade patterns and adversely affect our operations and performance.

Risks inherent in the operation of ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our expenses, net income and stock price.

The operation of ocean-going vessels carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

 

 

 

 

marine disaster;

25


 

 

 

 

environmental accidents;

 

 

 

 

grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

 

 

 

cargo and property loss or damage;

 

 

 

 

business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, or adverse weather conditions; and

 

 

 

 

work stoppages or other labor problems with crew members serving on our containerships, some of whom are unionized and covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. Although we maintain hull and machinery and war risks insurance, as well as protection and indemnity insurance, which may cover certain risks of loss resulting from such occurrences, our insurance coverage may be subject to caps or not cover such losses, and any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues. The involvement of our vessels in an environmental disaster may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations.

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of a marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps. There are also liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. We procure insurance for our fleet of containerships in relation to risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. Our current insurance includes (i) hull and machinery insurance covering damage to our and third-party vessels’ hulls and machinery from, among other things, collisions and contact with fixed and floating objects, (ii) war risks insurance covering losses associated with the outbreak or escalation of hostilities and (iii) protection and indemnity insurance (which includes environmental damage) covering, among other things, third-party and crew liabilities such as expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, third-party claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property and pollution arising from oil or other substances .

We can give no assurance that we are adequately insured against all risks or that our insurers will pay a particular claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to obtain a timely replacement containership in the event of a loss of a containership. Under the terms of our credit facilities, we are subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds we may receive from claims under our insurance policies. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs. A catastrophic oil spill or marine disaster could exceed our insurance coverage, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business and financial condition. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain required certification.

In addition, we do not carry loss of hire insurance. Loss of hire insurance covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking due to damage to the vessel from accidents. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or any extended period of

26


vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels, if such arrest or attachment is not timely discharged, could cause us to default on a charter, breach covenants in certain of our credit facilities, interrupt our cash flows and could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one containership in our fleet for claims relating to another of our containerships.

Compliance with safety and other requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the applicable rules and regulation of the classification society. Moreover, every vessel must comply with any applicable international conventions and the regulations of the vessel’s flag state as verified by a classification society. Finally, each vessel must successfully undergo periodic surveys, including annual, intermediate and special surveys.

If any vessel does not maintain its class, it will lose its insurance coverage and be unable to trade, and the vessel’s owner will be in breach of relevant covenants under its financing arrangements. Failure to maintain the class of one or more of our containerships could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our cash flows.

Our business depends upon certain members of our senior management who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our chairman and chief executive officer, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, certain members of our senior management and our managers. Mr. Konstantakopoulos has substantial experience in the container shipping industry and has worked with us and our managers for many years. He, our managers and certain of our senior management team are crucial to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. If these individuals were no longer to be affiliated with us or our managers, or if we were to otherwise cease to receive services from them, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our arrangements with our chief executive officer restricting his ability to compete with us, like restrictive covenants generally, may be unenforceable.

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, our chairman and chief executive officer, has entered into a restrictive covenant agreement with us, which is governed by English law, and under which, except for in certain limited circumstances, he is precluded during the term of his service and for six months thereafter from owning containerships and from acquiring or investing in a business that owns such vessels. English law generally does not favor the enforcement of such restrictions which are considered contrary to public policy and facially are void for being in restraint of trade. Our ability to enforce these restrictions, should it ever become necessary, will depend upon us establishing that we have a legitimate proprietary interest that is appropriate to protect, and that the protection sought is no more than is reasonable, having regard to the interests of the parties and the public interest. We cannot give any assurance that a court would enforce the restrictions as written by way of an injunction or that we could necessarily establish a case for damages as a result of a violation of the restrictive covenants agreement.

27


We depend on our managers to operate our business, and if our managers fail to satisfactorily perform their management services, our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends may be harmed.

Pursuant to the group management agreement and the individual ship management agreements, our managers and their affiliates may provide us with certain of our officers and will provide us with, among other things, certain commercial, technical and administrative services. See “Business—Management of the Company and Our Fleet”. Our operational success will depend significantly upon our managers’ satisfactory performance of these services. Costamare Shipping, one of our managers, also owns the Costamare trademarks, which consist of the name “COSTAMARE” and the Costamare logo, and has agreed to license each trademark to us on a royalty free basis for the life of the group management agreement. If the management agreement were to be terminated or if its terms were to be altered, our business could be adversely affected, as we may not be able to immediately replace such services, and even if replacement services were immediately available, the terms offered could be less favorable than the ones currently offered by our managers.

Our ability to compete for and enter into new time charters and to expand our relationships with our existing charterers will depend largely on our relationship with our managers and their reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If our managers suffer material damage to their reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

 

 

 

 

renew existing charters upon their expiration;

 

 

 

 

obtain new charters;

 

 

 

 

successfully interact with shipyards during periods of shipyard construction constraints;

 

 

 

 

obtain financing and other contractual arrangements with third parties on commercially acceptable terms (therefore potentially increasing operating expenditure for the fleet);

 

 

 

 

maintain satisfactory relationships with our charterers and suppliers; or

 

 

 

 

successfully execute our business strategies.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our cash flows.

Our managers are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

The ability of our managers to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our managers’ financial strength, and because they are privately held companies, information about their financial strength is not available. As a result, an investor in our stock might have little advance warning of problems affecting any of our managers, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on us. As part of our reporting obligations as a public company, we will disclose information regarding our managers that has a material impact on us to the extent that we become aware of such information.

Our chairman and chief executive officer has affiliations with our managers which could create conflicts of interest between us and our managers.

The management agreement is between us and Costamare Shipping, which is controlled by our chairman and chief executive officer, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos. While we believe that the terms of the management agreement are consistent with normal commercial practice of the industry, the agreement was not negotiated at arms-length by non-related parties. Accordingly, the terms may be less favorable to the Company than if such terms were obtained from a non-related third party. Additionally, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos will continue to directly or indirectly control our managers after the offering and will continue to be our chairman and chief executive officer and the owner of approximately 25.7% of our common stock (assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised), and this relationship could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and our managers, on the other hand. These conflicts, which are addressed in the management agreement, may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels owned or chartered-in by other companies affiliated with our managers or our chairman and chief executive officer. These conflicts of interest may have an adverse effect on our

28


results of operations. See “Our Managers and Management   -   Related Agreement” and “Related Party Transactions”.

CIEL and Shanghai Costamare, two of our managers, are not prohibited from providing management services to vessels owned by third parties.

CIEL and Shanghai Costamare, two of our managers, will not be prohibited from providing management services to vessels owned by third parties, including related parties. CIEL and Shanghai Costamare have only provided services to third parties in a limited number of cases in the past and currently only CIEL provides services to two third party vessels (one vessel owned 51% by Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos and 49% by the family of the co-owner and chief executive officer of CIEL, and the second vessel wholly owned by the family of the co-owner and chief executive officer of CIEL). If either CIEL or Shanghai Costamare engages in this activity in the future, it could give rise to conflicts of interest or adversely affect the ability of these companies to provide the level of service that we require. Conflicts of interest with respect to certain services, including sale and purchase and chartering activities, among others, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States government, which could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

From time to time on charterers’ instructions, our vessels have called and may again call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United States government and countries identified by the United States government as state sponsors of terrorism. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act (“CISADA”), which expanded the scope of the former Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions to non-U.S. companies, such as the Company, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products.

From January 2006 through June 2010, vessels in our fleet made a total of 109 calls to ports in Iran, Syria, Sudan and Cuba, representing approximately 0.6% of our 18,000 calls on worldwide ports. Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in the Company. Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in the Company simply because we do business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and the Marshall Islands does not have a well developed body of corporate law or a bankruptcy act, and, as a result, stockholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”). The provisions of the BCA are similar to provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Stockholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public stockholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of

29


actions by the management, directors or controlling stockholders than would stockholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction. For more information with respect to how stockholder rights under Marshall Islands law compare with stockholder rights under Delaware law, please read “Marshall Islands Company Considerations”.

The Marshall Islands has no established bankruptcy act, and as a result, any bankruptcy action involving our company would have to be initiated outside the Marshall Islands, and our public stockholders may find it difficult or impossible to pursue their claims in such other jurisdictions.

It may be difficult or impossible to enforce service of process and enforcement of judgments against us and our officers and directors.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation and all our subsidiaries are, and will likely be, incorporated in jurisdictions outside the United States. In addition, our executive offices are located outside of the United States in Athens, Greece. All of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of most of our officers and directors are, and will likely be, located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to serve legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons or to enforce a judgment against us for civil liabilities in U.S. courts. In addition, you should not assume that courts in the countries in which we or our subsidiaries are incorporated or where our or our subsidiaries’ assets are located (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our subsidiaries based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. Federal and state securities laws or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our subsidiaries based on those laws. Please read “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”.

There is also substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or Greece would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. Federal or state securities laws.

Risks Relating to the Offering

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market will develop for you to resell our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. A liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop. If an active, liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock you buy. The initial public offering price will be determined in negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

The price of our common stock after this offering may be volatile.

The price of our common stock after this offering may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors including:

 

 

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly and annual results;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in the seaborne transportation industry, including fluctuations in the containership market;

 

 

 

 

mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry;

 

 

 

 

market conditions in the shipping industry;

 

 

 

 

changes in government regulations;

 

 

 

 

shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts;

 

 

 

 

our payment of dividends;

 

 

 

 

announcements concerning us or our competitors;

 

 

 

 

the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us after this offering, or analysts making changes in their financial estimates;

 

 

 

 

general economic conditions;

 

 

 

 

terrorist acts;

30


 

 

 

 

future sales of our stock or other securities;

 

 

 

 

investors’ perception of us and the containership transportation industry;

 

 

 

 

the general state of the securities market; and

 

 

 

 

other developments affecting us, our industry or our competitors.

The containership sector of the shipping industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. Securities markets worldwide are experiencing significant price and volume fluctuations. The market price for our common stock may also be volatile. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than those that you pay in this offering.

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), have imposed various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we and our managers will have to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our and their internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Compliance with Section 404 will require a substantial accounting expense and significant management efforts. Neither we nor our managers currently has an internal audit group, and additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge will need to be hired to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404. We may have significant difficulties in making such hires given the shortage of available experienced personnel.

We will be a “foreign private issuer” and “controlled company” under the NYSE rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

After the consummation of this offering, we will be a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NYSE. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants, as well as different financial reporting requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a “foreign private issuer” is subject to less stringent corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of the NYSE permit a “foreign private issuer” to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of the NYSE. In addition, after the consummation of this offering, our current stockholders will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company or group is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement of an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and

31


corporate governance and compensation committees. As permitted by these exemptions, as well as by our bylaws and the laws of the Marshall Islands, we currently intend to have a board of directors with a majority of non-independent directors, intend to have an audit committee comprised solely of two independent directors and intend to have a combined corporate governance, nominating and compensation committee with one or more non-independent directors serving as committee members. As a result, non-independent directors, including members of our management who also serve on our board of directors, may, among other things, fix the compensation of our management, make stock and option awards and resolve governance issues regarding our company. Accordingly, in the future you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

If we do not implement all required accounting practices and policies, we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner.

Prior to this offering, as a privately held company, we did not adopt the financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. Implementation of these practices and policies could disrupt our business, distract our management and employees and increase our costs. If we fail to develop and maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the financial information that a publicly traded company is required to provide in a timely and reliable fashion. Any such delays or deficiencies could limit our ability to obtain financing, either in the public capital markets or from private sources, and could thereby impede our ability to implement our growth strategies. In addition, any such delays or deficiencies could result in failure to meet the requirements for continued listing of our common stock on the NYSE, which would adversely affect the liquidity of our common stock.

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we will be required to include in each of our future annual reports on Form 20-F a report containing our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a related attestation of our independent auditors. This requirement for an attestation of our independent auditors will first apply to us with respect to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. After the completion of this offering, we will undertake a comprehensive effort in preparation for compliance with Section 404. This effort will include the documentation, testing and review of our internal controls under the direction of our management. We cannot be certain at this time that all our controls will be considered effective. Therefore, we can give no assurances that our internal control over financial reporting will satisfy the regulatory requirements when they become applicable to us.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

We expect the initial public offering price per share of our common stock to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, you would incur immediate and substantial dilution of $9.91 per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share on June 30, 2010. In addition, purchasers of our common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 36.2% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock, but will own only approximately 22.1% of the shares outstanding after this offering. Please read “Dilution” for a more detailed description of how dilution may affect you.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

Although we do not currently have any plans to sell additional shares of our common stock, subject to the rules of the NYSE, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock, and other equity securities of equal or senior rank, without stockholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

The issuance by us of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

 

 

 

 

our existing stockholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

32


 

 

 

 

the dividend amount payable per share on our common stock may be lower;

 

 

 

 

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share may be diminished; and

 

 

 

 

the market price of our common stock may decline.

Our stockholders also may elect to sell large numbers of shares held by them from time to time. The number of shares of common stock available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and agreements that we and our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders have entered into with the underwriters of this offering. Subject to certain exceptions, these agreements generally restrict us and our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

Members of the Konstantakopoulos family are our principal existing stockholders and will control the outcome of matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote following this offering; their interests may be different from yours.

Members of the Konstantakopoulos family will own, directly or indirectly, approximately 77.9% of our outstanding common stock after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option. These stockholders will be able to control the outcome of matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our entire board of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of these stockholders may be different from yours.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could make it difficult for our stockholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of the shares of our common stock.

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable.

These provisions:

 

 

 

 

authorize our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

 

 

 

provide for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

 

 

 

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

 

 

 

authorize the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote for those directors;

 

 

 

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent unless the written consent is signed by all stockholders entitled to vote on the action; and

 

 

 

 

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

We have adopted a stockholder rights plan pursuant to which our board of directors may cause the substantial dilution of the holdings of any person that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors.

These anti-takeover provisions, including the provisions of our stockholder rights plan, could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

33


Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Tax Considerations—Marshall Islands Tax Considerations”, “Tax Considerations—Liberian Tax Considerations” and “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of expected material Marshall Islands, Liberian and U.S. Federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock.

We may have to pay tax on U.S.-source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, 50% of the gross shipping income of a shipowning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S.- source gross shipping income and as such is subject to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

We believe that we have qualified and currently intend to continue to qualify for this statutory tax exemption for the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given that this will be the case in the future. If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax on our U.S. source gross shipping income. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our stockholders. Many of our charterparty agreements contain provisions pursuant to which charterers undertake to reimburse us for the 4% gross basis tax on our U.S.-source shipping income.

If we were treated as a “passive foreign investment company”, certain adverse U.S. Federal income tax consequences could result to U.S. stockholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company”, or PFIC, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income”, or at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income”. U.S. stockholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. Federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide information to U.S. stockholders to enable them to make certain elections to alleviate certain of the adverse U.S. Federal income tax consequences that would arise as a result of holding an interest in a PFIC.

Based on our proposed method of operation, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute “passive income”, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets. Our counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC based on certain assumptions made by them as well as certain representations we made to them regarding the composition of our assets, the source of our income, and the nature of our operations following this offering.

There is, however, no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our proposed method of operation. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.

34


If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, U.S. stockholders will face adverse tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those stockholders make certain elections available under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, such stockholders would be liable to pay U.S. Federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common stock, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the stockholder’s holding period. Please read “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of United States Holders—PFIC Status” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to U.S. stockholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

The enactment of proposed legislation could affect whether dividends paid by us constitute qualified dividend income eligible for the preferential rate.

Legislation was recently proposed in the United States Senate that would deny the preferential rate of Federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income with respect to dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation, unless the non-U.S. corporation either is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or is created or organized under the laws of a foreign country which has a comprehensive income tax system. Because the Marshall Islands has not entered into a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and imposes only limited taxes on corporations organized under its laws, it is unlikely that we could satisfy either of these requirements. Consequently, if this legislation were enacted in its current form the preferential rate of Federal income tax discussed at “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of United States Holders—Distributions on Our Common Stock” may no longer be applicable to dividends received from us. As of the date of this prospectus, it is not possible to predict with certainty whether or in what form the proposed legislation will be enacted.

If the regulations regarding the exemption from Liberian taxation for non-resident corporations issued by the Liberian Ministry of Finance were found to be invalid, the net income and cash flows of our Liberian subsidiaries and therefore our net income and cash flows would be materially reduced.

A number of our subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia. The Republic of Liberia enacted a new income tax act effective as of January 1, 2001 (the “New Act”) which does not distinguish between the taxation of “non-resident” Liberian corporations, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, which conduct no business in Liberia and were wholly exempt from taxation under the income tax law previously in effect since 1977, and “resident” Liberian corporations which conduct business in Liberia and are, and were under the prior law, subject to taxation.

In 2004, the Liberian Ministry of Finance issued regulations exempting non-resident corporations engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, from Liberian taxation under the New Act retroactive to January 1, 2001. It is unclear whether these regulations, which ostensibly conflict with the express terms of the New Act adopted by the Liberian legislature, are valid. However, the Liberian Ministry of Justice issued an opinion that the new regulations are a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Ministry of Finance. The Liberian Ministry of Finance has not at any time since January 1, 2001 sought to collect taxes from any of our Liberian subsidiaries.

In June 2009, the Legislature, as well as the President, of the Republic of Liberia approved the Economic Stimulus Taxation Act of 2009 (the “ESTA”) which will amend the New Act to specifically exempt non-resident corporations engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, from taxation in Liberia. The ESTA, however, is not effective and will not become effective until it is officially published. To the best of our knowledge, such publication has yet to occur.

If our Liberian subsidiaries were subject to Liberian income tax under the New Act, they would be subject to tax at a rate of 35% on their worldwide income. As a result, their, and subsequently our, net income and cash flows would be materially reduced. In addition, as the ultimate stockholder of the Liberian subsidiaries, we would be subject to Liberian withholding tax on dividends paid by our Liberian subsidiaries at rates ranging from 15% to 20%, which would limit our access to funds generated by the operations of our subsidiaries and further reduce our income and cash flows.

35


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The disclosure and analysis set forth in this prospectus includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events in a number of places, particularly in relation to our operations, cash flows, financial position, plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate. These statements are intended as forward-looking statements. In some cases, predictive, future-tense or forward-looking words such as “believe”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “project”, “forecast”, “plan”, “potential”, “may”, “should”, “could” and “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements which are forward-looking statements, including in our periodic reports that we will file with the SEC, other information sent to our security holders, and other written materials.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as:

 

 

 

 

general market conditions and shipping industry trends, including charter rates, vessel values and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

 

 

 

our continued ability to enter into time charters with our customers;

 

 

 

 

our contracted revenue;

 

 

 

 

future operating or financial results and future revenues and expenses;

 

 

 

 

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to make required payments under our credit facilities and obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate activities, as well as our ability to refinance indebtedness;

 

 

 

 

future, pending or recent acquisitions of vessels or other assets, business strategy, areas of possible expansion and expected capital spending or operating expenses;

 

 

 

 

our expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;

 

 

 

 

our expectations about availability of existing vessels to acquire or newbuilds to purchase, the time that it may take to construct and deliver new vessels or the useful lives of our vessels;

 

 

 

 

availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

 

 

 

 

our anticipated general and administrative expenses;

 

 

 

 

our ability to leverage to our advantage our managers’ relationships and reputation within the container shipping industry;

 

 

 

 

expected compliance with financing agreements and the expected effect of restrictive covenants in such agreements;

 

 

 

 

environmental and regulatory conditions, including changes in laws and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

 

 

 

risks inherent in vessel operation, including discharge of pollutants;

 

 

 

 

potential liability from future litigation; and

 

 

 

 

other factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors”.

Many of these statements are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect future results of operations and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

 

 

changes in law, governmental rules and regulations, or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

 

 

 

changes in economic and competitive conditions affecting our business;

 

 

 

 

potential liability from future litigation;

 

 

 

 

length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on affiliated managers; and

 

 

 

 

other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

36


We caution that the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. Assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and these differences can be material. The reasons for this include the risks, uncertainties and factors described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”. As a result, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on any forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, a change in our views or expectations or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common stock.

37


DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to pay our stockholders quarterly dividends of $0.25 per share, or $1.00 per share per year. We expect to pay an initial dividend following completion of this offering of $0.25 per share in February 2011. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay regular quarterly dividends in the future.

We currently intend to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to retain a portion of our cash flows to fund vessel, fleet or company acquisitions that we expect to be accretive to earnings and cash flows and for debt repayment and drydocking costs, as determined by management and our board of directors. Declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and the requirements of Marshall Islands law. The timing and amount of dividend payments will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, fleet renewal and expansion, restrictions in our credit facilities, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and other factors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends in the amounts stated above or elsewhere in this prospectus, and dividends may be discontinued at any time at the discretion of our board of directors. Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we can generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses and the establishment of any reserves, as well as additional factors unrelated to our profitability. We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments. See “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business” for a discussion of the risks related to our ability to pay dividends.

Set out below is a table showing the dividends and distributions paid in 2007, 2008, 2009, and the first half of 2010. Investors in this offering are not entitled to receive any portion of these dividends or distributions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Six Months
ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

Total

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

$

 

88.6

 

 

 

$

 

10.8

 

 

 

$

 

30.2

 

 

 

$

 

10.0

 

 

 

$

 

139.6

 

Distributions paid

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

269.0

 

 

 

 

131.0

 

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

400.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

 

88.6

 

 

 

$

 

279.8

 

 

 

$

 

161.2

 

 

 

$

 

10.0

 

 

 

$

 

539.6

 

38


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $195.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes and potential future vessel acquisitions, and we may use a portion of the net proceeds, together with debt financing, to fund our contracted containership acquisitions. Pending any such use, the proceeds may be applied to temporarily reduce outstanding indebtedness.

39


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) restricted cash, and (iii) consolidated capitalization at June 30, 2010, on an:

 

 

 

 

actual basis, giving effect to (a) the sale of 24,000,000 (pre-stock split) shares of common stock (or 45,120,000 post-split) pursuant to a rights offering where the Company offered all shareholders of record as of the close of business on July 14, 2010, the right to subscribe for and purchase up to 32 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for each share held, at a subscription price of $0.10 per share, and (b) the 1.88-for-1 stock split effected October 19, 2010; and

 

 

 

 

adjusted basis, giving effect to (a) our scheduled debt repayments totaling $19.4 million until the the date of this prospectus and (b) the issuance and sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

There has been no material change in our capitalization between June 30, 2010 and the date of this prospectus as adjusted as described above.

This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

As of June 30, 2010

 

Actual

 

As Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

 

2,454

 

 

 

$

 

178,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

$

 

43,369

 

 

 

$

 

43,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt:

 

 

 

 

Total long-term debt (2)

 

 

$

 

1,391,533

 

 

 

$

 

1,372,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized on an actual basis and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized on an as adjusted basis; 47,000,000 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis, 60,300,000 shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis (3)

 

 

$

 

5

 

 

 

$

 

6

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

$

 

374,429

 

 

 

$

 

570,364

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

(92,605

)

 

 

 

 

(92,605

)

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

 

(110,528

)

 

 

 

 

(110,528

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

171,301

 

 

 

 

367,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

 

$

 

1,562,834

 

 

 

$

 

1,739,370

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

We had $74.2 million of undrawn borrowing capacity under our committed revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2010. On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter for a $120.0 million term loan facility, subject to execution of definitive documentation and conditioned upon the closing of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities”.

 

(2)

 

 

 

All of our existing indebtedness is secured.

 

(3)

 

 

 

At inception, the Company had 2,000,000 shares authorized, which was increased to 1,000,000,000 shares on July 12, 2010 and is herein given retroactive effect.

40


DILUTION

As of June 30, 2010, we had net adjusted tangible book value of $170.5 million, or $3.63 per share, after giving effect to the sale of 24,000,000 (pre-stock split) shares of Common Stock issued in a rights offering to stockholders of record on July 14, 2010, and a 1.88-for-1 stock split effected on October 19, 2010. After giving effect to the sale of 13,300,000 shares of common stock at a price of $16.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus of $15.00 to $17.00 per share, deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and assuming that the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised, the pro forma net adjusted tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 would have been $367.2 million or $6.09 per share. This represents an immediate appreciation in net tangible book value of $2.46 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of net adjusted tangible book value of $9.91 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution and appreciation as of:

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

$

 

16.00

 

Net adjusted tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2010

 

 

$

 

3.63

 

Increase in net adjusted tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

 

 

$

 

2.46

 

Pro forma net adjusted tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

 

 

$

 

6.09

 

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

 

 

$

 

9.91

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value per share of our common stock is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of tangible assets less liabilities, by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering from the public offering price per share. Dilution per share to new investors would be $9.63 if the underwriters exercised their overallotment option in full.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2010, the differences between the number of shares of common stock acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by the existing holders of shares of common stock and by you in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus of $15.00 to $17.00 per share).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares Outstanding

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price
Per Share

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages and per share data)

Existing stockholders

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

77.9

%

 

 

 

$

 

374,434

 

 

 

 

63.8

%

 

 

 

$

 

7.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New investors

 

 

 

13,300,000

 

 

 

 

22.1

%

 

 

 

$

 

212,800

 

 

 

 

36.2

%

 

 

 

$

 

16.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

60,300,000

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

$

 

587,234

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

$

 

9.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the years then ended have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. We refer you to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the basis on which our consolidated financial statements are presented. Results for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2010 or any future period.

This information should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

(unaudited)

             

(unaudited)

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share data)

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

294,160

 

 

 

$

 

349,997

 

 

 

$

 

370,121

 

 

 

$

 

426,348

 

 

 

$

 

399,939

 

 

 

$

 

207,855

 

 

 

$

 

178,824

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

 

2,780

 

 

 

 

3,735

 

 

 

 

3,075

 

 

 

 

2,381

 

 

 

 

1,023

 

Vessels’ operating expenses

 

 

 

84,810

 

 

 

 

100,701

 

 

 

 

124,666

 

 

 

 

148,350

 

 

 

 

114,515

 

 

 

 

61,349

 

 

 

 

51,751

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

2,608

 

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

665

 

Management fees

 

 

 

7,120

 

 

 

 

10,198

 

 

 

 

11,812

 

 

 

 

13,541

 

 

 

 

12,231

 

 

 

 

6,378

 

 

 

 

5,479

 

Amortization of drydocking and special survey costs

 

 

 

2,718

 

 

 

 

2,767

 

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

 

6,722

 

 

 

 

7,986

 

 

 

 

3,891

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

57,494

 

 

 

 

67,134

 

 

 

 

50,710

 

 

 

 

72,256

 

 

 

 

71,148

 

 

 

 

36,109

 

 

 

 

34,447

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

 

(2,854

)

 

 

 

 

(3,864

)

 

 

 

 

(7,853

)

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

 

147

 

Other income / (expenses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

910

 

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

$

 

140,239

 

 

 

$

 

166,107

 

 

 

$

 

175,712

 

 

 

$

 

179,503

 

 

 

$

 

191,587

 

 

 

$

 

100,808

 

 

 

$

 

89,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

$

 

7,180

 

 

 

$

 

5,627

 

 

 

$

 

3,589

 

 

 

$

 

5,575

 

 

 

$

 

2,672

 

 

 

$

 

1,578

 

 

 

$

 

636

 

Interest and finance costs

 

 

 

(31,800

)

 

 

 

 

(54,211

)

 

 

 

 

(62,568

)

 

 

 

 

(68,420

)

 

 

 

 

(86,817

)

 

 

 

 

(48,808

)

 

 

 

 

(34,184

)

 

Other

 

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

3,892

 

 

 

 

4,284

 

 

 

 

280

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

1,524

 

 

 

 

5,820

 

 

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

 

 

(16,988

)

 

 

 

 

5,595

 

 

 

 

12,407

 

 

 

 

(10,182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

 

$

 

(21,904

)

 

 

 

$

 

(42,701

)

 

 

 

$

 

(60,289

)

 

 

 

$

 

(79,724

)

 

 

 

$

 

(74,658

)

 

 

 

$

 

(30,539

)

 

 

 

$

 

(43,450

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

118,335

 

 

 

$

 

123,406

 

 

 

$

 

115,423

 

 

 

$

 

99,779

 

 

 

$

 

116,929

 

 

 

$

 

70,269

 

 

 

$

 

45,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, basic and diluted

 

 

$

 

2.52

 

 

 

$

 

2.63

 

 

 

$

 

2.46

 

 

 

$

 

2.12

 

 

 

$

 

2.49

 

 

 

$

 

1.50

 

 

 

$

 

0.97

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

42


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

(unaudited)

             

(unaudited)

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share data)

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

$

 

7,864

 

 

 

$

 

166,619

 

 

 

$

 

247,518

 

 

 

$

 

161,893

 

 

 

$

 

82,946

 

 

 

$

 

56,049

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

(350,456

)

 

 

 

 

(257,550

)

 

 

 

 

(138,301

)

 

 

 

 

12,811

 

 

 

 

32,722

 

 

 

 

(9,214

)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

342,026

 

 

 

 

93,099

 

 

 

 

(22,529

)

 

 

 

 

(252,684

)

 

 

 

 

(182,249

)

 

 

 

 

(56,663

)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

(566

)

 

 

 

 

2,168

 

 

 

 

86,688

 

 

 

 

(77,980

)

 

 

 

 

(66,581

)

 

 

 

 

(9,828

)

 

Dividends and distributions paid

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

(13,564

)

 

 

 

 

(88,572

)

 

 

 

 

(279,778

)

 

 

 

 

(161,230

)

 

 

 

 

(134,000

)

 

 

 

 

(10,000

)

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at period end)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

$

 

11,888

 

 

 

$

 

117,540

 

 

 

$

 

120,274

 

 

 

$

 

121,495

 

 

 

$

 

48,305

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

$

 

53,153

 

Total assets

 

 

 

1,065,854

 

 

 

 

1,453,988

 

 

 

 

1,674,665

 

 

 

 

1,815,500

 

 

 

 

1,710,300

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

1,708,672

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

183,638

 

 

 

 

153,651

 

 

 

 

177,575

 

 

 

 

287,534

 

 

 

 

183,271

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

173,150

 

Total long term debt, including current portion

 

 

 

619,150

 

 

 

 

968,822

 

 

 

 

1,102,926

 

 

 

 

1,529,948

 

 

 

 

1,435,593

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

1,391,533

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

330,010

 

 

 

 

446,452

 

 

 

 

521,453

 

 

 

 

(10,750

)

 

 

 

 

155,222

 

 

 

 

N/A (1

)

 

 

 

 

168,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average for the Year Ended December 31,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2009

 

2010

FLEET DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of vessels

 

 

 

39.8

 

 

 

 

43.6

 

 

 

 

46.2

 

 

 

 

52.8

 

 

 

 

47.3

 

 

 

 

49.7

 

 

 

 

42.9

 

TEU capacity

 

 

 

144,608

 

 

 

 

177,274

 

 

 

 

194,865

 

 

 

 

226,878

 

 

 

 

218,733

 

 

 

 

222,511

 

 

 

 

212,580

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

  “N/A” indicates that the data is not available for the specified period.

43


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the financial and other information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and are presented in U.S. dollars.

This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on assumptions about our future business. Our actual results may differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements and such differences may be material. Please read “Forward-Looking Statements”.

Overview

We are an international owner of containerships, chartering our vessels to many of the world’s largest liner companies. We currently have a fleet of 41 containerships aggregating 211,882 TEUs, making us one of the largest privately owned containership companies in the world, based on total TEU capacity.

We principally deploy our containerships on multi-year, fixed-rate time charters to take advantage of the stable cash flows and high utilization rates typically associated with multi-year time charters. Time-chartered containerships are generally employed on multi-year charters to liner companies that charter-in vessels on a multi-year basis as part of their business strategies.

As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed-term charters represented an aggregate of $1.7 billion of contracted revenue, assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters and 365 revenue days per annum per containership. See the table entitled “Contracted Revenue and Days From Time Charters as of June 30, 2010” in “Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Voyage Revenue”.

The table below provides additional information about the charter coverage for our fleet of 42 containerships as of June 30, 2010. Except as indicated in the footnotes, it does not reflect events occurring after that date. In particular it does not reflect, (i) our contracts to acquire three newbuilds and four secondhand containerships and (ii) the recent agreements we have obtained for the re-chartering of MSC Navarino and the extension of the duration of the charters of eight other containerships, such extensions resulting in an increase in our future contracted days and contracted revenues. See “Business—Overview—Recent Developments”. The table assumes the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters. See “Business—Fleet—Characteristics”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 (1)

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

No. of Vessels whose Charters Expire

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

TEUs of Expiring Charters

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

 

7,704

 

 

 

 

54,000

 

 

 

 

7,752

 

 

 

 

38,232

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

27,958

 

 

 

 

24,275

 

 

 

 

45,279

 

 

Contracted Days

 

 

 

7,604

 

 

 

 

14,636

 

 

 

 

11,512

 

 

 

 

7,511

 

 

 

 

6,204

 

 

 

 

5,078

 

 

 

 

3,865

 

 

 

 

2,885

 

 

 

 

341

 

 

Available Days

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

2,380

 

 

 

 

5,416

 

 

 

 

4,381

 

 

 

 

5,507

 

 

 

 

6,349

 

 

 

 

6,970

 

 

 

 

8,784

 

 

Contracted/Total Days (2)

 

 

 

99.6

%

 

 

 

 

99.0

%

 

 

 

 

82.9

%

 

 

 

 

58.1

%

 

 

 

 

58.6

%

 

 

 

 

47.9

%

 

 

 

 

36.4

%

 

 

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

 

 

3.7

%

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Fleet information for 2010 is as of June 30, 2010 and describes our fleet from July 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010, adjusted only to reflect redelivery of MSC Sicily from its charterer on September 18, 2010 and delivery to its buyer on September 23, 2010.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Total days are calculated on the assumption that the vessels will continue trading until the age of 30 years old, unless the vessel will exceed 30 years of age at the expiry of its current charter party, in which case we assume that the vessel continues trading until that expiry date.

Our containership fleet is currently under time charters with eight different charterers. For the three years ended December 31, 2009, our three largest customers by revenue were A.P. Moller-Maersk, MSC and COSCO; together these three customers represented 77.3%, 71.1% and 73.7% of our

44


revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and these same three companies represented 73.9% of our revenue in the first half of 2010.

We drydock our vessels when the next survey (drydock survey or special survey) is scheduled to become due, ranging from 30 to 60 months. Our current fleet averages 18 days of drydock time per containership, at which time we perform class renewal surveys and make any necessary repairs or retrofittings. We have drydocked 31 vessels over the past 3 years, and we plan to drydock 10 vessels in 2010 and 4 vessels in 2011. Information about our fleet drydocking schedule through 2014 is set forth in a table in “Business—Inspection by Classification Societies—Drydocking”.

Our Manager

The operations of our fleet of containerships are managed by Costamare Shipping, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare, our managers, under the supervision of our chairman and chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, in conjunction with our board of directors. With effect from the consummation of this offering, Costamare Shipping will receive a fee of $850 per day ($425 per day in the case of a containership subject to a bareboat charter) for each containership, pro rated for the calendar days we own each containership, for providing us with general administrative services, certain commercial services, director and officer related insurance services and the services of our officers (but not for payment of such officer’s compensation) and for providing the relevant containership owning subsidiaries with technical, commercial, insurance, accounting, provisions, sale and purchase, crewing and bunkering services. In the event that Costamare Shipping decides to delegate certain or all of the services it has agreed to perform, either through subcontracting to CIEL or Shanghai Costamare or by directing CIEL or Shanghai Costamare to enter into a direct shipmanagement agreement with the relevant containership owning subsidiary, then, in the case of subcontracting, Costamare Shipping will be responsible for paying the management fee charged by the relevant submanager for providing such services and, in the case of a direct shipmanagement agreement, the fee received by Costamare Shipping will be reduced by the fee payable to CIEL or, as the case may be, Shanghai Costamare under the relevant direct shipmanagement agreement. In addition to such fees, we pay for any capital expenditures, financial costs, operating expenses and any general and administrative expenses, including the salaries of our officers and employees and payments to third parties in accordance with the group management agreement and the relevant separate shipmanagement agreements or supervision agreements. We also pay to Costamare Shipping a flat fee of $700,000 per newbuild vessel for the supervision of the construction of any newbuild vessel for which we may contract. Costamare Shipping also receives a commission of 0.75% on all gross freight, demurrage, charter hire, ballast bonus or other income earned with respect to each containership in our fleet.

The initial term of the group management agreement with Costamare Shipping expires on December 31, 2015. The group management agreement automatically renews for a one-year period and will be extended in one-year increments until December 31, 2020, at which point the group management agreement will expire. The management fee of $850 per day for each containership is fixed until December 31, 2012 and will thereafter be annually adjusted upwards by 4%, with further annual increases permitted to reflect the strengthening of the Euro against the U.S. dollar and/or material unforeseen cost increases. After the initial term expires on December 31, 2015, we will be able to terminate the group management agreement, subject to a termination fee, by providing written notice to Costamare Shipping at least 12 months before the end of the subsequent one-year term. The termination fee is equal to (a) the lesser of (i) five and (ii) the number of full years remaining prior to December 31, 2020, times (b) the aggregate fees due and payable to Costamare Shipping during the 12-month period ending on the date of termination (without taking into account any reduction in fees to reflect that certain obligations have been delegated to a submanager), provided that the termination fee will always be at least two times the aggregate fees over the 12-month period described above. Information about other termination events under the group management agreement is set forth in “Our Managers and Management-Related Agreements—Term and Termination Rights”.

Pursuant to the terms of our group management agreement and separate shipmanagement agreements and supervision agreements, liability of our managers to us is limited to instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the managers. Further, we are required to indemnify the

45


managers for liabilities incurred by the managers in performance of the group management agreement and separate shipmanagement agreements and supervision agreements, except in instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the managers.

2008 Reorganization

Costamare Inc. was incorporated on April 21, 2008 for the purpose of completing a reorganization of 53 ship-owning companies then owned by our chief executive officer and other members of the Konstantakopoulos family under a single corporate holding company. Under the Master Sales Agreement (the “MSA”) relating to the reorganization, the Konstantakopoulos family agreed to sell shares or vessels of each of the predecessor companies to the Company or to newly formed subsidiaries of the Company. As a result, subsidiaries of the Company acquired 28 vessels and part of their related assets from 28 of the predecessor companies and assumed or repaid related bank debt and other liabilities, and the Company acquired the shares of each of 25 predecessor companies. In return, the Company made distributions to the shareholders of the predecessor companies totaling $400.0 million ($269.0 million of which was paid as of December 31, 2008 and $131.0 million during the period from January 1, 2009 to April 23, 2009). In addition the Company agreed to assume certain guarantees of Costamare Shipping. For more detail please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

As members of the Konstantakopoulos family are the sole shareholders of Costamare Inc., and previously owned 100% of the predecessor companies, there was no change in ownership or control of the business, and therefore the transaction constituted a reorganization of companies under common control, and was accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. For more details please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our financial results are largely driven by the following factors:

 

 

 

 

Number of Vessels in Our Fleet. The number of vessels in our fleet is a key factor in determining the level of our revenues. Aggregate expenses also increase as the size of our fleet increases. Vessel acquisitions and dispositions give rise to gains and losses and other one-time items. During 2007 and 2008, we increased the number of vessels in our fleet so that on October 31, 2008 our fleet consisted of 53 containerships. Thereafter, in response to the global economic recession, we reduced our fleet through dispositions. At December 31, 2009, our fleet consisted of 44 containerships.

 

 

 

 

Charter Rates. The charter rates we obtain for our vessels also drive our revenues. Charter rates are based primarily on demand and supply of containership capacity at the time we enter into the charters for our vessels. Demand and supply can fluctuate significantly over time as a result of changing economic conditions affecting trade flow between ports served by liner companies and the industries which use liner shipping services. Although our multi-year charters make us less susceptible to cyclical containership charter rates than vessels operated on shorter-term charters, such as spot charters, we are exposed to varying charter rate environments when our chartering arrangements expire and we seek to deploy our containerships under new charters. As illustrated in the table above under “—Overview”, the staggered maturities of our containership charters reduce our exposure to any one particular rate environment and point in the shipping cycle. Over the past two years the Company has been proactive in working with its charterers to make adjustments to charter agreements that address the needs of both parties. See “—Voyage Revenue”.

 

 

 

 

Utilization of Our Fleet. Due to the multi-year time charters under which they generally operate, our containerships have consistently been deployed at high utilization. Nevertheless, the amount of time our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance or upgrade work affects our results of operations. Historically, our fleet has had a limited number of unscheduled off-hire days. In 2007, 2008 and 2009 our fleet utilization based on unscheduled off-hire days as a percentage of total operating days for each year was 99.7%, 99.3% and 99.9%, respectively, and

46


 

 

 

 

99.8% for the first half of 2010. However, an increase in annual off-hire days could reduce our utilization. The efficiency with which suitable employment is secured, the ability to minimize off-hire days and the amount of time spent positioning vessels also affects our results of operations. If the utilization pattern of our containership fleet changes, our financial results would be affected.

 

 

 

 

Expenses and Other Costs. Our ability to control our fixed and variable expenses is critical to our ability to maintain acceptable profit margins. These expenses include commission expenses, crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses for repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, lubricating oil costs, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. In addition, factors beyond our control, such as developments relating to market premiums for insurance and the value of the U.S. dollar compared to currencies in which certain of our expenses, primarily crew wages, are paid, can cause our vessel operating expenses to increase. We proactively manage our foreign currency exposure by entering into Euro/dollar forward contracts covering our Euro-denominated operating expenses.

Voyage Revenue

Our operating revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the amount of daily charter hire that our vessels earn under time charters and the number of operating days during which our vessels generate revenues. These factors are, in turn, affected by our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and dispositions, the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels, the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and specifications of our vessels and the levels of supply and demand in the containership charter market.

Charter revenues are generated from fixed-rate time charters and are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of each charter agreement (excluding the effect of any options to extend the term). Revenues derived from time charters with escalating rates are accounted for as operating leases and thus are recognized on a straight-line basis as the average revenue over the rental periods of such agreements, as service is performed, by dividing (i) the aggregate contracted revenues until the earliest expiration date of the time charter by (ii) the total contracted days until the earliest expiration date of the time charter. Some of our charters provide that the charter rate will be adjusted to a market rate for the final months of their respective terms. For purposes of determining the straight line revenue amount, we exclude these periods and treat the charter as expiring at the end of the last fixed rate period. Our revenues will be affected by the acquisition of any additional vessels in the future subject to time charters, as well as by the disposition of any existing vessel in our fleet. Our revenues will also be affected if any of our charterers cancel a time charter or if we agree to renegotiate charter terms during the term of a charter resulting in aggregate revenue reduction. Our time charter arrangements have been contracted in varying rate environments and expire at different times. Generally, we do not employ our vessels under voyage charters under which a shipowner, in return for a fixed sum, agrees to transport cargo from one or more loading ports to one or more destinations and assumes all vessel operating costs and voyage expenses.

After rising during 2007 and the first half of 2008, charter rates for containerships fell dramatically to 10-year lows during the second half of 2008 and 2009. While rates have improved during the first half of 2010, they have not recovered to rate levels similar to those seen in late 2005. While charter rates and the level of demand for containerships are historically volatile, and there can be no assurance that either will improve, we believe that any continued improvement in the global economy and demand for containerships will lead to an improvement in charter rates over time.

Over the past two years the Company has been proactive in working with its charterers to make adjustments to charter agreements that address the needs of both parties. As a result, we have agreed in certain cases to charter rate re-arrangements entailing reductions for specified periods, combined with, among other things, subsequent rate increases, so that the aggregate payments under the charters are not materially reduced. In some cases we also have arranged for term extensions. In particular, we have made charter rate rearrangements for 28 out of our current fleet of 41 vessels, with reductions ranging from $2,125 to $5,655 per day for periods of less than one year (360 days) to approximately nine years.

47


We have been compensated for these reductions with subsequent hire increases ranging from $780 to $8,490 per day, for periods of approximately one to 6.5 years. Pursuant to the straight-line method used for the recognition of charter revenues, the amounts recognized as charter revenues during 2009 and the first half of 2010 have not been materially reduced, although the amount of cash received in these periods in respect of those charters has been reduced. As discussed under “Business—Overview—Recent Developments”, we recently completed agreements for the rechartering of certain containerships and the extension of the maturity of certain other containerships, which will increase our contracted revenues. These agreements are reflected in the fleet table under “Business—Our Fleet—Characteristics”.

The table below provides additional information about our expected revenues based on contracted charter rates as of June 30, 2010. Except as indicated in the footnotes, it does not reflect events occurring after that date. In particular it does not reflect (i) our contracts to acquire three newbuilds and four secondhand containerships, (ii) early redelivery of the MSC Navarino in return for our payment of $9.5 million, in order to charter the MSC Navarino at a significantly increased rate, and (iii) the four-year extensions to the time charters of eight of our containerships, such extensions resulting in an increase in our future contracted days and contracted revenues. See “Business—Overview—Recent Developments”. Although these expected revenues are based on contracted charter rates, any contract is subject to various risks, including performance by the counterparties or an early termination of the contract pursuant to its terms. If the charterers are unable to make charter payments to us, if we agree to renegotiate charter terms at the request of a charterer or if contracts are prematurely terminated for any reason, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Historically, we have had no defaults or early terminations by charterers, although in certain cases we have agreed to changes in charter terms.

Contracted Revenue and Days From Time Charters as of June 30, 2010
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except days and percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On and After July 1,

 

On and After January 1,

 

  2010  

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015
and
thereafter

 

Total

Contracted Revenues (1)(2)(3)(4)

 

 

$

 

179,124

 

 

 

$

 

343,595

 

 

 

$

 

298,503

 

 

 

$

 

246,539

 

 

 

$

 

211,580

 

 

 

$

 

433,170

 

 

 

$

 

1,712,511

 

Fleet Contracted Days (3)(4)

 

 

 

7,604

 

 

 

 

14,636

 

 

 

 

11,512

 

 

 

 

7,511

 

 

 

 

6,204

 

 

 

 

12,169

 

 

 

 

59,636

 

Percentage of fleet contracted days/Total days (3)(4)

 

 

 

99.6

%

 

 

 

 

99.0

%

 

 

 

 

82.9

%

 

 

 

 

58.1

%

 

 

 

 

58.6

%

 

 

 

 

30.3

%

 

 

 

 

59.6

%

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Annual revenue calculations are based on: (a) an assumed 365 revenue days per vessel per annum, (b) the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters, and (c) no exercise of any option to extend the terms of those charters.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Includes the contracted revenues and days for the vessel Akritas whose new charters start in August 2010 and September 2010. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Fleet” and “Business—Our Fleet”.

 

(3)

 

 

 

Includes contracted revenue for MSC Sicily until her redelivery on September 18, 2010.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Some of our charters provide that the charter rate will be adjusted to a market rate for the final months of their respective terms. For purposes of determining contracted revenues and the number of days, we exclude these periods and treat the charter as expiring at the end of the last fixed rate period. Total days are calculated on the assumption that the vessels will continue trading until the age of 30 years old, unless the vessel will exceed 30 years of age at the expiry of its current charter party, in which case we assume that the vessel continues trading until that expiry date.

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses include port and canal charges, bunker (fuel) expenses, address commissions and brokerage commissions. Under our time charter arrangements, charterers bear the voyage expenses other than address and brokerage commissions. As such, voyage expenses represent a relatively small portion of our vessels’ overall expenses.

From time to time, in accordance with industry practice, we pay commissions ranging between 0.5% to 1.25% of the total daily charter rate under the charters to unaffiliated ship brokers, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter. In one case we also pay an address

48


commission of 2.50%. These commissions do not include the fees we pay to our manager, which are described below under “—Management Fees”.

Vessels’ Operating Expenses

Vessels’ operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses for repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, lubricant costs, statutory and classification expenses and other miscellaneous expenses. Aggregate expenses increase as the size of our fleet increases. We expect that insurance costs, drydocking and maintenance costs will increase as our vessels age. Factors beyond our control, some of which may affect the shipping industry in general—for instance, developments relating to market premiums for insurance and changes in the market price of lubricants due to increases in oil prices—may also cause vessel operating expenses to increase. In addition, a substantial portion of our vessel operating expenses, primarily crew wages, are in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (mainly in Euro), and any gain or loss we incur as a result of the U.S. dollar fluctuating in value against these currencies is included in vessel operating expenses. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 24% of our outstanding accounts payable were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (mainly in Euro). We fund our managers with the amounts they will need to pay our fleet’s vessel operating expenses. Under our time charter arrangements, we generally pay for vessel operating expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses mainly include legal, accounting and advisory fees. After the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses going forward as a public company. We expect that the primary components of general and administrative expenses will consist of the expenses associated with being a public company, which include the preparation of disclosure documents, legal and accounting costs, investor relation costs, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs, director and executive compensation and costs related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Management Fees

Historically, while we were a privately owned company, we paid our managers—Costamare Shipping, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare (through payments to Costamare Shipping)—a daily management fee per vessel for their services. The total management fees paid by us to our managers during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $11.8 million, $13.5 million and $12.2 million, respectively, which is equivalent to a daily management fee per vessel per day of $700 for each of those periods.

As discussed above under “—Our Manager”, our group management agreement will take effect upon the consummation of this offering. If that agreement had been in effect for the full year 2009, we estimate that the aggregate amount of additional payments to the manager would have been approximately $5.5 million higher, and net income would have been $5.5 million lower, in 2009 than the amount recorded with respect to our existing management agreement. If that agreement had been in effect since January 1, 2010, we estimate that the aggregate amount of additional payments to the manager would have been approximately $2.5 million higher, and net income would have been $2.5 million lower, in the first half of 2010, than the amount recorded with respect to our existing management agreement.

Amortization of Dry-docking and Special Survey Costs

We follow the deferral method of accounting for special survey and drydocking costs whereby actual costs incurred (mainly shipyard costs, paints and class renewal expenses) are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next survey is scheduled to become due. If a survey is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances are immediately written off. Unamortized balances of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of the vessel’s sale.

49


Depreciation

We depreciate our containerships on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining useful economic lives. For years prior to January 1, 2007, we estimated this to be 25 years. As of January 1, 2007, we determined the estimated useful lives of our containerships to be 30 years from their initial delivery from the shipyard. This change was made to reflect our experience, market conditions and the current practice in the containership industry. Depreciation is based on cost, less the estimated scrap value of the vessels. As of June 30, 2010, seven of our vessels, with TEU capacity of 12,950, were fully depreciated.

Gain on Sale of Vessels

The gain or loss on the sale of a vessel is presented in a separate line item in our consolidated statements of income. In 2008, 2009 and first half of 2010 we sold 1, 10 and 3 vessels, respectively. No vessels were sold in 2007.

Foreign Exchange Gains / (Losses)

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar because our vessels operate in international shipping markets, and therefore transact business mainly in U.S. dollars. Our books of accounts are maintained in U.S. dollars. Transactions involving other currencies are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. The gain or loss derives from the different foreign currency exchange rates between the time that a cost is recorded in our books and the time that the cost is paid. At the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in other currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected as foreign exchange gains / (losses) in our consolidated statement of income.

Other Income / (Expenses)

Other expenses represent primarily non-recurring items that are not classified under the other categories of our consolidated income statement. Such expenses may, for instance, result from various potential claims against our company, or from payments we are effecting on behalf of charterers that cannot meet their obligations.

Interest Income, Interest and Finance Costs

We incur interest expense on outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facilities which we include in interest expense. We also incur financing and legal costs in connection with establishing those facilities, which is included in our finance costs. Further, we earn interest on cash deposits in interest- bearing accounts and on interest-bearing securities, which we include in interest income. We will incur additional interest expense in the future on our outstanding borrowings and under future borrowings. For a description of our existing credit facilities and our new committed term loan please read “Description of Indebtedness”.

Other

Other primarily represents vessels’ hull and machinery and vessels’ guarantee claims recoveries and gains resulting from “free lubricants” agreements that we have entered into for our vessels with lubricant suppliers. Free lubricants agreements with lubricant suppliers provide for the initial supply of lubricants at no charge to us upon the acquisition of a vessel. Following the initial supply at no charge, we are obliged under these agreements to purchase required lubricants for the vessel from the relevant supplier for a contracted period of time. If we terminate such an agreement before it expires we have to pay the supplier for the initial lubricant fill cost. We amortize the initial lubricant fill benefit through the term of the agreement.

50


Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments

We enter into interest rate swap contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations of interest rate risks associated with specific borrowings. All derivatives are recognized in the consolidated financial statements at their fair value. On the inception date of the derivative contract, we designate the derivative as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow to be paid (“cash flow” hedge). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified, designated and highly effective as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow and are then reported in earnings. Changes in the fair value of undesignated derivative instruments and the ineffective portion of designated derivative instruments are reported in earnings in the period in which those fair value changes have occurred. As at December 31, 2009, we were engaged in 11 interest rate derivative instruments in order to partially hedge the exposure of interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate borrowings and at this date 10 out of 11 of these agreements met hedge accounting criteria and the effective portion in change in their fair value is recognized in “Other Comprehensive Loss” in stockholders’ equity on our balance sheet. We recognize in our statement of income the change in fair value of the one interest rate swap that does not meet hedge accounting criteria. For a description of our existing interest rate swaps, please read “—Interest Rate Risk”.

Results of Operations

Six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, we had an average of 42.9 vessels in our fleet. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, we had an average of 49.7 vessels in our fleet. In the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, we acquired the vessel MSC Navarino with a TEU capacity of 8,531, and we sold three vessels with an aggregate TEU capacity of 9,300. In the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, we sold five vessels with an aggregate TEU capacity of 9,223. In the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 our fleet operating days totaled 7,767 days. In the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 our fleet operating days totaled 8,997 days. Operating days are the primary driver of voyage revenue and vessels operating expenses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars,
except percentages)

 

Six-month period ended
June 30,

 

Change

 

Percentage
Change

 

2009

 

2010

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

207.9

 

 

 

$

 

178.8

 

 

 

$

 

(29.1

)

 

 

 

 

(14.0

%)

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

58.3

%

 

Vessels operating expenses

 

 

 

(61.3

)

 

 

 

 

(51.8

)

 

 

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

 

15.5

%

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

(133.3

%)

 

Management fees

 

 

 

(6.4

)

 

 

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

14.1

%

 

Amortization of dry-docking and special survey costs

 

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

 

 

(4,1

)

 

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

(5.1

%)

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

(36.1

)

 

 

 

 

(34.4

)

 

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

4.7

%

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

102.6

%

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

80.0

%

 

Interest income

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

 

 

(62.5

%)

 

Interest and finance costs

 

 

 

(48.8

)

 

 

 

 

(34.2

)

 

 

 

 

14.6

 

 

 

 

29.9

%

 

Other

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

 

 

(93.0

%)

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

(10.2

)

 

 

 

 

(22.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

70.4

 

 

 

$

 

45.6

 

 

 

$

 

(24.8

)

 

 

 

 

(35.2

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six-month period ended
June 30,

 

Change

 

Percentage
Change

 

2009

 

2010

Fleet operational data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of vessels

 

 

 

49.7

 

 

 

 

42.9

 

 

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

 

 

(13.7

%)

 

Operating days

 

 

 

8,997

 

 

 

 

7,767

 

 

 

 

(1,230

)

 

 

 

 

(13.7

%)

 

Number of vessels drydocked

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage Revenue

Voyage revenue decreased by 14.0%, or $29.1 million, to $178.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $207.9 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in operating days of our fleet during the period, resulting from the lower average number of vessels in our fleet during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses decreased by 58.3%, or $1.4 million, to $1.0 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 from $2.4 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in operating days of our fleet for the period ended June 30, 2010, resulting from the lower average number of vessels in our fleet during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is also attributable to decreased commissions charged by third parties as well as to lower port charges and fuel consumption due to decreased off-hire days.

Vessels’ Operating Expenses

Vessels’ operating expenses decreased by 15.5%, or $9.5 million, to $51.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $61.3 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was mainly attributable to the decreased fleet operating days during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 133.3%, or $0.4 million, to $0.7 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $0.3 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The increase in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 is mainly attributable to the increase in legal, accounting and advisory fees charged to us.

Management Fees

Management fees paid to our managers decreased by 14.1%, or $0.9 million, to $5.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $6.4 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was attributable to the decrease in operating days of our fleet for the period ended June 30, 2010, resulting from the lower average number of vessels in our fleet in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

Amortization of Dry-docking and Special Survey Costs

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs expense increased by 5.1%, or $0.2 million, to $4.1 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $3.9 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. During the six-months period ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, five vessels and seven vessels, respectively, underwent their special survey. The increase is attributable to the amortization expense charged for the six out of seven of our vessels that were drydocked (for one vessel the drydocking was in progress as at June 30, 2010) during the six-month period ended June 30,

52


2010, partly offset by the amortization expense that was not charged relating to the vessels that were sold during the period.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense decreased by 4.7%, or $1.7 million, to $34.4 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $36.1 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is attributable to the sale of three vessels during the period ended June 30, 2010, partly offset by the depreciation expense charged for the vessel MSC Navarino that was delivered to us by the shipyard in May 2010. Two of the three vessels sold in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 were fully depreciated as of the dates they were sold.

Gain on Sale of Vessels

In the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 we recorded a gain of $7.9 million from the sale of three vessels, while in the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 we recorded a gain of $3.9 million from the sale of five vessels.

Foreign Exchange Gains / (Losses)

Foreign exchange losses were $0.1 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to losses of $0.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, representing a change of $0.4 million resulting from favorable currency translation between the U.S. dollar and the Euro.

Interest Income

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 interest income decreased by 62.5%, or $1.0 million, to $0.6 million, from $1.6 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The change in interest income is mainly due to the decreased average cash balance held by us during the six-months period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

Interest and Finance Costs

Interest and finance costs decreased by 29.9%, or $14.6 million, to $34.2 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $48.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is mainly attributable to lower average debt balance during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The interest expense decreased to $9.0 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $32.2 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 due to decreased base rates. The costs relating to our interest rate swap agreements increased to $26.2 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $14.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, due to the increased difference between market rates and fixed rates.

Other

Other decreased to $0.3 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, from $4.3 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is primarily attributable to the decreased income resulting from our vessels’ hull and machinery as well as guarantee claims recoveries.

Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The fair value of our 11 derivative instruments that were outstanding as of June 30, 2010 equates to the amount that would be paid by us should those instruments be terminated. As of June 30, 2010, the fair value of these 11 interest rate swaps in aggregate amounted to a liability of $118.5 million. Ten of the 11 interest rate derivative instruments that were outstanding as at June 30, 2010 qualified for hedge accounting and the effective portion in the change of their fair value is recorded in “Other

53


comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity. For the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, a loss of $31.7 million has been recorded in “Other comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity and a loss of $5.6 million has been recorded in “Gain (loss) on derivative instruments” in the consolidated statement of income.

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we had an average of 47.3 vessels in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we had an average of 52.8 vessels in our fleet. In 2009, we acquired the vessels Gifted and Genius with an aggregate TEU capacity of 5,844, and we sold 10 vessels with an aggregate TEU capacity of 18,333. During 2008, we acquired the vessels Gem and Maersk Kokura with an aggregate TEU capacity of 10,325, and we sold one vessel with a TEU capacity of 978. During 2009 our fleet operating days totaled 17,279 days. During 2008 our fleet operating days totaled 19,316 days. Operating days are the primary driver of voyage revenue and vessels operating expenses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars,
except percentages)

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Change

 

Percentage
Change

 

2008

 

2009

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

426.3

 

 

 

$

 

399.9

 

 

 

$

 

(26.4

)

 

 

 

 

(6.2

%)

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

(3.7

)

 

 

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

16.2

%

 

Vessels operating expenses

 

 

 

(148.4

)

 

 

 

 

(114.5

)

 

 

 

 

33.9

 

 

 

 

22.8

%

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

 

34.6

%

 

Management fees

 

 

 

(13.5

)

 

 

 

 

(12.2

)

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

Amortization of dry-docking and special survey costs

 

 

 

(6.7

)

 

 

 

 

(8.0

)

 

 

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

 

 

(19.4

%)

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

(72.3

)

 

 

 

 

(71.1

)

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

1.7

%

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

 

 

(350.0

%)

 

Interest income

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

 

 

(51.8

%)

 

Interest and finance costs

 

 

 

(68.4

)

 

 

 

 

(86.8

)

 

 

 

 

(18.4

)

 

 

 

 

(26.9

%)

 

Other

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

(17.0

)

 

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

22.6

 

 

 

 

(132.9

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

99.7

 

 

 

$

 

117.1

 

 

 

$

 

17.4

 

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Change

 

Percentage
Change

 

2008

 

2009

Fleet operational data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of vessels

 

 

 

52.8

 

 

 

 

47.3

 

 

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

 

 

(10.4

%)

 

Operating days

 

 

 

19,316

 

 

 

 

17,279

 

 

 

 

(2,037

)

 

 

 

 

(10.5

%)

 

Number of vessels drydocked

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage Revenue

Voyage revenue decreased by 6.2%, or $26.4 million, to $399.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $426.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in operating days of our fleet for the year, resulting from the lower average number of vessels in our fleet in 2009 compared to 2008.

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses decreased by 16.2%, or $0.6 million, to $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 from $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in operating days of our fleet for the year, resulting from the lower average number of vessels in our fleet in 2009 compared to 2008. Furthermore, the decrease is attributable to off-hire related lower port and fuel consumption expenses as well as to decreased commissions charged by third parties. The main reason for the decrease in off-hire related expenses in

54


2009 is the decreased fleet off-hire days in 2009 compared to 2008, resulting from six of our vessels being drydocked in 2009 compared to 15 vessels in 2008.

Vessels’ Operating Expenses

Vessels’ operating expenses decreased by 22.8%, or $33.9 million, to $114.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $148.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was mainly attributable to decreased fleet operating days for the year, resulting from the sale of 10 vessels in 2009.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased by 34.6%, or $0.9 million, to $1.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in 2009 is mainly attributable to the increase in legal, accounting and advisory fees charged to us for the corporate structure reorganization process we underwent in 2008.

Management Fees

Management fees paid to our managers decreased by 9.6%, or $1.3 million, to $12.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $13.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was attributable to the decrease in operating days of our fleet for the year, resulting from the lower average number of vessels in our fleet in 2009 compared to 2008.

Amortization of Dry-docking and Special Survey Costs

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs expense increased by 19.4%, or $1.3 million, to $8.0 million in 2009, from $6.7 million in 2008. The increase is attributable to the amortization expense charged for the six of our vessels that were drydocked in 2009 and to the amortization expense charged for the whole year for 15 of our vessels that were drydocked in 2008.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense decreased by 1.7%, or $1.2 million, to $71.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $72.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease is attributable to the sale of 10 of our vessels in 2009. Seven of the 10 vessels sold in 2009 were fully depreciated as of the dates they were sold.

Gain on Sale of Vessels

In 2009 we recorded a gain of $2.9 million from the sale of 10 vessels, while in 2008 we recorded a gain of $0.1 million from the sale of one vessel.

Foreign Exchange Gains / (Losses)

Foreign exchange losses were $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to gains of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, representing a change of $0.7 million resulting primarily from more unfavorable currency translation between the U.S. dollar and the Euro.

Interest Income

During the year ended December 31, 2009 interest income decreased by 51.8%, or $2.9 million, to $2.7 million, from $5.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in interest income is mainly due to the aggregate gain of $2.1 million that we recorded in 2008, which resulted from the termination of two interest rate swap agreements we had entered into in 2008.

55


Interest and Finance Costs

Interest and finance costs increased by 26.9%, or $18.4 million, to $86.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $68.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The interest expense decreased to $47.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $60.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, due to the decreased base rates. The costs relating to our interest rate swap agreements increased to $34.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in interest and finance costs was primarily due to the increased indebtedness during the year.

Other

Other increased to $3.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, from $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase is primarily attributable to the increased income resulting from our vessels’ hull and machinery as well as guarantee claims recoveries.

Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The fair value of the 11 derivative instruments that were outstanding as at December 31, 2009, equates to the amount that would be paid by us should those instruments be terminated. As at December 31, 2009, the fair value of these 11 interest rate swaps in aggregate amounted to a liability of $81.2 million. On December 31, 2008, 12 interest rate derivative instruments that were outstanding and their fair value amounted to a liability of $132.3 million. Ten of the 11 interest rate derivative instruments that were outstanding as at December 31, 2009 qualified for hedge accounting and the effective portion in the change of their fair value is recorded in “Other comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity. For the year ended December 31, 2009, a gain of $42.7 million has been recorded in “Other comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity and a gain of $8.1 million has been recorded in “Gain (loss) on derivative instruments” in the consolidated statement of income.

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we had an average of 52.8 vessels in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we had an average of 46.2 vessels in our fleet. During 2008, we acquired the vessels Gem and Maersk Kokura with an aggregate TEU capacity of 10,325 and we sold one vessel with a TEU capacity of 978. During 2007 we acquired five vessels with an aggregate TEU capacity of 18,897. During 2008, our fleet operating days totaled 19,316 days. During 2007, our fleet operating days totaled 16,875 days. Operating days are the primary driver of voyage revenue and vessels operating expenses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars,
except percentages)

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Change

 

Percentage
Change

 

2007

 

2008

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

370.1

 

 

 

$

 

426.3

 

 

 

$

 

56.2

 

 

 

 

15.2

%

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

(2.8

)

 

 

 

 

(3.7

)

 

 

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

 

 

(32.1

%)

 

Vessels operating expenses

 

 

 

(124.7

)

 

 

 

 

(148.4

)

 

 

 

 

(23.7

)

 

 

 

 

(19.0

%)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

 

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

 

 

(420.0

%)

 

Management fees

 

 

 

(11.8

)

 

 

 

 

(13.5

)

 

 

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

 

 

(14.4

%)

 

Amortization of dry-docking and special survey costs

 

 

 

(3.1

)

 

 

 

 

(6.7

)

 

 

 

 

(3.6

)

 

 

 

 

(116.1

%)

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

(50.7

)

 

 

 

 

(72.3

)

 

 

 

 

(21.6

)

 

 

 

 

(42.6

%)

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

133.3

%

 

Other income / (expenses)

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

Interest income

 

 

 

3.6

 

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

55.6

%

 

Interest and finance costs

 

 

 

(62.6

)

 

 

 

 

(68.4

)

 

 

 

 

(5.8

)

 

 

 

 

9.3

%

 

Other

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

(50.0

%)

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

 

 

(17.0

)

 

 

 

 

(15.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

115.3

 

 

 

$

 

99.7

 

 

 

$

 

(15.6

)

 

 

 

 

(13.5

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Change

 

Percentage
Change

 

2007

 

2008

Fleet operational data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of vessels

 

 

 

46.2

 

 

 

 

52.8

 

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

 

14.3

%

 

Operating days

 

 

 

16,875

 

 

 

 

19,316

 

 

 

 

2,441

 

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

Number of vessels drydocked

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage Revenue

Voyage revenues increased by 15.2%, or $56.2 million, to $426.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $370.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was attributable to the increase in operating days of our fleet for the year, resulting from the higher average number of vessels in our fleet in 2008 compared to 2007.

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses increased by 32.1%, or $0.9 million, to $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in operating days of our fleet for the year, resulting from the higher average number of vessels in our fleet in 2008 compared to 2007. Furthermore the increase is attributable to off-hire related port and fuel consumption expenses as well to increased commissions charged by third parties. The main reason for the increase in off-hire related expenses in 2008 is the increased fleet off-hire days in 2008 compared to 2007, resulting from 15 of our vessels being drydocked in 2008 compared to 10 vessels in 2007.

Vessels’ Operating Expenses

Vessels’ operating expenses increased by 19.0%, or $23.7 million, to $148.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $124.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was mainly attributable to increased fleet operating days for the year, resulting from the acquisition of two new vessels in 2008, along with the five vessels acquired in 2007 that operated for the entire year in 2008.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased to $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is mainly attributable to the increased legal, accounting and advisory fees charged to us for the corporate structure reorganization process we underwent in 2008.

Management Fees

Management fees paid to our managers increased by 14.4%, or $1.7 million, to $13.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $11.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is attributable to the increased vessel operating days in 2008 with the acquisition of two vessels along with the five vessels acquired in 2007 that operated for the entire year in 2008.

Amortization of Dry-docking and Special Survey Costs

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs increased by 116.1%, or $3.6 million, to $6.7 million in 2008, from $3.1 million in 2007. The increase is attributable to the amortization expense charged for the 15 of our vessels that were drydocked in 2008 along with the amortization expense charged for the whole year for the 10 vessels that were drydocked in 2007.

57


Depreciation

Depreciation expense increased by 42.6%, or $21.6 million, to $72.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $50.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in depreciation expense was primarily due to the two vessels acquired in 2008 along with the depreciation expense charged for the whole year for the five vessels that were acquired in 2007.

Gain on Sale of Vessels

In 2008 we recorded a gain of $0.1 million from the sale of one vessel. In 2007 we did not sell any vessels.

Foreign Exchange Gains / (Losses)

Foreign exchange gains were $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to losses of $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007, representing a change of $0.8 million resulting primarily from more favorable currency translation between the U.S. dollar and the Euro.

Interest Income

During the year ended December 31, 2008, interest income increased by 55.6%, or $2.0 million, to $5.6 million, from $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The change in interest income is primarily due to the aggregate gain of $2.1 million that we recorded in 2008 which resulted from the termination of two interest rate swap agreements we had entered into in 2008.

Interest and Finance Costs

Interest and finance costs increased by 9.3%, or $5.8 million, to $68.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $62.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The change in interest expense was primarily due to the increased indebtedness during the year.

Other

Other decreased by 50.0%, or $0.1 million, to $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, from $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease is primarily attributable to the expiry of free lubricant agreements in 2007.

Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments

The fair value of the 12 interest rate derivative instruments that were outstanding as at December 31, 2008 equates to the amount that would be paid by us should those instruments be terminated. As at December 31, 2008, the fair value of these 12 interest rate swaps in aggregate amounted to a liability of $132.3 million. On December 31, 2007, one interest rate derivative instrument was outstanding and its fair value amounted to a liability of $1.5 million. Ten of the 12 interest rate derivative instruments that were outstanding as at December 31, 2008, qualified for hedge accounting and the effective portion in the change of their fair value is recorded in “Other comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity. For the year ended December 31, 2008, a loss of $103.7 million has been recorded in “Other comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity and a loss of $19.3 million has been recorded in “Gain (loss) on derivative instruments” in the consolidated statement of income.

Seasonality

Our containerships mainly operate under multi-year charters and therefore are not subject to the effect of seasonal variations in demand. Additionally, our business is not subject to seasonal borrowing requirements.

58


Liquidity and Capital Resources

In the past, our principal sources of funds have been operating cash flows and long-term bank borrowings. Our principal uses of funds have been capital expenditures to establish, grow and maintain our fleet, comply with international shipping standards, environmental laws and regulations, fund working capital requirements and pay dividends. In monitoring our working capital needs, we project our charter hire income and vessels’ maintenance and running expenses, as well as debt service obligations, and seek to maintain adequate cash reserves in order to address any budget overruns.

Our primary short-term liquidity need is to fund our vessel operating expenses. Our long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to additional vessel acquisitions in the containership sectors and debt repayment. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds will be cash from operations, the proceeds of this offering and undrawn borrowing capacity under our committed revolving credit facility and our new committed term loan, along with borrowings under new credit facilities that we intend to obtain from time to time in connection with vessel acquisitions. Other than this offering we do not currently have any specific plans with respect to any future equity financing. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our short-term and long-term liquidity needs, including our contracts to purchase secondhand containerships and our agreements, subject to certain conditions, to acquire newbuilds, although there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain future debt financing on terms acceptable to us.

As at June 30, 2010 we had $45.8 million of cash and cash equivalents, including $43.4 million of restricted cash. In addition we had investments comprised of U.S. Government securities and Province of Ontario securities totaling $14.1 million.

As at June 30, 2010, we had an aggregate of $1.4 billion of indebtedness outstanding under various credit agreements, of which $49.8 million is repayable in the second half of 2010. As at the same date we had $74.2 million of an undrawn credit line and the vessels shown in the table below were free of debt. On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter for a $120.0 million term loan facility, subject to execution of definitive documentation and conditioned upon the closing of this offering. See “—Credit Facilities”.

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Name

 

Year Built

 

TEU Capacity

COSCO HELLAS

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

MSC NAVARINO

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

8,531

 

SEALAND MICHIGAN

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

MSC AUSTRIA

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

3,584

 

AKRITAS

 

 

 

1987

 

 

 

 

3,152

 

MSC SUDAN

 

 

 

1976

 

 

 

 

1,630

 

MSC TUSCANY

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,468

 

MSC SICILY (1)

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,466

 

MSC FADO

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,181

 

HORIZON

 

 

 

1991

 

 

 

 

1,068

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

MSC Sicily was sold and was delivered to its buyers on September 23, 2010.

In the first half of 2010 we did not declare any dividends. In 2009 we declared dividends from our retained earnings to our existing stockholders of $40.2 million, of which $30.2 million were paid in 2009 and $10.0 million were paid on January 14, 2010. In 2008 we declared and paid dividends from our retained earnings to our existing stockholders of $10.8 million.

Furthermore, in 2008 in relation to our reorganization process we paid out distributions to our existing stockholders of $400.0 million ($269.0 million of which was paid in 2008 and $131.0 million in 2009). As discussed under “2008 Reorganization”, the $400.0 million in distributions were paid pursuant to the MSA in connection with the sale by the Konstantakopoulos family of the shares or assets of 53 ship-owning companies to the Company or newly formed subsidiaries of the Company. No distributions were paid in the first half of 2010.

The dividends and distributions paid during 2008, 2009 and the first half of 2010, were funded in part by borrowings and in part by cash from operations. On a cumulative basis for the entire period,

59


cash flow from operating activities exceeded the aggregate amount of dividends and distributions. The Company does not intend to use the proceeds of the offering to repay the borrowing noted above, although the Company may from time to time in the future apply available cash to the temporary or permanent reduction of its indebtedness.

Following this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share, or $1.00 per share per year. Although our dividend policy will depend upon our future liquidity needs, we currently intend to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to fund vessel, fleet or company acquisitions that we expect to be accretive to earnings and cash flows, and for debt repayment and drydocking costs, as determined by management and our board of directors. See “Dividend Policy”.

Working Capital Position

As of June 30, 2010, our current assets totaled $53.2 million while current liabilities totaled $173.2 million, resulting in a negative working capital position of $120.0 million. Based on our fixed-rate charters, we believe we will generate sufficient cash during the following 12 months to make the required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, provide for the normal working capital requirements and remain in a positive cash position.

Cash Flows

Six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Six-month period ended June 30,

 

2010

 

2009

Condensed cash flows

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

$

 

56.0

 

 

 

$

 

83.0

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

 

 

 

(9.2

)

 

 

 

 

32.7

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

 

 

(56.7

)

 

 

 

 

(182.2

)

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash flows provided by operating activities for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 decreased $27.0 million to $56.0 million, compared to $83.0 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to (a) decreased cash from operations of $45.1 million resulting from the decreased average number of vessels in 2010 compared to 2009 and to the increased “Accrued charter revenue” of $18.4 million deriving from escalating charter rates under which certain of our vessels operate; the “Accrued charter revenue” is attributed to the time difference between the revenue recognition and the cash collection, and (b) increased payments for drydockings of $3.4 million, partly offset by reduced payments for interest (including swap payments) of $14.7 million in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.2 million in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, which consists of (a) $28.3 million in payments to the shipyard for the construction cost of MSC Navarino and (b) $19.1 million we received from the sale of three vessels.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $32.7 million in the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, which consists of (a) $17.3 million we received from the sale of government securities and (b) $15.5 million we received from the sale of five vessels and a 15% advance payment for the sale of MSC Togo, which was delivered to its new owners in July 2009.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $56.7 million in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, which mainly consists of $44.1 million of indebtedness that we repaid and $10.0 million in dividends we paid to our shareholders.

60


Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $182.2 million in the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, and mainly consists of $49.8 million of indebtedness that we repaid, $131.0 million in distributions we paid to our shareholders in connection with our Company’s 2008 corporate reorganization and $3.0 million in dividends we paid to our shareholders.

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Expressed in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

Condensed cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

$

 

166.6

 

 

 

$

 

247.5

 

 

 

$

 

161.9

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

 

 

 

(257.6

)

 

 

 

 

(138.3

)

 

 

 

 

12.8

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

 

 

93.1

 

 

 

 

(22.5

)

 

 

 

 

(252.7

)

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $85.6 million to $161.9 million, compared to $247.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to (a) decreased cash from operations of $49.9 million resulting from the decreased average number of vessels in 2009 compared to 2008 and to the increased “Accrued charter revenue” of $22.4 million deriving from escalating charter rates under which certain of our vessels operate (“Accrued charter revenue” is attributed to the time difference between the revenue recognition and the cash collection) (b) increased interest payments (including swap payments) of $17.2 million and (c) unfavorable change in the working capital position, excluding the current portion of long term debt and the accrued charter revenue of $70.0 million, partly offset by a reduction in drydocking payments of $17.3 million in 2009 compared to 2008.

Net cash flows provided by operating activities increased by $80.9 million to $247.5 million for 2008, from $166.6 million for 2007. The increase in 2008 was primarily attributable to (a) increased cash from operations of $55.3 million resulting from the increased average number of vessels in 2008 compared to 2007 and (b) favorable change in the working capital position, excluding the current portion of long term debt and the accrued charter revenue of $65.4 million, partly offset by increased interest payments (including swap payments) of $6.8 million, and increased drydocking payments of $13.3 million in 2008 compared to 2007.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $12.8 million in 2009, which consists of (a) $8.9 million in payments for the acquisition of the vessels Genius and Gifted, (b) $47.9 million in payments for the construction cost of MSC Navarino, (c) $21.4 million we received from the sale of government securities and (d) $48.2 million we received from the sale of 10 vessels.

Net cash used in investing activities was $138.3 million for 2008, which consists of (a) $104.2 million in payments for the acquisition of the vessels Gem and Maersk Kokura, (b) $56.9 million in payments for the purchase of government securities, (c) $21.7 million we received from the sale of government securities and (d) $1.1 million we received from the sale of the vessel Windward.

Net cash used in investing activities was $257.6 million for 2007, which consists of the 10% advance payment for the acquisition of the vessels Gem and Maersk Kokura, amounting to $11.5 million, and $246.0 million paid for the acquisition of the vessels Gather, Garden, Maersk Kawasaki, Gentle and Maersk Kure.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $252.7 million in 2009, which mainly consists of $30.0 million of proceeds drawn under our loan facility, $124.4 million of indebtedness that we repaid and $161.2 million in dividends we paid to our shareholders.

61


Net cash used in financing activities in 2008 amounted to $22.5 million and mainly consists of $1,161.4 million of proceeds drawn under our credit facilities, $875.3 million of indebtedness that we repaid, net of assets acquired in connection with our company’s corporate structure reorganization, $269.0 million we paid to our shareholders in connection with our company’s corporate structure reorganization and $47.6 million reflecting the increase in restricted cash.

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2007 amounted to $93.1 million and consisted of $246.1 million of proceeds drawn under our credit facilities in order to partially finance the acquisition cost for the vessels acquired, $112.0 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our credit facilities and $88.6 million in dividends we paid to our shareholders.

Credit Facilities

We, either as guarantor or direct borrower, and certain of our subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors, have entered into a number of credit facilities secured by containerships in our fleet. All of these facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars. The following summarizes certain terms of our existing credit facilities as at June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lender

 

Outstanding
Principal
Amount

 

Available
Borrowing
Capacity

 

Interest Rate (1)

 

Maturity

 

Repayment profile (3)

 

 

(in thousands)

       

 

 

Bank Syndicate (4)

 

 

$

 

863,758

 

 

 

$

 

74,242

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2018

   

Fixed payments through June 2011, thereafter determined based on the TEU weighted age of the ships used as collateral

 

Emporiki

 

 

 

132,000

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2018

   

Straight line amortization with balloon in 2018

 

HSBC

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2018

   

Variable installments with balloon in 2018

 

Calyon

 

 

 

72,500

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2018

   

Straight line amortization with balloon in 2018

 

RBS

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2018

   

Straight line amortization with balloon in 2018

 

Alpha

 

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2017

   

Variable installments with balloon in 2017

 

Calyon

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2013

   

Fixed payments until 2013

 

Calyon

 

 

 

11,400

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2013

   

Fixed payments until 2013

 

NBG

 

 

 

26,190

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2012

   

Fixed payments until 2012

 

Alpha

 

 

 

4,900

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2010

   

One payment of $4.9 million due in November 2010

 

RBS

 

 

 

2,785

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

LIBOR + Margin (2

)

 

 

 

 

2010

   

Total amount due of $2.79 million in 2010


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

The interest rates of long-term debt at June 30, 2010 ranged from 1.13% to 6.75%, and the weighted average interest rate as at June 30, 2010 was 4.38%.

 

(2)

 

 

 

The interest rate margin at June 30, 2010 ranged from 0.70% to 1.75%, and the weighted average interest rate margin as at June 30, 2010 was 1.01%.

 

(3)

 

 

 

To see the detailed repayment profile of our loans, please read Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Bank Syndicate: Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft, Unicredit Bank AG, Credit Suisse, HSH Nordbank AG and Fortis Bank S.A./N.V.

On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter for a $120.0 million term loan facility, subject to execution of definitive documentation and conditioned upon the closing of this offering. We are also in negotiations for a term loan facility that would provide up to $210 million to finance part of the pre- delivery and the delivery payments for three 9,000 TEU newbuilds for which we have executed contracts, each newbuild contract being subject to a financing condition. The $210 million term loan facility is expected to have a repayment period of 10 years from delivery of each newbuild, with lenders reserving the right to request prepayment of the facility on the seventh year.

62


The credit facilities impose certain operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions in our existing credit facilities generally limit Costamare Inc. and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the payment of such dividends;

 

 

 

 

purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of the subsidiaries’ capital;

 

 

 

 

make or repay loans or advances, other than repayment of the credit facilities;

 

 

 

 

make investments in other persons;

 

 

 

 

sell or transfer significant assets, including any vessel or vessels mortgaged under the credit facilities, to any person, including Costamare Inc. and our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

create liens on their assets; or

 

 

 

 

allow the Konstantakopoulos family’s direct or indirect holding in Costamare Inc. to fall below 40% of the total issued share capital.

Our existing credit facilities also require Costamare Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries to maintain specified loan to value ratios as summarized below:

 

 

 

 

under our $1 billion credit facility, as amended by a supplemental agreement dated June 22, 2010, Costamare Inc. may not allow the aggregate of (a) the aggregate market value, primarily on a charter inclusive basis, of the mortgaged vessels under this facility, (b) the market value of any additional security provided to the lender, and (c) (during the waiver period only, as described below) the aggregate minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding to fall below 80% during a “waiver period” extending through December 31, 2011, and thereafter, 125% of the aggregate of the term loan, the revolving advances and the swap exposure; or

 

 

 

 

under certain of our subsidiaries credit facilities, each with Costamare Inc. as guarantor, we may not allow the aggregate of (a) the aggregate market value, primarily on an inclusive charter basis, of the mortgaged vessel or vessels, and (b) the market value of any additional security provided to the lender to fall below a percentage ranging between 110% to 125% of the then outstanding amount of the credit facility and any related swap exposure.

Costamare Inc. is required to maintain compliance with the following financial covenants:

 

 

 

 

the ratio of our total liabilities (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents) to market value adjusted total assets (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents) may not exceed 0.75:1;

 

 

 

 

the ratio of EBITDA over net interest expense must be equal to or higher than 2.5:1;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all cash and cash equivalents may not be less than the greater of (i) $30 million or (ii) 3% of the total debt, provided , however , that a minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding must be maintained in the accounts of the borrower; and

 

 

 

 

the market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $500 million.

Our credit facilities contain customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of covenants or material inaccuracy of representations, default under other material indebtedness and bankruptcy.

We expect our committed term loan facility with the Royal Bank of Scotland plc to contain similar covenants and events of default.

See “Description of Indebtedness” for more information about our credit facilities.

63


Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009, were adjusted to reflect changes in expected management fees resulting from changes in charter arrangements occurring after that date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Long-term debt obligations

 

 

$

 

1,435,593

 

 

 

$

 

93,856

 

 

 

$

 

263,609

 

 

 

$

 

262,481

 

 

 

$

 

815,647

 

Interest on long-term debt obligations (1)

 

 

 

387,784

 

 

 

 

72,632

 

 

 

 

119,898

 

 

 

 

88,963

 

 

 

 

106,292

 

Payments to our manager (2)

 

 

 

104,228

 

 

 

 

12,408

 

 

 

 

42,462

 

 

 

 

31,693

 

 

 

 

17,664

 

Payments for newbuild contracts (3)

 

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

 

1,951,605

 

 

 

$

 

202,896

 

 

 

$

 

425,969

 

 

 

$

 

383,137

 

 

 

$

 

939,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

We expect to be obligated to make the interest payments set forth in the above table with respect to our long-term debt obligations. The interest payments are based on annual assumed all-in rates calculated for the unhedged portion of our debt obligations based on the forward yield curve and on the average yearly debt outstanding. See “—Credit Facilities” and “Description of Indebtedness”.

 

(2)

 

 

 

This amount assumes that we will cease paying our managers any fees in connection with the management of a vessel once the vessel exceeds 30 years of age, unless the vessel will exceed 30 years of age at the expiry of its current charter party, in which case we assume that we will pay the manager a fee for the management of that vessel until its charter expires. Additionally, management fees for 2010 are calculated on the assumption that the current $700 fee per vessel per day fee is applied until September 1, 2010. Thereafter, the new management fee arrangement will be in effect, which includes (a) a daily fee of $850 per day per vessel, (b) a 0.75% chartering commission on charter revenues earned and (c) a newbuild supervision fee of $700,000 per newbuild. Pursuant to the terms of the management agreement, the amount assumes an annual escalation of the daily fee by 4% beginning January 1, 2013. This amount does not reflect the newbuild supervision fees associated with our agreements, subject to certain conditions, to acquire three newbuilds or the daily per vessel management fees and chartering commissions payable with respect to such vessels, or the four secondhand vessels we have contracted to acquire.

 

(3)

 

 

 

The amount was paid to the shipyard on May 3, 2010 and we took delivery of the newbuild vessel MSC Navarino. This amount does not reflect our contractual commitments to acquire four secondhand vessels at an aggregate price of $45.0 million, or our agreements, subject to us obtaining financing, to acquire three newbuilds at an aggregate price of approximately $285 million.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

The shipping industry is a capital intensive industry, requiring significant amounts of investment. Much of this investment is provided in the form of long-term debt. Our debt usually contains interest rates that fluctuate with the financial markets. Increasing interest rates could adversely impact future earnings.

Our interest expense is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates, particularly LIBOR. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, an increase of 100 basis points would have decreased our net income and cash flows during the year ended December 31, 2009 by approximately $0.6 million based upon our debt level during 2009.

The following table sets forth the sensitivity of our long-term debt including the effect of our derivative contracts to a 100 basis points increase in LIBOR during the next five years on the same basis.

Net Difference in Earnings and Cash Flows (in millions of U.S. dollars):

 

 

 

Year

 

Amount

2010

 

 

$

 

1.5

 

2011

 

 

 

1.0

 

2012

 

 

 

1.7

 

2013

 

 

 

2.7

 

2014

 

 

 

4.4

 

64


Interest Rate Swaps

In connection with certain of our credit facilities under which we pay a floating base rate of interest, we entered into interest rate swap agreements designed to decrease the fluctuation in our financing cash outflows by taking advantage of the relatively lower interest rate environment in recent years. We have recognized these derivative instruments on the balance sheet at their fair value. Pursuant to the adoption of our Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by ASC 815 (formerly SFAS 133) in order to designate these swaps, as of and after January 1, 2008, as hedging instruments, 10 of the 11 interest rate swaps to which we were a party as at December 31, 2009, qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in our earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps will be performed on a quarterly basis, on the financial statement and earnings reporting dates. Prior to January 1, 2008, we recognized changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps in current period earnings as these interest rate swap agreements did not qualify as hedging instruments under the requirements in the accounting literature described below because we had not adopted a hedging policy. These changes would occur due to changes in market interest rates for debt with substantially similar credit risk, payment profile and terms. We have not held or issued derivative financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

Set forth below is a table of our interest rate swap arrangements as of December 31, 2009.

(a) Interest rate swaps that meet the criteria for hedge accounting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty

 

Effective
date

 

Termination
date

 

Notional
amount on
effective date

 

Fixed rate
(Costamare
pays)

 

Floating rate
(Costamare receives)

 

Fair value
Dec. 31,
2009

(Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars)

HYPO

 

 

 

06/30/2008

 

 

 

 

06/30/2015

 

 

 

$

 

425,000

   

4.03% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

$

 

(24,277

)

 

HYPO

 

 

 

06/30/2008

 

 

 

 

06/30/2015

 

 

 

 

75,000

   

4.03% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

 

(4,284

)

 

HSH

 

 

 

09/30/2008

 

 

 

 

06/30/2015

 

 

 

 

100,000

   

4.09% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

 

(5,929

)

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK

 

 

 

09/30/2008

 

 

 

 

06/30/2015

 

 

 

 

250,000

   

4.02% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

 

(13,726

)

 

EMPORIKI BANK

 

 

 

05/16/2008

 

 

 

 

05/16/2014

 

 

 

 

75,000

   

3.88% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

EMPORIKI BANK

 

 

 

05/16/2008

 

 

 

 

05/16/2014

 

 

 

 

75,000

   

3.88% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

ALPHA BANK

 

 

 

06/17/2008

 

 

 

 

06/17/2013

 

 

 

 

73,000

   

3.57% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

 

(3,076

)

 

ALPHA BANK

 

 

 

06/17/2008

 

 

 

 

06/17/2013

 

 

 

 

73,000

   

3.57% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

 

(3,076

)

 

RBS

 

 

 

02/21/2007

 

 

 

 

02/21/2017

 

 

 

 

85,000

   

Zero cost Interest rate Collar*

 

 

 

(7,685

)

 

HSBC

 

 

 

08/04/2008

 

 

 

 

08/05/2013

 

 

 

 

74,000

   

3.595% p.a.

 

 

 

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

 

(3,637

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

1,305,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value

 

 

 

$

 

(73,046

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

*

 

 

 

Notional amount $85 million amortizing zero-cost collar (2.23% – 6.00%) with knock-in floor sold at 2.23% and struck at 6.00%, as a 10-year forward hedge, covering the period from February 2007 to February 2017. The agreement guarantees that the interest rate payable on the Company’s loans throughout the 10-year period will always remain between 2.23% and 6.00% excluding margin.

(b) Interest rate swaps that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding one and two interest rate swap agreements, respectively, for the purpose of managing risks associated with the variability of changing LIBOR-related interest rates. More specifically:

 

(i)

 

 

 

Notional amount $100 million non-amortizing interest rate swap agreement concluded on November 21, 2008 (with effective date on November 25, 2008) for a period of 10 years through November 26, 2018. Under the agreement we pay fixed rate at 3.33% and receive floating rate at six-months LIBOR. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of this interest rate swap was a liability of $4.8 million. On February 12, 2009, we unwound this interest rate cap and floor agreement and realized a loss of $1.5 million.

 

(ii)

 

 

 

Notional amount $100 million non-amortizing zero-cost collar (1.37% – 6.00%) with a knock-in floor sold at 1.37% and struck at 6.00%, as a nine-year forward hedge, covering the period from September 2008 to March 2017. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of this swap was a liability of $8.1 million.

65


ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. All derivatives are recognized in the consolidated financial statements at their fair value. On the inception date of the derivative contract, and an ongoing basis, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by ASC 815 in order to designate these derivatives as hedging instruments, we designate the derivative as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow to be paid (“cash flow” hedge). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified, designated and highly effective as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow and are then reported in earnings. Changes in the fair value of undesignated derivative instruments and the ineffective portion of designated derivative instruments are reported in earnings in the period in which those fair value changes have occurred.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We generate all of our revenue in U.S. dollars, but a substantial portion of our vessel operating expenses, primarily crew wages, are in currencies other than U.S. dollars (mainly in Euro), and any gain or loss we incur as a result of the U.S. dollar fluctuating in value against those currencies is included in vessel operating expenses. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 24% of our outstanding accounts payable were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (mainly in Euro). We hold cash and cash equivalents mainly in U.S. dollars.

As of December 31, 2009, we were engaged in six foreign currency Euro/U.S. dollar forward contracts totaling $12.0 million at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.4348 expiring in monthly intervals in 2010.

As of December 31, 2008, we were engaged in 30 foreign currency Euro/U.S. dollar forward contracts totaling $81.0 million at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.3225 expiring in monthly intervals in 2009. In 24 of our 30 forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts, the Company has the “sell” position (notional amount $54.0 million) and in the remaining 6 contracts, the Company has the “buy” position (notional amount $27.0 million).

As of December 31, 2008, the fair market value of the 30 forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts was a gain of $2.6 million. For the period from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the total change of forward contracts fair value amounted to a loss of $2.6 million.

Furthermore, in 2010 we were engaged in 40 Euro/U.S. dollar contracts totaling $64.0 million at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.3643 expiring in monthly intervals from February 2010 up to December 2011.

We recognize these financial instruments on our balance sheet at their fair value. These foreign currency forward contracts do not qualify as hedging instruments, and thus we recognize changes in their fair value in our earnings.

Inflation

We do not consider inflation to be a significant risk to our business in the current environment and foreseeable future.

Capital Expenditures

On September 21, 2010, we contracted for the construction and purchase of three newbuild containerships, each of 9,000 TEU capacity, for a price of approximately $95.1 million per newbuild, to be paid in five equal installments. Each newbuild contract is subject to our completion of certain financing arrangements prior to November 30, 2010. These three newbuilds are scheduled to be delivered between November 2013 and January 2014. We have also obtained options to acquire three additional newbuild containerships, each of 9,000 TEU capacity, for a price of approximately $96.1 million per newbuild. These options must be exercised by December 24, 2010, and the associated newbuild containerships would be delivered between March and June 2014. On September 23, 2010, we

66


contracted for four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships at a purchase price of $11.25 million per containership, two to be delivered by December 20, 2010 and two by February 28, 2011. In addition, we estimate drydocking expenses will total approximately $11.7 million in 2010, excluding off-hire costs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any other transactions, obligations or relationships that could be considered material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Vessel Impairment

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require modification to their carrying values or useful lives. In evaluating useful lives and carrying values of long-lived assets, we review certain indicators of potential impairment, such as undiscounted projected operating cash flows, vessel sales and purchases, business plans and overall market conditions.

The economic and market conditions as at December 31, 2009, including the significant disruptions in the global credit markets, had broad effects on participants in a wide variety of industries. Since mid-August 2008, the charter rates in the containership charter market have declined significantly, and container vessel values have also declined both as a result of a slowdown in the availability of global credit and the significant deterioration in charter rates, conditions that we consider indicators of impairment.

In developing estimates of future undiscounted cash flows, we make assumptions and estimates about the vessels’ future performance, with the significant assumptions being related to time charter rates, vessels’ operating expenses, vessels’ capital expenditures, vessels’ residual value, fleet utilization, and the estimated remaining useful life of each vessel. The assumptions used to develop estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are based on historical trends as well as future expectations and taking into consideration growth rates.

We determine undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel and compare it to the vessel’s carrying value. Consistent with prior years and to the extent impairment indicators were present, the projected net operating cash flows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter rate for the unfixed days (based on the most recent ten year historical average rates, inflated annually by a 4% growth rate being the historical and forecasted average world GDP nominal growth rate) over the remaining estimated life of the vessel assumed to be 30 years from the delivery of the vessel from the shipyard, expected outflows for vessels’ operating expenses assuming an annual inflation rate of 2.7% (in line with the average world Consumer Price Index forecasted), planned drydocking and special survey expenditures, management fees expenditures which are adjusted every four years by an inflation rate of 2.7% and fleet utilization of 99.2% (excluding the scheduled off-hire days for planned drydockings and special surveys which are determined separately ranging from 8 to 20 days depending on size and age of each vessel) based on historical experience. The salvage value used in the impairment test is estimated

67


to be in the range from $150 to $250 per light weight ton in accordance with our vessels’ depreciation policy.

Based on our analysis, the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel were in excess by no less than 33%, compared to each vessel’s carrying value, and accordingly, step two of the impairment analysis was not required and no impairment of vessels existed as of December 31, 2009.

An internal analysis, which used a discounted cash flow model utilizing inputs and assumptions based on market observations as of June 30, 2010, suggests that seven of our 41 vessels may have current market values below their carrying values. However, we believe that, with respect to these seven vessels, each of which is currently under time charter, we will recover their carrying values through the end of their useful lives, based on their undiscounted cash flows. We currently do not expect to sell any of these vessels, or otherwise dispose of them, significantly before the end of their estimated useful life.

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current low levels or whether they will improve by any significant degree. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.

Vessel Lives and Depreciation

We depreciate our vessels based on a straight line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel, which is 30 years from the date of their initial delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is within industry standards and represents the most reasonable useful life for each of our vessels. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value. Secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful lives. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective.

Special Survey and Drydocking Costs

Within the shipping industry, there are two methods that are used to account for special survey and drydocking costs: (1) capitalize special survey and drydocking costs as incurred (deferral method) and amortize such costs over the period to the next scheduled survey, and (2) expense special survey and drydocking costs as incurred. Since special survey and drydocking cycles typically extend over a period of 30 to 60 months, management believes that the deferral method provides a better matching of revenues and expenses than the expense-as-incurred method. Costs deferred are limited to actual costs incurred at the shipyard and parts used in the drydocking or special survey. If a survey is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances are immediately written off. Unamortized balances of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of the vessel’s sale. Furthermore, unamortized drydocking and special survey balances of vessels that are classified as assets held for sale and are not recoverable, as of the date of such classification, are immediately written off to the income statement.

Vessel, Cost

Vessels are stated at cost, which consists of the contract price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods). Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels; otherwise these amounts are charged to expenses as incurred.

68


Voyage Revenue Recognition

Revenues are generated from time charter agreements and are usually paid 15 days in advance. Time charter agreements with the same charterer are accounted for as separate agreements according to the terms and conditions of each agreement. Time charter revenues over the term of the charter are recorded as service is provided, when they become fixed and determinable. Revenues from time charter agreements providing for varying annual rates are accounted for as operating leases and thus recognized on a straight line basis as the average revenue over the rental periods of such agreements, as service is performed. Some of our charters provide that the charter rate will be adjusted to a market rate for the final months of their respective terms. For purposes of determining the straight line revenue amount, we exclude these periods and treat the charter as expiring at the end of the last fixed rate period. A voyage is deemed to commence upon the completion of discharge of the vessel’s previous cargo and is deemed to end upon the completion of discharge of the current cargo. Unearned revenue includes cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria to recognize as revenue have not been met, including any unearned revenue resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual rates, which are accounted for on a straight line basis. Unearned revenue also includes the unamortized balance of the liability associated with the acquisition of secondhand vessels with time charters attached that were acquired at values below fair market value at the date the acquisition agreement is consummated.

Accrued / Unearned Charter Revenue

We record identified assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel at fair value, determined by reference to market data. The Company values any asset or liability arising from the market value of the time charters assumed when a vessel is acquired from entities that are not under common control. This policy does not apply when a vessel is acquired from entities that are under common control. The amount to be recorded as an asset or liability at the date of vessel delivery is based on the difference between the current fair market value of the charter and the net present value of future contractual cash flows. When the present value of the contractual cash flows of the time charter assumed is greater than its current fair value, the difference is recorded as accrued prepaid charter revenue. When the opposite situation occurs, any difference, capped to the vessel’s fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as deferred revenue. Such assets and liabilities, respectively, are amortized as a reduction of, or an increase in, revenue over the period of the time charter assumed . In developing estimates of the net present value of contractual cash flows of the time charters assumed, we must make assumptions about the discount rate that reflect the risks associated with the assumed time charter and the fair value of the assumed time charter at the time the vessel is acquired. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate present and fair values discussed above will be reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective.

Receivables

Revenue is based on contracted charter parties and although our business is with customers who are believed to be of the highest standard, there is always the possibility of dispute. In such circumstances, we will assess the recoverability of amounts outstanding and a provision will be estimated if there is a possibility of non-recoverability. Although we may believe that our provisions are based on fair judgment at the time of their creation, it is possible that an amount under dispute will not be recovered and the estimated provision of doubtful accounts would be inadequate. If any of our revenues become uncollectible, these amounts would be written-off at that time.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We enter into interest rate swap contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations of interest rate risks associated with specific borrowings. Interest rate differentials paid or received under these swap agreements are recognized as part of interest expense related to the hedged debt. All derivatives are recognized in the consolidated financial statements at their fair value. On the inception date of the derivative contract, we designate the derivative as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow to be paid (“cash flow” hedge). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified,

69


designated and highly effective as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow and are then reported in earnings. Changes in the fair value of undesignated derivative instruments and the ineffective portion of designated derivative instruments are reported in earnings in the period in which those fair value changes have occurred. Realized gains or losses on early termination of the derivative instruments are also classified in earnings in the period of termination of the respective derivative instrument. We may redesignate an undesignated hedge after its inception as a hedge but then will consider its non-zero value at redesignation in its assessment of effectiveness of the cash flow hedge.

We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged terms, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to specific forecasted transactions or variability of cash flow.

We also formally assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flow of hedged items. We consider a hedge to be highly effective if the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument is within 80% to 125% of the opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting prospectively, in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (formerly FAS133).

We also enter forward exchange rate contracts to manage our exposure to currency exchange risk on certain foreign currency liabilities. We have not designated these forward exchange rate contracts for hedge accounting.

70


THE INTERNATIONAL CONTAINERSHIP INDUSTRY

The information and data contained in this prospectus relating to the containership industry has been provided by Clarkson Research, and is taken from Clarkson Research’s database and other sources. Clarkson Research has advised that: (i) some information in Clarkson Research’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; and (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Clarkson Research’s database; and (iii) whilst Clarkson Research has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation.

Overview of the Container Shipping Market

Container shipping is responsible for the movement of a wide range of goods between different parts of the world in a unitized form and, since its beginnings in the late 1960s, containerization has become an integral part of the global economy. The use of containers in global trade has resulted in considerable production and efficiency gains and has become important to the process of globalization. A wide range of cargoes are transported by container but most notably container transportation is responsible for the shipment of a diverse selection of manufactured and consumer goods. These cargoes are transported by container to end users in all regions of the world, and in particular from key producing and manufacturing regions to end users in the world’s largest consumer economies. Participants in the container shipping industry include “liner” shipping companies, who operate container shipping services and own containerships, containership owners, often known as “charter owners”, who own containerships and charter them out to liner companies, and shippers, who require the seaborne movement of containerized goods.

The expansion of global container trade is heavily influenced by global economic growth, increases in economic consumption at a global and regional level, and the process of globalization. In 2008, global container trade peaked at 136 million TEU, following an average annual increase in trade of 9.6% in the period 1999-2008. In 2009, global container trade was an estimated 124 million TEU following a contraction due to the economic slowdown. Recent trade figures in early 2010 show improved container volumes on many of the world’s largest trade lanes. For example, in the first six months of 2010 container volumes on the eastbound Asia-U.S. trade were up by 16.5% year-on-year, whilst in the first eight months of 2010 volumes on the westbound Far East-Europe trade were up by 21.8% year-on-year. As of October 1, 2010, the global container capable fleet had capacity of 16.1 million TEU, with the majority consisting of fully cellular (1) containerships, with a total standing slot capacity (2) of 13.9 million TEU across 4,945 ships.

Types of Containership

The most significant portion of the global container capable fleet is comprised of fully cellular containerships which as of October 1, 2010, represented 4,945 vessels and 86% of globally available TEU capacity. The remainder of the fleet is made up of a range of non-fully cellular vessel types, including multi- purpose vessels (“MPPs”) capable of carrying container and breakbulk cargo, roll-on roll-off cargo vessels (“Ro-Ros”) and general cargo vessels, which often have container carrying capacity. Unless noted otherwise, the remainder of the discussion in this section focuses on fully cellular containerships. The fully cellular containership fleet is made up of vessels from below 500 TEU in capacity to 8,000 TEU and above. Vessels can be separated broadly into three categories:

 

 

 

 

Deep Sea Containerships —Primarily responsible for servicing mainlane east-west trades and designated as Panamax or Post-Panamax according to their capability to transit the Panama Canal given their physical dimensions. Increasingly, smaller Post-Panamax and Panamax containerships are also being deployed on north-south trades, non-mainlane east-west trades and, in some cases, intra-regional trade lanes.


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Equipped with fixed cell guides for containers throughout.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Nominal static ship container capacity.

71


 

 

 

 

Intermediate Containerships —Sub-Panamax or Handy vessels between 1,000 TEU and 2,999 TEU in capacity, which generally serve north-south, intra-regional and in some cases non-mainlane east-west trades.

 

 

 

 

Feeder / Feedermax Containerships —Below 1,000 TEU in capacity, these vessels are generally operated on an intra-regional basis, often relaying or “feeding” cargo within a region from or to main port hubs served by mainlane trades / larger ships.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

World Containership Fleet By Vessel Size

 

Category

 

Typical
Deployment

 

Class

 

Fleet
Size (TEU)

 

Number

 

000 TEU

 

Deep Sea

 

Deployed largely on the deep sea mainlane east- west trades as well as on other high volume trades.

 

Post-Panamax

 

8,000 & above

 

285

 

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

 

Post-Panamax

 

3,000-7,999

 

506

 

 

 

3,045

 

 

 

 

Panamax

 

3,000 & above

 

950

 

 

 

3,900

 

 

Intermediate

 

Suitable for deployment on many trades, nonmainlane East-West trades, North-South trades and intra-regional trades in Asia and Europe.

 

Sub-Panamax

 

2,000-2,999

 

706

 

 

 

1,795

 

 

 

 

Handy

 

1,000-1,999

 

1,270

 

 

 

1,801

 

 

Feeder

 

On the smaller intra-regional and ‘feeder’ trades.

 

Feeder/Max

 

100-999

 

1,228

 

 

 

736

 

 

Total

 

 

         

4,945

 

 

 

13,935

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, October 2010.

The following graph shows the development of the fleet in the different vessel segments within the containership fleet since 1999. Containership deployment patterns are continually subject to change, and in recent years it has been evident that on the intra-regional trade routes, within which volumes have risen substantially compared to 5 or 10 years earlier, larger vessels, especially in the 1,000-2,999 TEU bracket, have been increasingly deployed. There has also been an expansion in the number of vessels of 3,000 TEU and above finding deployment alongside capacity in the 1,000-2,999 TEU range on north-south and other non-mainlane trades.

Containership Demand

Growth in global container trade has been driven by growth in world merchandise trade, and the growing share in the containerized part thereof, along with the expansion in ‘containerization’ of new commodities and the trend towards globalization. In terms of loaded containers moved from origin to destination, estimated global container trade rose from 59.9 million TEU in 1999 to 124.2 million TEU in 2009, a compound average annual growth rate of 7.6%. In the period from 2002 to 2007, driven by an upswing in the global economy, demand for container shipping accelerated strongly, with estimated annual growth in world container trade reaching a high of 13.4% in 2004. During this period rapid growth in exports from China were driving a significant part of the increase in container trade, along with growth in container trade volumes in and out of Russia and the Baltic, and out of other emerging markets such as Brazil. Intra-Asian container trade volumes were also growing rapidly during this period. However, following the onset of the global economic downturn, container trade expansion

72


slowed significantly. After growing by just 4.2% in 2008, a 9.0% contraction is now estimated to have taken place in 2009.

Trade Routes and Growth Trends

Global container trade is spread over a range of long-haul, regional, and intra-regional routes, which can be separated into four categories:

 

 

 

 

Mainlane East-West : The individual “mainlane” container trades on the major east-west routes are the world’s largest in volume terms, with the Transpacific trade route forming the world’s largest container trade with 15% of the total container volume in 2009, followed by the Far East-Europe trade route and the Transatlantic trade route. Due to the higher cargo volumes on these routes, they are generally served by very large Post-Panamax ships with capacity 8,000 TEU and above, and by other large Post-Panamax and Panamax containerships, generally with capacity from 8,000 TEU down to around 4,500 TEU. There are also some 3,000-4,500 TEU containerships which continue to serve these trades.

 

 

 

 

Non-Mainlane East-West : These routes include trade lanes between the Indian Sub-Continent or the Middle East and North America, Europe or the Far East, and are generally served by a range of ship sizes, from smaller Post-Panamax containerships below 8,000 TEU to vessels of Panamax size and below.

 

 

 

 

North-South : These trade routes form the second layer of the global liner network, connecting the northern hemisphere with South America, Africa and Oceania, and are generally served by vessels 1,000-5,000 TEU.

 

 

 

 

Intra-Regional : These routes include both intra-Asian and intra-European trades, where containerships below 4,000 TEU in size generally provide the majority of transportation. Intra-Asian container trades collectively constitute the largest portion of global containership volumes. Ports involved in these trades often impose infrastructural and other limitations on the vessel types that can be utilized, such as draft restrictions or the lack of availability of handling equipment.

73


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

World Seaborne Container Trade

 

estimated, million TEU

 

2006

 

% share

 

2007

 

% share

 

2008

 

% share

 

2009(e)

 

% share

 

Mainlane East-West

 

40.9

 

 

 

34.8

%

 

 

44.5

 

 

 

34.0

%

 

 

43.6

 

 

 

32.0

%

 

 

38.6

 

 

 

31.0

%

 

growth

 

12%

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

-2%

 

 

 

-12%

 

 

Non-Mainlane East-West

 

11.7

 

 

 

10.0

%

 

 

12.8

 

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

14.2

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

14.4

 

 

 

11.6

%

 

growth

 

8%

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

12%

 

 

 

1%

 

 

North-South

 

20.1

 

 

 

17.1

%

 

 

20.6

 

 

 

15.7

%

 

 

21.6

 

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

16.6

%

 

growth

 

6%

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

-4%

 

 

Intra-Regional

 

44.9

 

 

 

38.2

%

 

 

53.1

 

 

 

40.5

%

 

 

57.0

 

 

 

41.8

%

 

 

50.6

 

 

 

40.7

%

 

growth

 

14%

 

 

 

18%

 

 

 

7%

 

 

 

-11%

 

 

 

GLOBAL TOTAL

 

117.6

 

 

 

131.0

 

 

 

136.5

 

 

 

124.2

 

 

growth

 

11%

 

 

 

11%

 

 

 

4%

 

 

 

-9%

 

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, October 2010. 2009 numbers subject to revision.

After a slowdown in global containerized trade in 2009, the beginning of 2010 has seen several trends supporting an increase in containership demand, along with an increase in global economic growth. The IMF revised upwards its world GDP growth forecast for 2010 from 3.1% in October 2009 to 4.8% in October 2010, although this remains subject to a degree of uncertainty and the risk of a return to a slowdown in global economic activity. There has been a generally increasing trend in volumes across many trades; by December 2009, volumes on many trade lanes had started to return to positive year-over-year growth, which has continued through early 2010. Whilst strong growth in year-over-year comparisons are mainly a reflection of the significant declines that occurred in early 2009, early 2010 container trade data suggests that increased volumes of containers in early 2010 have been supporting increased containership demand.

As a result of the slowdown in demand through 2009, the portion of the fleet not in operation (or ‘idle’) grew from 0.42 million TEU at the end of 2008 to peak at an estimated 1.52 million TEU of capacity in December 2009, representing approximately 570 vessels, according to AXS-Alphaliner, equal to 11.8% of the global fleet by capacity, according to Clarkson Research. However, the proportion of ‘idle’ capacity has declined in recent months, as carriers have reintroduced capacity on reactivated or newly implemented services, and in some cases upgraded capacity on existing services, to meet the apparent rise in volumes reported in early 2010. As of the start of October 2010 it was reported that around 132 containerships were ‘idle’ with a total of 0.24 million TEU of capacity, according to AXS-Alphaliner, equivalent to around 1.7% of the global fleet by capacity, according to Clarkson Research.

Containership Supply

Overall fully cellular containership standing slot capacity expanded at an average annual growth rate of 11.3% in the period 1999-2009, more than doubling in capacity during the same period of time. Fully cellular containership capacity is estimated to have increased by 13.8% in 2007, and by 12.7% in 2008. In 2009, the fully cellular fleet is estimated to have expanded by 6.1%. In comparison, expansion

74


in world container trade is estimated to have reached 11.4% in 2007, but just 4.2% in 2008, and it is estimated that global container trade contracted by 9.0% in 2009.

As of October 1, 2010, the containership orderbook was 628 vessels and 3.84 million TEU, representing 28% of the existing fleet in terms of capacity. The size of orderbook, however, differed widely across containership size segments, as demonstrated below, with the most significant orderbook compared to existing fleet capacity being in the larger vessel sizes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Containership Orderbook by Year of Delivery

Class of Containership

 

Size (TEU)

 

Total Order Book

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013+

 

% Non-Delivery
(2009)

 

Number

 

’000 TEU

 

% of fleet

 

’000 TEU

 

% of flt

 

’000 TEU

 

% of flt

 

’000 TEU

 

% of flt

 

’000 TEU

 

% of flt

 

Post-Panamax

 

8,000 & above

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

 

2,587.5

   

97.3%

 

 

 

123.8

   

4.7%

 

 

 

1,116.9

   

42.0%

 

 

 

804.7

   

30.3%

 

 

 

542.1

   

20.4%

 

 

 

46

%

 

Post-Panamax

 

3,000-7,999

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

613.0

   

20.1%

 

 

 

44.9

   

1.5%

 

 

 

309.0

   

10.1%

 

 

 

231.4

   

7.6%

 

 

 

27.8

   

0.9%

 

 

 

47

%

 

Panamax

 

3,000 & above

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

341.9

   

8.8%

 

 

 

61.0

   

1.6%

 

 

 

112.5

   

2.9%

 

 

 

139.7

   

3.6%

 

 

 

28.7

   

0.7%

 

 

 

36

%

 

Sub-Panamax

 

2,000-2,999

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

116.0

   

6.5%

 

 

 

24.2

   

1.3%

 

 

 

38.6

   

2.2%

 

 

 

37.0

   

2.1%

 

 

 

16.2

   

0.9%

 

 

 

50

%

 

Handy

 

1,000-1,999

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

146.0

   

8.1%

 

 

 

42.1

   

2.3%

 

 

 

68.6

   

3.8%

 

 

 

17.1

   

0.9%

 

 

 

18.2

   

1.0%

 

 

 

53

%

 

Feeder/Max

 

100-999

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

38.5

   

5.2%

 

 

 

21.2

   

2.9%

 

 

 

17.2

   

2.3%

 

 

 

0.0

   

0.0%

 

 

 

0.0

   

0.0%

 

 

 

68

%

 

 

Total

 

100+ TEU

 

 

 

628

 

 

 

 

3,842.8

   

27.6%

 

 

 

317.3

   

2.3%

 

 

 

1,662.9

   

11.9%

 

 

 

1,229.7

   

8.8%

 

 

 

633.0

   

4.5%

 

 

 

45

%

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, October 2010.

Note: The orderbook as at October 1, 2010. These figures are subject to change as a result of delay, cancellation and further ordering. Going forward, the orderbook will be influenced by delays, cancellations and the re-negotiation of contracts. Due to these technical and contractual issues, there is currently considerable uncertainty surrounding the orderbook. The figures quoted above relate to the orderbook as at October 1, 2010 and do not take into account potential delivery problems. The orderbook includes some orders originally scheduled for 2009 delivery.

Although establishing accurate data is difficult, approximately 45% of scheduled deliveries in terms of TEU capacity expected to enter the fleet in 2009 at the start of that year have been confirmed as

75


non-delivered during 2009. This figure was 68% for containerships below 1,000 TEU in size, 51% for containerships between 1,000 TEU and 2,999 TEU, 36% for Panamax containerships and 46% for Post-Panamax containerships. This is partly due to statistical reporting delays but also because of delays in construction and cancellations of orders. The tables above and below illustrate the difference between scheduled start year and actual containership deliveries in 2009. It is estimated that in the first nine months of 2010 “non-delivery” has remained a feature of the containership sector. Around 1.2 million TEU of containership capacity has been confirmed as delivered in the first nine months of the year.

Delivering the orderbook presents a number of challenges, with factors both technical and financial contributing to delays in and cancellations of the containership scheduled deliveries:

 

 

 

 

Difficulties securing finance : Ship owners with vessels on order are experiencing financing problems as a result of the reduced charter markets, declines in asset values and limited availability of bank financing. In the final quarter of 2008 and much of 2009, containership asset values were generally in decline. The current estimated resale value of nearly all of the vessels comprising the orderbook is significantly lower than the value at which they were contracted, adding to the difficulties of securing finance.

 

 

 

 

Technical or financial problems at shipyards : At the start of October 2010, 4.1% of containership capacity on order was contracted at shipyards which are either currently under construction (“Greenfield Shipyards”) or have delivered their first vessels in the past two years. Some of these projects are reported to be experiencing technical and financial problems and it is therefore expected that construction of some of the shipyards, and therefore vessels, may be delayed.

A large number of the containership vessels contracted in recent years have been financed by the German KG system, which allows tax benefits to private investors in certain shipowning companies. Typically these are companies set up to invest in one or a small number of vessels, financed mainly by private investors and bank financing. Funds from private investors are typically raised after the vessels have been ordered. In 2009, in a much weaker economic and investment environment, there were severe risks to the ability of KG funds to collect the equity planned for investment in ships which are currently on order, and also, in an environment of lower vessel earnings, to their ability to generate planned returns to investors on existing projects.

Additionally, the placement of new orders for containership capacity has slowed dramatically. In 2007 a historical high level of 3.2 million TEU of containership capacity was ordered. In 2008 the volume of ordering slowed to 1.1 million TEU, while containership contracting activity in 2009 was negligible. Contracting activity appears to have picked up in the second half of 2010.

76


Fleet Age and Scrapping

Levels of containership scrapping are driven by demand for steel scrap and scrap price levels as well as the age profile of the containership fleet, movements in containership earnings and supply of and demand for different sizes of containership.

A substantial volume of aging containership capacity was sold for scrap in 2009, with the full year seeing 200 containerships with a combined capacity of 0.38 million TEU sold for demolition, significantly higher than historical levels. In the period from 1996 to 2008 an average of 30 containerships were scrapped each year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Containership Demolition

Class

 

Size (TEU)

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010 ytd

 

Post-Panamax

 

8,000 & above

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

Post-Panamax

 

3,000-7,999

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

4.65

 

 

 

 

4.65

 

 

Panamax

 

3,000 & above

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

3.19

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

6.25

 

 

 

 

3.01

 

 

 

 

12.40

 

 

 

 

128.77

 

 

 

 

41.65

 

 

Sub-Panamax

 

2,000-2,999

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

22.76

 

 

 

 

9.30

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

8.72

 

 

 

 

4.31

 

 

 

 

46.29

 

 

 

 

115.53

 

 

 

 

23.58

 

 

Handy

 

1,000-1,999

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

28.22

 

 

 

 

7.83

 

 

 

 

4.85

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

5.71

 

 

 

 

7.89

 

 

 

 

32.01

 

 

 

 

96.13

 

 

 

 

27.64

 

 

Feeder/Max

 

100-999

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

13.90

 

 

 

 

8.59

 

 

 

 

2.98

 

 

 

 

1.90

 

 

 

 

3.11

 

 

 

 

5.72

 

 

 

 

9.38

 

 

 

 

30.97

 

 

 

 

15.62

 

 

Total

 

 

 

No. of ships

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

’000 TEU

 

 

 

68.06

 

 

 

 

25.73

 

 

 

 

7.83

 

 

 

 

1.90

 

 

 

 

23.79

 

 

 

 

20.93

 

 

 

 

100.08

 

 

 

 

376.05

 

 

 

 

113.13

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, October 2010.

As of October 1, 2010, the average age of a vessel in the containership fleet was 10.3 years. The majority of ageing containership capacity is at the smaller end of the fleet below 4,000 TEU, where some capacity may be more at risk to becoming outdated by increased trade volumes over time being more efficiently served by larger ships. Overall, 6% of containership fleet capacity is currently aged 20 years or more.

The Containership Markets

Containership Timecharter Rates

Containership charter rates depend on the supply of, and demand for, containership capacity, and can vary significantly from year to year. Containership economies of scale mean that the daily time charter rate per TEU for a larger containership is less than for a ship with lower TEU capacity. Pricing of containership transportation services occurs against a background of a highly competitive global containership charter market. The containership charter market experienced significant upward movement in time charter rates in the period between the start of 2002 and the middle of 2005. The market recovered from the falls in charter rates seen in 2001 to levels beyond previous market highs before falling again mid-way through 2005, stabilizing in the first half of 2006, and then slipping further during the second half of 2006. The first half of 2007 saw the containership charter market recover to rate levels similar those seen in late 2005 and early 2006, while early 2008 saw rates rise further. However, the onset of the global economic downturn and the resulting slowdown in container trade growth created a relative oversupply of capacity, leading to a rapid fall in containership earnings in the latter half of 2008, which continued in the first half of 2009, with earnings remaining depressed during the rest of the year. In the first nine months of 2010 containership charter rates began to register an upward trend, although rates remain well below long term averages. Based on an index covering a range of containership sizes, time charter daily rates improved 99% during the first nine months of 2010. Among other factors, there has been a reduction in the number of vessels in lay-up and an increase in transported container volumes over the low levels of 2009.

There are, of course, limitations and risks to future scenarios, dependent on developments in the world economy and global trade patterns, and the development of ordering, deliveries and demolitions

77


in the future. With the growth in container volumes having turned very negative in 2009, supply far outweighed demand for the global movement of containers, causing significant downwards pressure on the entire container shipping sector. The impact of the differential between growth in demand and supply on the containership charter market was sharply negative, pushing rates acutely downwards. In the first nine months of 2010 in general containership timecharter rates exhibited an upward trend, although the re-deployment of “idle” capacity may put downward pressure on charter rates, and there are still a considerable number of vessels to be delivered within the next few years and there is a risk that this may also put downward pressure on charter rates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Containership Timecharter Rates, 6-12 months, annual averages of monthly assessments

US$/day

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

Dec-09

 

Sep-10

 

1,000 TEU geared

 

 

 

8,579

 

 

 

 

14,475

 

 

 

 

17,700

 

 

 

 

12,350

 

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

 

3,900

 

 

 

 

7,350

 

1,700 TEU geared

 

 

 

13,817

 

 

 

 

23,108

 

 

 

 

27,146

 

 

 

 

17,079

 

 

 

 

16,613

 

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

 

8,750

 

2,750 TEU gearless

 

 

 

22,125

 

 

 

 

33,850

 

 

 

 

34,813

 

 

 

 

22,646

 

 

 

 

26,292

 

 

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

 

14,000

 

3,500 TEU gearless

 

 

 

25,667

 

 

 

 

35,621

 

 

 

 

38,427

 

 

 

 

26,583

 

 

 

 

29,958

 

 

 

 

5,450

 

 

 

 

19,000

 

4,400 TEU gearless

 

 

 

30,125

 

 

 

 

43,375

 

 

 

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

32,417

 

 

 

 

34,375

 

 

 

 

6,400

 

 

 

 

23,500

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, October 2010.

Estimates based on monthly market assessments for theoretical fully cellular ships by H. Clarkson & Co. Ltd. brokers. These estimates are based on a given point in time and are no guide to or guarantee of future rates. Geared vessels have their own cranes for the purpose of loading and unloading and unloading containers.

The estimated one year timecharter rate for a 3,500 TEU containership at the end of January 2010 was $5,500 per day. At the end of September 2010 it stood at $19,000 per day, compared to an average of $26,902 per day in the period 2000-2009.

With respect to the 6,000-6,999 TEU containership size range, $8,500 per day represents the lowest rate at which a vessel of this size was chartered since the start of 2000 according to reported market fixtures for 6,000-6,999 TEU containerships recorded by Clarkson Research; note that reported fixtures recorded by Clarkson Research do not constitute a comprehensive record of charter market fixtures, charter market transaction activity in this containership size range is relatively low, and not all fixture activity is necessarily reported to the market. $31,585 per day is the historical average rate since the start of 2000 according to reported market fixtures for 6,000-6,999 TEU containerships recorded by Clarkson Research.

Containership Fixture Activity

Along with movements in containership charter rates, the market has also seen changes in the number of fixtures (new charters) and average charter periods. During 2003 and 2004 the volume of reported fixtures was relatively high, but as demand continued to grow, and a greater number of vessels were committed for longer periods than previously, the lack of availability caused the volume of fixtures to slow in 2005 and 2006. The average number of monthly fixtures fell from 159 in 2003 to 60 in 2005, and increased gradually back to an average of 124 fixtures reported per month in 2009. The average

78


period of reported fixtures moved from 19.2 months in 2006 to just 4.7 months in 2009, with container shipping lines less willing to commit to longer periods and owners keen to avoid longer periods at prevailing rates. The graph below shows illustrates containership fixture activity by size range.

Vessel Values: The Newbuild & Secondhand Containership Market

Newbuild Prices : The development of containership newbuild prices reflects both the demand for vessels as well as the cost of acquisition of new containerships by owners from shipyards, which is influenced by the cost of materials and labor, availability of shipbuilding capacity, and the impact of demand from other shipping sectors on shipyards. Economies of scale in containership building mean that the cost per TEU involved in building larger containerships is less than for vessels with smaller TEU capacity.

The total newbuild price for a theoretical 6,200 TEU containership increased from $60.0 million at the start of 2003 to peak at $108.0 million in the period June to September 2008. However, since the onset of the downturn, this figure has fallen to $77.5 million at the end of September 2010. The graph below shows the historical development of containership newbuild prices. The average price for a 6,200 TEU containership newbuild since March 2001 is estimated at $83.8 million.

79


Secondhand Prices : As the containership charter market is playing an increasingly important role in the container shipping industry as a whole, the market for the sale and purchase of secondhand containerships has also expanded. Secondhand vessel prices are influenced by newbuild prices and also by vessel charter rates or earnings, although there is sometimes a lag in the relationship. For example, in 2001, when containership charter rates dropped significantly, containership secondhand prices also moved downwards.

Activity on the secondhand market for containerships has grown steadily in recent years from relatively low volumes of activity previously. A portion of this activity has been constituted by the sale of containerships by liner companies to charter owners. These sales have commonly been accompanied by “time charter back” arrangements whereby the liner company sells the vessel, removing the asset from its balance sheet, then, as part of the transaction, arranges a time charter of the vessel from the party to which it has sold the ship. The liquidity of the secondhand sales market is much greater for small and medium- sized containerships than for large vessels. Only 201 of the 1,275 secondhand containership sales recorded in the period 1999-2009 involved ships with 3,000 TEU or more in capacity. Large containerships are generally newer, and more likely to remain owned by their original owner either for their own end use or on an initial relatively long-term charter.

Secondhand containership sales volumes show some volatility and full year 2009 saw 123 secondhand vessels with a combined capacity of 180,133 TEU sold. The following graph shows the development of secondhand prices for five-year old containerships. Trends in secondhand prices for older containerships typically move according to similar cycles. The graph shows the development of five-year old 3,500 TEU, 1,700 TEU and 1,000 TEU ship prices. The five-year old 1,700 TEU prices as at end September 2010 are estimated to be approximately $23.0 million, compared to a 10-year average of $24.6 million. The price for a theoretical five year old 1,700 TEU containership decreased from $37.5 million at the start of June 2008 to just $14.0 million at the end of 2009. However, the first nine months of 2010 saw an upward trend in containership secondhand prices.

80


Containership Market Competition

There are two types of companies that own containerships: “liner” shipping companies, who operate container shipping services and own and charter-in containerships; and containership owners, often known as “charter owners”, who own containerships and charter them out to liner companies. Liner companies include charterers such as A.P. Moller-Maersk, MSC, CMA-CGM and Evergreen Marine, who own container carrying vessels for the services that they operate. This differs somewhat from the traditional tanker and bulkcarrier shipping sectors where owners provide tonnage to charterers who are mainly cargo interests or operators which are less inclined to own their own vessels. Liner companies also are responsible for providing the containers themselves, either owned or leased, arranging terminal handling either at dedicated or third-party terminals and often inland transportation between ports and cargo origins and destinations. There are over 200 liner companies, but the top 10 and top 20 companies deployed a total of 56% and 76% of global total liner capacity as of October 1, 2010. A.P. Moller-Maersk’s deployed fleet accounted for approximately 13% of the global fleet liner capacity. During 2009, with container trade volumes in decline, and freight rates under severe pressure on many trades, liner companies faced an extremely difficult financial environment.

81


Charter owners are also numerous, with over 400 owning containerships as of October 1, 2010. The largest share of the charter owner containership fleet is owned by German shipowners, which accounted for 62.3% of the fully cellular containerships in the charter owner fleet as of October 1 2010 and 60.2% of the containerships on order to charter owners. The top 10 charter owners account for 42% of charter owner global capacity as of October 1, 2010. Historically, a significant share of the world’s containership capacity has been owned by the liner companies, but since the 1990s there has been an increasing trend for the liner companies to charter-in a larger proportion of the capacity that they operate as a way of retaining some degree of flexibility with regard to capital spending levels over time given the significant costs associated with purchasing vessels. The share of total liner capacity (3) operated by the top 10 liner companies that was chartered in increased from approximately 15% at the start of 1993 to 48% at the start of 2010 (although this percentage is marginally reduced compared with 2007).


 

 

(3)

 

 

 

Includes all container capable “liner capacity” on “liner” ship types.

82


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Top Containership Charter Owners by TEU Capacity

as of October 1, 2010
Owner

 

Country

 

No. of vessels

 

TEU

 

Avg. Size

 

Reederei C.-P. Offen

 

Germany

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

430,681

 

 

 

 

4,533

 

NSB Niederelbe

 

Germany

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

348,072

 

 

 

 

4,245

 

NVA Norddeutsche

 

Germany

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

336,639

 

 

 

 

4,372

 

Peter Dohle Schiff.

 

Germany

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

298,140

 

 

 

 

2,981

 

E.R. Schiffahrts

 

Germany

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

296,857

 

 

 

 

4,638

 

Zodiac Maritime Agy.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

279,627

 

 

 

 

4,510

 

Seaspan Container

 

Canada

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

268,295

 

 

 

 

4,878

 

Rickmers Reederei

 

Germany

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

264,736

 

 

 

 

3,078

 

Danaos Shpg.

 

Greece

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

216,532

 

 

 

 

4,419

 

Costamare Inc.

 

Greece

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

211,882

 

 

 

 

5,168

 

Komrowski Befracht.

 

Germany

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

190,272

 

 

 

 

4,048

 

Shoei Kisen K.K.

 

Japan

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

169,304

 

 

 

 

3,527

 

NSC Schiffahrt

 

Germany

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

124,010

 

 

 

 

3,352

 

Schulte Group

 

Germany

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

117,931

 

 

 

 

2,621

 

Hermann Buss

 

Germany

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

112,975

 

 

 

 

1,548

 

Gebab

 

Germany

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

108,436

 

 

 

 

3,098

 

Hansa Treuhand

 

Germany

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

96,237

 

 

 

 

3,319

 

F. Laeisz

 

Germany

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

94,501

 

 

 

 

3,375

 

Thomas Schulte

 

Germany

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

92,253

 

 

 

 

2,636

 

Synergy Marine Ltd.

 

Cyprus

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

85,408

 

 

 

 

4,745

 

Leonhardt & Blumberg

 

Germany

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

84,745

 

 

 

 

1,766

 

Kaisho Shipping Co.

 

Japan

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

82,416

 

 

 

 

5,887

 

Hanseatic Lloyd

 

Germany

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

81,340

 

 

 

 

3,389

 

Conti Reederei

 

Germany

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

79,275

 

 

 

 

7,207

 

Dr. Peters

 

Germany

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

63,002

 

 

 

 

2,333

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, October 2010.

As of October 1, 2010, it was estimated that 2,823 containerships in the 4,945 strong fully cellular containership fleet were owned by charter owners, representing 57% of the global containership fleet in terms of ship numbers and 50% in terms of TEU capacity.

At the start of October 2010, the 2,823 containerships owned by charter owners had a total TEU capacity of 7.0 million. Of these vessels, 724 were sized below 1,000 TEU and had a total capacity of 0.47 million TEU (64% of the total fleet in that size range) and 1,309 were sized between 1,000 and 2,999 TEU and had a total capacity of 2.43 million TEU (68% of the total). The remaining 790 vessels were sized 3,000 TEU and above, with a total capacity of 4.09 million TEU (43% of the total). Of these, 98 ships were sized 8,000 TEU and above. Charter owners have in general increased their share of the worldwide containership fleet in recent years, and have been responsible for a substantial share of containership capacity contracted, and investment in containerships.

83


The majority of the containership charter market is focused on containerships of 4,500 TEU or less, and the large majority of charter market activity in this sector is time charter business, with charter periods ranging from less than one month to three years or more. However, in other instances, and generally in the case of larger Panamax and Post-Panamax containerships, the charter owner will contract a containership newbuild at a shipyard, which is then chartered out to one of the major container shipping lines on a long-term time charter ranging up to 10 or 12 years in duration. Within the substantial part of the containership charter market focused on containerships of 4,500 TEU or less, both the number of vessels and the number of fixtures are more numerous than in the larger size ranges. In addition, the number of liner companies utilizing 1,000-4,500 TEU containerships, for example, is much higher than the number operating ships 4,500 TEU and above in size. Below 4,500 TEU containership operation is more highly fragmented, with global liner companies competing with regional liner companies who have less requirement for the deployment of larger containerships.

84


BUSINESS

Overview

We are an international owner of containerships, chartering our vessels to many of the world’s largest liner companies. We currently have a fleet of 41 containerships aggregating 211,882 TEUs, making us one of the largest privately owned containership companies in the world, based on total TEU capacity. We also have contracted to acquire four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships and have entered into agreements, subject to certain conditions, to acquire three 9,000 TEU newbuilds. Our strategy is to time charter our containerships to a geographically diverse, financially strong and loyal group of leading liner companies. Our containerships operate primarily under multi-year charters and therefore are not subject to the effect of seasonal variations in demand. Over the last three years our largest customers by revenue were A.P. Moller-Maersk, MSC and COSCO. As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed-term charters represented an aggregate of $1.7 billion of contracted revenue, assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters and 365 revenue days per annum per containership

Our company and its founders have a long history of operating and investing in the shipping industry. We are wholly-owned by the Konstantakopoulos family. Captain Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, the father of our chairman and chief executive officer, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, founded Costamare Shipping in 1975. We initially owned and operated drybulk carrier vessels, but in 1984 we became the first Greek owned company to enter the containership market and, since 1992, we have focused exclusively on containerships. After assuming management of our company in 1998, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos has concentrated on building a large, modern and reliable containership fleet run and supported by highly-skilled, experienced and loyal personnel. He founded the management companies CIEL and Shanghai Costamare in 2001 and 2005, respectively, and he founded the manning agency C-Man Maritime in 2006. Today, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos remains focused on continuing to develop the scope and capabilities of our management companies and related manning agency. Under Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos’s leadership, we have continued to foster a company culture focusing on excellent customer service, industry leadership and innovation.

Consistent with our strategy of actively managing the size of our fleet through timely acquisitions and dispositions, we grew our fleet from 21 containerships with an aggregate capacity of 43,735 TEUs in 2000 to a peak of 53 containerships of 227,778 TEUs in 2008, followed by a proactive decrease in response to market conditions to our current fleet of 41 containerships with a total capacity of 211,882 TEUs. We plan to use the proceeds of the offering to further expand and renew our fleet. We believe that the financial flexibility resulting from our strategic growth policy, together with our experience, reputation, quality of services and long-standing relationships with container shipping industry participants and major financial institutions, position us to renew and expand our fleet with further acquisitions of newbuild and high-quality secondhand vessels at prices that are currently below historical averages.

We believe that this is a favorable time to acquire newbuilds, as well as high-quality secondhand vessels. We also believe that vessel prices today remain at levels that are below their 10-year historical averages and that the charter market for containerships has shown improvement during 2010. As an established owner of containerships with a focus on reliability and balance sheet management, and with significant experience and relationships in the containership sector, we believe we will have ready access to additional vessel acquisition opportunities from shipyards, our liner company customers, shipowners, financial institutions and brokers, chartering opportunities with leading liner companies, and available financing alternatives that will facilitate the renewal and further expansion of our fleet at an opportune time.

We believe that it is currently an attractive time in the container shipping cycle to invest, and that we are well-positioned to benefit from an industry recovery. Although current charter rates remain low compared to the high levels reached in the middle of 2005, we believe that the recent signs of improvement are a positive indicator of fundamental improvements in the economics of our industry. See “—Market Opportunity”.

85


Our company operates through a number of wholly-owned vessel-owning subsidiaries incorporated in the Republic of Liberia. Each of our vessels is managed by one of our three managers: Costamare Shipping, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare, all of which are controlled by our chairman and chief executive officer. We believe that having three management companies allows us to have a deep pool of operational management in multiple locations with market-specific experience and relationships, as well as the geographic flexibility needed to manage and crew our large and diverse fleet so as to provide a high level of service, while remaining cost-effective.

Recent Developments

Consistent with our strategy of pursuing attractive growth opportunities, we recently entered into agreements to acquire a total of seven newbuild and secondhand containerships.

On September 21, 2010, we contracted with China Shipbuilding Trading Company Limited and Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry Co., Ltd. for the construction and purchase of three newbuild containerships, each of 9,000 TEU capacity, for a price of approximately $95.1 million per newbuild, to be paid in five equal installments. Each newbuild contract is subject to our completion of certain financing arrangements prior to November 30, 2010. These three newbuilds are scheduled to be delivered between November 2013 and January 2014, and we currently have agreements for the time charter of each newbuild to MSC for a period of 10 years from delivery by the shipyard at a daily rate of $43,000. We have also obtained options to acquire three additional newbuild containerships, each of 9,000 TEU capacity, for a price of approximately $96.1 million per newbuild. These options must be exercised by December 24, 2010, and the associated newbuild containerships would be delivered between March and June 2014.

On September 23, 2010, we contracted for four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships at a purchase price of $11.25 million per containership, two to be delivered by December 20, 2010 and two by February 28, 2011. These secondhand containerships were built between 1990 and 1992. We intend to finance the acquisition of these secondhand containerships with available cash or new debt financing. While we do not currently have time charters for these secondhand containerships, we are reviewing the charter market and intend to take advantage of available opportunities in line with our market outlook.

On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter from The Royal Bank of Scotland plc for a $120.0 million term loan facility, which will be available for drawing for up to 18 months. We intend to use this term loan facility to finance the acquisition of additional newbuild or secondhand containerships, but we are also permitted to use it to refinance existing containerships in our fleet. Availability of the term loan facility is subject to execution of definitive documentation and is conditioned upon the closing of this offering.

We recently rechartered the MSC Navarino , and we also have extended by four years the current time charters to A.P. Moller-Maersk of eight of our containerships, such extensions resulting in an increase of approximately $306 million in our contracted revenues. The details of the recharter and eight extensions, as well as certain other charter modifications, are shown in our fleet table, which appears in “Business—Fleet—Characteristics”.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths that will allow us to capitalize on growth opportunities in the containership sector, including:

History of Managing Growth Through Shipping Cycles. We grew our fleet from 21 containerships with an aggregate capacity of 43,735 TEUs in 2000 to a peak of 53 containerships of 227,778 TEUs in 2008, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10.8% based on number of vessels or 20.1% based on TEUs, by, among other things, contracting newbuilds and negotiating private purchases from our liner company customers. Thereafter, we decided, based on our market outlook, to reduce our fleet size to our current fleet of 41 containerships with a total capacity of 211,882 TEUs. Unlike many of our public company competitors, we are not burdened with acquisition and newbuild commitments that were incurred when vessel prices were relatively high. Our senior management team has a history of strategically timing vessel acquisitions and dispositions in the containership sector and delivering

86


positive financial returns through the shipping cycle, generating net income of $45.6 million in the first half of 2010, $116.9 million in 2009 and $99.8 million in 2008. We plan to use the proceeds of the offering to expand and renew our fleet. We believe that the financial flexibility resulting from our strategic growth policy, together with our experience, reputation, quality of services and long-standing relationships with container shipping industry participants and major financial institutions, position us to renew and expand our fleet with further acquisitions of newbuild and high-quality secondhand vessels at prices that are currently below historical averages.

Base of Contracted Cash Flows Through Multi-Year Charter Coverage and Staggered Charter Expiration Dates. We believe that the multi-year fixed-rate nature of most of our charters, many of which were arranged at attractive points in the shipping cycle, will continue to provide us with a stable base of contracted future revenue. The containerships in our existing fleet are all subject to charters having initial terms ranging from less than one to 12 years. As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters. Of the 41 containerships in our existing fleet, over 99% of the anticipated total available days for the fourth quarter of 2010 and the full year 2011 are under fixed-rate time charters and only three vessels of 7,706 TEU aggregate capacity are scheduled to be up for rechartering prior to the second quarter of 2012. The staggered maturities of the charters for vessels that expire between 2011 and 2012 (19 vessels), between 2013 and 2015 (3 vessels) and between 2016 and 2020 (19 vessels), will mean that we will likely conduct our rechartering activity in varying rate environments and we will seek to tailor our charter terms accordingly. As of June 30, 2010, our fixed-term charters represented an aggregate of $1.7 billion of contracted revenue, assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters and 365 revenue days per annum per containership.

Experienced Management Team and Reputation for Operational Excellence Support Long-Standing Relationships with Leading Charterers. Our company and founders have a long history of operating and investing in the container shipping industry beginning in 1984. Our managers’ senior management teams have a combined average of approximately 34 years of experience in the shipping industry. We believe that we are able to secure multi-year charters with leading liner companies because of, among other things, our operating track record and our high level of service and support. Though our business is affected by changes in global and regional economic activity, we believe that by chartering our containerships to leading liner companies, including those we perceive to be most financially and operationally sound, we have reduced our potential charter counterparty risk. We currently charter containerships to A.P. Moller- Maersk, COSCO, Evergreen Marine, Hapag Lloyd, HMM, MSC, OACL and ZIM. Our containerships are manned by experienced and loyal personnel, which reflects our commitment to employee training and development, with our Masters having an average of 8.8 years of service with Costamare Shipping, as of June 30, 2010, and nearly 70% of our current Masters having been promoted from within our managers’ organizations. From 2007 through 2009, vessels in our fleet had an average of only 1.4 unscheduled off-hire days, or 0.38%, per vessel per year. We believe that our high level of operational performance, and the customer relationships we derive therefrom, result in large part from our focus on the welfare and training of our employees, particularly that of the seafarers manning our containerships.

Access to Capital to Pursue Our Growth Strategy. As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately $59.9 million of available cash (including restricted cash), cash equivalents and investments, along with $74.2 million of undrawn borrowing capacity. As of that date, we also had 10 containerships, aggregating 38,197 TEUs with an average age (weighted by TEU capacity) of 12.5 years, which were unencumbered. On September 16, 2010, we obtained a commitment letter for a $120.0 million term loan facility, subject to execution of definitive documentation and conditioned upon the closing of this offering. Consistent with our policy of managing our balance sheet, we met all of our scheduled debt repayment obligations during the significant 2008-2009 economic downturn. We believe that our available liquidity and committed financing capacity will allow us to make additional near-term accretive acquisitions during a period when both newbuild and high-quality secondhand vessel values remain below their 10-year historical averages.

Large, Diversified High-Quality Fleet. We have a fleet of 41 vessels as of October 15, 2010. Our fleet includes containerships of various sizes and has been assembled to meet our customers’ needs and

87


is able to operate on East-West, North-South and Intra-regional trade routes, giving us increased flexibility in rechartering our containerships. We believe our containerships were built to high standards by reputable shipyards and have been carefully maintained. We also believe that the reliability of our fleet has been a critical factor in retaining our active and long-standing relationships with the leading liner companies. We have also had success in chartering and operating our older vessels beyond their depreciable lives, and we recently secured charters with leading liner companies for a number of our older containerships. We believe that owning a large, high-quality and diverse fleet provides us with a competitive advantage in securing future employment for our containerships.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business, increase distributable cash flow per share and maximize value to our stockholders by pursuing the following strategies:

Invest in Vessels at an Attractive Point in the Container Shipping Cycle. Given our broad and established customer relationships and financial flexibility, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of the significant opportunities created by the recent economic downturn and developments in the container shipping industry to acquire vessels at attractively low prices. As an established owner of containerships with significant experience and relationships in the containership sector, we believe we will have ready access to vessel acquisition opportunities from shipyards, our liner company customers, shipowners, financial institutions and brokers; chartering opportunities with leading liner companies; and available financing alternatives that will facilitate the renewal and expansion of our fleet at an opportune time. We have recently contracted to acquire four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships. We have also entered into agreements, subject to certain conditions, to acquire three 9,000 TEU newbuilds, and have agreed 10-year time charters for each newbuild. We intend to expand our fleet by acquiring additional containerships at relatively low prices using our cash from operations, the proceeds of this offering and undrawn borrowing capacity under our committed revolving credit facility and committed term loan, along with borrowings under new credit facilities for which we do not yet have commitments, but which we intend to obtain.

Actively Manage Portfolio of Charters Through the Shipping Cycle. We believe that a focus on high-quality charterers and a carefully-managed charter expiry profile are critical to our business strategy. Our largest customers in 2009 were A.P. Moller-Maersk, MSC and COSCO, which we perceive to be among the more creditworthy liner companies. As the global economy improves, we will continue to charter our containerships to high-quality charterers and expand the number of leading liner companies chartering our vessels in order to further diversify our portfolio of time charters from customer, geographic and maturity perspectives. We believe our strategy will reduce our revenue concentration, moderate our exposure to any one customer and allow us to recharter our containerships during various points in the charter market cycle.

Continue to Manage Our Balance Sheet. We believe that management of our balance sheet, including management of cash and capital commitments, will continue to give us financial flexibility. Consistent with that policy, we met all of our scheduled debt repayment obligations during the significant 2008-2009 economic downturn. Unlike many of our public company competitors, we are not burdened with acquisition and newbuild commitments that were incurred when vessel prices were relatively high, and we believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of opportunities in the current point of the container shipping cycle. We believe that our committed revolving credit facility, which gives us $74.2 million of undrawn borrowing capacity as of June 30, 2010, and our committed term loan that provides $120.0 million of undrawn borrowing capacity, along with cash from operations, the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under new credit facilities that we intend to obtain, will provide us with the flexibility to act quickly to acquire additional vessels at attractive prices at opportune times.

Provide High-Quality Customer Service. We seek to provide high-quality customer service that allows our customers to implement integrated logistics solutions in the marketplace. Our managers’ ship management approach is to tailor their services by vessel type and age, which we believe has helped to differentiate us with our charterers and extend our charters and the useful lives of our containerships. We believe that having three management companies allows us to have a deep pool of operational

88


management in multiple locations with market-specific experience and relationships, as well as the geographic flexibility needed to manage and crew our large and diverse fleet so as to provide a high level of service, while remaining cost-effective. We also believe that our focus on customer service and reliability enhances our relationships with our charterers. In the past decade, we have had successful chartering relationships with the majority of the top 20 liner companies by TEU capacity. We also believe that we can continue to leverage the presence in China of one of our management companies, Shanghai Costamare, to grow and establish local relationships with Chinese shipyards, charterers, shipowners, financial institutions and containership service providers.

Market Opportunity

We believe that it is currently an attractive time in the container shipping cycle to invest, and that we are well-positioned to benefit from an industry recovery, for several key reasons, including:

Initial Signs of Container Shipping Market Recovery. During 2010, the container shipping industry has exhibited recovering charter rates driven by improvements in the supply/demand equation. As reported by Clarkson Research, based on an index containing a range of containership sizes, time charter daily rates improved 99% during the first nine months of 2010 and there has been a reduction in the number of vessels in layup and an increase in transported container volumes over the low levels of 2009. Although current charter rates remain low compared to the high levels reached in 2005, we believe that the increases in charter rates and transported volumes in the first nine months are a positive indicator of fundamental improvement in the economics of our industry.

Our Ability to Exploit Acquisition Opportunities. As a well-established containership owner with a reputation for reliability and financial soundness and with significant contracted revenues, we believe we will have access to financing and chartering opportunities that will enable us to acquire additional high- quality vessels at prices that are below their 10-year historical averages. Unlike many of our public company competitors, we are not burdened with acquisition and newbuild commitments that were incurred when vessel prices were relatively high or with significant restrictions on debt incurrence imposed by lenders that would impede growth.

Fleet

General

We currently have a fleet of 41 containerships aggregating 211,882 TEUs, making us one of the largest privately owned containership companies in the world, based on total TEU capacity. Our containerships have a record of low unscheduled off-hire days, with fleet utilization levels of 99.7%, 99.3% and 99.9% in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and 99.8% for the first half of 2010. We believe our customers seek to charter our ships based upon, among other factors, our reputation for safety and reliability.

We deploy our containership fleet principally under multi-year time charters with leading liner companies that operate regularly scheduled routes between large commercial ports. As of October 15, 2010, the average (weighted by TEU capacity) remaining time charter duration for our fleet of 41 containerships was 5.6 years, based on the remaining fixed terms and assuming the earliest redelivery dates possible under our containerships’ charters.

Characteristics

The tables below provide additional information, as of October 15, 2010, about our fleet of 41 containerships and the three newbuilds we have contracted to purchase from China Shipbuilding Trading Company Limited and Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry Co., Ltd., at a purchase price of approximately $95.1 million per newbuild. The table below does not include the four secondhand containerships that we have agreed to purchase. See “—Overview—Recent Developments.” Each vessel is a cellular containership, meaning it is a dedicated container vessel.

89


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Name

 

Charterer

 

Year
Built

 

Capacity
(TEU)

 

Time
Charter
Term
(1)

 

Current Daily
Charter
Hire
(U.S. dollars)

 

Expiration of
Charter
(1)

 

Average Daily
Charter Rate
Until Earliest
Expiry of
Charter
(U.S. dollars)
(2)

 

1

 

COSCO GUANGZHOU

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

December 2017

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

2

 

COSCO NINGBO

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

January 2018

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

3

 

COSCO YANTIAN

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

February 2018

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

4

 

COSCO BEIJING

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

36,400

   

April 2018

 

 

 

36,400

 

 

5

 

COSCO HELLAS

 

COSCO

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

12 years

 

 

 

 

32,400

(3)

 

 

May 2018

 

 

 

36,996

 

 

6

 

MSC NAVARINO (4)

 

MSC

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

8,531

 

 

 

 

0.7 years

 

 

 

 

22,000

   

January 2011

 

 

 

22,000

 

 

7

 

MAERSK KAWASAKI (i)

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

1997

 

 

 

 

7,403

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

37,000

   

December 2017

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

8

 

MAERSK KURE (i)

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

1996

 

 

 

 

7,403

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

37,000

   

December 2017

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

9

 

MAERSK KOKURA (i)

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

1997

 

 

 

 

7,403

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

37,000

   

February 2018

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

10

 

SEALAND NEW YORK

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

(5)

 

 

March 2018

 

 

 

28,766

 

 

11

 

MAERSK KOBE

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

(6)

 

 

May 2018

 

 

 

31,855

 

 

12

 

SEALAND WASHINGTON

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

(7)

 

 

June 2018

 

 

 

28,828

 

 

13

 

SEALAND MICHIGAN

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

25,375

(8)

 

 

August 2018

 

 

 

26,302

 

 

14

 

SEALAND ILLINOIS

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

6,648

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

(9)

 

 

October 2018

 

 

 

28,882

 

 

15

 

MAERSK KOLKATA

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,000

(10)

 

 

November 2019

 

 

 

33,168

 

 

16

 

MAERSK KINGSTON

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

(11)

 

 

February 2020

 

 

 

33,343

 

 

17

 

MAERSK KALAMATA

 

A.P. Moller-Maersk

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

11 years

 

 

 

 

30,375

(12)

 

 

April 2020

 

 

 

33,385

 

 

18

 

ZIM NEW YORK

 

ZIM

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

16,205

(13)

 

 

July 2012

 

 

 

28,332

 

 

19

 

ZIM SHANGHAI

 

ZIM

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

16,100

(14)

 

 

August 2012

 

 

 

27,801

 

 

20

 

ZIM PIRAEUS (ii)

 

ZIM

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

18,150

(15)

 

 

March 2014

 

 

 

24,145

 

 

21

 

OAKLAND EXPRESS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

 

 

31,297

(16)

 

 

September 2016

 

 

 

31,291

 

 

22

 

NEW YORK EXPRESS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

 

 

31,282

(16)

 

 

October 2016

 

 

 

31,274

 

 

23

 

SINGAPORE EXPRESS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

2000

 

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

8 years

 

 

 

 

31,317

(16)

 

 

July 2016

 

 

 

31,312

 

 

24

 

MSC MANDRAKI

 

MSC

 

 

 

1988

 

 

 

 

4,828

 

 

 

 

2.8 years

 

 

 

 

13,500

(17)

 

 

August 2012

 

 

 

20,201

 

 

25

 

MSC MYKONOS

 

MSC

 

 

 

1988

 

 

 

 

4,828

 

 

 

 

3.2 years

 

 

 

 

13,500

(18)

 

 

September 2012

 

 

 

19,577

 

 

26

 

MSC ANTWERP

 

MSC

 

 

 

1993

 

 

 

 

3,883

 

 

 

 

3 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

(19)

 

 

April 2012

 

 

 

18,949

 

 

27

 

MSC WASHINGTON

 

MSC

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

3,876

 

 

 

 

3.2 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

(20)

 

 

February 2013

 

 

 

18,344

 

 

28

 

MSC KYOTO

 

MSC

 

 

 

1981

 

 

 

 

3,876

 

 

 

 

3.1 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

(21)

 

 

June 2013

 

 

 

18,238

 

 

29

 

MSC AUSTRIA

 

MSC

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

3,584

 

 

 

 

3.7 years

 

 

 

 

17,250

(22)

 

 

November 2012

 

 

 

19,103

 

 

30

 

AKRITAS

 

Hapag Lloyd

 

 

 

1987

 

 

 

 

3,152

 

 

 

 

1 year

 

 

 

 

11,000

   

August 2011

 

 

 

11,000

 

 

31

 

GARDEN (iii)

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

15,200

   

November 2012

 

 

 

15,200

 

 

32

 

GENIUS I (iii)

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

3.3 years

 

 

 

 

15,200

   

November 2012

 

 

 

15,200

 

 

33

 

GATHER (iii)

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

15,200

   

November 2012

 

 

 

15,200

 

 

34

 

GIFTED (iv)

 

Evergreen Marine

 

 

 

1984

 

 

 

 

2,922

 

 

 

 

2.4 years

 

 

 

 

15,700

   

December 2011

 

 

 

15,700

 

 

35

 

MSC CHALLENGER

 

MSC

 

 

 

1986

 

 

 

 

2,633

 

 

 

 

2 years

 

 

 

 

10,000

   

September 2012

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

36

 

MSC NAMIBIA

 

MSC

 

 

 

1977

 

 

 

 

1,654

 

 

 

 

4.8 years

 

 

 

 

11,500

(23)

 

 

July 2012

 

 

 

12,876

 

 

37

 

MSC SUDAN

 

MSC

 

 

 

1976

 

 

 

 

1,630

 

 

 

 

3 years

 

 

 

 

11,250

(24)

 

 

June 2011

 

 

 

13,019

 

 

38

 

MSC SIERRA

 

MSC

 

 

 

1977

 

 

 

 

1,630

 

 

 

 

3.7 years

 

 

 

 

11,250

(25)

 

 

May 2012

 

 

 

12,847

 

 

39

 

MSC TUSCANY

 

MSC

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,468

 

 

 

 

1.9 years

 

 

 

 

12,000

(26)

 

 

August 2012

 

 

 

7,985

 

 

40

 

MSC FADO

 

MSC

 

 

 

1978

 

 

 

 

1,181

 

 

 

 

2 years

 

 

 

 

7,400

   

May 2012

 

 

 

7,400

 

 

41

 

HORIZON

 

OACL

 

 

 

1991

 

 

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

7.1 years

 

 

 

 

7,625

   

April 2012

 

 

 

7,625

 

 

90


Set out below is certain information regarding the newbuilds and secondhand vessels that we have contracted to purchase, subject to our execution of certain financing arrangements prior to November 30, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Name

 

Charterer (1)

 

Year
Built

 

Capacity
(TEU)

 

Expected
Delivery
Date

 

Time
Charter
Term
(1)

 

Current Daily
Charter
Hire
(U.S. dollars)

 

Expiration
of
Charter
(1)

 

Average Daily
Charter Rate
Until Earliest
Expiry of
Charter (U.S.
dollars)

 

Newbuilds (27)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

H 1068A

 

MSC

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

9,000

   

November 2013

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

43,000

   

November 2023

 

 

 

43,000

 

 

2

 

H 1069A

 

MSC

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

9,000

   

December 2013

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

43,000

   

December 2023

 

 

 

43,000

 

 

3

 

H 1070A

 

MSC

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

9,000

   

January 2014

 

 

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

43,000

   

January 2024

 

 

 

43,000

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Charter terms and expiration dates are based on the earliest date charters could expire.

 

(2)

 

 

 

This average rate is calculated based on contracted charter rates for the days remaining between October 15, 2010 and the earliest expiration of each charter. Certain of our charter rates change until their earliest expiration dates, as indicated in the footnotes below.

 

(3)

 

 

 

This charter rate escalates on August 31, 2011 to $37,596 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(4)

 

 

 

The vessel will be re-delivered from current charterer MSC between January 24, 2011 and January 30, 2011, in return for our payment to MSC of $9.5 million, at which time it will be delivered to charterer HMM for a time charter until March 25, 2012 at the earliest at a rate of $44,000 per day.

 

(5)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,875 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $30,375 and on May 8, 2014 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(6)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,875 per day, on June 1, 2011 to $42,679 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $38,179 per day and on June 30, 2014 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(7)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,875 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $30,375 and on August 24, 2014 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(8)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $29,875 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $25,375 per day and on October 20, 2014 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(9)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,875 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $30,375 per day and on December 4, 2014 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(10)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,500 per day, on June 1, 2011 to $42,990 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $38,490 per day and on January 13, 2016 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(11)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,875 per day, on June 1, 2011 to $42,961 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $38,461 per day and on April 28, 2016 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(12)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $34,875 per day, on June 1, 2011 to $42,918 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $38,418 per day and on June 11, 2016 to $26,100 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(13)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $18,189 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $16,205 per day and on July 1, 2012 to $23,150 per day until the earliest redelivery date. In addition, if the charterer does not exercise its unilateral option to extend the term, the charterer is required to make a lump sum payment at the earliest redelivery of approximately $6.9 million.

 

(14)

 

 

 

This charter rate escalates on October 28, 2010 to $16,205 per day, on January 1, 2011 to $18,189 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $16,205 per day and on July 1, 2012 to $23,150 per day until the earliest redelivery date. In addition, if the charterer does not exercise its unilateral option to extend the term, the charterer is required to make a lump sum payment at the earliest redelivery of approximately $6.9 million.

 

(15)

 

 

 

This charter rate escalates on January 1, 2011 to $20,013 per day, on January 1, 2012 to $18,150 per day, on May 8, 2012 to $18,274 per day and on January 1, 2013 to $22,150 per day until the earliest redelivery date. In addition, the charterer is required to repay the remaining amount accrued during the reduction period, or approximately $5.0 million, no later than July 2016.

 

(16)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 1, 2011 to $35,000 per day and on January 1, 2012 to $30,500 per day until the earliest redelivery.

91


 

(17)

 

 

 

This charter rate escalates on January 11, 2011 to $22,200 per day until November 2, 2011. The “market rate” is payable for the remainder of the term. In order to calculate the average charter rate, we assumed that the charter expires on November 2, 2011.

 

(18)

 

 

 

This charter escalates on January 5, 2011 to $22,200 per day until July 14, 2011. The “market rate” is payable for the remainder of the term. In order to calculate the average charter rate, we assumed that the charter expires on July 14, 2011.

 

(19)

 

 

 

This charter rate escalates on January 4, 2011 to $20,000 per day until May 15, 2011. The “market rate” is payable for the remainder of the term. In order to calculate the average charter rate, we assumed that the charter expires on May 15, 2011.

 

(20)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 3, 2011 to $20,000 per day and on December 14, 2011 to $17,250 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(21)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 8, 2011 to $20,000 per day and on December 19, 2011 to $17,250 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(22)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 3, 2011 to $21,100 per day and on December 29, 2011 to $17,250 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(23)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 6, 2011 to $14,000 per day and on December 17, 2011 to $11,500 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(24)

 

 

 

This charter rate escalates on January 14, 2011 to $14,000 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(25)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on January 9, 2011 to $14,000 per day and on December 20, 2011 to $11,250 per day until the earliest redelivery date.

 

(26)

 

 

 

This charter rate changes on October 26, 2010 to $7,920 per day, until the end of the period.

 

(27)

 

 

 

Each of the newbuild contracts is conditioned upon our ability to obtain certain financing by November 30, 2010.

 

(i)

 

 

 

Charterers have unilateral options to extend the charters of the vessels for two periods of 30 months +/-90 days at a rate of $41,700 per day.

 

(ii)

 

 

 

Charterer has a unilateral option to extend the charter of the vessel for a period of 12 months +/-60 days at a rate of $27,500 per day.

 

(iii)

 

 

 

Charterers have unilateral options to extend the charters of the vessels for periods until 2014, at a rate of $14,000 per day.

 

(iv)

 

 

 

Charterer has a unilateral option to extend the charter of the vessel for a period of one year +/-30 days at a rate of $14,000 per day

We seek to maximize the useful lives of our containerships, through proactive fleet management, comprehensive preventive maintenance and efficient vessel operations. Vessel retirement decisions are not based entirely upon vessel age as prevailing market conditions including vessel prices, charter rates and potential trade routes are also significant considerations.

Management of the Company and Our Fleet

Costamare Shipping provides us with general administrative services, certain commercial services, director and officer (“D&O”) related insurance services and the services of our executive officers pursuant to a management agreement (the “Group Management Agreement”) between Costamare Shipping and us. Costamare Shipping, itself or through Shanghai Costamare and CIEL, provides our fleet of 41 containerships with technical, crewing, commercial, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase, chartering, accounting, insurance and administrative services pursuant to the Group Management Agreement and separate shipmanagement agreements between each of our containership-owning subsidiaries and Costamare Shipping, and in respect of our containerships flying the Liberian flag, also CIEL. In return for these services, we pay the management fees described below in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our three managers control the selection and employment of seafarers for our containerships, directly through their crewing offices in Athens, Greece and Shanghai, China, and indirectly through our related crewing agent in the Philippines, C-Man Maritime, and independent manning agents in Romania and Bulgaria. Under the Group Management Agreement, Costamare Shipping may subcontract certain of its obligations. We believe that having three management companies allows us to have a deep pool of operational management in multiple locations with market-specific experience and relationships, as well as the geographic flexibility needed to manage and crew our large and diverse fleet so as to provide a high level of service, while remaining cost-effective. For example, Shanghai Costamare employs Chinese nationals with the language skills and local knowledge we believe are necessary to grow and establish meaningful relationships with Chinese shipyards, charterers, shipowners, financial institutions and containership service providers.

All three managers are controlled by our chairman and chief executive officer. Our chairman and chief executive officer and our chief financial officer supervise, in conjunction with our board of

92


directors, the services provided by Costamare Shipping, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare. Our managers report to our board of directors through our chairman and chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, each of whom is appointed by our board of directors. Under the Group Management Agreement, the Company is responsible for the cost of the compensation and benefits for our executive officers. We could request that Costamare Shipping provide the services of additional officers or employees pursuant to the Group Management Agreement, in which case we would be responsible for the cost of their compensation and benefits.

Costamare Shipping, which was established in 1975, is a ship management company which was owned by Vasileios Konstantakopoulos until June 2010, at which point ownership was transferred to our chairman and chief executive officer. Costamare Shipping has 27 years of experience in managing containerships of all sizes, developing specifications for newbuilds and supervising the construction of such newbuilds in reputable shipyards in the Far East. Costamare Shipping has long established relationships with major liner companies, financial institutions and suppliers and we believe is recognized in the containership shipping industry as a leading containership manager. Costamare Shipping provides commercial services and insurance services to all our containerships. In respect of our containerships flying the Greek flag and our containerships flying the Hong Kong flag, Costamare Shipping, directly or, in respect of our containerships flying the Hong Kong flag, through Shanghai Costamare, also provides technical, crewing, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase and accounting services. All of these services are provided by Costamare Shipping pursuant to separate shipmanagement agreements between Costamare Shipping and each of our containership-owning subsidiaries.

CIEL, which was established in February 2001, is a ship management company owned 50.2% by our chairman and chief executive officer, and 49.8% by Dimitrios Lemonidis, its chief executive officer. CIEL specializes, although not exclusively, in managing containerships of up to 3,000 TEUs. Currently CIEL provides technical, crewing, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase and accounting services, as well as certain commercial services, to eight of our containerships below 3,000 TEU that fly the Liberian flag and full management services to Reunion —a 1983-built, 1,348 TEU containership owned 51% by our chairman and chief executive officer and 49% by the family of Dimitrios Lemonidis, which is not part of our fleet of 41 containerships. CIEL also provides full management services to Cougar —a 1992-built, 1,308 TEU containership wholly owned by the family of Dimitrios Lemonidis. The management services performed by CIEL in respect of our Liberia-flagged containerships are provided in exchange for a fixed daily fee, pursuant to separate shipmanagement agreements signed between each relevant containership owning subsidiary and CIEL. In the past, CIEL has managed vessels flying a number of flags other than Liberia, including Hong Kong, Malta, Panama, the Bahamas and Gibraltar, and has provided management services to containerships owned by third parties, namely three containerships operated by MSC, two containerships operated by A.P. Moller-Maersk and two containerships operated by MPC Munchmeyer Peterson Steamship GmbH & Co KG, an affiliate of a major German KG house, MPC Capital AG.

Shanghai Costamare, which was established in February 2005, is owned (indirectly) 70% by our chairman and chief executive officer, and 30% by Zhang Lei, a Chinese national who is Shanghai Costamare’s chief executive officer. Shanghai Costamare was established to service the needs of our fleet of containerships when operating in the Far East and South East Asia regions in an efficient and cost-effective manner by providing dedicated on-shore support and manning services in China, and a valuable interface with Chinese shipyards, charterers, shipowners, financial institutions and containership service providers to our fleet based in these regions. Shanghai Costamare has been subcontracted by Costamare Shipping to provide technical, crewing, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase and accounting services, as well as certain commercial services, to our eight containerships flying the Hong Kong flag. These containerships are exclusively manned by Chinese crews, which means that the Chinese on-shore personnel of Shanghai Costamare can communicate and provide integrated services and support to these containerships in the most efficient manner. Shanghai Costamare provides these services for a fixed daily fee, pursuant to separate management agreements between Costamare Shipping and Shanghai Costamare.

93


Currently,

 

 

 

 

Costamare Shipping provides commercial and insurance services to all 41 of our containerships as well as technical, crewing, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase and accounting services to our 25 containerships flying the Greek flag;

 

 

 

 

CIEL provides technical, crewing, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase and accounting services to eight of our containerships flying the Liberian flag; and

 

 

 

 

Shanghai Costamare provides technical, crewing, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase and accounting services to the remaining eight containerships of our fleet flying the Hong Kong flag.

Our managers are well-regarded in the industry and have used innovative practices and technological advancement to maximize efficiency in the operation of our fleet of containerships. ISM certification is in place for our fleet of containerships and our three managers, with Costamare Shipping obtaining such certification in 1998, three years ahead of the deadline set by the IMO. All three managers and our fleet of 41 containerships are also certified in accordance with ISO 9001-2008 and ISO 14001-2004 relating to quality management and environmental standards. In 2004, Costamare Shipping received the Lloyd’s List Dry Cargo Company of the Year Award. Except for CIEL’s management of Reunion and Cougar , our managers do not currently manage containerships other than those owned by us.

Costamare Shipping has agreed that, during the term of the Group Management Agreement, it will not provide any management services to any other entity without our prior written approval. We believe we will derive significant benefits from our exclusive relationship with Costamare Shipping. The Group Management Agreement does not prohibit CIEL or Shanghai Costamare from providing services to third parties. In the past, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare have only provided services to third parties on a limited basis and there is no current plan to change that practice.

Under the restrictive covenant agreement between the Company and Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, during the period of his employment or service with the Company and for six months thereafter, he agreed to restrictions on his ownership of any containerships or the acquisition, investment in or control of any business involved in the ownership or operation of containerships, subject to certain exceptions. Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos has also agreed that if one of our containerships and a containership owned by him are both available and meet the criteria for an available charter, our containerships will receive such charter. See “Related Party Transactions—Restrictive Covenant Agreement”.

With effect from the consummation of this offering, Costamare Shipping will receive a fee of $850 per day ($425 per day in the case of a containership subject to a bareboat charter) for each containership, pro rated for the calendar days we own each containership, for providing us with general administrative services, certain commercial services, D&O related insurance services and the services of our officers (but not for payment of such officer’s compensation or benefits) and for providing the relevant containership-owning subsidiaries with technical, commercial, insurance, accounting, provisions, sale and purchase, crewing and bunkering services. In the event that Costamare Shipping decides to delegate certain or all of the services it has agreed to perform, either through subcontracting to CIEL or Shanghai Costamare or by directing CIEL or Shanghai Costamare to enter into a direct shipmanagement agreement with the relevant containership-owning subsidiary, then, in the case of subcontracting, Costamare Shipping will be responsible for paying the management fee charged by the relevant submanager for providing such services and, in the case of a direct shipmanagement agreement, the fee received by Costamare Shipping will be reduced by the fee payable to CIEL or, as the case may be, Shanghai Costamare, under the relevant direct shipmanagement agreement. In addition to such fees, we pay for any capital expenditures, financial costs, operating expenses and any general and administrative expenses, including the salaries of our officers and employees and payments to third parties, including specialist providers, in accordance with the Group Management Agreement and the relevant separate shipmanagement agreements or supervision agreements. We also pay to Costamare Shipping a flat fee of $700,000 per newbuild vessel for the supervision of the construction of any newbuild vessel for which we may contract. Costamare Shipping also receives a commission of 0.75% on all gross freight, demurrage, charter hire and ballast bonus or other income earned with respect to each containership in our fleet.

94


The initial term of the Group Management Agreement expires on December 31, 2015. The Group Management Agreement automatically renews for five consecutive one-year periods until December 31, 2020, at which point the Group Management Agreement will expire. After the initial term expires on December 31, 2015, we will be able to terminate the Group Management Agreement, subject to a termination fee, by providing written notice to Costamare Shipping at least 12 months before the end of the subsequent one-year term. Pursuant to the terms of our Group Management Agreement and separate shipmanagement agreements and supervision agreements, liability of our managers to us is limited to instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the managers. Further, we are required to indemnify the managers for liabilities incurred by the managers in performance of the Group Management Agreement and separate shipmanagement agreements and supervision agreements, except in instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the managers.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. Generally, we compete for charters based upon charter rate, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and containership specifications, size, age and condition. Competition for providing containership services comes from a number of experienced shipping companies, including a number of our competitors who have been financed by the German KG system, which was based on tax benefits provided to private investors.

Participants in the container shipping industry include “liner” shipping companies, who operate container shipping services and own containerships; containership owners, often known as “charter owners”, who own containerships and charter them out to liner companies, and shippers who require the seaborne movement of containerized goods. According to Clarkson Research, there are over 200 liner companies, but the top 10 and top 20 companies deployed a total of 56% and 76% of global total liner capacity as of October 1, 2010. Charter owners are also numerous, with over 400 owning containerships as of October 1, 2010, though the top 10 charter owners account for 42% of charter owner global capacity, respectively, as of October 1, 2010, according to Clarkson Research. Historically, a significant share of the world’s containership capacity has been owned by the liner companies, but since the 1990s there has been an increasing trend for the liner companies to charter-in a larger proportion of the capacity that they operate as a way of retaining some degree of flexibility with regard to capital spending levels over time given the significant costs associated with purchasing vessels. See “The International Containership Industry—Containership Market Competition”.

We believe that the containership sector of the international shipping industry is characterized by the significant time required to develop the operating expertise and professional reputation necessary to obtain and retain customers. We believe that our development of a large fleet of containerships with varying TEU capacities has enhanced our relationship with our principal charterers by enabling them to serve the East-West, North-South and Intra-regional trade routes efficiently, while enabling us to operate in the different rate environments prevailing for those routes. We also believe that our focus on customer service and reliability enhances our relationships with our charterers. In the past decade, we have had successful chartering relationships with the majority of the top 20 liner companies by TEU capacity.

In the past, we have been able to address the periodic scarcity of secondhand containerships available for acquisition in the open market though the acquisition of containerships from our liner company customers in privately negotiated sales. In connection with these acquisitions we then typically charter back the vessels to these customers. We believe we have been able to pursue these privately negotiated acquisitions because of our long-standing customer relations, which we do not believe new entrants have.

For additional information on the competitive environment, see “The International Containership Industry—Containership Market Competition”.

95


Crewing and Employees

At the completion of this offering, we will have three shore-based officers, our chairman and chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, and our general counsel and secretary. In each case their services are provided under our management agreement with Costamare Shipping. As of June 30, 2010, approximately 2,500 people served in a pool of personnel who rotate their service onboard the containerships in our fleet. Costamare Shipping, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare, our managers, each employed approximately 90, 40 and 30 people, respectively, all of whom were shore-based. In addition, our managers are responsible for recruiting, either directly or through a crewing agent, the senior officers and all other crew members for our containerships. Recruiting is arranged directly through our managers’ crewing offices in Athens, Greece and Shanghai, China, and indirectly through our related crewing agent, C-Man Maritime, in the Philippines, and independent manning agents in Romania and Bulgaria. We believe the streamlining of crewing arrangements through our managers ensures that all of our vessels will be crewed with experienced crews that have the qualifications and licenses required by international regulations and shipping conventions. We have not experienced any material work stoppages due to labor disagreements during the past three years.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class”, signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys. For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out on the ship’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period is granted, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At a shipowner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to surveys as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are otherwise prescribed. The period between two consecutive surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

96


All vessels are also drydocked at least once every five years for inspection of their underwater parts and for repairs related to such inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits.

Insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (“IACS”). All of our vessels are certified as being “in class” by members of IACS.

Drydocking

We drydock our vessels when the next survey (drydock survey or special survey) is scheduled to become due, ranging from 30 to 60 months. Our current fleet averages 18 days of drydock time per containership, at which time we perform class renewal surveys and make any necessary repairs or retrofittings. We have drydocked 31 vessels over the past 3 years, and we plan to drydock 10 vessels in 2010 and 4 vessels in 2011. Our fleet drydocking needs change from time to time based on a number of factors, including acquisitions and dispositions of vessels in our fleet and other operational factors. Our current drydocking schedule through 2014, excluding our three contracted newbuilds and four contracted secondhand containerships, is summarized in the table below. Drydocking schedules frequently change, and we expect that the actual experience of our fleet over the period below will differ from the current schedule.

Drydocking Schedule (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

Number of vessels

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

7

 

Number of vessels to be drydocked that are more than 30 years old (included in above figure)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

3

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

The schedule does not include the MSC Navarino, which was delivered on May 6, 2010 and is scheduled for special survey in 2015.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss or damage, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to a number of reasons, including mechanical failure, political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA 90”), which imposes under certain circumstances unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market.

We maintain hull and machinery marine risks insurance and hull and machinery war risks insurance for our fleet of containerships to cover normal risks in our operations and in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover such risks. In addition, we maintain protection and indemnity insurance up to the maximum insurable limit available at any given time. While we believe that our insurance coverage will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates or at all, or that any specific claim we may make under our insurance coverage will be paid.

Hull & Machinery Marine Risks Insurance, Hull & Machinery War Risks Insurance and Loss of Hire Insurance

We maintain hull and machinery marine risks insurance and hull and machinery war risks insurance, which cover the risk of particular average, general average, 4/4ths collision liability, contact

97


with fixed and floating objects and actual or constructive total loss in accordance with the Swedish Hull conditions. Each of our containerships is insured up to what we believe to be at least its fair market value, after meeting certain deductibles.

We do not and will not obtain loss of hire insurance (or any other kind of business interruption insurance) covering the loss of revenue during off-hire periods for any of our vessels because we believe that this type of coverage is not economical and is of limited value to us, in part because historically our vessels have had a very limited number of off-hire days.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance—Pollution Coverage

Protection and indemnity insurance is usually provided by a protection and indemnity association (the “P&I association”) and covers third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, third-party claims arising from collisions with other vessels (to the extent not recovered by the hull and machinery policies), damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal.

Our protection and indemnity insurance is provided by a P&I association, which is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs (“International Group”). The 14 P&I associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial blue-water tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Insurance provided by a P&I association is a form of mutual indemnity insurance.

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage is currently subject to a limit of about $5 billion per vessel per incident except that for pollution the limit is set at $1 billion per vessel per incident, and for war risks the limit is set at $500 million per vessel per incident.

As a member of a P&I association, which is a member of the International Group, we will be subject to calls payable to the P&I association based on the International Group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the P&I association of which we are a member.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates with respect to our containerships. The kinds of permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates required will depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the type and age of the vessel. We have obtained all permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates currently required to operate our vessels. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of doing business.

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation affects the ownership and operation of our vessels in a significant manner. We are subject to international conventions and national, port state and local laws and regulations applicable to international waters and/or territorial waters of the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and the management of other contamination, air emissions, and grey water and ballast water discharges. These laws and regulations include OPA 90, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), the U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”), the U.S. Clean Air Act (“CAA”) and regulations adopted by the International Maritime Organization (“IMO”), including the International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships (“MARPOL”) and the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (“SOLAS”), as well as regulations enacted by the European Union and other international, national and local regulatory bodies. Compliance with these laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

98


A variety of governmental and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities Port State Control (such as the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administration (country of registry) and charterers. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of our vessels in one or more ports.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements for all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the container shipping industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the strictest environmental standards. We will be required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. Our managers and our vessels are certified in accordance with ISO 9001-2008 and ISO 14001-2004 relating to quality management and environmental standards.

Our containerships are subject to standards imposed by the IMO, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships. The IMO has adopted regulations that are designed to reduce pollution in international waters, both from accidents and from routine operations, and has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and a signatory’s territorial waters. For example, Annex III of MARPOL regulates the transportation of marine pollutants and imposes standards on packing, marking, labeling, documentation, stowage, quantity limitations and pollution prevention. These requirements have been expanded by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, which imposes additional standards for all aspects of the transportation of dangerous goods and marine pollutants by sea. In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels. Annex VI, which became effective on May 19, 2005, sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from vessel exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. In October 2008, the Marine Environment Protection Committee (the “MEPC”) of the IMO adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding particulate matter, nitrogen oxide and sulfur oxide emission standards that entered into force on July 1, 2010. The new standards seek to reduce air pollution from vessels by, among other things, establishing a series of progressive requirements to further limit the sulfur content of fuel oil that will be phased in through 2020 and by establishing new tiers of nitrogen oxide emission standards for new marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in the coastal areas designated as Emission Control Areas, the Baltic Sea, North Sea and United States and Canadian coastal areas. All our existing containerships are generally compliant with current Annex VI requirements, except that for those built before 2000, we may incur costs to install control equipment on their engines to comply with nitrogen oxide emission requirements.

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage (the “Bunker Convention”), which imposes strict liability on vessel owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention also requires registered owners of vessels over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance in specified amounts to cover liability for bunker fuel pollution damage. The Bunker Convention became effective on November 21, 2008. Each of our containerships has been issued a certificate attesting that insurance is in force in accordance with the Bunker Convention.

In 2004, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM Convention”). The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. As of September 30, 2010, the BWM Convention had been adopted by 27 states, representing 25.32% of the world’s tonnage.

99


The operation of our vessels is also affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”). The ISM Code requires vessel owners, bareboat charterers and management companies to develop and maintain an extensive Safety Management System (“SMS”) that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy, sets forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describes procedures for dealing with emergencies. The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a “Safety Management Certificate” for each vessel they operate from the government of the vessel’s flag state. The certificate verifies that the vessel operates in compliance with its approved SMS. Noncompliance by a vessel owner, manager or bareboat charterer with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Our managers and each of our containerships is ISM Code-certified.

United States Requirements

OPA 90 established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection of the environment from oil spills and cleanup of oil spills. OPA 90 applies to discharges of any oil from a vessel, including discharges of fuel and lubricants. OPA 90 affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which include the United States’ territorial sea and its two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone. While we do not carry oil as cargo, we do carry fuel in our containerships, making them subject to the requirements of OPA 90.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the discharge of pollutants results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges, of pollutants from their vessels, including bunkers. OPA 90 defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

 

 

 

natural resource damages and the costs of assessment thereof;

 

 

 

 

real and personal property damage;

 

 

 

 

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

 

 

 

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resource damages; and

 

 

 

 

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA 90 preserves the right to recover damages under other existing laws, including maritime tort law.

Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA 90 liability to the greater of $1,000 per gross ton or $854,400 per incident for non-tank vessels and established a procedure for adjusting limits every three years. These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was directly caused by violation of applicable U.S. safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities. As a result of the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulting from the explosion of the Deepwater Horizon drilling rig (which was owned and operated by third parties not affiliated with us), bills have been introduced in both houses of the U.S. Congress to increase the limits of OPA liability for all vessels, including non-tank vessels.

CERCLA applies to spills or releases of hazardous substances other than petroleum or petroleum products whether on land or at sea. CERCLA imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault, on the owner or operator of a vessel, vehicle or facility from which there has been a release, along with other specified parties. Costs recoverable under CERCLA include cleanup and removal costs, natural resource damages and governmental oversight costs. Liability under CERCLA is generally limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying any hazardous substances, such as cargo or residue, or $0.5 million for any other vessel, per release of or incident involving hazardous substances. These limits of liability do not apply if the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations, in which case liability is unlimited.

100


All owners and operators of vessels over 300 gross tons are required to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential liabilities under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Under the U.S. Coast Guard regulations, vessel owners and operators may evidence their financial responsibility by showing proof of insurance, surety bond, guarantee, letter of credit or self-insurance. An owner or operator of a fleet of vessels is required only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Under the self-insurance provisions, the vessel owner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility.

The U.S. Coast Guard’s regulations concerning certificates of financial responsibility provide, in accordance with OPA 90, that claimants may bring suit directly against an insurer or guarantor that furnishes certificates of financial responsibility. In the event that such insurer or guarantor is sued directly, it is prohibited from asserting any contractual defense that it may have had against the responsible party and is limited to asserting those defenses available to the responsible party and the defense that the incident was caused by the willful misconduct of the responsible party. Certain organizations, which had typically provided certificates of financial responsibility under pre-OPA 90 laws, including the major P&I associations, have declined to furnish evidence of insurance for vessel owners and operators if they are subject to direct actions or required to waive insurance policy defenses. This requirement may have the effect of limiting the availability of the type of vessel coverage required by the U.S. Coast Guard and could increase our costs of obtaining this insurance for our fleet, as well as the costs of our competitors that also require such coverage.

OPA 90 specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessels owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

We will maintain, for each of our containerships, oil pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. In addition, we carry hull and machinery and protection and indemnity insurance to cover the risks of fire and explosion. Although our containerships will only carry bunker fuel, a spill of oil from one of our vessels could be catastrophic under certain circumstances. Losses as a result of fire or explosion could also be catastrophic under some conditions. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and if the damages from a catastrophic spill exceeded our insurance coverage, the payment of those damages could have an adverse effect on our business or the results of our operations.

Title VII of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2004 (the “CGMTA”) amended OPA 90 to require the owner or operator of any non-tank vessel of 400 gross tons or more that carries oil of any kind as a fuel for main propulsion, including bunker fuel, to prepare and submit a response plan for each vessel. These vessel response plans include detailed information on actions to be taken by vessel personnel to prevent or mitigate any discharge or substantial threat of such a discharge of oil from the vessel due to operational activities or casualties. Where required, each of our containerships has an approved response plan.

The CWA prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in navigable waters and imposes liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. It also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under the more recently enacted OPA 90 and CERCLA, discussed above. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances under the CWA. Effective February 6, 2009, EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels) to obtain coverage under a Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) authorizing discharges of ballast waters and other wastewaters incidental to the operation of vessels when operating within the three-mile territorial waters or inland waters of the United States. The VGP requires vessel owners and operators to comply with a range of best management practices and reporting and other requirements for a number of incidental discharge types. We have obtained coverage under the VGP

101


for all of our containerships that operate in U.S. waters. We do not believe that any costs associated with meeting the requirements under the VGP will be material.

The U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”) was enacted in 1996 in response to growing reports of harmful organisms being released into U.S. ports through ballast water taken on by vessels in foreign ports. The U.S. Coast Guard adopted regulations under NISA in July 2004 that impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering U.S. waters. These requirements can be met by performing mid-ocean ballast exchange, by retaining ballast water on board the vessel or by using environmentally sound alternative ballast water management methods approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. However, mid-ocean ballast exchange is mandatory for vessels heading to the Great Lakes or Hudson Bay. Mid-ocean ballast exchange is the primary method for compliance with the U.S. Coast Guard regulations, since holding ballast water can prevent vessels from performing cargo operations upon arrival in the United States and alternative methods are still under development. Vessels that are unable to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange due to voyage or safety concerns may discharge minimum amounts of ballast water (in areas other than the Great Lakes and Hudson Bay), provided that they comply with record keeping requirements and document the reasons they could not follow the required ballast water management requirements. The U.S. Coast Guard is proposing new ballast water management standards and practices that could ultimately lead to the establishment of maximum acceptable discharge limits for various invasive species and/or requirements for active treatment of ballast water. A number of bills relating to ballast water management have been introduced in the U.S. Congress, but it is difficult to predict which, if any, will be enacted. Several states, including Michigan and California, have adopted legislation or regulations relating to the permitting and management of ballast water discharges. California has extended its ballast water management program to the regulation of “hull fouling” organisms attached to vessels and adopted regulations limiting the number of organisms in ballast water discharges. Other states could adopt similar requirements that could increase the costs of operation in state waters.

The EPA has adopted standards under the CAA that pertain to emissions from vessel vapor control and recovery and other operations in regulated port areas and emissions from model year 2004 and later large marine diesel engines. On April 30, 2010, the EPA promulgated regulations that impose more stringent standards for emissions of particulate matter, sulfur oxides and nitrogen oxides from new Category 3 marine diesel engines on vessels constructed on or after January 1, 2016 and registered or flagged in the U.S. and implement the new MARPOL Annex VI requirements for U.S. and foreign flagged ships entering U.S. ports or operating in U.S. internal waters. The EPA is also considering a petition from a number of environmental groups that requests the EPA to impose more stringent emissions limits on foreign-flagged vessels operating in U.S. waters. Several states regulate emissions from vapor control and recovery under authority of State Implementation Plans adopted under the CAA. Although California’s adoption of emission limits for auxiliary diesel engines of ocean-going vessels operating within 24 miles of the California coast was struck down by the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals in May 2008, the state has requested the EPA to grant it a waiver under the CAA to enforce the invalidated emission standards. Effective July 1, 2009, California also adopted fuel content regulations that apply to all vessels sailing within 24 miles of the California coast whose itineraries call for them to enter to California ports, terminal facilities or estuarine waters. If new or more stringent regulations relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by ocean-going vessels are adopted by the EPA or states, these requirements could require significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

European Union Requirements

The European Union has also adopted legislation that (1) requires member states to refuse access to their ports to certain sub-standard vessels, according to vessel type, flag and number of previous detentions, (2) obliges member states to inspect at least 25% of vessels using their ports annually and provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment, (3) provides the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies, and (4) requires member states to impose criminal sanctions for certain pollution events, such as the unauthorized discharge of tank washings. It is also considering legislation that will affect the operation

102


of vessels and the liability of owners for oil pollution. It is difficult to predict what legislation, if any, may be promulgated by the European Union or any other country or authority.

Other Regional Requirements

The environmental protection regimes in certain other countries, such as Canada, resemble those of the United States. To the extent we operate in the territorial waters of such countries or enter their ports, our containerships would typically be subject to the requirements and liabilities imposed in such countries. Other regions of the world also have the ability to adopt requirements or regulations that may impose additional obligations on our containerships and may entail significant expenditures on our part and may increase the costs of our operations. These requirements, however, would apply to the industry operating in those regions as a whole and would also affect our competitors.

Climate Control Initiatives

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (the “Kyoto Protocol”) entered into force. Although the Kyoto Protocol requires adopting countries to implement programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, emissions from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol. International or multi-national bodies or individual countries may adopt their own climate change regulatory initiatives that include restrictions on shipping emissions in the future, however. For example, the U.S. Congress is considering climate change legislation, and the EPA is separately considering a petition from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels under the CAA. The European Union intends to expand its emissions trading scheme to vessels and MEPC is developing technical and operational measures to limit emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping for consideration by IMO in fall 2010. Any passage of climate control legislation or adoption of regulatory initiatives could require us to incur significant expenditures or otherwise limit our operations.

Vessel Security Regulations

A number of initiatives have been introduced in recent years intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (the “MTSA”) was signed into law. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations in July 2003 requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. This new chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the newly created International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code (the “ISPS Code”). Among the various requirements are:

 

 

 

 

on-board installation of automatic information systems to enhance vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-shore communications;

 

 

 

 

on-board installation of ship security alert systems;

 

 

 

 

the development of vessel security plans; and

 

 

 

 

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid “International Ship Security Certificate” that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures required by the IMO, SOLAS and the ISPS Code and have approved ISPS certificates and plans certified by the applicable flag state on board all our containerships.

103


Legal Proceedings

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings that we believe may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, and we are not aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened that may have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally property damage and personal injury claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. However, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

Properties

We have no freehold or leasehold interest in any real property. We occupy office space at 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564, Athens, Greece. The office space is owned by one of our managers, Costamare Shipping, and is provided to us as part of the services we receive under our management agreement with Costamare Shipping.

Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands and Greek law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common stock.

104


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our executive officers and directors listed below is 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +30-210-949-0000. Our board of directors will be elected annually on a staggered basis, and each elected director will hold office for a three-year term. The following directors or nominees for director have been determined by our board of directors to be independent: Vagn Lehd Møller and Charlotte Stratos. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected and qualified.

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos

 

41

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Class III Director

Gregory Zikos

 

41

 

Chief Financial Officer and Class II Director

Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

38

 

General Counsel, Secretary and Class I Director

Vagn Lehd Møller

 

64

 

Class II Director Nominee*

Charlotte Stratos

 

56

 

Class III Director Nominee*


 

 

*

 

 

 

Has agreed to join our board of directors upon completion of this offering.

The term of our Class I directors expires in 2011, the term of our Class II directors expires in 2012 and the term of our Class III directors expires in 2013.

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Konstantakopoulos serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Costamare Shipping, one of our three managers, which he wholly owns and joined in 1992 (and where he worked part-time beforehand). In 2001, Mr. Konstantakopoulos founded CIEL, one of our managers, and he has served as President of CIEL since its inception. Mr. Konstantakopoulos owns 50.2% of CIEL. In 2005, Mr. Konstantakopoulos founded another of our managers, Shanghai Costamare, of which he is the controlling shareholder. Mr. Konstantakopoulos also owns, indirectly, 25% of C-Man Maritime, a vessel manning agency which he founded in 2006. Mr. Konstantakopoulos has served on the board of directors of the Union of Greek Shipowners since 2006. Mr. Konstantakopoulos studied engineering at Université Paul Sabatier in France.

Gregory Zikos is our Chief Financial Officer and a member of our board of directors. Prior to joining us in 2007, Mr. Zikos was employed at DryShips, Inc., a public shipping company, as the Chief Financial Officer from 2006 to 2007. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Zikos was employed with J&P Avax S.A., a real estate investment and construction company, where he was responsible for project and structured finance debt transactions. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Zikos was employed at Citigroup (London), global corporate and investment banking group, where he was involved in numerous European leveraged and acquisition debt financing transactions. Mr. Zikos practiced law from 1994 to 1998, during which time he advised financial institutions and shipping companies in debt and acquisition transactions. Mr. Zikos holds an M.B.A. in finance from Cornell University, an L.L.M. from the University of London King’s College, and a bachelor of laws, with merits, from the University of Athens.

Konstantinos Zacharatos is our General Counsel, Secretary and a member of our board of directors. Mr. Zacharatos has also served as the Vice Chairman of Shanghai Costamare since its incorporation in 2005. Mr. Zacharatos joined Costamare Shipping in 2000 and has also been responsible for the legal affairs of CIEL, Shanghai Costamare and C-Man Maritime. Mr. Zacharatos has been the legal adviser of Costaterra S.A., a Greek property company, since 2000. Prior to joining Costamare Shipping and Costatera S.A., Mr. Zacharatos was employed with Pagoropoulos & Associates, a law firm. Mr. Zacharatos holds an L.L.M. and an L.L.B. from the London School of Economics and Political Science.

Vagn Lehd Møller has agreed to join our board of directors upon completion of this offering. From 1963 to 2007, Mr. Møller worked with A.P. Møller-Maersk A/S where he eventually served as Executive

105


Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the world’s largest liner company, Maersk Line. Mr. Møller was instrumental in the purchase and integration of Sea-land Services by A.P. Moller-Maersk A/S in 2000 and of P&O Nedlloyd in 2005. From 1992 to July 2010, Mr. Møller served as a board member for Norfolk Line Holdings, a Netherlands based sea ferry company. From 2000 to April 2010, Mr. Møller served as a board member for Svitzer A/S, a Denmark based salvage and towing company.

Charlotte Stratos has agreed to join our board of directors upon completion of this offering. Since 2008, Ms. Stratos has served as a Senior Advisor to Morgan Stanley’s Investment Banking Division-Global Transportation team. From 1987 to 2007, Ms. Stratos served as Managing Director and Head of Global Greek Shipping for Calyon Corporate and Investment Bank of the Credit Agricole Group. From 1976 to 1987, Ms. Stratos served in various roles with Bankers Trust Company including, Advisor to the Shipping Department and Vice President of Greek shipping finance. Ms. Stratos currently serves as an independent director for Hellenic Carriers Ltd. and Gyroscopic Fund, a hedge fund company.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

We did not pay our directors prior to this offering. Beginning in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, non-executive directors will receive annual fees in the amount of $65,000, plus reimbursement for their out-of-pocket expenses. Our officers who serve as our directors will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors.

We have not paid any compensation to our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer or our general counsel prior to this offering. Our executive officers are employees of Costamare Shipping and their compensation is set and paid by Costamare Shipping. Under our management agreement with Costamare Shipping, we will be responsible for the compensation of our executive officers, according to terms to be agreed; we currently estimate such compensation will initially be $1.0 million per year in the aggregate. We do not have any service contracts with our non-executive directors that provide for benefits upon termination of their services.

Board of Directors

Upon completion of this offering, we will have five members on our board of directors. The board of directors may change the number of directors to not less than three, nor more than 15, by a vote of a majority of the entire board. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of death, resignation or removal. A vacancy on the board created by death, resignation, removal (which may only be for cause), or failure of the stockholders to elect the entire class of directors to be elected at any election of directors or for any other reason, may be filled only by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, at any special meeting called for that purpose or at any regular meeting of the board of directors.

After the consummation of this offering, we will be a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NYSE. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants, as well as different financial reporting requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a “foreign private issuer” is subject to less stringent corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of the NYSE permit a “foreign private issuer” to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of the NYSE. In addition, after the consummation of this offering, our current stockholders will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company or group is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement of an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and

106


corporate governance and compensation committees. As permitted by these exemptions, as well as by our bylaws and the laws of the Marshall Islands, we currently intend to have a board of directors with a majority of non-independent directors and intend to have a combined corporate governance, nominating and compensation committee with one or more non-independent directors serving as committee members. As a result, non-independent directors, including members of our management who also serve on our board of directors, may among other things, fix the compensation of our management, make stock and option awards and resolve governance issues regarding our company. In addition, we currently intend to have an audit committee composed solely of two independent committee members, whereas a domestic public company would be required to have three such independent members. Accordingly, in the future you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Vagn Lehd Møller and Charlotte Stratos. The audit committee is responsible for:

 

 

 

 

the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of independent auditors and approving any non-audit services performed by such auditor;

 

 

 

 

assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

 

 

 

annually reviewing an independent auditors’ report describing the auditing firm’s internal quality-control procedures, and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review, or peer review, of the auditing firm;

 

 

 

 

discussing the annual audited financial and quarterly statements with management and the independent auditors;

 

 

 

 

discussing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies;

 

 

 

 

discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

 

 

 

meeting separately, and periodically, with management, internal auditors and the independent auditor;

 

 

 

 

reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s responses;

 

 

 

 

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

 

 

 

 

annually reviewing the adequacy of the audit committee’s written charter, the internal audit charter, the scope of the annual internal audit plan and the results of internal audits;

 

 

 

 

establishing procedures for the consideration of all related-party transactions, including matters involving potential conflicts of interest or potential usurpations of corporate opportunities;

 

 

 

 

reporting regularly to the full board of directors; and

 

 

 

 

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the audit committee by the board of directors from time to time.

Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our corporate governance, nominating and compensation committee will consist of Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, Vagn Lehd Møller and Charlotte Stratos. The corporate governance, nominating and compensation committee is responsible for:

 

 

 

 

nominating candidates, consistent with criteria approved by the full board of directors, for the approval of the full board of directors to fill board vacancies as and when they arise, as well as

107


 

 

 

 

putting in place plans for succession, in particular, of the chairman of the board of directors and executive officers;

 

 

 

 

selecting, or recommending that the full board of directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders;

 

 

 

 

developing and recommending to the full board of directors corporate governance guidelines applicable to us and keeping such guidelines under review;

 

 

 

 

overseeing the evaluation of the board and management; and

 

 

 

 

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the corporate governance, nominating and compensation committee by the board of directors from time to time.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to consummation of this offering, the board of directors will approve and adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all officers and employees of our company, which incorporates a Code of Ethics for directors and a Code of Conduct for corporate officers, copies of which will be available on our website, http://www.costamare.com , and upon written request by our stockholders at no cost.

Employees

Our Manager provides us with our executive officers, our chairman and chief executive officer, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, our chief financial officer, Gregory Zikos, and our general counsel and secretary, Konstantinos Zacharatos.

Share Ownership

The common stock beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers and/or entities affiliated with these individuals is disclosed in the section entitled “Principal Stockholders” below.

Employment and Restrictive Covenant Agreement

We have not entered into any employment agreements with our employees.

We have entered into a restrictive covenant agreement with Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos. See “Related Party Transactions—Restrictive Covenant Agreement”.

Equity Compensation Plans

We have not adopted any equity compensation plans.

108


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus and after giving effect to this offering, by:

 

 

 

 

each of our executive officers;

 

 

 

 

each of our directors and director nominees;

 

 

 

 

all of our executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group; and

 

 

 

 

each holder known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

As set forth in the table below, members of the Konstantakopoulos family, directly and indirectly, are the beneficial owners of 47,000,000 shares of our common stock, representing 100% of our issued and outstanding shares. Information with respect to the Konstantakopoulos family and their material relationships with us is provided under “Related Party Transactions”.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have one class of common stock outstanding. Each outstanding share of our common stock will entitle our stockholders to one vote. As of the date of this prospectus, none of the outstanding shares of our common stock were held in the United States.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identity of Person or Group (1)

 

Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Held Prior to
the Offering

 

Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Held Following
the Offering

 

Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Held Following
Full Exercise of the
Over-Allotment Option

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percentage

Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos (2)

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

33.0

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

25.7

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

24.9

%

 

Gregory Zikos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vagn Lehd Møller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charlotte Stratos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All officers and directors as a group (five persons)

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

33.0

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

25.7

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

24.9

%

 

5% Beneficial Owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christos Konstantakopoulos (3)

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

33.0

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

25.7

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

24.9

%

 

Achillefs Konstantakopoulos (4)

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

33.0

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

25.7

%

 

 

 

 

15,510,000

 

 

 

 

24.9

%

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

The table excludes Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, who owns 470,000 shares of our common stock representing 1.0% of our issued and outstanding shares.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, our chairman and chief executive officer, owns 8,918,250 shares directly and 6,591,750 shares indirectly through Kent Maritime Investments S.A., a Marshall Islands corporation. The address of Kent Maritime Investments S.A. is c/o Costamare Shipping Company S.A., 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece.

 

(3)

 

 

 

Christos Konstantakopoulos, the brother of our chairman and chief executive officer, owns 8,918,250 shares directly and 6,591,750 shares indirectly through Vasska Maritime Investments S.A., a Marshall Islands corporation. The address of Vasska Maritime Investments S.A. is c/o Costamare Shipping Company S.A., 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Achillefs Konstantakopoulos, the brother of our chairman and chief executive officer, owns 8,918,250 shares directly and 6,591,750 shares indirectly through Yaco Maritime Investments S.A., a Marshall Islands corporation. The address of Yaco Maritime S.A. is c/o Costamare Shipping Company S.A., 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece.

109


OUR MANAGERS AND MANAGEMENT-RELATED AGREEMENT

General

Each of our containerships is managed by one or more of three managers, Costamare Shipping, CIEL or Shanghai Costamare, pursuant to one or more management agreements between the Company and the relevant managers. All three managers are controlled by our chairman and chief executive officer.

Management Agreement

Costamare Shipping provides us with general administrative services, certain commercial services, D&O related insurance services and the services of our executive officers pursuant to the Group Management Agreement between Costamare Shipping and us. Costamare Shipping, itself or through Shanghai Costamare and CIEL, provides our fleet of 41 containerships with technical, crewing, commercial, provisions, bunkering, sale and purchase, chartering, accounting, insurance and administrative services pursuant to the Group Management Agreement and separate shipmanagement agreements between each of our containership-owning subsidiaries and Costamare Shipping, and in respect of our containerships flying the Liberian flag, also CIEL. In return for these services, we pay the management fees described below in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our three managers control the selection and employment of seafarers for our containerships, directly through their crewing offices in Athens, Greece and Shanghai, China, and indirectly through our related crewing agent in the Philippines, C-Man Maritime, and independent manning agents in Romania and Bulgaria. Under the Group Management Agreement, Costamare Shipping may subcontract certain of its obligations.

Reporting Structure

Our chairman and chief executive officer and chief financial officer supervise, in conjunction with our board of directors, the management of our operations by Costamare Shipping, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare. Our managers report to us and our board of directors through our chairman and chief executive officer and chief financial officer, each of which is appointed by our board of directors.

Under our Group Management Agreement, our executive officers may unilaterally direct Costamare Shipping to remove and replace any individual serving as an officer or any senior manager serving as head of a business unit of Costamare Inc. or any of its subsidiaries from such position. Costamare Shipping, on the other hand, may not remove any person serving as an officer or senior manager of Costamare Inc. or any of its subsidiaries without the prior written consent of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

Pursuant to our Group Management Agreement, liability of our managers to us is limited to instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the managers. Further, we are required to indemnify the managers for liabilities incurred by the managers in performance of the Group Management Agreement, except in instances of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the managers.

Compensation of Our Manager

With effect from the consummation of this offering, Costamare Shipping will receive a fee of $850 per day ($425 per day in the case of a containership subject to a bareboat charter) for each containership, pro rated for the calendar days we own each containership, for providing us with general administrative services, certain commercial services, director and officer related insurance services and the services of our officers (but not for payment of such officer’s compensation) and for providing the relevant containership owning subsidiaries with technical, commercial, insurance, accounting, provisions, sale and purchase, crewing and bunkering services. In the event that Costamare Shipping decides to delegate certain or all of the services it has agreed to perform, either through subcontracting to CIEL or Shanghai Costamare or by directing CIEL or Shanghai Costamare to enter into a direct

110


shipmanagement agreement with the relevant containership owning subsidiary, then, in the case of subcontracting, Costamare Shipping will be responsible for paying the management fee charged by the relevant submanager for providing such services and, in the case of a direct shipmanagement agreement, the fee received by Costamare Shipping will be reduced by the fee payable to CIEL or, as the case may be, Shanghai Costamare under the relevant direct shipmanagement agreement. In addition to such fees, we pay for any capital expenditures, financial costs, operating expenses and any general and administrative expenses, including the salaries of our officers and employees and payments to third parties in accordance with the Group Management Agreement and the relevant separate shipmanagement agreements or supervision agreements. We also pay to Costamare Shipping a flat fee of $700,000 per newbuild vessel for the supervision of the construction of any newbuild vessel for which we may contract. Costamare Shipping also receives a commission of 0.75% on all gross freight, demurrage, charter hire and ballast bonus or other income earned with respect to each containership in our fleet.

The initial term of the Group Management Agreement with Costamare Shipping expires on December 31, 2015. The Group Management Agreement automatically renews for five consecutive one-year periods until December 31, 2020, at which point the Group Management Agreement will expire. The management fee of $850 per day for each containership is fixed until December 31, 2012 and will thereafter be annually adjusted upwards by 4%, with further annual increases permitted to reflect the strengthening of the Euro against the U.S. dollar and/or material unforeseen cost increases. After the initial term expires on December 31, 2015, we will be able to terminate the Group Management Agreement subject to a termination fee, by providing written notice to Costamare Shipping at least 12 months before the end of the subsequent one-year term.

Term and Termination Rights

Subject to the termination rights described below, the initial term of the Group Management Agreement expires on December 31, 2015. The Group Management Agreement automatically renews for five consecutive one-year periods until December 31, 2020, at which point the agreement will expire. In addition to the termination provisions outlined below, after the initial term expiring on December 31, 2015, we are able to terminate the Group Management Agreement by providing 12 months’ written notice to Costamare Shipping that we wish to terminate the Group Management Agreement at the end of the then current term.

Our Manager’s Termination Rights. Costamare Shipping may terminate the Group Management Agreement prior to the end of its term if:

 

 

 

 

any moneys payable by us under the Group Management Agreement have not been paid when due or if on demand within 20 business days of payment having been demanded;

 

 

 

 

if we materially breach the agreement and we have failed to cure such breach within 20 business days after we are given written notice from Costamare Shipping; or

 

 

 

 

there is a change of control of our company.

Our Termination Rights. We may terminate the Group Management Agreement prior to the end of its term in the following circumstances:

 

 

 

 

any moneys payable by Costamare Shipping under or pursuant to the Group Management Agreement are not paid or accounted for within 10 business days after receiving written notice from us;

 

 

 

 

Costamare Shipping materially breaches the agreement and has failed to cure such breach within 20 business days after receiving written notice from us;

 

 

 

 

there is a change of control of Costamare Shipping; or

 

 

 

 

Costamare Shipping is convicted of, enters a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, or enters into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for a crime (including fraud), which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and materially injurious to our company, if such crime is not a misdemeanor and such crime has been committed solely and directly by an officer or director of Costamare Shipping acting within the terms of its employment or office.

111


Mutual Termination Rights. Either we or Costamare Shipping may terminate the Group Management Agreement if:

 

 

 

 

the other party ceases to conduct business, or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the other party are sold, seized or appropriated which, in the case of seizure or appropriation, is not discharged within 20 business days;

 

 

 

 

the other party files a petition under any bankruptcy law, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, seeks relief under any law for the protection of debtors or adopts a plan of liquidation, or if a petition is filed against such party seeking to have it declared insolvent or bankrupt and such petition is not dismissed or stayed within 40 business days of its filing, or such party admits in writing its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or if an order is made for the appointment of a liquidator, manager, receiver or trustee of such party of all or a substantial part of its assets, or if an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver or trustee is appointed over the whole or any part of such party’s undertaking, property or assets or if an order is made or a resolution is passed for Costamare Shipping’s or our winding up;

 

 

 

 

the other party is prevented from performing any obligations under the Group Management Agreement by any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond the reasonable control of such party respectively for a period of two consecutive months or more (“Force Majeure”); or

 

 

 

 

all supervision agreements and all shipmanagement agreements are terminated in accordance with their respective terms.

If Costamare Shipping terminates the Group Management Agreement for any reason other than Force Majeure, or if we terminate the Group Management Agreement pursuant to our ability to terminate with 12 months’ written notice, we will be obliged to pay to Costamare Shipping a lump sum termination fee which will be determined by reference to the period between the date of termination and December 31, 2020. The termination fee is equal to (a) the lesser of (i) five and (ii) the number of full years remaining prior to December 31, 2020, times (b) the aggregate fees due and payable to Costamare Shipping during the 12-month period ending on the date of termination (without taking into account any reduction in fees to reflect that certain obligations have been delegated to a submanager), provided that the termination fee will always be at least two times the aggregate fees over the 12-month period described above. In addition, the individual shipmanagement agreements to which our vessels are subject may be terminated by either us or the applicable manager if the vessel is sold, becomes a total loss or is requisitioned.

Non-competition

Costamare Shipping has agreed that, during the term of the Group Management Agreement, it will not provide any management services to any other entity without obtaining our prior written approval. We believe we will derive significant benefits from our exclusive relationship with Costamare Shipping. The Group Management Agreement does not prohibit CIEL or Shanghai Costamare from providing commercial or technical management services to third parties. In the past, CIEL and Shanghai Costamare have only provided services to third parties on a limited basis and there is no current plan to change that practice.

For a description of our restrictive covenant agreement with Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, please read “Related Party Transactions—Restrictive Covenant Agreement”.

112


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

2008 Reorganization

Costamare Inc. was incorporated on April 21, 2008 for the purpose of completing a reorganization of 53 ship-owning companies then owned by our chief executive officer and other members of the Konstantakopoulos family under a single corporate holding company. Under the Master Sales Agreement (the “MSA”) relating to the reorganization, the Konstantakopoulos family agreed to sell shares or vessels of each of the predecessor companies to the Company or to newly formed subsidiaries of the Company. As a result, subsidiaries of the Company acquired 28 vessels and part of their related assets from 28 of the predecessor companies and assumed or repaid related bank debt and other liabilities, and the Company acquired the shares of each of 25 predecessor companies. In return, the Company made distributions to the shareholders of the predecessor companies totaling $400.0 million ($269.0 million of which was paid as of December 31, 2008 and $131.0 million during the period from January 1, 2009 to April 23, 2009). In addition the Company agreed to assume certain guarantees of Costamare Shipping. For more details please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Management Related Agreement

For a description of our management agreement, please read “Our Managers and Management-Related Agreement”.

Restrictive Covenant Agreement

Under the restrictive covenant agreement entered into with us, during the period of Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos’s employment or service with us and for six months thereafter, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos has agreed to restrictions on his ownership of any containerships and on the acquisition of any shareholding in a business involved in the ownership of containerships (such activities are referred to here as “the restricted activities”), subject to the exceptions described below.

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos is permitted to engage in the restricted activities in the following circumstances: (a) pursuant to his involvement with us, (b) with respect to certain permitted acquisitions (as described below) and (c) pursuant to his passive ownership of up to 19.99% of the outstanding voting securities of any publicly traded company that is engaged in the containership business.

As noted above, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos is permitted to engage in restricted activities with respect to two types of permitted acquisitions, including (1) the acquisition of a containership or an acquisition or investment in a containership business, on terms and conditions that are not materially more favorable, than those first offered to us and refused by an independent conflicts committee of our directors, and/or (2) the acquisition of a fleet of ships or of a business that includes containerships. Under this second type of permitted acquisition, we must be given the opportunity to buy the containerships or containership businesses included in the acquisition for its fair market value plus certain break-up costs.

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos is also permitted to engage in restricted activities with respect to the containership Reunion , which he co-owns with a partner and which is not part of the Company’s fleet.

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos has also agreed that if one of our containerships and a containership owned by him are both available and meet the criteria for an available charter, our containership will be offered such charter.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement prior to the closing of this offering with our existing stockholders, pursuant to which we will grant them and their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions included in the lock-up agreements to which they will be a party, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of our common stock held by those persons. Under the registration rights agreement, our existing stockholders

113


and their transferees will have the right to request us to register the sale of shares held by them on their behalf and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, those persons will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings initiated by us. Immediately after this offering, our existing stockholders will own a total of 47,000,000 shares entitled to these registration rights, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option.

Trademark Licensing Agreement

Under the trademark licensing agreement entered into with us, during the term of our management agreement, Costamare Shipping, one of our managers, has agreed to grant us a non-transferable, royalty free license and right to use the Costamare Inc. trademarks, which consist of the name “COSTAMARE” and the Costamare logo in connection with the operation of our containership business. We will pay no additional consideration for this license and right. Costamare Shipping retains the right to use the trademarks in its own business or to maintain existing, or grant new, licenses or rights permitting any other person to use the trademarks, provided that in all such cases the use, maintenance or grant must be consistent with the license and right granted to us under the licensing agreement.

Grant of Rights and Issuance of Common Stock

On July 14, 2010, the Company offered all shareholders of record as of the close of business on July 14, 2010 (the “Record Date”), the right (collectively the “Rights”) to subscribe for and purchase up to 32 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for each share held by such shareholder as of the Record Date. The subscription price for each share purchased pursuant to the exercise of Rights was $0.10 per share. For more detail about the Rights offering please refer to Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Other Transactions

For a description of additional related party transactions, see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions

Following the offering, related party transactions, which means transactions in which the Company or one of its subsidiaries is a participant and any of the Company’s directors, nominees for director, executive officers, employees, significant stockholders or members of their immediate families (other than immediate family members of employees who are not executive officers) have a direct or indirect interest, will be subject to review and approval or ratification by the board of directors, or an appropriate committee thereof, or evaluated pursuant to procedures established by the board of directors.

Where appropriate, such transactions will be subject to the approval of our independent directors, including appropriate matters arising under our Group Management Agreement and any other agreements with entities controlled by our chairman and chief executive officer.

114


DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of certain material provisions of the instruments evidencing our indebtedness.

Our Credit Facilities

As of June 30, 2010, we had an aggregate of $1,391.5 million of outstanding borrowings and $74.2 million of available undrawn commitment under various credit agreements to finance general corporate and working capital purposes of Costamare Inc. and its subsidiaries, and part of the purchase price or market value of the vessels owned by such entities. All of these facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Below is a description of certain material terms of our existing credit facilities and one proposed new credit facility. We are also in negotiations for a term loan facility that would provide up to $210 million to finance part of the pre-delivery and the delivery payments for three 9,000 TEU newbuilds for which we have executed contracts, each newbuild contract being subject to a financing condition. The $210 million term loan facility is expected to have a repayment period of 10 years from delivery of each newbuild, with lenders reserving the right to request prepayment of the facility on the seventh year. The financial and other covenants and events of default under each credit facility are similar and are summarized together below under “Covenants and Events of Default”. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities” for additional information with respect to our credit facilities.

Proposed New $120.0 Million Term Loan

On September 16, 2010, Costamare Inc., as potential borrower, obtained a commitment letter from The Royal Bank of Scotland plc for a $120.0 million term loan facility, which will be available for drawing for up to 18 months. We intend to use this term loan facility to finance the acquisition of additional newbuild or secondhand containerships, but we are also permitted to use it to refinance existing containerships in our fleet. The loans will have maturities ranging from three to eight years. Availability of the term loan facility is subject to execution of definitive documentation and is conditioned upon the closing of this offering.

The obligations under the proposed term loan facility will be guaranteed by the various owners of the mortgaged vessels. Our obligations under this proposed term loan facility will be secured by, among other things, mortgages over each financed vessel, and general assignments of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation, account charges, and charterparty assignments.

Costamare

On July 22, 2008, Costamare Inc., as borrower, entered into a ten-year, $1 billion credit facility comprised of a $700 million term loan facility and a $300 million revolving credit facility. The purpose of the revolving credit facility was to finance part of the acquisition costs of vessels to be acquired or part of the market value of vessels owned by our subsidiaries. The purpose of the term loan facility was to finance general corporate and working capital purposes. On June 22, 2010, we entered into the second supplemental agreement with the lenders, which modified certain covenants (as detailed below). As of June 30, 2010, there was $863.8 million outstanding under the Costamare credit facility, and, as of same date, there was $74.2 million of undrawn available credit. For more details please refer to Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

The interest rate under the Costamare credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The Costamare credit facility provides for repayment by forty consecutive quarterly installments, the first four (1-4) in the amount of $6.5 million and the next eight (5-12) in the amount of $9 million. The final twenty-eight (13-40) installments, and the balloon installment repayable together with the fortieth (40th) installment, are to be calculated by using a formula that takes into account the then outstanding amount of this facility and the TEU weighted age of the mortgaged vessels.

115


The obligations under the Costamare credit facility are guaranteed by the various owners of the mortgaged vessels. Our obligations under this credit facility are secured by mortgages over the vessels owned by our subsidiaries, who are the guarantors, and general assignments of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation, account pledges, and charterparty assignments.

Alpha-Montes

On December 7, 2007, our subsidiaries, Montes Shipping Co. and Kelsen Shipping Co., as joint and several borrowers, entered into a ten-year, $150 million credit facility with Alpha Bank A.E., which we refer to in this section as the “Alpha-Montes credit facility”. The loan is divided into two tranches: Tranche A in the amount of $75 million to Montes Shipping Co., and Tranche B in the amount of $75 million to Kelsen Shipping Co. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the acquisition costs of two vessels, the Maersk Kawasaki and the Maersk Kure. As of June 30, 2010, there was $65 million outstanding under each of Tranche A and Tranche B, of the Alpha-Montes credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the Alpha-Montes credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The Alpha-Montes credit facility provides that our subsidiaries must repay the loan, jointly and severally, by twenty consecutive semi-annual payments, the first six (1-6) in the amount of $4 million each, the next thirteen (7-19) in the amount of $6 million each, and the twentieth (20th) installment comprised of a $6 million payment together with a balloon payment in the amount of $42 million.

The obligations under the Alpha-Montes credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations are secured by first priority mortgages over the vessels, the Maersk Kawasaki and the Maersk Kure , general assignments of earnings, insurances, requisition compensation, and charterparty assignments.

Alpha-Lang

On September 3, 2008, our subsidiary, Lang Shipping Co., as borrower, entered into a two-year, $10.45 million credit facility with Alpha Bank A.E., which we refer to in this section as the “Alpha-Lang credit facility”. The purpose of this facility was to provide our subsidiary with corporate liquidity. As of June 30, 2010, there was $4.9 million outstanding under the Alpha-Lang credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the Alpha-Lang credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The Alpha-Lang credit facility provides that Lang Shipping Co. must repay the loan by three consecutive semi-annual installments, each in the amount of $1.85 million, plus a balloon payment together with the third consecutive semi-annual installment in the amount of $4.9 million. The balloon payment installment has been extended to November 18, 2010, and may be further extended at the bank’s discretion for two consecutive one-year periods.

The obligations under the Alpha-Lang credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the Alpha-Lang credit facility are secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel Hyundai Challenger , and a general assignment of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation.

Calyon-Bullow

On February 17, 2005, our subsidiary, Bullow Investments Inc., as borrower, entered into an eight-year, $31 million credit facility with Calyon, which we refer to in this section as the “Calyon-Bullow credit facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the acquisition cost of a previously acquired vessel, the MSC Mykonos. As of June 30, 2010, there was $8 million outstanding under the Calyon-Bullow credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the Calyon-Bullow credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The credit facility provides that Bullow Investments Inc. must repay the loan by sixteen consecutive semi-annual installments, the first six (1-6) in the amount of $2.5 million each, the next four (7-10) in the amount of $2 million each, the next four (11-14) in the amount of $1.5 million, and the final two (15-16) in the amount of $1 million.

116


The obligations under the Calyon-Bullow credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the Calyon-Bullow credit facility are secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel, MSC Mykonos , an account pledge and a general assignment of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation.

Calyon-Capetanissa

On June 29, 2006, our subsidiary Capetanissa Maritime Corporation, as borrower, entered into a twelve-year, $90 million credit facility with Calyon, which we refer to in this section as the “Calyon-Capetanissa credit facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the acquisition and collateral cost of a vessel, the Cosco Beijing. As of June 30, 2010, there was $72.5 million outstanding under the Calyon-Capetanissa credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the Calyon-Capetanissa credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The Calyon-Capetanissa credit facility provides that Capetanissa Maritime Corporation must repay the loan by twenty-three consecutive semi-annual installments in the amount of $2.5 million, and a final twenty- fourth installment in the amount of $32.5 million.

The obligations under the Calyon-Capetanissa credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the Calyon-Capetanissa credit facility are secured by a first-priority mortgage over the vessel, Cosco Beijing , an account pledge, and a general assignment of earnings, insurances, requisition compensation and charterparty rights.

Calyon-Marathos

On June 29, 2006, our subsidiary, Marathos Shipping Inc., as borrower, entered into a seven-year, $24.8 million credit facility with Calyon, which we refer to in this section as the “Calyon-Marathos credit facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the acquisition and collateral cost of a vessel, the MSC Mandraki. As of June 30, 2010, there was $11.4 million outstanding under the Calyon-Marathos credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the Calyon-Marathos credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The repayment period began on February 22, 2007 and consists of thirteen consecutive semi-annual repayment installments in the amount of $2 million for the first (1st) repayment installment and $1.9 million each for the final twelve (2-13) repayment installments.

The obligations under the Calyon-Marathos credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the Calyon-Marathos credit facility are secured by a first-priority mortgage over the vessel, MSC Mandraki , an account pledge, a general assignment of earnings, insurances, requisition compensation and charterparty rights.

Emporiki-Costis

On May 12, 2008, our subsidiaries, Christos Maritime Corporation and Costis Maritime Corporation, as joint and several borrowers, entered into a ten-year, $150 million credit facility with Emporiki Bank of Greece S.A., which we refer to in this section as the “Emporiki-Costis credit facility”. The loan is divided into two tranches: a Tranche A loan in the amount of $75 million to Christos Maritime Corporation, and a Tranche B loan in the amount of $75 million to Costis Maritime Corporation. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the market value of two vessels, the Sealand Washington and the Sealand New York. As of June 30, 2010, there was $132 million outstanding under the Emporiki-Costis credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the Emporiki-Costis credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The Emporiki-Costis credit facility provides that our subsidiaries, jointly and severally, repay the loan by twenty consecutive semi-annual payments, the first nineteen (1-19) in the amount of $2.25 million for each tranche, and a final twentieth (20th) installment in the amount of $2.25 million, together with a balloon payment in the amount $30 million for each tranche.

117


The obligations under the Emporiki-Costis credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the Emporiki-Costis credit facility are secured by first-priority mortgages over the vessels Sealand Washington and Sealand New York , account pledges, general assignments of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation, and charterparty assignments.

HSBC-Mas

On January 30, 2008, our subsidiary, Mas Shipping Co., as borrower, entered into a ten-year, $75 million credit facility with HSBC Bank, which we refer to in this section as the “HSBC-Mas credit facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the purchase price of a vessel, the Maersk Kokura. As of June 30, 2010, there was $70 million outstanding under the HSBC-Mas credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the HSBC-Mas credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The repayment terms provide for Mas Shipping Co. to pay HSBC by twenty consecutive semi-annual installments, the first two (1-2) such repayment installments each in the sum of $1 million, the following two (3-4) such repayment installments each in the sum of $1.5 million, the following two (5-6) such repayment installments each in the sum of $2 million, the following four (7-10) such repayment installments each in the sum of $3.75 million, the following two (11-12) such repayment installments each in the sum of $4 million, and the following eight (13-20) such repayment installments each in the sum of $4.13 million, plus a balloon payment payable together with the twentieth (20th) and final repayment installment in the sum of $10 million.

The obligations under the HSBC-Mas credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the HSBC-Mas credit facility are secured by the first priority mortgage over the vessel, Maersk Kokura , an account pledge, a general assignment of earnings, insurances, requisition compensation and charterparty rights.

National Bank-Venor

On December 11, 2009, our subsidiaries, Merin Shipping Co., Lytton Shipping Co., Volk Shipping Co. and Venor Shipping Co., as joint and several borrowers, entered into a three-year, $30 million credit facility with the National Bank of Greece, which we refer to in this section as the “National Bank-Venor credit facility”. The purpose of this facility is to provide finances for general corporate expenses of the borrowing subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2010, there was $26.2 million outstanding under the National Bank-Venor credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the National Bank-Venor credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The subsidiaries will repay the National Bank of Greece by six consecutive semi-annual installments in the amount of $3.8 million each, plus a balloon installment in the amount of $1.4 million together with the second (2nd) consecutive installment, and a second balloon installment of $5.74 million together with the sixth (6th) consecutive installment on the third anniversary of the loan.

The obligations under the National Bank-Venor credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the National Bank-Venor credit facility are secured by a first priority mortgages over the vessels Garden , Genius I , Gather and Gifted , and general assignments of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation.

RBS-Mera

On August 22, 2008, our subsidiaries, Cornas Shipping Co., Douro Shipping Co., Convey Shipping Co. and Mera Shipping Co., as joint and several borrowers, entered into a two-year, $16.1 million credit facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, which we refer to in this section as the “RBS-Mera credit facility”. The loan is divided into four tranches among the subsidiaries’ vessels as follows: MSC Mexico (tranche amount $4.36 million), MSC Germany (tranche amount $3.35 million), MSC Austria (tranche amount $3.35 million) and MSC Sierra (tranche amount $5 million). The purpose of this facility is to provide financing for general corporate expenses of the borrowing subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2010, there was $2.8 million outstanding under the RBS-Mera credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

118


The interest rate under the RBS-Mera credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. As of June 30, 2010, Mera Shipping Co. is responsible for one additional repayment installment in the amount of $2.8 million due on November 18, 2010, which may be extended to November 18, 2011, at the bank’s discretion.

The obligations under the RBS-Mera credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the RBS-Mera credit facility are secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel
MSC Sierra
, an account charge, and a general assignment of earnings, insurances and requisition compensation.

RBS-Rena

On February 17, 2006, our subsidiary, Rena Maritime Corporation, as borrower, entered into a twelve-year, $90 million credit facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, which we refer to in this section as the “RBS-Rena credit facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the purchase price of a vessel, the Cosco Guangzhou , at a contract price of $90.8 million. As of June 30, 2010, there was $70 million outstanding under the RBS-Rena credit facility, and, as of same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the RBS Rena credit facility is LIBOR plus an agreed margin. The RBS-Rena credit facility provides for twenty-four (24) consecutive semi-annual installments in the amount of $2.5 million each, plus a balloon payment of $30 million together with the twenty-fourth (24th) consecutive installment.

The obligations under the RBS-Rena credit facility are guaranteed by Costamare Inc. Our obligations under the RBS-Rena credit facility are secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel Cosco Guangzhou , an account charge and a general assignment of our earnings, insurances and requisition compensation of the vessel.

Covenants and Events of Default

The credit facilities impose certain operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions in our existing credit facilities generally limit Costamare Inc., and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the payment of such dividends;

 

 

 

 

purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of the subsidiaries’ capital;

 

 

 

 

make or repay loans or advances, other than repayment of the credit facilities;

 

 

 

 

make investments in other persons;

 

 

 

 

sell or transfer significant assets, including any vessel or vessels mortgaged under the credit facilities, to any person, including Costamare Inc. and our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

create liens on their assets; or

 

 

 

 

allow the Konstantakopoulos family’s direct or indirect holding in Costamare Inc. to fall below 40% of the total issued share capital.

Our existing credit facilities also require Costamare Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries to maintain specified loan to value ratios as summarized below:

 

 

 

 

under the Costamare credit facility, Costamare Inc. may not allow the aggregate of (a) the aggregate market value, primarily on a charter inclusive basis, of the mortgaged vessels under this facility, (b) the market value of any additional security provided to the lender, and (c) (during the waiver period only, as described below) the aggregate minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding to fall below 80% during a “waiver period” extending through December 31, 2011, and thereafter, 125% of the aggregate of the term loan, the revolving advances and the swap exposure; or

 

 

 

 

under certain of our subsidiaries credit facilities, each with Costamare Inc. as guarantor, we may not allow the aggregate of (a) the aggregate market value, primarily on an inclusive charter basis, of the mortgaged vessel or vessels, and (b) the market value of any additional security provided

119


 

 

 

 

to the lender to fall below a percentage ranging between 110% to 125% of the then outstanding amount of the credit facility and any related swap exposure.

 

 

 

 

the minimum value covenant must be determined at the expense of the borrower at any such time as the lender may reasonably request.

Costamare Inc. is required to maintain compliance with the following financial covenants:

 

 

 

 

the ratio of our total liabilities (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents) to market value adjusted total assets (after deducting all cash and cash equivalents) may not exceed 0.75:1;

 

 

 

 

the ratio of EBITDA over net interest expense must be equal to or higher than 2.5:1;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all cash and cash equivalents may not be less than the greater of (i) $30 million or (ii) 3% of the total debt, provided , however , that a minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding must be maintained in the accounts of the borrower; and

 

 

 

 

the market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $500 million.

Our credit facilities contain customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of covenants or material inaccuracy of representations, default under other material indebtedness and bankruptcy.

We expect our committed term loan facility with the Royal Bank of Scotland plc to contain similar covenants and events of default.

The Company is not in default under any of its credit facilities.

120


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our second amended and restated articles of incorporation (“articles of incorporation”) and first amended and restated bylaws (“bylaws”) that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We refer you to our articles of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Share information described below gives effect to a 1.88-to-one stock split effected as a share dividend on October 19, 2010.

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA, and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the corporation has the power to engage in a series of shipping-related activities.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our stockholders.

Authorized Capitalization

Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 47,000,000 shares are issued, outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable and 100,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Of this blank check preferred stock, 10,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described below under “—Stockholder Rights Plan”. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 60,300,000 outstanding shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock. All of our shares of stock are in registered form.

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that a market for our common stock will develop, or if it develops, that it will be sustained.

Common stock

As of the date of this prospectus, we have 47,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 60,300,000 shares of common stock, or 62,295,000 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, out of 1,000,000,000 shares authorized to be issued. Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Please read the section entitled “Dividend Policy”. Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Preferred stock

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, of which 10,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock, in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described below under “—Stockholder Rights Plan”, and to determine, with

121


respect to any series of preferred stock established by our board of directors, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

 

 

 

the designation of the series;

 

 

 

 

the number of shares of the series;

 

 

 

 

the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 

 

 

 

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

Stockholder Meetings

Under our bylaws, annual stockholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held inside or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called by the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of a majority of the board of directors. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the stockholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws permit stockholder action by unanimous written consent.

Directors

Under our articles of incorporation and bylaws, our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of the stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. There is no provision for cumulative voting.

Pursuant to the relevant provision of our bylaws, the board of directors may change the number of directors to not less than three, nor more than 15, by a vote of a majority of the entire board. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of death, resignation or removal. A vacancy on the board created by death, resignation, removal (which may only be for cause), or failure of the stockholders to elect the entire class of directors to be elected at any election of directors or for any other reason, may be filled only by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, at any special meeting called for that purpose or at any regular meeting of the board of directors. The board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the non-employee members of our board of directors for services rendered to us.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the BCA, our stockholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or sale of all, or substantially all, of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and to receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any amendment of our articles of incorporation, a stockholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for their shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of its shares. The dissenting stockholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting stockholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange. The value of the shares of the dissenting stockholder is fixed by the court after reference, if the court so elects, to the recommendations of a court-appointed appraiser.

122


Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of common stock both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the company) and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of ours or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another entity or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity (including service with respect to employee benefit plans) against all liability and loss suffered, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred, by such person in connection with such action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also delay, defer or prevent (a) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including attempts that may result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by the stockholders, and (b) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank check preferred stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, of which 10,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock, in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described below under “—Stockholder

123


Rights Plan”. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Classified board of directors

Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of our company. It could also delay stockholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

Election and removal of directors

Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our articles of incorporation also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Calling of special meeting of stockholders

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by our Chairman of the Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer or by our corporate Secretary upon the request of a majority of our board of directors.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may impede stockholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or to make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Rights Plan

Each share of our common stock includes a right that entitles the holder to purchase from us a unit consisting of one-thousandth of a share of our Series A participating preferred stock at a purchase price of $25 per unit, subject to specified adjustments. The rights are issued pursuant to a rights agreement between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent. Until a right is exercised, the holder of a right will have no rights to vote or receive dividends or any other stockholder rights.

The rights may have anti-takeover effects. The rights will cause substantial dilution to any person or group that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors. As a result, the overall effect of the rights may be to render more difficult or discourage any attempt to acquire us. Because our board of directors can approve a redemption of the rights or a permitted offer, the rights should not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by our board of directors. The adoption of the rights agreement was approved by our existing stockholders prior to this offering.

We have summarized the material terms and conditions of the rights agreement and the rights below. For a complete description of the rights, we encourage you to read the rights agreement, which we have filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

124


Detachment of rights

The rights are attached to all certificates representing our outstanding common stock and will attach to all common stock certificates we issue prior to the rights distribution date that we describe below. The rights are not exercisable until after the rights distribution date and will expire at the close of business on December 31, 2030, unless we redeem or exchange them earlier as described below. The rights will be separate from the common stock and a rights distribution date will occur, subject to specified exceptions, on the earlier of the following two dates:

 

 

 

 

10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons or an “acquiring person” has acquired or obtained the right to acquire beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock; or

 

 

 

 

10 business days following the start of a tender or exchange offer that would result, if closed, in a person becoming an “acquiring person”.

Our existing stockholders and their affiliates are excluded from the definition of “acquiring person” for purposes of the rights, and therefore their ownership or future share acquisitions cannot trigger the rights. Specified “inadvertent” owners that would otherwise become an acquiring person, including those who would have this designation as a result of repurchases of common stock by us, will not become acquiring persons as a result of those transactions.

Our board of directors may defer the rights distribution date in some circumstances, and some inadvertent acquisitions will not result in a person becoming an acquiring person if the person promptly divests itself of a sufficient number of shares of common stock.

Until the rights distribution date:

 

 

 

 

our common stock certificates will evidence the rights, and the rights will be transferable only with those certificates; and

 

 

 

 

any new shares of common stock will be issued with rights and new certificates will contain a notation incorporating the rights agreement by reference.

As soon as practicable after the rights distribution date, the rights agent will mail certificates representing the rights to holders of record of common stock at the close of business on that date. After the rights distribution date, only separate rights certificates will represent the rights.

We will not issue rights with any shares of common stock that we issue after the rights distribution date, except as our board of directors may otherwise determine.

Flip-in event

A “flip-in event” will occur under the rights agreement when a person becomes an acquiring person. If a flip-in event occurs and we do not redeem the rights as described under the heading “—Redemption of rights” below, each right, other than any right that has become void, as described below, will become exercisable at the time it is no longer redeemable for the number of shares of common stock, or, in some cases, cash, property or other of our securities, having a current market price equal to two times the exercise price of such right.

If a flip-in event occurs, all rights that then are, or in some circumstances that were, beneficially owned by or transferred to an acquiring person or specified related parties will become void in the circumstances the rights agreement specifies.

Flip-over event

A “flip-over event” will occur under the rights agreement when, at any time after a person has become an acquiring person:

 

 

 

 

we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction; or

 

 

 

 

50% or more of our assets, cash flows or earning power is sold or transferred.

If a flip-over event occurs, each holder of a right, other than any right that has become void as we describe under the heading “—Flip-in event” above, will have the right to receive the number of shares

125


of common stock of the acquiring company having a current market price equal to two times the exercise price of such right.

Antidilution

The number of outstanding rights associated with our common stock is subject to adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or subdivision, combination or reclassification of our common stock occurring prior to the rights distribution date. With some exceptions, the rights agreement does not require us to adjust the exercise price of the rights until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the exercise price. It also does not require us to issue fractional shares of our preferred stock that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share, and, instead we may make a cash adjustment based on the market price of the common stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise. The rights agreement reserves to us the right to require, prior to the occurrence of any flip-in event or flip-over event that, on any exercise of rights, a number of rights must be exercised so that we will issue only whole shares of stock.

Redemption of rights

At any time until 10 days after the date on which the occurrence of a flip-in event is first publicly announced, we may redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price of $0.01 per right. The redemption price is subject to adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring before the date of redemption. At our option, we may pay that redemption price in cash, shares of common stock or any other consideration our board of directors may select. The rights are not exercisable after a flip-in event until they are no longer redeemable. If our board of directors timely orders the redemption of the rights, the rights will terminate on the effectiveness of that action.

Exchange of rights

We may, at our option, exchange the rights (other than rights owned by an acquiring person or an affiliate or an associate of an acquiring person, which have become void), in whole or in part. The exchange must be at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock per right, subject to specified adjustments at any time after the occurrence of a flip-in event and prior to any person other than our existing stockholders and their affiliates becoming the beneficial owner of common stock with voting power equal to 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of common stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Amendment of terms of rights

While the rights are outstanding, we may amend the provisions of the rights agreement only as follows:

 

 

 

 

to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

 

 

 

to make changes that do not adversely affect the interests of holders of rights, excluding the interests of any acquiring person; or

 

 

 

 

to shorten or lengthen any time period under the rights agreement, except that we cannot change the time period when rights may be redeemed or lengthen any time period, unless such lengthening protects, enhances or clarifies the benefits of holders of rights other than an acquiring person.

At any time when no rights are outstanding, we may amend any of the provisions of the rights agreement.

Transfer Agent

The registrar and transfer agent for the common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CMRE”.

126


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 60,300,000 shares of common stock outstanding, or 62,295,000 shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, only the 13,300,000 shares sold in this offering, or 15,295,000 shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, will be freely transferable in the United States without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our “affiliates”, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

After the consummation of this offering, our existing stockholders will own 47,000,000 shares of common stock which were acquired in private transactions not involving a public offering and these shares are therefore treated as “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144. Restricted securities may not be resold except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from those registration requirements, such as the exemptions provided by Rule 144, Regulation S and other exemptions under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of this offering, our existing stockholders will have rights to require, or participate in, the registration under the Securities Act of the aggregate 47,000,000 shares of our common stock they hold. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the applicable registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person (other than an affiliate of ours) who owns shares of our common stock that were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours at least six months prior to the proposed sale would be entitled to freely sell such shares, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and assuming we are current in our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

In general, under Rule 144, any affiliate of ours, which would include our existing stockholders, who owns restricted shares that were acquired from the issuer or another affiliate at least six months prior to the proposed sale, and following the 90th day after the completion of this offering, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (a) 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, which would be approximately 603,000 shares immediately after this offering and (b) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in shares of our common stock on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of registered securities associations during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales in reliance on Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that same issuer.

The restricted securities held by our existing stockholders, officers and directors will be subject to the underwriters’ 180-day lock-up agreement. Under the lock-up agreement, our existing stockholders, officers and directors have agreed during the period beginning from the date of the prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any of our common stock or other securities which are substantially similar to the common stock or which are convertible or exchangeable into securities that are substantially similar to the common stock, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. These agreements do not apply to, among other limited exceptions, transfers to immediate family or to donees who receive such securities as bona fide gifts; provided that such transferees agree to substantially the same transfer restrictions on the securities they receive. See “Underwriting”.

As a result of these lock-up agreements and rules of the Securities Act, the restricted shares held by our existing stockholders will be available for sale in the public market, subject to certain volume and other restrictions, as mentioned above, as follows:

127


 

 

 

 

 

Days After the Date of this Prospectus

 

Number of Shares
Eligible for Sale

 

Comment

Date of prospectus

 

None

 

Shares not locked up and eligible for sale freely or under Rule 144.

180 days

 

47,000,000

 

Lock-up of officers and directors and our existing stockholders released; shares will be eligible for sale subject to compliance with Rule 144.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no reliable prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

128


MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. For example, the BCA allows the adoption of various anti-takeover measures such as stockholder “rights” plans. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, Marshall Islands’ court cases interpreting the BCA. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts and you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling stockholders than would stockholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to stockholders’ rights.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands

 

Delaware

Stockholder Meetings

 

Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.

 

 

May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

May be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands.

 

 

May be held in or outside of Delaware.

 

Notice:

 

 

Notice:

 

 

- Whenever stockholders are required to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, unless it is the annual meeting, and indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting, and if such meeting is a special meeting such notice shall also state the purpose for which it is being called.

 

 

 

- Whenever stockholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

 

 

- A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before meeting.

 

 

 

- Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

Stockholder’s Voting Rights

 

Any action required to be taken by a meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the stockholders entitled to vote.

 

 

With limited exceptions, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors.

 

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person to act for him or her by proxy.

 

 

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

 

 

For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one- third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

129


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands

 

Delaware

 

When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

 

 

When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

 

The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

 

The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.

 

Any two or more domestic corporations may merge into a single corporation if approved by the board and if authorized by a majority vote of the holders of outstanding shares at a stockholder meeting.

 

 

Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.

 

Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board, shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a stockholder meeting.

 

 

Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote.

 

Any domestic corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another domestic corporation may merge such other corporation into itself without the authorization of the stockholders of any corporation.

 

 

Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting.

 

Any mortgage, pledge of or creation of a security interest in all or any part of the corporate property may be authorized without the vote or consent of the stockholders, unless otherwise provided for in the articles of incorporation.

 

 

Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

Directors

 

The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

 

 

The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

 

Number of members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the stockholders, or by action of the board pursuant to the bylaws.

 

 

Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

 

If the board of directors is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board and so long as no decrease in the number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

 

 

 

130


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands

 

Delaware

 

Removal:

 

 

Removal:

 

 

- Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the stockholders.

 

 

 

- Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

 

- If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the stockholders.

 

 

 

- In the case of a classified board, stockholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal

 

With limited exceptions, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation.

 

 

With limited exceptions, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation.

 

A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on, or consent in writing to, an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

 

 

The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets.

 

 

- alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference;

 

 

 

 

 

 

- creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares;

 

 

 

 

 

 

- alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

- excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.

 

 

 

 

131


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marshall Islands

 

Delaware

Stockholder’s Derivative Actions

 

An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.

 

 

In any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law.

 

Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort.

 

 

 

 

 

Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Marshall Islands.

 

 

 

 

 

Reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, may be awarded if the action is successful.

 

 

 

 

 

Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of less than $50,000.

 

 

 

 

132


TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands, Liberian and United States Federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a potential investor with respect to the common stock. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common stock to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities, banks, thrifts or other financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, United States expatriates, persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, conversion transaction or hedge, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), investors that are subject to the alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common stock, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who purchase common stock in connection with this offering and hold the common stock as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common stock.

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Cozen O’Connor, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Marshall Islands, the following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and to holders of our common stock who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Marshall Islands.

We are a non-resident domestic Marshall Islands corporation. Because we do not, and we do not expect that we will, conduct business or operations in the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains and you will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on dividends and other distributions, including upon a return of capital, we make to you as a stockholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock, and you will not be required by the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to the common stock.

Each prospective stockholder is urged to consult their tax counsel or other advisor with regard to the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, including the Marshall Islands, of their investment in us. Further, it is the responsibility of each stockholder to file all state, local and non- U.S., as well as U.S. Federal tax returns that may be required of them.

Liberian Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Cozen O’Connor, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of Liberia, the following are the material Liberian tax consequences of the activities of our Liberian subsidiaries.

The Republic of Liberia enacted a new income tax act effective as of January 1, 2001 (the “New Act”). In contrast to the income tax law previously in effect since 1977, the New Act does not distinguish between the taxation of “non-resident” Liberian corporations, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, which conduct no business in Liberia and were wholly exempt from taxation under the prior law, and “resident” Liberian corporations that conduct business in Liberia and are (and were under the prior law) subject to taxation.

In 2004, the Liberian Ministry of Finance issued regulations exempting non-resident corporations engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, from Liberian taxation under the New Act retroactive to January 1, 2001. It is unclear whether these regulations, which ostensibly conflict with the provisions of the New Act, are a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Liberian Ministry of Finance such that the regulations can be considered unquestionably enforceable. However, an opinion dated December 23, 2004 addressed by the Minister of Justice and Attorney General of the Republic of Liberia to The LISCR Trust Company stated that the regulations are a valid exercise of the

133


regulatory authority of the Ministry of Finance. The Liberian Ministry of Finance has not at any time since January 1, 2001 sought to collect taxes from any of our Liberian subsidiaries.

In June 2009, the Legislature, as well as the President, of the Republic of Liberia approved the Economic Stimulus Taxation Act of 2009 (the “ESTA”) which will amend the New Act to specifically exempt non-resident corporations engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, from taxation in Liberia. The ESTA will become effective once it is officially published. To the best of our knowledge, such publication has yet to occur.

If, however, our Liberian subsidiaries were subject to Liberian income tax under the New Act, they would be subject to tax at a rate of 35% on their worldwide income. As a result, their, and subsequently our, net income and cash flow would be materially reduced. In addition, as the ultimate shareholder of the Liberian subsidiaries, we would be subject to Liberian withholding tax on dividends paid by our Liberian subsidiaries at rates ranging from 15% to 20%.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion represents the opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP regarding the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences to us of our activities and, subject to the limitations referred to above under “Tax Considerations”, to you as a holder of our common stock.

The following discussion of U.S. Federal income tax matters is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local taxes.

Taxation of Our Shipping Income

Subject to the discussion of “effectively connected” income below, unless exempt from U.S. income tax under the rules contained in Section 883 of the Code, a non-U.S. corporation is, under the rules of Section 887 of the Code, subject to a 4% U.S. income tax in respect of its U.S. source gross shipping income (without the allowance for deductions).

For this purpose, “shipping income” means income that is derived from:

(a) the use of vessels;

(b) the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, operating or bareboat charter basis;

(c) the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income; or

(d) the performance of services directly related to those uses.

For this purpose, 50% of the shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends (but that does not both begin and end) in the United States constitutes U.S. source shipping income. Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is generally considered to be 100% U.S. source shipping income. Although there can be no assurance, we do not expect to engage in transportation that produces income that is considered to be 100% U.S. source shipping income. Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports is generally considered to be 100% non-U.S. source shipping income, which is not subject to any U.S. income tax.

Under Section 883 of the Code, a non-U.S. corporation will be exempt from U.S. income tax on its U.S. source gross shipping income if:

(a) it is organized in a foreign country (or the “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations; and

(b) either

(i) more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations; or

134


(ii) its stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in its country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations, or in the United States.

We believe that we have qualified and currently intend to continue to qualify for this statutory tax exemption for the forseeable future. However, no assurance can be given that this will be the case in the future. If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax on our U.S. source gross shipping income, subject to the discussion of “effectively connected” income below. Since we expect that no more than 50% of our gross shipping income would be treated as U.S. source gross shipping income, we expect that the maximum effective rate of U.S. income tax on our gross shipping income would not exceed 2%. Many of our charterparty agreements contain provisions pursuant to which charterers undertake to reimburse us for the 4% gross basis tax on our U.S. source shipping income.

To the extent the exemption under Section 883 is unavailable, our U.S. source shipping income that is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business would be subject to the U.S. corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35% (net of applicable deductions). In addition, we may be subject to the 30% U.S. “branch profits” taxes on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

Our U.S. source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

(a) we had, or were considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source shipping income, and

(b) substantially all of our U.S. source shipping income was attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that followed a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

We believe that we will not have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we expect that none of our U.S. shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Taxation of Gain on Sale of Assets

Regardless of whether we qualify for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to U.S. income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles). In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel (and risk of loss with respect to the vessel) pass to the buyer outside of the United States. We expect that any sale of a vessel will be so structured that it will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

Taxation of United States Holders

You are a “U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock and you are a U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation (or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation), an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of that trust.

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.

135


Distributions on Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) below, any distributions with respect to our common stock that you receive from us will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described below, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. tax principles). Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock (on a dollar-for-dollar basis) and thereafter as capital gain.

Because we are not a U.S. corporation, if you are a U.S. corporation (or a U.S. entity taxable as a corporation), you will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions you receive from us.

Dividends paid with respect to our common stock will generally be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

If you are an individual, trust or estate, dividends you receive from us should be treated as “qualified dividend income” taxed at a preferential rate of 15% (through 2010), provided that:

(a) the common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange);

(b) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (see the discussion below under “—PFIC Status”);

(c) you own our common stock for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock becomes ex-dividend;

(d) you are not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property; and

(e) certain other conditions are met.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”. Generally, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend in an amount that is equal to (or in excess of) 10% of your adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a share of our common stock. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income” and if you are an individual, estate or trust, then any loss derived by you from a subsequent sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

There is no assurance that dividends you receive from us will be eligible for the preferential 15% rate. Dividends you receive from us that are not eligible for the preferential rate of 15% will be taxed at the ordinary income rates.

In addition, even if we are not a PFIC, under proposed legislation, dividends of a corporation incorporated in a country without a “comprehensive income tax system” paid to U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts would not be eligible for the 15% tax rate. Although the term “comprehensive income tax system” is not defined in the proposed legislation, we believe this rule would apply to us because we are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. As of the date hereof, it is not possible to predict with certainty whether or in what form the proposed legislation will be enacted.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Provided that we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, you generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by you from such sale, exchange or other disposition and your tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.

136


PFIC Status

Special U.S. income tax rules apply to you if you hold stock in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (or “PFIC”) for U.S. income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:

(a) at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of “passive income” ( e.g. , dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

(b) at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year consists of “passive assets” (i.e. , assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income).

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services will not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income will generally constitute passive income (unless we are treated under certain special rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business).

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.2d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Code. In a recent published guidance, however, the IRS states that it disagrees with the holding in Tidewater , and specifies that time charters should be treated as service contracts. Since we have chartered all our vessels to unrelated charterers on the basis of time charter contracts and since we expect to continue to do so, we believe that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. Our counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (“Tax Counsel”), has provided us with an opinion that we should not be a PFIC based on certain representations we made to them, including representations that the terms of the Group Management Agreement, of each current shipmanagement agreement and of each time charter are consistent with normal commercial practice of the industry, and of certain assumptions made by them, including assumptions that management services will be provided in the manner described in the Group Management Agreement, and that charters will be arranged in the manner described in the time charters. However, we have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on this matter. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we can avoid PFIC status in the future.

As discussed below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, you generally would be subject to one of three different U.S. income tax regimes, depending on whether or not you make certain elections. Additionally, you would be required to file an annual information report with the IRS for taxable years beginning on or after March 18, 2010.

Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make a Timely QEF Election

If we were a PFIC and if you make a timely election to treat us as a “Qualifying Electing Fund” for U.S. tax purposes (a “QEF Election”), you would be required to report each year your pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain for our taxable year that ends with or within your taxable year, regardless of whether we make any distributions to you. Such income inclusions would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to “qualified dividend income”. Your adjusted tax basis in our common stock would be increased to reflect such taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had previously been taxed would result in a corresponding reduction in your adjusted tax basis in our common stock and would not be taxed again once distributed. You would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Even if you make a QEF Election for one of our taxable years, if we

137


were a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which you held our common stock and for which you did not make a timely QEF Election, you would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below under “—Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make No Election”. Additionally, to the extent any of our subsidiaries is a PFIC, your election to treat us as a “Qualifying Electing Fund” would not be effective with respect to your deemed ownership of the stock of such subsidiary and a separate QEF Election with respect to such subsidiary is required.

You would make a QEF Election by completing and filing IRS Form 8621 with your U.S. income tax return for the year for which the election is made in accordance with the relevant instructions. If we were to become aware that we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would notify all U.S. holders of such treatment and would provide all necessary information to any U.S. holder who requests such information in order to make the QEF Election described above with respect to us and the relevant subsidiaries.

Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make a Timely “Mark-to-Market” Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we believe, our common stock is treated as “marketable stock”, you would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided you complete and file IRS Form 8621 with your U.S. income tax return for the year for which the election is made in accordance with the relevant instructions. If that election is made, you generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of our common stock at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in our common stock. You also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of your adjusted tax basis in our common stock over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your tax basis in our common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by you. However, to the extent any of our subsidiaries is a PFIC, your “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock would not apply to your deemed ownership of the stock of such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make No Election

Finally, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and if you did not make either a QEF Election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, you would be subject to special rules with respect to (a) any excess distribution (that is, the portion of any distributions received by you on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, your holding period for our common stock) and (b) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Under these special rules:

(i) the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over your aggregate holding period for our common stock;

(ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year would be taxed as ordinary income; and

(iii) the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

If you died while owning our common stock, your successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such stock for U.S. tax purposes.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

You are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership for U.S. tax purposes) and you are not a U.S. holder.

138


Distributions on Our Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to U.S. income or withholding taxes on dividends received from us with respect to our common stock, unless that income is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If you are entitled to the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income generally is taxable in the United States only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to U.S. income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

(a) the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If you are entitled to the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain generally is taxable in the United States only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States; or

(b) you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met.

Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or so treated) generally will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. Federal income tax rates. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, your earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income (subject to certain adjustments) may be subject to an additional U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty).

United States Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, if you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, dividend payments (or other taxable distributions) made within the United States will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax if you:

(1) fail to provide us with an accurate taxpayer identification number;

(2) are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns; or

(3) in certain circumstances, fail to comply with applicable certification requirements.

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you may be required to establish your exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying your status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

If you sell our common stock to or through a U.S. office or broker, the payment of the sales proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify that you are a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or you otherwise establish an exemption. If you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid to you outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has certain other connections with the United States.

Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Rather, you generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by accurately completing and timely filing a refund claim with the IRS.

139


OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of our common stock in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

SEC Registration Fee

 

 

$

 

18,540

 

 

 

Printing and Engraving Expenses

 

 

 

58,000

 

 

 

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

 

 

1,400,000

 

 

 

Accountants’ Fees and Expenses

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

NYSE Fee

 

 

 

131,351

 

 

 

FINRA Fee

 

 

 

25,500

 

 

 

Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

Miscellaneous Costs

 

 

 

512,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

 

2,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140


UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

 

 

Name

 

Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
  Incorporated

 

 

Dahlman Rose & Company, LLC

 

 

RBS Securities Inc.

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

  Total

 

 

 

13,300,000

 

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $   a share under the initial public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may allow, a concession not in excess of $   a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,995,000 additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $   , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $   , and total proceeds to us would be $   .

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Exercise

 

Full Exercise

Per Share

 

 

$

 

                        

 

 

 

$

 

                        

 

Total

 

 

$

 

                        

 

 

 

$

 

                        

 

The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be approximately $2.5 million.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CMRE”.

141


We and our directors, officers and our other stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

 

 

 

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

 

 

 

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

 

 

 

 

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

 

 

 

transactions by a stockholder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made;

 

 

 

 

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180-day restricted period;

 

 

 

 

transfers by a stockholder of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift;

 

 

 

 

distributions by a stockholder of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to limited partners or stockholders of such stockholder; or

 

 

 

 

transfers by a stockholder of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to any immediate family member of such stockholder or any trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such stockholder or the immediate family of such stockholder.

provided, with respect to the transfers described in the last three bullet points above, that any donee, distributee, transferee or beneficiary agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in this paragraph and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

 

 

 

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or

 

 

 

 

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period,

in which case, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or event.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the overallotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open

142


market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the overallotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the overallotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Charlotte Stratos, who has agreed to join our board of directors upon completion of this offering, is a consulting Senior Advisor to the Investment Banking Division of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, one of the underwriters of this offering. An affiliate of RBS Securities Inc., one of the underwriters of this offering, is a lender under certain of our existing credit facilities and a lender under the new term credit facility for which we have entered into a commitment letter. In such capacity as a lender and as an agent under our credit facilities, such affiliate of RBS Securities Inc. has received, and may receive in the future, customary fees and commissions.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other on-line services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms on-line and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders on-line. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to on-line brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for on-line distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and our industry in general, our revenues, earnings and certain other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-revenues ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those in which we engage. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

143


Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

 

 

 

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

 

 

 

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

 

 

 

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

 

 

 

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. , to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who purchase the shares without the intention of distributing them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the

144


shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without the express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Dubai International Financial Centre

The information in this document is being communicated by Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (DIFC Branch) and Merrill Lynch International, both regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. This document is intended for distribution only to Professional Clients, as defined by the DFSA. The financial products or financial services to which the material relates will only be made available to customers satisfying the regulatory criteria of a Professional Client. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers, as defined by the DFSA. The DFSA has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares should conduct their own due diligence. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

145


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus, the matter of enforcement of judgments in the Marshall Islands, Marshall Islands tax considerations and Liberian tax considerations will be passed upon for us by Cozen O’Connor, New York, New York. United States legal matters related to this offering and certain matters relating to U.S. Federal income taxation will be passed upon for us by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Costamare Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere, and are included in reliance upon such report, given on the authority of such firm, as experts in accounting and auditing.

The discussion contained under the section of this prospectus entitled “The International Containership Industry” has been reviewed by Clarkson Research Services Limited, which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the international shipping markets, as indicated in the consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited included as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. For the purposes of this section, the term “registration statement” means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we have filed. For further information regarding us and the common stock offered in this prospectus, you should review the full registration statement, including the exhibits attached thereto. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

We will furnish holders of common stock with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm, and intend to make available quarterly reports containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year, which quarterly financial data we intend to be reviewed by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the Statement on Auditing Standards 100. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with GAAP and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods. As a “foreign private issuer”, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to stockholders, but will be required to furnish those proxy statements to stockholders under New York Stock Exchange rules. Those proxy statements are not expected to conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer”, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to short-swing profit reporting and liability.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Marshall Islands corporation and our executive offices are located outside of the United States in Athens, Greece. Our registered address in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex,

146


Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of our registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of The Marshall Islands, Inc. All of our directors and officers and some of the experts in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. Federal or state securities laws.

Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or Greece would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. Federal or state securities laws.

147


GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the shipping industry and in this prospectus.

Address commission. Commission payable by the shipowner to the charterer, expressed as a percentage of the freight or hire. Although this commission was sought by charterers as a means of reducing the freight or hire, these are capable of being adjusted or increased by the shipowner.

Annual survey. The inspection of a ship carried out at intervals of about 12 months for the purpose of maintaining class in accordance with the rules of the classification society.

Ballast. A substance, usually water, used to improve the stability and control the draft of a ship.

Bareboat charter. A charter of a ship under which the shipowner is usually paid a fixed amount of charterhire for a certain period of time during which the charterer is responsible for the voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses and for the management of the ship, including crewing. In this case, all voyage related costs, including vessel fuel “bunker” and port dues as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance, are paid by the charterer. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise” and involves the use of a vessel over long periods of time, usually ranging over several years. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel.

Beam. The width of a vessel at its widest point; breadth.

Bunkers. Heavy fuel and diesel oil used to power a ship’s engines.

Charter. The hire of a ship for a specified period of time or to carry a cargo for a fixed fee from a loading port to a discharging port. The contract for a charter is commonly called a charter party.

Charterer. The party that hires a ship for a period of time.

Charter hire. A sum of money paid to the shipowner by a charterer for the use of a ship. Charter hire paid under an operating charter is also known as “freight”.

Charter-in. A lease of a vessel by which the owners of a vessel sublet or let the entire vessel, or some principal part of the vessel, to another party that uses the vessel for its own account under its charge.

Charter owner. Owners of containerships that charter vessels to shipping service operators, known as liner companies, rather than directly operating container shipping services for shippers.

Classification society. An independent organization that certifies that a ship has been built and maintained according to the organization’s rules for that type of ship and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of the ship’s registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. A ship that receives its certification is referred to as being “in-class”.

Containers. Metal boxes of standard dimensions, generally either 20 feet or 40 feet long, 8.5 feet high and 8 feet wide, used to transport various cargo.

Containership. Vessels which are specially designed and built to carry containers.

Deadweight Ton. (or “dwt”) A unit of a vessel’s capacity for cargo, fuel oil, stores and crew, measured in metric tons. A vessel’s deadweight or total deadweight is the total weight the vessel can carry when loaded to a particular load line.

Demurrage. The delaying of a ship caused by a voyage charterer’s failure to take on or discharge its cargo before the time of scheduled departure. The term is also used to describe the payment owed by the voyage charterer for such a delay.

Drydocking. The removal of a ship from the water for inspection and repair of those parts of a ship that are below the water line. During drydocking, which is required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections are carried out and relevant certifications are issued. Drydockings for containerships are generally required once every five years, as part of a Special Survey.

Feeder. A vessel that is part of a cargo network in which the larger, faster vessels only call at the major ports at both ends of the area being covered and the smaller ports are served by the smaller

148


feeder vessels, which transfer the cargo to and from the major port terminals. This process keeps the larger vessels filled closer to capacity and spares them the expense and loss of time loading and unloading cargo in the smaller ports.

Fully cellular containership. A vessel specifically designed to carry ISO standard containers, with cell-guides under deck and necessary fittings and equipment on deck.

Gear. On-board equipment used to load and unload vessels.

Geared. A vessel outfitted with equipment to load and unload its cargo.

Gearless. A vessel that lacks its own equipment to load and unload cargo.

Hull. Shell or body of a ship.

IMO. International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international regulations and standards for shipping.

Intermediate survey. The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place 24 to 36 months after each Special Survey.

ISM Code. The International Management Code for the Safe Operations and for Pollution Prevention, as adopted by the International Maritime Organization.

Lightweight Ton. (or “lwt”) A unit of a vessel’s physical weight. A vessel’s lightweight is the physical weight of the vessel and represents the amount of recoverable steel in the vessel. The value of a vessel to a breaker is determined by multiplying the vessel’s lightweight by the price of scrap steel.

Liner company. A company that operates ocean carriers that carry many different cargoes on the same voyage on regular schedules.

LOA. Length overall.

Newbuild. A new ship under construction or just completed.

Off-hire. The period in which a ship is not available for service under a time charter and, accordingly, the charterer is generally not required to pay the hire rate. Off-hire periods can include days spent on repairs, drydocking and surveys, whether or not scheduled.

OPA. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 of the United States (as amended).

Operating Days. The aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in the fleet is owned.

Orderbook. A reference to outstanding orders for the construction of vessels.

Panamax. The largest size of vessel capable of transiting the Panama Canal.

Post-Panamax. A vessel with a beam of more than 33 meters that cannot transit the Panama Canal.

Protection and indemnity insurance. Insurance obtained through a mutual association formed by shipowners to provide liability indemnification protection from various liabilities to which they are exposed in the course of their business, and which spreads the liability costs of each member by requiring contribution by all members in the event of a loss.

Scrapping. The sale of a ship as scrap metal.

Sister ships. Ships of the same class and specifications typically built at the same shipyard.

SOLAS. The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974, as amended, adopted under the auspices of the IMO.

Special survey. The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years, as part of the recertification of the ship by a classification society.

Spot charter. A spot charter is an industry term referring to both voyage and trip time charters. These charters are referred to as spot charters or spot market charters due to their short-term duration, mostly constituting a single voyage between one load port and one discharge port.

Spot market. The market for charters of vessels with durations of less than one year.

Standing slot capacity. Nominal static ship container capacity.

149


TEU. Twenty-foot equivalent unit, the international standard measure for containers and containership capacity.

Time charter. A charter under which the shipowner hires out a ship for a specified period of time. The shipowner is responsible for providing the crew and paying vessel operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for paying the voyage expenses and additional operating insurance. The shipowner is paid charterhire, which accrues on a daily basis.

Ton and tonnes. Each means metric tons.

Vessel operating expenses. The costs of operating a ship, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, management fees, lubricants and spare parts and repair and maintenance costs. Vessel operating expenses exclude fuel cost, port expenses, agents’ fees, canal dues and extra war risk insurance.

Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses include port and canal charges and bunker (fuel) expenses, address commissions and brokerage commissions.

150


COSTAMARE INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

F-2

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009

 

 

 

F-3

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

 

 

 

F-4

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

 

 

 

F-5

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

 

 

 

F-6

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

F-7

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010

 

 

 

F-32

 

Consolidated Statement of Income for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

 

 

 

F-33

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

 

 

 

F-34

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

 

 

 

F-35

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

F-36

 

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Costamare Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Costamare Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Costamare Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece

June 30, 2010
(except for Note 16(i) as to which the date is July 20, 2010 and Notes 16(j) and 16(k), as to which the date is October 19, 2010).

F-2


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2008 and 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

 

90,262

 

 

 

$

 

12,282

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

4,495

 

 

 

 

4,248

 

Receivables

 

 

 

1,096

 

 

 

 

3,135

 

Inventories (Note 5)

 

 

 

12,587

 

 

 

 

11,479

 

Due from related parties (Note 3)

 

 

 

4,957

 

 

 

 

419

 

Fair value of derivatives (Note 14)

 

 

 

2,636

 

 

 

 

44

 

Insurance claims receivable

 

 

 

3,148

 

 

 

 

676

 

Accrued charter revenue

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

3,218

 

Prepayments and other

 

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

 

1,665

 

Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,188

 

Vessels held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

121,495

 

 

 

 

48,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIXED ASSETS, NET:

 

 

 

 

Advances for vessel acquisitions (Note 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94,455

 

Vessels, net (Note 6)

 

 

 

1,572,116

 

 

 

 

1,465,644

 

Total fixed assets, net

 

 

 

1,572,116

 

 

 

 

1,560,099

 

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

Investments (Note 4)

 

 

 

35,864

 

 

 

 

6,190

 

Deferred charges, net (Note 7)

 

 

 

34,408

 

 

 

 

27,519

 

Due from related companies (Note 3)

 

 

 

7,887

 

 

 

 

7,887

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

43,056

 

 

 

 

40,252

 

Accrued charter revenue

 

 

 

674

 

 

 

 

20,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

 

1,815,500

 

 

 

$

 

1,710,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)

 

 

$

 

94,735

 

 

 

$

 

93,856

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

3,826

 

 

 

 

8,822

 

Due to related parties (Note 3)

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

 

7,253

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

14,803

 

 

 

 

6,356

 

Unearned revenue (Note 9)

 

 

 

6,618

 

 

 

 

2,136

 

Fair value of derivatives (Note 14)

 

 

 

32,657

 

 

 

 

52,305

 

Dividends payable (Note 1)

 

 

 

131,000

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

Other current liabilities (Note 10)

 

 

 

3,625

 

 

 

 

2,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

287,534

 

 

 

 

183,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion (Note 8)

 

 

 

1,435,213

 

 

 

 

1,341,737

 

Fair value of derivatives, net of current portion (Note 14)

 

 

 

99,685

 

 

 

 

28,855

 

Unearned revenue, net of current portion

 

 

 

3,818

 

 

 

 

1,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

1,538,716

 

 

 

 

1,371,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

Common Stock (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

325,482

 

 

 

 

372,034

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

(103,369

)

 

 

 

 

(60,648

)

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

 

(232,863

)

 

 

 

 

(156,164

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity/(deficit)

 

 

 

(10,750

)

 

 

 

 

155,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity/(deficit)

 

 

$

 

1,815,500

 

 

 

$

 

1,710,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Statement of Income
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

REVENUES :

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

370,121

 

 

 

$

 

426,348

 

 

 

$

 

399,939

 

EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

(2,780

)

 

 

 

 

(3,735

)

 

 

 

 

(3,075

)

 

Vessels’ operating expenses

 

 

 

(124,666

)

 

 

 

 

(148,350

)

 

 

 

 

(114,515

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(358

)

 

 

 

 

(2,238

)

 

 

 

 

(1,236

)

 

General and administrative expenses—related parties
(Note 3)

 

 

 

(108

)

 

 

 

 

(370

)

 

 

 

 

(480

)

 

Management fees—related parties (Note 3)

 

 

 

(11,812

)

 

 

 

 

(13,541

)

 

 

 

 

(12,231

)

 

Amortization of dry-docking and special survey costs
(Note 7)

 

 

 

(3,095

)

 

 

 

 

(6,722

)

 

 

 

 

(7,986

)

 

Depreciation (Note 6)

 

 

 

(50,710

)

 

 

 

 

(72,256

)

 

 

 

 

(71,148

)

 

Gain on sale of vessels (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

2,854

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

(579

)

 

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

 

(535

)

 

Other income / (expenses)

 

 

 

(301

)

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

175,712

 

 

 

 

179,503

 

 

 

 

191,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

3,589

 

 

 

 

5,575

 

 

 

 

2,672

 

Interest and finance costs (Note 12)

 

 

 

(62,568

)

 

 

 

 

(68,420

)

 

 

 

 

(86,817

)

 

Other

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

3,892

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments (Note 14)

 

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

 

 

(16,988

)

 

 

 

 

5,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

 

 

(60,289

)

 

 

 

 

(79,724

)

 

 

 

 

(74,658

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

115,423

 

 

 

$

 

99,779

 

 

 

$

 

116,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, basic and diluted (Note 16(i))

 

 

$

 

2.46

 

 

 

$

 

2.12

 

 

 

$

 

2.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic diluted

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive
Income

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Total

 

# of shares

 

Par value

BALANCE, December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

414,342

 

 

 

 

446,452

 

- Net income

 

 

 

115,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115,423

 

 

 

 

115,423

 

- Stockholders’ contributions to predecessor companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,150

 

- Dividends paid by the predecessor companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88,572

)

 

 

 

 

(88,572

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Comprehensive income

 

 

 

115,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,260

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

441,193

 

 

 

 

521,453

 

- Net income

 

 

 

99,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,779

 

 

 

 

99,779

 

- Stockholders’ contributions to predecessor companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,255

 

- Dividends paid by the predecessor companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,778

)

 

 

 

 

(10,778

)

 

- Contribution of shares of predecessor companies and the extinguishment of bank debt of predecessor companies less assets received in exchange for the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of common stock with $0.0001 par value (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(363,057

)

 

 

 

 

(140,890

)

 

- Distribution to Stockholders in connection with the MSA (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(400,000

)

 

 

 

 

(400,000

)

 

- Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges and unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

(103,369

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(103,369

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(103,369

)

 

- Stockholders’ contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

(3,590

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,482

 

 

 

 

(103,369

)

 

 

 

 

(232,863

)

 

 

 

 

(10,750

)

 

- Net income

 

 

 

116,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116,929

 

 

 

 

116,929

 

- Contribution of shares of Uriza Shipping Co. (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,552

 

- Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,230

)

 

 

 

 

(40,230

)

 

- Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges and unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

42,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Comprehensive income

 

 

 

159,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372,034

 

 

 

 

(60,648

)

 

 

 

 

(156,164

)

 

 

 

 

155,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

 

$

 

115,423

 

 

 

$

 

99,779

 

 

 

$

 

116,929

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

50,710

 

 

 

 

72,256

 

 

 

 

71,148

 

Amortization of financing costs

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

 

746

 

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey

 

 

 

3,095

 

 

 

 

6,722

 

 

 

 

7,986

 

Amortization of unearned revenue

 

 

 

(6,295

)

 

 

 

 

(1,636

)

 

 

 

 

(3,378

)

 

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

1,501

 

 

 

 

16,657

 

 

 

 

(5,595

)

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

 

(2,854

)

 

Gain on sale of investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(341

)

 

 

 

 

(108

)

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

 

(909

)

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

 

(2,039

)

 

Due from related parties

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

 

95,274

 

 

 

 

4,538

 

Inventories

 

 

 

(1,835

)

 

 

 

 

(1,303

)

 

 

 

 

1,108

 

Claims receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,148

)

 

 

 

 

2,472

 

Prepayments and other

 

 

 

(636

)

 

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

 

431

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

2,566

 

 

 

 

(4,406

)

 

 

 

 

4,996

 

Due to related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

 

6,983

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

2,908

 

 

 

 

(4,210

)

 

 

 

 

(8,447

)

 

Unearned revenue

 

 

 

4,682

 

 

 

 

(4,088

)

 

 

 

 

(3,906

)

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

1,434

 

 

 

 

(3,779

)

 

 

 

 

(692

)

 

Drydockings

 

 

 

(10,095

)

 

 

 

 

(23,362

)

 

 

 

 

(6,051

)

 

Accrued charter revenue

 

 

 

2,055

 

 

 

 

1,122

 

 

 

 

(22,374

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by Operating Activities

 

 

 

166,619

 

 

 

 

247,518

 

 

 

 

161,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances for vessel acquisitions

 

 

 

(11,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47,903

)

 

Vessels acquisitions / Additions to vessel cost

 

 

 

(246,050

)

 

 

 

 

(104,194

)

 

 

 

 

(8,864

)

 

Purchase of available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56,881

)

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of available for sale of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,674

 

 

 

 

21,421

 

Proceeds from the sale of vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

 

48,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by (used in) Investing Activities

 

 

 

(257,550

)

 

 

 

 

(138,301

)

 

 

 

 

12,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ contributions

 

 

 

48,150

 

 

 

 

23,055

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

 

246,100

 

 

 

 

1,161,413

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

Repayment of long-term debt

 

 

 

(111,996

)

 

 

 

 

(734,391

)

 

 

 

 

(124,355

)

 

Payment of financing costs

 

 

 

(583

)

 

 

 

 

(4,387

)

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

Dividends paid to stockholders of predecessor companies

 

 

 

(88,572

)

 

 

 

 

(10,778

)

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30,230

)

 

Debt repaid, net of assets acquired in reorganization (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(140,890

)

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution paid to stockholders with reorganization (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(269,000

)

 

 

 

 

(131,000

)

 

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47,551

)

 

 

 

 

3,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by (used in) Financing Activities

 

 

 

93,099

 

 

 

 

(22,529

)

 

 

 

 

(252,684

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

2,168

 

 

 

 

86,688

 

 

 

 

(77,980

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

 

 

1,406

 

 

 

 

3,574

 

 

 

 

90,262

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

 

$

 

3,574

 

 

 

$

 

90,262

 

 

 

$

 

12,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

 

$

 

64,560

 

 

 

$

 

71,376

 

 

 

$

 

52,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of charters assumed in acquisition of vessels

 

 

$

 

4,800

 

 

 

$

 

2,000

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GENERAL INFORMATION:

Costamare Inc. (“Costamare”), a Marshall Islands corporation was incorporated on April 21, 2008, as part of a reorganization to acquire the ownership interest in 53 ship-owning companies (collectively the “predecessor companies”) owned by the Konstantakopoulos Family (Vasileios Konstantakopoulos and his three sons Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, Achillefs Konstantakopoulos and Christos Konstantakopoulos, together the “Family”). Unless otherwise indicated, references hereafter to the “Company” refer to Costamare Inc. and any one or more of its subsidiaries or their predecessors, or to such entities collectively.

The Family as shareholders of 53 predecessor companies and 53 predecessor companies along with Costamare Shipping Company S.A. (“Costamare Shipping” or “Manager”), a ship management company wholly owned by Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, as agent for the Family and 53 predecessor companies entered, as of May 30, 2008, into a Master Sales Agreement (“MSA”) with Costamare in respect of the above mentioned reorganization. Under the MSA, the Family agreed to sell shares or vessels of each of the predecessor companies to Costamare or to newly formed subsidiaries of Costamare, at Costamare’s option, by April 30, 2009. As a result, subsidiaries of Costamare acquired 28 vessels and part of their related assets from 28 of the predecessor companies and assumed or repaid related bank debt and other liabilities and Costamare acquired the shares of each of 25 predecessor companies during the period from June 25 to November 20, 2008; in return Costamare made a distribution to the shareholders of the predecessor companies totaling $400,000 through Costamare Shipping, as agent for the sellers ($269,000 of which was paid as of December 31, 2008 and $131,000 during the period from January 1, 2009 to April 23, 2009). In addition, Costamare agreed to assume Costamare Shipping’s guarantees with respect to the performance of 22 charters and 6 loans of subsidiaries.

As the Family is the sole shareholder of Costamare, holding all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Costamare which consists of 1,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001 each, and previously owned 100% of the predecessor companies, there is no change in ownership or control of the business, and therefore the transaction constitutes a reorganization of companies under common control, and is accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the financial statements of the predecessor companies along with Costamare from the date of its inception have been presented using combined historical carrying costs of the assets and liabilities of the predecessor companies, and present the consolidated financial position and results of operations as if Costamare and its wholly owned subsidiaries and the predecessor companies (collectively referred to as the Company) were consolidated for all periods presented.

In June 2009 the Family, being the shareholders of Uriza Shipping Co., owner of a vessel under construction (Note 16(e)), transferred their shares of Uriza Shipping Co. to the Company. Since the Family was the ultimate shareholder of Uriza Shipping Co. before and after the transfer of shares the transaction was accounted for at historical cost.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 the Company owned and operated a fleet of 52 and 44 container vessels with a total carrying capacity of approximately 224,692 TEU and 214,117 TEU, respectively, through wholly-owned subsidiaries incorporated in the Republic of Liberia, providing worldwide marine transportation services by chartering its container vessels to some of the world’s leading liner operators under long, medium and short-term time charters.

At December 31, 2009, Costamare has fourteen wholly-owned subsidiaries, all incorporated in the Republic of Liberia out of which ten sold their vessels in 2009 and became dormant, three were established in 2008 to be used for future vessel acquisitions and one owns a vessel under construction.

F-7


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information (continued):

As of December 31, 2009, the Company is comprised of Costamare and the following wholly-owned subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Vessel Name

1.

 

Achilleas Maritime Corporation

 

Maersk Kobe

2.

 

Alexia Transport Corp.

 

Zim Piraeus

3.

 

Angistri Corporation

 

Zim New York

4.

 

Bullow Investments Inc.

 

MSC Mykonos

5.

 

Burton Shipping Co.

 

MSC Sudan

6.

 

Capetanissa Maritime Corporation

 

Cosco Beijing

7.

 

Caravokyra Maritime Corporation

 

Cosco Hellas

8.

 

Christos Maritime Corporation

 

Sealand Washington

9.

 

Cornas Shipping Co.

 

MSC Mexico

10.

 

Costachille Maritime Corporation

 

Cosco Yantian

11.

 

Costis Maritime Corporation

 

Sealand New York

12.

 

Denor Shipping Co.

 

Horizon

13.

 

Dino Shipping Co.

 

Sealand Michigan

14.

 

Douro Shipping Co.

 

MSC Germany (Note 6)

15.

 

Fanakos Maritime Corporation

 

Oakland Express

16.

 

Fastsailing Maritime Co.

 

Zim Shanghai

17.

 

Flow Shipping Co.

 

New York Express

18.

 

Grappa Shipping Co.

 

Cap Akritas

19.

 

Guildmore Navigation S.A.

 

MSC Austria (ex. Maersk Toyama)

20.

 

Honaker Shipping Company

 

MSC Washington

21.

 

Kalamata Shipping Corporation

 

Maersk Kolkata

22.

 

Kelsen Shipping Co.

 

Maersk Kure

23.

 

Lang Shipping Co.

 

Hyundai Challenger

24.

 

Lege Shipping Co.

 

MSC Fado (ex. Westmed II)

25.

 

Lytton Shipping Co.

 

Garden

26.

 

Marathos Shipping Inc.

 

MSC Mandraki

27.

 

Marina Maritime Corporation

 

Cosco Ningbo

28.

 

Marvista Maritime Inc.

 

MSC Kyoto

29.

 

Mas Shipping Co.

 

Maersk Kokura

30.

 

Mera Shipping Co.

 

MSC Sierra

31.

 

Merin Shipping Co.

 

Gather

32.

 

Merten Shipping Co.

 

Maersk Kalamata

33.

 

Miko Shipping Co.

 

Sealand Illinois

34.

 

Montes Shipping Co.

 

Maersk Kawasaki

35.

 

Navarino Maritime Corporation

 

Maersk Kingston

36.

 

Nigel Shipping Co.

 

MSC Sicily

37.

 

Ray Shipping Co.

 

MSC Tuscany

38.

 

Rena Maritime Corporation

 

Cosco Guangzhou

F-8


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information (continued):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Vessel Name

39.

 

Sea Elf Maritime Inc.

 

MSC Toba

40.

 

Sims Shipping Co.

 

MSC Namibia

41.

 

Takoulis Maritime Corporation

 

Singapore Express

42.

 

West End Shipping Co. Ltd.

 

MSC Antwerp (ex. Sophia Britannia)

43.

 

Venor Shipping Co.

 

Genius (acquired in 2009)

44.

 

Volk Shipping Co.

 

Gifted (acquired in 2009)

45.

 

Uriza Shipping Co.

 

Hull 1512A (Note 16(e))

46.

 

Warrick Shipping Co.

 

Liguria (sold in 2009)

47.

 

Royce Shipping Co.

 

Gem (sold in 2009)

48.

 

Ronda Shipping Co.

 

MSC Togo (sold in 2009)

49.

 

Mabel Shipping Co.

 

City Of Glasgow (sold in 2009)

50.

 

Idea Shipping Co.

 

MSC Venice (sold in 2009)

51.

 

Erin Shipping Co.

 

Gentle (sold in 2009)

52.

 

Dome Shipping Co.

 

MSC Yokohama (sold in 2009)

53.

 

Davies Shipping Co.

 

MSC Antwerp (sold in 2009)

54.

 

Convey Shipping Co.

 

MSC Austria (sold in 2009)

55.

 

Brookes Shipping Co.

 

MSC Romania II (sold in 2009)

56.

 

Simone Shipping Co.

 

 

57.

 

Cagney Shipping Co.

 

 

58.

 

Madelia Shipping Co.

 

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

(a) Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Costamare and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Costamare as the holding company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity. Under ASC 810 “Consolidation,” (formerly ARB No. 51) a voting interest entity is an entity in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make financial and operating decisions. The Holding Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it owns all, or at least a majority (generally, greater than 50%) of the voting interest.

Variable interest entities (“VIE”) are entities as defined under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, that in general either do not have equity investors with voting rights or that have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when a company absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The company with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, is required to consolidate the VIE. The Company evaluates all arrangements that may include a variable interest in an entity to determine if it may be the primary beneficiary, and

F-9


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

would be required to include assets, liabilities and operations of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, no such interest existed.

(b) Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(c) Other Comprehensive Income (loss): The Company follows the provisions of ASC 220 Comprehensive Income (formerly SFAS No. 130), which requires separate presentation of certain transactions, which are recorded directly as components of stockholders’ equity. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company had no such transactions which affected comprehensive income / (loss) and, accordingly, comprehensive income was equal to net income. In 2008 other comprehensive income decreased with losses of $103,369 and in 2009 other comprehensive income increased with gains of $42,721 relating to the change of the fair value of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting and the fair value of bonds. For the year ended December 31, 2008, comprehensive loss amounted to $3,590 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, comprehensive income amounted to $159,650.

(d) Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar because the Company’s vessels operate in international shipping markets, and therefore primarily transact business in U.S. dollars. The Company’s books of accounts are maintained in U.S. dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in other currencies, are translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(f) Restricted Cash: Restricted cash is additional minimum cash deposits required to be maintained with certain banks under the Company’s borrowing arrangements. Restricted cash includes bank deposits and deposits in so-called “retention accounts” that are required under the Company’s borrowing arrangements which are used to fund the loan installments coming due. The funds can only be used for the purposes of loan repayment.

(g) Receivables: The amount shown as receivable, at each balance sheet date, includes receivables from charterers for hire, net of any provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. No provision for doubtful accounts has been established as of December 31, 2008 and 2009.

(h) Inventories: Inventories consist of bunkers, lubricants and spare parts (propellers and tail shafts) which are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first in, first out method.

(i) Insurance Claims Receivable: The Company records insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to fixed assets and for insured crew medical expenses. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time the Company’s fixed assets suffer insured damages or when crew medical expenses are incurred, recovery is probable under the related insurance policies, and the claim is not subject to litigation.

F-10


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

(j) Available-for-Sale Securities: Investments consisting of marketable government bonds (see Note 4) are classified as available-for-sale securities, and reported at fair value as determined based on quoted market prices. Those investments with maturities of less than one year from the balance sheet date are considered short-term investments. Investments with maturities greater than one year from the balance sheet date are considered long-term investments. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income, with realized gains and losses recognized upon sale of the security and reported in investment income.

(k) Vessels, Net: Vessels are stated at cost, which consists of the contract price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods). Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels; otherwise these amounts are charged to expense as incurred.

The cost of each of the Company’s vessels is depreciated from the date of acquisition on a straight-line basis over the vessel’s remaining estimated economic useful life, after considering the estimated residual value which is equal to the product of vessels’ lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap rate (in the range of $0.150 to $0.250 per ton). Management estimates the useful life of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful life. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its remaining useful life is adjusted at the date such regulations are adopted.

(l) Accrued Charter Revenue/Unearned Revenue: The Company records identified assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel at fair value, determined by reference to market data. The Company values any asset or liability arising from the market value of the time charters assumed when a vessel is acquired from entities that are not under common control. This policy does not apply when a vessel is acquired from entities that are under common control. The amount to be recorded as an asset or liability at the date of vessel delivery is based on the difference between the current fair market value of the charter and the net present value of future contractual cash flows. When the present value of the contractual cash flows of the time charter assumed is greater than its current fair value, the difference is recorded as accrued charter revenue. When the opposite situation occurs, any difference, capped to the vessel’s fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as unearned revenue. Such assets and liabilities, respectively, are amortized as a reduction of, or an increase in, revenue over the period of the time charter assumed.

(m) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: The Company uses ASC 360 “Property plant and equipment” (formerly SFAS No. 144), which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The standard requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company concluded that events occurred and circumstances had changed, which triggered the existence of potential impairment of its long-lived assets. These indicators included deterioration in the spot market, vessels’ market values and the potential impact the current marketplace may have on its future operations. As a result, the Company performed an impairment assessment of the Company’s long-lived assets by comparing the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel to their carrying value. The Company’s strategy is mainly to charter its vessels under long term, fixed rate time charters, providing the Company with contracted future cash flows. The significant factors and assumptions the Company used in its undiscounted projected net operating

F-11


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

cash flow analysis included, among other things, voyage revenues, off-hire days, drydocking and special survey costs, operating expenses and management fee estimates. Revenue assumptions were based on contracted time charter rates up to the end of the fixed charter term of the current charter of each vessel, plus, historical average time charter rates for the remaining life of the vessel after the fixed charter term. In addition, the Company used an annual operating expenses inflation factor and estimations of scheduled and unscheduled off-hire days based on historical experience.

The Company’s assessment concluded that step two of the impairment analysis was not required and no impairment of vessels existed as of December 31, 2009, as the undiscounted projected net operating cash flows per vessel exceeded the carrying value of each vessel. No impairment loss was recorded in 2007 and 2008.

(n) Reporting Assets held for sale: It is the Company’s policy to dispose of vessels and other fixed assets when suitable opportunities occur and not necessarily to keep them until the end of their useful life. Long-lived assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. These assets are not depreciated once they meet the criteria to be held for sale. At December 31, 2009, the vessel MSC Germany was classified as held for sale (Note 6).

(o) Accounting for Special Survey and Drydocking Costs: The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for special survey and drydocking costs whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period through the date the next survey is scheduled to become due. Costs deferred are limited to actual costs incurred at the yard and parts used in the drydocking or special survey. If a survey is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances are immediately written off. Unamortized balances of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of the vessel’s sale. Furthermore, unamortized drydocking and special survey balances of vessels that are classified as Assets held for sale and are not recoverable as of the date of such classification are immediately written off to the income statement.

(p) Financing Costs: Costs associated with new loans or refinancing of existing loans, including fees paid to lenders or required to be paid to third parties on the lender’s behalf for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing loans, are recorded as deferred charges. Such fees are deferred and amortized to interest and finance costs during the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized fees relating to loans repaid or refinanced, meeting the criteria of debt extinguishment, are expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing is made.

(q) Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and derivative contracts (interest rate swaps and foreign currency contracts). The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit rated financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counter parties to derivative instruments; however, the Company limits its exposure by diversifying among counter parties with high credit ratings. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable.

(r) Voyage Revenues: Voyage Revenues are generated from time charter agreements and are usually paid 15 days in advance. Time charter agreements with the same charterer are accounted for as separate agreements according to the terms and conditions of each agreement. Time charter revenues over the term of the charter are recorded as service is provided, when they become fixed and

F-12


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

determinable. Revenues from time charter agreements providing for varying annual rates are accounted for as operating leases and thus recognized on a straight line basis as the average revenue over the rental periods of such agreements, as service is performed. A voyage is deemed to commence upon the completion of discharge of the vessel’s previous cargo and is deemed to end upon the completion of discharge of the current cargo. Unearned revenue includes cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria to recognize as revenue have not been met, including any unearned revenue resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual rates, which are accounted for on a straight line basis. Unearned revenue also includes the unamortized balance of the liability associated with the acquisition of second-hand vessels with time charters attached which were acquired at values below fair market value at the date the acquisition agreement is consummated.

Revenues for 2007, 2008 and 2009 derived from significant charterers as follows (in percentages of total revenues):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

A

 

 

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

18

%

 

 

 

 

18

%

 

B

 

 

 

37

%

 

 

 

 

38

%

 

 

 

 

38

%

 

C

 

 

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

17

%

 

D

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

88

%

 

 

 

 

71

%

 

 

 

 

73

%

 

(s) Voyage Expenses: Voyage expenses primarily consisting of port, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter, are paid for by the charterer under time charter arrangements or by the Company under voyage charter arrangements, except for commissions, which are always paid for by the Company, regardless of charter type. All voyage and vessel operating expenses are expensed as incurred, except for commissions. Commissions are deferred over the related voyage charter period to the extent revenue has been deferred since commissions are earned as the Company’s revenues are earned.

(t) Repairs and Maintenance: All repair and maintenance expenses, including underwater inspection expenses, are expensed in the year incurred. Such costs are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

(u) Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations of interest rate risks associated with specific borrowings. Interest rate differentials paid or received under these swap agreements are recognized as part of interest expense related to the hedged debt. All derivatives are recognized in the consolidated financial statements at their fair value. On the inception date of the derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow to be paid (“cash flow” hedge). Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified, designated and highly effective as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income until earnings are affected by the forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flow and are then reported in earnings. Changes in the fair value of undesignated derivative instruments and the ineffective portion of designated derivative instruments are reported in earnings in the period in which those fair value changes have occurred. Realized gains or losses on early termination of the derivative instruments are also classified in earnings in the period of termination of the respective derivative instrument. The Company may re-designate an undesignated hedge after its inception as a hedge but then will consider its non zero value at re-designation in its assessment of effectiveness of the cash flow hedge.

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.

F-13


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to specific forecasted transactions or variability of cash flow.

The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and, on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flow of hedged items. The Company considers a hedge to be highly effective if the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument is within 80% to 125% of the opposite change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (formerly FAS133).

The Company also enters forward exchange rate contracts to manage its exposure to currency exchange risk on certain foreign currency liabilities. The Company has not designated these forward exchange rate contracts for hedge accounting.

(v) Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share, reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised. The Company had no dilutive securities outstanding during the three-year period ended December 31, 2009.

(w) Fair Value Measurements: The Company adopted, as of January 1, 2008, ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (formerly SFAS 157), which defines, and provides guidance as to the measurement of fair value. This standard creates a hierarchy of measurement and indicates that, when possible, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority (Level 3) to unobservable data, for example, the reporting entity’s own data. Under the standard, fair value measurements are separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy. The standard applies when assets or liabilities in the financial statements are to be measured at fair value, but does not require additional use of fair value beyond the requirements in other accounting principles. The statement was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008, excluding certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, for which the statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and its adoption did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations (Notes 14 and 15).

ASC 825 “Financial Instruments” (formerly SFAS 159), permits companies to report certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. ASC 825 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008 at which time the Company could elect to apply the standard prospectively and measure certain financial instruments at fair value.

The Company has evaluated the guidance contained in ASC 825, and has elected not to report any existing financial assets or liabilities at fair value that are not already so reported; therefore, the adoption of the statement had no impact on its financial position and results of operations. The Company retains the ability to elect the fair value option for certain future assets and liabilities acquired under this standard.

(x) Segmental Reporting: The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenues and not by the length of ship employment for its customers, i.e. spot or time charters. The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. As

F-14


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment.

(y) Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (the “FASB”) issued new accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The guidance became effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009 and did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance for business combinations designed to improve the relevance, representational fairness, comparability and information that a reporting entity provides about a business combination and its effects. The adoption of the guidance did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, “Subsequent events”, which established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. These standards introduce the concept of financial statements being available to be issued. The Company has adopted ASC 855 for the financial period ended December 31, 2009. The adoption of this Statement does not result in significant changes in the subsequent events that an entity reports—either through recognition or disclosure—in its financial statements. In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, Subsequent Events (Topic 855), which amends ASC 855 to clarify which entities are required to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued and the scope of the disclosure requirements related to subsequent events. The amendment removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which management evaluated subsequent events in both issued and revised financial statements. The amendment is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2010-09 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, (an Amendment to ASC 860) to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets; the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement, if any, in transferred financial assets. This Statement must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASC 860 to have an effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASC 810, Consolidation, to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. This Statement shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this guidance will have any impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 167 (SFAS No. 167), “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)”, improving financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. SFAS No. 167 is currently being processed for inclusion in the ASC 810, “Consolidation.” SFAS No. 167 addresses (1) the effects on certain provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” already

F-15


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

codified in ASC 810 “Consolidation,” SFAS No. 167 addresses (1) the effects on certain provisions as a result of the elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept, and (2) constituent concerns about the application of certain key provisions of Interpretation 46(R), including those in which the accounting and disclosures under the Interpretation do not always provide timely and useful information about an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. SFAS No. 167 is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this guidance will have any impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In June 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance on the consolidation of VIEs. The revised guidance replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE with a qualitative approach that focuses on identifying which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a VIE. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new guidance to have an effect on its interim consolidated unaudited statement of financial position, results of operations or cash flows. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, no such interest existed.

In June 2009, the FASB issued “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (the “Statement”). The objective of the Statement is to establish the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. All guidance contained in the Codification carries an equal level of authority. On the effective date of this Statement, the Codification superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became non-authoritative.

In January 2010, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.” The updated guidance requires new disclosures to separately disclose the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers; and in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, settlements. The updated guidance also clarifies existing disclosures related to the level of disaggregation, and disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods with those fiscal years. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this guidance will have any impact on its financial position or results of operations.

3. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES:

(a) Costamare Shipping Company S.A. (the “Manager” or “Costamare Shipping”): Costamare Shipping is a ship management company wholly owned by Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, (Note 16(g)) and as such is not part of the consolidated group of the Company, but is a related party, providing both the commercial and technical management of the Company’s vessels flying the Greek and the Hong Kong flags, subcontracting the technical management of the latter to Shanghai Costamare Ship

F-16


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

3. Transactions With Related Parties (continued):

Management Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Costamare”), also a related party, under separate management agreements executed between Costamare Shipping and Shanghai Costamare for each vessel in exchange for a daily fixed fee. Costamare Shipping is providing a wide range of shipping services such as technical support and maintenance, insurance consulting, financial and accounting services, under separate management agreements signed between the Manager and each vessel owning company, in exchange for a daily fixed fee. Costamare Shipping has also undertaken the commercial management of the Company’s vessels flying flags other than Greek and Hong Kong under separate commercial management agreements with each respective ship-owning company. The technical management of such vessels is performed by CIEL Shipmanagement S.A. (“CIEL”), a related party company incorporated in the Republic of Liberia pursuant to separate agreements signed between each ship-owning company and CIEL in exchange for a daily fixed fee. Costamare Shipping performs its services in exchange for a daily fixed fee of $0.70 (2007: $0.70, 2008: $0.70). The management agreements may be terminated by either party giving two months’ notice at any time. In addition the Manager is responsible for the commercial management of vessels flying flags other than Greek and Hong Kong at a fixed daily fee of $0.10 (2007: $0.30, 2008: $0.10). Management fees charged by the Manager in 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $10,476, $10,695 and $9,521, respectively, and are included in management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

The balance due to the manager at December 31, 2009 amounted to $7,253 and is separately reflected in Due to related companies in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet. The balance due from the Manager at December 31, 2008 amounted to $2,340, and is included in Due from related companies in the accompanying 2008 consolidated balance sheet.

Furthermore, on September 5, 2008, the Company assumed from Costamare Shipping the interest rate collar swap agreement discussed in Note 14(b)(ii) at its then fair value which was a liability of $7,887. The amount is payable by Costamare Shipping within 30 months from September 5, 2008 and is separately reflected in non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(b) Ciel Shipmanagement S.A. (“CIEL”): CIEL, a Liberian corporation, is owned 50.2% by the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer and 49.8% by Dimitrios Lemonidis, CIEL’s chief executive officer. As such, CIEL is not part of the consolidated group of the Company, but is a related party. CIEL provides the Company’s vessels flying flags other than Greek and Hong Kong a wide range of shipping services such as technical support and maintenance, insurance consulting, financial and accounting services, under separate management agreements signed between CIEL and each vessel owning company, in exchange for a daily fixed fee of $0.60 per vessel (2007: $0.40, 2008: $0.60). The management agreements may be terminated by either party giving two months’ notice at any time. Management fees charged by CIEL in 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $1,336, $2,846 and $2,570, respectively, and are included in management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The balance due from CIEL at December 31, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $2,617 and $419, respectively, and is included in Due from related companies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Furthermore, following the sale of Windward in November 2008 CIEL charged $20 for accounting and administrative fees and in 2009 following the sale of the vessels MSC Romania II, MSC Venice, MSC Austria, MSC Togo, Gentle and Gem and following the reflagging of Horizon charged $140 for accounting and administrative fees ($20 per vessel) which are included in Management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

(c) Shanghai Costamare Ship Management Co. Ltd. (“Shanghai Costamare”): Shanghai Costamare is owned (indirectly) 70% by the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer and 30% by Zhang Lei, a Chinese national who is Shanghai Costamare’s chief executive officer. Shanghai Costamare is a related company incorporated in Peoples’ Republic of China in September 2004, where

F-17


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

3. Transactions With Related Parties (continued):

our chairman and chief executive officer holds 70% interest, and as such is not part of the consolidated group of the Company, but is a related party. The technical and crew management, as well as the procurement operation of certain of the Company’s vessels that fly the Hong-Kong flag has been sub-contracted from the Manager to Shanghai Costamare. During 2007, 2008 and 2009, Shanghai Costamare billed the Company $108, $370 and $480, respectively, for market analysis and research services which are separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The balance due to Shanghai Costamare at December 31, 2008 and 2009, was $270 and $nil, respectively, and is included in Due to related companies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(d) Vessels’ sale to affiliated companies: In August and September 2009 the Company sold the vessels Gem and Gentle, including their charter parties, to a related company, wholly owned by Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, for $11,500 and $13,500, respectively, and realized an aggregate loss of $137 which is included in Gain (loss) on sale of vessels in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

(e) Under construction vessel—Hull1512A: In June 2009 the Family, being the shareholders of Uriza Shipping Co., owner of under construction vessel Hull1512A, transferred their shares of Uriza Shipping Co. to the Company. The contract price amounted to $116,000 and as of December 31, 2009 the amount of $92,000 was paid to the shipyard and is included in Advances for vessel acquisitions in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet (Note 16(e)).

4. INVESTMENTS:

During 2008 the Company purchased bonds issued by the US Government and by the Province of Ontario as follows:

(a) In October 2008, two bonds issued by the US Government with principal amount of $45,000 at a purchase price of $45,686 in the aggregate. The US Government bonds have Coupon rates at 2.375% and 2.000% and mature in August and September 2010, respectively. During 2008 the Company sold part of the two above mentioned US Government bonds of principal amount of $21,000 which were purchased at $21,333 and realized a gain of $341 and in 2009 the Company sold another part of the two above mentioned US Government bonds of principal amount of $21,000 with mark-to-market value as at December 31, 2008 of $21,501 and realized a gain of $108.

(b) In December 2008, two bonds issued by the Province of Ontario with principal amount of $11,000 at a purchase price of $11,195 in the aggregate. The two Province of Ontario bonds have Coupon rates at 3.125% and 2.750% and mature in September 2010 and February 2011, respectively.

F-18


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

4. Investments (continued):

As at December 31, 2008 the Company held the following bonds at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Principal
amount

 

Invested
amount

 

Coupon
rate

 

Maturity

 

Market Value
December 31,
2008

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Government

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

5,103

 

 

 

 

2.375

%

 

 

August 31, 2010

 

 

 

5,195

 

US Government

 

 

 

19,000

 

 

 

 

19,250

 

 

 

 

2.000

%

 

 

September 30, 2010

 

 

 

19,590

 

Province of Ontario

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

5,112

 

 

 

 

3.125

%

 

 

September 8, 2010

 

 

 

5,042

 

Province of Ontario

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

6,083

 

 

 

 

2.750

%

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

6,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

35,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2009 the Company held the following bonds at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Principal
amount

 

Invested
amount

 

Coupon
rate

 

Maturity

 

Market Value
December 31,
2009

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Government

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

3,041

 

 

 

 

2.000

%

 

 

September 30, 2010

 

 

 

3,051

 

Province of Ontario

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

5,112

 

 

 

 

3.125

%

 

 

September 8, 2010

 

 

 

5,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

8,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Province of Ontario

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

6,083

 

 

 

 

2.750

%

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

6,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

6,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The total fair value change of the bonds for the period from their acquisition to December 31, 2008 amounted to an unrealized gain of $316 which is included in Other Comprehensive Income/Loss and the total fair value change of the bonds for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to an unrealized gain of $15 which is included in Other Comprehensive Income/Loss.

5. INVENTORIES:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

Bunkers

 

 

 

729

 

 

 

 

 

Lubricants

 

 

 

10,187

 

 

 

 

9,912

 

Spare parts

 

 

 

1,671

 

 

 

 

1,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

12,587

 

 

 

 

11,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-19


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

6. VESSELS, NET:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Cost

 

Accumulated
Depreciation

 

Net Book
Value

Balance, January 1, 2007

 

 

 

1,734,536

 

 

 

 

(406,993

)

 

 

 

 

1,327,543

 

- Vessel acquisitions and other vessels’ costs

 

 

 

250,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,850

 

- Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50,710

)

 

 

 

 

(50,710

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

 

 

1,985,386

 

 

 

 

(457,703

)

 

 

 

 

1,527,683

 

- Vessel acquisitions and other vessels’ costs

 

 

 

117,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,694

 

- Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(72,256

)

 

 

 

 

(72,256

)

 

- Disposals

 

 

 

(5,500

)

 

 

 

 

4,495

 

 

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

 

 

2,097,580

 

 

 

 

(525,464

)

 

 

 

 

1,572,116

 

- Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(71,148

)

 

 

 

 

(71,148

)

 

- Transfer to assets held for sale

 

 

 

(1,810

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,810

)

 

- Vessel acquisitions and other vessels’ cost

 

 

 

8,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,864

 

- Disposals

 

 

 

(66,860

)

 

 

 

 

24,482

 

 

 

 

(42,378

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

 

 

2,037,774

 

 

 

 

(572,130

)

 

 

 

 

1,465,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During 2007, the Company acquired five secondhand container vessels, for an aggregate consideration of $246,050. Three of the vessels acquired were under existing time charter agreements which the Company agreed to assume through arrangements with the respective charterers. The Company, upon delivery of each of the above vessels, evaluated the charter contracts assumed and recognized a liability of $4,800 with a corresponding increase in the vessels’ purchase price.

During 2007, the Company concluded two Memoranda of Agreement to acquire two secondhand container vessels, the Gem and Maersk Kokura; for $115,000 in aggregate. The Company took delivery of these two secondhand container vessels, for an aggregate cost of $115,450 ($115,000 of contract price and $450 of brokerage commission cost) during the first quarter of 2008. Both of the vessels acquired were under existing time charter agreements which the Company agreed to assume through arrangements with the respective charterers. The Company, upon delivery of each of the above vessels, evaluated the charter contracts assumed and recognized a liability of $2,000 with a corresponding increase in the vessels’ purchase price.

The unamortized balance of the liability derived from the assumed charter discussed above as at December 31, 2008 and 2009 totaled $5,294 and $1,865, respectively, and is included in current and non-current Unearned revenue (Note 9).

In November 2008, the Company scrapped the vessel Windward for $1,100, net of brokerage commissions and other expenses. The realized gain of $95 is separately reflected in the accompanying 2008 consolidated statement of income.

In August and September 2009, the Company acquired the secondhand container vessels Gifted and Genius at an aggregate price of $8,270.

In August and September 2009, the Company sold the container vessels Gem and Gentle to a related company (Note 3) at a price of $11,500 and $13,500, respectively, and realized an aggregate loss of $137 which is included in Gain (loss) on sale of vessels, net in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income (Note 3).

During 2009, the Company sold for scrap the container vessels MSC Austria, Liguria, City of Glasgow, MSC Togo, MSC Yokohama, MSC Venice, MSC Romania II and MSC Antwerp at an aggregate price of $23,157 and realized an aggregate capital net gain of $2,991 which is included in Gain (loss) on sale of vessels, net in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

F-20


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

6. Vessels, Net (continued):

On December 17, 2009, the Company concluded a Memorandum of agreement to scrap the vessel MSC Germany at a price of $5,770. Therefore the vessel’s carrying value at December 31, 2009 has been classified as Asset held for sale in current assets in the accompanying 2009 balance sheet (Note 16(a)).

As of December 31, 2009, all of the Company’s vessels were operating under time charters, the last of which expires in May 2018. As of December 31, 2009, eight of the Company’s vessels (excluding MSC Germany), having total carrying value of $16,781 were fully depreciated.

Thirty-five of the Company’s vessels, having a total carrying value of $1,313,544 as of December 31, 2009, have been provided as collateral to secure the long-term debt discussed in Note 8.

7. DEFERRED CHARGES:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing
Costs

 

Dry-docking
and Special
Survey Costs

 

Total

Balance, January 1, 2007

 

 

 

788

 

 

 

 

6,164

 

 

 

 

6,952

 

- Additions

 

 

 

583

 

 

 

 

10,095

 

 

 

 

10,678

 

- Amortization

 

 

 

(190

)

 

 

 

 

(3,095

)

 

 

 

 

(3,285

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

 

 

1,181

 

 

 

 

13,164

 

 

 

 

14,345

 

- Additions

 

 

 

4,387

 

 

 

 

23,362

 

 

 

 

27,749

 

- Amortization

 

 

 

(498

)

 

 

 

 

(6,487

)

 

 

 

 

(6,985

)

 

- Write-off

 

 

 

(466

)

 

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

 

(701

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

 

 

4,604

 

 

 

 

29,804

 

 

 

 

34,408

 

- Additions

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

6,051

 

 

 

 

6,201

 

- Amortization

 

 

 

(688

)

 

 

 

 

(7,986

)

 

 

 

 

(8,674

)

 

- Write-off

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

 

 

(3,217

)

 

 

 

 

(3,275

)

 

- Transfer to asset held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

 

 

4,008

 

 

 

 

23,511

 

 

 

 

27,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing costs represent fees paid to the lenders for the conclusion of the bank loans discussed in Note 8. The amortization of loan financing costs is included in Interest and finance costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and the amortization of the dry-docking and special survey costs is separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

During 2007, 2008 and 2009, 10 vessels, 15 vessels and 6 vessels, respectively, underwent their special survey.

F-21


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

8. LONG-TERM DEBT:

The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrower(s)

 

2008

 

2009

     

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Credit Facility

 

 

 

923,413

 

 

 

 

881,758

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Term Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Lang Shipping Co.

 

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

 

4,900

 

 

2.

 

Dino Shipping Co.

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Mera Shipping Co., Convey Shipping Co., Douro Shipping Co. and Cornas Shipping Co.

 

 

 

12,835

 

 

 

 

6,135

 

 

4.

 

Costis Maritime Corporation and Christos Maritime Corporation

 

 

 

145,500

 

 

 

 

136,500

 

 

 

5.

 

Mas Shipping Co.

 

 

 

74,000

 

 

 

 

71,500

 

 

6.

 

Montes Shipping Co. and Kelsen Shipping Co.

 

 

 

142,000

 

 

 

 

134,000

 

 

 

7.

 

Marathos Shipping Inc.

 

 

 

17,100

 

 

 

 

13,300

 

 

8.

 

Capetanissa Maritime Corporation

 

 

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

9.

 

Rena Maritime Corporation

 

 

 

77,500

 

 

 

 

72,500

 

 

10.

 

Bullow Investments Inc.

 

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

11.

 

Merin Shipping Co., Lytton Shipping Co., Venor Shipping Co., Volk Shipping Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

606,535

 

 

 

 

553,835

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Total

 

 

 

1,529,948

 

 

 

 

1,435,593

 

     

Less-current portion

 

 

 

(94,735

)

 

 

 

 

(93,856

)

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Long-term portion

 

 

 

1,435,213

 

 

 

 

1,341,737

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

1. Credit Facility: On July 22, 2008, the Company signed a loan agreement, with a consortium of banks, for a $1,000,000 Credit Facility (the “Facility”) for general corporate and working capital purposes. From the Facility proceeds $631,340 were used to repay existing indebtedness. The Facility is comprised (a) a revolving credit facility of an amount of up to $300,000 and (b) a term loan facility of an amount of up to $700,000. The balance of the Facility at December 31, 2009 is repayable in 34 variable, consecutive quarterly installments, the first six in an amount of $9,000 each and the remaining 28 to be calculated using a formula specified in the agreement. The Facility bears interest at the 3, 6, 9 or 12 months (at the Company’s option) LIBOR plus margin. Upon the sale of MSC Antwerp in May 2009, the Company repaid $10,655 of the loan. As of December 31, 2009 the Company had drawn $936,413. Following the repayment of the amount of $10,655 discussed above the undrawn balance of the Facility as of December 31, 2009 totaled $74,242.

The Facility, as of December 31, 2009, was secured, among other things, with first priority mortgages over 18 of the Company’s vessels, first priority assignment of vessels’ insurances and earnings, charter party assignments, first priority pledges over the operating accounts and corporate guarantees of 18 ship- owning companies.

The Facility and the term loan under 8.2.5 below include, among other things financial covenants requiring (i) the ratio of total liabilities (after deducting cash and cash equivalents) to market value adjusted total assets (after deducting cash and cash equivalents) not to be greater than 0.75 to 1.00; (ii) minimum liquidity of the greater of $30,000 or 3% of the total debt of the Company, (iii) the ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense not be less than 2.50 to 1 and (iv) Market Value Adjusted Net Worth, defined as the amount by which the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets exceed the Total Liabilities, shall exceed $500,000.

F-22


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

8. Long-term Debt (continued):

2. Term loans:

 

1.

 

 

 

In September 2008, Lang Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $10,450, in order to partly finance, as part of the internal reorganization process (Note 1), the acquisition cost of the vessel Hyundai Challenger. The outstanding balance of the loan at December 31, 2009 of $4,900 is fully payable within 2010.

 

2.

 

 

 

In September 2008, Dino Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $37,500, in order to partly finance, as part of the internal reorganization process (Note 1), the acquisition cost of the vessel Sealand Michigan. On December 16, 2009, the then outstanding balance of the loan of $30,000 was fully repaid.

 

3.

 

 

 

In August 2008, Mera Shipping Co., Convey Shipping Co., Douro Shipping Co. and Cornas Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $16,088, in order to partly finance, as part of the internal reorganization process (Note 1), the acquisition cost of the vessels MSC Sierra, MSC Austria, MSC Germany and MSC Mexico. The outstanding balance of the loan at December 31, 2009 of $6,135 is fully payable within 2010.

 

4.

 

 

 

In May 2008, Costis Maritime Corporation and Christos Maritime Corporation entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $150,000 in the aggregate ($75,000 each) on a joint and several basis in order to partly finance the acquisition cost the vessels Sealand New York and Sealand Washington. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $136,500 is repayable in 17 equal semi-annual installments of $4,500, each from May 2010 to May 2018 and a balloon payment of $60,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

5.

 

 

 

In January 2008, Mas Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $75,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of vessel Maersk Kokura. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $71,500 is repayable in 17 variable semi-annual installments from February 2010 to February 2018 and a balloon payment of $10,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

6.

 

 

 

In December 2007, Montes Shipping Co. and Kelsen Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $150,000 in the aggregate ($75,000 each) on a joint and several basis in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessels Maersk Kawasaki and Maersk Kure. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $134,000 is repayable in 16 variable semi-annual installments from June 2010 to December 2017 and a balloon payment of $42,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

7.

 

 

 

In June 2006, Marathos Shipping Inc. entered into a loan agreement with a Bank for an amount of up to $24,800, in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Maersk Mandraki. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $13,300 is repayable in seven equal semi-annual installments of $1,900 each, from February 2010 to February 2013.

 

8.

 

 

 

In June 2006, Capetanissa Maritime Corporation entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to US $90,000, in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Cosco Beijing. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $75,000 is repayable in 18 equal semi- annual installments of $2,500 each from February 2010 to August 2018 and a balloon payment of $30,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

9.

 

 

 

In February 2006, Rena Maritime Corporation entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $90,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Cosco Guangzhou. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $72,500 is

F-23


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

8. Long-term Debt (continued):

 

 

 

 

repayable in 17 equal semi-annual installments of $2,500 each from February 2010 to February 2018 and a balloon payment of $30,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

10.

 

 

 

In February 2005, Bullow Investments Inc. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $31,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Maersk Mykonos. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $10,000 is repayable in 7 variable semi-annual installments from February 2010 to February 2013.

 

11.

 

 

 

In December 2009, Merin Shipping Co., Lytton Shipping Co., Venor Shipping Co., and Volk Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $30,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessels Gather, Garden, Genius and Gifted. As at December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of the loan of $30,000 is repayable in six variable semi-annual installments from June 2010 to December 2012.

With the exception of the loan discussed in 8.2.2 above, all term loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread. The interest rate for the loan discussed in 8.2.2 above, was fixed from September 2008 until December 2009 when it was fully repaid, at interest rates between 4.42% and 5.82%.

The term loans are secured by, inter alia, (a) first priority mortgages over the borrowers vessels, (b) first priority assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels and (c) corporate guarantee of Costamare. The loan agreements contain usual ship finance covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, additional indebtedness, mortgaging of vessels as well as minimum requirements regarding hull Value Maintenance Clauses (“VMC”) in the range of 80% to 125% and dividend payments if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the payment of such dividend. In relation to the Facility, discussed in 8.1 above, the VMC has been amended as of December 31, 2009 to 80% including in the calculation the restricted cash of a minimum amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding under the Facility (Note 16(h)). Furthermore, the loan discussed under 8.2.4 above requires Costamare, at all times, to maintain with the bank average monthly balances of the amount of $3,000.

The annual principal payments required to be made after December 31, 2009, are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

2010

 

 

 

93,856

 

2011

 

 

 

114,598

 

2012

 

 

 

149,011

 

2013

 

 

 

132,503

 

2014

 

 

 

129,978

 

2015 and thereafter

 

 

 

815,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,435,593

 

 

 

 

The interest rates of Costamare’s long-term debt at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were in the range of 5.49% – 6.80%, 3.37% – 6.11% and 1.66% – 6.75%, respectively, while the weighted average interest rate as at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was 5.88%, 4.52% and 4.30%, respectively.

Total interest expense incurred on long-term debt for 2007, 2008 and 2009 amounted to $62,193, $60,930 and $47,518, respectively, and is included in Interest and finance costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Of the 2009 amount, $466 was capitalized and is included in Vessels under construction in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet.

F-24


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

9. ACCRUED CHARTER REVENUE, CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT AND UNEARNED REVENUE, CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT:

(a) Accrued charter revenue, Current and Non-Current: The amounts presented as current and non-current accrued charter revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 reflect revenue earned, but not collected, resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual charter rates over their term, which were accounted for on a straight line basis at their average rates. The amount of accrued charter revenue of $23,266 (including the current portion of $3,218 which is separately reflected in current assets in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet) in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet matures as follows:

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

2010

 

 

 

3,218

 

2011

 

 

 

10,668

 

2012

 

 

 

7,409

 

2013

 

 

 

1,414

 

2014

 

 

 

557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,266

 

 

 

 

(b) Unearned Revenue, Current and Non-Current: The amounts presented as current and non-current unearned revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 reflect (a) cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria to recognize as revenue have not been met, (b) any unearned revenue resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual charter rates over their term, which were accounted for on a straight line basis at their average rate and (c) the unamortized balance of the liability associated with the acquisition of one vessel in 2008, three vessels in 2007 and of four vessels in 2003, 2004 and 2005, with a charter party assumed at a value below its fair market value at the date of delivery of the vessels.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2009

Hires collected in advance

 

 

 

4,399

 

 

 

 

1,201

 

Charter revenue resulting from varying charter rates

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

 

285

 

Unamortized balance of charters assumed (Note 6)

 

 

 

5,294

 

 

 

 

1,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

10,436

 

 

 

 

3,351

 

Less current portion

 

 

 

(6,618

)

 

 

 

 

(2,136

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current portion

 

 

 

3,818

 

 

 

 

1,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-25


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

(a) Long-term time charters: The Company has entered into time charter arrangements on all of its vessels with international liner operators. These arrangements as at December 31, 2009, have remaining terms of up to 101 months. As of the same date, future minimum contractual charter revenues assuming 365 revenue days per annum per vessel, and the earliest redelivery dates possible, based on vessels’ committed to non-cancelable, long-term time charter contracts, are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

2010

 

 

 

347,469

 

2011

 

 

 

327,004

 

2012

 

 

 

293,929

 

2013

 

 

 

246,102

 

2014

 

 

 

211,357

 

2015 and thereafter

 

 

 

433,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,859,031

 

 

 

 

(b) Other: Various claims, suits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims not covered by insurance or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision has not been established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

11. COMMON STOCK AND ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL:

(a) Common Stock: The authorized common stock of Costamare since inception consists of 2,000,000 shares with a par value of US dollar 0.0001 per share out of which 1,000,000 have been shares issued to the Family.

(b) Additional paid-in capital: The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as additional paid-in capital, include (i) payments made by the stockholders at various dates to finance vessel acquisitions in excess of the amounts of bank loans obtained and (ii) advances for working capital purposes.

F-26


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

12. INTEREST AND FINANCE COSTS:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated statements of income are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

Interest expense

 

 

 

62,193

 

 

 

 

60,930

 

 

 

 

47,518

 

Interest capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(466

)

 

Swap effect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,784

 

 

 

 

34,556

 

Amortization and write-off of financing costs

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

 

746

 

Commitment fees

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

744

 

 

 

 

173

 

Swap unwound

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,486

 

Loans breakage cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,630

 

 

 

 

2,555

 

Bank charges and other

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,568

 

 

 

 

68,420

 

 

 

 

86,817

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. TAXES:

Under the laws of the countries of the companies’ incorporation and / or vessels’ registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income; however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

The vessel owning companies with vessels that have called on the United States during the relevant year of operation are obliged to file tax returns, with the Internal Revenue Service. Applicable Tax is 50% of 4% of United States related gross transportation income unless an exemption applies. Management believes that based on current legislation the relevant vessel owning companies are entitled to an exemption as they satisfy the relevant requirements because (i) the related vessel owning companies are incorporated in a jurisdiction granting an equivalent exemption to US corporations and (ii) over 50% of the ultimate shareholders of the vessel owning companies are residents of a country granting an equivalent exemption to US persons.

14. DERIVATIVES:

(a) Interest rate swaps that meet the criteria for hedge accounting: The Company, according to its long-term strategic plan to maintain stability in its interest rate exposure, has decided to minimize exposure to floating interest rates by entering into interest rate swap agreements. To this effect, the Company has entered into interest rate swap transactions with varying start and maturity dates, in order to pro-actively and efficiently manage its floating rate exposure.

These interest rate swaps are designed to hedge the variability of interest cash flows arising from floating rate debt, attributable to movements in three-month or six-month USD LIBOR. According to the Company’s Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by ASC 815 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as from their inception, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in the Company’s earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are being performed on a quarterly basis. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized initially in stockholders’ equity, and recognized to the Statement of Income in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in the Statement of Income immediately.

F-27


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

14. Derivatives (continued):

The interest rate swap agreements designed as hedging instruments, as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract
trade date

 

Effective
date

 

Termination
date

 

Notional
amount
on
effective
date

 

Fixed rate
(Costamare
pays)

 

Floating rate
(Costamare receives)

 

Fair
value
Dec. 31,
2008

 

Fair
value
Dec. 31,
2009

22/05/2008

 

 

 

30/06/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

425,000

 

 

 

 

4.03% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(40,220

)

 

 

 

 

(24,277

)

 

22/05/2008

 

 

 

30/06/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

4.03% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(7,098

)

 

 

 

 

(4,284

)

 

3/09/2008

 

 

 

30/9/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

4.09% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(9,628

)

 

 

 

 

(5,929

)

 

4/09/2008

 

 

 

30/9/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

4.02% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(23,747

)

 

 

 

 

(13,726

)

 

13/05/2008

 

 

 

16/5/2008

 

 

 

 

16/05/2014

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

3.88% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(5,762

)

 

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

13/05/2008

 

 

 

16/5/2008

 

 

 

 

16/05/2014

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

3.88% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(5,762

)

 

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

13/02/2008

 

 

 

17/6/2008

 

 

 

 

17/06/2013

 

 

 

 

73,000

 

 

 

 

3.57% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(4,308

)

 

 

 

 

(3,076

)

 

13/02/2008

 

 

 

17/6/2008

 

 

 

 

17/06/2013

 

 

 

 

73,000

 

 

 

 

3.57% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(4,308

)

 

 

 

 

(3,076

)

 

30/11/2006

 

 

 

21/2/2007

 

 

 

 

21/02/2017

 

 

 

 

85,000

   

Zero cost Interest rate Collar*

 

 

 

(10,863

)

 

 

 

 

(7,685

)

 

11/03/2008

 

 

 

4/08/2008

 

 

 

 

5/08/2013

 

 

 

 

74,000

 

 

 

 

3.595% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(4,345

)

 

 

 

 

(3,637

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,305,000

 

 

 

 

Total fair value

 

 

 

(116,041

)

 

 

 

 

(73,046

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

*

 

 

 

Notional amount $85,000 amortizing zero-cost collar (2.23% – 6.00%) with knock-in floor sold at 2.23% and struck at 6.00%, as a 10 forward hedge, covering the period from February 2007 to February 2017. The agreement guarantees that the interest rate payable on the Company’s loans throughout the 10-year period will always remain between 2.23% and 6.00% excluding margin. This interest rate swap was re-designated for hedge accounting as of January 1, 2008.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps, qualifying for hedge accounting, for the year ended December 31, 2008, amounted to a loss of $114,564 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to a gain of $42,995. The effective portion for the 2008 period of the hedge amounted to a loss of $103,685 and for the 2009 period amounted to a gain of $42,706 and are included in Other Comprehensive Income/Loss and the ineffective portion for the 2008 period of the hedge amounted to a loss of $10,879, net of a gain of $1,607 and for the 2009 period amounted to a gain of $289 and are included in Gain (loss) of financial instruments in the statements of income. Gain of $1,607 represents the fair value change of the two interest rate swaps that are described in the first two rows in the above table for the period from their trade date (May 2008) up to the date that were designated effective for hedge accounting (August 2008).

The interest rate swaps included in the table above are for the Credit Facility discussed in Note 8 and the term loans discussed in Note 8.2.4, 8.2.5, 8.2.6 and 8.2.9.

(b) Interest rate swaps that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting: As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding one and two interest rate swap agreements, respectively, for the purpose of managing risks associated with the variability of changing LIBOR-related interest rates. Such agreements did not meet hedge accounting criteria and therefore changes in their fair value are reflected in earnings. More specifically:

(i) Notional amount $100,000 non-amortizing interest rate swap agreement concluded on November 21, 2008 (with effective date on November 25, 2008) for a period of 10 years through November 26, 2018. Under the agreement the Company pays fixed rate at 3.33% and receives floating rate at six-months LIBOR. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of this interest rate swap was a liability of $4,841 which is included in the accompanying 2008 consolidated balance sheet. In January 2009 the Company unwound this interest rate swap and realized a loss of $1,486 which is included in Interest and finance costs in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

F-28


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

14. Derivatives (continued):

(ii) Notional amount $100,000 non-amortizing zero-cost collar (1.37% – 6.00%) with a knock-in floor sold at 1.37% and struck at 6.00%, as a nine-year forward hedge, covering the period from September 2008 to March 2017. The fair value of this swap when acquired from Costamare Shipping was a liability of $7,887 (2008: liability of $11,460) (Note 3 (a)). At December 31, 2009 the fair value of this swap was a liability of $8,114 resulting a gain of $3,346 which is included in Gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting for the year ended December 31, 2008 amounted to a loss of $8,414 bearing an aggregate negative fair value at December 31, 2008 of $16,301.

Furthermore in May and September 2008 the Company concluded two interest rate swap agreements of notional amount $45,800 and $77,500 each, which were terminated on August and September 2008, respectively, for an aggregate gain of $2,082 which is included in interest income in the accompanying 2008 consolidated statement of income.

In 2009 the realized ineffectiveness of the interest rate swaps discussed under (a) and (b) above was $nil (2007: $nil, 2008: loss of $331) and is included in Gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

(c) Foreign currency agreements: As of December 31, 2009, the Company was engaged in six Euro/U.S. dollar contracts totalling $12,000 at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.4348 expiring in monthly intervals in 2010.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company was engaged in 30 forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts totalling $81,000 at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.3225 expiring in monthly intervals in 2009. Out of the 30 forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts in 24 contracts the Company has the “sell” position (notional amount $54,000) and in six contracts the Company has the “buy” position (notional amount $27,000). During 2007 the Company had not entered into any Foreign currency agreement.

As of December 31, 2008, the fair market value of the 30 forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts was a gain of $2,636 is included in Fair value of financial instruments in the statement of income. For the year ended December 31, 2009 the total change of forward contracts fair value amounted to a loss of $2,594 which is included in Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

(a) Interest rate risk: The Company’s interest rates and loan repayment terms are described in Note 8.

(b) Concentration of credit risk: Financial Instruments consist principally of cash, trade accounts receivable, investments and derivatives. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, primarily with high credit rated financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk. The Company limits the exposure of non-performance by counterparties to derivative instruments by diversifying among counterparties with high credit ratings, and performing periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the counterparties.

(c) Fair value: The carrying amounts reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet of financial assets and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values due to the short maturity

F-29


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

15. Financial Instruments (continued):

of these instruments. The fair value of long-term bank loans with variable interest rates approximate the recorded values, generally due to their variable interest rates. The fair value of the investment discussed in Note 4, determined through Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, equates to the amounts that would be received by the Company in the event of sale of that investment. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements discussed in Note 15 above are determined through Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in FASB guidance for Fair Value Measurements are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined.

The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements discussed in Note 14(a) and (b) equates to the amount that would be paid by the Company to cancel the agreements. As at December 31, 2008 and 2009 the fair value of these interest rate swaps in aggregate amounted to a liability of $132,342 and $81,160, respectively.

The fair market value of the forward contracts discussed in Note 14(c) determined through Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2008 and 2009 amounted to an asset of $2,636 and $44, respectively.

The following table summarizes the hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of assets and liabilities by valuation technique on a recurring basis as of the valuation date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2009

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

Recurring measurements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contracts—asset position

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—liability position

 

 

 

(81,160

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,160

)

 

 

 

 

 

Investments—asset position

 

 

 

14,378

 

 

 

 

14,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(66,738

)

 

 

 

 

14,378

 

 

 

 

(81,116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

(a) Delivery of Vessel Held for Sale: On January 4, 2010, vessel MSC Germany was delivered to her scrap buyer. The sale resulted in gain of $2,293.

(b) Payment of Dividends: On January 14, 2010, the Company paid the dividends of $10,000 which were declared in December 2009.

(c) Sale of vessels: (a) On March 23, 2010, the Company concluded a Memorandum of agreement to scrap the vessel MSC Toba at a price of $7,980 and an estimated gain of $2,339. The vessel was delivered to her scrap buyer on May 1, 2010. (b) On April 27, 2010, the Company concluded a Memorandum of agreement to scrap the vessel MSC Mexico at a price of $7,229 and an estimated gain of $3,187. The vessel was delivered to her scrap buyer on June 14, 2010.

(d) Foreign Currency Agreements: During the period from January 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010, the Company engaged in forty forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts totalling $64,000 at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.3643 expiring in monthly intervals up to December 2011.

(e) Delivery of Hull 1512A: On May 3, 2010, the Company paid to the shipyard the amount of $24,000, and on May 6, 2010 took delivery of the new-building vessel MSC Navarino. Furthermore, on July 1, 2010, the Company will pay to the shipyard a discretionary bonus in the amount of $1,000 for the satisfactory construction quality of the vessel, in accordance with a Memorandum of Understanding that was concluded together with the shipbuilding contract.

F-30


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise stated)

16. Subsequent Events (continued):

(f) Mortgage release: (a) In May 2010, the first priority mortgage on vessel Sealand Michigan was released following the repayment of its bank loan (Note 8.2.2). (b) In late April 2010, following a supplemental agreement dated April 23, 2010 under the Facility (Note 8.1), the first priority mortgages on vessels MSC Toba and MSC Sudan was released and substituted by a first priority mortgage on vessel Zim Piraeus.

(g) Manager (change of ownership): In June 2010 Vasileios Konstantakopoulos transferred his shares of Costamare Shipping to Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos who thus became the sole stockholder of Costamare Shipping.

(h) Amendment of the Facility: On June 22, 2010, the Company entered into a supplemental agreement to the Facility (Note 8.1) which provides for a two-year period ending December 31, 2011 (i) the relaxation of the Security Requirement and during this period the Security Requirement ratio is reduced from 125% to 80% and the minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding, maintained in accordance with the Facility, is included in the Security Requirement calculation, (ii) the payment of interest at an increased margin over LIBOR during the period from June 15, 2010 up to December 31, 2011, half of which to be paid upfront upon execution of the supplemental agreement, and (iii) no payments of dividends without the lender’s prior consent in case the Company remains private. In case the Company becomes public and subject to no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing, no such lenders’ consent shall be required for the payment of dividends if the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash equivalents) does not exceed 0.80:1. Furthermore, the supplemental agreement provides that the undrawn amount of the Facility at June 15, 2010, if and when drawn, will be drawn at increased margin over LIBOR.

(i) Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Rights Issue: On July 12, 2010, the Company’s articles of incorporation were amended. Under the amended articles of incorporation the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 100,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

On July 14, 2010 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a Rights offering pursuant to which all shareholders as at that date could subscribe to purchase up to 32 shares of common stock at $0.10 per share for each share held. Six of the seven shareholders of record holding 750,000 of the then issued shares of the Company elected to participate in the Rights offering subscribing for a total of 24,000,000 shares of common stock.

On July 20, 2010 the Company issued 24,000,000 shares of common stock, at a price of $0.10 per common share, in exchange of $2,400, increasing the issued share capital of the Company to 25,000,000 shares of common stock. The earnings per share calculation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented has been restated to reflect the issuance of the 24,000,000 shares of common stock.

(j) Vessel Acquisitions: On September 23, 2010, the Company contracted to acquire four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships at a purchase price of $11,250 per containership, two to be delivered by December 20, 2010 and two by February 28, 2011. These secondhand containerships were built between 1990 and 1992. The Company intends to finance the acquisition of these vessels with available cash and/or new debt financing.

(k) Stock Split: On October 19, 2010, the Company effected a dividend of 0.88 shares for each share of Common Stock outstanding on the record date of August 27, 2010 (the “Stock Split”). As a result of this dividend, the Company issued 22,000,000 additional shares in respect of its 25,000,000 shares of then outstanding common stock. The earnings per share calculations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been restated to reflect the Stock Split for all periods presented.

F-31


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Unaudited Balance Sheets
December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2009

 

June 30,
2010

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

 

12,282

 

 

 

$

 

2,454

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

4,248

 

 

 

 

4,398

 

Receivables

 

 

 

3,135

 

 

 

 

3,338

 

Inventories (Note 5)

 

 

 

11,479

 

 

 

 

9,894

 

Due from related parties (Note 3)

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

 

8,695

 

Fair value of derivatives (Note 14)

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance claims receivable

 

 

 

676

 

 

 

 

744

 

Accrued charter revenue (Note 9)

 

 

 

3,218

 

 

 

 

6,771

 

Prepayments and other

 

 

 

1,665

 

 

 

 

2,735

 

Investments (Note 4)

 

 

 

8,188

 

 

 

 

14,124

 

Vessels held for sale

 

 

 

2,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

48,305

 

 

 

 

53,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIXED ASSETS, NET:

 

 

 

 

Advances for vessel acquisitions (Note 3)

 

 

 

94,455

 

 

 

 

 

Vessels, net (Note 6)

 

 

 

1,465,644

 

 

 

 

1,547,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed assets, net

 

 

 

1,560,099

 

 

 

 

1,547,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

Investments (Note 4)

 

 

 

6,190

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred charges, net (Note 7)

 

 

 

27,519

 

 

 

 

32,940

 

Due from related companies (Note 3)

 

 

 

7,887

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

40,252

 

 

 

 

38,971

 

Accrued charter revenue (Note 9)

 

 

 

20,048

 

 

 

 

34,907

 

Deferred Initial Public Offering Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

 

1,710,300

 

 

 

$

 

1,708,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)

 

 

$

 

93,856

 

 

 

$

 

92,506

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

8,822

 

 

 

 

5,467

 

Due to related parties (Note 3)

 

 

 

7,253

 

 

 

 

6,578

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

6,356

 

 

 

 

8,590

 

Unearned revenue (Note 9)

 

 

 

2,136

 

 

 

 

2,024

 

Fair value of derivatives (Note 14)

 

 

 

52,305

 

 

 

 

56,306

 

Dividends payable

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

2,543

 

 

 

 

1,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

183,271

 

 

 

 

173,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion (Note 8)

 

 

 

1,341,737

 

 

 

 

1,299,027

 

Fair value of derivatives, net of current portion (Note 14)

 

 

 

28,855

 

 

 

 

66,695

 

Unearned revenue, net of current portion

 

 

 

1,215

 

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

1,371,807

 

 

 

 

1,366,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

Common Stock (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

372,034

 

 

 

 

372,034

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

(60,648

)

 

 

 

 

(92,605

)

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

 

(156,164

)

 

 

 

 

(110,528

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity/(deficit)

 

 

 

155,222

 

 

 

 

168,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

$

 

1,710,300

 

 

 

$

 

1,708,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-32


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Unaudited Statements of Income
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

Voyage revenue

 

 

$

 

207,855

 

 

 

$

 

178,824

 

EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

2,381

 

 

 

 

1,023

 

Vessels’ operating expenses

 

 

 

61,349

 

 

 

 

51,751

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

 

665

 

Management fees—related party (Note 3)

 

 

 

6,378

 

 

 

 

5,479

 

Amortization of dry-docking and special survey costs (Note 7)

 

 

 

3,891

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

Depreciation (Note 6)

 

 

 

36,109

 

 

 

 

34,447

 

Gain on sale of vessels (Note 6)

 

 

 

(3,864

)

 

 

 

 

(7,853

)

 

Foreign exchange gains / (losses)

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

100,808

 

 

 

 

89,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

 

636

 

Interest and finance costs (Note 12)

 

 

 

(48,808

)

 

 

 

 

(34,184

)

 

Other

 

 

 

4,284

 

 

 

 

280

 

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments (Note 14)

 

 

 

12,407

 

 

 

 

(10,182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other expenses

 

 

 

(30,539

)

 

 

 

 

(43,450

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

 

70,269

 

 

 

$

 

45,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, basic and diluted

 

 

$

 

1.50

 

 

 

$

 

0.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic diluted

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-33


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Unaudited Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars—except for share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive
Income

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Total

 

# of shares

 

Par value

BALANCE, December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,482

 

 

 

 

(103,369

)

 

 

 

 

(232,863

)

 

 

 

 

(10,750

)

 

- Net income

 

 

 

70,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,269

 

 

 

 

70,269

 

- Contribution of shares of Uriza Shipping Co. (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,552

 

- Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

 

 

(3,000

)

 

- Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges and unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

47,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Comprehensive loss

 

 

$

 

117,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, June 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372,034

 

 

 

 

(56,202

)

 

 

 

 

(165,594

)

 

 

 

 

150,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive
Income

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Total

 

# of shares

 

Par value

BALANCE, December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372,034

 

 

 

 

(60,648

)

 

 

 

 

(156,164

)

 

 

 

 

155,222

 

- Net income

 

 

 

45,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,636

 

 

 

 

45,636

 

- Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges and unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

(31,957

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,957

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,957

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Comprehensive income

 

 

$

 

13,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE, June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372,034

 

 

 

 

(92,605

)

 

 

 

 

(110,528

)

 

 

 

 

168,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-34


COSTAMARE INC.
Consolidated Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

 

$

 

70,269

 

 

 

$

 

45,636

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

36,109

 

 

 

 

34,447

 

Amortization of financing costs

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

451

 

Amortization of deferred

drydocking and special survey

 

 

 

3,891

 

 

 

 

4,079

 

Amortization of unearned revenue

 

 

 

(732

)

 

 

 

 

(322

)

 

Loss (gain) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

(12,407

)

 

 

 

 

10,182

 

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

 

(3,864

)

 

 

 

 

(7,853

)

 

Gain on sale of investments

 

 

 

(108

)

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

 

(3,507

)

 

 

 

 

(203

)

 

Due from related parties

 

 

 

2,205

 

 

 

 

(389

)

 

Inventories

 

 

 

2,368

 

 

 

 

1,585

 

Claims receivable

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

 

(68

)

 

Prepayments and other

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

 

(1,070

)

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

2,064

 

 

 

 

(4,355

)

 

Due to related parties

 

 

 

3,321

 

 

 

 

(675

)

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

 

(5,564

)

 

 

 

 

2,070

 

Unearned revenue

 

 

 

(3,035

)

 

 

 

 

580

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

(1,619

)

 

 

 

 

(864

)

 

Drydockings

 

 

 

(5,392

)

 

 

 

 

(8,770

)

 

Accrued charter revenue

 

 

 

(2,367

)

 

 

 

 

(18,412

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by Operating Activities

 

 

 

82,946

 

 

 

 

56,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

Vessel acquisitions / Additions to vessel cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,281

)

 

Purchase of available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of available for sale of securities

 

 

 

17,266

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of vessels

 

 

 

15,456

 

 

 

 

19,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash provided by (used in) Investing Activities

 

 

 

32,722

 

 

 

 

(9,214

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of long-term debt

 

 

 

(49,755

)

 

 

 

 

(44,060

)

 

Payment of financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,956

)

 

Distribution paid to stockholders with reorganization (Note 1)

 

 

 

(131,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

 

 

(10,000

)

 

Initial public offering related costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(778

)

 

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

 

 

 

1,506

 

 

 

 

1,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash used in Financing Activities

 

 

 

(182,249

)

 

 

 

 

(56,663

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(66,581

)

 

 

 

 

(9,828

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

 

 

90,262

 

 

 

 

12,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 

 

$

 

23,681

 

 

 

$

 

2,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

 

$

 

35,083

 

 

 

$

 

9,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-35


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GENERAL INFORMATION:

Costamare Inc. (“Costamare”), a Marshall Islands corporation was incorporated on April 21, 2008, as part of a reorganization to acquire the ownership interest in 53 ship-owning companies (collectively the “predecessor companies”) owned by the Konstantakopoulos Family (Vasileios Konstantakopoulos and his three sons, Kostantinos Konstantakopoulos, Achillefs Konstantakopoulos and Christos Konstantakopoulos, together the “Family”). Unless otherwise indicated, references hereafter to the “Company” refer to Costamare Inc. and any one or more of its subsidiaries or their predecessors, or to such entities collectively.

The Family as shareholders of 53 predecessor companies and 53 predecessor companies along with Costamare Shipping Company S.A. (“Costamare Shipping” or “Manager”), a ship management company wholly owned by Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, as agent for the Family and 53 predecessor companies entered, as of May 30, 2008, into a Master Sales Agreement (“MSA”) with Costamare in respect of the above mentioned reorganization. Under the MSA, the Family agreed to sell shares or vessels of each of the predecessor companies to Costamare or to newly formed subsidiaries of Costamare, at Costamare’s option, by April 30, 2009. As a result, subsidiaries of Costamare acquired 28 vessels and part of their related assets from 28 of the predecessor companies and assumed or repaid related bank debt and other liabilities and Costamare acquired the shares of each of 25 predecessor companies during the period from June 25 to November 20, 2008; in return Costamare made a distribution to the shareholders of the predecessor companies totaling $400,000 through Costamare Shipping, as agent for the sellers ($269,000 of which was paid as of December 31, 2008 and $131,000 during the period from January 1, 2009 to April 23, 2009). In addition, Costamare agreed to assume Costamare Shipping’s guarantees with respect to the performance of 22 charters and six loans of subsidiaries.

As the Family is the sole shareholder of Costamare, holding all of the issued and outstanding share capital of Costamare which consists of 1,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001 each, and previously owned 100% of the predecessor companies, there is no change in ownership or control of the business, and therefore the transaction constitutes a reorganization of companies under common control, and is accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the financial statements of the predecessor companies along with Costamare from the date of its inception have been presented using combined historical carrying costs of the assets and liabilities of the predecessor companies, and present the consolidated financial position and results of operations as if Costamare and its wholly owned subsidiaries and the predecessor companies (collectively referred to as the Company) were consolidated for all periods presented.

In June 2009 the Family, being the shareholders of Uriza Shipping Co., owner of a vessel under construction (Note 16(b)), transferred their shares of Uriza Shipping Co. to the Company. Since the Family was the ultimate shareholder of Uriza Shipping Co. before and after the transfer of shares, the transaction was accounted for at historical cost.

As of June 30, 2010 the Company owned and operated a fleet of 42 container vessels with a total carrying capacity of approximately 213,348 TEUs through wholly-owned subsidiaries incorporated in the Republic of Liberia, providing worldwide marine transportation services by chartering its container vessels to some of the world’s leading liner operators under long, medium and short-term time charters.

F-36


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

1. Basis of Presentation and General Information (continued):

Revenues for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 derived from significant charterers as follows (in percentages of total revenues):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

A

 

 

 

39

%

 

 

 

 

36

%

 

B

 

 

 

16

%

 

 

 

 

19

%

 

C

 

 

 

18

%

 

 

 

 

19

%

 

D

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

73

%

 

 

 

 

84

%

 

At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, Costamare has 58 wholly-owned subsidiaries, all incorporated in the Republic of Liberia out of which 13 sold their vessels in 2009 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 and became dormant and three were established in 2008 to be used for future vessel acquisitions.

The accompanying interim consolidated unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These statements and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the prospectus. These interim consolidated unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

A discussion of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. There have been no material changes to these policies in the six-month period ended June 30, 2010.

The following Accounting Standards Updates were effective for the Company during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010:

In January 2010, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.” The updated guidance requires new disclosures to separately disclose the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers; and in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. The updated guidance also clarifies existing disclosures related to the level of disaggregation and disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the rollforward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods with those fiscal years. The application of ASU 2010-06 did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-37


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-01, Accounting for Distributions to Shareholders with Components of Stock and Cash which amends FASB ASC 505, Equity in order to clarify that the stock portion of a distribution to shareholders that allows the shareholder to elect to receive cash or stock with a potential limitation on the total amount of cash that all shareholders can elect to receive in the aggregate is considered a share issuance that is reflected in earnings per share prospectively and is not a stock dividend for purposes of applying FASB ASC 505, Equity and FASB ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. ASU 2010-01 is effective for interim or annual periods ending on or after December 15, 2009, and is adopted retrospectively. The Company has not been involved in any such distributions and thus, the impact to the Company cannot be determined until any such distribution occurs.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, Subsequent Events (Topic 855). ASU 2010-09 amends ASC 855 to clarify which entities are required to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued and the scope of the disclosure requirements related to subsequent events. The amendments remove the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which management evaluated subsequent events in both issued and revised financial statements. Revised financial statements include financial statements revised as a result of either correction of an error or retrospective application of U.S. GAAP. Additionally, the FASB has clarified that if the financial statements have been revised, then an entity that is not an SEC filer should disclose both the date that the financial statements were issued or available to be issued and the date the revised financial statements were issued or available to be issued. Those amendments remove potential conflicts with the SEC’s literature. All of the amendments in this Update are effective upon its issuance, except for the use of the issued date for conduit debt obligors. That amendment is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2010. The adoption of the above amendments of ASU 2010-09 did not have any impact (other than disclosure) on the Company’s unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

In March 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-11, Derivatives and Hedging-Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives (Topic 815) which addresses application of the embedded derivative scope exception in ASC 815-15-15-8 and 15-9. The ASU primarily affects entities that hold or issue investments in financial instruments that contain embedded credit derivative features, however, other entities may also benefit from the ASU’s transition provisions, which permit entities to make a special one-time election to apply the fair value option to any investment in a beneficial interest in securitized financial assets, regardless of whether such investments contain embedded derivative features. The ASU is effective for each reporting entity at the beginning of its first fiscal quarter beginning after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted at the beginning of any fiscal quarter beginning after March 5, 2010. The Company has not been engaged in any such contracts and thus, the impact to the Company cannot be determined until any such contact is entered.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates: In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-13, Compensation-Stock Compensation, Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in which the Underlying Equity Security Trades a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Topic 718) which Update addresses the classification of a share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which the underlying equity security trades. Topic 718 is amended to clarify that a share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades shall not be considered to contain a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, such an award is not to be classified as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity classification. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The

F-38


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued):

amendments in this Update should be applied by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The cumulative-effect adjustment should be calculated for all awards outstanding as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the amendments are initially applied, as if the amendments had been applied consistently since the inception of the award. The cumulative effect adjustment should be presented separately. Earlier application is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impacts, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

3. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES:

(a) Costamare Shipping Company S.A. (the “Manager” or “Costamare Shipping”): Costamare Shipping is a ship management company wholly owned by Vasileios Konstantakopoulos until June 2010 and since June 2010 by Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, and as such is not part of the consolidated group of the Company, but is a related party, providing both the commercial and technical management of the Company’s vessels flying the Greek and the Hong Kong flags, subcontracting the technical management of the latter to Shanghai Costamare Ship Management Co., Ltd. or “Shanghai Costamare”, also a related party, under separate management agreements executed between Costamare Shipping and Shanghai Costamare for each vessel in exchange for a daily fixed fee. Costamare Shipping is providing a wide range of shipping services such as technical support and maintenance, insurance consulting, financial and accounting services, under separate management agreements signed between the Manager and each vessel owning company, in exchange for a daily fixed fee. Costamare Shipping has also undertaken the commercial management of the Company’s vessels flying flags other than Greek and Hong Kong under separate commercial management agreements with each respective ship-owning company. The technical management of such vessels is performed by Ciel Shipmanagement S.A. (“CIEL”), a related party company incorporated in Liberia pursuant to separate agreements signed between each ship-owning company and CIEL in exchange for a daily fixed fee. Costamare Shipping performs its services in exchange for a daily fixed fee of $0.70 (2009: $0.70). The management agreements may be terminated by either party giving two months notice at any time. In addition the Manager is responsible for the commercial management of vessels flying flags other than Greek and Hong Kong at a fixed daily fee of $0.10 (2009: $0.10). Management fees charged by the Manager in the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, amounted to $5,214 and $4,466, respectively, and are included in management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

The balance due to the Manager at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, amounted to $7,253 and $6,578, respectively, and is separately reflected in Due to related companies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Furthermore, on September 5, 2008, the Company assumed from Costamare Shipping the interest rate collar swap agreement discussed in Note 14(b)(ii) at its then fair value which was a liability of $7,887. The amount is payable by Costamare Shipping within 30 months from September 5, 2008 and is separately reflected in current assets in the accompanying 2010 consolidated balance sheet.

(b) Ciel Shipmanagement S.A. (“CIEL”): CIEL, a Liberian corporation, is owned 50.2% by the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer and 49.8% by Dimitrios Lemonidis, CIEL’s chief executive officer. As such, CIEL is not part of the consolidated group of the Company, but is a related party. CIEL provides the Company’s vessels flying flags other than Greek and Hong Kong a wide range of shipping services such as technical support and maintenance, insurance consulting, financial and accounting services, under separate management agreements signed between CIEL and each vessel owning company, in exchange for a daily fixed fee of $0.60 per vessel (2009: $0.60). The management agreements may be terminated by either party giving two months’ notice at any time. Management fees charged by CIEL in the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 amounted to $1,084 and $973,

F-39


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

3. Transactions With Related Parties (continued):

respectively, and are included in management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The balance due from CIEL at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 amounted to $419 and $808, respectively, and is included in Due from related companies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In 2009, following the sale of the vessels MSC Romania II, MSC Venice, MSC Austria and following the reflagging of Horizon, CIEL charged $80 for accounting and administrative fees ($20 per vessel) which are included in Management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. In 2010, following the sale of the vessels MSC Germany and MSC Mexico, CIEL charged $40 for accounting and administrative fees ($20 per vessel) which are included in Management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

(c) Shanghai Costamare Ship Management Co. Ltd. (“Shanghai Costamare”): Shanghai Costamare is owned (indirectly) 70% by the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer and 30% by Zhang Lei, a Chinese national who is Shanghai Costamare’s chief executive officer. Shanghai Costamare is a related company incorporated in Peoples’ Republic of China in September 2004, where our chairman and chief executive officer holds a 70% interest, and as such is not part of the consolidated group of the Company, but is a related party. The technical and crew management, as well as the procurement operation of certain of the Company’s vessels that fly the Hong Kong flag has been sub-contracted from the Manager to Shanghai Costamare. The balance due to Shanghai Costamare at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, was $nil.

(d) Under construction vessel—Hull1512A: In June 2009, the Family, being the shareholders of Uriza Shipping Co., owner of the then under construction vessel Hull 1512A, transferred their shares of Uriza Shipping Co. to the Company. The contract price amounted to $116,000 and as of December 31, 2009, the amount of $92,000 was paid to the shipyard and is included in Advances for vessel acquisitions in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet. In May 2010, the Company paid to the shipyard the amount of $24,000, and took delivery of the new-building vessel MSC Navarino. (Note 16(b)).

4. INVESTMENTS:

During 2008 the Company purchased bonds issued by the US Government and by the Province of Ontario as follows:

(a) In October 2008, two bonds issued by the US Government with principal amount of $45,000 at a purchase price of $45,686 in the aggregate. The US Government bonds have Coupon rates at 2.375% and 2.000% and mature in August and September 2010, respectively. During 2008, the Company sold part of the two above mentioned US Government bonds of principal amount of $21,000 which were purchased at $21,333 and realized a gain of $341 and in 2009 the Company sold another part of the two above mentioned US Government bonds of principal amount of $21,000 with mark-to-market value as at December 31, 2008, of $21,501 and realized a gain of $108.

(b) In December 2008, two bonds issued by the Province of Ontario with principal amount of $11,000 at a purchase price of $11,195 in the aggregate. The two Province of Ontario bonds have Coupon rates at 3.125% and 2.750% and mature in September 2010 and February 2011, respectively.

F-40


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

4. Investments (continued):

As at June 30, 2010 the Company held the following bonds at fair value, all maturing within the following next 12 months:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Principal
amount

 

Invested
amount

 

Coupon
rate

 

Maturity

 

Market Value
June 30, 2010

US Government

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

3,041

 

 

 

 

2.000

%

 

 

September 30, 2010

 

 

 

3,026

 

Province of Ontario

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

5,112

 

 

 

 

3.125

%

 

 

September 8, 2010

 

 

 

5,023

 

Province of Ontario

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

6,083

 

 

 

 

2.750

%

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

6,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

14,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The total fair value change of the bonds during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 amounted to an unrealized gain of $185 which is included in Other Comprehensive Income/Loss and the total fair value change of the bonds for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, amounted to an unrealized loss of $254 which is included in Other Comprehensive Income/Loss.

5. INVENTORIES:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2009

 

June 30,
2010

Lubricants

 

 

 

9,912

 

 

 

 

8,354

 

Spare parts

 

 

 

1,567

 

 

 

 

1,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

11,479

 

 

 

 

9,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. VESSELS, NET:

The amount in the accompanying June 30, 2010 consolidated balance sheet is analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Cost

 

Accumulated
Depreciation

 

Net Book
Value

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

 

 

2,037,774

 

 

 

 

(572,130

)

 

 

 

 

1,465,644

 

- Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,447

)

 

 

 

 

(34,447

)

 

- Vessel acquisitions and other vessels’ cost

 

 

 

123,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,736

 

- Disposals

 

 

 

(19,560

)

 

 

 

 

12,550

 

 

 

 

(7,010

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

 

 

2,141,950

 

 

 

 

(594,027

)

 

 

 

 

1,547,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During 2007, the Company concluded two Memoranda of Agreement to acquire two secondhand container vessels, the Gem and Maersk Kokura for $115,000 in aggregate. The Company took delivery of these two secondhand container vessels, for an aggregate cost of $115,450 ($115,000 of contract price and $450 of brokerage commission cost) during the first quarter of 2008. Both of the vessels acquired were under existing time charter agreements which the Company agreed to assume through arrangements with the respective charterers. The Company, upon delivery of each of the above vessels, evaluated the charter contracts assumed and recognized a liability of $2,000 with a corresponding increase in the vessels’ purchase price.

The unamortized balance of the liability derived from the assumed charter discussed above as at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, totaled $1,865 and $1,543, respectively and is included in current and non-current Unearned revenue (Note 9).

F-41


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

6. Vessels, Net (continued):

During the six-months ended June 30, 2010, the Company sold for scrap the container vessels MSC Germany, MSC Toba and MSC Mexico at an aggregate price of $20,979 and realized an aggregate capital gain of $7,853 which is included in Gain (loss) on sale of vessels, net in the accompanying six-months ended June 30, 2010 consolidated statement of income.

On May 6, 2010 the Company took delivery from the ship-yard of the newbuilding container vessel MSC Navarino at a total cost of $123,230 including $1,000 discretionary bonus paid to the shipyard on July 1, 2010 (Note 16(b)).

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, the Company sold for scrap the container vessels MSC Austria, MSC Yokohama, MSC Venice, MSC Romania II and MSC Antwerp at an aggregate price of $16,179 and realized an aggregate capital net gain of $3,864 which is included in Gain (loss) on sale of vessels, net in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

On June 9, 2009, the Company concluded a Memorandum of agreement to scrap the vessel MSC Togo at a price of $3,465 resulting to a loss of $1,033. On July 22, 2009, the vessel MSC Togo was delivered to her scrap buyer.

On December 17, 2009, the Company concluded a Memorandum of agreement to scrap the vessel MSC Germany at a price of $5,770. Therefore the vessel’s carrying value at December 31, 2009 has been classified as Asset held for sale in current assets in the accompanying 2009 balance sheet. On January 4, 2010, the vessel MSC Germany was delivered to her scrap buyer.

As of June 30, 2010, all of the Company’s vessels were operating under time charters, the last of which expires in May 2018. As of June 30, 2010, seven of the Company’s vessels having total carrying value of $14,971 were fully depreciated.

Thirty-two of the Company’s vessels, having a total carrying value of $1,268,026 as of June 30, 2010, have been provided as collateral to secure the long-term debt discussed in Note 8.

7. DEFERRED CHARGES:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing
Costs

 

Dry-docking
and Special
Survey Costs

 

Total

Balance, December 31, 2009

 

 

 

4,008

 

 

 

 

23,511

 

 

 

 

27,519

 

- Additions

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

 

8,770

 

 

 

 

11,726

 

- Amortization

 

 

 

(451

)

 

 

 

 

(4,079

)

 

 

 

 

(4,530

)

 

- Write-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

 

 

 

 

(1,775

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

 

 

6,513

 

 

 

 

26,427

 

 

 

 

32,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing costs represent fees paid to the lenders for the conclusion of the bank loans discussed in Note 8. The amortization of loan financing costs is included in Interest and finance costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and the amortization of the drydocking and special survey costs is separately reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

During the six-months period ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, five vessels and seven vessels, respectively, underwent their special survey.

F-42


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

8. LONG-TERM DEBT:

The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrower(s)

 

December 31,
2009

 

June 30,
2010

     

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Credit Facility

 

 

 

881,758

 

 

 

 

863,758

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Term Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Lang Shipping Co.  

 

 

 

4,900

 

 

 

 

4,900

 

 

2.

 

Dino Shipping Co.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Mera Shipping Co., Convey Shipping Co., Douro Shipping Co. and Cornas Shipping Co.  

 

 

 

6,135

 

 

 

 

2,785

 

 

4.

 

Costis Maritime Corporation and Christos Maritime Corporation

 

 

 

136,500

 

 

 

 

132,000

 

 

 

5.

 

Mas Shipping Co.  

 

 

 

71,500

 

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

6.

 

Montes Shipping Co. and Kelsen Shipping Co.  

 

 

 

134,000

 

 

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

7.

 

Marathos Shipping Inc.  

 

 

 

13,300

 

 

 

 

11,400

 

 

8.

 

Capetanissa Maritime Corporation

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

72,500

 

 

 

9.

 

Rena Maritime Corporation

 

 

 

72,500

 

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

10.

 

Bullow Investments Inc.  

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

11.

 

Merin Shipping Co., Lytton Shipping Co., Venor Shipping Co., Volk Shipping Co.  

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

26,190

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

553,835

 

 

 

 

527,775

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Total

 

 

 

1,435,593

 

 

 

 

1,391,533

 

     

Less-current portion

 

 

 

(93,856

)

 

 

 

 

(92,506

)

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Long-term portion

 

 

 

1,341,737

 

 

 

 

1,299,027

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

1. Credit Facility: On July 22, 2008, the Company signed a loan agreement, with a consortium of banks, for a $1,000,000 Credit Facility (the “Facility”) for general corporate and working capital purposes. From the Facility proceeds $631,340 were used to repay existing indebtedness. The Facility comprises of (a) a revolving credit facility of an amount of up to $300,000 and (b) a term loan facility of an amount of up to $700,000. The balance of the Facility at June 30, 2010 is repayable in 32 variable, consecutive quarterly installments, the first four in an amount of $9,000 each and the remaining 28 to be calculated using a formula specified in the agreement. The Facility bears interest at the 3, 6, 9 or 12 months (at the Company’s option) LIBOR plus margin. Upon the sale of MSC Antwerp in May 2009, the Company repaid $10,655 of the loan. As of June 30, 2010 the Company had drawn $936,413. Following the repayment of the amount of $10,655 discussed above the undrawn balance of the Facility as of June 30, 2010 totaled $74,242.

On June 22, 2010, the Company entered into the second supplemental agreement to the Facility which provides for a two-year period ending December 31, 2011 (i) the relaxation of the Security Requirement and during this period the Security Requirement ratio is reduced from 125% to 80% and the minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the loan outstanding, maintained in accordance with the Facility, is included in the Security Requirement calculation, (ii) the payment of interest at an increased margin over LIBOR during the period from June 15, 2010 up to December 31, 2011, half of which to be paid upfront upon execution of the supplemental agreement, and (iii) no payments of dividends without the lender’s prior consent in case the Company remains private. In case the Company becomes public and subject to no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing, no such lenders’ consent shall be required for the payment of dividends if the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash equivalents) does not exceed 0.80:1. Furthermore, the second supplemental agreement provides that the

F-43


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

8. Long-term Debt (continued):

undrawn amount of the Facility at June 15, 2010, if and when drawn, will be drawn at increased margin over LIBOR.

The Facility, as of June 30, 2010, was secured, inter alia, with first priority mortgages over 17 of the Company’s vessels, first priority assignment of vessels’ insurances and earnings, charter party assignments, first priority pledges over the operating accounts and corporate guarantees of 17 ship-owning companies.

The Facility and the term loan described under 8.2.5 below include among others, financial covenants requiring (i) the ratio of total liabilities (after deducting cash and cash equivalents) to market value adjusted total assets (after deducting cash and cash equivalents) not to be greater than 0.75 to 1.00; (ii) minimum liquidity of the greater of $30,000 or 3% of the total debt of the Company, (iii) the ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense not be less than 2.50 to 1 and (iv) Market Value Adjusted Net Worth, defined as the amount by which the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets exceed the Total Liabilities, shall exceed $500,000.

2. Term loans:

 

1.

 

 

 

In September 2008, Lang Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $10,450, in order to partly finance, as part of the internal reorganization process (Note 1), the acquisition cost of the vessel Hyundai Challenger. The outstanding balance of the loan at June 30, 2010 of $4,900 is fully payable in November 2010.

 

2.

 

 

 

In September 2008, Dino Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $37,500, in order to partly finance, as part of the internal reorganization process (Note 1), the acquisition cost of the vessel Sealand Michigan. On December 16, 2009, the then outstanding balance of the loan of $30,000 was fully repaid.

 

3.

 

 

 

In August 2008, Mera Shipping Co., Convey Shipping Co., Douro Shipping Co. and Cornas Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $16,088, in order to partly finance, as part of the internal reorganization process (Note 1), the acquisition cost of the vessels MSC Sierra, MSC Austria, MSC Germany and MSC Mexico. The outstanding balance of the loan at June 30, 2010 of $2,785 is fully payable in November 2010.

 

4.

 

 

 

In May 2008, Costis Maritime Corporation and Christos Maritime Corporation entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $150,000 in the aggregate ($75,000 each) on a joint and several basis in order to partly finance the acquisition cost the vessels Sealand New York and Sealand Washington. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $132,000 is repayable in 16 equal semi-annual installments of $4,500, each from November 2010 to May 2018 and a balloon payment of $60,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

5.

 

 

 

In January 2008, Mas Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $75,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of vessel Maersk Kokura. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $70,000 is repayable in 16 variable semi-annual installments from August 2010 to February 2018 and a balloon payment of $10,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

6.

 

 

 

In December 2007, Montes Shipping Co. and Kelsen Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $150,000 in the aggregate ($75,000 each) on a joint and several basis in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessels Maersk Kawasaki and Maersk Kure. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of

F-44


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

8. Long-term Debt (continued):

 

 

 

 

$130,000 is repayable in 15 variable semiannual installments from December 2010 to December 2017 and a balloon payment of $42,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

7.

 

 

 

In June 2006, Marathos Shipping Inc. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $24,800, in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Maersk Mandraki. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $11,400 is repayable in six equal semi-annual installments of $1,900 each, from August 2010 to February 2013.

 

8.

 

 

 

In June 2006, Capetanissa Maritime Corporation entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $90,000, in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Cosco Beijing. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $72,500 is repayable in 17 equal semi-annual installments of $2,500 each from August 2010 to August 2018 and a balloon payment of $30,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

9.

 

 

 

In February 2006, Rena Maritime Corporation entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $90,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Cosco Guangzhou. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $70,000 is repayable in 16 equal semi-annual installments of $2,500 each from August 2010 to February 2018 and a balloon payment of $30,000 payable together with the last installment.

 

10.

 

 

 

In February 2005, Bullow Investments Inc. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $31,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessel Maersk Mykonos. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $8,000 is repayable in six variable semi-annual installments from August 2010 to February 2013.

 

11.

 

 

 

In December 2009, Merin Shipping Co., Lytton Shipping Co., Venor Shipping Co., and Volk Shipping Co. entered into a loan agreement with a bank for an amount of up to $30,000 in order to partly finance the acquisition cost of the vessels Gather, Garden, Genius and Gifted. As at June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the loan of $26,190 is repayable in five variable semi-annual installments from December 2010 to December 2012.

With the exception of the loan discussed in 8.2.2 above, all term loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a spread. The interest rate for the loan discussed in 8.2.2 above, was fixed from September 2008 until December 2009 when it was fully repaid, at interest rates between 4.42% and 5.82%.

The term loans are secured by, inter alia, (a) first priority mortgages over the borrowers vessels, (b) first priority assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels and (c) corporate guarantee of Costamare. The loan agreements contain usual ship finance covenants including restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessels, additional indebtedness, mortgaging of vessels as well as minimum requirements regarding hull Value Maintenance Clauses (“VMC”) in the range of 80% to 125% and dividend payments if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the payment of such dividend.

The annual principal payments required to be made after June 30, 2010, are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

2010

 

 

 

49,796

 

2011

 

 

 

114,598

 

2012

 

 

 

149,011

 

2013

 

 

 

132,503

 

2014

 

 

 

129,978

 

2015 and thereafter

 

 

 

815,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,391,533

 

 

 

 

F-45


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

8. Long-term Debt (continued):

The interest rates of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, were in the range of 1.13% – 6.75% and 1.23% – 6.75%, respectively, while the weighted average interest rate as at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, was 4.30% and 4.38%, respectively.

Total interest expense incurred on long-term debt for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 amounted to $32,241 and $8,973, respectively, and is included in Interest and finance costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Of the above amounts, $nil and $1,616 for 2009 and 2010, respectively, were capitalized and are included in Vessels, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

9. ACCRUED CHARTER REVENUE, CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT AND UNEARNED REVENUE, CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT:

(a) Accrued charter revenue, Current and Non-Current: The amounts presented as current and non-current accrued charter revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, reflect revenue earned, but not collected, resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual charter rates over their term, which were accounted for on a straight line basis at their average rates. The amount of accrued charter revenue of $41,678 (including the current portion of $6,771 which is separately reflected in current assets in the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheet) in the accompanying 2010 consolidated balance sheet matures as follows:

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

2010

 

 

 

3,209

 

2011

 

 

 

16,788

 

2012

 

 

 

12,440

 

2013

 

 

 

4,746

 

2014

 

 

 

2,596

 

2015 and thereafter

 

 

 

1,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,678

 

 

 

 

(b) Unearned Revenue, Current and Non-Current: The amounts presented as current and non-current unearned revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, reflect (a) cash received prior to the balance sheet date for which all criteria to recognize as revenue have not been met, (b) any unearned revenue resulting from charter agreements providing for varying annual charter rates over their term, which were accounted for on a straight line basis at their average rate and (c) the unamortized balance of the liability associated with the acquisition of one vessel in 2008, three vessels in 2007 and of four vessels in 2005, 2004 and 2003, with a charter party assumed at a value below its fair market value at the date of delivery of the vessels.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

Hires collected in advance

 

 

 

1,201

 

 

 

 

1,380

 

Charter revenue resulting from varying charter rates

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized balance of charters assumed (Note 6)

 

 

 

1,865

 

 

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

3,351

 

 

 

 

2,923

 

Less current portion

 

 

 

(2,136

)

 

 

 

 

(2,024

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current portion

 

 

 

1,215

 

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-46


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

(a) Long-term time charters: The Company has entered into time charter arrangements on all of its vessels with international liner operators. These arrangements as at June 30, 2010, have remaining terms of up to 95 months. As of the same date, future minimum contractual charter revenues assuming 365 revenue days per annum per vessel, and the earliest redelivery dates possible, based on vessels’ committed to non-cancelable, long-term time charter contracts, are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

2010

 

 

 

177,183

 

2011

 

 

 

340,518

 

2012

 

 

 

298,065

 

2013

 

 

 

246,102

 

2014

 

 

 

211,357

 

2015 and thereafter

 

 

 

433,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,706,395

 

 

 

 

(b) Other: Various claims, suits, and complaints, including those involving government regulations and product liability, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, agents, insurance and other claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Company’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims not covered by insurance or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision has not been established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company accrues for the cost of environmental liabilities when management becomes aware that a liability is probable and is able to reasonably estimate the probable exposure. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which should be disclosed, or for which a provision should be established in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company is covered for liabilities associated with the individual vessels’ actions to the maximum limits as provided by Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Clubs, members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

11. COMMON STOCK AND ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL:

(a) Common Stock: The authorized common stock of Costamare since inception consists of 2,000,000 shares with a par value of US dollar 0.0001 per share out of which 1,000,000 shares were issued to the Family. In July 2010, the Costamare’s articles of incorporation were amended (Note 16(c)).

(b) Additional paid-in capital: The amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as additional paid-in capital, include (i) payments made by the stockholders at various dates to finance vessel acquisitions in excess of the amounts of bank loans obtained and (ii) advances for working capital purposes.

F-47


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

12. INTEREST AND FINANCE COSTS:

The amounts in the accompanying consolidated statements of income are analyzed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

Interest expense

 

 

 

32,241

 

 

 

 

8,973

 

Interest capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,616

)

 

Swap effect

 

 

 

14,503

 

 

 

 

26,165

 

Amortization and write-off of financing costs

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

451

 

Commitment fees

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

132

 

Swap unwound

 

 

 

1,486

 

 

 

 

 

Loans breakage cost

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

Bank charges and other

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,808

 

 

 

 

34,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. TAXES:

Under the laws of the countries of the companies’ incorporation and / or vessels’ registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income; however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

The vessel owning companies with vessels have called on the United States during the relevant year of operation are obliged to file tax returns with the Internal Revenue Service. Applicable Tax is 50% of 4% of U.S. related gross transportation income unless an exemption applies. Management believes that based on current legislation the relevant vessel owning companies are entitled to an exemption as they satisfy the relevant requirements because (i) the related vessel owning companies are incorporated in a jurisdiction granting an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations and (ii) over 50% of the ultimate shareholders of the vessel owning companies are residents of a country granting an equivalent exemption to U.S. persons.

14. DERIVATIVES:

(a) Interest rate swaps that meet the criteria for hedge accounting: The Company, according to its long-term strategic plan to maintain stability in its interest rate exposure, has decided to minimize exposure to floating interest rates by entering into interest rate swap agreements. To this effect, the Company has entered into interest rate swap transactions with varying start and maturity dates, in order to pro-actively and efficiently manage its floating rate exposure.

These interest rate swaps are designed to hedge the variability of interest cash flows arising from floating rate debt, attributable to movements in three-month or six-month USD LIBOR. According to the Company’s Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by ASC 815 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as from their inception, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in the Company’s earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are being performed on a quarterly basis. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized initially in stockholders’ equity, and recognized to the Statement of Income in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in the Statement of Income immediately.

F-48


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

14. Derivatives (continued):

The interest rate swap agreements designed as hedging instruments, as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract
trade date

 

Effective
date

 

Termination
date

 

Notional
amount
on
effective
date

 

Fixed rate
(Costamare
pays)

 

Floating rate
(Costamare receives)

 

Fair
value
Dec. 31,
2009

 

Fair
value
June 30,
2010

22/05/2008

 

 

 

30/06/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

425,000

 

 

 

 

4.03% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(24,277

)

 

 

 

 

(34,940

)

 

22/05/2008

 

 

 

30/06/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

4.03% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(4,284

)

 

 

 

 

(6,166

)

 

3/09/2008

 

 

 

30/9/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

4.09% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(5,929

)

 

 

 

 

(8,433

)

 

4/09/2008

 

 

 

30/9/2008

 

 

 

 

30/06/2015

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

4.02% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 3M BBA

 

 

 

(13,726

)

 

 

 

 

(20,442

)

 

13/05/2008

 

 

 

16/5/2008

 

 

 

 

16/05/2014

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

3.88% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

 

 

 

(5,472

)

 

13/05/2008

 

 

 

16/5/2008

 

 

 

 

16/05/2014

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

3.88% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(3,678

)

 

 

 

 

(5,472

)

 

13/02/2008

 

 

 

17/6/2008

 

 

 

 

17/06/2013

 

 

 

 

73,000

 

 

 

 

3.57% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(3,076

)

 

 

 

 

(4,019

)

 

13/02/2008

 

 

 

17/6/2008

 

 

 

 

17/06/2013

 

 

 

 

73,000

 

 

 

 

3.57% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(3,076

)

 

 

 

 

(4,019

)

 

30/11/2006

 

 

 

21/2/2007

 

 

 

 

21/02/2017

 

 

 

 

85,000

   

Zero cost Interest rate Collar*

 

 

 

(7,685

)

 

 

 

 

(10,837

)

 

11/03/2008

 

 

 

4/08/2008

 

 

 

 

5/08/2013

 

 

 

 

74,000

 

 

 

 

3.595% p.a.

   

USD LIBOR 6M BBA

 

 

 

(3,637

)

 

 

 

 

(4,949

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,305,000

 

 

 

 

Total fair value

 

 

 

(73,046

)

 

 

 

 

(104,749

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

*

 

 

 

Notional amount $85,000 amortizing zero-cost collar (2.23% – 6.00%) with knock-in floor sold at 2.23% and struck at 6.00%, as a 10-year forward hedge, covering the period from February 2007 to February 2017. The agreement guarantees that the interest rate payable on the Company’s loans throughout the 10-year period will always remain between 2.23% and 6.00% excluding margin. This interest rate swap was re-designated for hedge accounting as of January 1, 2008.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps, qualifying for hedge accounting, for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, amounted to a loss of $31,703 and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 amounted to a gain of $47,293. The effective portion for the 2010 period of the hedge amounted to a loss of $31,703 and for the 2009 period amounted to a gain of $46,982 and are included in Other Comprehensive Income/Loss.

The interest rate swaps included in the table above are for the Credit Facility discussed in Note 8 and the term loans discussed in Note 8.2.4, 8.2.5, 8.2.6 and 8.2.9.

(b) Interest rate swaps that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting: As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had outstanding one interest rate swap agreement (two interest rate swap agreements as at December 31, 2008) for the purpose of managing risks associated with the variability of changing LIBOR-related interest rates. Such agreements did not meet hedge accounting criteria and therefore changes in their fair value are reflected in earnings. More specifically:

(i) Notional amount $100,000 non-amortizing interest rate swap agreement concluded on November 21, 2008 (with effective date on November 25, 2008) for a period of 10 years through November 26, 2018. Under the agreement the Company pays fixed rate at 3.33% and receives floating rate at six-months LIBOR. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of this interest rate swap was a liability of $4,843. In January 2009 the Company unwound this interest rate swap and realized a loss of $1,486 which is included in Interest and finance costs in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

(ii) Notional amount $100,000 non-amortizing zero-cost collar (1.37% - 6.00%) with a knock-in floor sold at 1.37% and struck at 6.00%, as a nine-year forward hedge, covering the period from September 2008 to March 2017. The fair value of this swap when acquired from Costamare Shipping was a liability of $7,887 (2008: liability of $11,460) (Note 3(a)). At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, the fair value of this swap was a liability of $8,114 and $13,748, respectively resulting a loss of $5,634 which is included in Gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the accompanying 2010 consolidated statement of income.

F-49


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

14. Derivatives (continued):

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting for the year ended December 31, 2008, amounted to a loss of $8,414 bearing an aggregate negative fair value at December 31, 2008 of $16,301.

In the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, the realized ineffectiveness of the interest rate swaps discussed under (a) and (b) was a gain of $311 and $nil, respectively.

(c) Foreign currency agreements: As of June 30, 2010, the Company was engaged in 32 Euro/U.S. dollar contracts totalling $59,000 at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.3575 expiring in monthly intervals up to December 2011.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company was engaged in six Euro/U.S. dollar contracts totalling $12,000 at an average forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.4348 expiring in monthly intervals in 2010.

For the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the fair market value change of the 32 forward Euro/U.S. dollar contracts amounted to a loss of $4,548 and is included in Gain/ (loss) on derivative instruments in the accompanying 2010 consolidated statement of income. For the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, the change of forward contracts fair value amounted to a gain of $893 which is included in Gain/(loss) on derivative instruments in the accompanying 2009 consolidated statement of income.

15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

(a) Interest rate risk: The Company’s interest rates and loan repayment terms are described in Note 8.

(b) Concentration of credit risk: Financial Instruments consist principally of cash, trade accounts receivable, investments and derivatives. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, primarily with high credit rated financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its accounts receivable and does not have any agreements to mitigate credit risk. The Company limits the exposure of non-performance by counterparties to derivative instruments by diversifying among counterparties with high credit ratings, and performing periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the counterparties.

(c) Fair value: The carrying amounts reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet of financial assets and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values due to the short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of long-term bank loans with variable interest rates approximate the recorded values, generally due to their variable interest rates. The fair value of the investment discussed in Note 4, determined through Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, equates to the amounts that would be received by the Company in the event of sale of that investment. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements discussed in Note 14 above are determined through Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in FASB guidance for Fair Value Measurements are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined.

The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements discussed in Note 14(a) and (b) equates to the amount that would be paid by the Company to cancel the agreements. As at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, the fair value of these interest rate swaps in aggregate amounted to a liability of $81,160 and $118,497, respectively.

F-50


COSTAMARE INC.
Notes to Unaudited Statements
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

15. Financial Instruments (continued):

The fair market value of the forward contracts discussed in Note 14(c) determined through Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2009, amounted to an asset of $44 and as at June 30, 2010 amounted to a liability of $4,504, respectively.

The following table summarizes the hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of assets and liabilities by valuation technique on a recurring basis as of the valuation date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,
2010

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

Recurring measurements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contracts—liability position

 

 

 

(4,504

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,504

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps—liability position

 

 

 

(118,947

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(118,947

)

 

 

 

 

 

Investments—asset position

 

 

 

14,124

 

 

 

 

14,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(109,327

)

 

 

 

 

14,124

 

 

 

 

(123,451

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

(a) Foreign Currency Agreements: In July 2010 the Company entered into one forward Euro/U.S. dollar contract totalling $5,000 at a forward rate of Euro/U.S. dollar 1.2732 expiring in September 2010.

(b) Delivery of MSC Navarino: In July 2010, the Company paid to the shipyard a discretionary bonus in the amount of $1,000 for the satisfactory construction quality of the vessel, in accordance with a Memorandum of Understanding that was concluded together with the shipbuilding contract.

(c) Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Rights Issue: On July 12, 2010, the Company’s articles of incorporation were amended. Under the amended articles of incorporation the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 100,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

On July 14, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a Rights offering pursuant to which all shareholders as at that date could subscribe to purchase up to 32 shares of common stock at $0.10 per share for each share held. Six of the seven shareholders of record holding 750,000 of the then issued shares of the Company elected to participate in the Rights offering subscribing for a total of 24,000,000 shares of common stock.

On July 20, 2010 the Company issued 24,000,000 shares of common stock, at a price of $0.10 per common share, in exchange of $2,400, increasing the issued share capital of the Company to 25,000,000 shares of common stock. The earnings per share calculation in the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for all periods presented has been restated to reflect the issuance of the 24,000,000 shares of common stock.

(d) Vessel Acquisitions: On September 23, 2010, the Company contracted to acquire four 3,351 TEU secondhand containerships at a purchase price of $11,250 per containership, two to be delivered by December 20, 2010 and two by February 28, 2011. These secondhand containerships were built between 1990 and 1992. The Company intends to finance the acquisition of these vessels with available cash and/or new debt financing.

(e) Stock Split: On October 19, 2010, the Company effected a dividend of 0.88 shares for each share of Common Stock outstanding on the record date of August 27, 2010 (the “Stock Split”). As a result of this dividend, the Company issued 22,000,000 additional shares in respect of its 25,000,000 shares of then outstanding common stock. The earnings per share calculations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been restated to reflect the Stock Split for all periods presented.

F-51




13,300,000 Shares

Common Stock

Through and including   , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant is a corporation of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands”). Section 60 of the Business Corporations Act of the Marshall Islands (the “BCA”) provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

A Marshall Islands corporation also has the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

To the extent that a director or officer of a Marshall Islands corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the preceding paragraphs, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized under Section 60 of the BCA.

Section 60 of the BCA also permits a Marshall Islands corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Section 60 of the BCA.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 60 of the BCA are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

II-1


The Registrant’s articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The Registrant’s bylaws provide that the Registrant must indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the company) and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Registrant or is or was serving at the Registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another entity or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity (including service with respect to employee benefit plans) against all liability and loss suffered, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred, by such person in connection with such action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding. The Registrant’s bylaws also expressly authorize the advancement of certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to directors and officers and the carrying of directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for the Registrant’s directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides that the underwriters named therein will indemnify us and hold us harmless and each of our directors, officers or controlling persons from and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement also provides that such underwriters will contribute to certain liabilities of such persons under the Securities Act.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On April 24, 2008, the Company issued 750,000 shares of its common stock to its original six shareholders in exchange for cash, and on November 26, 2008, the Company issued 250,000 shares of its common stock to its seventh shareholder, Captain Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, as part of consideration under the MSA. On July 20, 2010, the Company issued 24,000,000 shares of its common stock to six of its seven existing owners in exchange for cash, pursuant to a rights offering to stockholders of record on July 14, 2010. On October 19, 2010, the Company issued 22,000,000 shares of its common stock to its existing stockholders pursuant to a 1.88-for-1 stock split. Each of these issuances was exempt from registration as a transaction that did not involve an offer or sale and, in any event, as a transaction not involving an offering in the United States under Regulation S of the Securities Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

3.2

 

Form of First Amended and Restated Bylaws

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate*

4.2

 

Form of Stockholders Rights Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

5.1

 

Form of Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel on Marshall Islands law to the Company, as to the validity of the common stock being issued

5.2

 

Form of Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel to the Company, with respect to New York law

8.1

 

Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel to the Company, with respect to certain tax matters

8.2

 

Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel on Marshall Islands and Liberian law to the Company, with respect to certain tax matters

II-2


 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.1

 

Form of Management Agreement between the Company and Costamare Shipping Company S.A.*

10.2

 

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement between the Company and Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos

10.3

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the Stockholders Named Therein

10.4

 

Facility Agreement dated July 22, 2008 (the “Facility Agreement”) relating to a loan facility of US$1,000,000,000 comprising (i) a term loan facility of up to US$700,000,000 and (ii) a revolving credit facility of up to US$300,000,000 among the lenders and financial institutions set out on Schedule I thereto, Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengessellschaft, as joint arranger, agent, swap bank and security agent, Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank Aktiengessellschaft, as joint arranger, swap bank and account bank, HSH Nordbank AG, as swap bank, and the Company, as borrower

10.5

 

First Supplemental Agreement dated April 23, 2010 in Relation to the Facility Agreement

10.6

 

Second Supplemental Agreement dated June 22, 2010 in Relation to the Facility Agreement

10.7

 

Form of Trademark Licensing Agreement between the Company and Costamare Shipping Company S.A.

10.8

 

Form of Shipmanagement Agreement between Costamare Shipping Company S.A. and CIEL Shipmanagement S.A.*

10.9

 

Form of Shipmanagement Agreement between Costamare Shipping Company S.A. and Shanghai Costamare Ship Management Co. Ltd.*

10.10

 

Loan Agreement dated December 7, 2007 for a secured floating interest rate loan facility of up to US$150,000,000 between Alpha Bank A.E., as lender, and Kelsen Shipping Co. and Montes Shipping Co., as joint and several borrowers (the “Alpha-Montes Agreement”)

10.11

 

First Supplemental Agreement dated October 30, 2008 in Relations to the Alpha-Montes Agreement

10.12

 

Loan Agreement dated May 12, 2008 for a secured floating interest rate loan facility of up to US$150,000,000 between Emporiki Bank of Greece S.A., as lender, and Christos Maritime Corporation and Costis Maritime Corporation, as joint and several borrowers (the “Emporiki-Costis Agreement”)

10.13

 

First Supplemental Agreement dated January 28, 2009 in Relation to the Emporiki-Costis Agreement

21.1

 

Subsidiaries

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2 and Exhibit 8.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel on Marshall Islands and Liberian law to the Company (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.2)

23.4

 

Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited

23.5

 

Consent of Vagn Lehd Møller, Nominee for Director

23.6

 

Consent of Charlotte Stratos, Nominee for Director

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)


 

 

*

 

 

 

To be provided by amendment

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable or the requested information is shown in the consolidated financial statements of Costamare Inc. or related notes thereto.

II-3


Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)

 

 

 

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, share certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2)

 

 

 

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(3)

 

 

 

That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of this registration statement, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in this registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided , however , that no statement made in this registration statement or any prospectus that is part of this registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into this registration statement or any prospectus that is part of this registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in this registration statement or prospectus that was part of this registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(5)

 

 

 

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)

 

 

 

Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

(iii)

 

 

 

The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

(iv)

 

 

 

Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

(6)

 

 

  That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Athens, Greece, on October 19, 2010.

C OSTAMARE I NC .

By:

 

/ S / K ONSTANTINOS K ONSTANTAKOPOULOS


Name: Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos
Title: Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, Konstantinos Zacharatos and Gregory Zikos his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and re- substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 19, 2010.

Signature

 

Title

 

/ S / K ONSTANTINOS K ONSTANTAKOPOULOS


(Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos)

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

/ S / G REGORY Z IKOS


(Gregory Zikos)

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/ S / K ONSTANTINOS Z ACHARATOS


(Konstantinos Zacharatos)

 

General Counsel, Secretary and Director

II-5


SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant’s duly authorized representative in the United States has signed this Registration Statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware on October 19, 2010.

P UGLISI & A SSOCIATES

By:

 

/ S / D ONALD J. P UGLISI


Name: Donald J. Puglisi
Title: Managing Director

II-6


EXHIBIT INDEX

Set forth below is a list of exhibits that are being or will be filed with this Registration Statement on Form F-1.

 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

1.1

   

Form of Underwriting Agreement*

 

 

3.1

   

Form of Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

 

 

3.2

   

Form of First Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

 

4.1

   

Specimen Share Certificate*

 

 

4.2

   

Form of Stockholders Rights Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

 

 

5.1

   

Form of Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel on Marshall Islands law to the Company, as to the validity of the common stock being issued

 

 

5.2

   

Form of Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel to the Company, with respect to New York law

 

 

8.1

   

Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel to the Company, with respect to certain tax matters

 

 

8.2

   

Opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel on Marshall Islands and Liberian law to the Company, with respect to certain tax matters

 

 

10.1

   

Form of Management Agreement between the Company and Costamare Shipping Company S.A.*

 

 

10.2

   

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement between the Company and Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos

 

 

10.3

   

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the Stockholders Named Therein

 

 

10.4

   

Facility Agreement dated July 22, 2008 (the “Facility Agreement”) relating to a loan facility of US$1,000,000,000 comprising (i) a term loan facility of up to US$700,000,000 and (ii) a revolving credit facility of up to US$300,000,000 among the lenders and financial institutions set out on Schedule I thereto, Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengessellschaft, as joint arranger, agent, swap bank and security agent, Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank Aktiengessellschaft, as joint arranger, swap bank and account bank, HSH Nordbank AG, as swap bank, and the Company, as borrower

 

 

10.5

   

First Supplemental Agreement dated April 23, 2010 in Relation to the Facility Agreement

 

 

10.6

   

Second Supplemental Agreement dated June 22, 2010 in Relation to the Facility Agreement

 

 

10.7

   

Form of Trademark Licensing Agreement between the Company and Costamare Shipping Company S.A.

 

 

10.8

   

Form of Shipmanagement Agreement between Costamare Shipping Company S.A. and CIEL Shipmanagement S.A.*

 

 

10.9

   

Form of Shipmanagement Agreement between Costamare Shipping Company S.A. and Shanghai Costamare Ship Management Co. Ltd.*

 

 

10.10

   

Loan Agreement dated December 7, 2007 for a secured floating interest rate loan facility of up to US$150,000,000 between Alpha Bank A.E., as lender, and Kelsen Shipping Co. and Montes Shipping Co., as joint and several borrowers (the “Alpha-Montes Agreement”)

 

 

10.11

   

First Supplemental Agreement dated October 30, 2008 in Relations to the Alpha-Montes Agreement

 

 

10.12

   

Loan Agreement dated May 12, 2008 for a secured floating interest rate loan facility of up to US$150,000,000 between Emporiki Bank of Greece S.A., as lender, and Christos Maritime Corporation and Costis Maritime Corporation, as joint and several borrowers (the “Emporiki- Costis Agreement”)

 

 

10.13

   

First Supplemental Agreement dated January 28, 2009 in Relation to the Emporiki-Costis Agreement

 

 

21.1

   

Subsidiaries


 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

23.1

   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

23.2

   

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2 and Exhibit 8.1)

 

 

23.3

   

Consent of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel on Marshall Islands and Liberian law to the Company (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.2)

 

 

23.4

   

Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited

 

 

23.5

   

Consent of Vagn Lehd Møller, Nominee for Director

 

 

23.6

   

Consent of Charlotte Stratos, Nominee for Director

 

 

24.1

   

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)


 

 

*

 

 

  To be provided by amendment


Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

COSTAMARE INC.

PURSUANT TO
THE REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS
ACT

ADOPTED [                ] (the “Effective Date”)

                    Costamare Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”), hereby certifies as follows:

ARTICLE I

Name

                    SECTION 1.01. Name . The name of the Corporation is Costamare Inc.

ARTICLE II

Address; Registered Agent

                    SECTION 2.01. Address; Registered Agent . The registered address of the Corporation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. However, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may establish branches, offices or agencies in any place in the world and may appoint legal representatives anywhere in the world. The Corporation may transfer its corporate domicile from the Republic of the Marshall Islands to any other place in the world.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

                    SECTION 3.01. Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation shall have the power:


2

 

 

 

          (a) to purchase or otherwise acquire, own, use, operate, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, lease, charter, sub-charter, sell build and repair steamships, motorships, tankers, sailing vessels, tugs, lighters, barges and all other vessels and craft of any and all motive power whatsoever, including landcraft and any and all other means of conveyance and transportation by land or water, together with engines, boilers, machinery, equipment and appurtenances of all kinds, including masts, sails, boats, anchors, cables, tackle, furniture and all other necessities thereunto appertaining and belonging, together with all materials, articles, tools, equipment and appliances necessary, suitable or convenient for the construction, equipment, use and operation thereof; and to equip, furnish and outfit such vessels and ships;

 

 

 

          (b) to carry on its business, to have one or more offices, and/or exercise its powers in foreign countries, subject to the laws of the particular country;

 

 

 

          (c) to borrow or raise money and contract debts, when necessary, for the transaction of its business or for the exercise of its corporate rights, privileges or franchise or for any other lawful purpose of its incorporation; to draw, make, accept, endorse, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bonds, debentures and other instruments and evidences of indebtedness, either secured by mortgage, pledge, deed of trust or otherwise, or unsecured;

 

 

 

          (d) to purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, own, mortgage, sell, convey or otherwise dispose of real and personal property of every class and description; and

 

 

 

          (e) to act as agent and/or representative of shipowning companies.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

                    SECTION 4.01. Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,100,000,000 registered shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 registered shares of common stock, par value of US$0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 100,000,000 registered shares of preferred stock, par value of US$0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

                    SECTION 4.02. Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the


3

qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding.

                    SECTION 4.03. No Preemptive Rights . Shareholders of the Corporation’s common stock shall have no conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of the Corporation’s securities.

ARTICLE V

Board of Directors; Shareholders; By-laws

                    For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its Board of Directors and of its shareholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

                    A.           Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 5.01. Powers; Number of Directors. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

                    SECTION 5.02. Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors such that Class I, Class II and Class III shall each consist of an equal number of directors to the extent practicable. At the first annual meeting of shareholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of shareholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of shareholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting, as defined in Division 7, Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors.

                    SECTION 5.03. Change in Number of Directors. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain a number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any


4

incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

                    SECTION 5.04. Removal of Directors. (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of this Section 5.04 shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

          (b) In order to remove a director, a special meeting shall be convened and held in accordance with these Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation. Notice of such a meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of the intention to do so and be served on such director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such director’s removal.

 

 

 

          (c) For the purpose of this Section 5.04, “cause” means (i) conviction of a felony, indictable offense or similar criminal offense or (ii) breach of duty of loyalty to the Corporation or other wilful misconduct that results in material injury (monetary or otherwise) to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

                    SECTION 5.05. Vacancies. Any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority of the members of the Incumbent Board then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the shareholders. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled. Any director elected in accordance with this section shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. The “Incumbent Board” shall mean those directors of the Corporation who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided that (i) any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders, is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board or (ii) any person appointed by the Incumbent Board to fill a vacancy, shall also be considered a member of the Incumbent Board of the Corporation.


5

                    B.           Action by Shareholders.

                    SECTION 5.06. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons.

                    SECTION 5.07. No Shareholder Action Without A Meeting. Except as provided in Section 5.08, no action shall be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation except at a duly called annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

                    SECTION 5.08. Shareholder Action By Unanimous Written Consent. Any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

                    SECTION 5.09. Advance Notice. Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                    C.           Bylaws.

                    SECTION 5.10. Amendment by the Board of Directors. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, adopt, alter, amend, change or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by resolutions adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, subject to any Bylaw requiring the affirmative vote of a larger percentage of the members of the Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 5.11. Amendment by Shareholders. Shareholders may not make, adopt, alter, amend, change or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation except upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE VI

Perpetual Existence

                    SECTION 6.01. Perpetual Existence . The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.


6

ARTICLE VII

Limitation of Director Liability

                    SECTION 7.01. Limitation of Director Liability . A director shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except, if required by the BCA, as amended from time to time, for (a) liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (c) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment; Repeal

                    SECTION 8.01. Amendment; Repeal . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the shareholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, alteration, change or repeal may be made to Article V or this Article VIII without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

* * *



 

Exhibit 3.2

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

COSTAMARE INC.

PURSUANT TO

THE REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS

ACT (“BCA”)

 

ADOPTED [                ]

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices and Record

                    SECTION 1.01. Address; Registered Agent. The registered address of Costamare Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

                    SECTION 1.02. Other Offices. The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be at such place or places as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) shall from time to time determine. The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other places within or outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Corporate Seal

                    SECTION 2.01. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a stamp bearing the name of the Corporation and the inscription, “Marshall Islands.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, stamped, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

Stockholders’ Meetings

                    SECTION 3.01. Location of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands designated by the


2

Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

                    SECTION 3.02. Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given, which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, the person or persons calling such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

                    SECTION 3.03. Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (a) The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year at a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting, directors shall be elected and only such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business (including the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and any other business to be considered by the stockholders) must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation.

                         (b) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice (a “Stockholder Notice”) shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder or stockholders must be given not later than ten days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to stockholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Stockholder Notice as described above. Such Stockholder Notice shall set forth: (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the United


3

States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to issuers that are not foreign private issuers; (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (C) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (D) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (E) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends to or is part of a group which intends to (1) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination. Notice as to each person whom a stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

                         (c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.03 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Stockholder’s Notice required by this Section 3.03 also shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifteenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

                         (d) For purposes of this Section 3.03, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable U.S. news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.


4

                    SECTION 3.04. Special Meetings. (a) Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called only in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”). Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to such business brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.

                         (b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected by or at the direction of the Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation.

                    SECTION 3.05. Compliance with Procedures. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.03 or Section 3.04, as applicable, shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.03 or Section 3.04, as applicable. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to (a) determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.03 or Section 3.04, as applicable, and (b) if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with Section 3.03 or Section 3.04, as applicable (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicits (or is part of a group which solicits), or fails to so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 3.03(b)(ii)(E)), to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

                    SECTION 3.06. Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.03 and Section 3.04, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the matters set forth in Section 3.03 and Section 3.04.

                    SECTION 3.07. Quorum; Adjournment. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the


5

meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

                    SECTION 3.08. Vote Required. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of voting power held by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes, the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws or a contractual right, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

                    SECTION 3.09. Voting Procedures. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, provided , however , that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 7.04.

                    SECTION 3.10. Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least fifteen days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least fifteen days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

                    SECTION 3.11. Stockholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent without a Meeting. Any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.


6

ARTICLE IV

Directors

                    SECTION 4.01. Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Entire Board of Directors (as defined below) shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the Entire Board of Directors and shall not be less than three or more than 15. “Entire Board” means the total number of directors entitled to vote which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. The provisions of this Section 4.01 may be amended only with the approval of two-thirds of the members of the Entire Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 4.02. Powers. The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be provided otherwise by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation.

                    SECTION 4.03. Election and Tenure. Each director shall be elected in the manner specified in the Articles of Incorporation and shall hold office until such time as is set forth therein.

                    SECTION 4.04. Vacancies. Any vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled only in the manner specified in the Articles of Incorporation.

                    SECTION 4.05. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 4.06. Removal. Except as otherwise provided by applicable laws, directors may only be removed by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.

                    SECTION 4.07. Meetings. (a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing. The directors may have one or more offices and keep the books of the Corporation outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

                         (b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.


7

                         (c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                         (d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given, orally or in writing, by telephone, facsimile, telegraph or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                         (e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

                    SECTION 4.08. Quorum and Voting. (a) Except as may be specifically provided otherwise by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the Entire Board of Directors; provided , however , that at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

                         (b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

                    SECTION 4.09. Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Entire Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in


8

electronic form, provided that such form complies with the relevant provisions of the BCA.

                    SECTION 4.10. Fees and Compensation. Non-employee directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be entitled to reimbursement of their expenses incurred in performing such services. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor and from being entitled to reimbursement of their expenses incurred in performing services for the Corporation (including service as a director).

                    SECTION 4.11. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Entire Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation as are allowed under the BCA and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Articles of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws; and, unless the resolution or the Articles of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

ARTICLE V

Officers

                    SECTION 5.01. Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary, all of whom shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Controller, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents


9

as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.03(g). The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law.

                    SECTION 5.02. Compensation of Officers. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 5.03. Tenure and Duties of Officers. (a) Election and Vacancies. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless their earlier resignation or removal. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

                         (b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if such an officer is elected, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 5.03.

                         (c) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general day-to-day supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

                         (d) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, shall record all acts, proceedings, and votes thereof in the minute book of the Corporation and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall give notice, in conformity with these Bylaws, of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, and when authorized by the Board of Directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Chief Executive


10

Officer may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

                         (e) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

                         (f) Duties of Treasurer. The Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, if any shall be elected, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller, if any shall be elected, to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer, if any shall be elected, and each Controller and Assistant Controller, if any shall be elected, shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

                         (g) Duties of Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 5.04. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

                    SECTION 5.05. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


11

                    SECTION 5.06. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, or by the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

Execution of Corporate Instruments and Voting of
Securities Owned by the Corporation

                    SECTION 6.01. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

                    All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

                    Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

                    SECTION 6.02. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other entities owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall, if permitted by law, be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if elected.

ARTICLE VII

Shares of Stock

                    SECTION 7.01. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Articles of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if elected, or the Chief Executive Officer and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number


12

of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by the transfer agent for the Corporation. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

                    SECTION 7.02. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

                    SECTION 7.03. Transfers. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of certificates representing shares of the Corporation’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

                    SECTION 7.04. Fixing Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 15 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                    SECTION 7.05. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.


13

ARTICLE VIII

Other Securities of the Corporation

                    SECTION 8.01. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, if any, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 7.01) may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if elected, the Chief Executive Officer or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer or, if elected, the Treasurer, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Chief Financial Officer or, if elected, the Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

                    SECTION 9.01. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and applicable law.

                    SECTION 9.02. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, to equalize dividends, to repair or maintain any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.


14

ARTICLE X

Fiscal Year

                    SECTION 10.01. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

Indemnification

                    SECTION 11.01. Indemnification. (a) Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation) and whether formal or informal (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another entity or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity (including service with respect to employee benefit plans) against all liability and loss suffered, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred, by such Covered Person in connection with such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01(c), the Corporation shall be required to indemnify or advance expenses to a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person (and not by way of defense) only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person (i) was authorized in the specific case by the Board, or (ii) was brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation, any agreement, the BCA or otherwise.

                         (b) Prepayment of Expenses. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by a Covered Person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another entity or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity (including service with respect to employee benefit plans) in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article XI or otherwise.


15

                         (c) Claims. If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or Proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article XI is not paid in full within thirty days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been presented to the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In addition, the Covered Person may file suit against the Corporation to establish a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

                         (d) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article XI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

                         (e) Other Sources. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced to the extent such Covered Person has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable by the Corporation.

                         (f) Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

                         (g) Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses. This Article XI shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

                         (h) Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of any other entity against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Bylaws.


16

ARTICLE XII

Notices

                    SECTION 12.01. Notices. (a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 3.02. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by mail or internationally recognized (and, if possible, overnight) courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

                         (b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection 12.01(a), or as provided for in Section 4.07. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

                    SECTION 13.01. Amendments. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders only in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation. The power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Articles of Incorporation shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws as set forth therein.


EXHIBIT 4.2

FORM OF STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                    This Stockholders Rights Agreement (this “ Rights Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                ] by and between Costamare Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as Rights Agent (the “ Rights Agent ”).

                    WHEREAS, the Board (as hereinafter defined) has (a) authorized and declared a grant of one right (the “ Right ”) for each share of the Company’s common stock, par value U.S. $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), held of record as of the Close of Business (as hereinafter defined) on the date specified by the Board as the Record Date (the “ Record Date ”) and (b) further authorized the issuance of one Right in respect of each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding (i) at any time between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined) or (ii) upon the exercise or conversion, prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, of any option or other security exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock, which option or other such security is outstanding on the Distribution Date; and

                    WHEREAS, each Right represents the right of the holder thereof to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (as such number may hereafter be adjusted pursuant to the provisions hereof), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Statement of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of Costamare Inc., attached hereto as Exhibit A .

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                    Section 1. Certain Definitions .

                    “ Acquiring Person ” shall mean any Person who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but shall not include (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any entity holding shares of Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or (iv) any Exempted Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding; provided , however , that a Person who (i) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding by reason of share purchases by the Company and (ii) then after such share purchases by the Company, becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock of the Company (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock) representing one percent or


more of the Common Stock then outstanding, such Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock of the Company such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, has become such inadvertently (including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Person to be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of the shares of Common Stock it beneficially owned but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such beneficial ownership under this Rights Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and if such Person divested or divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined herein, then such Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an “Acquiring Person” for any purposes of this Rights Agreement.

                    “ Adjustment Fraction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(i) hereof.

                    “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Rights Agreement.

                    A Person shall be deemed the “ Beneficial Owner ” of and shall be deemed to “ Beneficially Own ” any securities:

 

 

 

          (i) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 thereunder (or any comparable or successor law or regulation);

 

 

 

          (ii) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed pursuant to this subsection (ii)(A) to be the beneficial owner of, or to beneficially own, (1) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, or (2) securities which a Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may be deemed to have the right to acquire pursuant to any merger or other acquisition agreement between the Company and such Person (or one or more of its Affiliates or Associates) if such agreement has been approved by the Board prior to there being an Acquiring Person; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of, or to beneficially own, any security under this subsection (ii)(B) if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from

2



 

 

 

a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

 

 

 

          (iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to subsection (ii)(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Company; provided , however , that in no case shall an officer or director of the Company be deemed (x) the beneficial owner of any securities beneficially owned by another officer or director of the Company solely by reason of actions undertaken by such persons in their capacity as officers or directors of the Company or (y) the beneficial owner of securities held of record by the trustee of any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, other than the officer or director, by reason of any influence that such officer or director may have over the voting of the securities held in the plan.

                    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time.

                    “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

                    “ Close of Business ” on any given date shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on such date; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

                    “ Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. Common Stock when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.

                    “ Common Stock Equivalents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

                    “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, subject to the terms of Section 13(a)(iii)(c) hereof.

                    “ Current Per Share Market Price ” of any security (a “ Security ” for purposes of this definition), for all computations other than those made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall mean the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date, and for purposes of computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the Current Per Share Market Price of any Security on

3


any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 10 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided , however , that in the event that the Current Per Share Market Price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (i) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of the applicable 30 Trading Day period or 10 Trading Day period, after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the Current Per Share Market Price shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last sale price or, if such last sale price is not reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market-maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board. If on any such date no market-maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board shall be used. If the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the Current Per Share Market Price of the shares of Common Stock as determined pursuant to this definition, as appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof, multiplied by 1,000. If the Security is not publicly held or so listed or traded, Current Per Share Market Price shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

                    “ Current Value ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

                    “ Distribution Date ” shall mean the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the Close of Business on the Record Date) or (ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board) after the date that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or an Exempted Person) is first published or sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, if, assuming the successful consummation thereof, such Person would be an Acquiring Person.

4


                    “ Equivalent Shares ” shall mean Preferred Shares and any other class or series of capital stock of the Company which is entitled to the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares.

                    “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                    “ Exchange Ratio ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24(a) hereof.

                    “ Exempted Person ” shall mean each member of the Konstantakopoulos Group and any Underwriter.

                    “ Exercise Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

                    “ Expiration Date ” shall mean the earliest to occur of: (i) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, (ii) the Redemption Date, or (iii) the time at which the Board orders the exchange of the Rights as provided in Section 24 hereof.

                    “ Final Expiration Date ” shall mean December 31, 2030.

                    “ Konstantakopoulos Group ” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, Christos Konstantakopoulos or Achillefs Konstantakopoulos;

 

 

 

 

(b)

any spouse or lineal descendant of any of the individuals set out in paragraph (a) above;

 

 

 

 

(c)

any trust or entity established for the benefit of any such individual or combination of such individuals as set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) above;

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Affiliate or Associate of any such individual or combination of such individuals as set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) above; and

 

 

 

 

(e)

any other entity wholly-owned or controlled by any such individual, trust, entity, Affiliate or Associate or combination thereof as set out in paragraphs (a) to (c) above.

                    “ Nasdaq ” shall mean The Nasdaq Stock Market.

                    “ Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

                    “ Post-event Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

                    “ Preferred Shares ” shall mean shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, U.S. $0.0001 par value, of the Company.

                    “ Pre-event Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.

5


                    “ Principal Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof.

                    “ Record Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals at the beginning of this Rights Agreement.

                    “ Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

                     “ Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

                     “ Rights Agent ” shall mean American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, or its successor or replacement as provided in Sections 19 and 21 hereof.

                     “ Rights Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

                     “ Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

                     “ Section 13 Event ” shall mean any event described in Sections 13(a)(i), 13(a)(ii) or 13(a)(iii) hereof.

                     “ Securities Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                     “ Shares Acquisition Date ” shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such; provided that, if such Person is determined not to have become an Acquiring Person as defined herein, then no Shares Acquisition Date shall be deemed to have occurred.

                     “ Spread ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

                     “ Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect a majority of the directors or Persons having similar authority of such corporation or other entity is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or any corporation or other entity otherwise controlled by such Person.

                     “ Substitution Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

                     “ Summary of Rights ” shall mean a summary of this Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

                     “ Total Exercise Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

                     “ Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a referenced security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a referenced security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

6


                    A “ Triggering Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred upon any Person, becoming an Acquiring Person.

                     “ Underwriter ” shall mean any financial institution while acting as an underwriter in a public offering of the Common Stock of the Company.

                    Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall prior to the Distribution Date also be the holders of the shares of Common Stock) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

                    Section 3. Issuance of Rights Certificates .

                     (a) Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for shares of Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Rights Certificates) and not by separate Rights Certificates and (ii) the right to receive Rights Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of shares of Common Stock. Until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the surrender for transfer of certificates for shares of Common Stock shall also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented thereby. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Rights Certificate evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11 hereof, then at the time of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights Certificates and may be transferred by the transfer of the Rights Certificates as permitted hereby, separately and apart from any transfer of shares of Common Stock, and the holders of such Rights Certificates as listed in the records of the Company or any transfer agent or registrar for the Rights shall be the record holders thereof.

                     (b) On the Record Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will send a copy of the Summary of Rights by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Record Date that requests a Summary of the Rights, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company’s transfer agent and registrar. With respect to certificates for shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights. Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any

7


certificate for shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

                     (c) Unless the Board by resolution adopted at or before the time of the issuance of any shares of Common Stock specifies to the contrary, Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock that are issued after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date or, in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date. Certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights, and shall bear the following legend:

 

 

 

THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN COSTAMARE INC. AND AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, AS THE RIGHTS AGENT (THE “RIGHTS AGREEMENT”), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF COSTAMARE INC. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. COSTAMARE INC. WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date or (ii) the Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

                     (d) In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any shares of Common Stock after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock which are no longer outstanding.

                    Section 4. Form of Rights Certificates .

                     (a) The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares of Common Stock and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially in

8


the form of Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Rights Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or a national market system, on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or included, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 hereof and Section 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date (or in the case of Rights issued with respect to shares of Common Stock issued by the Company after the Record Date, as of the date of issuance of such shares of Common Stock) and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price set forth therein (such exercise price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share being hereinafter referred to as the “Exercise Price” and the aggregate Exercise Price of all Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of one Right being hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Exercise Price ”), but the number and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

                     (b) Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof or Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by: (i) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom such Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect avoidance of Section 7(e) hereof, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 hereof or Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent feasible) the following legend:

 

 

 

THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

                    Section 5. Countersignature and Registration .

                     (a) The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Operating Officer or its Chief Financial Officer, either manually or by facsimile signature, and by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (if any), either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Company’s seal (if any) or

9


a facsimile thereof. The Rights Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificates on behalf of the Company had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Rights Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

                     (b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purposes, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Rights Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.

                    Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates .

                     (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.

                     (b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company’s request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable

10


expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

                    Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Exercise Price; Expiration Date of Rights .

                    (a) Subject to Sections 7(e), 23(b) and 24(b) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date by surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the Exercise Price for each one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised.

                    (b) The Exercise Price for each one-thousandth of a Preferred Share issuable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be twenty-five U.S. Dollars (U.S. $25.00), shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof.

                    (c) Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for the Preferred Shares) a certificate or certificates for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt thereof, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate. The payment of the Exercise Price (as such amount may be reduced

11


(including to zero) pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, may be made in cash or by certified bank check, cashier’s check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue securities of the Company other than Preferred Shares, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

                    (d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Rights Certificate or to his or her duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

                    (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, from and after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such (a “ Post-Event Transferee ”), (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e) (a “ Pre-Event Transferee ”) or (iv) any subsequent transferee receiving transferred Rights from a Post-Event Transferee or a Pre-Event Transferee, either directly or through one or more intermediate transferees, shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Rights Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or to any other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or any of such Acquiring Person’s Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.

                    (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall, in addition to having complied with the requirements of Section 7(a), have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

12


                    Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates . All Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any Rights Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Rights Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Rights Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

                    Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Preferred Shares .

                    (a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will use its best efforts to cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares not reserved for another purpose (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock and/or other securities), the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of the Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

                    (b) If the Company shall hereafter list any of its Preferred Shares on a national securities exchange, then so long as the Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and/or other securities) issuable and deliverable upon exercise of the Rights may be listed on such exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable (but only to the extent that it is reasonably likely that the Rights will be exercised), all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

                    (c) The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event in which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Rights is described in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof or Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, or as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the date of expiration of the Rights. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period not to exceed 90 days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement and notify the Rights Agent that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement and notification to the Rights Agent at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. The Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states in connection with the exercisability of the

13


Rights. Notwithstanding any provision of this Rights Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction, unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained, or an exemption therefrom shall be available, and until a registration statement has been declared effective.

                    (d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such securities (subject to payment of the Exercise Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

                    (e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that no such tax is due.

                    Section 10. Record Date . Each Person in whose name any certificate for a number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or other securities of the Company) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) represented thereon, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Total Exercise Price with respect to which the Rights have been exercised (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided , however , that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

                    Section 11. Adjustment of Exercise Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights . The Exercise Price, the number and kind of shares or other property covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

14


                    (a) (i) Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of Preferred Shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11 and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction (the “ Adjustment Fraction ”), the numerator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Preferred Shares) outstanding immediately following such time and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares outstanding immediately prior to such time; provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (2) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right shall equal the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) as was issuable upon exercise of a Right immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) of this Section 11(a)(i), multiplied by the Adjustment Fraction; provided , however , that, no such adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) to the extent that there shall have simultaneously occurred an event described in clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) of Section 11(n) hereof with a proportionate adjustment being made thereunder. Each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one share of Common Stock has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i).

          (ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Rights Agreement, in the event a Triggering Event shall have occurred, then promptly following such Triggering Event each holder of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive for each Right, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Rights Agreement and payment of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event, in lieu of a number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share, such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event by the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable (or would have been exercisable if the Distribution Date had occurred) immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, and dividing that product by 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price for shares of Common Stock on the date of occurrence of the Triggering Event; provided , however , that the Exercise

15



 

 

 

Price and the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the shares of Common Stock of the Company after the occurrence of the Triggering Event.

 

 

 

          (iii) In lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may, if the Board determines that such action is necessary or appropriate and not contrary to the interest of holders of Rights and, in the event that the number of shares of Common Stock which are authorized by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights, or if any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance has not been obtained by the Company, the Company shall: (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the “ Current Value ”) over (2) the Exercise Price (such excess, the “ Spread ”) and (B) with respect to each Right, make adequate provision to substitute for such shares of Common Stock, upon exercise of the Rights, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Exercise Price, (3) other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares or units of shares of any series of preferred stock which the Board has deemed to have the same value as Common Stock (such shares or units of shares of preferred stock are herein called “ Common Stock Equivalents ”)), except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary stockholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (4) debt securities of the Company, except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary stockholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (5) other assets or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined by the Board based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Board; provided , however , if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within 30 days following the later of (x) the first occurrence of a Triggering Event and (y) the date on which the Company’s right of redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) hereof expires (the later of (x) and (y) being referred to herein as the “ Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date ”), then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Exercise Price, Common Stock (to the extent available), except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary stockholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. If the Board shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights or that any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance will be obtained, the 30 day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than 90 days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares or take action to obtain such regulatory approval (such period, as it may be extended, the “ Substitution Period ”). To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the first and/or second sentences of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in

16



 

 

 

order to seek any authorization of additional shares, to take any action to obtain any required regulatory approval and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the Common Stock shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of the Common Stock on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the value of any Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed to have the same value as the Common Stock on such date.

                    (b) In case the Company shall, at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement, fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling such holders (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares) less than the then Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares on such record date, then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered or issued (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities to be offered or issued) would purchase at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

                    (c) In case the Company shall, at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement, fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares or of any class or series of Equivalent Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend,

17


if any, or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights, options or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or an Equivalent Share on such record date, less the fair market value per Preferred Share or Equivalent Share (as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share, as the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share on such record date; provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

                    (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Exercise Price; provided , however , that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share of Common Stock or other share or one hundred-thousandth of a Preferred Share, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(d), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) 3 years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date.

                    (e) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Sections 11(a) or 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right and, if required, the Exercise Price thereof, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Sections 11(a), 11(b), 11(c), 11(d), 11(g), 11(h), 11(i), 11(j), 11(k) and 11(l) hereof, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 hereof with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

                    (f) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

                    (g) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(h) hereof, upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and 11(c) hereof, each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that

18


number of Preferred Shares (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a share) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of Preferred Shares covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment, by (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Exercise Price, and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Exercise Price.

                    (h) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) or 11(c) hereof to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of Preferred Shares purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Exercise Price by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Exercise Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Exercise Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(h), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Exercise Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

                    (i) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price or the number of Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Exercise Price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share and the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

                    (j) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Exercise Price below the par or stated value, if any, of the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable shares such number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share at such adjusted Exercise Price.

19


                    (k) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

                    (l) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11 to the contrary, prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Exercise Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares or Common Stock, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares or Common Stock at less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or Common Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred or Common Stock, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares or Common Stock shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

                    (m) The Company covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit to be taken) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

                    (n) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (C) combine the outstanding Common Stock (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the shares of Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in Section 11(a) hereof and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) each share of Common Stock (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Common Stock) outstanding immediately following such time shall have associated with it the number of Rights as were associated with one share of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above; (2) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event; provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable

20


upon exercise of such Right; and (3) the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right outstanding after such event shall equal the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as were issuable with respect to one Right immediately prior to such event. Each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(n) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one-thousandths of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one share of Common Stock has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(n). If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(n) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

                    Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Exercise Price or Number of Shares . Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) if a Distribution Date has occurred, mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the failure of the Company to make such certification or give such notice shall not affect the validity of such adjustment or the force or effect of the requirement for such adjustment. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment contained therein and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

                    Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power .

                   (a) In the event that, following a Triggering Event, directly or indirectly:

 

 

 

         (i) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person (other than a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state of incorporation of the Company and which complies with Section 11(m) hereof);

 

 

 

         (ii) any Person shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other person (or the Company); or

 

 

 

         (iii) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or one or more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries in one or more transactions, each of which individually (and together) complies with Section 11(m) hereof),

21



 

 

 

then, concurrently with and in each such case:

 

 

 

          (A) each holder of a Right (except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof, at a price equal to the Total Exercise Price applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Section 13 Event in accordance with the terms of this Rights Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), free of any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing such Total Exercise Price by 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price of the shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event; provided , however , that the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof;

 

 

 

          (B) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Rights Agreement;

 

 

 

          (C) the term “Company” shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event;

 

 

 

          (D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Stock) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to ensure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; and

 

 

 

          (E) upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Total Exercise Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of such Right pursuant to this Section 13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property.

 

 

 

          (F) For purposes hereof, the “earning power” of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be determined in good faith by the Board on the basis of the

22



 

 

 

operating earnings of each business operated by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the three fiscal years preceding the date of such determination (or, in the case of any business not operated by the Company or any Subsidiary during three full fiscal years preceding such date, during the period such business was operated by the Company or any Subsidiary).

 

 

 

(b) For purposes of this Rights Agreement, the term “ Principal Party ” shall mean:


 

 

 

          (i) in the case of any transaction described in Section 13(a)(i) hereof or Section 13(a)(ii) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the shares of Common Stock are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and

 

 

 

          (ii) in the case of any transaction described in Section 13(a) (iii) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if more than one Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred and each such portion would, were it not for the other equal portions, constitute the greatest portion of the assets or earning power so transferred, or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of shares of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding; provided , however , that in any such case described in Section 13(b)(i) hereof or Section 13(b)(ii) hereof, if the shares of Common Stock of such Person are not at such time or have not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then (1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the shares of Common Stock of which are and have been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stock of which are and have been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of shares of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

23


                    (c) The Company shall not consummate any Section 13 Event unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock that have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement confirming that such Principal Party shall, upon consummation of such Section 13 Event, assume this Rights Agreement in accordance with Sections 13(a) and 13(b) hereof, that all rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the issuance of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party upon exercise of outstanding Rights have been waived, that there are no rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights and that such transaction shall not result in a default by such Principal Party under this Rights Agreement, and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of such Section 13 Event, such Principal Party will:

 

 

 

          (i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date, and similarly comply with applicable state or “blue sky” securities laws;

 

 

 

          (ii) use its best efforts to list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on a national securities exchange or to meet the eligibility requirements for quotation on Nasdaq and list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on Nasdaq; and

 

 

 

          (iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for such Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form F-1 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act.

In the event that at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event some or all of the Rights shall not have been exercised at the time of a transaction described in this Section 13, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter be exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a) hereof (without taking into account any prior adjustment required by Section 11(a)(ii) hereof).

                    (d) In case the “Principal Party” for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof has a provision in any of its authorized securities or in its Articles of Incorporation or by-laws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to Section 13 hereof), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a Section 13 Event, shares of Common Stock or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than the then Current Per Share Market Price thereof or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, shares of Common Stock or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than such then Current Per Share Market Price, or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provision in connection

24


with the issuance of the shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

                    (e) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, effect or permit to occur any Section 13 Event, if (i) at the time or immediately after such Section 13 Event there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such Section 13 Event, the stockholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the “Principal Party” for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.

                    (f) The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.

                    Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares .

                    (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable, as determined pursuant to this Rights Agreement.

                    (b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Interests in fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary agent selected by it; provided , that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a

25


Preferred Share. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be one thousand times the closing price of a share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

                    (c) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or exchange of Rights. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a share of Common Stock. For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

                    (d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his or her right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of a Right.

                    Section 15. Rights of Action . All rights of action in respect of this Rights Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the shares of Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the shares of Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the shares of Common Stock), may, in his or her own behalf and for his or her own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his or her right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this Rights Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Rights Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Rights Agreement.

                    Section 16. Agreement of Rights Holders . Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

 

 

 

          (a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the shares of Common Stock;

 

 

 

          (b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate forms and certificates fully executed; and

26



 

 

 

          (c) subject to Sections 6(a) and 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

                    Section 17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder . No holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

                    Section 18. The Rights Agent .

                    (a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Rights Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Rights Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises. In no event will the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damage.

                    (b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Rights Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or shares of Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

                    Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent . Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to

27


which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided , however , that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Rights Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Rights Agreement. In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Rights Agreement.

                    Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent . The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Rights Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

                    (a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the written advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such written advice or opinion.

                    (b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Rights Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person and the determination of Current Per Share Market Price) be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Rights Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

                    (c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

                    (d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Rights Agreement or in the Rights Certificates (except its

28


countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

                    (e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Rights Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Rights Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24 hereof, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt by the Rights Agent of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12 hereof describing such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

                    (f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Rights Agreement.

                    (g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

                    (h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it

29


were not Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

                    (i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

                    (j) No provision of this Rights Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

                    (k) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to clauses 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

                    Section 21. Change of Rights Agent . The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Rights Agreement upon 30 days’ written notice mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days’ written notice, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after receiving written notice of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his or her Rights Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stockholder services powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$100 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later

30


than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock, and mail a written notice thereof to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

                    Section 22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by the Board to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Rights Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities of the Company outstanding at the date hereof or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided , however , that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued and this sentence shall be null and void ab initio if, and to the extent that, such issuance or this sentence would create a significant risk of or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued or would create a significant risk of or result in such options’ or employee plans’ or arrangements’ failing to qualify for otherwise available special tax treatment and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

                    Section 23. Redemption .

                    (a) The Company may, at its option and with the approval of the Board, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth day following the Shares Acquisition Date and (ii) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of U.S. $0.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being herein referred to as the “ Redemption Price ”) and the Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price in shares of Common Stock (based on the Current Per Share Market Price thereof at the time of redemption), cash or any other compensation as the Board may select. Such redemption of the Rights by the Company may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board in its sole discretion may establish. The date on which the Board elects to make the redemption effective shall be referred to as the “ Redemption Date ”.

                    (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right

31


thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided , however , that the failure to give or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of shares of Common Stock prior to the Distribution Date.

                    Section 24. Exchange .

                    (a) Subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations, and subject to Section 24(c) hereof, the Company may, at its option, by action of the Board, at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for shares of Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the “ Exchange Ratio ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or an Exempted Person), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding.

                    (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to Section 24(a) hereof and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided , however , that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the shares of Common Stock for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

32


                    (c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with Section 24(a) hereof, the Company shall either take such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Rights or alternatively, at the option of a majority of the Board, with respect to each Right (i) pay cash in an amount equal to the Current Value (as hereinafter defined), in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, or (ii) issue debt or equity securities or a combination thereof, having a value equal to the Current Value, in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in exchange for each such Right, where the value of such securities shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by majority vote of the Board, or (iii) deliver any combination of cash, property, shares of Common Stock and/or other securities having a value equal to the Current Value in exchange for each Right. For purposes of this Section 24(c) only, the Current Value shall mean the product of the Current Per Share Market Price of shares of Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event described in Section 24(a) hereof, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Right otherwise would be exchangeable if there were sufficient shares available. To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to Sections 24(c)(i), 24(c)(ii) or 24(c)(iii) hereof, the Board may temporarily suspend the exercisability of the Rights for a period of up to 60 days following the date on which the event described in Section 24(a) shall have occurred, in order to seek any authorization of additional shares of Common Stock and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to the above provision and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended.

                    (d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof).

                    (e) The Company may, at its option, by majority vote of the Board, at any time before any Person has become an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding Rights for rights of substantially equivalent value, as determined reasonably and with good faith by the Board, based upon the advice of one or more nationally recognized investment banking firms.

                    (f) Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to Section 24(e) hereof and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of rights in exchange therefor as has been determined by the Board in accordance with Section 24(e) hereof. The Company shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided , however , that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock of the Company. Any notice which is mailed

33


in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Rights will be effected.

                    Section 25. Notice of Certain Events .

                    (a) In case the Company shall propose to effect or permit to occur any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event, the Company shall give notice thereof to each holder of Rights in accordance with Section 26 hereof at least 20 days prior to occurrence of such Triggering Event or such Section 13 Event.

                    (b) In case any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event shall occur, then, in any such case, the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Sections 11(a)(ii) and 13 hereof.

                    Section 26. Notices . Notices or demands authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

 

 

 

Costamare Inc.

 

60 Zephyrou Street &

 

Syngrou Avenue

 

17564 Athens

 

Greece

 

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

Worldwide Plaza

 

825 Eighth Avenue

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

 

Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr.

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

 

 

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

 

6201 15th Avenue

 

Brooklyn, New York 11219

 

 

 

Attention: Corporate Trust Department

34


Notices or demands authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

                    Section 27. Supplements and Amendments . Prior to the Distribution Date, the Company may supplement or amend this Rights Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of Rights and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, execute such supplement or amendment. From and after the occurrence of the Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Rights Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights in order to (i) cure any ambiguity or omission, (ii) correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner that the Company may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); provided, this Rights Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person). Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company that states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of shares of Common Stock.

                    Section 28. Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Rights Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

                    Section 29. Determinations and Actions by the Board, etc . For all purposes of this Rights Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act. The Board shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Rights Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board, or the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Rights Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Rights Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend this Rights Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and

35


binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights Certificates and all other parties and (y) not subject the Board to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

                    Section 30. Benefits of this Rights Agreement . Nothing in this Rights Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the shares of Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Rights Agreement; but this Rights Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the shares of Common Stock).

                    Section 31. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Rights Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board determines in its good-faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Rights Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Rights Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the Close of Business on the tenth day following the date of such determination by the Board.

                    Section 32. Governing Law . This Rights Agreement and each Right and each Rights Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of New York and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such jurisdiction.

                    Section 33. Counterparts . This Rights Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

                    Section 34. Descriptive Headings . Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

36


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stockholders Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.,

 

 

 

   by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

   Name:

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos

 

 

   Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC,

 

 

 

   by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

   Name:

 

 

 

   Title:

 

[ Signature Page to Stockholders Rights Agreement ]



Exhibit A

STATEMENT OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES OF
SERIES A PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK OF COSTAMARE INC.

The undersigned, [   ] and [   ] do hereby certify:

                    1. That they are the duly elected and acting [   ] and Secretary, respectively, of Costamare Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”).

                    2. That pursuant to the authority conferred by the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) on [   ], 2010 adopted the following resolution designating and prescribing the relative rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s Series A Participating Preferred Stock:

                    RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board by the Articles of Incorporation, the Board hereby establishes a series of preferred stock, par value U.S. $0.0001 per share, and fixes the designation and certain powers, preferences and other special rights of the shares of such series, and certain qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon, as follows:

                    Section 1. Designation and Amount . The shares of such series shall be designated as “ Series A Participating Preferred Stock ”. The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have a par value of U.S. $0.0001 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall initially be 10,000,000, which number the Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below the number then outstanding).

                    Section 2. Proportional Adjustment . In the event the Company shall at any time after the issuance of any share or shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (i) declare any dividend on the common stock of the Company, par value U.S. $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Company shall simultaneously effect a proportional adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

                    Section 3. Dividends and Distributions .

                    (a) Subject to the prior and superior right of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “ Quarterly Dividend Payment Date ”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding

A-1


Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

                    (b) The Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (a) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

                    (c) Dividends shall begin to accrue on outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

                    Section 4. Voting Rights . The holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

                    (a) Each share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.

                    (b) Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company.

                    (c) Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

                    Section 5. Certain Restrictions .

                    (a) The Company shall not declare any dividend on, make any distribution on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Common Stock after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock unless

A-2


concurrently therewith it shall declare a dividend on, make a distribution on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as required by Section 3 hereof.

                    (b) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock; (ii) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Company may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock; (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

                    (c) The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless the Company could, under paragraph (a) of this Section 5, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

                    Section 6. Reacquired Shares . Any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein and, in the Articles of Incorporation, as then amended.

                    Section 7. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock plus an

A-3


amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

                    Section 8. Consolidation, Merger, etc . In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.

                    Section 9. No Redemption . The shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

                    Section 10. Ranking . The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Company’s preferred stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

                    Section 11. Amendment . The Articles of Incorporation of the Company shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preference or special rights of the Series A Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

                    Section 12. Fractional Shares . Series A Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.

                    RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Board hereby authorizes and directs the [   ] and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of this Company to prepare and file a Statement of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges in accordance with the foregoing resolution and the provisions of Marshall Islands law and to take such actions as they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of the foregoing resolution.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

A-4


                    We further declare, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing Statement of Designation is the act and deed of the Company and that the facts stated therein are true and correct.

                    Executed at [   ] on [   ], 2010.

 

 

 


 

[   ]

 

 

 


 

Secretary

A-5


Exhibit B

[FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE]

 

 

Certificate No. R-__________

_________Rights


 

 

 

Not exercisable after [_____], 20[__] or earlier if redemption or exchange occurs. The Rights are subject to redemption at the option of the Company, at U.S.$0.01 per Right, and to exchange on the terms set forth in the Rights Agreement.

 

 

 

Under certain circumstances, Rights Beneficially Owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) and by any subsequent holder of such Rights may become null and void. [The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate are or were beneficially owned by a Person who was or became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person. Accordingly, this Rights Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may become null and void in the circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement.]

RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

COSTAMARE INC.

This certificate certifies that ______________________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of [ INSERT MONTH, DATE, YEAR ON WHICH AGREEMENT ENTERED ] (the “Rights Agreement”), between Costamare Inc., a Marshall Island corporation (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Rights Agent”), unless the Rights evidenced hereby have been previously redeemed by the Company, to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and before 5:00 p.m., New York time (such time, the “Close of Business”), on the Expiration Date at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid, nonassessable share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, U.S.$0.0001 par value (the “Preferred Shares”), of the Company, at a purchase price of U.S.$25.00 per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the “Exercise Price”), upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share that may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Exercise Price set forth above, are the number and Exercise Price as of the Close of Business on the date specified by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) as the Record Date (the “Record Date”), based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of one one-

B-1


thousandths of a Preferred Share that may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

This Rights Certificate is subject to all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of Rights, which limitations include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company.

This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate (a) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price (in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock or other securities of the Company deemed by the Board to be at least equivalent in value) of U.S.$0.01 per Right (subject to adjustment, as provided in the Rights Agreement) or (b) may be exchanged in whole or in part for shares of the Company’s common stock or other consideration as determined by the Company.

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) or distribute certificates that evidence fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby. In lieu of issuing fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company may elect to make a cash payment as provided in the Rights Agreement for such fractional shares.

No holder of this Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscriptions rights, or otherwise, until the

B-2


Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

B-3


WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of [     ], 2010.

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.,

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

Name:

 

 

 


 

Title:

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

COUNTERSIGNED:

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC,

as Rights Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

Name:

 

 

 


 

Title:

 

 

 


 

B-4


—Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate—

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Please print name and address of transferee)

this Rights Certificate, together with all rights, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________ as attorney-in-fact, to transfer this Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

The undersigned hereby certifies that (1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are not being sold, assigned or transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), (2) this Rights Certificate is not being sold, assigned or transferred to or on behalf of any such Acquiring Person, Affiliate or Associate, and (3) after inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the undersigned did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate.

 

 

 

Dated: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

Signature: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

*Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Guarantees by a notary public are not acceptable.

B-5


—Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate—
(continued)

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise Rights represented by the Rights Certificate)

To: COSTAMARE INC.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise________ Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share be issued in the name of:

 

 

Please insert social security or other identifying number ____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

(Please print name and address) _______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

 

 

 

Please insert social security or other identifying number ____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

(Please print name and address) _______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that (1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) and (2) after inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the undersigned did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement).

 

 

 

Dated: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

Signature: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

B-6



 

 

 

*Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Guarantees by a notary public are not acceptable.

B-7


—Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate—
(continued)

NOTICE

The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must conform to the name as written on the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the Beneficial Owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.

B-8


Exhibit C

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS

 

 

 

Distribution and Transfer of Rights:

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution Date:

 

The rights will separate from the common stock and become exercisable after (1) the tenth day after a person or group acquires ownership of 15% or more of the company’s common stock or (2) the tenth business day (or such later date as determined by the company’s board of directors) after a person or group announces a tender or exchange offer which would result in that person or group holding 15% or more of the company’s common stock.

 

 

 

Preferred Stock Purchasable Upon Exercise of Rights:

 

On the Distribution Date, each holder of a right will be entitled to purchase for U.S.$25.00 (the “ Exercise Price ”) a fraction (1/1000th) of one share of the company’s preferred stock which has similar economic terms as one share of common stock.

 

 

 

Flip-in:

 

If an acquiring person (an “ Acquiring Person ”) acquires more than 15% of the company’s common stock then each holder of a right (except that acquiring person) will be entitled to buy at the Exercise Price, a number of shares of the company’s common stock which has a then current market value of twice the Exercise Price.

 

 

 

Flip-over:

 

If, after an Acquiring Person acquires more than 15% of the company’s common stock, the company merges into another company (either as the surviving corporation or as the disappearing entity) or the company sells more than 50% of its assets or earning power, then each holder of a right (except for those owned by the Acquiring Person) will be entitled to purchase at the Exercise Price, a number of shares of common stock of the surviving entity which has a then current market value of twice the Exercise Price.

 

 

 

Exchange Provision:

 

Any time after the date an Acquiring Person obtains more than 15% of the company’s common stock and before that Acquiring Person acquires more than 50% of the company’s outstanding common stock, the company may exchange each right owned by all other rights holders, in whole or in part, for one share of the company’s common stock.

C-1



 

 

 

Redemption of Rights:

 

The company can redeem the rights at any time prior to a public announcement that a person has acquired ownership of 15% or more of the company’s common stock.

 

 

 

Expiration of Rights:

 

The rights expire on the earliest of (1) December 31, 2030 or (2) the exchange or redemption of the rights as described above.

 

 

 

Amendment of Terms of Rights:

 

The terms of the rights and the Stockholder Rights Agreement may be amended without the consent of the rights holders at any time on or prior to the Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, the terms of the rights and the Stockholder Rights Agreement may be amended to make changes, which do not adversely affect the rights of the rights holders (other than the Acquiring Person).

 

 

 

Voting Rights:

 

The rights will not have any voting rights.

 

 

 

Anti-dilution Provisions:

 

The rights will have the benefit of certain customary anti-dilution protection.

C-2


 

 

 

October ___, 2010

 

Costamare Inc.

60 Zephyrou Street &
   Syngrou Avenue

17564 Athens
Greece

 

 

 

Re:

Costamare Inc.

 


Dear Sirs:

We have acted as special counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“ Marshall Islands Law ”) to Costamare Inc. (the “ Company ”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the sale by the Company of up to ___________ shares (the “ Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, including ____________ Shares that may be sold pursuant to the exercise of an over-allotment option, and related preferred stock purchase rights (the “ Rights ”) under a Stockholder Rights Agreement dated as of October ___, 2010 (the “ Stockholder Rights Agreement ”) between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent.

In so acting, we have examined originals, or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) included therein, (ii) the underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be executed between the Company and the underwriters named therein in the form filed by the Company as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (iii) the Stockholder Rights Agreement, and (iv) originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of all such records of the Company, agreements and other documents, certificates of public officials,

 



 

Costamare Inc.

October ___, 2010

Page 2

______________________________________

 

officers and representatives of the Company and other appropriate persons, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examination, we have assumed without independent investigation, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to us as photostatic or facsimile copies, and the accuracy of the factual representations made to us by officers and other representatives of the Company. We have also assumed the power, authority and legal right of all parties (other than the Company) to the Underwriting Agreement and the Stockholder Rights Agreement to enter into and perform their respective obligations thereunder and the due authorization, execution and delivery of such documents by such parties.

This opinion is limited to Marshall Islands Law as of the date hereof. In rendering our opinion in Paragraph E below we have, with your permission, relied on the opinion addressed to you dated the date hereof of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company, with respect to the Stockholder Rights Agreement. In rendering our opinion as to the valid existence in good standing of the Company, we have relied solely on a Certificate of Goodstanding issued by the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on the date hereof.

Based on the foregoing and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

A.

The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.

 

B.

The Company has the corporate power and corporate authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Stockholder Rights Agreement.

 

C.

The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorize the Shares and when the Shares are issued and delivered against payment therefore as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

D.

The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorize the execution and delivery of the Stockholder Rights Agreement and the issuance of the Rights, and the Stockholder Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized signatory of the Company.

 

E.

When issued in accordance with the terms of the Stockholder Rights Agreement, the Rights will have been validly issued and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company.

Our opinion in Paragraph E above is subject to the qualification that the rights and remedies of any party to the Stockholder Rights Agreement(a) may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights from time to time in effect, and (b) are subject to general

 



 

Costamare Inc.

October ___, 2010

Page 3

______________________________________

 

principles of equity (regardless of whether such rights and remedies are considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), including application by a court of competent jurisdiction of principles of good faith, fair dealing, commercial reasonableness, materiality, unconscionability and conflict with public policy or other similar principles.

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

 

Very truly yours,

  COZEN O'CONNOR

 

 

 

 

 

 



Exhibit 5.2

[Letterhead of]

C R A V A T H ,  S W A I N E  &  M O O R E  L L P
[New York Office]

[ ], 2010

Costamare Inc.
Registration Statement on Form F-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special United States counsel for Costamare Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing of the registration statement on Form F-1 referenced above (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the registration of 13,300,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the Company (and associated preferred stock purchase rights (the “Rights”)), covering the offer and sale by the Company of up to 1,995,000 to the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be executed by the Company and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Representatives of the Underwriters.

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto and such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion, including, without limitation, (a) the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, (b) the First Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company; and (c) the Stockholders Rights Agreement (the “Stockholder Rights Agreement”) made and entered into as of [ ], 2010 by and between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as Rights Agent.

Based on the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion as follows:

To the extent governed by the laws of the State of New York, the Stockholder Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company


2

enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in proceeding in equity or at law), and to the extent governed by the laws of the State of New York, the Rights have been duly authorized and, when the Stockholders Rights Agreement is executed and delivered, the Rights will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Stockholders Rights Agreement and enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in proceeding in equity or at law).

We are admitted to practice in the State of New York, and we express no opinion as to matters governed by any laws other than the laws of the State of New York and the Federal laws of the United States of America. Insofar as this opinion involves matters of law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, we have, with your approval, relied upon, without independent investigation, the opinion dated [ ], of Cozen O’Connor, a copy of which has been delivered to you, as to all matters of law covered therein relating to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.


3

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

 

Costamare Inc.

60 Zephyrou Street &

Syngrou Avenue

17564 Athens

GREECE

 

O


Exhibit 8.1

[Letterhead of]

C R A V A T H,  S W A I N E  &  M O O R E  L L P
[New York Office]

October 19, 2010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                    We have acted as United States counsel to Costamare Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands (the “Company”), in connection with the registration by the Company of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on a Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), and all amendments thereto (such registration statement, as so amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”).

                    In rendering our opinion, we have reviewed the Registration Statement and have examined such records, representations, documents, certificates or other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below. In this examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In making our examination of documents executed, or to be executed, by the parties indicated therein, we have assumed that each party, including the Company, is duly organized and existing under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction of its organization and had, or will have, the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder, and we have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by each party indicated in the documents and that such documents constitute, or will constitute, valid and binding obligations of each party.

                    In rendering our opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “Regulations”), pertinent judicial authorities, rulings of the Internal Revenue Service, and such other authorities as we have


2

considered relevant, in each case as in effect on the date hereof. It should be noted that the Code, Regulations, judicial decisions, administrative interpretations and other authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. A material change in any of the materials or authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions set forth herein. There can be no assurance, moreover, that any opinion expressed herein will be accepted by the Internal Revenue Service, or if challenged, by a court.

                    Based upon the foregoing, although the discussion in the Registration Statement under the heading “Tax Considerations – United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” does not purport to discuss all possible United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Company common stock, we hereby confirm that the statements of law (including the qualifications thereto) under such heading represent our opinion of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Company common stock, subject to certain assumptions expressly described in the Registration Statement under such heading.

                    We express no other opinion, except as set forth above. We disclaim any undertaking to advise you of any subsequent changes in the facts stated or assumed herein or subsequent changes in applicable law. Any changes in the facts set forth or assumed herein may affect the conclusions stated herein.

                    We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

  /s/ Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

Costamare Inc.

     60 Zephyrou Street &

          Syngrou Avenue

               17564 Athens

                    Greece

O



Exhibit 8.2


 

October 19, 2010

Costamare Inc.
60 Zephyrou Street &
   Syngrou Avenue
17564 Athens
Greece

Re:      Costamare Inc.

Dear Sirs:

           You have requested our opinion regarding the consequences of Marshall Islands taxation and Liberian taxation to Costamare (the “ Company ”) and the holders of common stock of the Company.

           In rendering our opinion as to such tax consequences, we have examined such documents as we have deemed necessary, including the Registration Statement and the prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) included therein (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof, being referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, with respect to the sale by the Company, of up to 15,295,000 shares of common stock of the Company. We also have obtained such additional information as we have deemed relevant and necessary, including originals, or copies or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of all such records of the Company, agreements and other documents, certificates of public officials, officers and representatives of the Company and other appropriate persons, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed without independent investigation, (a) the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as photostatic or facsimile copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies and (b)



Costamare Inc.
October 19, 2010
Page 2
_______________________________________

the accuracy of the factual representations made to us by officers and other representatives of the Company.

           This opinion is limited to the tax laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and the tax laws of the Republic of Liberia and is as of the effective date of the Registration Statement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement.

           Based on the facts as set forth in the Prospectus and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the caption “Tax Considerations” therein, and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, we hereby confirm that the opinions attributed to Cozen O’Connor set forth in the Prospectus under the captions “Marshall Islands Tax Considerations” and “Liberian Tax Considerations”, are the opinions of Cozen O’Connor and accurately state our views as to the tax matters discussed in such sections of the Prospectus. In addition, such opinions fairly present the information expected to be relevant to holders of the common stock of the Company offered pursuant to the Prospectus and fairly summarize the matters referred to therein.

           Our opinions as set forth in the Prospectus are based on the current provisions of Marshall Island law and Liberian law, which may changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above.

           We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the reference to our name in the Prospectus under the captions “Marshall Islands Tax Considerations” and “Liberian Tax Considerations”. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

   
  Very truly yours,
   
   
  /s/ COZEN O’CONNOR



Exhibit 10.2

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.

- and -

KONSTANTINOS KONSTANTAKOPOULOS

 

 

FORM OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 


RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT
                                   (this “ Agreement ”) is made on [ ], 2010,

                    BY AND BETWEEN:

                    (1)          COSTAMARE INC., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”); and

                    (2)          KONSTANTINOS KONSTANTAKOPOULOS (“ KK ”).

                    WHEREAS, the Company wishes to limit the activities of KK, because of his capacity as a director or officer of the Company, on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement to prohibit certain activities that may compete with the business of the Company.

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION

                    SECTION 1.1. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 

 

                        (a) “ Affirmative Response ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

 

 

                        (b) “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

 

 

                        (c) “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company as the same may be constituted from time to time.

 

 

 

                        (d) “ Break Up Costs ” means the aggregate amount of any and all costs including any taxes, registration fees, administrative expenses, severance costs, and other similar costs and expenses that would be required to transfer Container Vessels or any related portion of a Container Vessel Business that also owns non-Container Vessel assets to the Company separately from its other assets.

 

 

 

                        (e) “ Business Day ” means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks are open for business in Athens, Greece and New York, New York.

 

 

 

                        (f) “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.




 

 

 

                        (g) “ Competitive Activities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

 

 

                        (h) “ Conflicts Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

 

 

                        (i) “ Container Vessel ” means any ocean-going vessel (whether in its construction phase or operational) that is intended to be used primarily to transport containerized cargoes.

 

 

 

                        (j) “ Container Vessel Business ” means any business involved in the ownership of Container Vessels.

 

 

 

                        (k) “ Container Vessel Opportunity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

 

 

                        (l) “ Effective Date ” means the date upon which the initial public offering of the Company is consummated.

 

 

 

                        (m) “ Independent Directors ” means those members of the Board of Directors that qualify as independent directors within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the listing criteria of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

                        (n) “ KK ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

 

 

                        (o) “ Management Agreement ” means the management agreement dated [ ] 2010 between the Company and Costamare Shipping Company S.A.

 

 

 

                        (p) “ Negative Response ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

 

 

 

                        (q) “ Restricted Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending six months following the later of (i) the termination of KK’s service with the Company as a director and (ii) the termination of KK’s service with the Company as an officer.

                    SECTION 1.2. The headings of this Agreement are for ease of reference and do not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

                    SECTION 1.3. All the terms of this Agreement, whether or not so expressed, shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

                    SECTION 1.4. Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa.


ARTICLE II

PRIORITY CHARTERING

                    SECTION 2.1. KK acknowledges and agrees that during the Restricted Period, if a Container Vessel owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company meets the criteria for a charter being made available to a Container Vessel majority owned, directly or indirectly, by KK, the Company’s Container Vessel shall be offered such charter and the Company shall have 48 hours from such offer being received to accept such offer, failing which such charter shall be then offered to the relevant Container Vessel.

ARTICLE III

NON-COMPETITION

                    SECTION 3.1. During the Restricted Period, KK shall not, subject to Section 3.2 hereof, directly or indirectly, engage in (a) the ownership of any Container Vessels other than through the Company or (b) the acquisition of any shareholding in any Container Vessel Business other than through the Company (together, (a) and (b) are defined as the “ Competitive Activities ”).

                    SECTION 3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, KK may engage in Competitive Activities in the following circumstances:

 

 

 

                        (a) with respect to the Container Vessel Reunion with IMO Number [ ];

 

 

 

                        (b) with respect to any Container Vessel Opportunity, in compliance with the right of first refusal procedures set forth in Section 4.1; and

 

 

 

                        (c) passive ownership of up to 19.99% of the outstanding voting securities of any publicly traded company which is a Container Vessel Business.

ARTICLE IV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL PROCEDURES

                    SECTION 4.1. Set forth below are the right of first refusal procedures applicable to a Container Vessel Opportunity.

 

 

 

                        (a) Prior to finalizing any contract to acquire or construct any Container Vessel or to acquire control of any Container Vessel Business (any of the foregoing a “ Container Vessel Opportunity ”), KK shall (i) deliver a notice to the Company advising it of the details of the Container Vessel Opportunity, including its terms and conditions and (ii) offer to the Company, which offer may be subject to the finalization of the terms and conditions and the closing of any such Container Vessel Opportunity, (1) such Container Vessel or Container




 

 

 

Vessel Business on such terms and conditions or (2) in the case of a Container Vessel Business that owns non-Container Vessel assets, the Container Vessels and such related portion of the business for fair market value plus any Break Up Costs.

 

 

 

                        (b) Within three Business Days after receipt of the notice referred to in Section 4.1(a), a committee composed of Independent Directors (the “ Conflicts Committee ”) shall deliver a notice to KK that the Company (i) intends to pursue the Container Vessel Opportunity (an “ Affirmative Response ”) or (ii) declines to pursue the Container Vessel Opportunity and consents to KK pursuing the Container Vessel Opportunity within 180 days on terms and conditions materially not more favorable than those offered to the Company (a “ Negative Response ”).

 

 

 

                        (c) In the event of an Affirmative Response, the Company and KK shall negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of an agreement for the consummation of the Container Vessel Opportunity based on the terms and conditions set forth in the notice referred to in Section 4.1(a).

 

 

 

                        (d) In the event of a Negative Response or in the event the Company and KK are unable to agree on the terms and conditions of an agreement for the consummation of the Container Vessel Opportunity, then KK may consummate the Container Vessel Opportunity within 180 days after date of the Negative Response on terms and conditions materially not more favorable than those offered to the Company. If such Container Vessel Opportunity is not consummated within 180 days after the date of the Negative Response then KK shall not thereafter engage in such Container Vessel Opportunity without first offering it to the Company in the manner provided above.

                    SECTION 4.2. KK and the Company acknowledge that all potential transfers pursuant to this Article IV are subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and non-affiliated third parties.

ARTICLE V

NOTICES

                    SECTION 5.1. All notices, consents and other communications hereunder, or necessary to exercise any rights granted hereunder, shall be in writing, sent either by prepaid registered mail or telefax, and will be validly given if delivered on a Business Day to a party at its respective address set forth below:

 

 

 

Costamare Inc.

 

60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue

 

Athens, Greece

 

Attention: [ ]

 

Telefax: [ ]




 

 

 

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos

 

[ ]

 

Athens, Greece

 

Attention: [ ]

ARTICLE VI

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

                    SECTION 6.1. This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of England.

ARTICLE VII

ARBITRATION

                    SECTION 7.1. Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Article VII. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (the “LMAA”) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

                    SECTION 7.2. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. One arbitrator is to be appointed by each party and a third arbitrator shall be appointed by the two arbitrators so appointed, failing which the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the LMAA at the time. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party, requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement. When all three arbitrators have been appointed, their decision or that of any two of them shall be final and binding on both parties. For the purpose of enforcing any award, this Agreement may be made a rule of the court. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

                    SECTION 8.1. This Agreement constitutes the sole understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto, with the exception of the Management Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended, waived or discharged except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom enforcement of such amendment, waiver or discharge is sought.

                    SECTION 8.2. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus adjudicated as invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

                    SECTION 8.3. This Agreement may be executed in one or more written counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


                    IN WITNESS whereof the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

KONSTANTINOS KONSTANTAKOPOULOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO THE K ONSTANTINOS K ONSTANTAKOPOULOS R ESTRICTIVE C OVENANT A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit 10.3

 


 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

dated as of [   ], 2010,

 

among

 

COSTAMARE INC.

 

and

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN

 




                    This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of [     ], 2010, among Costamare Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”) and the stockholders set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (together, the “ Stockholders ” and each, a “ Stockholder ”).

                    WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide the Stockholders with certain registration rights with respect to its shares of Common Stock.

                    ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Certain Definitions .

                    As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

          “ Additional Demand Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

          “ Additional Piggyback Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

          “ Additional Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i).

          “ Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

          “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company and any securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the common stock of the Company by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

          “ Common Stock Equivalent ” means all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject) Common Stock.

          “ Demand Exercise Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ Demand Registration Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “ Expenses ” means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with Section 2, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange or on any securities market on


2

which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of blue sky counsel, (iii) printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the relevant Participating Holder(s) (selected in each case by the Majority Participating Holders, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2), (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit and/or “cold comfort” letter) and fees and expenses of other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (as such term is defined in Schedule E to the By-Laws of FINRA) and (x) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers of securities.

          “ FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

          “ Holder ” means the Stockholder, for so long as such Stockholder owns any Registrable Securities, and its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities and become a party hereto pursuant to Section 4.4(b) and “ Holders ” means all or any of them.

          “ Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ IPO ” means an underwritten initial public offering registered under the Securities Act of shares of Common Stock held by the Stockholders.

          “ Majority Participating Holders ” means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

          “ Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

          “ Participating Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii) and/or Section 2.2.(a) as qualified in Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.3(a).

          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof.

          “ Piggyback Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).

          “ Postponement Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

          “ Registrable Securities ” means any shares of Common Stock, provided such shares of Common Stock shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such shares of Common Stock shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such shares of Common Stock shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, or (B) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately


3

negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act and in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144.

          “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “ Section 2.3(a) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

          “ Section 2.3(b) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

          “ Section 2.3(c) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “ Selected Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(d).

          “ Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

          2. Registration Rights .

                    2.1. Demand Registrations.

                         (a) (i) Subject to Section 2.1(b), at any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, any Holder shall have the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all or a portion of the Registrable Securities, by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof. All such requests by any Holder pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registration Requests ,” and the registrations so requested are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations ” (with respect to any Demand Registration Request, the Holders making such Demand Registration Request being referred to as the “ Initiating Holders ”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than ten days after receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Demand Exercise Notice ”) of such Demand Registration Request to all Holders of record.

                              (ii) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Demand Registration (together with the Initiating Holders, the “ Participating Holders ”) (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holders) within 60 days after the receipt by the Company of the Demand Exercise Notice (or 30 days if, at the request of the Initiating Holders, the Company states in such Demand Exercise Notice or gives telephonic notice to all Holders, with written confirmation to follow promptly thereafter, that such registration will be on a Form F-3).

                              (iii) The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) effect such registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested


4

by the Participating Holders to register, for distribution in accordance with such intended method of distribution and (y) if requested by the Majority Participating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

                         (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) to the Holders are subject to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) to be filed, or to be declared effective, within 90 days after the effective date of any other registration statement of the Company filed pursuant to the Securities Act (excluding any registration on Form F-4 or S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan) or any “shelf” registration) or, in either case, within any longer period of time, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.7, during which the Company may be restricted from filing or having declared effective a registration statement or the Participating Holders may be restricted from selling any of their Registrable Securities; (ii) if the Company, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), the Company may postpone filing, or may withdraw, or not seek to bring effective, a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event shall the Company avail itself of such right for more than 90 days, in the aggregate, in any period of 365 consecutive days (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (ii), the “ Postponement Period ”); and the Company shall give notice to the relevant Participating Holders of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; (iii) the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration unless the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration either (A) have an aggregate anticipated offering price of at least $20,000,000 (based on the then-current market price of the Common Stock) or (B) consist of all remaining Registrable Securities held by the relevant Participating Holders. If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section, the Company shall not, during the period of postponement or withdrawal, register any equity security of the Company, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4 or S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan). Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receiving notice from the Company that the Company has withdrawn any registration statement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section, it will (x) discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement and (y) if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in its possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (ii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement


5

of a registration statement, the Company shall, at such time as the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than three months after the date of the notice notifying the relevant Participating Holders of the postponement or withdrawal), use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement).

                         (c) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering made pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i), (i) authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held by the Company as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights granted by the Company which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement (“ Additional Piggyback Rights ”); provided , however , that such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to and subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the relevant Participating Holders.

                         (d) With respect to any Demand Registration, the Initiating Holders shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter in connection with such registration and each other managing underwriter for such registration, provided that no such managing underwriter shall be reasonably objectionable to the Company.

                    2.2. Piggyback Registrations .

                         (a) If, at any time, the Company proposes or is required to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than (i) solely the registration of securities in connection with an employee benefits plan or dividend reinvestment plan or an acquisition, merger or consolidation or (ii) pursuant to a Demand Registration under Section 2.1) on a registration statement on Form F-1, Form F-3 or an equivalent general registration form then in effect, whether or not for its own account, the Company shall give prompt written notice of its intention to do so to each Holder of record. Upon the written request of any such Holder made within 15 days following the receipt of any such written notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(b), 2.3 and 2.6, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the Holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be included in the registration statement with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by such Holders (in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered. Such Holders shall be referred to as Participating Holders for the purposes of any Registrable Securities to be registered under Section 2.2(a). No registration of Registrable Securities effected under Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1.

                         (b) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in


6

connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such equity securities, the Company will give written notice of such determination to all relevant Participating Holders and (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other equity securities, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1.

                         (c) Any Participating Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided , however , that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration. Any Holder withdrawing pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2(c) shall following such withdrawal no longer be treated as a Participating Holder for the purposes of this Agreement.

                    2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement .

                         (a) If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the lead managing underwriter of such offering (the “ Manager ”) shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by the relevant Participating Holders or any other persons (including those shares of Common Stock requested by the Company to be included in such registration) exceeds the largest number (the “ Section 2.3(a) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Majority Participating Holders, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration:

                              (i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Participating Holders thereof; provided , however , that, if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all relevant Participating Holders, based on the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Participating Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities owned by all Participating Holders requesting inclusion;

                              (ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights (“ Piggyback Securities ”), based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and


7

                              (iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.

                    If, as a result of the proration provisions of Section 2.3(a), any Participating Holder shall not be entitled to include in a registration all Registrable Securities that such Participating Holder has requested be included in such registration, such Participating Holder may elect to withdraw its request to include any Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided, however, that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration. Any Holder withdrawing all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of the preceding sentence shall following such withdrawal no longer be treated as a Participating Holder for the purposes of this Agreement.

                         (b) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 is an underwritten primary registration of the Company’s securities, and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the “ Section 2.3(b) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

                              (i) first, all Common Stock that the Company proposes to register for its own account; and

                              (ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities or Piggyback Securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

                         (c) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (other than Registrable Securities) that have the right to require such registration pursuant to an agreement entered into by the Company in accordance with Section 4.7 (“ Additional Demand Rights ”) and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the “ Section 2.3(c) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:

                              (i) first, all securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders of Additional Demand Rights (“ Additional Registrable Securities ”),


8

provided, however, that, if the number of such Additional Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the number of such Additional Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders of Additional Registrable Securities requesting that Additional Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the number of Additional Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Additional Registrable Securities owned by all of such holders requesting inclusion, unless such holders shall have otherwise agreed;

                              (ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, any Common Stock that the Company proposes to register for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, and

                              (iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities or Piggyback Securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities owned by all such holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.

                    2.4. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

                         (a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, which form shall be selected by the Company and shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective; provided, however, that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company will furnish to one counsel for the relevant Participating Holders (selected by the Majority Participating Holders) and the Manager, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the review and reasonable comment of such counsel, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto, any prospectus or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus related thereto to which the Majority Participating Holders or the Manager, if any, shall reasonably object;


9

                         (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the relevant registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for such period as any relevant Participating Holder shall request and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the relevant Participating Holders thereof set forth in such registration statement;

                          (c) furnish, without charge, to each relevant Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by the relevant registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and other documents, as such Participating Holder and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable law of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or free writing prospectus by each such Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

                          (d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the relevant registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any relevant Participating Holder or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holder or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the relevant Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

                          (e) promptly notify each Participating Holder selling such Registrable Securities and each managing underwriter, if any: (i) when the relevant registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to such registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the relevant registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the relevant registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the relevant registration statement, the prospectus related thereto, any document incorporated therein by


10

reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading; and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such Participating Holder and each managing underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

                         (f) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the relevant registration statement (and in any event within 90 days after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

                         (g) (i) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by the relevant registration statement to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or to take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA;

                         (h) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

                         (i) enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement containing customary provisions for indemnification and contribution covering the underwriters and their affiliates) and take such other actions as the Majority Participating Holders shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the relevant Participating Holders shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

                         (j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an opinion from the Company’s counsel and “cold comfort” letters from the Company’s independent public


11

accountants in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinion and letter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriter, if any, and furnish to each relevant Participating Holder and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinion and letter addressed to such Participating Holder or underwriter;

                          (k) deliver promptly to each relevant Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the relevant registration statement, other than those portions of any such memoranda which contain information subject to attorney-client privilege with respect to the Company, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by any Participating Holder relevant to such registration statement, by any underwriter, if any, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Participating Holder or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Participating Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

                         (l) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the relevant registration statement;

                         (m) provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the relevant registration statement;

                         (n) make reasonably available its employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company’s businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of such Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

                         (o) promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the relevant registration statement or the prospectus related thereto (after the initial filing of such registration statement), and prior to the filing of any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for each relevant Participating Holder and to each managing underwriter, if any, and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning any such Participating Holder or managing underwriter prior to the filing thereof as counsel for such Participating Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request;

                         (p) cooperate with the relevant Participating Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the relevant Participating


12

Holders at least three business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof;

                         (q) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

                         (r) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

                         (s) take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

                         (t) in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in light of the circumstances, be misleading.

                     To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, and such Demand Registration Request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “ automatic shelf registration statement ”) on Form F-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form F-3 and, if such form is not available, Form F-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.


13

                     If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

                     As a condition precedent to the Company’s obligations under Section 2.4 to register Registrable Securities, the Company may require that each Participating Holder furnish the Company such information in writing regarding such Participating Holder and the distribution of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder, as the Company may from time to time reasonably request provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration.

                     Each Participating Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of Section 2.4, such Participating Holder will (x) discontinue disposing Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Participating Holder receives copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of Section 2.4 and (y) if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in such Participating Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each Participating Holder of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of Section 2.4.

                     If any such registration statement or comparable statement under “blue sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel to the Company, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

                    2.5. Registration Expenses .

                         (a) The Company shall pay all Expenses (x) with respect to any Demand Registration whether or not it becomes effective or remains effective for the period


14

contemplated by Section 2.4(b) and (y) with respect to any registration effected under Section 2.2.

                         (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with “blue sky” laws of each state in which the relevant offering is made and (y) in connection with any offering hereunder, each Participating Holder shall pay all brokerage fees or underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of the Registrable Securities of such Participating Holder, pro rata with respect to payments of fees, discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in such offering by such Participating Holder, and (z) the Company shall, in the case of all registrations under this Section 2, be responsible for all its expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

                    2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights . In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 pursuant to an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to an underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration unless such Person agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and, subject to Section 3.1, completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney) which must be executed in connection therewith, and provides such other information to the Company or the managing underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person’s securities.

                    2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities . (a) Each Participating Holder agrees, (i) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any Common Stock or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed 180 days (and the Company hereby also so agrees (except that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form F-4 (if reasonably acceptable to such managing underwriter) or Form S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan), or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering so to agree), and (ii) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter of any underwritten public offering effected by the Company for its own account, not sell any Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed 180 days.


15

                         (b) The Company hereby agrees that, if it shall previously have received a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, and if such previous registration shall not have been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalent, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form F-4 or Form S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan) or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), until a period of 90 days shall have elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration; and the Company shall so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities.

                    2.8. No Required Sale . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement.

                    2.9. Indemnification . (a) In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2, the Company will, and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder and each underwriter for each such Holder, and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees and stockholders thereof), and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, including with respect to any indemnity or contribution provided by such Holder under an underwriting agreement or other arrangement relating to such registration of securities (collectively, “ Claims ”), and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in the relevant registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

                         (b) Each Participating Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 is being effected shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of Section 2.9) to the extent permitted by law the Company, its officers and


16

directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, managing directors, employees, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns, general and limited partners, stockholders and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, the relevant registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder specifically for use therein and reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to Section 2.9(b) and Sections 2.9(c), (e) and (f) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such Registrable Securities by such Participating Holder.

                         (c) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to Section 2.9, but the failure of any such Person to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any such Person otherwise than under this Article 2. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within 20 days after receiving notice from such indemnified party; or (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any


17

indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such party or parties which are not available to the other indemnified parties or to the extent representation of all indemnified parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or proceeding and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

                         (d) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), (b) or (c), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such offering of securities. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of Section 2.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to Section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses, claims, damages or liabilities of the indemnified parties relate, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c).

                         (e) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect


18

regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by any such party.

                         (f) The indemnification and contribution required by Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

          3. Underwritten Offerings .

                    3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Majority Participating Holders and shall contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements. Any Participating Holder to the offering shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in the relevant registration statement. Each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the relevant Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of such Participating Holder’s representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that such Participating Holder derives from such registration.

                    3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings . In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, any Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Participating Holder to such registration may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder. Each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the relevant Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person


19

under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of such Participating Holder representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that such Participating Holder derives from such registration.

          4. General .

                    4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration. The Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a subdivision of shares if in the reasonable judgment of (a) the Majority Participating Holders or (b) the managing underwriter for the relevant offering, such subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares of capital stock in a manner, and to take all other actions necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation in order to increase the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company.

                    4.2. Rule 144 . The Company covenants that (i) upon such time as it becomes, and so long as it remains, subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and (ii) it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

                    4.3. Nominees for Beneficial Owners . If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder contemplated by this Agreement), provided that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

                    4.4. Amendments and Waiver; Transferees . (a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended, or any of the provisions hereof waived, temporarily or permanently, in a writing executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Holders. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar). No delay on the part


20

of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

                    (b) Each Stockholder shall be entitled to transfer the benefits of this Agreement to any Person to whom it shall transfer all or any of its Registrable Securities, and any such transferee shall similarly be entitled to transfer the benefits of this Agreement; provided that each Stockholder agrees that it shall cause any such transferee to become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of this Agreement and delivering the same to the Company. The Company shall not be required to effect the registration of any transfer of shares by a Stockholder unless it shall have received such a signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be effective with respect to any such transferee without the need for any action on the part of any other Stockholder.

                    4.5. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder will be in writing and will be given when delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) or by telecopy (providing confirmation of transmission). All such notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications will be addressed as follows:

 

 

 

(a)

 

if to the Company, to:

 

 

 

 

 

Costamare Inc.
60 Zephyrou Street &
Syngrou Avenue
17564 Athens
Greece
Telephone No.: +30-210-94-90-000
Fax No.: +30 210-940-6454
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Telephone No.: (212) 474-1000
Fax No.: (212) 474-3700
Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr.



21

 

 

 

(b)

 

If to a Stockholder, to:

 

 

 

 

 

Costamare Shipping Company S.A.
60 Zephyrou Street &
Syngrou Avenue
17564 Athens
Greece
Telephone No.: +30-210-94-90-000
Fax No.: +30 210-940-6454
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Telephone No.: (212) 474-1000
Fax No.: (212) 474-3700
Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr.

or such other address as the Company or such Stockholder shall have specified to the other party in writing in accordance with Section 4.5.

                    4.6. Miscellaneous .

                         (a) Subject to Section 4.4(b), this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, personal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto.

                         (b) This Agreement (with the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements.

                         (c) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

                         (d) With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding” ) arising out of or relating to this Agreement each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or if such suit, action or proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (collectively, the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts


22

and (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or such Stockholder at their respective addresses referred to in Section 4.5; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

                         (e) WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVE, AND COVENANT THAT THEY WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

                         (f) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. All section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided.

                         (g) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

                         (h) Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

                         (i) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.


23

                         (j) Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                    4.7. No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company represents that the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with any other agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. Without the prior written consent of Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with the rights granted in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof or provides terms and conditions which, taken as a whole, are materially more favorable to, or materially less restrictive on, the other party thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, other than any lock-up agreement with the underwriters in connection with any registered offering effected hereunder, pursuant to which the Company shall agree not to register for sale, and the Company shall agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of, Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a specified period that is no longer than 180 days in the case of an IPO, or 90 days, in the case of any other registered offering, following the registered offering; provided, however, that in the event that either (a) during the last 17 days of the 180-day period or the 90-day period referred to above, as applicable, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period or the 90-day restricted period, as applicable, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period or the 90-day restricted period, as applicable, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company further agrees that if any other registration rights agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement with respect to any of its securities contains terms which, taken as a whole, are materially more favorable to, or materially less restrictive on, the other party thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, then the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall immediately be deemed to have been amended without further action by the Company or any of the Holders so that the Holders shall each be entitled to the benefit of any such more favorable or less restrictive terms or conditions.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 


 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Vasileios Konstantakopoulos, as Stockholder

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Konstantinos Konstantakopoulos, as Stockholder

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Christos Konstantakopoulos, as Stockholder

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Achillefs Konstantakopoulos, as Stockholder

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Kent Maritime Investments S.A., as Stockholder

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Yaco Maritime Investments S.A., as Stockholder

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

 

Vasska Maritime Investments S.A., as Stockholder

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO THE R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit 10.4

 

Dated : 22 nd July, 2008

T HE L ENDERS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SET OUT IN SCHEDULE 1

- and -

D EUTSCHE S CHIFFSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent

- and -

B AYERISCHE H YPO -U ND V EREINSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank

- and -
HSH N ORDBANK AG

as Swap Bank

- and -

COSTAMARE INC.
as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

relating to a loan facility of US$1,000,000,000 comprising:

 

 

(i) a term loan facility of up to US$700,000,000; and

 

 

(ii) a revolving credit facility of up to US$300,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1

PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

 

2

THE TOTAL COMMITMENT AND THE ADVANCES

17

 

 

 

 

 

3

INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS

20

 

 

 

 

 

4

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

23

 

 

 

 

 

5

FEES, COMMITMENT COMMISSION AND EXPENSES

27

 

 

 

 

 

6

PAYMENTS AND TAXES; ACCOUNTS AND CALCULATIONS

29

 

 

 

 

 

7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

32

 

 

 

 

 

8

UNDERTAKINGS

37

 

 

 

 

 

9

CONDITIONS

48

 

 

 

 

 

10

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

49

 

 

 

 

 

11

INDEMNITIES

55

 

 

 

 

 

12

UNLAWFULNESS AND INCREASED COSTS

56

 

 

 

 

 

13

SECURITIES, APPLICATION, SET-OFF AND PRO-RATA PAYMENTS

58

 

 

 

 

 

14

ACCOUNTS

61

 

 

 

 

 

15

ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND LENDING OFFICE

62

 

 

 

 

 

16

ARRANGERS, AGENT AND SECURITY AGENT

65

 

 

 

 

 

17

NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

75

 

 

 

 

 

18

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

77

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1 The Lenders and their Commitments

85

 

 

Schedule 2 Form of Drawdown Notice

87

 

 

Schedule 3 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent

88

 

 

Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate

97

 

 

Schedule 5 Form of Trust Deed

102

 

 

Schedule 6 The Swap Banks

103

 

 

Schedule 7 Details of Tranche A Ships

104

 

 

Details of Tranche A Ships

104

 

 

Schedule 8 Details of the Existing Charterparties of the Tranche A Ships

105

 

 

Schedule 9 List of Costamare Fleet vessels

106

 

 

Schedule 10 Form of Compliance Certificate

108



THIS AGREEMENT is dated 22 nd July, 2008 and made BETWEEN:

(1)   COSTAMARE INC., as Borrower;

(2)   D EUTSCHE S CHIFFSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT , as joint Arranger, Security Agent, Swap Bank and Agent;

(3)   B AYERISCHE H YPO -U ND V EREINSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT , as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank;

(4)   HSH N ORDBANK AG, as Swap Bank; and

(5)   T HE L ENDERS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS whose names and addresses are set out in schedule 1 as Lenders.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

 

 

 

1

 

PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which the Lenders agree, according to their several obligations, to make available to the Borrower, in several Advances, a loan facility of up to One billion Dollars (US$1,000,000,000) comprising:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

a Term Loan Facility of up to Seven hundred million Dollars (US$700,000,000) (“Tranche A”) to be used for providing the Borrower with funds for general corporate and working capital purposes; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

a Revolving Facility of up to Three hundred million Dollars (US$300,000,000) ( “Tranche B” ) to be used for the purpose of financing part of the Acquisition Cost of Tranche B Ships or to finance part of the Market Value of Tranche B Ships already owned by Subsidiaries of the Borrower in order to provide the Borrower with funds for general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Account Bank” means HVB or such other bank as may be designated by the Lenders as the Account Bank for the purpose of this Agreement (and includes its successors and assigns);

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Accounts” means, together, the Operating Accounts and any other account opened by the Borrower and maintained with the Account Bank and “Account” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Accounts Pledge Agreement” means the first priority pledge executed or (as the context may require) to be entered into between one or more Owners, the Lenders and the Account Bank in respect of the Operating Accounts relative to the Ship(s) of such Owner(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) (together, the “Accounts Pledge Agreements” );

1



 

 

 

“Advance” means each Term Advance and each Revolving Advance;

 

 

 

“Agent” means DSB or such other person as may be appointed as agent by the Lenders pursuant to clause 16.13 and includes its successors in title;

 

 

 

“Amalgamation Date” means the date following the 12 th Repayment Date upon which the Term Advances and the Revolving Advances shall be amalgamated;

 

 

 

“Approved Charterparty” in relation to a Ship means any time charter, agreement or related document in respect of the employment of such Ship exceeding twelve (12) month charter period, whether now existing or hereinafter entered into by the Owner thereof (and shall include any addenda thereto) and such expression also includes the Existing Charterparties;

 

 

 

“Approved Valuator” means any of Arrow, Howe Robinson, Clarksons, SSY, Ross Shipbrokers, Platou and Maerskbroker;

 

 

 

“Acquisition Cost” means, in relation to a Tranche B Ship, the aggregate amount paid or to be paid by the relevant Owner to the Seller thereof pursuant to the relevant MOA and which relates to the sale and purchase of such Tranche B Ship;

 

 

 

“Arrangers” means, together, DSB and HVB and includes their respective successors in title;

 

 

 

“Available Revolving Facility Amount” in relation to the Revolving Facility means at any time during the Availability Period in respect of the Revolving Facility, the maximum amount thereof less the aggregate amount of the Revolving Advances outstanding at that time;

 

 

 

“Availability Period” means the period starting on the date hereof and ending in respect of (a) the Term Loan Facility on the Final Availability Date in respect thereof or until such later date as the Lenders may agree in writing or on such earlier date (if any), (aa) on which the whole of the Term Loan Facility has been advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower, or (bb) on which the Total Commitment in respect of the Term Loan Facility is reduced to zero pursuant to clauses 10.2 or 12 or any other clause of this Agreement and (b) the Revolving Facility (i) on the Final Availability Date in respect thereof or (ii) if earlier, the date on which the Revolving Facility is fully cancelled or terminated under any provision of this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Balloon Instalment” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 4.1.1;

 

 

 

“Banking Day” means a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are carried on in the London Interbank Market and (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, Athens, Bremen, Hamburg, Frankfurt/Main, Basel, Rotterdam and New York City (or any other relevant place of payment under clause 6);

 

 

 

“Borrowed Money” means Indebtedness in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv) receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis), (v) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (vi) finance leases and hire purchase contracts, (vii) swaps, forward exchange contracts, futures and other derivatives, (viii) any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money or of any of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of (i) to (viii) above;

2



 

 

 

“Borrower” means C OSTAMARE I NC ., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, and includes its successors in title;

 

 

 

“Cash flow” means at any relevant time the net charter hire of all Mortgaged Ships less the Operating Expenses;

 

 

 

“Charterparty Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, the assignment of the Existing Charterparty and any other Approved Charterparty relative thereto, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Security Agent, in form satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) and respective notices of any such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer (to be served upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) and, in such case, endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the relevant charterer and/or, at the discretion of the Agent, copy of irrevocable instructions of the relevant Owner to such charterer (to be given upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) for the payment of the hire to the Operating Account of such Ship and/or a copy of the relevant charter with appropriate irrevocable notation (together, the “Charterparty Assignments” );

 

 

 

“Classification” in relation to each Ship means the classification assigned to such Ship which is referred to in the Mortgage registered or to be registered over such Ship with the Classification Society or such other classification as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall, at the request of the relevant Owner, have agreed in writing and shall be treated as the Classification in relation to such Ship for the purposes of the relevant Ship Security Documents;

 

 

 

“Classification Society” in relation to each Ship means Germanischer Lloyd, American Bureau of Shipping, NKK, Lloyds Register of Shipping or such other classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classifications Societies (except the Russian Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia, and China Classification Society, P.R. of China) and which the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall, at the request of the Owner of such Ship, have agreed in writing shall be treated as the Classification Society for the purposes of the relevant Security Documents;

 

 

 

“Commercial Manager” means Costamare or such other person as may from time to time be approved by the Lenders for the purpose of acting as commercial manager of the Ships, and includes its successors in title;

 

 

 

“Commitment” means, in relation to each Lender and in respect of each of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility, the amount set out opposite its name in relation to the relevant Facility in the column headed “Commitment” in schedule 1 and/or, in the case of a Transferee Lender, the amount transferred as specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as reduced in each case by any relevant term of this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Compulsory Acquisition” means requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of a Ship by any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving requisition of title;

 

 

 

“Confirmation” , in relation to any continuing Transaction, has the meaning given in each Master Agreement;

3



 

 

 

“Contribution” means, in relation to each Lender, the principal amount of the aggregate of the parts of the Term Advances and the Revolving Advances or, as the case may be, the Loan owing to such Lender at any relevant time;

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantee” means an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee given or, as the context may require, to be given by a Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) (together, the “Corporate Guarantees” );

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantor” means each of Costamare (subject to the provisions of clause 17.4) and the Owners (together, the “Corporate Guarantors” );

 

 

 

“Corporate Structure Completion Date” means a date not later than 31 st December, 2008 until which the totality of the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of the owning companies of all the vessels listed in schedule 9 (save any of such vessels which, in the meantime, is sold or has become a Total Loss) and all the Ships which are not listed in such schedule but which may, in the meantime, be acquired by any of the Corporate Guarantors, shall be transferred to the Borrower and all such companies and such Corporate Guarantors shall become wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower (except Costamare);

 

 

 

“Costamare” means C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama and having an office established in Greece (60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro, Athens, Greece) under the Greek laws 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/78 (as amended);

 

 

 

“Creditors” means, together, the Arrangers, the Agent, the Security Agent, the Swap Banks, the Account Bank and the Lenders and “Creditor” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

“Debt Service” means, on any relevant day, an amount (as conclusively certified by the Agent, save for manifest error) which is equal to the aggregate payments of principal and interest which the Borrower will be obliged to pay to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Security Documents in the twelve (12) month period commencing on such day;

 

 

 

“Default Rate” means that rate of interest per annum which is determined in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.4;

 

 

 

“DOC” means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

“Dollars” and “US$” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and in respect of all payments to be made under any of the Security Documents mean funds which are for same day settlement in the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other US dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the settlement of international banking transactions denominated in U.S. dollars);

 

 

 

“Drawdown Date” means, in relation to each Advance, any date, being a Banking Day falling into the Availability Period for such Advance, on which the relevant Advance is, or is to be, made available;

 

 

 

“Drawdown Notice” means, in relation to each Advance, a notice substantially in the form of schedule 2;

4



 

 

 

“DSB” means D EUTSCHE S CHIFFSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT , Bremen and Hamburg, a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany acting through its office at Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen, Federal Republic of Germany (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement pursuant to clause 17.1.3);

 

 

 

“Earnings” in relation to a Ship, means all earnings of such Ship, both present or future, including all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Owner thereof in the event of requisition of such Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions of any nature whatsoever in respect of general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for employment of such Ship and any other earnings whatsoever due or to become due to the Owner thereof in respect of such Ship and all sums recoverable under any Insurances in respect of loss of Earnings and includes, if and whenever such Ship is employed on terms whereby any and all such moneys as aforesaid are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing agreement which is attributable to such Ship;

 

 

 

“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any type of preferential arrangement (including without limitation title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);

 

 

 

“Environmental Affiliate” means any agent or employee of any of the Borrower and the Owners or any other Relevant Party or any person having a contractual relationship with any of the Borrower and the Owners or any other Relevant Party in connection with any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon;

 

 

 

“Environmental Approval” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon and/or passengers therein and/or provisions of goods and/or services on or from the Relevant Ship required under any Environmental Law;

 

 

 

“Environmental Claim” means (i) any claim, relating to an amount over US$5,000,000, by, or directive from, any applicable governmental, judicial or other regulatory authority alleging breach of, or non- compliance with, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident or (ii) any claim, relating to an amount over US$5,000,000, by any other third party howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident (and, in each such case, “claim” shall mean a claim for damages, clean-up costs, compliance, remedial action or otherwise);

 

 

 

“Environmental Incident” means (i) any release of Material of Environmental Concern from any Ship, (ii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Ships and which involves collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, involving any Ship, the Owner thereof are actually at fault or otherwise liable (in whole or in part) or (iii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Ships and where a Ship is actually liable to be arrested as a result and/or where the Owners are actually or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable;

5



 

 

 

 

“Environmental Laws” means all national, international and state laws, rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any Relevant Ship pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the United States of America) which are from time to time and at any relevant time applicable to any Relevant Ship);

 

 

 

 

“Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances described in clause 10.1;

 

 

 

 

“Existing Charterparty” means, in relation to a Ship, the current time charter in respect of the employment of such Ship entered into by the Owner thereof, as owner (and shall include any addenda thereto);

 

 

 

 

“Expenses” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Agent or the Creditors) of:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

all losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings of whatever nature, (including, without limitation, Taxes, repair costs, registration fees and insurance premiums, crew wages, repatriation expenses and seamen’s pension fund dues) suffered, incurred, charged to or paid or committed to be paid by the Creditors (or any of them) in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by any of the Security Documents or otherwise payable by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of any of , the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the expenses referred to in clause 5.2; and

 

 

 

 

  (c)

interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings from, in the case of Expenses referred to in sub-paragraph (b) above, the date on which such Expenses were demanded by the Creditors (or any of them) from the Borrower and in all other cases, the date on which the same were suffered, incurred or paid by the Creditors (or any of them) until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgement) at the Default Rate (as conclusively certified by the Agent, save in case of manifest error);

 

 

 

 

“Facilities” means, together, the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility and “Facility” means either of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

 

“Final Availability Date” means in relation to:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the Term Loan Facility, the 30 th September, 2008; and

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Revolving Facility, the Amalgamation Date;

 

 

 

 

or, in each case, such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders in their sole discretion) may agree in writing;

 

 

 

 

“Final Maturity Date” in relation to the Loan means the date falling on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Drawdown Date of the first Term Advance;

 

 

 

 

“Flag State” means in relation to a Ship, the Republic of Greece or Hong Kong or the Republic of Liberia or the Republic of Malta or such state or territory proposed in writing by the relevant

6



 

 

 

Owner to the Agent and approved (at their reasonable discretion) by the Majority Lenders, as being the “Flag State” of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

“General Assignment” means in relation to each Ship the deed of general assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (each such term as defined in the relevant Ship Security Document) thereof executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Security Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) (together, the “General Assignments” );

 

 

 

“Government Entity” means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;

 

 

 

“Group” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and “Group Member” means any member of the Group;

 

 

 

“Guarantees” means, together, the Corporate Guarantees and the Personal Guarantees, and “Guarantee” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

“Guarantors” means, together, the Owners and (subject to the provisions of clause 17.4) the Personal Guarantors and Costamare and “Guarantor” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

“HVB” means Bayerische H YPO -U ND V EREINSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT , a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of Germany, having its registered office at Am Tucherpark 16, D-80538, München, Germany, acting for the purpose of this Agreement through its office at 62 Notara Street, 185 35, Piraeus, Greece (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement pursuant to clause 17.1.3);

 

 

 

“Indebtedness” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

 

 

“Insurances” in relation to a Ship means all policies and contracts of insurance (including, without limitation, all entries of the Ship in a protection and indemnity, war risks (including war P&I liabilities) or other mutual insurance association) which are from time to time in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of its Owner in respect of such Ship or otherwise howsoever in connection with such Ship and all benefits of such policies and/or contracts (including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);

 

 

 

“Interest Period” means in relation to the Loan or any part thereof, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan or such part thereof ascertained in accordance with clauses 3.2 and 3.3;

 

 

 

“Interest Payment Date” means in respect of the Loan or any part thereof in respect of which a separate Interest Period is fixed the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in case of any Interest Period longer than three (3) months the date(s) falling at successive three (3) months intervals during such longer Interest Period and the last day of such longer Interest Period;

 

 

 

“ISM Code” means in relation to its application to the Owners, the Ships and their operation:

7



 

 

 

 

  (a)

“The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention”, currently known or referred to as the “ISM Code”, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A. 741(18) on 4 th November, 1993 and incorporated on 19 th May, 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

 

 

 

 

  (b)

all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the “Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations” produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A. 788(19) adopted on 25 th November, 1995;

 

 

 

 

   as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

 

 

 

“ISM Code Documentation” includes:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the DOC and SMC issued by an IACS classification society pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Ships within the period specified by the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

  (b)

all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require by request; and

 

 

 

 

  (c)

any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain the Ships’ or the Owners’ compliance with the ISM Code which the Agent may require by request;

 

 

 

 

“ISM SMS” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Security Code of the International Maritime Organization and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;

 

 

 

 

“ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of the relevant Ship pursuant to the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

“Lenders” means the Lenders and financial institutions listed in schedule 1 and includes their respective successors in title and Transferee Lenders and “Lender” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

 

“LIBOR” means in relation to any amount and for any period:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the offered rate (if any) per annum for deposits in Dollars for such amount and for such period which is the rate, for such period, appearing on the relevant page of the Reuter screen at or about 11 a.m. London time on the Quotation Date (or, if the Lenders shall have made a determination pursuant to clause 3.6 such later time (not being later than 1 p.m. (London time) on the first day of such period) as the Agent may determine) or such other page as may replace the relevant Page of the Reuter screen on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to that rate or on such other service as

8



 

 

 

 

 

may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars; and

 

 

 

 

  (b)

if on such date no such rate is so displayed, LIBOR for such period shall be the rate determined by the Agent in accordance with its usual practices to obtain similar deposit(s) in Dollars on the basis of the rates quoted by the Lenders at the request of the Agent as such Lender’s offered rate for deposits in Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined for a period equivalent to such period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Banking Day before the first day of such period;

 

 

 

 

“Loan” means the aggregate principal amount borrowed by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or (as the context may require) the principal amount thereof owing to the Lenders under this Agreement at any relevant time;

 

 

 

 

“Majority Lenders” means, at any relevant time, (a) with respect to decisions regarding change of the repayment schedule of the Loan, increase any Lender’s Commitment, any change of the financial covenants set forth in clause 8.6, change the currency in which any amount is payable by any Security Party under any of the Security Documents, change any provision of any of the Security Documents which expressly or impliedly requires the approval or consent of all of the Lenders such that the relevant approval or consent may be given otherwise than with the sanction of all of the Lenders, change the order of distribution under clause 13.2 (application of moneys), change clause 16.11 or any definition referred to in clause 16.11, change of pricing, change of the Final Maturity Date, amend this definition and/or release of the securities constituted or to be constituted by the Security Documents, Lender(s) the aggregate of whose Commitments is equal to 100% of the Total Commitment at such time or, after a Term Advance and or a Revolving Advance has been drawn down, Lender(s) the aggregate of whose Contributions at such relevant time is equal to 100% of the Loan and (b) with respect to decisions on any other matter, Lender(s), the aggregate of whose Commitments at any relevant time equals sixty seven percent (67%) of the Total Commitment or, after a Term Advance or a Revolving Advance has been drawn down, Lender(s), the aggregate of whose Contributions at any relevant time is equal to sixty seven percent (67%) of the Loan;

 

 

 

 

“Management Agreement” means, in relation to each Ship, the agreement made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Owner thereof and the relevant Manager providing for the appointment of such Manager as Commercial Manager or, as the case may be, Technical Manager of such Ship subject to and upon the terms and conditions therein contained (together, the “Management Agreements” );

 

 

 

 

“Manager’s Undertaking” means in respect of each Ship an undertaking and letter of subordination executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Manager in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) (together, the “Manager’s Undertakings” );

 

 

 

 

“Managers” means, together, the Commercial Manager and the Technical Managers;

 

 

 

 

“Mandatory Cost Rate” means in relation to the Loan the rate determined by the Agent to be equal to the highest of the respective rates notified by each Lender to the Agent as the cost to that Lender (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) as determined by it to be attributable to the relevant one of the Loan resulting from the imposition under, or pursuant to, the Bank of

9



 

 

 

England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority and/or the European Central Bank and/or any other relevant regulatory authority of a requirement to pay fees calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund the Loan;

 

 

 

“Market Value” has the meaning giving to it in clause 8.6.2(f);

 

 

 

“Margin” means zero point eight five per cent (0.85%) per annum;

 

 

 

“Master Agreement” means, in relation to each Swap Bank, the master agreement (on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form as modified) or, in the case of DSB, any “Deutscher Rahmenvertrag (Rahmenvertrag Für Finanztermingeschäfte)” (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest or currency exchange transactions), made or to be made between that Swap Bank and the Borrower, and includes all transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement and any amending, supplementing or replacement agreements made from time to time (together, the “Master Agreements” );

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Liabilities” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future, of the Borrower to the Swap Banks under the respective Master Agreements;

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Security Deed” means, in relation to each Swap Bank, the security deed executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in relation to certain of the rights of the Borrower under such Master Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) (together, the “Master Agreement Security Deeds” );

 

 

 

“Material of Environmental Concern” means and includes pollutants, contaminants, toxic substances, oil as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and all hazardous substances as defined in the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980;

 

 

 

“MOA” means, in relation to a Tranche B Ship, a memorandum of agreement made or to be made between the Seller of that Tranche B Ship and the Owner thereof which is the buyer thereof (together, the “MOAs” );

 

 

 

“month” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “ months ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

“Mortgage” in relation to each Ship means the first priority or preferred mortgage of such Ship and (if applicable) the Deed of Covenants supplemental thereto executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner of such Ship in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) (together, the “Mortgages” );

10



 

 

 

 

“Mortgaged Ship” means, at any relevant time, any of the Ships which is at such time subject to a Mortgage and/or the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (each such term as defined in the relevant Security Documents) of which are subject to an Encumbrance pursuant to the relevant Security Documents and a Ship shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be a Mortgaged Ship as from whichever shall be the earlier of (a) the Drawdown Date of the Advance relative to that Ship and (b) the date on which the relevant Mortgage and/or, as the case may be, the relevant General Assignment shall have been executed and, where appropriate, registered in accordance with this Agreement until whichever shall be the earlier of (i) the payment in full of the amount required to be paid by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to clause 4.3 following the Total Loss or sale of the relevant Ship and (ii) the date on which all moneys owing under the Security Documents have been repaid in full;

 

 

 

 

“Operating Account” means an interest bearing Dollar account of the relevant Owner opened with the Account Bank and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) to be an Operating Account for the purposes of this Agreement (together, the “Operating Accounts” );

 

 

 

 

“Operator” means any person who is from time to time during the Security Period concerned in the operation of the relevant Ship and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“Outstanding Indebtedness” means the aggregate of (a) the Term Advances and interest accrued and accruing thereon (b) the Revolving Advances and interest accrued and accruing thereon, (c) the Expenses, (d) the Master Agreement Liabilities and (e) all other sums of money from time to time owing by the Borrower to the Creditors including, without limitation, default interest, damages, indemnities, costs, expenses, whether actually or contingently under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

“Owner” means in relation to a Ship the registered owner thereof (together, the “Owners” );

 

 

 

 

“Permitted Encumbrance” means any Encumbrance in favour of the Creditors or any of them created pursuant to the Security Documents and Permitted Liens;

 

 

 

 

“Permitted Liens” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

any lien on such Ship for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

 

 

 

  (b)

any lien for salvage and any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien for a sum not (except with the prior written consent of the Agent) exceeding the Casualty Amount (as defined in the Security Documents);

 

 

 

 

“Personal Guarantee” means the irrevocable and unconditional guarantee given or, as the context may require, to be given by each Personal Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness and any and all other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Master Agreements (together, the “Personal Guarantees” );

 

 

 

 

“Personal Guarantors” means the persons nominated by the Borrower and acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) each of whom shall or, as the context may

11



 

 

 

require, may give a Personal Guarantee and in the singular means either of them as the context may require (together, the “Personal Guarantors” );

 

 

 

“Quotation Date” means, in respect of any period in respect of which LIBOR falls to be determined under this Agreement, the second Banking Day before the first day of such period;

 

 

 

“Registry” means, in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the respective Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register such Ship, its Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws and flag of such Flag State;

 

 

 

“Related Company” of a person means any Subsidiary of such person, any company or other entity of which such person is a Subsidiary and any Subsidiary of any such company or entity;

 

 

 

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;

 

 

 

“Relevant Party” means the Borrower, any other Security Party and any such Security Party’s Related Companies;

 

 

 

“Relevant Ship” means the Ships and any other vessel from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) owned, managed or crewed by, or chartered to, any Relevant Party;

 

 

 

“Regulatory Agency” means the Government Entity or other organization in the Flag State which has been designated by the government of the relevant Flag State to implement and/or administer and/or enforce the provisions of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

“Repayment Dates” means, subject to clause 6.3, each of the dates falling at three (3) monthly intervals after the Drawdown Date of the first Term Advance up to and including the Final Maturity Date;

 

 

 

“Repayment Instalment” means each instalment of the Loan which becomes due for repayment by the Borrower to the Lenders on a Repayment Date pursuant to clause 4.1.1;

 

 

 

“Revolving Advance” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under the Revolving Facility described in clause 2.2 or (as the context may require) the amount of such borrowing for the time being outstanding and “Revolving Advances” means the aggregate amount of all Revolving Advances outstanding at any relevant time;

 

 

 

“Revolving Facility” means the amount of up to US$300,000,000 (Three hundred million Dollars), which the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower by way of a revolving credit facility under the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as the same may be reduced pursuant to any relevant term of this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Revolving Facility Period” means the period commencing on the date hereof and terminating on the Amalgamation Date upon which the Term Advances and the Revolving Advances shall be amalgamated and shall comprise the Loan;

 

 

 

“Security Agent” means DSB;

12



 

 

 

 

“Security Documents” means:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Master Agreements;

 

 

 

 

  (c)

the Master Agreement Security Deeds;

 

 

 

 

  (d)

the Mortgages;

 

 

 

 

  (e)

the General Assignments;

 

 

 

 

  (f)

the Corporate Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

  (g)

the Personal Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

  (h)

the Accounts Pledge Agreements; and

 

 

 

 

  (i)

any Charterparty Assignments;

 

 

 

 

and any other agreement or document that may has been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure all or any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness and/or any and all other obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and the Master Agreements and any other moneys from time to time owing by the Borrower under or in connection with this Agreement and/or the Master Agreements and/or any of the other documents referred to in this definition, as each such document may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented, and “Security Document” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

 

“Security Party” means the Borrower, each Corporate Guarantor (subject to clause 17.4), each Personal Guarantor and any other person who may at any time be a party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Creditors and the Managers) (together, the “Security Parties ”);

 

 

 

 

“Security Period” means the period commencing on the date hereof and terminating on the date upon which the Loan together with all interest thereon and all other moneys payable to the Creditors under this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other Security Documents have been repaid in full to the Creditors;

 

 

 

 

“Security Requirement” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Agent whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) which is at any relevant time one hundred and twenty five percent (125%) of the aggregate of (i) the Term Loan and (ii) the Revolving Advances and (iii) the Swap Exposure;

 

 

 

 

“Security Value” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Agent whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders) which is, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (a) the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships as most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4 and (b) the market value of any additional security for the time being actually provided to the Creditors or any of them pursuant to clause 8.2 (if any);

13



 

 

 

 

 

“Seller” means, in relation to a Ship, the company named as seller of such Ship in the relevant MOA;

 

 

 

 

 

“Ships” means together the Tranche A Ships, the Tranche B Ships and the Additional Ships and “Ship” means any of them as the context may require and for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

“Tranche A Ships” means, together, the ten (10) Ships listed in schedule 7, and when referred to by name means that Ship, and in the singular means any of them, as the context may require;

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

“Tranche B Ship” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

any of the vessels referred to in schedule 9 nominated by the Borrower or any vessel acquired by a Corporate Guarantor pursuant to the relevant MOA and which vessel is, in either case, with a maximum age of 15 years at the time of the relevant drawdown and of at least 950 TEU and, if of 10,000 TEU or more such vessel to be subject to a ten (10) years Approved Charterparty, and which vessel shall be financed by a Revolving Advance under Tranche B (such Revolving Advances in the aggregate to be in an amount not less than US$165,000,000 (One hundred sixty five million Dollars)), such Revolving Advance shall be used for the purpose stipulated in clause 1.1(b); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

any of the vessels referred to in schedule 9 nominated by the Borrower or subject to acceptance by the Lenders, any vessel acquired by a Corporate Guarantor pursuant to the relevant MOA and which vessel is, in either case, of at least 950 TEU and, if of 10,000 TEU or more such vessel to be subject to a ten (10) years Approved Charterparty, and which vessel shall be financed by a Revolving Advance under Tranche B and such Revolving Advance shall be used for the purpose stipulated in clause 1.1(b),

 

 

 

 

 

 

   and “Tranche B Ships” means any or all of them as the context may require; and

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

“Additional Ship” means any vessel which is owned, or is to be, purchased by a Subsidiary of the Borrower and which may be offered by the Borrower as additional security as provided in clause 8.2.9;

 

 

 

 

 

“SMC” means, in relation to a Ship, a safety management certificate issued in respect of such Ship in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

 

“Subsidiary” of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person, and for this purpose “control” means either the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting share capital (or equivalent rights of ownership) of such company or entity or the power to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

“Swap Bank” means a bank or financial institution listed in schedule 6 and acting through its branch indicated in such schedule or its transferee, successor or assign;

 

 

 

 

 

“Swap Exposure” means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by a Swap Bank to the Borrower to be the market-to-market gain or loss under the relevant Master Agreement on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Transactions entered into between the Borrower and such Swap Bank;

14



 

 

 

 

“Taxes” includes all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees or charges of whatever nature together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof and “Taxation” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

“Technical Manager” means Costamare or (through a sub-contract made or to be made with Costamare and after prompt notice of the Borrower to the Agent) S HANGHAI C OSTAMARE S HIPMANAGEMENT C O . L TD ., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of P.R. of China or C IEL S HIPMANAGEMENT S.A., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Liberia or such other person as may from time to time be approved by the Lenders for the purpose of acting as technical manager of any of the Ships, and includes their respective successors in title (together, the “Technical Managers” );

 

 

 

 

“Term Advance” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under the Term Facility described in clause 2.2 or (as the context may require) the amount of such borrowing for the time being outstanding and “Term Advances” means the aggregate amount of all Term Advances outstanding at any relevant time;

 

 

 

 

“Term Loan Facility” means the total amount which the Lenders agreed to lend to the Borrower under clause 2.1 as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“Total Commitment” means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of all the Lenders’ Commitments at such time;

 

 

 

 

“Total Loss” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of a Ship; or

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship; or

 

 

 

 

  (c)

the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of a Ship (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship) by any Government Entity, or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, unless such Ship be released and restored to the Owner thereof from such hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within ninety (90) days after the occurrence thereof;

 

 

 

 

“Transaction” has the meaning given in each Master Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate in substantially the form set out in schedule 4;

 

 

 

“Transferee Lender” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 15.3;

 

 

 

 

“Transferor Lender” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 15.3;

 

 

 

 

“Trust Deed” means a trust deed in the form, or substantially in the form, set out in schedule 5; and

 

 

 

 

“Trust Property” means (i) the security, powers, rights, titles, benefits and interests (both present and future) constituted by and conferred on the Security Agent or any receiver under or pursuant to the Security Documents including, without limitation, the benefit of all covenants, undertakings, representations, warranties and obligations given, made or undertaken to the

15



 

 

 

 

 

Security Agent in the Security Documents, (ii) all moneys, property and other assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent or any agent of the Security Agent or any receiver or received or recovered by the Security Agent or any agent of the Security Agent or any receiver pursuant to, or in connection with, any of the Security Documents whether from any Security Party or any other person and (iii) all moneys, investments, property and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the foregoing, including all interest, income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent or any agent of the Security Agent or any receiver in respect of the same (or any part thereof); and

 

 

 

 

 

“US-GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, concepts, bases and policies consistently applied.

 

 

 

1.3

 

Headings

 

 

 

 

 

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

 

1.4

 

Construction of certain terms

 

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 

 

1.4.1

 

references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement include its schedules;

 

 

 

1.4.2

 

references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;

 

 

 

1.4.3

 

references to a “regulation” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law and, if not having the force of law, to which the relevant person habitually complies) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority;

 

 

 

1.4.4

 

words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

 

 

1.4.5

 

references to a time of day are to Greek time;

 

 

 

1.4.6

 

references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;

 

 

 

1.4.7

 

references to a “guarantee” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “guaranteed” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

1.4.8

 

references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to such enactment as re-enacted, amended or extended; and

16



 

 

 

1.4.9

 

words and expressions defined in each Master Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning when used herein.

 

 

 

1.5

 

Majority Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

Where this Agreement or any other Security Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of the Majority Lenders or to be subject to the consent or request of the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions in writing of the Majority Lenders, such opinion, consent, request or instructions shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders with a Commitment and/or Contribution shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such opinion, consent, request or instructions are required to be obtained and the relevant majority of such Lenders shall have given or issued such opinion, consent, request or instructions but so that (as between the Borrower and the Lenders) the Borrower shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each relevant Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders whether or not this is in fact the case.

 

 

 

1.6

 

Lenders’ Commitment

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of the definition of “ Majority Lenders ” in clause 1.2, references to the Commitment of a Lender in respect of either Facility shall, if the part of the Total Commitment relating to the relevant Facility has, at any relevant time, been reduced to zero, be deemed to be a reference to the Commitment of that Lender in respect of such Facility immediately prior to such reduction to zero.

 

 

 

2

 

THE TOTAL COMMITMENT AND THE ADVANCES

 

 

 

2.1

 

The Term Loan Facility

 

 

 

2.1.1

 

Agreement to lend : The Lenders, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in clause 7, agree to lend to the Borrower upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the principal sum of up to Seven hundred million Dollars (US$700,000,000). The obligation of each Lender under this Agreement shall be to contribute that proportion of each Advance in respect of the Term Loan Facility which, as at the Drawdown Date of such Advance, its Commitment in respect of the Term Loan Facility bears to the Total Commitment in respect of the Term Loan Facility.

 

 

 

2.1.2

 

Number and Purpose of Term Advances Agreed : The Term Loan Facility shall be advanced to the Borrower in up to five (5) Term Advances and shall be used for the purposes set forth in clause 1.1.

 

 

 

2.1.3

 

Limitation of Term Advances : each Term Advance shall not exceed seventy per cent (70%) of the Market Value of the Ship to be financed by such Term Advance, as determined in accordance with the valuation of such Ship obtained pursuant to clause 8.2.3.

 

 

 

2.1.4

 

Termination of the Term Loan Facility : Any part of the Term Loan Facility undrawn and uncancelled at the end of the relevant Availability Period shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

17



 

 

 

 

2.1.5

 

Cancellation of the Term Loan Facility : The Borrower shall be entitled to cancel any undrawn part of the Term Loan Facility under this Agreement upon giving the Agent not less than five (5) Banking Days’ notice in writing to that effect, provided, that no Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent under clause 2.3 for the full amount of the Term Facility or in respect of the portion thereof in respect of which cancellation is required by the Borrower. Any such notice of cancellation, once given, shall be irrevocable. Any amount cancelled may not be drawn. Notwithstanding any such cancellation pursuant to this clause 2.1.5 the Borrower shall continue to be liable for any and all amounts due to the Creditors under this Agreement including without limitation any amounts due to the Creditors under clause 11.

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

The Revolving Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Agreement to lend : Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility not exceeding the principal amount of Three hundred million Dollars (US$300,000,000) of which a part in the minimum aggregate amount of US$165,000,000 shall be used in respect of the Tranche B Ships referred to in paragraph (i) of the definition “Tranche B Ship” and the remaining part of the Revolving Facility shall be used in respect of the Tranche B Ships referred to in paragraph (ii) of the definition “Tranche B Ship”. The obligation of each Lender under this Agreement shall be to contribute that proportion of each Revolving Advance which, as at the Drawdown Date of such Revolving Advance, its Commitment in respect of the Revolving Facility bears to the Total Commitment in respect of the Revolving Facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

Limitation of Revolving Advances : each Revolving Advance shall not exceed seventy per cent (70%) of the lesser of (i) the Market Value of the Ship to be financed by such Revolving Advance, as determined in accordance with the valuation of such Ship obtained pursuant to clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4 and (ii) the Acquisition Cost of such Ship.

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Drawdown

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Advance shall be made to the Borrower following receipt by the Agent from the Borrower of a Drawdown Notice not later than 10:00 a.m. on the third (3 rd ) Banking Day before the date, which shall be a Banking Day falling within the Availability Period for such Advance, on which the Borrower proposes such Advance is to be made. A Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Agent and, once given, shall, subject as provided in clause 3.6.1, be irrevocable.

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

Disbursement

 

 

 

 

2.4.1

 

Disbursement of a Term Advance : Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice in respect of a Term Advance complying with the terms of this Agreement the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender and each Lender shall, subject to the provisions of clause 9, on the date specified in such Drawdown Notice, make available to the Agent its portion of the relevant Term Advance for payment by the Agent in accordance with clause 6.2 of the relevant Term Advance to the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

2.4.2

 

Disbursement of a Revolving Advance : Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice in respect of a Revolving Advance complying with the terms of this Agreement the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender and each Lender shall, subject to the provisions of clause 9, on the date specified in such Drawdown Notice, make available to the Agent its portion of the relevant

18



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving Advance for payment by the Agent in accordance with clause 6.2 of the relevant Revolving Advance to the Borrower,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided however that :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the aggregate amount of the Revolving Advances shall not exceed US$300,000,000; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

no Revolving Advance shall be drawn down prior to the drawdown of the first Term Advance.

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

Application of Proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes with the Creditors to use each Term Advance and each Revolving Advance only for the purposes stated in clause 1.1 provided that, without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under clause 8.1.3, no Creditor shall have any responsibility for the application of the proceeds thereof by the Borrower, and no Creditor shall be under any obligation to monitor the Borrower’s compliance with this undertaking and no breach of this undertaking shall affect the Borrower’s other obligations hereunder.

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

Termination of Total Commitment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any part of the Total Commitment which remains undrawn and uncancelled by the relevant Final Availability Date shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

Interests of Lenders and Swap Banks several

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement (but without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement relating to or requiring action by the Majority Lenders) the rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master Agreements are several and the amount due to any Creditor is a separate and independent debt.

 

 

 

 

2.8

 

Individual Lender’s and Swap Bank’s right of action

 

 

 

 

2.8.1

 

Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

2.8.2

 

Each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under the Master Agreement to which such Swap Bank is a party,

 

 

 

 

 

 

without joining the Agent, the Security Agent or any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in any proceedings for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

2.9

 

Proceedings by individual Lender or Swap Bank requiring Majority Lender consent

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as provided in clause 2.8, no Lender or Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any other Security Party in connection with a Security Document or a Master Agreement without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

2.10

 

Obligations of Lenders and Swap Banks several

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of each Swap Bank under the Master Agreement to which it is a party are several and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations

19



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:

 

 

 

 

2.10.1

 

The obligations of the other Lenders or the other Swap Banks being increased; nor

 

 

 

 

2.10.2

 

the Borrower, any other Security Party or any other Lender or any Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Security Document or under any Master Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

3

 

INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Normal interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay interest on the Loan (or as the case may be, each portion thereof to which a different Interest Period relates), in respect of each Interest Period relating thereto on each Interest Payment Date at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (i) Margin, (ii) LIBOR for that Interest Period and (iii) the Mandatory Cost Rate (if any). In addition in the event that the Borrower selects (under clause 3.2) an Interest Period for the Loan longer than three (3) months but not longer than twelve (12) months, the Borrower shall, after 3 months from the commencement of such Interest Period, place into a time deposit maintained with the Account Bank in an account in the name of the Borrower and pledged, throughout the remainder of such Interest Period, in favour of the Lenders and the Swap Banks an amount equal to the pro-rata interest on the Loan for the first three (3) months of such Interest Period. Such amount placed into the said time deposit as well as accrued interest thereon up to the end of the relevant Interest Period shall be applied by the Agent in payment of interest on the Loan on the relevant Interest Payment Date and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Agent and the Account Bank to effect such transfer and application provided, however, that notwithstanding the above proviso, interest on the Loan shall accrue and shall be payable by the Borrower at the rate provided in this clause 3.1 on each Interest Payment Date falling during and on the last Interest Payment Date of, such longer Interest Period and such interest shall be applied by the Agent in payment of interest on the Loan on each such Interest Payment Date.

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Selection of Interest Periods

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to clause 3.3, the Borrower may by notice received by the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. on the third Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period specify whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months or six (6) months or nine (9) months or twelve (12) months or such other period as the Borrower may select and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve.

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Determination of Interest Periods

 

 

 

 

 

 

Every Interest Period shall be of the duration specified by the Borrower pursuant to clause 3.2 but so that:

20



 

 

 

3.3.1

 

the initial Interest Period in respect of each Term Advance shall commence on the date such Term Advance is made and each subsequent Interest Period for the Loan shall commence on the last day of the previous Interest Period for the Loan;

 

 

 

3.3.2

 

the initial Interest Period in respect of each Term Advance drawn down after the first Term Advance shall end on the same day as the then current Interest Period for the Loan and all Term Advances outstanding on such day shall be consolidated into, and shall thereafter constitute, the Loan;

 

 

 

3.3.3

 

if any Interest Period for the Loan would otherwise overrun a Repayment Date, then, in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Repayment Date, and in the case of any other Repayment Date or Repayment Dates, the Loan shall be divided into parts so that there is one part in the amount of the repayment instalment or instalments due on each Repayment Date falling during that Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date and another part in the amount of the balance of the Loan having an Interest Period ascertained in accordance with clause 3.2 and the other provisions of this clause 3.3;

 

 

 

3.3.4

 

the initial Interest Period in respect of each Revolving Advance shall commence on the date such Revolving Advance is made and shall end on the same day as the then current Interest Period for the other Revolving Advances and on such day all Revolving Advances shall be consolidated into, and shall thereafter constitute, a single Revolving Advance and each subsequent Interest Period for the Revolving Advance shall commence on the last day of the previous Interest Period for the Revolving Advance; and

 

 

 

3.3.5

 

if the Borrower fails to specify the duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.2 and this clause 3.3 such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months or such other period as shall comply with this clause 3.3.

 

 

 

3.4

 

Default interest

 

 

 

 

 

If the Borrower fails to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this clause 3.4) on its due date for payment under any of the Security Documents, the Borrower shall pay interest on such sum on demand from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at a rate determined by the Agent pursuant to this clause 3.4. The period beginning on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be divided into successive periods of not more than three (3) months as selected by the Agent each of which (other than the first, which shall commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the preceding such period. The rate of interest applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Agent) of (a) two per cent (2%) per annum, (b) the Margin, (c) LIBOR for such period and (d) the Mandatory Cost Rate, if any. Such interest shall be due and payable on the last day of each such period as determined by the Agent and each such day shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date, provided that if such unpaid sum is an amount of principal which became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Agent under clause 10.2.1(b) or a prepayment pursuant to clauses 4.3, 8.2.1(a) or 12.1, on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating thereto, the first such period selected by the Agent shall be of a duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on such principal sum during such period at a rate of two per cent (2%) above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it shall have become so due and payable. If, for the reasons specified in clause 3.6.1, the Agent is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause 3.4, each

21



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of the cost of funds to such Lender and interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Agent to be two per cent (2%) per annum above the aggregate of the Margin, the cost of funds to such Lender and the Mandatory Cost Rate, if any. Interest payable by the Borrower as aforesaid shall be compounded quarterly (or if the period fixed by the Agent is longer, at the end of such longer period) and shall be payable on demand.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this clause 3.4 does not apply:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

in case the failure to effect a payment under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is solely due to technical problems within the relevant Creditor’s payment system which is beyond the control of the Borrower or the relevant Security Party; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of that Master Agreement shall apply or, in the case of the Master Agreement with DSB as Swap Bank, clause 3(4) of that Master Agreement, shall apply.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

Notification of Interest Periods and interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly of the duration of each Interest Period and of each rate of interest (or, as the case may be default interest) determined by it under this clause 3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

 

Market disruption; non-availability

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6.1

 

If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest Period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the Agent shall have determined (which determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive) that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR during such Interest Period by reasons affecting the London interbank market generally; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Agent shall have received notification:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

from Lenders with Contributions aggregating not less than one-third (3 rd ) of the Loan; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

prior to the Drawdown Date of the first Term Advance to be drawn down hereunder, from Lenders with Commitments aggregating not less than one- third (3 rd ) of the Total Commitment,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

deposits in Dollars are not available to such Lenders in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts to fund the Loan or their Contributions for such Interest Period; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

LIBOR for that Interest Period will not adequately reflect the cost of funding of the Loan for that Interest Period to all Lenders,

22



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Agent shall forthwith give notice (a “Determination Notice” ) thereof to the Borrower and to each of the Lenders. A Determination Notice shall contain particulars of the relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue. After the giving of any Determination Notice the undrawn amount of the Total Commitment shall not be borrowed until notice to the contrary is given to the Borrower by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6.2

 

During the period of ten (10) days after any Determination Notice has been given by the Agent under clause 3.6.1, the Borrower and the Agent in consultation with the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith in order to arrive at a mutually acceptable substitute basis for each Lender to continue its Contribution and, if within such ten (10) day period the Borrower and the Agent (in consultation as aforesaid) shall agree in writing upon such an alternative basis (the “Substitute Basis” )the Substitute Basis should be retroactive to and effective from the first day of the relevant Interest Period. If the Borrower and the Agent (in consultation with the Lenders) fail to agree on a substitute basis within such ten (10) day period, the Borrower shall repay the Loan on the tenth (10 th ) Banking Day after expiry of such twenty day period, together with accrued interest thereon payable to each Lender at the rate certified by each such Lender and notified through the Agent to the Borrower as being a reasonable interest reflecting the cost to such Lender of funding its Contribution during the period ending on the date of such prepayment, plus the Margin. So long as any Substitute Basis is in force, the Agent shall from time to time (but at least monthly) and in consultation with the Lenders review whether or not the circumstances are such that such Substitute Basis is no longer necessary and, if the Agent so determines it shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the Substitute Basis shall cease to be effective from such date as the Agent shall reasonably specify.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Repayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.1

 

Repayment of the Loan : The Borrower shall repay the Loan by forty (40) consecutive quarterly Repayment Instalments, one such Repayment Instalment to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the amount of each of such Repayment Instalments shall be as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the amount of each of the 1 st to 4 th (both inclusive) Repayment Instalments shall be in the amount of Six million five hundred thousand Dollars (US$6,500,000);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the amount of each of the 5 th to 12 th (both inclusive) Repayment Instalments shall be Nine million Dollars (US$9,000,000);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

the amount of the Loan outstanding after the repayment of the 12 th Repayment Instalment shall be repaid by twenty eight (28) equal consecutive quarterly Repayment Instalments each of which shall be in an amount equal to the formula:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan amount
(20-WAA)x4]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

where :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“WAA” means the weighted average age of all Mortgaged Ships calculated with the following formula:

23



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S1

= WAA

 

 

 

 

 

S2


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

where on the day of application of the formula :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S1

is the sum of the products of the TEU of all Mortgaged Ships, each multiplied by her age; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S2

is the sum of the TEU of all Mortgaged Ships;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The balance of the Loan outstanding after payment of the last Repayment Instalment shall constitute the Balloon Instalment payable together with the last (the 40 th ) Repayment Instalment on the final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided that (a) if the last Repayment Date would otherwise fall after the Final Maturity Date, the last Repayment Date shall be the Final Maturity Date, (b) in the event that the Term Loan Facility is not drawn down in full, the amount of each of the Repayment Instalments (including the Balloon Instalment) shall be proportionally reduced, (c) there shall be no Repayment Dates after the Final Maturity Date and (d) on the Final Maturity Date the Borrower shall also pay to the Agent any and all other moneys then due and payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided further that if any of the Repayment Instalments shall become due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date therefor shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which event such due date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.2

 

Supplemental agreement : Upon the Agent’s request, on the Amalgamation Date the Borrower shall enter with the Creditors into an agreement supplemental to this Agreement and any deed of amendment of the Mortgages (if required under the law applicable thereon), wherein it shall be specified the exact amounts of the 28 Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.3

 

Amalgamation of the Revolving Advances and the Term Advances : on the Amalgamation Date the Revolving Facility shall be terminated and shall be amalgamated with the Term Advances and shall comprise the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Voluntary prepayment — Reduction of Revolving Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

The Borrower may prepay the Loan in whole or part (such part being in an amount of One million Dollars (US$1,000,000) or any larger sum which is an integral multiple thereof) on (i) any Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan to be repaid without premium or penalty subject always to its obligations under clause 4.5 or (ii) any other day subject always to its obligations under clause 4.5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

The Borrower by notice to the Agent may reduce and cancel the Revolving Facility in amounts of minimum One million Dollars (US$1,000,000) or an integral multiple thereof.

24



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Prepayment on Total Loss or sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3.1

 

Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss : On any Mortgaged Ship becoming a Total Loss the Borrower shall prepay the Required Amount, without penalty, premium or prepayment fee, together with accrued interest on the Loan to the date of prepayment and all other sums then payable by the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents, including, without limitation, any amounts payable under clause 11, the latest on the date falling one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of the Total Loss or, if earlier, on the date upon which the insurance proceeds in respect of such Total Loss are or Requisition Compensation (as defined in the relevant Mortgage) is received by the relevant Owner (or the Security Agent or any other Creditor pursuant to the Security Documents).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3.2

 

Compulsory Prepayment in case of sale of a Ship : Immediately upon the sale or other disposal of a Mortgaged Ship to a third party on terms of a sale or other disposal at arms length terms, the Borrower shall prepay to the Lenders the Required Amount, without penalty, premium or prepayment fee, together with accrued interest on the Loan to the date of prepayment and all other sums then payable by the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any amounts payable under clause 11;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and for the purposes of this clause 4.3, “Required Amount” means the higher of (aa) the proportion of the Loan which the Market Value of the relevant Mortgaged Ship bears to the aggregate of the Market Value of all the at the time Mortgaged Ships based on the valuations of such Ships carried out under clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4 immediately prior to (1) the Total Loss occurred or, as the case may be, (2) the sale or other disposal of the relevant Mortgaged Ship and (bb) such part of the Loan as shall be necessary to result in the ratio amount of the Loan /Security Value being, after such prepayment, the same as it has been immediately prior to (1) the Total Loss or, as the case may be, (2) the sale or other disposal of the relevant Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3.3

 

Application :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Each voluntary partial prepayment of the Loan under clause 4.2(a) and each mandatory partial prepayment of the Loan under clause 4.3 which is less than the Outstanding Indebtedness will be applied by the Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

if it is made as a result of a Total Loss or sale or other disposal of the relevant Ship:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

prior to the Amalgamation Date, and the relevant Ship has been financed (aa) by a Term Advance, in or towards prepayment of the Loan, but without affecting the amount of the first 12 Repayment Instalments, or (bb) by a Revolving Advance, in or towards prepayment of the Revolving Advances, and in such case the Maximum Available Amount of the Revolving Facility shall be increased by an amount equal to the part of amount so prepaid in respect of the Revolving Advances, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

after the Amalgamation Date, in or towards pro rata prepayment of the Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment;

25



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

if it is made as a result of any other voluntary partial prepayment, in or towards prepayment of the Repayment Instalments and/or the Balloon Instalment and/or the Revolving Advances, in such manner of application as the Borrower may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

Each voluntary partial prepayment of any Revolving Advance under clause 4.2 will be applied by the Agent in or towards prepayment of such Revolving Advance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3.4

 

Interpretation : For the purpose of this Agreement, a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

in the case of an actual total loss of a Ship, on the actual date and at the time such Ship was lost or, if such date is not known, on the date on which such Ship was last reported;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

in the case of a constructive total loss of a Ship, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of such Ship is given to the insurers of such Ship for the time being;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of a Ship, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the insurers of such Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

in the case of Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition of such Ship occurs; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (e)

in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of a Ship (other than where the same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship) by any Government Entity, or by persons purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, which deprives the Owner thereof of the use of such Ship for more than ninety (90) days, upon the expiry of the period of ninety (90) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Additional voluntary prepayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4.1

 

The Borrower may also prepay (in whole but not in part only), without premium or penalty, but without prejudice to its obligations under clauses 3.6, 6.6 and 12.2:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the Contribution of any Lender to which the Borrower shall have become obliged to pay additional amounts under clauses 6.6 or 12.2; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

any Lender’s Contribution to which a Substitute Basis applies by virtue of clause 3.6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Upon any notice of such prepayment being given, the Commitment of the relevant Lender shall be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Amounts payable on prepayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5.1

 

accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment in respect of the amount being prepaid;

26



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5.2

 

any additional amount payable under clauses 6.6 or 12.2; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5.3

 

all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Creditors under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents including, without limitation, any accrued commitment commission payable under clause 5.1 and any amounts payable under clause 11.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Notice of prepayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6.1

 

No prepayment may be effected under clause 4.2 unless the Borrower shall have given the Agent at least five (5) days prior written notice of its intention to make such prepayment. Every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Agent, shall be irrevocable, shall specify the amount to be prepaid and shall oblige the Borrower to make such prepayment on the date specified.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6.2

 

The Borrower may not prepay the Loan or any part thereof save as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

No re-borrowing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No amount of the Term Advances prepaid may be re-borrowed, but any Revolving Advance or part thereof which is prepaid (and not cancelled) may be re-borrowed, within the Availability Period relative thereto, subject to the re-borrowing not resulting in the maximum amount of the Revolving Facility exceeding US$300,000,000 (or such other lower amount as a result of any cancellation of the Revolving Facility pursuant to this Agreement).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

FEES, COMMITMENT COMMISSION AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.1

 

an arrangement fee in the amount equal to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

zero point two zero per cent (0.20%) on the amount of the Commitments of HVB and DSB (pro rata to their respective Commitments); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

zero point three zero per cent (0.30%) on the amount of the Commitments of the other Lenders (pro rata to their respective Commitments),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

payable on the first Drawdown Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.2

 

for the account of the Arrangers, an agency fee in the amount equal to zero point one five per cent (0.15%) on the amount of the Total Commitment, which shall be split equally between the Arrangers and shall be payable on the date hereof; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.3

 

for the account of each Lender, on each of the dates falling at three (3) monthly intervals after the date of this Agreement until the Final Availability Date (in relation to each Facility) and on each such Final Availability Date, commitment commission computed from 7 th May, 2008 (in the case of the first payment of commission) and from the date of the preceding payment of commission (in the case of each subsequent payment) at the rate of zero point two five per cent

27



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.25%) per annum on the daily undrawn part of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The fees and commitment commission referred to in this clause 5.1 shall be payable by the Borrower to the Agent, for the account of the relevant Creditors, whether or not any part of the Total Commitment is ever advanced and shall be, in each case, nonrefundable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on a full indemnity basis on demand:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.1

 

Initial and Amendment expenses : all reasonable and documented expenses (including legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) reasonably incurred by the Creditors or any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and the other Security Documents and of any amendment or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents and/or in connection with any proposal by the Borrower to constitute additional security pursuant to clause 8.2.1, whether any such security shall in fact be constituted or not;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.2

 

Enforcement expenses : all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Creditors or any of them in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents, or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or the contemplation or preparation of the above, whether they have been effected or not; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.3

 

MII costs : reimburse the Agent on demand for any and all costs incurred by the Agent (as supported by vouchers/invoices) in effecting and keeping effected a mortgagee’s interest insurance which the Agent may at any time effect for an amount of 110% of the aggregate of the Loan outstanding at the relevant time upon such terms as shall from time to time be determined by the Agent (herein “MII”), which the Agent may at any time effect on such terms and with such insurers as shall from time to time be determined by the Agent, provided however , that the Agent shall in its absolute discretion appoint and instruct in respect of any such MII the insurance brokers in respect of such insurance and provided further , that in the event that the Agent effects any such insurance on the basis of any mortgagee’s open cover, the Borrower shall pay on demand to the Agent its proportion of premium due in respect of the relevant Ship for which such insurance cover has been effected by the Agent, and any certificate of the Agent in respect of any such premium due by the Borrower (as supported by the necessary invoices/vouchers) shall (save for manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.4

 

Other expenses : any and all other Expenses,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

together with interest at the Default Rate (as conclusively certified by the Agent save in case of manifest error) from the date on which payment of such expenses was demanded to the date of payment (as well after as before judgment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

Value added tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this clause 5 shall be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon. Any value added tax chargeable in

28



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

respect of any services supplied by the Creditors or any of them under this Agreement shall, on delivery of the value added tax invoice, be paid by the Borrower in addition to any sum agreed to be paid hereunder, provided that the relevant Creditor shall have confirmed in writing to the Borrower that it has not received or shall not receive a tax credit in respect of any such value added tax.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

 

Stamp and other duties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay all stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by any of the Creditors) imposed on or in connection with any of the Security Documents or the Loan and shall indemnify the Creditors or any of them against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

PAYMENTS AND TAXES; ACCOUNTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

No set-off or counterclaim

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower acknowledges that in performing its obligations under this Agreement, the Lenders will be incurring liabilities to third parties in relation to the funding of amounts to the Borrower, such liabilities matching the liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders and that it is reasonable for the Lenders to be entitled to receive payments from the Borrower gross on the due date in order that each of the Lenders is put in a position to perform its matching obligations to the relevant third parties. Accordingly, all payments to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 6.6, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in Dollars on the due date to such account at such bank and in such place as the Agent may from time to time specify for this purpose. Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any relevant Security Documents, such payments shall be for the account of all Lenders and the Agent shall distribute such payments in like funds as are received by the Agent to the Lenders rateably, in accordance with their respective Commitment (if prior to the first drawdown) or Contribution (if following the first drawdown).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

 

Payment by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All sums to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be remitted in Dollars on the Drawdown Date for the relevant Advance to the account of the Agent at such bank as the Agent may have notified to the Lenders and shall be paid by the Agent on such date in like funds as are received by the Agent to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice for such Advance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.3

 

Non-Banking Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When any payment under any of the Security Documents would otherwise be due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date for payment shall be extended to the next following Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Banking Day.

29



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.4

 

Calculations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All interest and other payments of an annual nature under any of the Security Documents shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) days year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

 

Certificates conclusive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any certificate or determination of the Agent as to any rate of interest or any other amount pursuant to and for the purposes of any of the Security Documents shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.6

 

Grossing-up for Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.6.1

 

If at any time the Borrower is required to make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the Security Documents for the account of any Creditor or if the Agent or the Security Agent is required to make any deduction or withholding from a payment to another Creditor or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the Security Documents, the sum due from the Borrower in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the relevant Creditor receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Borrower shall indemnify each Creditor against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.6.2

 

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 6.6.1 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement to which that Swap Bank is a party as to which sums the relevant provisions of that Master Agreement shall apply.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.7

 

Claw-back of Tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.7.1

 

If, following any such deduction or withholding as is referred to in clause 6.6 from any payment by the Borrower, a Lender shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any Taxes payable by it, such Lender shall, subject to the Borrower having made any increased payment in accordance with clause 6.6 and to the extent that such Lender can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of such Lender to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Borrower with such amount as such Lender shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave such Lender (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment by the Borrower as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon such Lender certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall oblige a Lender to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not, by virtue of this clause 6.7,

30



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

be entitled to enquire about a Lender’s tax affairs. Any allocation or determination made by such Lender under or in connection with this clause shall be binding on the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.8

 

Facility account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an account evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by, owing to and paid to it under the Security Documents. The Agent and/or the Security Agent shall maintain a control account (being, in the case of any Mortgage which is in statutory form, the “Account Current” referred to in such Mortgage) showing the Term Advances, the Revolving Advances and other sums owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents and all payments in respect thereof being made from time to time. The control account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the amount from time to time owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.9

 

Agent may assume receipt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where any sum is to be paid under the Security Documents to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent for the account of another person, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent may assume that the payment will be made when due and the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) make such sum available to the person so entitled. If it proves to be the case that such payment was not made to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent, then the person to whom such sum was so made available shall on request refund such sum to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent together with interest thereon sufficient to compensate the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent for the cost of making available such sum up to the date of such repayment and the person by whom such sum was payable shall indemnify the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent for any and all loss or expense which the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent may sustain or incur as a consequence of such sum not having been paid on its due date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.10

 

Partial payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If, on any date on which a payment is due to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents, the amount received by the Agent from the Borrower falls short of the total amount of the payment due to be made by the Borrower on such date then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies available to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders under any of the Security Documents, the Agent shall apply the amount actually received from the Borrower in or towards discharge of the obligations of the Borrower under the Security Documents in the following order, notwithstanding any appropriation made, or purported to be made, by the Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.10.1

 

first, in or towards payment, on a pro rata basis, of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Agent and the Security Agent under any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.10.2

 

secondly, in or towards payment, on a pro rata basis of any fees and accrued commitment commission payable to the Arrangers, the Agent or any of the other Creditors under, or in relation to, the Security Documents which remain unpaid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.10.3

 

thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis, of any accrued interest owing in respect of the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid;

31



 

 

 

6.10.4

 

fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis, of any principal amount in respect of the Loan, on a pro rata basis, which shall have become due but remains unpaid; and

 

 

 

6.10.5

 

fifthly, in or towards payment to the relevant person of any other sum which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid (and, if more than one such sum so remains unpaid, on a pro rata basis).

 

 

 

 

 

The order of application set out in clauses 6.10.2 to 6.10.6 may be varied by the Agent if the Majority Lenders so direct, without any reference to, or consent or approval from, the Borrower.

 

 

 

7

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

7.1

 

Continuing representations and warranties

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor that:

 

 

 

7.1.1

 

Due incorporation : the Borrower and each of the other corporate Security Parties are duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of their respective countries of incorporation as limited liability companies, and have power to carry on their respective businesses as they are now being conducted and to own their respective property and other assets;

 

 

 

7.1.2

 

Corporate power : the Borrower has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party and to borrow the Total Commitment and to enter into Transactions under each Master Agreement and each of the other Security Parties has power to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrower to borrow will be exceeded as a result of borrowing the Loan;

 

 

 

7.1.3

 

Binding obligations : the Security Documents constitute or will, when executed, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the relevant Security Parties enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

 

 

 

7.1.4

 

No conflict with other obligations : the execution and delivery of, the performance of their obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Borrower or any other Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any other Security Party is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any other Security Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Borrower or its Related Companies or any other Security Party;

 

 

 

7.1.5

 

No litigation : no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding relating to an amount exceeding in respect of (a) the Group cumulatively US$50,000,000 and (b) each Related Company US$3,000,000 is taking place, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the

32



 

 

 

 

 

Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party which could have a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party;

 

 

 

7.1.6

 

No filings required : save for the registration of each Mortgage in the relevant register under the laws of the relevant Flag State through the relevant Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Security Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of the Security Documents and each of the Security Documents is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;

 

 

 

7.1.7

 

Choice of law : the choice of English law to govern the Security Documents (other than the Accounts Pledge Agreements, the Mortgages and the Personal Guarantees), the choice of (i) the law of the relevant Flag State to govern each Mortgage (ii) the Greek law to govern the Accounts Pledge Agreements and the Personal Guarantees and (iii) and the submissions by the Security Parties in any of the Security Documents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts, are valid and binding;

 

 

 

7.1.8

 

No immunity : neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party nor any of their respective assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement);

 

 

 

7.1.9

 

Consents obtained : every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any Security Party to authorise, or required by any Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party or the performance by each Security Party of its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same;

 

 

 

7.1.10

 

Shareholdings : 100% of the total issued share capital of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors is directly or in directly held by the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family; and

 

 

 

7.1.11

 

Money laundering - acting for own account : the Borrower confirms that it is the beneficiary within the meaning of section 8 of the German Money Laundering Act (“Gesetz über das Aufspüren von Gewinnen aus schweren Straftaten” or “Geldwäschegesetz”) for each part of the Total Commitment made or to be made available to it and it will promptly inform the Agent by written notice if it is not, or ceases to be, the beneficiary and notify the Agent in writing of the name and the address of the new beneficiary. The Borrower is aware that under applicable money laundering provisions, it has an obligation to state for whose account the Total Commitment is being obtained. In relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Total Commitment, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Documents to which the Borrower is a party, it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which

33



 

 

 

 

 

has been implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Community).

 

 

 

7.2

 

Initial representations and warranties

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower further represents and warrants to each Creditor that:

 

 

 

7.2.1

 

Pari passu : the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrower and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract;

 

 

 

7.2.2

 

No default under other Indebtedness : neither the Borrower nor any of its Related Companies nor any other Security Party is (nor would with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition or combination thereof be) in breach of or in default under any agreement relating to Indebtedness relating to an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 in respect of each Owner of a Mortgaged Ship or $3,000,000 in respect of each Group member, owner of any other vessel to which such Owner or such Group member is a party or by which it may be bound;

 

 

 

7.2.3

 

Information : the information, exhibits and reports furnished by any Security Party to the Creditors or any of them in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Security Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not materially misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein materially misleading;

 

 

 

7.2.4

 

No withholding Taxes : no Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under the Security Documents to which such Security Party is or is to be a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Security Parties of the Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

7.2.5

 

No default : no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

 

 

7.2.6

 

MOA valid : the copy of each MOA to be delivered to the Agent shall be a true and complete copy of such document constituting valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms and no amendments thereto or variations thereof shall have been (or will be) agreed nor shall any action been taken by the parties thereto which would in any way render such document inoperative or unenforceable;

 

 

 

7.2.7

 

No Rebates : there will be no commissions, rebates premiums or other payments by or to or on account of the Borrower, any other Security Party or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or the relevant Owner or any other person, in connection with the MOA other than as shall be disclosed to the Agent by the Borrower in writing;

 

 

 

7.2.8

 

No Encumbrance : no Owner has previously charged, encumbered or assigned the benefit of any of its rights, title and interest in or to the Existing Charterparty relative to its Ship and such benefit and all such rights, title and interest are freely assignable and chargeable in the manner contemplated by the Security Documents;

34



 

 

 

 

 

7.2.9

 

The Ships : Each Tranche A Ship will, on the Drawdown Date of the Advance relative to such Ship, be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

in the absolute ownership of the Owner thereof who is and will, on and after such Drawdown Date, be the sole, legal and beneficial owner of such Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

registered through the offices of the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the Republic of Greece;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

classed with the Classification referred to in the relevant Mortgage, free of all overdue requirements and overdue recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.10

 

Ship’s employment : no Tranche A Ship is nor will, on or before the Drawdown Date of the Advance relative to such Ship, be subject to any charter or contract or to any agreement to enter into any charter or contract (other than the relevant Existing Charterparty or an Approved Charterparty) which, if entered into after the date of the Security Documents would have required the consent of the Lenders or, as the context may require, the Security Agent, in each case acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and, on or before the Drawdown Date of the Advance relative to such Ship, there will not be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings may be shared with any other person;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.11

 

Freedom from Encumbrances : neither any Tranche A Ship, nor its Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation (each as defined in the Security Documents) nor any Operating Account relative to such Tranche A Ship nor Fly other account nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will be, on the Drawdown Date relative to such Ship, subject to any Encumbrance (other than any Permitted Encumbrances);

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.12

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals : except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the Borrower and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Borrower and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

neither the Borrower nor any other Relevant Party nor, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates has received notice of any Environmental Claim that the Borrower or any other Relevant Party or any such Environmental Affiliate is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.13

 

No Environmental Claims : except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Agent, there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief, threatened against the Owners

35



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(or any of them) or the Ships (or any of them) or any other Relevant Party or any other Relevant Ship or to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) any of their respective Environmental Affiliates;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.14

 

No potential Environmental Claims : except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Agent, there has been no emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from a Ship or any other Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to the Borrower nor, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), from any Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to any other Relevant Party which could give rise to an Environmental Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.15

 

No material adverse change : there has been no material (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) adverse change in the financial position of the Security Parties or any of them or the combined financial position of the Borrower and the Guarantors, from that described by the Borrower or any other Security Party to the Creditors or any of them in the negotiation of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.16

 

Copies true and complete : the copies or originals of the Management Agreements (including copies of any sub-management agreements made between Costamare and a Technical Manager) delivered or to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 9.1 are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies or, as the case may be, originals of such documents; and such documents constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder; and

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.17

 

Compliance with the ISM Code : each Ship and any Operator complies or will on the drawdown of the Advance relative to such Ship comply with the requirements of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

 

7.2.18

 

ISPS Code : each Owner has a valid and current ISSC in respect of its Ship and each Ship shall be in full compliance with the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

 

Repetition of representations and warranties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On and as of each Drawdown Date and (except in relation to the representations and warranties in clause 7.2) on each Interest Payment Date, the Borrower shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clauses 7.1 (except in relation to 7.1.10)as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

be deemed to further represent and warrant to each of the Creditors that the then latest financial statements delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (if any) have been prepared in accordance with US-GAAP and present fairly and accurately the financial position and the results of the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the Owners) for the financial period to which the same relate and, as at the end of such financial period, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (including the Owners) had any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements.

36



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

UNDERTAKINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor that, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Total Commitment remains outstanding, it will:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.1

 

Notice of default : promptly inform the Agent of any occurrence of which it becomes aware which might materially and adversely affect the ability of any Security Party to perform its obligations under any of the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will inform the Agent of any Event of Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof (provided that such Event of Default is continuing at the time of provision of such information to the Agent) and will from time to time, if so requested by the Agent, confirm to the Agent in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.2

 

Consents and licences : without prejudice to clauses 7.1 and 9, obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with the, conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary under applicable law for the continued due performance of all the obligations of the Security Parties under each of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.3

 

Use of proceeds : use the Term Advances or, as the case may be, the Revolving Advances exclusively for the purposes specified in clauses 1.1 and 2.5;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.4

 

Pari passu : ensure that its obligations under the Security Documents to which is a party do and will, without prejudice to the provisions of clause 8.3, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.5

 

Financial statements — Compliance Certificate : prepare or cause to be prepared and furnish the Agent with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

within ninety (90) days of the end of each semester of each financial year, copies of the unaudited (audited if available) interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the Owners);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the end of each financial year, audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the Owners), prepared in accordance with US-GAAP, audited by auditors approved by the Agent, together with profit and loss accounts, and cause the same to be reported on by its auditors and deliver as many copies of the same as the Agent may reasonably require, the first of such statements to be for the financial year ending 31 st December, 2008; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

within ninety (90) days of the end of the first semester of 2009 and one hundred and eighty (180) after the financial year ending 31 st December, 2009 and annually thereafter, a Compliance Certificate duly signed by the chief financial officer of

37



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrower in the form set out in schedule 10, duly completed and supported by calculations setting out in reasonable detail the materials underling the statements made in such compliance certificate;

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.6

 

Delivery of reports : deliver to the Agent sufficient copies for all the Lenders of every report, circular, notice or like document (excluding any document containing confidential pricing information and/or any document which is publically filed in connection with regulatory requirements) issued by the Borrower to its shareholders or banks generally;

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.7

 

Provision of further information : provide the Agent with such financial or other information (excluding any information containing confidential pricing information) concerning the Borrower, the Guarantors, the other Security Parties and their respective affairs, activities, financial standing, Indebtedness and operations and the performance of the Ships, as the Agent or any Lender (acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably require;

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.8

 

Obligations under Security Documents : and will procure that each of the other Security Parties will, duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be assumed by them under the Security Documents to which they are a party;

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.9

 

Compliance with ISM Code and ISPS Code : will procure that each Manager and any Operator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

will comply with and ensure that each Mortgaged Ship and any Operator complies with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

immediately inform the Agent if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of the Owners’, the Managers’ or an Operator’s DOC or the SMC in respect of any Mortgaged Ship; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

promptly inform the Agent upon the issue to the any Owner, any Manager or any Operator of a DOC and to any Mortgaged Ship of an SMC or the receipt by any Owner, any Manager or any Operator of notification that its application for the same has been refused; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

(i) will maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of each Mortgaged Ship, (ii) immediately notify the Agent in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of any Ship and (iii) procure that each Ship will comply at all times with the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.10

 

Charters etc. : (a) deliver to the Agent, a certified copy of each Approved Charterparty, forthwith after its execution, (b) forthwith on the Agent’s request execute (i) a Charterparty Assignment of any such Approved Charterparty party in favour of the Security Agent and (ii) any notice of assignment required in connection therewith in such form as the Agent may require in its sole discretion (to be served upon the happening of an Event of Default which is continuing), and promptly procure (upon the happening of an Event of Default which is continuing) the acknowledgement of any such notice of assignment by the relevant charterer in such form as the Agent may require in its sole discretion and (c) pay all reasonable and documented legal and other costs incurred by any Creditor in connection with any such specific assignments, forthwith following the Agent’s demand.

38



 

 

 

 

 

8.1.11

 

Know your customer and money laundering compliance : provide the Agent with such documents and evidence as the Agent shall from time to time require, based on law and regulations applicable from time to time and the Lenders’ own internal guidelines applicable from time to time to identify the Borrower and the other Security Parties, including the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners of such entities, and any persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement and the Agent acknowledges receipt of adequate documents and evidence from the Security Parties that has been submitted to the Agent in compliance of their obligation under this clause 8.1.11.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

Security value maintenance

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.1

 

Security shortfall : If, at any time during the Security Period, the Security Value shall be less than the Security Requirement, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall give notice to the Borrower requiring that such deficiency be remedied and then the Borrower shall either:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

prepay within a period of thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Agent’s said notice such sum in Dollars as will result in the Security Requirement after such prepayment (taking into account any other repayment of the Loan made between the date of the notice and the date of such prepayment) being equal to the Security Value; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the Lenders may agree to) of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Agent’s said notice constitute to the satisfaction of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) such further security for the Outstanding Indebtedness as shall be acceptable to the Lenders having a value for security purposes at the date upon which such further security shall be constituted which, when added to the Security Value, shall not be less than the Security Requirement as at such date. Such additional security shall be constituted by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

additional pledged cash deposits in favour of the Lenders in an amount equal to such shortfall with the Account Bank and in an account and manner to be determined by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders); and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

additional first preferred/priority mortgages on vessel(s) acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) the Market Value of which shall be determined in accordance with clause 8.2.2; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (iii)

any other security acceptable to all the Lenders at their absolute discretion to be provided in a manner determined by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The provisions of clauses 4.5 and 4.6 shall apply to prepayments under clause 8.2.1(a).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any amount prepaid pursuant to clause 8.2.1(a) shall be applied as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

if it is made prior to the Amalgamation Date, in or towards prepayment of the Loan, but without affecting the amount of the first 12 Repayment Instalments, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

if it is made after the Amalgamation Date, in or towards pro rata prepayment of the Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment.

39



 

 

 

 

 

8.2.2

 

Valuation of Ships :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Each Mortgaged Ship shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be valued in Dollars as and when the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall require and whenever is required pursuant to this Agreement by an Approved Valuator appointed by the Borrower and such valuation, subject as hereinafter provided, shall constitute the value of such Mortgaged Ship for the purposes of this clause 8.2, provided, however, that in case any Lender does not accept the valuation of such Approved Valuator, the Agent shall appoint a second Approved Valuator to value such Mortgaged Ship and the arithmetic mean of such two (2) valuations shall constitute the value of such Mortgaged Ship for the purposes of this clause 8.2. In case there is a difference of more than 10% between said two valuations the Agent shall be entitled to obtain a third valuation of the relevant Mortgaged Ship through an Approved Valuator jointly appointed by the Agent and the Borrower and the arithmetic mean of such three valuations shall constitute the value of such Mortgaged Ship for the purposes of this clause 8.2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

The Market Value of each Mortgaged Ship determined in accordance with the provisions of clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4 shall be binding upon the parties hereto until such time as any further such valuation or, as the case may be, valuations shall be obtained.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

The Lenders and the Borrower each agrees to accept such valuation or, as the case may be, valuations made by the Approved Valuators appointed as aforesaid as conclusive evidence of the value of the relevant Mortgaged Ship at the date of such valuation(s).

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.3

 

Valuation of Mortgaged Ship subject to an Approved Charterparty :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

For the purpose of this clause 8.2 the Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship which at the relevant time is subject to an Approved Charterparty with an unexpired term of at least 12 months (excluding any option period) shall be the aggregate of the present values (as conclusively (save in case of manifest error) determined by the Agent) of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

the Bareboat-equivalent Time Charter Income of such Mortgaged Ship in respect of the remaining unexpired term of the relevant Approved Charterparty excluding any periods for which the relevant Approved Charterparty may be renewed at the option of any party (for the purposes of this clause 8.2, an “option period” ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

the Residual Value of such Mortgaged Ship as determined by the Approved Valuator or as the case may be Approved Valuators as per clause 8.2.2(a) and;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this clause 8.2:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

the discount rate which will apply in calculating the present value of the amounts referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this clause 8.2.3 will be the applicable interest rate swap rate for a period equal to the unexpired term of the relevant Mortgaged Ship’s Approved Charterparty (excluding any option periods (rounded up to the nearest integral year));

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

“Bareboat - equivalent Time Charter Income” means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, the aggregate net charter hire to be paid to the Owner of that Mortgaged Ship for the remaining unexpired term of the Approved Charterparty relative to that

40



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgaged Ship at the relevant time (excluding any option periods (as that term is defined in clause 8.2.3(i)) less the aggregate Operating Expenses of that Mortgaged Ship for the same period; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (iii)

“Residual Value” of the relevant Mortgaged Ship means the current charter-free market value (determined in accordance with clause 8.2.4) of a vessel with identical characteristics to such Mortgaged Ship other than its age which shall, for the purposes of this clause 8.2, be considered to be the age of such Mortgaged Ship at the expiration of the Approved Charterparty to which such Mortgaged Ship is subject at the relevant time (excluding any option periods);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (iv)

“Operating Expenses” means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship and a relevant period, the expenses for crewing, victualling, insuring, maintenance (including provision for dry-docking and special survey cost and expenses), spares, stores, management and operation of such Mortgaged Ship which are incurred for a vessel of the size and type of such Mortgaged Ship as evidenced by the most recent annual audited Accounting Information (as defined in clause 8.6.2) escalated at the rate of 3% per annum.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.4

 

Valuation of Mortgaged Ship not subject to an Approved Charterparty : For the purpose of this clause 8.2 the Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship which at the relevant time is not subject to an Approved Charterparty shall be made on the basis of valuation or, as the case may be, valuations made by Approved Valuator(s) per clause 8.2.2(a) as may from time to time be appointed or approved by the Agent. For this purpose, such valuation or, as the case may be, valuations shall be made on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, but without taking into account any existing charter or other engagement concerning such Mortgaged Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.5

 

Information : The Borrower undertakes with the Creditors to supply to the Agent and to any Approved Valuator appointed as aforesaid such information concerning each Ship and its condition as such Approved Valuator may reasonably require for the purpose of making any such valuation or, as the case may be, valuations.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.6

 

Costs : The Borrower shall bear the cost of the following valuations of the Ships:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the valuation of the Fleet Vessels as per clause 8.6.5 and, if required pursuant to clause 8.2.2(a), the second valuation and the third valuation of the Ships as provided therein;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the valuation referred to in schedule 3, Part 2, paragraph 12; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

any valuation either of any additional security for the purposes of ascertaining the Security Value at any time or necessitated by the Borrower electing to constitute additional security pursuant to clause 8.2.1(b), shall be borne by the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any other additional valuations shall be obtained at Lenders’ cost.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.7

 

Valuation of additional security : For the purposes of this clause 8.2, the market value of any additional security provided or to be provided to the Creditors or any of them shall be determined by the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Agent assigning any reason therefor.

41



 

 

 

 

 

8.2.8

 

Documents and evidence : In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this clause 8.2, the Agent shall be entitled to receive such evidence and documents of the kind referred to in schedule 3 as may in the Agent’s opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, shall in its absolute discretion require.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.9

 

Debt Service deficit : If on or about the Amalgamation Date the Agent shall determine that the Cash-flow is not sufficient to cover on an accrual basis the Debt Service for the period commencing on the Amalgamation Date and ending on the date on which an Existing Charterparty or any other Approved Charterparty with the shortest charter period expires, the Agent (upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall give notice to the Borrower of such fact and the Borrower will be obliged, within a period of thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Agent’s said notice, either to offer Additional Ship or Ships to be mortgaged in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in security of the Outstanding Indebtedness and whose Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation shall be assigned to the Security Agent or the Lenders in security of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the Cash-flow of such Additional Ship or Ships shall be sufficient to cover any Debt Service deficit at the relevant time or to place into a an account in the name of the Borrower maintained with the Account Bank and pledged in favour of the Lenders and the Swap Banks an amount equal to such Debt Service deficit, provided however, that (i) such Additional Ship or Ships shall not be taken into account when calculating the amount of the Repayment Instalments payable as per clause 4.1 after the Amalgamation Date and (ii) such cash pledged will not be deducted from the calculation of 8.6.1(c) covenant).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above Cash-flow test shall be made by the Agent upon the expiry and/or termination of any Existing Charterparty or any other Approved Charterparty (unless such Existing Charterparty or other Approved Charterparty has been renewed at a hire rate equal to or better than the existing one), in respect of the period commencing on the Amalgamation Date and ending on the date on which such Existing Charterparty or Approved Charterparty (as the case may be) next expires.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2.10

 

Release of security :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

If the Security Value shall at any time exceed the Security Requirement, and the Borrower shall previously have provided further security to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 8.2.1, the Security Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice from the Borrower to do so, release any such further security specified by the Borrower provided that the Security Agent is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Security Value will equal or exceed the Security Requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

If following the Amalgamation Date the Cash flow of the Mortgaged Ships at the time exceeds the Debt Service at the time and the Borrower shall previously have provided further security to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 8.2.9, the Security Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice from the Borrower to do so, release any such further security specified by the Borrower provided that the Security Agent is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Cash Flow of the remaining Mortgaged Ships will equal or exceed the relevant Debt Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

If the Security Value exceeds the Security Requirement and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the relevant time, the Borrower may request and the Security Agent at the Lenders’ discretion may release any such security comprising the Security Value specified by the Borrower (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any of

42



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Ships) provided that the Security Agent is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Security Value will equal or exceed the Security Requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Negative undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor that, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Total Commitment remains outstanding, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders):

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.1

 

Negative pledge : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), permit any Encumbrance (except for a Permitted Encumbrance) to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of any Security Party or any other person (including, but not limited to the Borrower’s rights against the Swap Banks under the Master Agreements or all or any part of the Borrower’s interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Swap Banks under any Master Agreement) other than in the normal course of its business, provided however that, in relation to the Borrower only, the Agent’s consent shall not be required so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6;

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.2

 

No merger : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), merge or consolidate with any other person, unless, in the case of the Borrower only,  the new entity, being the product of such merger or consolidation, will be, in the sole opinion of the Majority Lenders, at least of equal financial strength and it will assume all the liabilities of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.3

 

Other business : and will procure that no other Security Party will, undertake any business other than the ownership and operation of the respective Ship and will procure that no other Security Party undertakes, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), any business other than that conducted by such Security Party at the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.4

 

Acquisitions : and will procure that no other Owner will, acquire any further assets other than its Ship(s) and rights arising under contracts entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower in the ordinary course of its businesses of owning, operating and chartering its Ship(s) and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), acquire any further assets other than in the ordinary course of its business (other than any vessels to be acquired by the Borrower);

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.5

 

Other obligations : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), incur any obligations except for obligations arising under the relevant Management Agreements and the relevant Security Documents to which it is party or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of its business, provided however that, in relation to the Borrower only, the Agent’s consent shall not be required so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6;

43



 

 

 

8.3.6

 

No borrowing : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), incur any Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the Security Documents and in the ordinary course of its business, provided however that, in relation to the Borrower only, the Agent’s consent shall not be required so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6;

 

 

 

8.3.7

 

Repayment of borrowings : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), repay or prepay the principal of, or pay interest on or any other sum in connection with any of its Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the Security Documents and in the ordinary course of its business, provided however that, in relation to the Borrower only, the Agent’s consent shall not be required so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6;

 

 

 

8.3.8

 

Guarantees : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), issue any guarantees or indemnities or otherwise become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of any person, firm, or corporation except pursuant to the Security Documents and except, in the case of each Owner, for guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which its Ship is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of its Ship from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of its Ship, provided however that, in relation to the Borrower only, the Agent’s consent shall not be required so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6;

 

 

 

8.3.9

 

Loans : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), make any loans or grant any credit (save for intra-group cashflows or normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) to any person or agree to do so;

 

 

 

8.3.10

 

Sureties : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), permit any Indebtedness of any Security Party to any person to be guaranteed by any person (save, in the case of each Owner, for guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which its Ship is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of its Ship from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of its Ship or guarantees or undertakings required in the ordinary course of business in relation to the Ships);

 

 

 

8.3.11

 

Dividends - Share capital and distribution : and will procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or, declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders, provided however that the Borrower and the Owners shall be entitled to declare and pay dividends or other distributions upon any of the issued shares without the prior written consent of the Lenders, subject to (a) no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing, and (b) the Total Debt does not exceed 70% of the aggregate of the Market Value of all the vessels of the Group (determined as per clause 8.2.3 or clause 8.2.4 as the case may be) and provided further  that, in relation to the Borrower only, the Agent’s consent for the purchase

44



 

 

 

 

 

 

or otherwise acquisition for value of any shares of its capital shall not be required so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6; and

 

 

 

 

8.3.12

 

Shareholdings : after the listing of the Borrower in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ permit any change in the legal and/or ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantors from that specified in clause 7.1.10, which may result to the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family’s direct or indirect holding in the Borrower falling to less than 40% of the total issued share capital of the Borrower provided, always, that prior to the listing of the Borrower in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ no change shall be made without the Lenders prior consent in the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantors from that specified in clause 7.1.10.

 

 

 

 

8.4

 

Positive undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower hereby undertakes and agrees with each Creditor that it will:

 

 

 

 

8.4.1

 

Conveyance on default : where any Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred on the Security Agent or any other Creditor, execute and procure that the Owner thereof shall execute, forthwith upon request by the Agent, such form of conveyance of such Ship as the Agent may require; and

 

 

 

 

8.4.2

 

Mortgage : on the Drawdown Date of the relevant Advance, procure that the respective Owner shall execute, and procure the registration of, the relevant Mortgage under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State on its Ship.

 

 

 

 

8.5

 

Negative undertaking in relation to Ships

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower hereby further undertakes and agrees with each Creditor that it will not and will procure that none of the Owners will let or agree to let any Ship:

 

 

 

 

8.5.1

 

without the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (which consent the Majority Lenders shall have full liberty to withhold) and then, if such consent is given, only subject to such conditions as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may impose, on demise charter for any period; or

 

 

 

 

8.5.2

 

without the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) on terms whereby more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance.

 

 

 

 

8.6

 

Financial Covenants

 

 

 

 

8.6.1

 

The Borrower shall ensure that, at all times while compliance with the Financial Covenants is determined in accordance with clause 8.6.2, its financial condition on a consolidated basis and as evidenced by the most recent annual audited Accounting Information, shall be such that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) shall not exceed 0.75:1;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the ratio of EBITDA over Net Interest Expense shall be equal to or higher than 2.5:1;

45



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

the aggregate amount of all Cash and Cash Equivalents shall not be less than the greater of (i) $30,000,000 (Thirty Million Dollars) or (ii) 3% of the Total Debt, provided, however, that a minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the Loan outstanding shall be maintained in accounts of the Borrower with the Arrangers (pro rata to their respective Commitments); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth shall at all times exceed $500,000,000 (Five hundred million Dollars).

 

 

 

 

 

8.6.2

 

The expressions used in this clause 8.6 shall be construed in accordance with law and US-GAAP as used in the Accounting Information, and for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

“Accounting Information” means the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the Owners) and the interim semi-annual unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the Owners), to be provided by the Borrower to the Agent in accordance with clause 8.1.5;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

“Accounting Period” means each consecutive period of twelve (12) months falling during the Security Period for which annually Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to clause 8.1.5;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

“Cash and Cash Equivalents” means the aggregate of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

the amount of freely available credit balances on any deposit or current account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (ii)

the market value of transferable certificates of deposit in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Majority Lenders issued by a prime international bank; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (iii)

the market value of equity securities (if and to the extent that the Majority Lenders are satisfied that such equity securities are readily saleable for cash and that there is a ready market therefor) and investment grade debt securities which are publicly traded on a major stock exchange or investment market (valued at market value as at any applicable date of determination);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (iv)

in each case owned free of any Security Interest (other than a Security Interest in favour of the Security Agent) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries where:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

the market value of any asset specified in paragraph (b) and (c) shall be the bid price quoted for it on the relevant calculation date by the Agent; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

the amount or value of any asset denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars using the Agent’s spot rate for the purchase of Dollars with that currency on the relevant calculation date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

“EBITDA” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of consolidated profits of the Group, after adding back interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

46



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (e)

“Fleet Vessels” means, together, all of the vessels from time to time owned or leased by members of the Group which, at the relevant time, are included within the Total Assets of the Group in the balance sheet of the Accounting Information;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (f)

“Market Value” means, in respect of each Fleet Vessel, the market value thereof determined from time to time in accordance with clause 8.2.3 (or as the case may be clause 8.2.4) and in respect of newbuldings under construction the advances paid adjusted for the difference between the contract price and market value of such newbuldings (such market value to be determined in accordance with clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (g)

“Market Value Adjusted Net Worth” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the amount by which the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets exceed the Total Liabilities;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (h)

“Market Value Adjusted Total Assets” means, at any time, the Total Assets adjusted to reflect the Market Value of all Fleet Vessels (by substituting the value of each Fleet Vessel as specified in the Applicable Accounts with the Market Value of that Fleet Vessel as at the relevant Compliance Date);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

“Net Interest Expenses” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate of all interest, commitment and other fees, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing due from all the members the Group during that accounting period less interest income received, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US-GAAP and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Group in the Accounting Information;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (j)

“Total Assets” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate value of all assets of the Group included in the Accounting Information as “current assets” and the value of all investments and all other tangible and intangible assets of the Group properly included in the Accounting Information as “fixed assets” in accordance with US-GAAP;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (k)

“Total Debt” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate on a consolidated basis of the Group of all short term interest bearing bank debt included in the financial statements of the Group under current liabilities plus the long term interest bearing bank debt; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (l)

“Total Liabilities” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, Total Assets less the aggregate of value of the stockholders’ equity (including minority interests and provisions) of the Group as shown in the relevant Accounting Information,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provided always that for the calculation of the market value of assets referred to in clause 8.6.1, the valuations obtained as per clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4 and in respect of newbuldings under construction the advances paid adjusted for the difference between the contract price and Market Value of such newbuldings (such Market Value to be determined in accordance with clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4) will be utilized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified and agreed,  that in any conflict between definitions defined in this clause and definitions of the same terms under US-GAAP or law, the definitions set in this clause will prevail.

47



 

 

 

8.6.3

 

Any changes in the accounting principles for the valuation of the assets of the Borrower must be approved beforehand by the Lenders for the purposes of the financial ratios contained in this clause 8.6.

 

 

 

8.6.4

 

Compliance with the undertakings contained in clause 8.6.1 shall be determined firstly at the end of the first semester of the year 2009 on the basis of the unaudited (audited if available) interim consolidated financial statements to be provided1by the Borrower to the Agent as per clause 8.1.5(i) and thereafter annually starting with the financial year ending 31 st December, 2009.

 

 

 

8.6.5

 

The Borrower shall provide together with the financial statements and the Compliance Certificate as per clause 8.1.5 an annual valuation of the Fleet Vessels, such valuation to be made as per clause 8.2.3 or clause 8.2.4 (as the case may be) at the Borrower’s cost.

 

 

 

8.6.6

 

The Borrower shall ensure that after the listing of the Borrower in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ and throughout the remainder of the Security Period at least 40% of the total issued share capital of the Borrower shall be directly or indirectly held by members of the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family.

 

 

 

8.7

 

Hedging of interest rate risks

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower may, from time to time, enter into Transactions with a Swap Bank for the purpose of hedging all or the part of the interest rate risk (for Interest Periods longer than 12 months) under this Agreement throughout the Security Period, in the amounts set out in schedule 6.

 

 

 

9

 

CONDITIONS

 

 

 

9.1

 

Documents and evidence

 

 

 

9.1.1

 

Commitments : The obligation of each Lender to make its Commitment available shall be subject to the condition that the Agent or its duly authorised representative shall have received and notified the Lenders for such receipt, not later than two (2) Banking Days before the date of this Agreement, the documents and evidence specified in Part 1 of schedule 3, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

 

 

 

9.1.2

 

Term Advance : The obligation of the Lenders to make available a Term Advance shall be subject to the condition that the Agent or its duly authorised representative shall have received and notified the Lenders for such receipt, on or prior to the drawdown of such Term Advance, the documents and evidence specified in Part 2 of schedule 3, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

 

 

 

9.1.3

 

Revolving Advance : The obligation of the Lenders to make available any Revolving Advance shall be subject to the condition that the Agent or its duly authorised representative shall have received and notified the Lenders for such receipt, on or prior to the drawdown of such Term Advance, the documents and evidence specified in Part 3 of schedule 3, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

48



 

 

 

9.2

 

General conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Lenders to make any Advance available shall be subject to the further conditions that, at the time of the giving of the Drawdown Notice for such Advance, and at the time of the making of such Advance:

 

 

 

9.2.1

 

the representations and warranties contained in (a) clauses 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3(b) of this Agreement and (b) clause 4 of each Guarantee are true and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time; and

 

 

 

9.2.2

 

the Agent shall be satisfied that there has been no change in the ownership, management, operations and/or adverse change financial condition of any Security Party which (change) might, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), be detrimental to the interests of the Creditors; and

 

 

 

9.2.3

 

no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of the relevant Advance.

 

 

 

9.3

 

Waiver of conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

The conditions specified in this clause 9 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Lenders and may be waived by the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, in whole or in part and with or without conditions.

 

 

 

9.4

 

Further conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

Not later than two (2) Banking Days prior to each Drawdown Date and not later than five (5) Banking Days prior to each Interest Payment Date, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may request and the Borrower shall, not later than ten (10) Banking Days after such date, deliver to the Agent on such request further relevant certificates and/or favourable opinions as to any or all of the matters which are the subject of clauses 7, 8, 9 and 10.

 

 

 

10

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

10.1

 

Events

 

 

 

 

 

There shall be an Event of Default if:

 

 

 

10.1.1

 

Non-payment : any Security Party fails to pay any sum payable by it under any of the Security Documents at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated in the Security Documents (and so that, for this purpose, (a) in case any sums are not paid by reason of a problem in the banking payment system at the stipulated time for payment thereof, such sums shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within three (3) Banking Days of the due payment date therefore and (b) sums payable on demand shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within three (3) Banking Days of demand); or

 

 

 

10.1.2

 

Breach of Insurance and certain other obligations : the Borrower or the Owners or the Managers (as the context may require) or any other person fails to obtain and/or maintain the Insurances (as defined in, and in accordance with the requirements of, the Security Documents) or if any insurer in respect of such Insurances cancels the Insurances or disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of misstatement in any proposal for the Insurances or for any other failure or default

49



 

 

 

 

 

on the part of the Borrower or any other person or the Borrower commits any breach of, or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under, any of clauses 8.2.1, 8.2.9, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 or 8.6; or

 

 

 

10.1.3

 

Breach of other obligations : any Security Party commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Security Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 10.1.1 and 10.1.2 above) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Agent (following consultation with the Lenders) is capable of remedy, such action as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may require shall not have been taken within ten (10) days of the Agent notifying the relevant Security Party of such default and of such required action; or

 

 

 

10.1.4

 

Misrepresentation : any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party in or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under any of the Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect; or

 

 

 

10.1.5

 

Cross-default : any Borrowed Money (relating to an aggregate amount over US$3,000,000) of any member of the Group or any other Security Party is not paid when due or any Borrowed Money (relating to an aggregate amount over US$3,000,000 of any member of the Group or any other Security Party becomes (whether by declaration or automatically in accordance with the relevant agreement or instrument constituting the same) due and payable prior to the date when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the exercise by the relevant member of the Group or the relevant Security Party of a voluntary right of prepayment), or any creditor of any member of the Group or any other Security Party becomes entitled to declare any such Indebtedness due and payable or any facility or commitment available to any member of the Group or any other Security Party relating to Borrowed Money (of an aggregate amount over US$3,000,000)is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled by reason of any default (however described) of the person concerned unless the relevant member of the Group or the relevant Security Party shall have satisfied the Agent that such withdrawal, suspension or cancellation will not affect or prejudice in a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) way the relevant member of the Group’s or the relevant Security Party’s ability to pay its debts as they fall due and fund its commitments, or any guarantee (relating to an aggregate amount over US$3,000,000) given by any member of the Group or any other Security Party in respect of Borrowed Money is not honoured when due and called upon (unless the Agent is satisfied that the relevant claim under such guarantee is being contested in good faith and by the appropriate steps); or

 

 

 

10.1.6

 

Legal process : any final judgment or order (relating to an aggregate amount over US$5,000,000) made against any member of the Group or any other Security Party is not stayed or complied with within thirty (30) days or a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, any substantial part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any member of the Group or any other Security Party and is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or

 

 

 

10.1.7

 

Insolvency : any Security Party is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; becomes insolvent; has assets the value of which is less than the value of its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or suffers the declaration of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness; or

 

 

 

50



 

 

 

10.1.8

 

Reduction or loss of capital : a meeting is convened by any Security Party for the purpose of passing any resolution to purchase, reduce or redeem any of its share capital, save in relation to the Borrower only, so long as this does not result in a breach of its financial covenants under clause 8.6; or

 

 

 

10.1.9

 

Winding up : any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedures or steps are taken for the purpose of winding-up any member of any Security Party or an order is made, (unless the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders is satisfied that the relevant legal proceedings are being contested in good faith and by the appropriate steps) or resolution passed for the winding up of any member of the Group or any other Security Party or a notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing any such resolution; or

 

 

 

10.1.10

 

Administration : any petition is presented, notice given or other step is taken for the purpose of the appointment of an administrator of any Security Party or the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) believes that any such petition or other step is imminent or an administration order is made in relation to any Security Party, (unless the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) is satisfied that the relevant petition is being contested in good faith and by the appropriate steps); or

 

 

 

10.1.11

 

Appointment of receivers and managers : any administrative or other receiver is appointed of any Security Party or any substantial part of its assets and/or undertaking or any other steps are taken to enforce any Encumbrance over all or any part of the assets of any member of the Group or any other Security Party; or

 

 

 

10.1.12

 

Compositions : any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedures or steps are taken, or negotiations commenced, by any member of any Security Party or by any of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of all or substantial part of its indebtedness or to proposing any kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such company and any of its creditors; or

 

 

 

10.1.13

 

Analogous proceedings : there occurs, in relation to any Security Party, in any country or territory in which any of them carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts any part of their assets is subject, any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, appears in that country or territory to correspond with, or have an effect equivalent or similar to, any of those mentioned in clauses 10.1.6 to 10.1.12 (inclusive) or any Security Party otherwise becomes subject, in any such country or territory, to the operation of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation; or

 

 

 

10.1.14

 

Cessation of business : any Security Party suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business; or

 

 

 

10.1.15

 

Seizure : all or a material part of the undertaking, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any Security Party are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any government; or

 

 

 

10.1.16

 

Invalidity : any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any Security Party which is a party thereto, or if such Security Party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder, unless the relevant Security Party takes such action as shall be required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to

51



 

 

 

 

 

 

remedy such invalidity or such unenforceability and succeeds in doing so within the period determined by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); or

 

 

 

 

10.1.17

 

Unlawfulness : it becomes unlawful in or impossible:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

for the Borrower or any other Security Party to discharge any liability under a Security Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Security Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

for a Creditor to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Encumbrance created by, a Security Document; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.18

 

Repudiation : any Security Party repudiates any of the Security Documents or does or causes or permits to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.19

 

Encumbrances enforceable : any Encumbrance in respect of any of the property (or substantial part thereof) which is the subject of any of the Security Documents becomes enforceable; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.20

 

Material adverse change : there occurs, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), a material adverse change in the financial condition of any Security Party by reference to the financial position of such Security Party as described by the Borrower or any other Security Party to the Agent in the negotiation of this Agreement, provided that such material adverse change affects in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) the ability of the Borrower to perform all or any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under, or otherwise to comply with the terms of, this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.21

 

Arrest : any Mortgaged Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the possession of the relevant Owner the relevant Owner and fails to procure the release of such Mortgaged Ship within a period of thirty (30) days thereafter; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.22

 

Registration : the registration of any Mortgaged Ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders or the registration of any Mortgaged Ship is not renewed at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiry of such registration; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.23

 

Unrest : the Flag State of any Mortgaged Ship becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such Flag State by unconstitutional means, which (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) is likely to adversely and materially (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) affect the security created by the Security Documents relative to such Ship and such Ship is not reregistered under a flag acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) within thirty (30) days period after notice of such event has been given to the Borrower; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.24

 

Environment : any Owner and/or any Manager in relation to the Mortgaged Ships only and/or any of their respective Environmental Affiliates fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or any Mortgaged Ship is involved in any incident which gives rise or may give rise to an Environmental Claim, which failure (in the reasonable opinion of the

52



 

 

 

 

 

 

Majority Lenders) is likely to adversely and materially (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) affect the security created by the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.25

 

P&I : any Owner or any Manager or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which the relevant Mortgaged Ship is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including, without limitation, any cover in respect of liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where the relevant Mortgaged Ship operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.26

 

Shareholdings : there is any change in the legal and/or ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantors from that existing on the date of this Agreement as set out in clause 7.1.10 save for the necessary changes resulting from (a) the creation of the new corporate structure of the Group (provided that the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family’s holding (directly or indirectly) in the Borrower remains to 100% of the total issued share capital of the Borrower) and (b) the listing of the Borrower on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ and which change, after the listing of the Borrower in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ may result to the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family’s (direct or indirect) holding in the Borrower falling to less than 40% of the total issued share capital of the Borrower; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.27

 

Accounts : moneys are withdrawn from any of the Accounts other than in accordance with clause 14; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.28

 

Licenses, etc : any license, authorisation, consent or approval at any time necessary to enable any Security Party to comply with its obligations under the Security Documents is revoked or withheld or modified or is otherwise not granted or fails to remain in full force and effect or if any exchange control or other law or regulation shall exist which would make any transaction under the Security Documents or the continuation thereof, unlawful or would prevent the performance by any Security Party of any term of any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

10.1.29

 

Material events : any other event occurs or circumstance arises which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), is likely materially and adversely (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) to affect either (i) the ability of the Borrower to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any of the Security Documents or (ii) the security created by any of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Actions following an Event of Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default, which is continuing:

 

 

 

 

10.2.1

 

the Agent may, and if so requested by the Majority Lenders shall, without prejudice to any other rights of the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower declare that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are terminated, whereupon the Total Commitment shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or

53



 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Loan and all interest and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable under the Security Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) or (b) the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Security Document or any applicable law; and/or

 

 

 

 

10.2.2

 

the Security Agent may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Agent shall take any action (other than termination of a Transaction under a Master Agreement) which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under clause 10.2.1, the Security Agent, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks are entitled to take under any Security Document or any applicable law.

 

 

 

10.3

 

Acceleration

 

 

 

 

 

On the service of a notice under clause 10.2.1, the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Security Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand together with the Swap Exposure of each Swap Bank which has terminated any existing Transactions under the Master Agreement to which that Swap Bank is a party.

 

 

 

10.4

 

Demand basis

 

 

 

 

 

If, pursuant to clause 10.2.1(b), the Agent declares the Loan to be due and payable on demand, the Agent may (and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders shall) by written notice to the Borrower (a) call for repayment of the Loan on such date as may be specified whereupon the Loan shall become due and payable on the date so specified together with all interest accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement or (b) withdraw such declaration with effect from the date specified in such notice.

 

 

 

10.5

 

Proof of default

 

 

 

 

 

It is agreed that (i) the non-payment of any sum of money in time will be proved conclusively by mere passage of time and (ii) the occurrence of this (non payment) shall be proved conclusively by a mere written statement of the Agent (save for manifest error).

 

 

 

10.6

 

Creditor Party rights unimpaired

 

 

 

 

 

Nothing in this clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or each Swap Bank under a Security Document, Master Agreement or the general law; and, in particular, this clause is without prejudice to clauses 2.8 and 2.9.

 

 

 

10.7

 

Exclusion of Lender’s liability

 

 

 

10.7.1

 

Neither any Lender nor any receiver or manager appointed by any Lender, shall have any liability to the Borrower or another Security Party:

54



 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of an Encumbrance created by, a Security Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such an Encumbrance; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such an Encumbrance or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

except that this does not exempt the Lenders or a receiver or manager from liability for losses proved to have been caused by the wilful misconduct of any Lender’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

 

 

 

11

 

INDEMNITIES

 

 

 

11.1

 

Miscellaneous indemnities

 

 

 

11.1.1

 

The Borrower shall on demand indemnify each Creditor, without prejudice to any of such Creditor’s other rights under any of the Security Documents, against any loss (including loss of Margin) or expense which such Creditor shall certify as sustained or incurred by it as a consequence of:

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

any default in payment of any sum under any of the Security Documents when due;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

any prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made under clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 8.2.1(a), 12.1 or 14.3 or any other repayment or prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

any Advance not being made for any reason (excluding any default by the Agent or any Bank) after the Drawdown Notice for such Advance has been given,

 

 

 

 

 

 

including, in any such case, but not limited to, any loss or expense sustained or incurred by the relevant Creditor in maintaining or funding its Contribution or, as the case may be, its Commitment (or any part thereof) or in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain its Contribution or, as the case may be, its Commitment (or any part thereof) or any other amount owing to such Creditor.

 

 

 

11.2

 

Currency indenmity

 

 

 

 

 

If any sum due from the Borrower under any of the Security Documents or any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto has to be converted from the currency (the “ first currency ”) in which the same is payable under the relevant Security Document or under such order or judgment into another currency (the “ second currency ”) for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to any of the Security Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Creditor from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (i) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and

55



 

 

 

 

 

(ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which the relevant Creditor may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof. Any amount due from the Borrower under this clause 11.2 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of any of the Security Documents and the term “ rate of exchange ” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, clause 11.2 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement to which that Swap Bank is a party as to which sums the relevant provisions of that Master Agreement shall apply.

 

 

 

11.3

 

Environmental indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall indemnify each Creditor on demand and hold it harmless from and against all costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings (whether civil or criminal), penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be suffered, incurred or paid by, or made or asserted against such Creditor at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, relating to, or arising directly or indirectly in any manner or for any cause or reason whatsoever out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against such Creditor if such Environmental Claim would not have been, or been capable of being, made or asserted against such Creditor if it had not entered into any of the Security Documents and/or exercised any of its rights, powers and discretions thereby conferred and/or performed any of its obligations thereunder and/or been involved in any of the transactions contemplated by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall on demand promptly indemnify each Lender against any cost incurred or loss suffered by such Lender as a result of its complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank and/or with respect to maintaining required reserves with the relevant national Central Bank to the extent that such compliance relates to such Lender’s Commitment and/or Contribution or deposits obtained by it to fund the whole or part of that Contribution and to the extent such cost or loss is not recoverable by such Lender under clause 12.2.

 

 

 

11.4

 

Central Bank or European Central Bank reserve requirements indemnity

 

 

 

12

 

UNLAWFULNESS AND INCREASED COSTS

 

 

 

12.1

 

Unlawfulness

 

 

 

 

 

If any change in, or introduction of, any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or any request of any central bank, monetary, regulatory or other authority or any order of any court renders it unlawful or contrary to any such regulation, requirement, request or order for any Lender to make available its Commitment to the Term Loan Facility and/or the Revolving Facility (or any part thereof) or to maintain or fund its Commitment to the Loan, notice shall be given promptly by the Agent to the Borrower whereupon (a) such Lender’s Commitment shall be reduced to zero and (b), if the Term Loan Facility and/or the Revolving Facility or any part thereof has been made available by the Lenders to the Borrower, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay

56



 

 

 

 

 

such Lender’s Contribution either (i) forthwith or (ii) on a future specified date not being earlier than the latest date permitted by the relevant law or regulation together with interest accrued to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrower under this Agreement.

 

 

 

12.2

 

Increased costs

 

 

 

 

 

If the result of (a) any change in, or in the interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or any regulation, directive, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, with which a Lender or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies) by any governmental authority in any country the laws or regulations of which are applicable on such Lender or (b) compliance by a Lender with any request from or requirement of any central bank (including the European Central Bank) or other applicable fiscal or monetary authority (whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, with which such Lender or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, stock or capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits or other banking or monetary controls or requirements (except to the extent included in the Mandatory Cost Rate) which affects the manner in which a Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations hereunder and the other Security Documents (including (without limitation) those resulting from the implementation of or compliance with any amendment of the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (July 1988, as amended) or any amendatory or substitute agreement thereof including, without limitation, the new Basle Capital Accord (Basle II) or any law or regulation which implements Basle II), is to:

 

 

 

12.2.1

 

subject any Lender to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of any Lender with respect to any payment under any of the Security Documents (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of such Lender imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or lending office under this Agreement is located); and/or

 

 

 

12.2.2

 

increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, any Lender or its holding company in making or keeping such Lender’s Commitment available or maintaining or funding all or part of such Lender’s Contribution; and/or

 

 

 

12.2.3

 

reduce the amount payable or the effective return to any Lender under any of the Security Documents; and/or

 

 

 

12.2.4

 

reduce any Lender’s or its holding company’s rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to such Lender’s obligations under any of the Security Documents; and/or

 

 

 

12.2.5

 

require any Lender or its holding company to make a payment or forgo a return on or calculated by reference to any amount received or receivable by such Lender under any of the Security Documents; and/or

 

 

 

12.2.6

 

require any Lender or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of its Commitment or the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,

 

 

 

 

 

then and in each such case (subject to clause 12.3):

57



 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

such Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Borrower shall on demand made at any time whether or not such Lender’s Contribution has been repaid, pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender the amount which such Lender specifies (in a certificate setting forth the basis of the computation of such amount but not including any matters which such Lender or its holding company regards as confidential) is required to compensate such Lender and/or (as the case may be) its holding company for such liability to Taxes, cost, reduction, payment, forgone return or loss.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this clause 12.2 “holding company” means the company or entity (if any) within the consolidated supervision of which a Lender is included.

 

 

 

12.3

 

Exception

 

 

 

 

 

Nothing in clause 12.2 shall entitle any Lender to receive any amount in respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss to the extent that the same is the subject of an additional payment under clause 6.6.

 

 

 

13

 

SECURITIES, APPLICATION, SET-OFF AND PRO-RATA PAYMENTS

 

 

 

13.1

 

Securities

 

 

 

13.1.1

 

As security for the due and punctual repayment of the Loan and payment of interest thereon as provided in this Agreement and of all other Outstanding Indebtedness, the Borrower shall ensure and procure that the following Security Documents are duly executed and, where required, registered in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders or the relevant Swap Bank (as the case may be) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) at the time specified herein or otherwise as required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and ensure that such security consists of:

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the Master Agreement Security Deeds;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Mortgages;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

the General Assignments;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

the Personal Guarantees (to be released as provided in clause 17.4);

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (e)

the Corporate Guarantees (the Guarantee of Costamare (to be released as provided in clause 17.4);

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (f)

the Accounts Pledge Agreements; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (g)

any Charterparty Assignments.

 

 

 

 

13.2

 

Application of moneys

 

 

 

 

 

All moneys received by the Agent and/or the Security Agent under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents and expressed to be applicable (a) in accordance with the provisions of this

58



 

 

 

 

 

clause 13.2 or (b) in a manner determined in the Security Agent’s or (as the case may be) the Agent’s discretion, shall be applied in the following manner:

 

 

 

13.2.1

 

firstly , in or towards payment of Expenses which may be due to the Creditors or any of them and all sums other than principal or interest which may be due to the Creditors or any of them (other than the Swap Banks) under this Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them at the time of application;

 

 

 

13.2.2

 

secondly , in or towards payment of any default interest under clause 3.4;

 

 

 

13.2.3

 

thirdly , in or towards payment of any arrears of interest (other than default interest) due in respect of the Loan or any part thereof;

 

 

 

13.2.4

 

fourthly , in or towards repayment of the Loan (whether the same is due and payable or not);

 

 

 

13.2.5

 

fifthly , in or towards payment to any Lender for any loss suffered by reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid and which amounts are so payable under this Agreement;

 

 

 

13.2.6

 

sixthly , in or towards payment to any Creditor of any other sums owing to it under any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

13.2.7

 

seventhly , in or towards pro-rata payment to the Swap Banks of any sum owing to them under the Master Agreements; and

 

 

 

13.2.8

 

eighthly , the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.

 

 

 

13.3

 

Set-off

 

 

 

13.3.1

 

Right of Set-off : The Borrower authorises each Creditor (without prejudice to any of such Creditor’s rights at law, in equity or otherwise), at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and without notice to the Borrower, to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is then entitled standing upon any account of the Borrower with any branch of such Creditor in or towards satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to such Creditor under any of the Security Documents. For this purpose, each Creditor is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.

 

 

 

13.3.2

 

No Creditor shall be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this clause 13.3. Each Creditor shall notify the Borrower through the Agent forthwith upon the exercise or purported exercise of any right of set-off giving full details in relation thereto and the Agent shall inform the other Creditors.

 

 

 

13.3.3

 

Nothing in this clause 13.3 shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest.

 

 

 

13.3.4

 

Master Agreement rights : The rights conferred on each Swap Bank by this clause 13 shall be in addition to, and without prejudice to or limitation of, the rights of netting and set off conferred on each Swap Bank by the relevant Master Agreement. The Borrower acknowledges that each Swap Bank shall be under no obligation to make any payment to the Borrower under the relevant Master Agreement if, at the time that payment becomes due, an Event of Default shall

59



 

 

 

 

 

 

have occurred and is continuing or an event of Termination (as defined in such Master Agreement) shall have occurred.

 

 

 

13.4

 

Pro rata payments

 

 

 

13.4.1

 

If at any time any Lender (the “Recovering Bank” ) receives or recovers any amount owing to it by the Borrower under this Agreement by direct payment, set-off or in any manner other than by payment through the Agent pursuant to clauses 6.1 or 6.9 (not being a payment received from a Transferee Lender or a sub-participant in such Lender’s Contribution or any other payment of an amount due to the Recovering Lender for its sole account pursuant to clauses 3.6, 5, 6.6, 11.1, 11.2, 12.1, or 12.2), the Recovering Lender shall, within two (2) Banking Days of such receipt or recovery (a “Relevant Receipt” ) notify the Agent of the amount of the Relevant Receipt. If the Relevant Receipt exceeds the amount which the Recovering Lender would have received if the Relevant Receipt had been received by the Agent and distributed pursuant to clause 6.1 or 6.9 (as the case may be) then:

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

within two (2) Banking Days of demand by the Agent, the Recovering Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal (or equivalent) to the excess;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Agent shall treat the excess amount so paid by the Recovering Lender as if it were a payment made by the Borrower and shall distribute the same to the Lenders (other than the Recovering Bank) in accordance with clause 6.9; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

as between the Borrower and the Recovering Lender the excess amount so redistributed shall be treated as not having been paid but the obligations of the Borrower to the other Lenders shall, to the extent of the amount so re-distributed to them, be treated as discharged.

 

 

 

 

13.4.2

 

If any part of the Relevant Receipt subsequently has to be wholly or partly refunded by the Recovering Lender (whether to a liquidator or otherwise) each Lender to which any part of such Relevant Receipt was so re-distributed shall on request from the Recovering Lender repay to the Recovering Lender such Lender’s pro-rata share of the amount which has to be refunded by the Recovering Bank.

 

 

 

13.4.3

 

Each Lender shall on request supply to the Agent such information as the Agent may from time to time request for the purposes of this clause 13.4.

 

 

 

13.4.4

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause 13.4, no Recovering Lender shall be obliged to share any Relevant Receipt which it receives or recovers pursuant to legal proceedings taken by it to recover any sums owing to it under this Agreement with any other party which has a legal right to, but does not, either join in such proceedings or commence and diligently pursue separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court (unless the proceedings instituted by the Recovering Lender are instituted by it without prior notice having been given to such party through the Agent).

 

 

 

13.5

 

No release

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that failure by any Recovering Lender to comply with the provisions of clause 13.4 shall not release any other Recovering Lender from any of its obligations or liabilities under clause 13.4.

60



 

 

 

13.6

 

No charge

 

 

 

 

 

The provisions of this clause 13 shall not, and shall not be construed so as to, constitute a charge by a Lender over all or any part of a sum received or recovered by it in the circumstances mentioned in clause 13.4.

 

 

 

13.7

 

Further assurance

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto and rights of each Lender enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

13.8

 

Conflicts

 

 

 

 

 

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

14

 

ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

14.1

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor that it will:

 

 

 

14.1.1

 

on or before the Drawdown Date of each Advance to be drawn down, open or procure to be opened the Operating Account(s) relative to the Ship(s) to be financed by such Advance; and

 

 

 

14.1.2

 

procure that all moneys payable in respect of the Earnings of each Ship to the Owner thereof, unless and until the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) directs to the contrary pursuant to the provisions of the relevant Mortgage, be paid to the relevant Operating Account, provided however that if any of the moneys paid to any of the Operating Accounts are payable in a currency other than Dollars, the Account Bank shall (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably instructs the Account Bank to) convert such moneys into Dollars at the Account Bank’s spot rate of exchange at the relevant time for the purchase of Dollars with such currency and the term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

 

 

 

14.2

 

Operating Accounts: withdrawals

 

 

 

 

 

Unless the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) otherwise agrees in writing, none of the Owners shall be entitled to withdraw any moneys from its Operating Account at any time from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under the Security Documents save that, unless and until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall direct to the contrary, each Owner may freely withdraw moneys from the Operating Account relative to its Ship.

61



 

 

 

14.3

 

Application of accounts

 

 

 

 

 

At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may (and on the instructions of the Majority Lenders shall), without notice to the Borrower, instruct the Account Bank to apply all moneys then standing to the credit of the relevant Account(s) (together with interest from time to time accruing or accrued thereon) in or towards satisfaction of any sums due to the Creditors or any of them under the Security Documents in the manner specified in clause 13.2.

 

 

 

15

 

ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND LENDING OFFICE

 

 

 

15.1

 

Benefit and burden

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon, and enure for the benefit of, the Creditors and the Borrower and their respective successors in title.

 

 

 

15.2

 

No assignment by Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

 

15.3

 

Transfers by Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

Any Lender (the “Transferor Lender” ) may at any time cause all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents to be transferred to any other bank or financial institution (a “Transferee Lender” ) without the prior consent of the Borrower (but after prior consultation with the Borrower) and the other Lenders by delivering to the Agent a Transfer Certificate duly completed and duly executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender. No such transfer is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower or the Agent unless (i) it is effected or evidenced by a Transfer Certificate which complies with the provisions of this clause 15.3 and is signed by or on behalf of the Transferor Lender, the Transferee Lender and the Agent (on behalf of itself, the Borrower and the other Creditors) and (ii) such transfer of rights under the other Security Documents has been effected and registered. Upon signature of any such Transfer Certificate by the Agent, which signature shall be effected as promptly as is practicable after such Transfer Certificate has been delivered to the Agent, and subject to the terms of such Transfer Certificate, such Transfer Certificate shall have effect as set out below.

 

 

 

 

 

The following further provisions shall have effect in relation to any Transfer Certificate:

 

 

 

15.3.1

 

a Transfer Certificate may be in respect of a Lender’s rights in respect of all, or part of, its Commitment and shall be in respect of the same proportion of its Contribution;

 

 

 

15.3.2

 

a Transfer Certificate shall only be in respect of rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as a Lender and shall not transfer its rights and obligations as the Agent, or in any other capacity, as the case may be and such other rights and obligations may only be transferred in accordance with any applicable provisions of this Agreement;

 

 

 

15.3.3

 

a Transfer Certificate shall take effect in accordance with English law as follows:

62



 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, the Transferor Lender’s payment rights and all its other rights (other than those referred to in clause 15.3.2 above) under this Agreement are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower had against the Transferor Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with a Contribution and/or a Commitment of the amounts specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the other Creditors and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions, the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (e)

an Advance or part of an Advance which the Transferee Lender makes after the Transfer Certificate comes into effect ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been made by the Transferor Lender, assuming that any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and any rights or equities of any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (f)

the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under this Agreement which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under clauses 3.6, 5 and 12 and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them;

 

 

 

 

15.3.4

 

the rights and equities of the Borrower or of any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set-off and any other kind of cross-claim; and

 

 

 

 

15.3.5

 

the Borrower, the Account Bank, the Security Agent, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorise and instruct the Agent to sign any such Transfer Certificate on their behalf and undertake not to withdraw, revoke or qualify such authority or instruction at any time. Promptly upon its signature of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall notify the Borrower, the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

 

 

 

15.4

 

Reliance on Transfer Certificate

 

 

 

15.4.1

 

The Agent shall be entitled to rely on any Transfer Certificate believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been presented or signed by the persons by whom it purports to have been presented or signed, and shall not be liable to any of the parties to this Agreement and the Security Documents for the consequences of such reliance.

 

 

 

15.4.2

 

The Agent shall at all times during the continuation of this Agreement maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitments, Contributions and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of the Lenders holding a Transfer Certificate and the date at which the transfer referred to in such Transfer Certificate held by each Lender was transferred to such Lender, and the Agent shall make the said register available for

63



 

 

 

 

 

inspection by any Lender or the Borrower during normal banking hours upon receipt by the Agent of reasonable prior notice requesting the Agent to do so.

 

 

 

15.4.3

 

The entries on the said register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Commitments, the Contributions and the Transfer Certificates held by the Lenders from time to time and the principal amounts of such Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other Security Parties for all purposes in connection with this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

 

 

15.5

 

Transfer fees and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

If any Lender causes the transfer of all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under the Security Documents, such Lender shall pay to the Agent on demand all reasonable costs, fees and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees, duties and expenses), and all value added tax thereon, verified by the Agent as having been incurred in connection with such transfer.

 

 

 

15.6

 

Documenting transfers

 

 

 

 

 

If any Lender assigns all or any part of its rights or transfers all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations as provided in clause 15.3, the Borrower undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Agent and at the cost of the Transferor Lender, to enter into, and procure that the other Security Parties shall (at the cost of the Transferor Lender) enter into, such documents as may be necessary to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or the relevant part of such Lender’s interest in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to such Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Transferor Lender and/or its Transferee Lender (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.

 

 

 

15.7

 

Sub-participation

 

 

 

 

 

A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under the Security Documents without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower.

 

 

 

15.8

 

Lending office

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall lend through its office at the address specified in schedule 1 or, as the case may be, in any relevant Transfer Certificate or through any other office of such Lender selected from time to time by it through which such Lender wishes to lend for the purposes of this Agreement. If the office through which a Lender is lending is changed pursuant to this clause 15.8, such Lender shall notify the Agent promptly of such change and the Agent shall notify the Borrower, the Security Agent, the Account Bank and the other Lenders.

 

 

 

15.9

 

Disclosure of information

 

 

 

15.9.1

 

A Lender may disclose to a prospective assignee, transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with such Lender in relation to this Agreement such information about the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties as such Lender shall consider appropriate, if such Lender fist procures that the relevant prospective assignee, substitute or transferee or other person (such person together with any prospective assignee, substitute or transferee being hereinafter described as the “ Prospective Assignee ”) shall undertake to the Borrower to keep secret and confidential and, not without the prior written consent of the

64



 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrower, disclose to any third party any of the information, reports or documents supplied by such Lender provided however that the Prospective Assignee shall be entitled to disclose any such information, reports or documents in the following situations:

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

in relation to any proceedings arising out of this Agreement or the other Security Documents to the extent considered necessary by the Prospective Assignee to protect its interest; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

pursuant to a court order relating to discovery or otherwise; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

pursuant to any law or regulation or to any fiscal, monetary, tax, governmental or other competent authority; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

to its auditors, legal or other professional advisers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, the Prospective Assignee shall be entitled to disclose or use any such information, reports or documents if the information contained therein shall have emanated, in conditions free from confidentiality, bona fide from some person other than such Lender.

 

 

 

15.10

 

No additional costs

 

 

 

 

 

If at the time of, or immediately after, any assignment by a Lender of all or any part of its rights or benefits under this Agreement or any transfer by a Lender of any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement, or any change in the office through which a Lender lends for the purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower would be obliged to pay to the Assignee or Transferee or (in the case of a change of lending office) such Lender under clauses 6.6 or 12.2 any sum in excess of the sum (if any) which it would have been obliged to pay to such Lender under the relevant clauses in the absence of such assignment, transfer or change, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay that excess.

 

 

 

16

 

ARRANGERS, AGENT AND SECURITY AGENT

 

 

 

16.1

 

Appointment of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender irrevocably appoints the Agent as its agent for the purposes of this Agreement and such of the Security Documents to which it may be appropriate for the Agent to be party. By virtue of such appointment, each of the Lenders hereby authorises the Agent:

 

 

 

16.1.1

 

to execute such documents as may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by the Agent; and

 

 

 

16.1.2

 

(whether or not by or through employees or agents) to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to the Agent by this Agreement and/or any other Security Document, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

 

 

16.2

 

Agent’s actions

 

 

 

 

 

Any action taken by the Agent under or in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents whether with requisite authority or on the basis of appropriate instructions, received from the Lenders (or as otherwise duly authorised) shall be binding on all the Lenders.

65



 

 

 

16.3

 

Agent’s duties

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall:

 

 

 

16.3.1

 

promptly notify each Lender of the contents of each notice, certificate or other document received by it, in its capacity as Agent or Security Agent for the Lenders, from the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

 

 

16.3.2

 

(subject to the other provisions of this clause 16) take (or instruct the Security Agent to take) such action or, as the case may be, refrain from taking (or authorise the Security Agent to refrain from taking) such action with respect to the exercise of any of its rights, remedies, powers and discretions as agent, as the Majority Lenders may direct.

 

 

 

16.4

 

Agent’s rights

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent may:

 

 

 

16.4.1

 

in the exercise of any right, remedy, power or discretion in relation to any matter, or in any context, not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, act or, as the case may be, refrain from acting (or authorise the Security Agent to act or refrain from acting) in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders, and shall be fully protected in so doing;

 

 

 

16.4.2

 

unless and until it shall have received directions from the Majority Lenders, take such action or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action (or authorise the Security Agent to take or refrain from taking such action) in respect of an Event of Default of which the Agent has actual knowledge as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders;

 

 

 

16.4.3

 

refrain from acting (or authorise the Security Agent to refrain from acting) in accordance with any instructions of the Lenders to institute any legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents until it and/or the Security Agent has been indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction against any and all costs, expenses or liabilities (including legal fees) which it would or might incur as a result;

 

 

 

16.4.4

 

deem and treat (i) each Lender as the person entitled to the benefit of the Contribution of such Lender for all purposes of this Agreement unless and until a notice shall have been filed with the Agent pursuant to clause 15.3 and shall have become effective, and (ii) the office set opposite the name of each of the Lenders in schedule 1 unless and until a written notice of change of lending office shall have been received by the Agent and the Agent may act upon any such notice unless and until the same is superseded by a further such notice;

 

 

 

16.4.5

 

rely as to matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party upon a certificate signed by any director or officer of the relevant Security Party on behalf of the relevant Security Party; and

 

 

 

16.4.6

 

do anything which is in its opinion necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

16.5

 

No liability of Arrangers or Agent

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Arrangers nor the Agent nor any of their respective employees and agents shall:


66



 

 

 

16.5.1

 

be obliged to make any enquiry as to the use of any of the proceeds of the Term Advances and/or the Revolving Advances unless (in the case of the Agent) so required in writing by a Lender, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request to the Borrower; or

 

 

 

16.5.2

 

be obliged to make any enquiry as to any breach or default by the Borrower or any other Security Party in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or as to the existence of an Event of Default unless (in the case of the Agent) the Agent has actual knowledge thereof or has been notified in writing thereof by a Lender, in which case the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the relevant event or circumstance; or

 

 

 

16.5.3

 

be obliged to enquire whether or not any representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any other Security Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is true; or

 

 

 

16.5.4

 

be obliged to do anything (including, without limitation, disclosing any document or information) which would, or might in its opinion, be contrary to any law or regulation or be a breach of any duty of confidentiality or otherwise be actionable or render it liable to any person; or

 

 

 

16.5.5

 

be obliged to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account; or

 

 

 

16.5.6

 

be obliged to institute any legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents other than on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; or

 

 

 

16.5.7

 

be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this clause 16, neither the Arrangers nor the Agent shall be treated as having actual knowledge of any matter of which the corporate finance or any other division outside the agency or loan administration department of either Arranger or the person for the time being acting as the Agent may become aware in the context of corporate finance, advisory or lending activities from time to time undertaken by either Arranger or, as the case may be, the Agent for any Security Party or any other person which may be a trade competitor of any Security Party or may otherwise have commercial interests similar to those of any Security Party.

 

 

 

16.6

 

Non -reliance on Arranger or Agent

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied on any statement, opinion, forecast or other representation made by the Arrangers (or either of them) or the Agent to induce it to enter into this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents and that it has made and will continue to make, without reliance on the Arrangers (or either of them) or the Agent and based on such documents as it considers appropriate, its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties and its own independent investigation of the financial condition, prospects and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of such Lender’s Commitment or Contribution under this Agreement. Neither the Arrangers nor the Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender

67



 

 

 

 

 

with any credit or other information with respect to any Security Party whether coming into its possession before the making of the Term Advances and/or any Revolving Advance or at any time or times thereafter other than as provided in clause 16.3.1.

 

 

 

16.7

 

No responsibility on Arranger or Agent for Borrower’s performance

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Arrangers nor the Agent shall have any responsibility or liability to any Lender:

 

 

 

16.7.1

 

on account of the failure of any Security Party to perform its obligations under any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

16.7.2

 

for the financial condition of any Security Party; or

 

 

 

16.7.3

 

for the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties in any of the Security Documents or any document delivered under any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

16.7.4

 

for the execution, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Security Documents or of any certificate, report or other document executed or delivered under any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

16.7.5

 

to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of the Borrower or any other Security Party to the relevant Ship or any other security or any part thereof; or

 

 

 

16.7.6

 

for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with any official or regulatory body or office or elsewhere; or

 

 

 

16.7.7

 

for taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to any of the Security Documents or any aspect of any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

16.7.8

 

on account of the failure of the Security Agent to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

16.7.9

 

otherwise in connection with this Agreement or its negotiation or for acting (or, as the case may be, refraining from acting) in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders.

 

 

 

16.8

 

Reliance on documents and professional advice

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Arrangers and the Agent shall be entitled to rely on any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person and shall be entitled to rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it (including those in either Arranger’s or, as the case may be, the Agent’s employment).

 

 

 

16.9

 

Other dealings

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Arrangers and the Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders, accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, and provide advisory or other services to, any Security Party or any of its Related Companies or any of the Lenders as if it were not an Arranger or, as the case may be, the Agent.

68



 

 

 

 

16.10

 

Rights of Agent as Lender; no partnership

 

 

 

 

 

With respect to its own Commitment and Contribution (if any) the Agent shall have the same rights and powers under the Security Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it under this Agreement and the term “Lenders” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its individual capacity as a Bank. This Agreement shall not and shall not be construed so as to constitute a partnership between the parties or any of them.

 

 

 

16.11

 

Amendments and waivers

 

 

 

16.11.1

 

Subject to clause 16.11.2, the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (unless and to the extent expressly authorised by the other provisions of any of the Security Documents) and, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

agree (or authorise the Security Agent to agree) amendments or modifications to any of the Security Documents with the Borrower and/or any other Security Party; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

vary or waive breaches of, or defaults under, or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of any of the other Security Documents by the Borrower and/or any other Security Party (or authorise the Security Agent to do so).

 

 

 

 

 

Any such action so authorised and effected by the Agent shall be documented in such manner as the Agent shall (with the approval of the Majority Lenders) determine, shall be promptly notified to the Lenders by the Agent and (without prejudice to the generality of clause 16.2) shall be binding on the Lenders.

 

 

 

16.11.2

 

Except with the prior written consent of the Lenders, the Agent shall have no authority on behalf of the Lenders to agree (or authorise the Security Agent to agree) with the Borrower and/or any other Security Party any amendment or modification to any of the Security Documents or to grant (or authorise the Security Agent to grant) waivers in respect of breaches or defaults or to vary or excuse (or authorise the Security Agent to vary or excuse) performance of or under any of the Security Documents by the Borrower and/or any other Security Party, if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver or excuse would be to:

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

reduce the Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

postpone the due date or reduce the amount of any payment of principal, interest or other amount payable by any Security Party under any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

change the currency in which any amount is payable by any Security Party under any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (d)

increase any Lender’s Commitment in respect of either Facility;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (e)

extend any Final Availability Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (f)

change any provision of any of the Security Documents which expressly or implied requires the approval or consent of all the Lenders such that the relevant approval or consent may be given otherwise than with the sanction of all the Lenders;

69



 

 

 

 

 

 

  (g)

change the order of distribution under clauses 6.9 and 13.2;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (h)

change clause 8.6.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (i)

change this clause 16.11;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (j)

change the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.2; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (k)

release any Security Party from the security constituted by any Security Document (except as required by the terms thereof or by law) or change the terms and conditions upon which such security or guarantee may be, or is required to be, released.

 

 

 

 

16.12

 

Reimbursement and indemnity by Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall reimburse the Agent (rateably in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment or Contribution), to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed by the Borrower, for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Agent which are expressed to be payable by the Borrower under clause 5.1 including (in each case) the fees and expenses of legal or other professional advisers. Each Lender shall on demand indemnify the Agent (rateably in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment or Contribution) against all liabilities, damages, costs and claims whatsoever incurred by the Agent in connection with any of the Security Documents or the performance of its duties under any of the Security Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under any of the Security Documents, unless such liabilities, damages, costs or claims arise from the Agent’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

16.13

 

Retirement of Agent

 

 

 

16.13.1

 

The Agent may, having given to the Borrower and each of the Lenders not less than fifteen (15) days’ notice of its intention to do so and shall if required from the Majority Lenders, retire from its appointment as Agent under this Agreement, provided that no such retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed by the Lenders as a successor agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

a Related Company of the Agent nominated by the Agent which the Lenders hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agree to appoint or, failing such nomination,

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

a Lender nominated by the Majority Lenders or, failing such a nomination,

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

any reputable and experienced bank or financial institution nominated by the retiring Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any corporation into which the retiring Agent may be merged or converted or any corporation with which the Agent may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation to which the Agent shall be a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the successor Agent under this Agreement and the other Security Documents without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement and the other Security Documents save that notice of any such merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation shall forthwith be given to each Security Party and the Lenders. Prior to any such successor being appointed, the Agent agrees to consult with the Borrower as to the identity of the proposed successor and to take account of any reasonable objections which the Borrower may raise to such successor being appointed.

70



 

 

 

 

16.13.2

 

Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under the Security Documents (but shall continue to have the benefit of this clause 16 in respect of any action it has taken or refrained from taking prior to such discharge) and its successor and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party to this Agreement in place of the retiring Agent. The retiring Agent shall (at no expense to the Borrower) provide its successor with copies of such of its records as its successor reasonably requires to carry out its functions under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

16.14

 

Appointment and retirement of Security Agent

 

 

 

16.14.1

 

Appointment

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent irrevocably appoints the Security Agent as its Security Agent and trustee for the purposes of this Agreement and the Security Documents, in each case on the terms set out in this Agreement. By virtue of such appointment, each of the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent hereby authorises the Security Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to the Security Agent by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

 

 

16.14.2

 

Retirement

 

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to clause 16.13, the Security Agent may, having given to the Borrower and each of the Lenders and the Swap Banks not less than fifteen (15) days’ notice of its intention to do so and shall if required from the Majority Lenders, retire from its appointment as Security Agent under this Agreement and any Trust Deed, provided that no such retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed by the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent as a successor security agent and trustee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

a Related Company of the Security Agent nominated by the Security Agent which the Lenders and the Swap Banks hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agree to appoint or, failing such nomination,

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

a bank or trust corporation nominated by the Majority Lenders or, failing such a nomination,

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (c)

any bank or trust corporation nominated by the retiring Security Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

and, in any case, such successor Security Agent and trustee shall have duly accepted such appointment by delivering to the Agent (i) written confirmation (in a form acceptable to the Agent) of such acceptance agreeing to be bound by this Agreement in the capacity of Security Agent as if it had been an original party to this Agreement and (ii) a duly executed Trust Deed.

 

 

 

 

 

Any corporation into which the retiring Security Agent may be merged or converted or any corporation with which the Security Agent may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation to which the Security Agent shall be a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the successor Security Agent under this Agreement, any Trust Deed and the other Security Documents without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part of any of the

71



 

 

 

 

 

 

parties to this Agreement, any Trust Deed and the other Security Documents save that notice of any such merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation shall forthwith be given to each Security Party, the Lenders and the Swap Banks. Prior to any such successor being appointed, the Security Agent agrees to consult with the Borrower as to the identity of the proposed successor and to take account of any reasonable objections which the Borrower may raise to such successor being appointed.

 

 

 

 

 

Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under the Security Documents (but shall continue to have the benefit of this clause 16 in respect of any action it has taken or refrained from taking prior to such discharge) and its successor and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party to this Agreement in place of the retiring Security Agent. The retiring Security Agent shall (at no expense to the Borrower) provide its successor with copies of such of its records as its successor reasonably requires to carry out its functions under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

16.15

 

Powers and duties of the Security Agent

 

 

 

16.15.1

 

The Security Agent shall have no duties, obligations or liabilities to any of the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent beyond those expressly stated in any of the Security Documents. Each of the Agent, the Lenders and the Swap Banks hereby authorises the Security Agent to enter into and execute and (where required) register:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

each of the Security Documents to which the Security Agent is or is intended to be a party; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

any and all such other Security Documents as may be approved by the Agent in writing (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all Lenders, as applicable) for entry into by the Security Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

and, in each and every case, to hold any and all security thereby created upon trust for the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

 

16.15.2

 

Subject to clause 16.15.3 the Security Agent may, with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders communicated in writing by the Agent, concur with any of the Security Parties to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

amend, modify or otherwise vary any provision of the Security Documents to which the Security Agent is or is intended to be a party; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

waive breaches of, or defaults under, or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of the Security Documents to which the Security Agent is or is intended to be a party.

 

 

 

 

 

Any such action so authorised and effected by the Security Agent shall be promptly notified to the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent by the Security Agent and shall be binding on the other Creditors.

 

 

 

16.15.3

 

The Security Agent shall not concur with any Security Party with respect to any of the matters described in clause 16.11.2 without the consent of the Lenders and the Swap Banks communicated in writing by the Agent.

72



 

 

 

 

16.15.4

 

The Security Agent shall (subject to the other provisions of this clause 16) take such action or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action, with respect to any of its rights, powers and discretions as security agent and trustee, as the Agent may direct. Subject as provided in the foregoing provisions of this clause, unless and until the Security Agent shall have received such instructions from the Agent, the Security Agent may, but shall not be obliged to, take (or refrain from taking) such action under or pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in clause 16.14 as the Security Agent shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Creditors provided that (for the avoidance of doubt), to the extent that this clause might otherwise be construed as authorising the Security Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action of the nature referred to in clause 16.15.2 - and for which the prior consent of the Lenders and the Swap Banks is expressly required under clause 16.15.3 - clauses 16.15.2 and 16.15.3 shall apply to the exclusion of this clause.

 

 

 

16.15.5

 

None of the Lenders, the Swap Banks nor the Agent shall have any independent power to enforce any of the Security Documents referred to in clause 16.14 or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

 

 

16.15.6

 

For the purpose of this clause 16, the Security Agent may, rely and act in reliance upon any information from time to time furnished to the Security Agent by the Agent (whether pursuant to clause 16.15.7 or otherwise) unless and until the same is superseded by further such information, so that the Security Agent shall have no liability or responsibility to any party as a consequence of placing reliance on and acting in reliance upon any such information unless the Security Agent has actual knowledge that such information is inaccurate or incorrect.

 

 

 

16.15.7

 

Without prejudice to the foregoing each of the Agent and the Lenders and the Swap Banks (whether directly or through the Agent) shall provide the Security Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purpose of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents referred to in clause 16.14.

 

 

 

16.16

 

Trust provisions

 

 

 

16.16.1

 

The trusts constituted or evidenced in or by this Agreement and the Trust Deed shall remain in full force and effect until whichever is the earlier of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

the expiration of a period of eighty (80) years from the date of this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (b)

receipt by the Security Agent of confirmation in writing by the Agent that there is no longer outstanding any Indebtedness (actual or contingent) which is secured or guaranteed or otherwise assured by or under any of the Security Documents, and the parties to this Agreement declare that the perpetuity period applicable to this Agreement and the trusts declared by the Trust Deed shall for the purposes of the Perpetuities and Accumulations Act 1964 be the period of eighty (80) years from the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

16.16.2

 

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Documents specified in clause 16.14, the Security Agent shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of any of those Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting

73



 

 

 

 

 

 

as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by any of those Security Documents.

 

 

 

16.16.3

 

It is expressly declared that, in its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Documents specified in clause 16.14, the Security Agent shall be entitled to invest moneys forming part of the security and which, in the opinion of the Security Agent, may not be paid out promptly following receipt in the name or under the control of the Security Agent in any of the investments for the time being authorised by law for the investment by trustees of trust moneys or by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify its investments and the Security Agent may at any time vary or transpose any such property or investments for or into any others of a like nature and shall not be responsible for any loss due to depreciation in value or otherwise of such property or investments. Any investment of any part or all of the security may, at the discretion of the Security Agent, be made or retained in the names of nominees.

 

 

 

16.17

 

Independent action by Creditors

 

 

 

 

 

None of the Creditors shall enforce, exercise any rights, remedies or powers or grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to, or otherwise have a direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Security Documents without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders but, Provided such consent has been obtained, it shall not be necessary for any other Creditor to be joined as an additional party in any proceedings for this purpose.

 

 

 

16.18

 

Common Agent and Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent and the Security Agent have entered into the Security Documents in their separate capacities (a) as agent for the Lenders under and pursuant to this Agreement (in the case of the Agent) and (b) as security agent and trustee for the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent under and pursuant to this Agreement, to hold the guarantees and/or security created by the Security Documents specified in clause 16.14 on the terms set out in such Security Documents (in the case of the Security Agent). However, from time to time the Agent and the Security Agent may be the same entity. When the Agent and the Security Agent are the same entity and any Security Document provides for the Agent to communicate with or provide instructions to the Security Agent (and vice versa), it will not be necessary for there to be any such formal communications or instructions on those occasions.

 

 

 

16.19

 

Co -operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

 

 

 

 

 

The Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Agent shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Agent and any receiver under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 13.2.

 

 

 

16.20

 

Prompt distribution of proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

Moneys received by any of the Creditors (whether from a receiver or otherwise) pursuant to the exercise of (or otherwise by virtue of the existence of) any rights and powers under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents shall (after providing for all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities and other payments ranking in priority) be paid to the Agent for distribution (in the case of moneys so received by any of the Creditors other than the Agent or the Security Agent) and shall be distributed by the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent (in the

74



 

 

 

 

 

 

case of moneys so received by the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent) in each case in accordance with clause 13.2. The Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent shall make each such application and/or distribution as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) or any receiver may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Agent or such receiver may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Agent and/or the Security Agent and/or the Account Bank and/or the Arrangers and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks or any of them to provide for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrower or any other person liable.

 

 

 

 

16.21

 

Reconventioning

 

 

 

 

 

 

After consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders and notwithstanding clause 16.11, the Agent shall be entitled to make such amendments to this Agreement as it may determine to be necessary to take account of any changes in market practices as a consequence of the European Monetary Union (whether as to the settlement or rounding of obligations, business days, the calculation of interest or otherwise whatsoever). So far as possible such amendments shall be such as to put the parties in the same position as if the event or events giving rise the need to amend this Agreement had not occurred. Any amendment so made to this Agreement by the Agent shall be promptly notified to the other parties hereto and shall be binding on all parties hereto.

 

 

 

 

17

 

NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

 

 

 

17.1

 

Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement or (unless otherwise provided therein) under any of the other Security Documents shall:

 

 

 

 

17.1.1

 

be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available) or facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form;

 

 

 

 

17.1.2

 

be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in the relevant Security Document, in the case of a letter, when delivered personally or three (3) days after it has been put in to the post and, in the case of a facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form, at the time of despatch (provided that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee or if the time of despatch is after the close of business in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day); and

75



 

 

 

 

17.1.3

 

be sent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

if to the Borrower at:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.
Costamare Shipping Company S.A.,
60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,
175.64 Athens, Greece,
Fax No. (+30210) 9406454
Attention: The Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if to DSB in its capacity as joint Arranger and/or Swap Bank and/or Agent and/or Security Agent, at:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
Domshof 17,
28195 Bremen,
Federal Republic of Germany
Fax No.: (+0049) 421 3609 293
Attention: International Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if to HVB in its capacity as joint Arranger and/or Swap Bank and/or Account Bank, at:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft,
62 Notara Street, 185 35, Piraeus, Greece
Fax No.: +30 210 4126597
Attention: The Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if to a Lender, to its address or fax number specified in schedule 1 or in any relevant Transfer Certificate,

 

 

 

 

 

 

or to such other address and/or numbers as is notified by one party to the other parties under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

17.2

 

Notices through the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement or (unless otherwise provided therein) any other Security Document to be given by the Borrower to any other party, shall be given to the Agent for onward transmission as appropriate and if it is to be given to the Borrower it shall (except otherwise provided in the Security Documents) be given to the Agent.

 

 

 

17.3

 

No implied waivers, remedies cumulative

 

 

 

 

 

No failure or delay on the part of a Creditor to exercise any power, right or remedy under any of the Security Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by such Creditor of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The remedies provided in the Security Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

76



 

 

 

 

17.4

 

Release of certain Guarantors

 

 

 

 

 

It is hereby expressly agreed that the Security Agent on the Corporate Structure Completion Date shall release Costamare and the Personal Guarantors from their obligations under their respective Guarantees upon production of certified true copies of the registered share certificates evidencing that the shares in all the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are registered in the name of the Borrower, whereupon Costamare and Personal Guarantors shall cease to be considered as Security Parties hereunder.

 

 

 

17.5

 

English language

 

 

 

 

 

All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with any of the Security Documents shall be in the English language or shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Creditors or any of them shall be entitled to rely.

 

 

 

18

 

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

 

 

18.1

 

Law

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

 

 

18.2

 

Submission to jurisdiction

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower agrees, for the benefit of each Creditor, that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement against the Borrower or any of its assets may be brought in the English courts. The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers MR. RICHARD COLEMAN c/o H. Clarkson and Co. Ltd., presently located at 3 Lower Thames Street, London EC3R 6HE, England, to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings, who is hereby authorised to accept such service, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Borrower, provided, however , that the Borrower further agrees that in the event that (i) Mr. Richard Coleman (or any other agent appointed by the Borrower in substitution of Mr. Richard Coleman and acceptable to the Lenders) close or fail to maintain a business presence in England, or (ii) the Lenders, in their sole discretion, shall determine that service of process on the said agents is not feasible or may be insufficient under the Laws of England, then any summons, writ or other legal process issued against the Borrower in England may be served upon Messrs. The Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited, currently located at 5 th Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, England, (hereinafter called the “Process Agent for English Proceedings” )or their successors, who are hereby authorised to accept such service, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Borrower. The appointment of the Process Agent for English Proceedings shall be valid and binding from the date notice of such appointment is given by the Agent to the Borrower in accordance with Clauses 17.1 and 17.2. The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of a Creditor to take proceedings against the Borrower in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

77



 

 

 

 

 

The parties further agree that only the courts of England and not those of any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Borrower may have against any Creditor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

 

 

18.3

 

Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

 

 

 

 

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

78


Schedule 1
The Lenders and their Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Address and fax number

 

 

Commitment
(US$)

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan
Facility

 

 

Revolving
Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK
AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

 

 

Lending Office

Domshof 17 28195 Bremen,
Federal Republic of Germany

Address for Notices

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft
Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen,
Federal Republic of Germany
Fax No.: +49 421 3609 293
e-mail: achim.boehme@schiffsbank.com
Attn: International Loans

 

 

210,000,000

 

 

90,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND
VEREINSBANK
AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

 

 

Lending Office

Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank
Aktiengesellschaft,
7 Heraklitou Street, 106 73 Athens,
Greece

Address for Notices

Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank
Aktiengesellschaft,
Notara Street, 185 35, Piraeus, Greece
Fax No.: +30 210 4126597
e-mail:
vassilis.mantzavinos@unicreditgroup. gr
Attn: Mr. Vassilis Mantzavinos

 

 

210,000,000

 

 

90,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE

 

 

Lending Office

St. Alban-Graben 1, CH-4002 Basel,
Switzerland
Fax No.: 41 61 266 79 39
e-mail:lydia.lampadaridou@credit-suisse.com

Address for Notices

St. Alban-Graben 1, CH-4002 Basel,
Switzerland
Fax No.: 41 61 266 79 39
e-mail:meike.maettig@credit-suisse.com
Attn:Ms. Meike Mättig
e-mail:lydia.lampadaridou@creditsuisse.com
Attn: Ms. Lydia Lampadaridou

 

 

140,000,000

 

 

60,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Address and fax number

 

 

Commitment
(US$)

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan
Facility

 

 

Revolving
Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSH NORDBANK AG

 

 

Lending Office

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095
Hamburg,
Federal Republic of Germany

Address for Notices

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095
Hamburg,
Federal Republic of Germany
Fax No.: +49 40/3333 34121
Attn: Mr. Jan Herzel
e-mail:jan.herzel@hsh-nordbank.com

 

 

105,000,000

 

 

45,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORTIS BANK S.A./N.V.

 

 

Lending Office

166 Syngrou Avenue, 17671 Athens,
Greece,

Address for Notices

166 Syngrou Avenue, 17671 Athens,
Greece,
Fax No.:
e-mail:dimitris.christacopoulos @fortis.com

Attn: Mr. Dimitris Christacopoulos

 

 

35,000,000

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commitment

 

 

70,000,000

 

 

300,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80


Schedule 2
Form of Drawdown Notice

(referred to in clause 2.5)

 

 

To:

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,

 

Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen,

 

Federal Republic of Germany

 

(as Agent)

[  ] 2008

US$1,000,000,000 Facility Agreement dated 22” July, 2008

We refer to the above Facility Agreement and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw down the [  ] [  ] Advance[s] namely USS[  ] on [  ] 200[  ] and select [a first Interest Period in respect thereof of [  ] months] [the first interest period in respect hereof to expire on [  ] 200[  ]]. The funds should be credited to [name and number of account] with [details of bank in New York City] .

We confirm that:

 

 

(a)

no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default;

 

 

(b)

the representations and warranties contained in (i) clauses 7.1[(except in relation to 7.1.10)], 7.2 and 7.3(b) of the Facility Agreement and (ii) clause 4 of the Guarantees (except in relation to 4.1(m)) are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;

 

 

(c)

the borrowing to be effected by the drawdown of such Advance[s] will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise) to be exceeded; and

 

 

(d)

there has been no material adverse change in our financial position or in the combined financial position of ourselves, the Guarantors, from that described by us or any other Security Party to the Creditors or any of them in the negotiation of the Facility Agreement; and

 

 

(e)

we will use the proceeds of the above Advance[s] for our benefit and under our full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in the Loan Agreement.

Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings where used herein.

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

COSTAMARE INC.

 

81


Schedule 3
Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent

(referred to in clause 9.1)

PART 1

Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent
to the execution of this Agreement:

 

 

 

1

Constitutional documents

 

 

 

 

Copies, certified by an officer of each Security Party and each Manager as true, complete and up to date copies of all documents which contain or establish or relate to the constitution of that Security Party and each Manager;

 

 

 

2

Corporate authorisations

 

 

 

 

copies of resolutions of the directors and stockholders of each Security Party approving such of the Security Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and authorising the signature, delivery and performance of such Security Party’s obligations thereunder, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party as:

 

 

 

 

(a)

being true and correct;

 

 

 

 

(b)

being duly passed at meetings of the directors of such Security Party and of the stockholders of such Security Party duly convened and held;

 

 

 

 

(c)

not having been amended, modified or revoked; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

being in full force and effect,

 

 

 

 

together with originals or certified copies of any powers of attorney issued by any Security Party pursuant to such resolutions;

 

 

 

3

Certificate of incumbency

 

 

 

 

a list of directors and officers of each Security Party and each Manager specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated 15 th July, 2008) by an officer of such Security Party or, as the case may be, such Manager to be true, complete and up to date;

 

 

 

4

Good standing certificate

 

 

 

 

recent certificates or other evidence satisfactory to the Agent, in its sole discretion, of the existence and good standing of each of the Security Parties and each Manager;

 

 

 

5

Borrower’s consents and approvals

 

 

 

 

a certificate (dated no earlier than the date of this Agreement) from an officer of the Borrower that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for the Borrower to authorise or are required by the Borrower in connection with the borrowing by the Borrower of the Term Advances and/or the Revolving Advances pursuant to this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party;

82



 

 

6

Other consents and approvals

 

 

 

a certificate (dated no earlier than the date of this Agreement) from an officer of each Security Party (other than the Borrower) that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for such Security Party to guarantee and/or grant security for the borrowing by the Borrower of the Total Commitment pursuant to this Agreement and execute, deliver and perform the Security Documents insofar as such Security Party is a party thereto;

 

 

7

Fees

 

 

 

evidence that any fees due under clause 5.1.2 have been paid in full;

 

 

8

Borrower’s process agent

 

 

 

a letter from the Borrower’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in clause 18.2 accepting its appointment under the said clause and under each of the Security Documents to which the Borrower is a party and in which it is or is to be appointed as the Borrower’s agent; and

 

 

9

Marshall Islands legal opinion

 

 

 

an opinion of the Lenders’ legal advisers on Marshall Islands Law matters in relation to the Borrower.

83


PART 2

Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent to a Term Advance
being made:

 

 

 

 

 

(in this Part 2 the Tranche A Ship(s) to be refinanced by a Term Advance is herein called the “Relevant Ship(s)” )

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Drawdown notice

 

 

 

 

 

The Drawdown Notice in respect of the relevant Term Advance duly executed;

 

 

 

 

2

Conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

evidence that the conditions precedent set out in Part 1 of schedule 3 have been fully satisfied;

 

 

 

 

3

Ship conditions

 

 

 

 

 

evidence that each of the Relevant Ship(s):

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Registration and Encumbrances

 

 

 

 

 

 

is registered in the name of the Owner thereof through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State and that such Ship and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (as each such term is defined in the Security Documents relative to such Ship) are free of Encumbrances (save for any Encumbrances in favour of the existing mortgagee(s)) together with evidence that such Encumbrances shall be discharged on drawdown of the relevant Term Advance; and

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

maintains the Classification referred to in the relevant Mortgage free of all overdue requirements and overdue recommendations of the relevant Classification Society which would lead to the withdrawal of class; and

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

is insured in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Security Documents and all requirements of the relevant Security Documents in respect of such insurance have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which each Relevant Ship is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to such Ship);

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

ISM Code and ISPS Code

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

a copy of the DOC applicable to each Relevant Ship and of the SMC applicable to each Manager certified as true and in effect by the Borrower’s lawyer;

84



 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

copies of such ISM Code Documentation as the Agent may by written notice to the Borrower have requested not later than two (2) days before the Drawdown Date certified as true and complete in all material respects by the Borrower and the Borrower’s lawyer; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(cc)

true and complete copy of the ISSC of each Relevant Ship issued pursuant to the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

4

Security Documents

 

 

 

 

 

the Master Agreements, the Corporate Guarantee of Costamare, the Personal Guarantees, the Corporate Guarantees of the Owners of the Relevant Ship(s), the Mortgage(s) over the Relevant Ship(s), the Deed(s) of Covenants (if required under the laws of relevant Flag State) supplemental to such Mortgage(s), the General Assignment(s) relative to the Relevant Ship(s), the Account Pledge Agreements, any Charterparty Assignment relative to such Ship(s) which is subject to an Existing Charterparty or an Approved Charterparty, each duly executed;

 

 

 

 

5

Notices of assignment

 

 

 

 

 

duly executed notices of assignment in the forms prescribed by the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

6

Mortgages’ registration

 

 

 

 

 

evidence that each Mortgage relative to the Relevant Ship(s) has been registered against such Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

7

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

evidence that the Accounts have been opened and duly completed mandate forms in respect thereof have been delivered to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

8

Security Parties’ process agent

 

 

 

 

 

a letter from each Security Party’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in each of the Security Documents to which such Security Party is a party accepting its appointment under each such Security Document;

 

 

 

 

9

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

evidence that any fees and commissions payable from the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to the terms of clause 5.1 or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full;

 

 

 

 

10

Flag State opinion

 

 

 

 

 

an opinion of the Lenders’ legal advisers on matters of Flag State law to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

11

Liberian legal opinion

 

 

 

 

 

an opinion of the Lenders’ legal advisers on Liberian Law matters in relation to the Owners;

85



 

 

 

12

Valuation

 

 

 

 

a valuation of each Relevant Ship made on the basis and in the manner specified in clause 8.2.3;

 

 

 

13

Insurance opinion

 

 

 

 

an opinion from insurance consultants to the Agent, on the Insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Relevant Ship(s);

 

 

 

14

Manager’s Undertaking(s) -Management Agreement etc.

 

 

 

 

the Manager’s Undertaking(s) relative to such Ship(s) duly executed and a copy, certified as a true and complete copy by an officer of the relevant Owner or the Borrower’s Lawyer, of each Management Agreement, Existing Charterparty or any Approved Charterparty of the Relevant Ship(s);

 

 

 

15

DOC and application for SMC

 

 

 

 

a certified copy of each of the DOC and SMC for each Relevant Ship;

 

 

 

16

ISSC

 

 

 

 

a certified copy of ISSC for each Relevant Ship;

 

 

 

17

Further opinions

 

 

 

 

such further opinions as the Agent may reasonably require; and

 

 

 

18

Further conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

such further conditions precedent as the Agent may reasonably require.

86


PART 3

Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent to any Revolving
Advance being made:

 

 

 

 

(in this Part 3 the Tranche B Ship(s) to be financed by a Revolving Advance is herein called the “Relevant Ship(s)” )

 

 

 

 

 

1

Drawdown notice

 

 

 

 

The Drawdown Notice in respect of the relevant Revolving Advance duly executed;

 

 

 

2

Conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

evidence that the conditions precedent set out in Parts 1 and 2 of schedule 3 have been fully satisfied;

 

 

 

3

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

evidence that any fees and commissions payable from the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to the terms of clause 5.1 or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full;

 

 

 

4

Ship conditions

 

 

 

 

evidence that each of the Relevant Ship(s):

 

 

 

 

(i)

Registration and Encumbrances

 

 

 

 

 

is registered in the name of the Owner thereof through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State and that such Ship and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (as each such term is defined in the Security Documents relative to such Ship) are free of Encumbrances (save for any Encumbrances in favour of the existing mortgagee(s)) together with evidence that such Encumbrances shall be discharged on drawdown of the relevant Revolving Advance; and

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Classification

 

 

 

 

 

maintains the Classification referred to in the relevant Mortgage free of all overdue requirements and overdue recommendations of the relevant Classification Society which would lead to the withdrawal of class; and

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

is insured in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Security Documents and all requirements of the relevant Security Documents in respect of such insurance have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which each Relevant Ship is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to such Ship);

87



 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

ISM Code and ISPS Code

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

a copy of the DOC applicable to each Relevant Ship and of the SMC applicable to each Manager certified as true and in effect by the Borrower’s lawyer;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

copies of such ISM Code Documentation as the Agent may by written notice to the Borrower have requested not later than two (2) days before the relevant Drawdown Date certified as true and complete in all material respects by the Borrower and the Borrower’s lawyer; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(cc)

true and complete copy of the ISSC of each Relevant Ship issued pursuant to the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

In case the Relevant Ship is a newly acquired Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

a copy of the relevant MOA certified as true and complete by the legal counsel of the Borrower;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

evidence that the ten per cent (10%) deposit in respect of the Relevant Ship and all other sums of money (other than the relevant Revolving Advance) required to be paid by the Owner thereof to the relevant Seller pursuant to the relevant MOA have been duly paid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

evidence to the full satisfaction of the Agent, proving the relevant Seller’s title to the Relevant Ship free of any Encumbrances, debts or claims of any nature whatsoever;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

duly certified copies of corporate documentation of the relevant Seller proving the due incorporation and existence of the Seller of the Relevant Ship and the due authorisation of the sale of the Relevant Ship and the execution of all documents required in connection therewith;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

duly certified copy of the Bill of Sale, the protocol of delivery and acceptance of the Relevant Ship and the SMC, ISSC and DOC as well as of all other Seller’s documents relative to such Ship; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Operator complies with the requirements of the ISM Code, has obtained a DOC for itself, has applied to the appropriate Regulatory Agency for an SMC in respect of the Relevant Ship to be issued pursuant to the ISM Code within any time limit required or recommended by such Regulatory Agency and that neither the Borrower nor any Operator is aware of any reason why such application may be refused.

 

 

 

 

5

Security Documents

 

 

 

 

 

the Corporate Guarantees of the Owners of the Relevant Ship(s), the Mortgage(s) over the Relevant Ship(s), the Deed(s) of Covenants (if required under the laws of relevant Flag State) supplemental to such Mortgage(s), the General Assignment(s) relative to the Relevant Ship(s), any Charterparty Assignment relative to such Ship(s) which is subject to an Existing Charterparty or an Approved Charterparty, each duly executed;

 

 

 

 

6

Notices of assignment

 

 

 

 

 

duly executed notices of assignment in the forms prescribed by the Security Documents;

88



 

 

7

Mortgages’ registration

 

 

 

evidence that each Mortgage relative to the Relevant Ship(s) has been registered against such Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

8

Accounts

 

 

 

evidence that the Accounts have been opened and duly completed mandate forms in respect thereof have been delivered to the Agent;

 

 

9

Security Parties’ process agent

 

 

 

a letter from each Security Party’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in each of the Security Documents to which such Security Party is a party accepting its appointment under each such Security Document;

 

 

10

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

evidence that any fees and commissions payable from the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to the terms of clause 5.1 or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full;

 

 

11

Flag State opinion

 

 

 

an opinion of the Lenders’ legal advisers on matters of Flag State law to the Agent;

 

 

12

Valuation

 

 

 

a valuation of each Relevant Ship made on the basis and in the manner specified in clause 8.2.3;

 

 

13

Insurance opinion

 

 

 

an opinion from insurance consultants to the Agent, on the Insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Relevant Ship(s);

 

 

14

Manager’s Undertaking-Management Agreement etc.

 

 

 

the Manager’s Undertaking(s) relative to such Ship(s) duly executed and a copy, certified as a true and complete copy by an officer of the relevant Owner or the Borrower’s Lawyer, of each Management Agreement, Existing Charterparty or any Approved Charterparty of the Relevant Ship(s);

 

 

15

MOA

 

 

 

a copy, certified as a true and complete copy the MOA in respect of the Relevant Ship;

 

 

16

DOC and application for SMC

 

 

 

a certified copy of each of the DOC and SMC for each Relevant Ship;

 

 

17

ISSC

 

 

 

a certified copy of ISSC for each Relevant Ship;

89



 

 

18

Further opinions

 

 

 

such further opinions as the Agent may reasonably require; and

 

 

19

Further conditions precedent

 

 

 

such further conditions precedent as the Agent may reasonably require.

90


Schedule 4
Form of Transfer Certificate

(referred to in clause 15.3)

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

Lenders are advised not to employ Transfer Certificates or otherwise to assign or transfer interests in the Facility Agreement without further ensuring that the transaction complies with all applicable laws and regulations, including the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and regulations made thereunder and similar statutes which may be in force in other jurisdictions

 

 

To:

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as agent on its own behalf and on behalf of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Account Bank, the Security Agent, and the Arrangers and the Swap Banks defined in the Facility Agreement referred to below.

[Date] [  ]

Attention: [  ]

This certificate (“Transfer Certificate”) relates to a facility agreement dated [  ] July, 2008 (the “Facility Agreement”) and made between COSTAMARE INC. (the “Borrower”), (2) the Lenders and financial institutions defined therein as banks (the “Lenders”), (3) DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as joint Arranger, Security Agent, Swap Bank and Agent, (3) BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND VEREINSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank and (4) HSH NORDBANK AG, as Swap Bank, in relation to a term loan facility of up to Seventy million Dollars (US$700,000,000) and a revolving credit facility of up to Forty one million Dollars (US$300,000,000). Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings herein as therein.

In this Certificate:

the “Transferor” means [full name] of [lending office]; and

the “Transferee” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

 

1

The Transferor with full title guarantee assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as a Lender under or by virtue of the Facility Agreement and all the Security Documents in relation to [  ] per centum ([  ]%) of the [Contribution] [Commitment] of the Transferor (or its predecessors in title) in respect of each Facility, details of which are set out below:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Advance[s]
of [Term Loan
Facility] [Revolving
Facility]

 

 

Amount of
Advance[s] of
[Term Loan Facility]
[Revolving Facility]

 

 

Transferor’s
[Contribution]
[Commitment]
to Advance[s] of
[Term     Loan
Facility]
[Revolving
Facility]

 

 

Maturity Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91



 

 

 

2

 

By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and clause 15 of the Facility Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its [Contribution] [Commitment] in respect of the [Term Loan Facility] [Revolving Facility], which amounts to US$[  ]] [from [  ] per centum ([  ]%) of its [Contribution] [Commitment] in respect of the [Term Loan Facility] [Revolving Facility], which percentage represents US$[     ]].

 

 

 

3

 

The Transferee hereby requests the Agent (on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Account Bank, the Security Agent, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks and the Lenders) to accept the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate as being delivered pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 15.3 of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof on [date of transfer].

 

 

 

4

 

The Transferee:

 

 

 

4.1

 

confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement and the other Security Documents together with such other documents and information as it has required in connection with the transaction contemplated thereby;

 

 

 

4.2

 

confirms that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor, the Agent, the Account Bank, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks, the Lenders or the Security Agent to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Facility Agreement, any of the Security Documents or any such documents or information;

 

 

 

4.3

 

agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Transferor, the Agent, the Account Bank, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks, the Lenders or the Security Agent to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower, or any other Security Party (save as otherwise expressly provided therein);

 

 

 

4.4

 

warrants that it has power and authority to become a party to the Facility Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorise execution of this Transfer Certificate and to obtain all necessary approvals and consents to the assumption of its obligations under the Facility Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

 

 

4.5

 

if not already a Lender, appoints (i) the Agent to act as its agent and (ii) the Security Agent to act as its security agent and trustee, as provided in the Facility Agreement and the Security Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

 

 

5

 

The Transferor:

 

 

 

5.1

 

warrants to the Transferee that it has full power to enter into this Transfer Certificate and has taken all corporate action necessary to authorise it to do so;

 

 

 

5.2

 

warrants to the Transferee that this Transfer Certificate is binding on the Transferor under the laws of England, the country in which the Transferor is incorporated and the country in which its lending office is located; and

 

 

 

5.3

 

agrees that it will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Transfer Certificate or for a similar purpose.

92



 

 

 

6

 

The Transferee hereby undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Facility Agreement and the other Security Documents that it will perform in accordance with its terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the other Security Documents will be assumed by it after delivery of the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.

 

 

 

7

 

By execution of this Transfer Certificate on their behalf by the Agent and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Transferee, the Borrower, the Agent, the Security Agent, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks, the Account Bank and the Lenders accept the Transferee as a party to the Facility Agreement and the Security Documents with respect to all those rights and/or obligations which by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the Security Documents will be assumed by the Transferee (including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent, the Account Bank, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks and the Security Agent as provided by the Facility Agreement) after delivery of the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.

 

 

 

8

 

None of the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Agent, the Account Bank, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks or the Lenders:

 

 

 

8.1

 

makes any representation or warranty nor assumes any responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Facility Agreement or any of the Security Documents or any document relating thereto; or

 

 

 

8.2

 

assumes any responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or any other Security Party or any party to any such other document or for the performance and observance by the Borrower or any other Security Party or any party to any such other document (save as otherwise expressly provided therein) and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether express or implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded (except as aforesaid).

 

 

 

9

 

The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake that they will on demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense which relates to or results from this Transfer Certificate or any matter concerned with or arising out of it unless caused by the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct, as the case may be.

 

 

 

10

 

The agreements and undertakings of the Transferee in this Transfer Certificate are given to and for the benefit of and made with each of the other parties to the Facility Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

 

 

11

 

This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.


 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

Transferee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93


Agent

Agreed for and on behalf of itself as Agent, the Borrower, the Security Agent, the Account Bank, the Arrangers, the Swap Banks and the Lenders.

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Note : The execution of this Transfer Certificate alone may not transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor’s interest in the security constituted by the Security Documents in the Transferor’s or Transferee’s jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of the Transferee to ascertain whether any other documents are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Transferor’s interest in such security in any such jurisdiction and, if so, to seek appropriate advice and arrange for execution of the same.

94


The Schedule

Outstanding Contribution [in respect of the [Term Loan Facility] [Revolving Facility]: US$• Commitment [in respect of the [Term Loan Facility] [Revolving Facility]: US$•
Portion Transferred: •%

Administrative Details of Transferee

Name of Transferee:
Lending Office:

Contact Person:
(Loan Administration Department)
Telephone:
Telefax No:

Contact Person:
(Credit Administration Department)
Telephone:
Telefax No:

[Account for payments:]

95


Schedule 5

Form of Trust Deed

THIS DECLARATION OF TRUST made by DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT (the “Security Agent”) is made on [  ] July, 2008 and is supplemental to (and made pursuant to the terms of) a Facility Agreement dated [  ] July, 2008 (the “Facility Agreement”) and made between (1) COSTAMARE INC., as Borrower, (2) DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as joint Arranger, Security Agent, Swap Bank and Agent, (3) BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND VEREINSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank, (4) HSH NORDBANK AG, as Swap Bank and (5) the Lenders and financial institutions mentioned in schedule 1 to the Facility Agreement as the Lenders. Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Deed.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH as follows:

 

 

1

The Security Agent hereby acknowledges and declares that, from the date of this Deed, it holds and shall hold the Trust Property on trust for certain of the other Creditors on the terms and basis set out in the Facility Agreement.

 

 

2

The declaration and acknowledgement contained in paragraph 1 above shall be irrevocable.

IN WITNESS whereof the Security Agent has executed this Deed the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED

)

 

by

)

Authorised Signatory

and by

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft

)

 

as Security Agent

)

Authorised Signatory

96


Schedule 6

The Swap Banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

Office

 

 

Swap Amount
(US$)

D eutsche S chiffsbank A ktiengesellschaft

 

 

Domshof 17 28195 Bremen, Federal Republic of Germany

 

 

425,000,000

B ayerische H ypo-U nd
V
ereinsbank
A
ktiengesellschaft

 

 

Arabellastrasse 12
81925 Munich
Germany

 

 

425,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H sh N ordbank A g

 

 

Martensdamm 6, 24103 Kiel,
Federal Republic of Germany

 

 

150,000,000

97


Schedule 7

Details of Tranche A Ships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ship name

Owner

Flag

 

 

Year
built

 

 

Size
(TEU)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

ZIM SHANGHAI

Fastsailing Maritime Co.

Greek

 

 

2002

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

MAERSK
KOLKATA

Kalamata Shipping Corporation

Greek

 

 

2003

 

 

6,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

MAERSK
KINGSTON

Navarino Maritime Corporation

Greek

 

 

2003

 

 

6,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

COSCO NINGBO

Marina Maritime Corporation

Greek

 

 

2006

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

COSCO YANTIAN

Costachille Maritime Corporation

Greek

 

 

2006

 

 

9.469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

ZIM NEW YORK

Angistri Corporation

Greek

 

 

2002

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

SINGAPORE
EXPRESS

Takoulis Maritime Corporation

Greek

 

 

2000

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

OAKLAND
EXPRESS

Fanakos Maritime Corporation

Greek

 

 

2000

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

MAERSK
KALAMATA

Merten Shipping Co.

Greek

 

 

2003

 

 

6,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

NEW YORK
EXPRESS

Flow Shipping Co.

Greek

 

 

2000

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98


Schedule 8

Details of the Existing Charterparties of the Tranche A Ships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ship’s name

Charterer

Date

Period

Hire per
day in $

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

ZIM SHANGHAI

Zim Israel Navigation Co. Ltd.

17-08-2000
(as amended)

10 years
plus 2+2+2

22,700 to
25,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

MAERSK KOLKATA

A.P. Moller-Maersk A/S

05-02-2001
(as amended)

7 years plus
1+/-45 days
(fm 13.01.09
30,000)

32,360 to
36,560 (fm
13.01.09
30,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

MAERSK KINGSTON

A.P. Moller-Maersk A/S

05-02-2001
(as amended)

7 years plus
1+/-45 days
(fm 28.04.09
30,000)

32,360 to
36,560 (fm
28.04.09
30,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

COSCO NINGBO

Cosco Container Lines Co. Ltd.

16-01-2004
(as amended)

12 years

36,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

COSCO YANTIAN

Cosco Container Lines Co. Ltd.

16-01-2004
(as amended)

12 years

36,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

ZIM NEW YORK

Zim Israel Navigation Co. Ltd.

17-08-2000
(as amended)

10 years plus
2+2+2

22,700 to
25,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

SINGAPORE EXPRESS

Hapag-Lloyd Container Lithe GmbH

18-08-1998
(as amended)

8 years (fm
28.08.08)

30,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

OAKLAND EXPRESS

Hapag-Lloyd Container Linie GmbH

18-08-1998
(as amended)

8 years (fm
23.10.08)

30,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

MAERSK KALAMATA

A.P. Moller-Maersk A/S

05-02-2001
(as amended)

7 years plus
1+/-45 days
(fm 11.06.09
30,000)

32,360 to
36,560 (fm
11.06.09
30,000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

NEW YORK EXPRESS

Hapag-Lloyd Container Linie GmbH

18-08-1998
(as amended)

8 years (fm
09.12.08)

30,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

99


Schedule 9

List of Costamare Fleet vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VESSEL’S NAME

 

FLAG

 

REGISTRATION NO.
OFFICIAL NO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

COSCO GUANGZOU

 

GREEK

 

11454

2

 

COSCO NINGBO

 

GREEK

 

11463

3

 

COSCO YANTIAN

 

GREEK

 

11482

4

 

COSCO BEIJING

 

GREEK

 

11492

5

 

COSCO HELLAS

 

GREEK

 

11503

6

 

MAERSK KAWASAKI

 

GREEK

 

11693

7

 

MAERSK KURE

 

GREEK

 

11694

8

 

MAERSK KOKURA

 

GREEK

 

11710

9

 

SEALAND NEW YORK

 

GREEK

 

10726

10

 

MAERSK KOBE

 

GREEK

 

10754

11

 

SEALAND WASHINGTON

 

GREEK

 

10782

12

 

SEALAND MICHIGAN

 

GREEK

 

10797

13

 

SEALAND ILLINOIS

 

GREEK

 

10818

14

 

MAERSK KOLKATA

 

GREEK

 

11088

15

 

MAERSK KINGSTON

 

GREEK

 

11147

16

 

MAERSK KALAMATA

 

GREEK

 

11167

17

 

ZIM NEW YORK

 

GREEK

 

11044

18

 

ZIM SHANGHAI

 

GREEK

 

11060

19

 

ZIM PIRAEUS

 

GREEK

 

11299

20

 

OAKLAND EXPRESS

 

GREEK

 

10796

21

 

NEW YORK EXPRESS

 

GREEK

 

10814

22

 

SINGAPORE EXPRESS

 

GREEK

 

10783

23

 

MAERSK MANDRAKI

 

GREEK

 

11346

24

 

MAERSK MYKONOS

 

GREEK

 

11372

25

 

SOPHIA BRITANNIA

 

GREEK

 

10685

26

 

MSC WASHINGTON

 

GREEK

 

10671

27

 

MSC TOBA

 

GREEK

 

11164

28

 

MSC KYOTO

 

GREEK

 

11160

29

 

MAERSK TOYAMA

 

GREEK

 

10535

30

 

CAP AKRITAS

 

HONG KONG

 

HK1812

31

 

GARDEN

 

LIBERIA

 

13710

32

 

GENTLE

 

LIBERIA

 

13711

33

 

GATHER

 

LIBERIA

 

13709

34

 

GEM

 

LIBERIA

 

13712

35

 

MSC AUSTRIA

 

LIBERIA

 

11596

100



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VESSEL’S NAME

 

FLAG

 

REGISTRATION NO.
OFFICIAL NO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

MSC GERMANY

 

LIBERIA

 

11597

37

 

MSC MEXICO

 

LIBERIA

 

11598

38

 

HYUNDAI CHALLENGER

 

HONG KONG

 

HK2105

39

 

MSC ANTWERP

 

GREEK

 

10274

40

 

MSC YOKOHAMA

 

GREEK

 

10367

41

 

MSC NAMIBIA

 

GREEK

 

10059

42

 

MSC SUDAN

 

GREEK

 

10099

43

 

SIERRA EXPRESS

 

GREEK

 

10084

44

 

MSC TOGO

 

LIBERIA

 

13020

45

 

MSC TUSCANY

 

GREEK

 

9842

46

 

MSC SICILY

 

HONG KONG

 

HK2190

47

 

MSC ROMANIA II

 

LIBERIA

 

11458

48

 

MSC VENICE

 

LIBERIA

 

11459

49

 

WESTMED II

 

LIBERIA

 

11456

50

 

HORIZON

 

MALTA

 

09770

51

 

WINDWARD

 

LIBERIA

 

11457

52

 

CITY OF GLASGOW

 

HONG KONG

 

HK1680

53

 

LIGURIA

 

HONG KONG

 

HK1679

101


Schedule 10

Form of Compliance Certificate
(referred to in clause 8.1.5)

 

 

 

To:

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft ,

 

Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen,

 

Federal Republic of Germany

 

(the “ Agent ”)

 

 

From:

COSTAMARE INC.

 

 

 

(the “ Borrower ”)

Dated: [  ]

Re : Facility Agreement for up to US$1,000,000,000 dated 22 nd July, 2008 (the “ Facility Agreement ”).

Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning when used herein.

I, [  ], being the CFO of the Borrower, refer to clause 8.1.5 of the Agreement and hereby certify that, as at [insert date of accounts] and on the date hereof;

 

 

 

1.

Financial Covenants :

 

 

 

(a)

the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) in respect of the financial [period/year] concerned is [  ] calculated as follows:

 

 

 

 

(b)

the ratio of EBITDA over Net Interest Expense is [  ] calculated as follows;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Borrower maintains Cash and Cash Equivalents of US$[………..] (………..) in accounts with the Arrangers; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Borrower maintains Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of US$[………….] (………… Dollars) calculated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

[…………..]

 

 

 

2.

Default :

[No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing]

or

[The following Event of Default has occurred and in continuing: [provide details of Event of Default]. [The following steps are being taken to remedy it: [provide details of steps being taken to remedy the Event of Default]].

COSTAMARE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

102


EXECUTION PAGES

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

 

Mr. Konstantinos V. Konstantakopoulos

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.,

)

 

 

as Borrower

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 


 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Konstantinos Zacharatos

Address:

 

60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,

 

175.64 Athens, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law


 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

 

Mr. Klaus Pieper and Mr. Achim Boehme

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft ,

)

 

 

as joint Arranger, Security Agent, Swap Bank,

)

 

 

Agent and Lender

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 


 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Angeliki C. Arcadis

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law


 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

 

Mr. Vassilios Mantzavinos

)

 

 

and Mrs. Anastasia Kerpinioti

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

Bayerische Hypo-Und

)

 

 

Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft,

)

 

 

as joint Arranger,

)

 

 

Account Bank, Swap Bank and Lender

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 


 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Angeliki C. Arcadis

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

103



 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

 

Mr. Mario Béhé

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

Credit Suisse ,

)

 

 

as Lender

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Authorised Officer

 


 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Angeliki C. Arcadis

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law


 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

 

Mr. George Arcadis and Dimitris Christacopoulos

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

Authorised Officer

 

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V.,

)

 

 

as Lender

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

Attorney-in-fact

)

Authorised Officer

 


 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Angeliki C. Arcadis

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law


 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

HSH Nordbank AG ,

)

 

 

as Lender and Swap Bank

)

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 


 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Angeliki C. Arcadis

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

104


EXHIBIT 10.5

Dated: 23 rd April 2010

The Lenders and financial institutions set out in schedule 1

- and-

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft

as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent

- and-

UniCredit Bank AG

(formerly Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft)

as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank

- and-

HSH NORDBANK AG

as Swap Bank

- and-

COSTAMARE INC.

as Borrower

- and-

The Corporate Guarantors set out in schedule 2

as existing Corporate Guarantors

- and-

Alexia Transport Corp.

as New Corporate Guarantor

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

in relation to a Facility Agreement dated 22 nd July, 2008

 

 

for an amount of up to US$1,000,000,000

 

 

 

 

 


 

Theo V. Sioufas & Co.
Law Offices
Piraeus


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAUSE

 

HEADINGS

 

PAGE


 


 


1.

 

 

Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

 

Representations and warranties

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

Agreement of the Lenders

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

Conditions

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

 

Entire agreement and amendment

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

 

Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

 

Continuance and reconfirmation of the Guarantees

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

 

Fees and expenses

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

 

Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

11



THIS AGREEMENT is made this 23 rd day of April, 2010

B E T W E E N

 

 

(1)

The Lenders and financial institutions set out in schedule 1, as Lenders;

 

 

(2)

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft , as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent;

 

 

(3)

UniCredit Bank AG (formerly B AYERISCHE H YPO -U ND V EREINSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT ), as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank;

 

 

(4)

HSH NordBank AG ; as Swap Bank;

 

 

(5)

Costamare Inc. , as Borrower;

 

 

(6)

The Corporate Guarantors set out in schedule 2 , as Corporate Guarantors (hereinafter together called the “ Existing Corporate Guarantors ” and singly an “ Existing Corporate Guarantor ”, which expression shall include their respective successors in title); and

 

 

(7)

Alexia Transport Corp. , a company organised and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia (hereinafter called the “ New Corporate Guarantor ”, which expressions shall include its successors in title, and together with the Existing Corporate Guarantors hereinafter called the “ Corporate Guarantors ” and singly a “ Corporate Guarantor ”)

AND IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a term loan and revolving credit facility agreement dated 22 nd July, 2008 (hereinafter called the “ Principal Agreement ”) made by and among (1) Costamare Inc. , of the Marshall Islands (therein and hereinafter referred to as the “ Borrower ”) as borrower, (2) Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengelellschaft (“ DSB ”), as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent, (3) UniCredit Bank AG (then named Bayerische Hypo-Und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft), as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank, and (3) the lenders and financial institutions set out in schedule 1 to the Principal Agreement, as Lenders (therein and hereinafter together called the “ Lenders ”), on the terms and conditions of which the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower, as borrower (i) a term loan facility in the amount of up to Seven hundred million United States Dollars (US$700,000,000) and (ii) a revolving credit facility in the maximum amount of up to Three hundred million United States Dollars (US$300,000,000) and in the aggregate not exceeding One billion United States Dollars (US$1,000,000,000) , for the purposes therein specified.

1


WHEREAS :

(A) Pursuant to Drawdown Notices from the Borrower to the Agent, the Lenders have advanced to the Borrower the aggregate amount of United States Dollars Nine hundred thirty six million four hundred thirteen thousand sixty three and ninety two cents (US$936,413,063.92) (as the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally acknowledge), out of which the principal amount outstanding as at the date hereof is United States Dollars Eight hundred seventy two million seven hundred fifty seven thousand eight hundred ninety five and ninety two cents (US$872,757,895.92) (as the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally acknowledge); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors have together requested the Lenders to consent to:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the release of each of Burton Shipping Co. (“Burton”) and Sea Elf Maritime Inc (“Sea Elf”) of its obligations under its respective Corporate Guarantee and the Security Documents to which each is a party and the release of its Ship; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the discharge of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the first preferred ship mortgage (the “Sudan Mortgage”) registered in favour of the Lenders over the m/v “MSC SUDAN” registered under the Liberian flag in the ownership of Burton; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the first preferred Greek ship mortgage (the “Toba Mortgage”) registered in favour of the Lenders over the m/v “MSC TOBA” registered under the Greek flag in the ownership of Sea Elf; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the replacement of m/vs “MSC SUDAN” and “MSC TOBA” by the m/v “ZIM PIRAEUS” registered under the Hong Kong flag in the ownership of the New Corporate Guarantor having Official Number HK-2569 and IMO No. 9280847 (the “Zim Piraeus Ship”),and the Lenders have agreed so to do conditionally upon terms that (inter alia) the Principal Agreement shall be amended in the manner hereinafter set out.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

1.1

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement and not otherwise defined herein (including the Recitals hereto) shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

2



 

 

1.2

In addition, in this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

 

 

 

“Alexia Account Pledge Agreement” means the first priority pledge entered or (as the context may require) to be entered into between the New Corporate Guarantor, the Lenders and the Account Bank in respect of the Operating Account relative to the Zim Piraeus Ship, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders);

 

 

 

“Alexia Corporate Guarantee” means the irrevocable and unconditional guarantee given or, as the context may require, to be given by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders);

 

 

 

“Effective Date” means the date, not being later than 30 th April, 2010 (or such later date as the Lenders may agree) upon which all the conditions contained in Clause 4 shall have been satisfied and this Agreement shall become effective;

 

 

 

“Facility Agreement” means the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and as the same may from time to time be further amended and/or supplemented;

 

 

 

“New Security Documents” means together the Alexia Account Pledge Agreement, the Alexia Corporate Guarantee, the Zim Piraeus Ship Charterparty Assignment, the Zim Piraeus Ship General Assignment, the Zim Piraeus Ship Mortgage and the Zim Piraeus Ship Manager’s Undertaking(s);

 

 

 

“Zim Piraeus Ship Charterparty Assignment” means, in relation to the Zim Piraeus Ship, the assignment of the Zim Piraeus Ship Existing Charterparty, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent, in form satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) and respective notices of any such assignment addressed to the Zim Piraeus Ship Charterer (to be served upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) and, in such case, endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the Zim Piraeus Ship Charterer and/or, at the discretion of the Agent, copy of irrevocable instructions of the New Corporate Guarantor to the Zim Piraeus Ship Charterer (to be given upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) for the payment of the hire to the Operating Account of the Zim Piraeus Ship and/or a copy of the relevant charter with appropriate irrevocable notation;

 

 

 

“Zim Piraeus Ship Existing Charterparty” means the current time charter in respect of the employment of the Zim Piraeus Ship entered into by the New Corporate Guarantor, as owner, and Zim Intergrated Shipping Services Ltd (formerly Zim Israel Navigation Co. Ltd.), of Haifa, Israel, dated 31 st July, 2002 (the “Zim Piraeus Ship Charterer”) (and shall include any addenda thereto);

3



 

 

 

 

“Zim Piraeus Ship General Assignment” means the first priority deed of general assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in respect of the Zim Piraeus Ship, to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders);

 

 

 

“Zim Piraeus Ship Manager’s Undertaking(s)” in relation to the Zim Piraeus Ship means an undertaking and letter of subordination executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Manager in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders); and

 

 

 

“Zim Piraeus Ship Mortgage” means the first priority Hong Kong ship mortgage and the Deed of Covenant supplemental thereto over the Zim Piraeus Ship executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent or the Lenders in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

1.3

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations;

 

 

 

 

(b)

clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(c)

references to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

all capitalised terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Principal Agreement.

 

 

 

2.

Representations and warranties

 

 

2.1

The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Creditors as at the date hereof that the representations and warranties set forth in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are (and will be on the Effective Date) true and correct as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

4



 

 

 

2.2

In addition to the above the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Creditors as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

 

 

 

a.

each of the corporate Security Parties is duly formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the place of its incorporation and each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Principal Agreement, this Agreement, each of the New Security Documents and the Security Documents to which is or is to be a party and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the USA;

 

 

 

 

b.

all necessary licences, consents and authorities, governmental or otherwise under this Agreement, the Principal Agreement, the New Security Documents and the Security Documents have been obtained and, as of the date of this Agreement, no further consents or authorities are necessary for any of the Security Parties to enter into this Agreement or otherwise perform its obligations hereunder;

 

 

 

 

c.

this Agreement constitutes, and each of the New Security Documents on the execution thereof will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Security Parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

 

 

 

d.

the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the New Security Documents do not, and will not contravene any applicable law or regulation existing at the date hereof or any contractual restriction binding on any of the Security Parties or its respective constitutional documents;

 

 

 

 

e.

no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding relating to an amount exceeding in respect of (a) the Group cumulatively US$50,000,000 and (b) each Related Company US$3,000,000 is taking place, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party which could have a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party;

 

 

 

 

f.

none of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors is and at the Effective Date will be in default under any agreement by which it is or will be at the Effective Date bound or in respect of any financial commitment, or obligation.

 

 

 

5



 

 

 

 

3.

Agreement of the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

The Creditors upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2 hereby agree with the Borrower, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to consent to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

the release of each of Burton and Sea Elf of its respective obligations under its Guarantee and the Security Documents to which each is a party and the release of its Ship; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

the discharge of the Sudan Mortgage and the Toba Mortgage;

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

the replacement of m/vs “MSC SUDAN” and “MSC TOBA” with the Zim Piraeus Ship,

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

subject to amendment of the Principal Agreement in the manner more particularly set out in Clause 5.1 hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

The agreement of the Creditors contained in Clause 3.1 shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Agent shall have received on or before the Effective Date in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its legal advisers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

a certificate of good standing or equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

certified and duly legalised copies of resolutions passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors of each of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor and certified and duly legalised copies of the resolutions passed at a meeting of the shareholders of the New Corporate Guarantor (and of any corporate shareholder thereof) evidencing approval of this Agreement and of the New Security Documents and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement and the New Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

the original of any power(s) of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Agreement or the New Security Documents on behalf of each of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor;

6



 

 

 

 

 

e.

evidence that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

the Zim Piraeus Ship is registered in the name of the New Corporate Guarantor through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of Hong Kong and that such Ship and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (as each such term is defined in the Zim Piraeus Ship General Assignment) are free of Encumbrances; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

the Zim Piraeus Ship maintains the Classification referred to in the Zim Piraeus Ship Mortgage free of all overdue requirements and overdue recommendations of the relevant Classification Society which would lead to the withdrawal of class; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

the Zim Piraeus Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of the New Security Documents and all requirements of the relevant Security Documents in respect of such insurance have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which the Zim Piraeus Ship is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to such Ship);

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

the Zim Piraeus Ship Mortgage has been registered against the Zim Piraeus Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of Hong Kong;

 

 

 

 

 

 

v.

the Operating Account relative to the Zim Piraeus Ship has been opened and duly completed mandate forms in respect thereof have been delivered to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

any fees and commissions payable from the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to the terms of clause 5.1 of the Principal Agreement or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full;

 

 

 

 

 

f.

each of the New Security Documents duly executed by the respective parties thereto and, where appropriate, duly registered in favour of the Lenders;

 

 

 

 

 

g.

duly executed notices of assignment in the forms prescribed by the relevant New Security Documents;

7



 

 

 

 

h.

a copy of the DOC applicable to the Zim Piraeus Ship and of the SMC applicable to each Manager certified as true, complete and in effect by the Borrower’s lawyer;

 

 

 

 

i.

copies of such ISM Code Documentation in respect of the Zim Piraeus Ship, as the Agent may by written notice to the Borrower have requested not later than two (2) days before the Effective Date certified as true and complete in all material respects by the Borrower’s lawyer; and

 

 

 

 

j.

copy of the ISSC of the Zim Piraeus Ship issued pursuant to the ISPS Code certified as true, complete and in effect by the Borrower’s lawyer;

 

 

 

 

k.

a letter from the New Corporate Guarantor’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in each of the New Security Documents to which the New Corporate Guarantor is a party accepting its appointment under each such New Security Document;

 

 

 

 

l.

an opinion of the Lenders’ legal advisers on matters of Hong Kong law to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

m.

an opinion of the Lenders’ legal advisers on Liberian Law matters in relation to the New Corporate Guarantor;

 

 

 

 

n.

an opinion from insurance consultants to the Agent, on the Insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Zim Piraeus Ship;

 

 

 

 

o.

a copy, certified as a true and complete copy by the Borrower’s Lawyer, of each Management Agreement and the Zim Piraeus Ship Existing Charterparty;

 

 

 

 

p.

such further opinions as the Agent may reasonably require; and

 

 

 

 

q.

such further conditions precedent as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

 

 

5.

Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

 

 

5.1

In consideration of the agreement of the Lenders and the Agent contained in Clause 3.1, the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree with the Creditors that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Clause 4) with effect from the Effective Date, the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

 

 

 

 

a.

The opening paragraph of the definition “Ships” in Clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended reading as follows:

8



 

 

 

 

 

 

““ Ships ” means together the Tranche A Ships, the Tranche B Ships, the Additional Ships and the mlv “ZIM PIRAEUS” referred to in paragraph (d) of this definition and “Ship” means any of them as the context may require and for the purposes of this Agreement:”;

 

 

 

 

 

b.

A new paragraph (d) is added to the definition “Ships” in Clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

“(d) the m/v “ZIM PIRAEUS” registered under the Hong Kong flag in the ownership of Alexia Transport Corp., of Liberia, having Official Number HK-2569 and IMO No. 9280847;”

 

 

 

 

 

c.

with effect from the date hereof all references in the Principal Agreement to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

“Accounts Pledge Agreement” and “Accounts Pledge Agreements” shall be deemed to include the “Alexia Account Pledge Agreement”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

“Corporate Guarantee” and “Corporate Guarantees” shall be deemed to include the “Alexia Corporate Guarantee”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

“Charterparty Assignment” and “Charterparty Assignments” shall be deemed to include the “Zim Piraeus Ship Charterparty Assignment”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

“General Assignment” and “General Assignments” shall be deemed to include the “Zim Piraeus Ship General Assignment”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

 

v.

“Manager’s Undertaking” and “Manager’s Undertakings” shall be deemed to include the “Zim Piraeus Ship Manager’s Undertaking(s)”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

“Mortgage” and “Mortgages” shall be deemed to include the “Zim Piraeus Ship Mortgage”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

“Security Party” and “Security Parties” shall be deemed to include the “New Corporate Guarantor”, as herein defined;

 

 

 

 

 

d.

with effect from the Effective Date all references in the Principal Agreement to “this Agreement” , “hereunder” and the like in the Principal Agreement and “the Agreement” in the Security Documents shall be construed as references to the Principal Agreement as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement; and

9



 

 

 

 

e.

the definition “Security Documents” with effect as from the date hereof shall be deemed to include the Security Documents as amended and/or supplemented in pursuance to the terms hereof as well as the New Security Documents and any document or documents (including if the context requires the Facility Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed as security for the repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness payable to the Creditors under the Principal Agreement (as hereby amended) and the Security Documents (as herein defined) as well as for the performance by the Borrower and the other Security Parties of all obligations, covenants and agreements pursuant to the Principal Agreement, this Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

 

 

6.

Entire agreement and amendment

 

 

 

6.1

The Principal Agreement, the New Security Documents, the other Security Documents, and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

 

 

6.2

This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

 

7.

Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

 

 

7.1

Save for the alterations to the Principal Agreement made or deemed to be made pursuant to this Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement the Principal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents executed by the Borrower and the other Security Parties shall continue and remain valid and enforceable.

 

 

 

8.

Continuance and reconfirmation of the existing Corporate Guarantees

 

 

 

8.1

Each of the Existing Corporate Guarantors hereby respectively confirms that, notwithstanding the variation to the Principal Agreement contained herein, the provisions of each Corporate Guarantee executed by such Existing Corporate Guarantor shall remain in full force and effect as guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Principal Agreement as amended hereby and in respect of all sums due to the Creditors under the Principal Agreement (as so amended) and the Security Documents.

 

 

 

10



 

 

9.

Fees and expenses

 

 

 

 

9.1

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Creditors upon demand on a full indemnity basis and from time to time all reasonable and documented costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Creditors (or any of them) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement and any document executed pursuant thereto and/or in preserving or protecting or attempting to preserve or protect the security created hereunder and/or under the New Security Documents and/or the other Security Documents.

 

 

9.2

The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors jointly and severally covenant and agree to pay and discharge all stamp duties, registration and recording fees and charges and any other charges whatsoever and wheresoever payable or due in respect of this Agreement and/or any document executed pursuant hereto.

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

 

 

10.1

The provisions of Clause 15 ( Assignment, Transfer and Lending Office ) and 17.1 ( Notices ) and 17.2 ( Notices through the Agent ) of the Principal Agreement (as such Clause is hereby amended) shall apply to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

 

10.2

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not party to this Agreement.

 

 

11.

Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

 

11.1

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 18 ( Governing Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Principal Agreement as hereby amended shall extend and apply to this Agreement as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) set out herein in full.

11


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the date first above written.

12


Schedule 1
The Lenders and their Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment (US$)

 

 

 

 

 


 

Name

 

Address and fax number

 

Term
Loan
Facility

 

Revolving
Facility

 


 


 


 


 

deutsche schiffsbank
aktiengesellschaft

 

Lending Office
Domshof 17 28195 Bremen,
Federal Republic of Germany

Address for Notices
Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft
Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen,
Federal Republic of Germany
Fax No.: +49 421 3609 293
email:
Sandrina.Zurmuehlen@schiffsbankcom.
Attn: International Loans

 

 

210,000,000

 

 

90,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicredit Bank AG
(formerly
Bayerische
Hypo-Und Vereinsbank
Aktiengesellschaft)

 

Lending Office
UniCredit Bank AG,
7 Heraklitou Street, 106 73 Athens,
Greece

Address for Notices
UniCredit Bank AG,
62 Notara Street, 185 35, Piraeus, Greece
Fax No.: +30 210 4126597
e-mail:
vassilis.mantzavinos@unicreditgroup.gr
Attn: Mr. Vassilis Mantzavinos

 

 

210,000,000

 

 

90,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG

 

Lending Office
St. Alban-Graben 1, CH-4002 Basel,
Switzerland
Fax No.: 41 61 266 79 39
e-mail:lydia.lampadaridou@credit-
suisse.com

 

 

140,000,000

 

 

60,000,000

 

13



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment (US$)

 

 

 

 

 


 

Name

 

Address and fax number

 

Term
Loan
Facility

 

Revolving
Facility

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

Address for Notices
St. Alban-Graben 1, CH-4002 Basel,
Switzerland
Fax No.: 41 61 266 79 39
e-mail:meike.maettig@credit-suisse.com
Attn:Ms. Meike Mättig
e-mail:lydia.lampadaridou@credit-
suisse.com
Arm: Ms. Lydia Lampadaridou

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSH Nordbank AG

 

Lending Office
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095
Hamburg,
Federal Republic of Germany

Address for Notices
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095
Hamburg,
Federal Republic of Germany
Fax No.: +49 40/3333 34121
Attn: Mr. Jan Herzel
e-mail:jan.herzel@hsh-nordbank.com

 

 

105,000,000

 

 

45,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V.

 

Lending Office
166 Syngrou Avenue, 17671 Athens,
Greece,

Address for Notices
166 Syngrou Avenue, 17671 Athens,
Greece,
Fax No.:
e-mail:dimitris.christacopoulos
©fortis.com
Attn: Mr. Dimitris Christacopoulos

 

 

35,000,000

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commitment

 

 

7000,000,000

 

 

300,000,000

 

14


EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

THE BORROWER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COSTAMERE INC.,

)

 

as Borrower

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                  185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE CREDITORS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft,

)

 

as joint Arranger, Security Agent, Swap Bank,

)

 

Agent and Lender

)

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                  185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

15



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mrs. Anastasia Kerpinioti and Mr. Pericles Lycoudis

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

 

 

UniCredit Bank AG

)

Attorney-in-fact

(formerly B AYERISCHE H YPO -U ND

)

 

Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft),

)

 

as joint Arranger,

)

 

Account Bank, Swap Bank and Lender

)

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

                  185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Credit Suisse AG,

)

 

(formerly C REDIT S UISSE ), as Lender

)

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Authorised Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

                  185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

16



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. George Arcadis and Dimitrios Christakopoulos

)

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

Authorised Officer

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V.,

)

 

as Lender

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorised Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

                  185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

HSH Nordbank AG,

)

 

as Lender and Swap Bank

)

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

               185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

17



 

 

 

 

 

 

THE EXISTING CORPORATE GUARANTORS

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

ACHILLEAS MARITIME CORPORATION,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

ANGISTRI CORPORATION,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COSTACHILLE MARITIME CORPORATION,

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

 

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

18



 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

BURTON SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

FANAKOS MARITIME CORPORATION

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

FASTSAILING MARITIME CO.,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

19



 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

FLOW SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

HONAKER SHIPPING COMPANY,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

 

Address:

 

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

KALAMATA SHIPPING CORPORATION,

)

 

 

 

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Str., Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:     Attorney-at-Law

 

 

20



 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MARINA MARITIME CORPORATION,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MARVISTA MARITIME INC.,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MERTEN SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

21



 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MIKO SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Str., Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

NAVARINO MARITIME CORPORATION,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

SEA ELF MARITIME INC,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

22



 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

SIMS SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

TAKOULIS MARITIME CORPORATION,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Str., Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

WEST END SHIPPING CO. LTD.,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

23



 

 

 

 

 

 

THE NEW CORPORATE GUARANTOR

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

ALEXIA TRANSPORT CORP.

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

 

24


SCHEDULE 2

List of Existing Corporate Guarantors

Achilleas Maritime Corporation

Angistri Corporation

Costachille Maritime Corporation

Burton Shipping Co.

Fanakos Maritime Corporation

Fastsailing Maritime Co.

Flow Shipping Co.

Honaker Shipping Company

Kalamata Shipping Corporation

Marina Maritime Corporation

Marvista Maritime Inc.

Merten Shipping Co.

Miko Shipping Co.

Navarino Maritime Corporation

Sea Elf Maritime Inc

Sims Shipping Co.

Takoulis Maritime Corporation and

West End Shipping Co. Ltd.

25


Exhibit 10.6

 

 

Dated: 22 nd June, 2010

T HE L ENDERS A ND F INANCIAL I NSTITUTIONS S ET O UT I N S CHEDULE 1

- and -

D EUTSCHE S CHIFFSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT
as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent
- and -
U NI C REDIT B ANK AG
(formerly B AYERISCHE H YPO -U ND V EREINSBANK A KTIENGESELLSCHAFT )
as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank

- and -

HSH N ORDBANK AG
as Swap Bank

- and -

COSTAMARE INC.
as Borrower

- and -

T HE C ORPORATE G UARANTORS S ET O UT I N S CHEDULE 2
as Corporate Guarantors

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL
AGREEMENT

in relation to a Facility Agreement dated 22 nd
July, 2008
for an amount of up to US$1,000,000,000

 

 

Theo V. Sioufas & Co.
Law Offices
Piraeus


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAUSE

HEADINGS

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Definitions

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Representations and warranties

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Agreement of the Lenders

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Conditions

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Entire agreement and amendment

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Continuance and reconfirmation of the Corporate Guarantees

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

Fees and expenses

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

Miscellaneous

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

8



THIS AGREEMENT is made this 22 nd day of June, 2010

B E T W E E N

 

 

(1)

THE LENDERS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SET OUT IN SCHEDULE 1 , as Lenders;

 

 

(2)

D EUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT , as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent;

 

 

(3)

U NICREDIT B ANK AG (formerly BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND VEREINSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT), as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank;

 

 

(4)

HSH N ORDBANK AG, as Swap Bank;

 

 

(5)

C OSTAMARE I NC. , as Borrower; and

 

 

(6)

THE CORPORATE GUARANTORS SET OUT IN SCHEDULE 2, as Corporate Guarantors (hereinafter together called the “ Corporate Guarantors ” and singly a “ Corporate Guarantor ”, which expression shall include their respective successors in title)

AND IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a term loan and revolving credit facility agreement dated 22 nd July, 2008 made by and among (1) COSTAMARE INC. , of the Marshall Islands (therein and hereinafter referred to as the “ Borrower ”) as borrower, (2) DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT (“ DSB ”), as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent (3) UNICREDIT BANK AG (then named BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND VEREINSBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT) (“ UCB ”), as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank, and (3) THE LENDERS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SET OUT IN SCHEDULE 1 to the Principal Agreement, as Lenders (therein and hereinafter together called the “ Lenders ”), as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 23rd April, 2010 made between the Lenders, as Lenders, DSB, as joint Arranger, Agent, Swap Bank and Security Agent, UCB, as joint Arranger, Swap Bank and Account Bank, the Borrower, as borrower and the Corporate Guarantors, as corporate guarantors (hereinafter called the “ Principal Agreement ”), on the terms and conditions of which the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower, as borrower (i) a term loan facility in the amount of up to Seven hundred million United States Dollars (US$700,000,000) and (ii) a revolving credit facility in the maximum amount of up to Three hundred million United States Dollars (US$300,000,000) and in the aggregate not exceeding One billion United States Dollars (US$1,000,000,000) , for the purposes therein specified.

W H E R E AS:

 

 

(A)

Pursuant to Drawdown Notices from the Borrower to the Agent, the Lenders have advanced to the Borrower the aggregate amount of United States Dollars Nine hundred thirty six million four hundred thirteen thousand sixty three and ninety two cents (US$936,413,063.92) (as the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally acknowledge), out of which the principal amount outstanding as at the date hereof is United States Dollars Eight hundred seventy two million seven




 

 

 

 

 

 

hundred fifty seven thousand eight hundred ninety five and ninety two cents (US$872,757,895.92) (as the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally acknowledge); and

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors have together requested the Lenders to consent to the reduction of the Security Requirement during the Waiver Period from 125% to 80% and the inclusion of the minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the Loan outstanding, maintained in accordance with clause 8.6.1(c) of the Principal Agreement, to the Security Value as additional security for such ratio’s calculation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Margin will increase to one point zero seven five per cent (1.075%) per annum during period commencing on 15 th June, 2010 and terminating on the last day of the Waiver Period (31 st December, 2011);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Lenders shall be entitled to withdraw their consent to the above reduction of the Security Requirement in case of any substantial alteration of any Approved Charterparty and/or any Existing Charterparty with a remaining charter period exceeding four (4) years from the date hereof;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

any further Revolving Advance to be drawn under the Revolving Facility, will be made available to the Borrower at a margin of two point five zero per cent. (2.50%) per annum; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

the Borrower shall pay to the Lenders the up-front-waiver fee referred to in clause 4.2,

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the Lenders have agreed so to do conditionally upon terms that (inter alia) the Principal Agreement shall be amended in the manner hereinafter set out.

 

 

 

 

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement and not otherwise defined herein (including the Recitals hereto) shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

In addition, in this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective Date ” means the date hereof;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Agreement ” means the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and as the same may from time to time be further amended and/or supplemented; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Waiver Period ” means the period commencing on 31 st December, 2009 and terminating on 31st December, 2011.

2



 

 

 

1.3

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations;

 

 

 

 

(b)

clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(c)

references to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

all capitalised terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Principal Agreement.

 

 

 

2.

Representations and warranties

 

 

 

2.1

The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Creditors as at the date hereof that the representations and warranties set forth in the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are true and correct as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

 

 

2.2

In addition to the above the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Creditors as at the date of this Agreement that:

 

 

 

 

(a)

each of the corporate Security Parties is duly formed, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the place of its incorporation and each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors has full power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Principal Agreement, this Agreement and the Security Documents to which is or is to be a party and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the USA;

 

 

 

 

(b)

all necessary licences, consents and authorities, governmental or otherwise under this Agreement, the Principal Agreement and e Security Documents have been obtained and, as of the date of this Agreement, no further consents or authorities are necessary for any of the Security Parties to enter into this Agreement or otherwise perform its obligations hereunder;

 

 

 

 

(c)

this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Security Parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of this Agreement do not, and will not contravene any applicable law or

3



 

 

 

 

 

regulation existing at the date hereof or any contractual restriction binding on any of the Security Parties or its respective constitutional documents;

 

 

 

 

(e)

no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding relating to an amount exceeding in respect of (a) the Group cumulatively US$50,000,000 and (b) each Related Company US$3,000,000 is taking place, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party which could have a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders) adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party; and

 

 

 

 

(f)

none of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors is in default under any agreement by which it is bound or in respect of any financial commitment, or obligation.

 

 

 

3.

Agreement of the Creditors

 

 

 

3.1

The Creditors relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2 hereby agree with the Borrower, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to grant their consent on the matters referred to in Recital (B) hereof, subject to amendment of the Principal Agreement in the manner more particularly set out in Clause 5.1 hereof.

 

 

 

4.

Conditions

 

 

 

4.1

The agreement of the Creditors contained in Clause 3.1 shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Agent shall have received on or before the date hereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its legal advisers:

 

 

 

 

(a)

a certificate of good standing or equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors;

 

 

 

 

(b)

certified and duly legalised copies of resolutions passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Borrower evidencing approval of this Agreement and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

(c)

all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the original of any power(s) of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Agreement on behalf of the Borrower;

4



 

 

 

 

 

(e)

evidence that any fees and commissions payable from the Borrower to the Creditors pursuant to the terms of clause 5.1 of the Principal Agreement or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full; and

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

such further conditions precedent as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

 

 

 

4.2

The agreement of the Creditors contained in Clause 3.1 shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Agent shall have received, for further distribution to the Lenders pro-rata to their respective Commitments, on or before the date hereof a non-refundable up-front-waiver fee in the amount of Dollars Two million nine hundred fifty five thousand five hundred fifty ($2,955,550) .

 

 

 

 

5.

Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

 

 

 

5.1

In consideration of the agreement of the Creditors contained in Clause 3.1, the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree with the Creditors that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Clause 4) with effect from the Effective Date, the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

with effect from the 31 st December, 2009 and for the duration of the Waiver Period only :

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

the following new definition is inserted in clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

““ Waiver Period ” means the period commencing on 31 st December, 2009 and terminating on 31 st December, 2011;”;

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

the definitions “Security Requirement” and “Security Value” are hereby amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

““ Security Requirement ” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Agent whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) which is at any relevant time One hundred and twenty five percent (125%) of the aggregate of (i) the Term Loan and (ii) the Revolving Advances and (iii) the Swap Exposure provided that during the Waiver Period the figure “one hundred and twenty five percent (125%)” is replaced with “eighty percent (80%)”; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Value ” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Agent whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders) which is, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (a) the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships as most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.2.3 or, as the case may be, 8.2.4, (b) the market value of any additional security for the time being actually provided to the Creditors or any of them pursuant to clause 8.2 (if

5



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any) and (during the Waiver Period only) (c) the aggregate minimum cash amount equal to 3% of the Loan outstanding maintained in accordance with clause 8.6.1(c) of the Principal Agreement;” ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that in case of any substantial alteration of any Approved Charterparty and/or any Existing Charterparty of a remaining charter period exceeding four (4) years from the date hereof without the prior written consent of the Lenders, the Lenders shall be entitled, by notice to the Borrowers, to withdraw their consent to the above amendments of the Principal Agreement and such amendments shall be forthwith terminated and shall be of no effect whatsoever; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

with effect from the date hereof the following proviso is added to 8 th line of clause 2.2(a) after “Tranche B Ship”:

 

 

 

 

 

 

“provided however that with effect from 15 th June, 2010 any further Revolving Advance to be drawn under the Revolving Facility, will be made available to the Borrower at a margin of two point five zero per cent. (2.50%) per annum;”;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

with effect from the date hereof and for the remainder of the Waiver Period only, the Borrower and the Owners undertake with each Creditor that none of the Borrower and the Owners will declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders without the Lenders’ prior written consent, provided however that in the event that the Borrower is listed in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ and subject to no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing, such Lenders’ consent shall not be required if the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) does not exceed 0.80:1;

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

with effect from the date hereof and for the remainder f the Waiver Period only, the following proviso shall be added in clause 3.1 of the Principal Agreement :

 

 

 

 

 

 

““and provided further that during the period commencing on 15th June, 2010 and terminating on the last day of the Waiver Period (31st December, 2011) the Margin shall be increased by 0.225% i.e. the Margin payable during such period shall be one point one two five per cent (1.075%) per annum;”;

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that upon the expiration of the Waiver Period the effect of the amendments of the Principal Agreement referred to in

6



 

 

 

 

 

 

paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this clause 5.1 shall be forthwith terminated and such amendments shall be of no effect whatsoever;

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

with effect from the Effective Date all references in the Principal Agreement to “ this Agreement ”, “ hereunder ” and the like in the Principal Agreement and “ the Agreement ” in the Security Documents shall be construed as references to the Principal Agreement as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the definition “ Security Documents ” with effect as from the date hereof shall be deemed to include the Security Documents as amended and/or supplemented in pursuance to the terms hereof as well as any document or documents (including if the context requires the Facility Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed as security for the repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness payable to the Creditors under the Principal Agreement (as hereby amended) and the Security Documents (as herein defined) as well as for the performance by the Borrower and the other Security Parties of all obligations, covenants and agreements pursuant to the Principal Agreement, this Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

6.

Entire agreement and amendment

 

 

 

 

6.1

The Principal Agreement, the other Security Documents, and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

 

 

 

6.2

This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

7.

Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

 

 

 

7.1

Save for the alterations to the Principal Agreement made or deemed to be made pursuant to this Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement the Principal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents executed by the Borrower and the other Security Parties shall continue and remain valid and enforceable.

 

 

 

 

8.

Continuance and reconfirmation of the Corporate Guarantees

 

 

 

 

8.1

Each of the Corporate Guarantors hereby respectively confirms that, notwithstanding the variation to the Principal Agreement contained herein, the provisions of each Corporate Guarantee executed by such Corporate Guarantor shall remain in full force and effect as guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Principal

7



 

 

 

Agreement as amended hereby and in respect of all sums due to the Creditors under the Principal Agreement (as so amended) and the Security Documents.

 

 

9.

Fees and Expenses

 

 

9.1

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Creditors upon demand on a full indemnity basis and from time to time all reasonable and documented costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Creditors (or any of them) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement and any document executed pursuant thereto and/or in preserving or protecting or attempting to preserve or protect the security created hereunder and/or the other Security Documents.

 

 

9.2

The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantors jointly and severally covenant and agree to pay and discharge all stamp duties, registration and recording fees and charges and any other charges whatsoever and wheresoever payable or due in respect of this Agreement and/or any document executed pursuant hereto.

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

 

 

10.1

The provisions of Clause 15 ( Assignment, Transfer and Lending Office ) and 17.1 ( Notices ) and 17.2 ( Notices through the Agent ) of the Principal Agreement (as such Clause is hereby amended) shall apply to this Agreement as if the same were set out herein in full.

 

 

10.2

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not party to this Agreement.

 

 

11.

Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

 

11.1

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 18 ( Governing Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Principal Agreement as hereby amended shall extend and apply to this Agreement as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) set out herein in full.

 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the date first above written.

8


Schedule 1
The Lenders and their Commitments (originally)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment
(US$)

Name

 

 

Address and fax numbers

 

 

Term Loan
Facility

 

 

Revolving
Facility

Deutsche Schiffsbank
Aktiengesellschaft

 

 

Lending Office

 

 

210,000,000

 

 

90,000,000

 

 

Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Republic of Germany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domshof 17, 28195 Bremen,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Republic of Germany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: +49 421 3609 293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

email:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sandrina.Zurmuehlen@schiffsbank.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: International Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

UniCredit Bank AG

 

 

Lending Office

 

 

210,000,000

 

 

90,000,000

(formerly Bayerische
Hypo-Und Vereinsbank
Aktiengesellschaft)

 

 

UniCredit Bank AG,
7 Heraklitou Street, 106 73 Athens, Greece

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UniCredit Bank AG,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62 Notara Street, 185 35, Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: +30 210 4126597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e-mail: vassilis.mantzavinos@unicreditgroup.gr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: Mr. Vassilis Mantzavinos

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse AG

 

 

Lending Office

 

 

140,000,000

 

 

60,000,000

 

 

 

St. Alban-Graben 1, CH-4002 Basel,
Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: 41 61 266 79 39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e-mail:lydia.lampadaridou@credit-suisse.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

St. Alban-Graben 1, CH-4002 Basel,
Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: 41 61 266 79 39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e-mail:lydia.lampadaridou@credit- suisse.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: Ms. Lydia Lampadaridou

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSH Nordbank AG

 

 

Lending Office

 

 

105,000,00

 

 

45,000,000

 

 

 

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Republic of Germany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hamburg,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Republic of Germany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: +49 40/3333 34118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Mr. Jan Herzel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e-mail:jan.herzel@hsh-nordbank.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

9



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment
(US$)

Name

 

 

Address and fax numbers

 

 

Term Loan
Facility

 

 

Revolving
Facility

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V.

 

 

Lending Office

 

 

35,000,000

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

 

94 Vas. Sofias Ave. & 1 Kerasountos Str.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115 28 Athens, Greece,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94 Vas. Sofias Ave. &1 Kerasountos Str.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115 28 Athens, Greece,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: +30 210 7468318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e-mail: dimitris.christacopoulos@ fortis.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: Mr. Dimitris Christacopoulos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commitment

 

 

700,000,000

 

 

300,000,000

10


EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

THE BORROWER

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COSTAMARE INC.

)

 

as Borrower

)

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

THE CREDITORS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft ,

)

 

as joint Arranger, Security Agent, Swap Bank,

)

 

Agent and Lender

)

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness:

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

11



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mrs. Anastasia Kerpinioti and Mr. Pericles Lycoudis

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

Attorney-in-fact

Unicredit Bank Ag

)

 

(formerly Bayerische Hypo-Und

)

 

Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft),

)

 

as joint Arranger,

)

 

Account Bank, Swap Bank and Lender

)

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Credit Suisse AG ,

)

 

(formerly C REDIT S UISSE ), as Lender

)

 

in the presence of:

)

Authorised Officer

 

 

 

W itness:

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

              185 35 Piraeus, Greece               

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

12



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. George Arcadis and Dimitrios Christakopoulos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

Authorised Officer

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V. ,

)

 

as Lender

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

)

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

W itness:

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

              185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Fortis Bank S.A./N.V. ,

)

 

as Lender

)

 

in the presence of:

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness:

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

              185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Charalambos V. Sioufas

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

HSH NordBank AG. ,

)

 

as Lender and Swap Bank

)

 

in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name: Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address: 13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

               185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation: Attorney - at-Law

 

 

13



 

 

 

 

 

THE CORPORATE GUARANTORS

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf o f

)

 

ACHILLEAS MARITIME CORPORATION ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:      Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

ALEXIA TRANSPORT CORP. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

Witness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

angistri corporation. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

14



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

costa chille maritime corporation. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

FANAKOS MARITIME CORPORATION. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

FASTSAILING MARITIME CO. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

15



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

FLOW SHIPPING CO. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

HONAKER SHIPPING COMPANY ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

KALAMATA SHIPPING CORPORATION ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Str. Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

16



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos                     )

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MARINA MARITIME CORPORATION ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MARVISTA MARITIME INC. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MERTEN SHIPPING CO. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

17



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MIKO SHIPPING CO. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Str., Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

NAVARINO MARITIME CORPORATION ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

SIMS SHIPPING CO. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

18



 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

TAKOULIS MARITIME CORPORATION ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Str., Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

WEST END SHIPPING CO. LTD. ,

)

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

W itness :

 

 

 

 

Name:                Efstratios Kalantzis

 

 

Address:            13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

                          185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Occupation:       Attorney - at-Law

 

 

19


SCHEDULE 2

List of Corporate Guarantors

ACHILLEAS MARITIME CORPORATION

ANGISTRI CORPORATION

Alexia Transport Corp.

Costachille Maritime Corporation

Fanakos Maritime Corporation

Fastsailing Maritime Co.

Flow Shipping Co.

Honaker Shipping Company

Kalamata Shipping Corporation

Marina Maritime Corporation

Marvista Maritime Inc.

Merten Shipping Co.

Miko Shipping Co.

Navarino Maritime Corporation

Sims Shipping Co.

Takoulis Maritime Corporation and

West End Shipping Co. Ltd.

20


Exhibit 10.7

 

FORM OF TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

          Trademark License Agreement, dated as of [    ] [    ], 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Panama, with an office at 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece (the “ Licensor ”), and COSTAMARE INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, with an office at 60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue, 17564 Athens, Greece (the “ Licensee ”).

          WHEREAS Licensor is the owner of the trademarks shown in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Trademarks ”);

          WHEREAS Licensee is engaged in the business of owning ocean-going vessels (whether in the construction phase or operational) that are intended to be used primarily to transport containerized cargoes (the “ Container Vessel Business ”);

          WHEREAS Licensee has been using the Trademarks in its business pursuant to an oral agreement and the parties hereto wish to memorialize and formalize the terms of such use in accordance with past practices;

          WHEREAS Licensee desires to use the Trademarks in the Container Vessel Business throughout the world;

          WHEREAS Licensor and Licensee desire to set forth a written agreement concerning Licensee’s right to use the Trademarks; and

          WHEREAS capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Management Agreement between COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A. and COSTAMARE INC. dated [    ] [    ], 2010 and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement between COSTAMARE INC. and KONSTANTINOS KONSTANTAKOPOULOS dated [    ] [    ], 2010.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

 

1.

Grant

 

 

 

 

A.

Licensor hereby grants to Licensee and its Subsidiaries the non-transferable, royalty-free license and right, but not the obligation, to use the Trademarks in connection with its operation of the Container Vessel Business as currently, or as from time to time, conducted in the Territory (as hereinafter defined), including all rights to promote and exploit the Trademarks in connection with the Container Vessel Business.




 

 

 

 

B.

The rights granted in this Trademark License Agreement are personal to Licensee and its Subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

C.

The rights granted in this Trademark License Agreement shall include the right to use the domain name www.costamare.com and the right to incorporate the Trademarks into other domain names used by Licensee in the Container Vessel Business on the Internet; provided that (i) all such domain names are registered in the name of Licensor and (ii) such domain names may only include the Trademarks and descriptive words in the Container Vessel Business or words denoting a type of business entity or corporate structure, including “Inc.” and “INC.”; provided that such descriptive words and combinations are approved in advance by Licensor in writing, in its reasonable discretion; provided further that Licensee shall not combine the Trademarks with any other words, trademark or name without Licensor’s prior written approval.

 

 

 

 

D.

Licensee shall have the right to include the Trademarks in its corporate name or trade names or those used by its Subsidiaries in the Container Vessel Business; provided that upon the termination of this Trademark License Agreement, Licensee shall change said names within ninety (90) days of such termination to a name which is not confusingly similar to any of the Trademarks.

 

 

 

 

E.

All uses of the Trademarks shall be in accordance with the terms of this Trademark License Agreement.

 

 

 

2.

Territory

 

 

 

 

 

The license granted herein shall be worldwide (the “ Territory ”).

 

 

 

3.

Term

 

 

 

 

A.

The term of this Trademark License Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until the expiration of the Management Agreement (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

 

 

 

B.

During the Term, Licensor shall maintain all registrations for the Trademarks to be used in connection with the Container Vessel Business; provided that the relevant mark is being used in commerce or otherwise as required by applicable law. Licensee may request Licensor to file and diligently prosecute applications for trademarks that are based upon, translated or derived from the Trademarks in any jurisdiction in the Territory and Licensor shall consider, but shall have no obligation to file, the requested applications; provided that Licensor shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to filing and diligently prosecuting such applications

2



 

 

 

 

 

in any jurisdiction where Licensee demonstrates a legitimate business need for such registration unless it reasonably determines that such application could materially and adversely affect the Trademark in that jurisdiction. Any such applications shall be filed, prosecuted and the resulting registrations renewed and maintained at Licensee’s expense and any newly registered trademarks filed pursuant to this Section 3(B) shall be included in the definition of Trademarks for the purposes of this Trademark License Agreement.

 

 

 

 

C.

Upon termination of this Trademark License Agreement pursuant to Section 7 hereof, Licensee and its Subsidiaries shall cease using the Trademarks in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

 

 

 

4.

Quality Control

 

 

 

 

A.

Licensee shall, at all times, use the Trademarks in a manner consistent with the prior use of the Trademarks or in a manner specifically approved by Licensor. If Licensee contemplates using the Trademarks in a manner materially different from their prior use, Licensee must submit prototypes of the materially different use to Licensor for approval prior to any use. Said consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Licensor shall notify Licensee of its consent to, or denial of, the proposed use within fifteen (15) business days of its receipt of the prototype. If Licensor does not disapprove the prototype within said fifteen (15) business day period, the prototype shall be deemed to be approved.

 

 

 

 

B.

Licensor acknowledges that Licensee may use COSTAMARE INC.

 

 

 

 

C.

Licensee shall not use the Trademarks in any way which causes, or is foreseeably likely to cause, damage to the reputation, business or goodwill of Licensor or its Affiliates or the Trademarks.

 

 

 

 

D.

Licensee shall not attack the title of Licensor in and to the Trademarks nor will it attack the validity of the license granted hereunder.

 

 

 

 

E.

Licensee shall not attack the validity of any oral or written agreement in effect as of the Effective Date granting an Affiliate of the Licensor the right to use the Trademarks in connection with its business.

 

 

 

 

F.

Licensee shall not do anything itself, or aid or assist any other person to do anything that would, or could reasonably be expected to infringe, violate, tarnish, dilute, cause a loss of distinctiveness, harm, misuse or bring into disrepute the trademarks, and/or do anything which would, or could reasonably be expected to damage the goodwill associated therewith.

 

 

 

 

G.

Licensee shall not create or incur any expenses chargeable to Licensor without the prior written approval of Licensor in each and every instance.

3



 

 

 

 

H.

Licensee shall not cause or allow any liens to be placed against the Trademarks.

 

 

 

 

I.

If it is determined by Licensor that any use of the Trademarks by Licensee to which the rights hereunder are sublicensed in accordance with Section 6 does not comply with the quality standards, Licensor shall so notify Licensee in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, Licensee shall investigate to determine all facts related to such deficiency and take prompt steps to correct such deficiency and to prevent the re-occurrence thereof. Licensee shall provide a written report thereon to Licensor as promptly as practicable.

 

 

 

 

J.

Compliance with these quality control provisions shall be deemed to be a material term of this Trademark License Agreement.

 

 

 

5.

Trademark Rights

 

 

 

 

A.

Licensee hereby recognizes and acknowledges Licensor’s exclusive ownership of, and title to, the Trademarks, as well as the goodwill associated therewith and that the Trademarks are valuable assets belonging to Licensor. All rights in and to the Trademarks are, and shall remain, the property of Licensor. Nothing in this Trademark License Agreement shall confer or imply any right of ownership in the Trademarks in Licensee. Licensee acknowledges, and shall not at any time contest, the validity of the Trademarks or Licensor’s ownership of the Trademarks. Licensee acknowledges that all rights, including goodwill, accruing from its use of the Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of Licensor.

 

 

 

 

B.

Licensee hereby recognizes and acknowledges the prior use of the Trademarks by the Licensor and its Affiliates. Nothing in this Trademark License Agreement shall prevent or limit the ability of Licensor or its Affiliates to continue using the Trademarks or prevent or limit the ability of Licensor to maintain existing, or grant new, licenses or rights permitting any person to use the Trademarks; provided that in all such cases the use, maintenance or grant shall be consistent with Section 1(A).

 

 

 

 

C.

Licensee agrees that its use of the Trademarks pursuant to this Agreement shall not vest in Licensee any right or presumptive right to continue such use after termination of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an assignment or grant to Licensee of any right, title or interest in or to the Trademarks, it being understood that all rights relating thereto are reserved by Licensor, except for the license hereunder to Licensee of the right to use the Trademarks specifically and expressly provided herein. To the extent any right in and to the Trademarks or in the goodwill associated therewith are deemed to accrue to Licensee, Licensee agrees to assign and hereby assigns any and all such

4



 

 

 

 

 

rights and goodwill, at such time as they may be deemed to accrue, to Licensor.

 

 

 

 

D.

Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor of any use of the Trademarks (or any confusingly similar trademark, and including domain names) by any third party of which Licensee becomes aware. Licensor shall have the right, in its reasonable discretion, through counsel of its own choice, to take such action as it deems appropriate to protect the Trademarks and to prevent the unauthorized use of the Trademarks, including commencement of a proceeding or any other form of action. Licensee shall provide reasonable assistance to prosecute such proceeding or action and shall, if requested by Licensor, join in the prosecution of such action or proceeding. Licensor shall not enter into any settlement with such third party involving a claim related to the Container Vessel Business without the prior written consent of Licensee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Licensor elects not to take such action as Licensee deems necessary to protect or enforce the Trademarks, Licensee shall be entitled to commence such action or proceeding; provided that Licensee shall not commence any action or proceeding to protect or enforce the Trademarks without first obtaining the express written authorization of Licensor (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). In the event that Licensee commences a proceeding or other form of action against such third party, Licensor shall provide reasonable assistance to prosecute such proceeding or action and shall, if requested by Licensee and if necessary to such prosecution, join in the prosecution of such action or proceeding. The party commencing any proceeding or action shall be responsible for all expenses and costs thereof. Any recoveries (including settlements) resulting from any such action or proceeding brought against a third party involved in, or attempting to enter, the Container Vessel Business shall belong to Licensee; provided that Licensor is first reimbursed for all reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses incurred by Licensor in connection with such action or proceeding. In any action or proceeding brought against a third party not involved in, or attempting to enter, the Container Vessel Business, any recoveries (including settlements) shall belong to the party which commenced such action.

 

 

 

 

E.

Licensee shall execute and deliver to Licensor in such form as Licensor may reasonably request, all instruments and documents necessary to effectuate trademark protection or registration of the Trademarks, including registered user recordals and cancellations.

 

 

 

 

F.

At no time shall Licensee use the Trademarks or authorize others to do so, except as may be authorized by this Trademark License Agreement or subsequently expressly approved in writing by Licensor.

5



 

 

 

 

G.

Licensee shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the rights granted herein are exercised in such a manner as to avoid confusion with the activities of Licensor and its Affiliates.

 

 

 

6.

Sub-Licenses

 

 

 

 

A.

Licensee and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to sub-license the non-exclusive use of the Trademarks to printers of promotional materials using the Trademarks in the Container Vessel Business to the extent necessary to permit a sub-licensee to provide goods and services exclusively to or for Licensee and its Subsidiaries and to the extent reasonably necessary to enable Licensee or its Subsidiaries to effectively conduct business in foreign countries or territories, in each case pursuant to this Trademark License Agreement; provided that each sub-license shall automatically terminate upon the termination of this Trademark License Agreement or upon the termination of the sub-licensee’s appointment by Licensee or its Subsidiaries or, in the event that Licensee’s subsidiary appoints a sub-licensee, upon such subsidiary ceasing to be a subsidiary of Licensee, whichever occurs first.

 

 

 

7.

Termination

 

 

 

 

A.

This Trademark License Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

 

 

 

 

B.

If Licensee defaults in the performance of any of its material obligations provided for in this Trademark License Agreement and any such default is not cured by Licensee within twenty (20) business days following receipt of notice from Licensor of such default (which notice shall set forth in detail the particulars thereof) or, if such default is incapable of being cured within such twenty (20) business day period and steps are not taken by Licensee to cure such default as soon as possible thereafter, then this Trademark License Agreement shall terminate upon ten (10) days’ written notice by Licensor to Licensee.

 

 

 

 

C.

If Licensee commences any action or proceeding and challenges the validity or Licensor’s ownership of the Trademarks, which action or proceeding the Licensee should have reasonably expected to result in and does result in the loss or restriction of Licensor’s rights in or to the Trademarks, this Trademark License Agreement shall terminate upon written notice by Licensor to Licensee.

 

 

 

 

D.

If Licensee files applications to register the Trademarks in its own name and such challenge or application to register is not withdrawn by Licensee within twenty (20) business days following receipt of notice from Licensor that such challenge or application to register has been made, this

6



 

 

 

 

 

Trademark License Agreement shall terminate upon written notice by Licensor to Licensee.

 

 

 

 

E.

In the event of a Change in Control of the Parent (as defined in the Management Agreement), this Trademark License Agreement shall terminate upon written notice by Licensor to Licensee (or its assignees).

 

 

 

 

F.

Licensee may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Trademark License Agreement at any time upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Licensor.

          In the event of any material breach by a party, the other party shall have all other rights available to it at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties shall act reasonably to attempt to resolve any and all disputes under this Trademark License Agreement through good faith negotiations. The parties have no obligation to participate in any mediation involving a third-party mediator.

 

 

 

 

8.

Effect of Termination

 

 

 

 

 

A.

Upon the termination of this Trademark License Agreement, and subject to Section 1(D), Licensee shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cease the use of the Trademarks, including the removal of any Trademarks from any Container Vessels (as defined in the Management Agreement) owned or leased by the Licensee, after which all rights granted to Licensee hereunder in the Trademarks shall revert to Licensor, and Licensee shall refrain from further use of the Trademarks or any further reference thereto, direct or indirect.

 

 

 

 

9.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

A.

Licensor represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

it owns the Trademarks;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

it is not aware of any asserted claim that is reasonably likely to be material to Licensor’s use of the Trademarks by any third party with respect to the use of the Trademarks in connection with the Container Vessel Business in the Territory; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

it has the right to enter into this Agreement, to grant the rights granted hereunder and to perform its obligations hereunder, and that to do so will not violate or conflict with any material term or provision of its articles or By-laws, or of any agreement, instrument, statute, rule, regulation, order or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

7



 

 

 

 

 

B.

Licensee represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

it will not use the Trademarks in any manner not authorized by this Trademark License Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

it will comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the operation of the business, including any effect on the validity of any Trademark or the business or reputation of Licensor, except to the extent any non-compliance would not materially affect Licensor; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

it has the right to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby, and that to do so will not violate or conflict with any material term or provision of its charter or By-laws, or of any agreement, instrument, statue, rule, regulation, order or decree to which it is a party, or by which it is bound.

 

 

 

 

10.

Indemnification

 

 

 

 

 

Licensor and Licensee shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from any and all liability, loss, damage or injury, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant set forth herein; provided that the party seeking to enforce such indemnity shall provide to the indemnifying party prompt written notice of any claim giving rise to such indemnity and the opportunity to defend the same with counsel of its own choosing.

 

 

 

Licensee shall further indemnify and hold harmless Licensor from and against any liability based upon claims by third parties arising out of the use of the Trademarks by Licensee (or sub-licensee permitted hereunder) pursuant to the license granted hereunder, but excluding liability based upon claims that the use of the Trademarks constitutes trademark infringement or unfair competition.

 

 

 

 

11.

Notices

 

 

 

 

 

A.

All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

 

 

 

 

 

if to Licensor, to:

 

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A.

 

 

60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue

 

 

17564

 

 

Athens, Greece

 

 

Telephone No.: +30 210-949-0000

 

 

Fax No.: +30 210-940-6454

8



 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

with copies to:

 

 

 

 

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

 

Worldwide Plaza

 

 

825 Eighth Avenue

 

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Telephone No.: (212) 474-1270

 

 

Fax No.: (212) 474-3700

 

 

Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

if to Licensee, to:

 

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.

 

 

60 Zephyrou Street & Syngrou Avenue

 

 

17564

 

 

Athens, Greece

 

 

Telephone No.: +30 210-949-000

 

 

Fax No.: +30 210-940-6454

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

with copies to:

 

 

 

 

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

 

Worldwide Plaza

 

 

825 Eighth Avenue

 

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Telephone No.: (212) 474-1270

 

 

Fax No.: (212) 474-3700

 

 

Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr.


 

 

 

 

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 17:00 in the place of receipt and such day is a business day, in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

 

 

 

12.

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

A.

Any provision of this Trademark License Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Trademark License Agreement or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be effective and no failure or delay by any party in

9



 

 

 

 

 

exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

 

 

 

B.

This Trademark License Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof; provided , however , that the laws of the respective jurisdictions of incorporation of each of the parties hereto shall govern the relative rights, obligations, powers, duties and other internal affairs of such party and its board of directors.

 

 

 

 

C.

Licensee and Licensor irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of (i) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and (ii) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement. Licensee and Licensor agree to commence any such action, suit or proceeding either in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, or if such suit, action or other proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. Licensee and Licensor further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in New York with respect to any matters to which they have submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 14(C). Licensee and Licensor irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement in (A) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County or (B) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and hereby and thereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

 

 

 

D.

If any term, provision, covenant, restriction or other condition of this Trademark License Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or law, or public policy, all other terms, provisions, covenants, restrictions and conditions of this Trademark License Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Trademark License Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as

10



 

 

 

 

 

possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are consummated to the extent possible.

 

 

 

 

E.

This Trademark License Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.

 

 

 

 

F.

Neither this Trademark License Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Trademark License Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the parties hereto and upon their respective successors and assigns.

 

 

 

 

G.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

 

 

 

H.

This Trademark License Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Trademark License Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Trademark License Agreement.

 

 

 

 

I.

The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored as in the construction or interpretation hereof. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Trademark License Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Trademark License Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

11


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Trademark License Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE INC.,

 

 

 

 

by:

 

 

 


 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A.,

 

 

 

 

by:

 

 

 


 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

12


EXHIBIT A

Trademarks

COSTAMARE

(LOGO)

Trademark Registration Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

 

Title

 

Application Number

 

Registration Number


 


 


 


European Union

 

Community
Trademark
(wordmark)

 

002583110

 

002583110

European Union

 

Community
Trademark
(figurative mark)

 

002583144

 

002583144

Hong Kong

 

Wordmark

 

 

 

300245989

Hong Kong

 

Logo

 

 

 

300245970

China

 

Wordmark

 

4142587

 

4142587

China

 

Wordmark

 

4142586

 

4142586

China

 

Wordmark

 

4142585

 

4142585

China

 

Device

 

4142590

 

4142590

China

 

Device

 

4142589

 

4142589

China

 

Device

 

4142588

 

4142588

13


Exhibit 10.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: 7 th December, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

ALPHA BANK A.E.

 

 

(as Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

KELSEN SHIPPING CO. and

 

 

MONTES SHIPPING CO.

 

 

(as joint and several Borrowers)

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A.

 

 

(as Corporate Guarantor)

 




LOAN AGREEMENT
for a secured floating interest rate
loan facility of up to US$150,000,000



 

 

 

 

THEO V. SIOUFAS LAW OFFICES

 

 

13, Defteras Merarchias

 

 

185 35 Piraeus

 

 

Greece

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAUSE

 

HEADINGS

 

PAGE


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

AMOUNT, PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2

 

2.

 

THE LOAN

 

14

 

3.

 

INTEREST

 

17

 

4.

 

REPAYMENT - PREPAYMENT

 

20

 

5.

 

PAYMENTS, TAXES AND COMPUTATION

 

24

 

6.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

26

 

7.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

33

 

8.

 

COVENANTS

 

38

 

9.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

47

 

10.

 

INDEMNITIES - EXPENSES - FEES

 

53

 

11.

 

SECURITY AND SET-OFF

 

57

 

12.

 

UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COSTS

 

60

 

13.

 

GUARANTEE

 

62

 

14.

 

ASSIGNMENT, PARTICIPATION, LENDING OFFICE

 

67

 

15.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

68

 

16.

 

NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

71

 

17.

 

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION 1 7. 1 Law

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

 



THIS AGREEMENT is dated 7 th December, 2007 and made BETWEEN:

 

 

 

(1)

ALPHA BANK A.E. , a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 40 Stadiou Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 89 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece (the “ Bank ”); and

 

 

 

(2)

(a)

KELSEN SHIPPING CO. , a company duly incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the “ Kelsen Borrower ”); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

MONTES SHIPPING CO. , a company duly incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the “ Montes Borrower ”),

 

 

 

 

as joint and several borrowers (hereinafter together called the “ Borrowers ” and singly a “ Borrower ”); and

 

 

 

(3)

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A. , a company duly incorporated in the Republic of Panama and having an office established in Greece at 60 Zefyrou Street, Pal. Faliron, Attiki, Greece, pursuant to Greek laws 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/79 (as amended) (hereinafter called the “ Corporate Guarantor ”)

 

 

AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

AMOUNT, PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

1.1

Amount and Purpose

 

 

 

 

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which it is agreed that the Bank will make available to the Borrowers on a joint and several basis by up to two Advances a term loan of up to One hundred and fifty million Dollars ($150,000,000) as follows:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Tranche A in an amount of up to $75,000,000 (Seventy five million Dollars) shall be used for the purpose of financing part of the acquisition cost of “MAERSK KAWASAKI” (the “ Tranche A ”); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

Tranche B in an amount of up to $75,000,000 (Seventy five million Dollars) shall be used for the purpose of financing part of the acquisition cost of “MAERSK KURE” (the “ Tranche B ”).

 

 

 

1.2

Definitions

 

 

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires each term or expression defined in the recital of the parties, in this Clause shall have the meaning given to it in the recital of the parties, in this Clause and:

2



 

 

 

 

“Advance” means each borrowing of a portion of the Commitment by the Borrowers or (as the context may require) the principal amount of such borrowing;

 

 

 

“Agreed Rate” means a rate agreed between the Bank and the Borrowers on the basis of which (instead of LIBOR) the interest rate is determined pursuant to Clause 3.6;

 

 

 

“A.P. Møller Charterparty” in relation to a Vessel means the time charter entered in connection with such Vessel between the Owner thereof and A.P. Moller-Maersk A/S, of Denmark, as charterer, with a duration of ten (10) years, at a hire of $41,700 (minus 0.5% commission) per day (together the “ A.P. Møller Charterparties ”);

 

 

 

“Approved Charterparty” in relation to a Vessel means any time charterparty entered or to be entered in connection with such Vessel between the Owner thereof and a first-class charterer acceptable to the Bank, with rates and terms acceptable to the Bank and with a minimum duration of twelve (12) months, and includes the A.P. Moller Charterparties;

 

 

 

“Availability Period” means the period starting on the date hereof and ending on 31 st January, 2008 or, until such later date as the Bank may agree in writing or on such earlier date (if any), (i) on which the whole Commitment has (or - in case that the Commitment has been agreed in Clause 2.3 to be advanced in more than one Advance - all Advances have) been advanced by the Bank to the Borrowers, or (ii) on which the Borrowers cancel the whole of the undrawn Commitment under Clause 2.7 or (iii) on which the Commitment is reduced to zero pursuant to Clauses 9.9 or 12.1, 12.2 or any other Clause of this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Bank” means the Bank as specified in the beginning of this Agreement and the successors and assigns of the Bank;

 

 

 

“Banking Day” means any day on which banks and foreign exchange markets in New York, London, Athens and Piraeus and in each country or place in or at which an act is required to be done under this Agreement in accordance with the usual practice of the Bank, are open for the transaction of business of the nature contemplated in this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Borrowed Money” means Indebtedness incurred in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (v) rental payments under leases (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or otherwise) entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or of financing the acquisition of the asset leased, (vi) guarantees, bonds, stand-by letters of credit or other instruments issued in connection with the performance of contracts and (vii) guarantees or other assurances against financial loss in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of paragraphs (i) to (vi) above;

 

 

 

“Borrowers” means the Kelsen Borrower and the Montes Borrower as specified at the beginning of this Agreement;

3



 

 

 

 

“Charterparty” means in relation to a Vessel, any charterparty which exceeds or is capable of exceeding twelve (12) months in duration whether now existing or hereinafter entered into by the relevant Borrower or any person, firm or company on its behalf;

 

 

 

“Charterparty Assignment” means the assignment of each of the A.P. Moller Charterparties and any other Approved Charterparty, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by a Borrower in favour of the Bank, in form satisfactory to the Bank as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented and respective notices and acknowledgements thereof and/or, at the discretion of the Bank, copy of irrevocable instructions of the Owner to the charterer (servable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) for the payment of the hire to the Bank and/or a copy of the charter with appropriate irrevocable notation;

 

 

 

“Collateral Guarantee” means the irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of a Collateral Guarantor in favour of the Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “ Collateral Guarantees ”);

 

 

 

“Collateral Mortgage” in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the second or, as the case may be, third preferred Greek ship mortgage over such Collateral Vessel to be executed by the relevant Collateral Guarantor in favour of the Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “ Collateral Mortgages ”);

 

 

 

“Collateral General Assignment” in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the second or, as the case may be, third priority General Assignment in respect thereof to be executed by the relevant Collateral Guarantor in favour of the Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “ Collateral General Assignments ”);

 

 

 

“Collateral Security Documents” means together the Letters of Undertaking, the Collateral Guarantees, the Collateral Mortgages and the Collateral General Assignments and “Collateral Security Document” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

“Collateral Owners” means, together, W EST E ND S HIPPING C O . L TD . , of Liberia, G UILDMORE N AVIGATION S.A. , of Liberia and D EVONSHIRE C ORPORATION , of Liberia, and “ Collateral Owner ” means any of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

“Collateral Vessels” means;

 

 

 

(a)

m/v “ SOPHIA BRITANNIA ” registered under Greek flag at the Ships Registry of the port of Piraeus in the ownership of W EST E ND S HIPPING C O . L TD . , of Liberia, under Registration No. 10685;

 

 

 

 

(b)

m/v “ MAERSK TOYAMA ” registered under Greek flag at the Ships Registry of the port of Piraeus in the ownership of G UILDMORE N AVIGATION S.A. , of Liberia, under Registration No. 10535; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

m/v “ HYUNDAI CHALLENGER ” registered under Greek flag at the Ships Registry of the port of Piraeus in the ownership of D EVONSHIRE C ORPORATION , of Liberia, under Registration No. 10547,

4



 

 

 

 

and “ Collateral Vessel ” means any of them as the context may require; “Commitment” means the amount which the Bank agreed to lend to the Borrowers under Clause 2.1 as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“Commitment Letter” means the Commitment Letter dated 28 th November, 2007 addressed by the Bank to the Kelsen Borrower and the Montes Borrower;

 

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantee” means the irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank (contained in clause 13);

 

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantor” means C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A. , a company incorporated in and existing under the laws of the Republic of Pan a having its registered office at Panama City, Republic of Panama and having an office established at 60 Zephyrou Street, Athens, Greece under the Greek laws 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/78 (as amended);

 

 

 

 

“Default” means any Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

“Default Rate” means that rate of interest per annum which is determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.4;

 

 

 

 

“DOC” means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“Dollar” and “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and in respect of all payments to be made under any of the Security Documents means funds which are for same day settlement in the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other U.S. dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the settlement of international banking transactions denominated in Dollars);

 

 

 

 

“Drawdown Date” means the date on which the Commitment (or - in case that the Commitment has been agreed in Clause 2.3 to be advanced in more than one advance - each Advance) is or, as the context may require, shall be advanced to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

“Drawdown Notice” means a notice substantially in the terms of Schedule 1;

 

 

 

 

“Earnings” in relation to a Vessel, means all earnings of such Vessel, both present or future, including all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to its owner in the event of requisition of such Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions of any nature whatsoever in respect of general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for employment of such Vessel and any other earnings whatsoever due or to become due to its owner in respect of such Vessel and all sums recoverable under the Insurances in respect of loss of Earnings and includes, if and whenever such Vessel is employed on terms whereby any and all such moneys as

5



 

 

 

 

aforesaid are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing agreement which is attributable to such Vessel;

 

 

 

 

“Earnings Account” means an account opened or to be opened and maintained in the name of the Corporate Guarantor with the Bank (or any other office of the Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Bank (whether associated with the Bank or not) nominated by the Bank by notice to the Borrowers) pursuant to Clause 11.5 and shall include any sub-accounts or call accounts (whether in Dollars or any other currency) opened under the same designation or any revised designation or number from time to time notified by the Bank to the Borrowers and to which (inter alia) all Earnings of each of the Vessels are to be paid in accordance with Clauses 11.5 and 8.9(b);

 

 

 

 

“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, title retention, arrest, seizure, garnishee order (whether nisi or absolute) or any other order or judgement having similar effect or other encumbrance of any kind securing or any right conferring a priority of payment in respect of any obligation of any person;

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Affiliate” means any agent or employee of any of the Borrowers or any other Relevant Party or any person having a contractual relationship with any of the Borrowers or any other Relevant Party in connection with any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon;

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Approval” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon and/or passengers therein and/or provisions of goods and/or services on or from the Relevant Ship required under any Environmental Law;

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Claim” means any and all enforcement, clean up, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions or orders instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval together with claims made by any third party relating to damage, contribution, loss or injury, resulting from any actual or threatened emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from any Relevant Ship, such claim exceeding or which may exceed $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Incident” means (i) any release of Material of Environmental Concern from the Vessel, (ii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Vessel and which involves collision between the Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, involving the Vessel, the Borrower or the Manager are actually at fault or otherwise liable (in whole or in part) or (iii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Vessel and where the Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested as a result and/or where the Borrowers are actually or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable;

6



 

 

 

 

“Environmental Laws” means all national, international and state laws, rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any Relevant Ship pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage or Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern from any Relevant Ship;

 

 

 

“Event of Default” means any one of those events set out in Clause 9 or described as such in any other of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

“Expenses” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Bank) of:

 

 

 

(a)

all losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings of whatever nature, (including, without limitation, Taxes, repair costs, registration fees and insurance premiums, crew wages, repatriation expenses and seamen’s pension fund dues) suffered, incurred, charged to or paid or committed to be paid by the Bank in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by any of the Security Documents or otherwise payable by the Borrowers or any of them in accordance with the terms of any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the expenses referred to in Clause 10.2; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings from the date on which the same were suffered, incurred or paid by the Bank until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgement) at the Default Rate (as conclusively certified by the Bank);

 

 

 

 

“Final Maturity Date” means the date falling on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Drawdown Date in respect of Tranche second to be drawn down;

 

 

 

“Flag State” means the Republic of Greece or such other state or territory proposed in writing by the Borrowers to the Bank and approved (at its sole discretion) by the Bank, as being the “Flag State” of a Vessel for the purposes of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

“General Assignment” means in relation to a Vessel, the assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition compensation executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the respective Owner in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “General Assignments” );

 

 

 

“Governmental Withholdings” means withholdings and any restrictions or conditions resulting in any charge whatsoever imposed, either now or hereafter, by any sovereign state or by any political sub-division or taxing authority of any sovereign state;

 

 

 

“Indebtedness” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

7



 

 

 

 

“Interest Payment Date” means in respect of the Loan or any part thereof in respect of which a separate Interest Period is fixed the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in case of any Interest Period longer than six (6) months the date(s) falling at successive six (6) months intervals during such longer Interest Period and the last day of such longer Interest Period;

 

 

 

“Interest Period” means in relation to the Loan or any part thereof, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan or such part ascertained in accordance with Clauses 3.2 and 3.3;

 

 

 

“ISM Code” means in relation to its application to the Borrowers, the Vessels and their operation:

 

 

 

(a)

“The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention”, currently known or referred to as the “ISM Code”, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A. 741(18) on 4 th November, 1993 and incorporated on 19 th May, 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the “Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations” produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A. 788(19) adopted on 25 th November, 1995;

 

 

 

 

as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

 

 

“ISM Code Documentation” includes:

 

 

 

(a)

the DOC and SMC issued by a classification society in all respects acceptable to the Bank in its absolute discretion pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Vessels within the period specified by the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

(b)

all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Bank may require by request; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain the Vessels’ or the Borrowers’ compliance with the ISM Code which the Bank may require by request;

 

 

 

 

“ISM SMS” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;

8



 

 

 

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Security Code of the International Maritime Organization and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;

 

 

 

“ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of the relevant Vessel pursuant to the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

“Lending Branch” means the office of the Bank appearing at the beginning of this Agreement or any other office of the Bank designated by the Bank as the Lending Branch by notice to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

“Letter of Undertaking” means the Letter of Undertaking to be executed in favour of the Bank by each Collateral Owner, whereby such Collateral Owner shall (inter alia) undertake to execute the Collateral Security Documents relevant to its Collateral Vessel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “Letters of Undertaking” );

 

 

 

“LIBOR” means, in relation to a particular period:

 

 

 

(a)

the offered rate (if any) per annum for deposits in Dollars for such amount and for such period which is the rate, for such period, appearing on the relevant page of the Reuter screen at or about 11 a.m. London time on the second Banking Day before the first day of such period (or, if the Bank shall have made a determination pursuant to clause 3.6 such later time (not being later than 1 p.m. (London time) on the first day of such period) as the Bank may determine) or such other page as may replace the relevant Page of the Reuter screen on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to that rate or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

if on such date no such rate is so displayed, LIBOR for such period shall be the rate determined by the Bank to be the rate at which the Bank in accordance with its usual practices is able to obtain similar deposit(s) in Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined for a period equivalent to such period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Banking Day before the first day of such period;

 

 

 

 

“Loan” means the aggregate principal amount borrowed by the Borrowers in respect of the Commitment or (as the context may require) the principal amount owing to the Bank under this Agreement at any time;

 

 

 

Major Casualty Amount” means in relation to a Vessel, any casualty to such Vessel in respect whereof the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) or the equivalent in any other currency;

9



 

 

 

 

“Management Agreement” in relation to a Vessel means the agreement made or to be made between the Owner thereof and the Manager and approved by the Bank providing for the appointment of the Manager to manage such Vessel subject to and upon the terms and conditions therein contained and approved by the Bank, a certified copy whereof has been or will be delivered to the Bank if and when the same becomes compulsory under the ISM Code;

 

 

 

“Manager” means the Corporate Guarantor or such other person as may from time to time be approved by the Bank for the purpose of managing the Vessel:

 

 

 

“Market Value” means the market value of a Vessel as determined in accordance with Clause 8.11(b).

 

 

 

“Margin” means zero point eight five per centum (0.85%) per annum;

 

 

 

“Material of Environmental Concern” means and includes pollutants, contaminants, toxic substances, oil as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and all hazardous substances as defined in the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1988;

 

 

 

“MOAs” means in relation to:

 

 

 

(a)

“REGINA MAERSK”, the Memorandum of Agreement dated 3 rd December, 2007 entered into between the Seller, as sellers and the Kelsen Borrower, as buyers in respect of the sale by the Seller and the purchase by such Borrower of such Vessel and any and all Addenda thereto; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

“KIRSTEN MAERSK”, the Memorandum of Agreement dated 3 rd December, 2007 entered into between the Seller, as sellers and the Montes Borrower, as buyers in respect of the sale by the Seller and the purchase by such Borrower of such Vessel and any and all Addenda thereto,

 

 

 

 

and “ MOA ” means either of them as the context may require;

 

 

 

“Month” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started provided, that (i) if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “ months ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

“Mortgage” means in relation to a Vessel the first preferred Greek ship mortgage thereon, to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “ Mortgages ”);

10



 

 

 

 

“Mortgaged Vessel(s)” means the Vessel(s) which remain mortgaged in favour of the Bank pursuant to this Agreement at any relevant time hereunder;

 

 

 

 

“Operator” means any person who is from time to time during the Security Period concerned in the operation of the Vessels (or any of them) and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2. of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“Operating Expenses” in relation to a Vessel means the expenses for crewing, victualling, insuring, maintenance (including drydocking and special survey cost and expenses), spares, management and operation of such Vessel which are reasonably incurred for a vessel of the size and type of such Vessel;

 

 

 

 

“Outstanding Indebtedness” means the aggregate of the Loan and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Expenses and all other sums of money from time to time owing by the Borrowers to the Bank, including, without limitation, default interest, damages, indemnities, costs, expenses, whether actually or contingently under this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

“Owner” means the owner of each of the Vessels as specified in the definition of the Vessels in this Clause 1.2;

 

 

 

 

“Permitted Encumbrance” means any Encumbrance in favour of the Bank created pursuant to the Security Documents and Permitted Liens;

 

 

 

 

“Permitted Lien” means any lien on the Vessel for master’s, officers’ or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading, any lien for salvage and any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien for a sum not (except with the prior written consent of the Bank) exceeding the Major Casualty Amount (as defined in the Mortgage);

 

 

 

 

“Receiving Bank” means Citibank N.A, 399, Park Avenue, New York 10022, N.Y., U.S.A., or such other bank in New York as the Bank may notify to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

“Registry” means the offices of such registrar, commissioner or representative of the Flag State who is duly authorised to register the Vessels, each Borrower’s title to its respective Vessel and the Mortgage over the Vessels under the laws and flag of the Flag State;

 

 

 

 

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;

 

 

 

 

“Relevant Ship” means the Vessels and any other vessel owned by, managed by or chartered to any Security Party;

 

 

 

 

“Repayment Date” means each of the dates specified in Clause 4.1 on which the Repayment Instalments shall be payable by the Borrowers to the Bank;

11



 

 

 

 

“Repayment Instalment” means each instalment of the Loan which becomes due for repayment by the Borrowers to the Bank on a Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 4.1;

 

 

 

 

“Requisition Compensation” means all sums of money or other compensation from time to time payable by reason of requisition of a vessel otherwise than by requisition for hire;

 

 

 

 

“Security Documents” means the General Assignment, the Mortgage, the Corporate Guarantee, the Charterparty Assignments, the Collateral Security Documents and any document or documents (including if the context requires this Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed to secure the whole or any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness as well as for the performance by the Borrowers of all its obligations covenants and agreements pursuant to this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, each such Security Document to be in form and substance as the Bank may require as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;

 

 

 

 

“Security Party” means each of the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor, the Collateral Owners and any person (other than the Bank) which is or will become a party to any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

“Security Period” means the period commencing on the date hereof and terminating on the date upon which the Loan together with all interest thereon and all other moneys payable to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents has been repaid in full to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

“Security Requirement” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank, whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) which is at any relevant time one hundred and fifteen per cent (115%) of the Loan;

 

 

 

 

“Security Value” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) which, at any relevant time is the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the Mortgaged Vessel(s) as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 8.11 and (b) the market value of any additional security provided under Clause 8.11(a) (if any);

 

 

 

 

“Seller” means in relation to each Vessel, A.P. Moller, Maersk A/S, Esplanaden 50, 1098 Copenhagen K, Denmark;

 

 

 

 

“SMC” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Vessel in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“Subsidiary” of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person, and for this purpose “control” means either the ownership of more than 50% of the voting share capital (or equivalent rights of ownership) of such company or entity or the power to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;

12



 

 

 

 

“Taxes” includes all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees or charges of whatever nature together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof (except taxes concerning the Bank and imposed on the net income of the Bank) and “Taxation” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

“Total Loss” means (a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of a vessel; or (b) requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of a vessel otherwise than by requisition for hire; or (c) hijacking, theft, condemnation capture, seizure, detention, arrest or confiscation of the Vessel by any government or by any person acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government, unless the Vessel is released and restored to the Owner thereof within sixty (60) days after the occurrence thereof;

 

 

 

 

“Tranches” means the Tranche A and the Tranche B specified in Clause 1.1 and “Tranche” means either of them, as the context may require;

 

 

 

 

“Vessels” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

m/v “REGINA MAERSK” presently registered under the Danish flag, of about 81,488 gt and 43,399 nt, built in 1996 in Odense Steel Shipyard, IMO No. 9085522, purchased by the Kelsen Borrower pursuant to the relevant MOA and which upon delivery shall be registered under Greek flag at the Ships Registry of the port of Piraeus in the ownership of the Kelsen Borrower under the name “MAERSK KURE” (the “ MAERSK KURE ”); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

m/v “KIRSTEN MAERSK” presently registered under the Danish flag, of about 81,488 gt and 43,399 nt, built in 1997 in Odense Steel Shipyard, IMO No. 9107887, purchased by the Montes Borrower pursuant to the relevant MOA and which upon delivery shall be registered under Greek flag at the Ships Registry of the port of Piraeus in the ownership of the Montes Borrower under the name “MAERSK KAWASAKT (the “ MAERSK KAWASAKI ”);

 

 

 

 

(together, the “ Vessels ” and “ Vessel ” means either of them, as the context may require).

 

 

 

1.3

Interpretation

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each of the terms defined in Clause 1.2 when used in plural and terms defined in plural or words used in plural (and unless in the specific clause or sentence is otherwise expressly specified) mean all of them collectively and/or each of them and/or anyone of them (even if this is not expressly so spelled out) as the context may require or permit;

 

 

 

 

(c)

subject to any specific provision of this Agreement or of any assignment and/or participation or syndication agreement of any nature whatsoever, reference to

13



 

 

 

 

 

each of the parties hereto and to the other Security Documents shall be deemed to be reference to and/or to include, as appropriate, their respective successors and permitted assigns;

 

 

 

 

(d)

reference to a person shall be construed as including reference to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any State or any agency thereof;

 

 

 

 

(e)

where the context so admits, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the words “including” and “in particular” shall not be construed as limiting the generality of any foregoing words;

 

 

 

 

(g)

this Agreement and all documents referred to in this Agreement include the same as varied or supplemented from time to time;

 

 

 

 

(h)

reference to this Agreement includes all the terms of this Agreement and any Schedules, Annexes or Appendices to this Agreement, which form an integral part of same;

 

 

 

 

(i)

reference to Clauses, Sub-Clauses and Schedules are to Clauses, Sub-Clauses and Schedules in this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(j)

all obligations imposed on, or assumed by the Borrowers are joint and several even if not so expressed;

 

 

 

 

(k)

reference to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “ guaranteed ” shall be construed accordingly; and

 

 

 

 

(l)

reference to the opinion of the Bank or a determination or acceptance by the Bank or to documents, acts, or persons acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank or the like shall be construed as reference to opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Bank at the sole discretion of the Bank and such opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Bank shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers.

 

 

 

2.

THE LOAN

 

 

 

2.1

Commitment to Lend

 

 

 

 

The Bank, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 6 and in each of the other Security Documents, agrees to lend to the Borrowers, upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement the sum specified in Clause 1.1.

14



 

 

2.2

Drawdown Notice and Commitment to Borrow

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Commitment (or -in case that the Commitment has been agreed in Clause 2.3 to be advanced in more than one Advance - each Advance) shall be advanced to the Borrowers following receipt by the Bank from the Borrowers of a Drawdown Notice not later than 10 a.m. (London time) on the third (3) Banking Day before the date on which the drawdown is intended to be made. A Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Bank and, once given, shall, subject as provided in Clause 3.6, be irrevocable.

 

 

2.3

Number and Purpose of Advances

 

 

 

The Commitment shall be advanced to the Borrowers by the Tranches, each such Tranche to be used for the purpose specified in Clause 1.1.

 

 

2.4

Disbursement

 

 

 

Upon receipt of the Drawdown Notice complying with the terms of this Agreement the Bank shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 7, on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice, make the Commitment available to the Borrowers.

 

 

2.5

Application of proceeds

 

 

 

Without prejudice to the Borrowers’ obligations under Clause 8.8(a), the Bank shall have no responsibility for the application of the proceeds of the Loan (or any part thereof) by the Borrowers.

 

 

2.6

Termination Date

 

 

 

Any part of the Commitment undrawn and uncancelled at the end of the Availability Period shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

 

 

2.7

Cancellation

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall be entitled to cancel any undrawn part of the Commitment under this Agreement upon giving the Bank not less than five (5) Banking Days’ notice in writing to that effect, provided, that no Drawdown Notice has been given to the Bank under Clause 2.2 for the full amount of the Commitment or in respect of the portion thereof in respect of which cancellation is required by the Borrowers. Any such notice of cancellation, once given, shall be irrevocable. Any amount cancelled may not be drawn. Notwithstanding any such cancellation pursuant to this Clause 2.7 the Borrowers shall continue to be liable for any and all amounts due to the Bank under this Agreement including without limitation any amounts due to the Bank under Clause 10.

 

 

2.8

No security or lien from other person

 

 

 

None of the Borrowers has taken or received, and each of the Borrowers undertake that until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers

15



 

 

 

under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been paid in full, will not take or receive, any security or lien from any other person liable or for any liability whatsoever.

 

 

2.9

Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers


 

 

 

 

(a)

The liability of each of the Borrowers hereunder shall in all cases, whether so expressed to be or not, be joint and several and each representation and warranty and each covenant and agreement made or given by the Borrowers is made or given by them all jointly and severally.

 

 

 

 

(b)

The Bank may at its discretion accept orders, instructions, notices or advices from any of the Borrowers hereunder (which Borrower will be deemed to act on behalf of all the Borrowers and express authority is given to it by this Clause to act on this way) and shall ignore any subsequent conflicting instructions, notices or advices from any of the other Borrowers (unless they may be deemed at the discretion of the Bank as proper revocation or amendments of earlier instructions) and may reach any agreement in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents with any of the Borrowers which shall be binding on all the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

(c)

None of the Borrowers shall be exonerated and its liability hereunder shall not be lessened or impaired by any time, indulgence or relief being given by the Bank to any other Borrower or any other person or by any per on to the Borrowers, by the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release of or refusal or neglect to perfect or enforce any right, remedies or securities against any of the Borrowers or any other person or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate such Borrower (or might be interpreted as such).

 

 

 

 

(d)

The obligations of each of the Borrowers hereunder shall not be affected by any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances relating to any other Borrower or any other person, whether or not known to the Bank, by any invalidity in or irregularity or unenforceability of the obligations of any other Borrower or any other person under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or otherwise or by any change in the constitution of, or any amalgamation or reconstruction of any other Borrower, the Bank or any other person.

 

 

 

 

(e)

The Borrowers hereby waive all rights any Borrower may have of first requiring the Bank to proceed against or enforce any right or security of, or claim payment from any other Borrower or any other person.

 

 

 

2.10

Non competition of the Borrowers with the Bank

 

 

 

(a)

Until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents have been paid or discharged in full, each Borrower agrees not to exercise or enforce any rights of subrogation or indemnity or any other right which otherwise it has against any other Borrower and agrees not to claim any set-off or

16



 

 

 

 

 

counterclaim against any other Borrower or to claim or prove in competition with the Bank in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of any other Borrower or have any benefit of or any share in any guarantee or security now or hereafter held by the Bank.

 

 

 

 

(b)

None of the Borrowers has taken or received, and each Borrower undertakes that until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been paid in full, it will not take or receive, any security or lien from any other Borrower in respect of borrowing as co-borrower jointly and severally liable or for any liability whatsoever.

 

 

 

2.11

Interest to co-borrow


 

 

 

 

The Borrowers have an interest in borrowing jointly and severally in that they are companies which have close financial co-operation and mutual assistance and in that the Commitment would not have been available to each one of the Borrowers separately.

 

 

3.

INTEREST

 

 

3.1

Normal Interest Rate

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay interest on the Loan (or as the case may be, each portion thereof to which a different Interest Period relates) in respect of each Interest Period (or part thereof) on each Interest Payment Date, provided, that in the case of an Interest Period of more than six (6) months interest accruing during such Interest Period shall be payable six-monthly in arrears and on the last day of such Interest Period. The interest rate for the calculation of interest shall be the rate per annum determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR, unless there is an Agreed Rate in which case the interest rate for the calculation of interest shall be the rate per annum determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) the Agreed Rate.

 

 

3.2

Interest Period

 

 

 

The Borrowers may by notice received by the Bank not later than 10 a.m. (London time) on the second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period specify (subject to Clause 3.3 below) whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of one (1) or two (2) or three (3) or six (6) or twelve (12) months (or such other period as may be requested by the Borrowers subject to Bank’s approval and market availability).

 

 

3.3

Duration of Interest Period

 

 

 

Every Interest Period shall, subject to market availability to be conclusively determined by the Bank, be of the duration specified by the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 3.2 but so that:

 

 

 

(a)

the initial Interest Period in respect of the Loan (or - in case that the Commitment is agreed to be advanced in more than one Advance - of each Advance) will

17



 

 

 

 

 

commence on the date on which the Commitment is advanced and each subsequent Interest Period will commence forthwith upon the expiry of the previous Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

(b)

if any Interest Period would otherwise overrun one or more Repayment Dates, then, in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Repayment Date, and in the case of any other Repayment Date or Dates the Loan shall be divided into parts so that there is one part equal to the amount(s) of the Repayment Instalment(s) due on each Repayment Date falling during that Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date and another part equal to the amount of the balance of the Loan having an Interest Period determined in accordance with Clause 3.2 and the other provisions of this Clause 3.3;

 

 

 

 

(c)

if the Borrowers fail to specify the duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.2 and this Clause 3.3, such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months unless another period shall be determined by the Bank at its sole discretion provided, always, that such period (whether of three (3) months or of different duration) shall comply with this Clause 3.3; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

if the Bank determines that the duration of an Interest Period specified by the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 3.2 is not readily available, then that Interest Period shall have such duration as the Bank, may determine;

 

 

 

 

 

provided, always that:


 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

any Interest Period which commences on the last day of a calendar month, and any Interest Period which commences on the day on which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end, shall end on the last Banking Day of the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end; and I

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if the last day of an Interest Period is not a Banking Day the Interest Period shall be extended until the next following Banking Day unless such next following Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case such Interest Period shall be shortened to expire on the preceding Banking Day.


 

 

 

3.4

Default Interest

 

 

 

If the Borrowers fail to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this Clause 3.4) on its due date for payment under any of the Security Documents, the Borrowers shall pay interest on such sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgement) at the rate determined by the Bank pursuant to this Clause 3.4. The period beginning on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be divided into successive periods of a duration to be selected by the Bank each of which (other than the first, which shall commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the preceding such period. The rate of interest

18



 

 

 

 

applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Bank) of (i) two per cent (2%), per annum, (ii) the Margin and (iii) LIBOR. Such interest shall be due and payable on the last day of each such period as determined by the Bank and each such day shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date, provided, that if such unpaid sum is of principal which became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Bank under Clause 9.2 or a prepayment pursuant to Clauses 4.2, 4.3, 8.11(a) and 12.1 on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating thereto, the first such period selected by the Bank shall be of a duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on such principal sum during such period at a rate two per cent (2%) above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it fell due. If for the reasons specified in Clause 3.6, the Bank is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 3.4, interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Bank to be two per cent (2%) per annum above the aggregate of the relevant Margin and costs of funds to the Bank as conclusively determined by the Bank save for manifest error. Interest payable by the Borrowers as aforesaid shall be compounded semi-annually and shall be payable on demand.

 

 

 

3.5

Notification of Interest

 

 

 

The Bank shall notify the Borrowers promptly of the duration of each Interest Period and of each rate of interest determined by it under this Clause 3 without prejudice to the right of the Bank to make determinations at its sole discretion. In case that the Bank fails to notify the Borrowers as above, such failure will not affect the validity of the determination of the Interest Period and Interest Rate made pursuant to this Clause 3 and neither constitute nor will be interpreted as if to constitute a breach of obligation of the Bank except in case of wilful misconduct.

 

 

3.6

Market disruption- Non availability

 

 

 

(a)

If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest Period, the Bank (in its reasonable discretion) shall have determined (which determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive) (i) that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR in respect of Dollars during said Interest Period or (ii) that deposits in Dollars are not available to the Bank in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts for any Interest Period or (iii) that by reason of circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market generally it is impracticable for the Bank to advance the Commitment or fund or continue to fund an Advance or the Loan during any Interest Period or (iv) that LIBOR for that Interest Period will not adequately reflect the cost of funding of the Loan for that Interest Period, the Bank shall forthwith give notice (a “Determination Notice” ) thereof to the Borrowers. A Determination Notice shall contain particulars of the relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue. After the giving of any Determination Notice the undrawn amount of the Commitment shall not be borrowed until notice to the contrary is given to the Borrowers by the Bank.

19



 

 

 

 

(b)

During the period of ten (10) days after any Determination Notice has been given by the Bank under Clause 3.6(a) the Bank and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith (but without incurring any legal obligations) with a view to arriving to an acceptable alternative basis (the “ Substitute Basis ”), for maintaining the Loan, failing which the Borrowers shall promptly, on first demand or within the time limit which may be determined by the Bank, prepay the Loan together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment (calculated at the rate or rates most lately applicable to the Loan) and all other sums payable by the Borrowers under the Security Documents and the Commitment shall be reduced to zero. In such case the Borrowers shall also reimburse to the Bank such amount as may be determined by the Bank to be necessary to compensate it for the increased cost (if any) of maintaining the Loan during the period of negotiation referred to in this Clause 3.6 until such prepayment. In case the Bank agrees to a Substitute Basis for funding the Loan the Bank shall certify such Substitute Basis to the Borrowers. The Substitute Basis may (without limitation) include alternative interest period(s), alternative currencies or alternative rates of interest but shall include a margin above the cost of funds to the Bank equivalent to the relevant Margin. Each Substitute Basis so certified shall be binding upon the Borrowers and shall take effect in accordance with its terms from the date specified in the Determination Notice until such time as the Bank notifies the Borrowers that none of the circumstances specified in clause 3.6(a) continues to exist whereupon the normal interest rate fixing provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

 

 

 

4.

REPAYMENT - PREPAYMENT

 

 

4.1

Repayment

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall, and it is expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to, repay the Loan jointly and severally by twenty (20) consecutive six monthly Repayment Instalments, one each to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates so that the first be repaid on the date falling six (6) months from the Drawdown Date in respect of the Tranche second to be drawn down and each of the subsequent ones consecutively falling due for payment on each of the dates falling six (6) months after the immediately preceding Repayment Date with the last (the 20th) of such Repayment Instalments falling due for payment on the Final Maturity Date; subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Repayment Instalments shall be in the following amounts:

 

 

 

(a)

1 st to 6 th (inclusive) of such Repayment Instalments shall be in the amount of $4,000,000 (four million Dollars) each; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

7 th to 19 th (inclusive) of such Repayment Instalments shall be in the amount of $6,000,000 (Six million Dollars) each; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

the 20 th and final Repayment Instalment shall be in the amount of $48,000,000 (Forty eight million Dollars) (comprising a Repayment Instalment of $6,000,000 (Six million Dollars) and a Balloon Instalment of $42,000,000 (Forty two million Dollars) (the “ Balloon Instalment ”));

20



 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that (a) if the last Repayment Date would otherwise fall after the Final Maturity Date, the last Repayment Date shall be the Final Maturity Date, (b) there shall be no Repayment Dates after the Final Maturity Date, (c) in the event that the Commitment is not drawn down in full, the amount of each of the Repayment Instalments (and the Balloon Instalment) shall be reduced pro-rata (d) on the Final Maturity Date the Borrowers shall also pay to the Bank any and all other monies then and payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents and (e) if any of the Repayment Instalments shall become due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date therefor shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month, in which event such due date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day.

 

 

 

4.2

Voluntary Prepayment

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall have the right, to prepay part or the entire Loan in each case together with all unpaid interest accrued thereon and all other sums of money whatsoever due and owing from the Borrowers to the Bank hereunder or pursuant to the other Security Documents and all interest accrued thereon, provided, that :

 

 

 

(a)

the Bank shall have received from the Borrowers not less than ten (10) Banking Day’s prior notice (which shall be irrevocable) of their intention to make such prepayment and specifying the account, the date on which such prepayment is to be made;

 

 

 

 

(b)

such prepayment may take place only on the last day of an Interest Period relating to the whole of the Loan provided, however, that if the Borrowers shall request consent to make such prepayment on another day and the Bank shall accede to such request (it being in the sole discretion of the Bank to decide whether or not to do so) the Borrowers will pay in addition to the amount to be prepaid, any such sum as may be payable to the Bank pursuant to Clause 10.1;

 

 

 

 

(c)

each such prepayment shall be equal to the amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof or the balance of the Loan;

 

 

 

 

(d)

any prepayment of less than the whole of the Loan will be applied, towards satisfaction of the Repayment Instalments (including any Balloon Instalment referred to in clause 4.1) in the inverse order of maturity;

 

 

 

 

(e)

every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Bank, shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrowers to make such prepayment on the date specified;

 

 

 

 

(f)

no amount prepaid may be re-borrowed; and

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Borrowers may not prepay the Loan or any part thereof save as expressly provided in this Agreement.

21



 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss of a Vessel

 

 

 

(a)

On any Mortgaged Vessel becoming a Total Loss or suffering damage or being involved in an incident which in the reasonable opinion of the Bank may result in such Vessel being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

prior to the drawdown of the Tranche relative to such Vessel the obligation of the Bank to advance such Tranche shall cease; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

in case the Commitment (or any part thereof) has been already advanced, the amount of the Loan shall, on expiry of a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of such Total Loss or the date on which the relevant Vessel suffered damage or the incident which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, may result in such Vessel being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss occurred or, if earlier, on the date upon which the insurance proceeds in respect of such Total Loss are or Requisition Compensation in respect of such Vessel is received by the Owner thereof, be reduced by an amount equal to the Required Amount (as hereinafter defined) and the amount so prepaid shall be applied by the Bank in pro- rata prepayment of the outstanding Repayment Instalments (including the Balloon Instalment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

an actual total loss of a Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at the actual date and time a Vessel was lost but in the event of the date of the loss being unknown then the actual total loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which a Vessel was last reported;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in the case of a constructive total loss of a Vessel, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of such Vessel is given to the insurers of such Vessel for the time being (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by such insurers) or, if such insurers do not forthwith admit such a claim, or, in the event that such notice of abandonment is not given by the Owner thereof to the insurers of such Vessel, at the date and time on which occurred the incident which may result, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, in such Vessel being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

a compromised or arranged total loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the insurers of a Vessel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of a Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred on the date upon which the relevant requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, detention, arrest, or confiscation of a Vessel by any government or by any person acting or

22



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

confiscation of a Vessel by any government or by any person acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government, which deprives the relevant Owner of the use of its Vessel for more than sixty (60) days shall be deemed to occur upon the expiry of the period of sixty (60) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, detention, arrest or confiscation occurred.


 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If any Mortgaged Vessel is sold the amount of the Loan shall, forthwith upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale be reduced by an amount equal to the Required Amount of the Loan and the Borrowers shall thereupon be obliged to make such repayment of the Loan, provided, that such sale is made at the Market Value of the relevant Vessel prevailing at the time. The amount so prepaid shall be applied by the Bank in pro-rata prepayment of the outstanding Repayment Instalments (including any Balloon Instalment referred to in clause 4.1);

 

 

 

 

and for the purpose of this Clause 4.3(i), “ Required Amount ” means in relation to either Vessel an amount equal to 50% of the Loan outstanding at the relevant time, provided, however, that if the relevant Vessel so lost or sold is the last Mortgaged Vessel, then the full amount of the insurance or, as the case may be, the sale proceeds shall apply against full repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and additionally the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank the balance (if any) of the Outstanding Indebtedness. In addition the Borrowers shall be obliged together with the Required Amount to pay to the Bank the amount of the interest accrued on the Loan to the date of prepayment and all other sums (other than the balance of principal of the Loan remaining outstanding after such prepayment having been made) due and payable by the Borrowers to the Bank pursuant to the Security Documents (or any of them) including without limitation, any amounts payable under Clause 10 as the Bank in its absolute discretion may determine;

 

 

 

provided, however, that if after the payment of the Required Amount and any additional amounts payable to the Bank under this Clause 4.3 the provisions of Clause 8.11(a) are not complied with, the Borrowers shall additionally prepay to the Bank the amount of the shortfall or provide additionally security as provided in such Clause 8.11(a); and

 

 

 

provided, always, that if the relevant Vessel so lost or sold or otherwise disposed of is the last Mortgaged Vessel, then the full amount of the insurance or, as the case may be, the sale proceeds shall be paid to the Bank and shall be applied against repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness in accordance with Clause 11.3 and in case the amount of such proceeds is not sufficient for the repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness in full the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Bank the balance (if any) of the Outstanding Indebtedness.

 

 

4.4

Amounts payable on prepayment

 

 

 

Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with (a) accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment, (b) any additional amount payable under Clause 5.3 and (c) all other sums payable by the

23



 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents including, without limitation, any amounts payable under Clause 10.

 

 

5.

PAYMENTS, TAXES AND COMPUTATION

 

 

5.1

Payment - No set-off or Counterclaims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally acknowledge that in performing their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Bank will be incurring liabilities to third parties in relation to the funding of amounts to the Borrowers, such liabilities matching the liabilities of the Borrowers to the Bank and that it is reasonable for the Bank to be entitled to receive payments from the Borrowers gross on the due date in order that the Bank is put in a position to perform its matching obligations to the relevant third parties. Accordingly, all payments to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in Clause 5.3, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings or Governmental Withholdings whatsoever, as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in Dollars, not later than 10.00 a.m. (London time) on the Banking Day (in London and New York City) on which the relevant payment is due under the terms of this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

to the Receiving Bank for the account of the Bank Account No.36251442, reference: “ K ELSEN S HIPPING C O ./M ONTES S HIPPING C O . - Loan Agreement dated ……… December, 2007”;

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that the Bank shall have the right to change the place of account for payment, upon eight (8) Banking Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

(b)

If at any time it shall become unlawful or impracticable for the Borrowers (or any of them) to make payment under this Agreement to the relevant account or bank referred to in Clause 5.1(a), the Borrowers may request and the Bank may agree to alternative arrangements for the payment of the amounts due by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement or the other Security Documents.

 

 

 

5.2

Payments on Banking Days

 

 

 

All payments due shall be made on a Banking Day. If the due date for payment falls on a day which is not a Banking Day, that payment due shall be made on the first Banking Day thereafter, provided, that this falls in the same calendar month. If it does not, payments shall fall due and be made on the last Banking Day before the said due date.

 

 

5.3

Gross Up

 

 

 

If at any time any law, regulation, regulatory requirement or requirement of any governmental authority, monetary agency, central bank or the like compels the Borrowers

24



 

 

 

 

 

 

to make payment subject to Governmental Withholdings, or any other deduction or withholding, the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that there will be received by the Bank a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been received had payment not been made subject to such Governmental Withholdings or other deduction or withholding. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Bank against any losses, or costs incurred by the Bank by reason of any failure of the Borrowers to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Borrowers shall, not later than thirty (30) days after each deduction, withholding or payment of any Governmental Withholdings, forward to the Bank official receipts and any other documentary receipts and any other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Bank in respect of the payment made or to be made of any deduction or withholding or Governmental Withholding. The obligations of the Borrowers under this provision shall, subject to applicable law, remain in force notwithstanding the repayment of the Loan and the payment of all interest due thereon pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

5.4

Loan Account

 

 

 

All sums advanced by the Bank to the Borrowers under this Agreement and all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts due under this Agreement from time to time and all repayments and/or payments thereof shall be debited and credited respectively to a separate loan account maintained by the Bank in accordance with its usual practices in the name of the Borrowers. The Bank may, however, in accordance with its usual practices or for its accounting needs, maintain more than one account, consolidate or separate them but all such accounts shall be considered parts of one single loan account maintained under this Agreement. In case that a ship mortgage in the form of Account Current is granted as security under this Agreement, the account(s) referred to in this Clause shall be the Account Current referred to in such mortgage.

 

 

5.5

Evidence - Certificates conclusive

 

 

 

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally expressly agree and admit that abstracts or photocopies or other reproductions of the books of the Bank as well as statements of accounts or a certificate signed by an authorised officer of the Bank shall (save for manifest error) be conclusive binding and full evidence on the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor (and each of them) as to the existence and/or the amount of the at any time Outstanding Indebtedness, of any amount due under this Agreement, of the applicable Interest Rate or Default Rate or any other rate provided for or referred to in this Agreement, the Interest Period, the value of additional securities under Clause 8.11(a), the payment or non payment of any amount and/or the occurrence of any other Event of Default. Any certificate or determination of the Bank as to any rate of interest or any other amount pursuant to and for the purposes of any of the Security Documents shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor.

25



 

 

 

 

 

5.6

Computation

 

 

 

All interest and other payments payable by reference to a rate per annum under this Agreement shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

6.1

Continuing representations and warranties

 

 

 

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Bank that:

 

 

 

(a)

Due Incorporation/Valid Existence

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers and the other corporate Security Parties is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective countries of incorporation as limited liability companies, and have power to own their respective property and assets, to carry on their respective business as the same are now being lawfully conducted and to purchase, own, finance and operate vessels, or, as the case may be, manage vessels, as well as to undertake the obligations which such Security Party has undertaken or shall undertake pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Due Corporate Authority

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Security Parties has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party and to borrow the Commitment and in the case of the Corporate Guarantor to grant, execute and deliver the Corporate Guarantee and each of the other Security Parties has power to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrowers (or any of them) to borrow will be exceeded as a result of borrowing the Loan and none of the corporate Security Parties has an established or de-facto place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Litigation

 

 

 

 

 

no litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to its or its officers’ knowledge) threatened against the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor (or any of them) or any other Security Party, which, if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect on the business assets or the financial condition of any of them;

26



 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

No conflict with other obligations

 

 

 

 

 

the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is a party or is subject to or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the memorandum and articles of association/articles of incorporation/bylaws/statutes or other constitutional documents of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party;

 

 

 

 

(e)

Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

the financial condition of the Borrowers (or any of them) and of the other Security Parties has not suffered any material deterioration since that condition was last disclosed to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

(f)

No Immunity

 

 

 

 

 

neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Party nor any of their respective assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement);

 

 

 

 

(g)

Shipping Company

 

 

 

 

 

each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor is a shipping company involved in the owning or, as the case may be, managing of ships engaged in international voyages and earning profits in free foreign currency;

 

 

 

 

(h)

Licences/Authorisation

 

 

 

 

 

every consent, authorisation, license or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any Security Party to authorise, or required by any Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Security Documents or the performance by each Security Party of its obligations under the Security Documents has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same so far as the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor are aware;

27



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Perfected Securities

 

 

 

 

 

when duly executed, the Security Documents will create a perfected security interest in favour of the Bank, with the intended priority, over the assets and revenues intended to be covered, valid and enforceable against each of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties;

 

 

 

 

(j)

No Notarisation/Filing/Recording

 

 

 

 

 

save for the registration of any mortgage in the appropriate shipping registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents that it or they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(k)

Validity and Binding effect

 

 

 

 

 

the Security Documents constitute (or upon their execution - and in the case of the relevant Security Parties any mortgage upon its registration at the appropriate registry - will constitute) valid and legally binding obligations of the relevant Security Parties enforceable against each of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties in accordance with their respective terms and that there are no other agreements or arrangements which may adversely affect or conflict with the Security Documents or the security thereby created; and

 

 

 

 

(l)

Valid Choice of Law

 

 

 

 

 

the choice of law agreed to govern this Agreement and/or any other Security Document and the submission to the jurisdiction of the courts agreed in each of the Security Documents are or will be, on execution of the respective Security Documents, valid and binding on each of the Borrowers and any other Security Party which is or is to be a party thereto.

 

 

 

6.2

Initial representations and warranties

 

 

 

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor further jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Bank that;

 

 

 

(a)

Direct obligations - Pan Passu

 

 

 

 

 

the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrowers and rank at least pan passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrowers with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law;

28



 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

all information, accounts, statements of financial position, exhibits and reports furnished by or on behalf of any Security Party to the Bank in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and each of the other Security Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading and, in the case of accounts and statements of financial position, they have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which have been consistently applied;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

No Default

 

 

 

 

 

no Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

 

 

 

(d)

No Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

no Taxes are imposed by deduction, withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under this Agreement and/or any other of the Security Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and/or any other of the Security Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered hereunder or thereunder. In case that any Tax exists now or will be imposed in the future, it will be borne by the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

No Default under other Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

 

neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Party is in Default under any agreement relating to Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it may be bound;

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Ownership/Flag/Seaworthiness/Class/Insurance of the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

each Vessel on the Drawdown Date will be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in the absolute and free from Encumbrances (other than in favour of the Bank) ownership of the Owner thereof who will on and after her delivery be the sole legal and beneficial owner of such Vessel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

registered in the name of the Owner thereof through the Registry of the under the laws of the respective Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

classed with a Classification Society member of IACS, which has been approved by the Bank in writing and such classification is and will be free

29



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of all overdue requirements and recommendations of such Classification Society;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the relevant Mortgage; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

managed by the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

No Charter

 

 

 

 

 

 

unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Bank, none of the Vessels will on or before the delivery date thereof be subject to any charter or contract nor to any agreement to enter into any charter or contract which, if entered into after the delivery date thereof would have required the consent of the Bank under any of the Security Documents and there will not on or before the delivery date thereof be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings of the relevant Vessel may be shared with any other person;

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

No Encumbrances

 

 

 

 

 

 

neither the Vessels (or any of them) nor their/her Earnings, Requisition Compensation or Insurances nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will, on the Drawdown Date, be subject to any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals

 

 

 

 

 

 

except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrowers in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

each Borrower and the Manager have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

each Borrower have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

neither the Borrowers (or any of them) nor the Manager has received notice of any Environmental Claim that any of the Borrowers is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

No Environmental Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrowers in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

aa)

there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief, threatened against the

30



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers (or any of them) or the Vessels (or any of them) or any other Relevant Ship reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business assets, operations, property or financial condition of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party or on the security created by any of the Security Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bb)

there has been no emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from the Vessels (or any of them) or any other Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to the Borrowers (or any of them) nor to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) from any Relevant Ship which could give rise to an Environmental Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

Copies true and complete

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the copies of the MOAs and the Management Agreements delivered or to be delivered to the Bank pursuant to Clause 7.3 are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies of such documents; such documents will when delivered constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there will have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

Compliance with the ISM Code

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each Vessel and any Operator complies or will on the drawdown of the Commitment or (as the case may be) of the relevant Advance comply with the requirements of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

Compliance with ISPS Code

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each Borrower, following Delivery of its Vessel, will have, a valid and current ISSC in respect of such Vessel and each Vessel, following Delivery, will be, in full compliance with the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

No Default under MOA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

neither of the Borrowers is in default under any of its obligations under the relevant MOA;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

MOA Valid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the copy of each MOA to be delivered to the Bank shall be a true and complete copy of such document constituting valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms and no amendments thereto or variations thereof shall have been (or will be) agreed nor shall any action been

31



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

taken by the parties thereto which would in any way render such document inoperative or unenforceable;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(p)

No Rebates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

there will be no commissions, rebates premiums or other payments by or to or on account of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any other person in connection with any MOA other than as shall be disclosed to the Bank by the Borrowers in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(q)

Commercial Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Corporate Guarantor has a commercial interest in providing its Corporate Guarantee under this Agreement because of its close financial co-operation and assistance with the Borrowers and because the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor have common business interests;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(r)

Money laundering - acting for own account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each of the Borrowers confirms that it is the beneficiary for each part of the Loan made or to be made available to it and it will promptly inform the Bank by written notice if it is not, or ceases to be, the beneficiary and notify the Bank in writing of the name and the address of the new beneficiary/beneficiaries; each of the Borrowers is aware that under applicable money laundering provisions, it has an obligation to state for whose account the Loan is obtained; each of the Borrowers confirms that, by entering into this Agreement and the other Security Documents, it is acting on its own behalf and for its own account and it is obtaining the Loan for its own account. In relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Documents to which each of the Borrowers is a party, it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Community).

 

 

 

 

 

6.3

Representations Correct

 

 

 

 

 

 

At the time of entering into this Agreement all above representations and warranties or any other information given by the Borrowers and/or the Manager to the Bank are true and accurate.

 

 

 

 

 

6.4

Repetition of Representations and Warranties

 

 

 

 

 

 

The representations and warranties in this Clause 6 (except in relation to the representations and warranties in Clause 6.2) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor on and as of each day from the date of this

32



 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement until all moneys due or owing by the Security Parties or any of them under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been repaid in full as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

 

 

 

 

 

7.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

Conditions concerning corporate authorisations

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment or any part thereof available shall be subject to the condition that the Bank, shall have received, not later than two (2) Banking Days before the day on which the Drawdown Notice in respect of the Commitment (or, in case that more than one advance have been agreed in Clause 2.3, in respect of the first Advance) is given, the following documents and evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a duly certified true copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws or the Memorandum and Articles of Association, or of any other constitutional documents, as the case may be, of each corporate Security Party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a recent certificate of incumbency of each corporate Security Party issued by the appropriate authority and/or at the discretion of the Bank signed by the secretary or a director of each of them respectively, stating the corporate body which binds every one of them, the officers and/or the directors of each of them and containing specimens of their signatures;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a recent certificate as to the shareholding of any corporate Security Party issued by an appropriate authority or, at the discretion of the Bank, signed by the secretary or a director of each of them as the case may be, stating respectively the full names and addresses of the person or persons beneficially entitled as shareholders/ stockholders of the entire issued and outstanding shares/ stock of each of them;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

minutes of separate meetings of the directors and shareholders (or of any other body which binds them, if any) of any corporate Security Party at which there was approved the entry into, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto to which the relevant corporate Security Party is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

original of any power(s) of attorney and any further evidence of the due authority of any person signing this Agreement, the other Security Documents, the Management Agreement and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of any corporate person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

evidence of the due authority of any person signing this Agreement, the Security Documents and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of any corporate person;

33



 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

evidence that all necessary licences, consents, permits and authorisations (including exchange control ones) have been obtained by any Security Party for the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence and the due performance of the respective obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

the shareholders of all Security Parties shall be acceptable in all respects to the Bank. In the event that the Bank agrees (at its sole discretion) that a Security Party may have a corporate shareholder, the conditions set out in Sub-clauses (a), (b), (c) and (h) of this Clause 7.1 shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to such corporate shareholder;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

a certificate as to the Shareholders signed by the Secretary of each Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor and stating the full names and addresses of the person or persons beneficially entitled as shareholder(s) of the entire issued and outstanding shares in each Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

any other documents or recent certificates or other evidence which would be required by the Bank in relation to any corporate Security Party evidencing that the relevant Security Party has been properly established, continues to exist validly and to be in good standing, which is the corporate body which binds the company, which is its present board of directors and shareholders, that the execution and performance of the Security Documents has been duly authorised and generally that the representations in Clause 6 are correct in all respects.

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

Conditions concerning the Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligations of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof is subject to the further condition that the Bank at the time of receiving a Drawdown Notice shall have received the following documents (save for the securities which, due to the requirement of their registration in public registries or due to their nature, cannot be delivered to the Bank before the relevant Drawdown Notice and which will be delivered to the Bank simultaneously with the relevant drawdown):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

each of the Security Documents duly executed and where appropriate duly registered with the appropriate registry; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

unless already delivered to the Bank, a copy (certified by the Secretary to be true and complete) of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Corporate Guarantor to open and maintain the Earnings Account and such mandate forms, signature specimen cards and other documents as the Bank may require in connection therewith;

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

Conditions concerning the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof is subject to the further condition that the Bank shall have received prior

34



 

 

 

 

 

 

to the relevant drawdown or, where this is not possible, simultaneously with the drawdown of the Commitment or the relevant part thereof:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a valuation of the relevant Vessel as at a date determined by the Bank but in any event before the relevant drawdown prepared on the basis specified in Clause 8.11(b) (but taking into account of any Approved Charterparty) by major shipbrokers appointed and/or approved by the Bank evidencing that the value of relevant Vessel is at least 115% of the amount of/ the Advance relative to such Vessel and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank in its sole discretion;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

evidence that, prior to or simultaneously with the relevant drawdown, each Vessel will be duly registered in the ownership of its Owner through the Registry under the respective Flag State, free from any Encumbrances save for those in favour of the Bank and otherwise as contemplated herein and free of any charter;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank that each of the relevant Vessels has been or will - on drawdown - be insured in accordance with the insurance requirements provided for in this Agreement and the other Security Documents (including Mortgagee’s Interest Insurance) to be followed by full copies of cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other contracts of insurance;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

copy of a Management Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank between the Owner of each of the relevant Vessels and the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

all necessary confirmations by insurers of each of the relevant Vessels that they will issue letters of undertaking and endorse notice of assignment and loss payable clauses on the Insurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank in its sole discretion;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

evidence that each of the relevant Vessels is classed 100 Al with Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, or to a similar standard with another classification society of like standing to be specifically approved by the Bank, and remains free from recommendations, notations or average damage affecting class;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

evidence that the trading certificates of each of the relevant Vessels are valid and in force;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

due authorisation in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank authorising the Bank to have access and/or obtain any copies of class records or other information at its discretion from the Classification Society of each of the relevant Vessel(s);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

a copy of the relevant MOA certified as true and complete by the legal counsel of the Borrowers;

35



 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

evidence to the full satisfaction of the Bank, proving the relevant Seller’s title to the respective Vessel free of any Encumbrances, debts or claims of any nature whatsoever;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

duly certified copies of corporate documentation of the relevant Seller - comparable at the discretion of the Bank to that provided in Clause 7.1 - proving the due incorporation and existence of the relevant Seller and the due authorisation of the sale of the respective Vessel and the execution of all documents required in connection therewith;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

duly certified copy of the Bill of Sale, the protocol of delivery and acceptance of the relevant Vessel as well as of all other relevant Seller’s documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

evidence that no Encumbrances are registered against any of the Vessels on her previous register;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

evidence that the purchase price of the Vessels has been (or upon her delivery will have been) paid in full in accordance with the provisions of the MOA;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

a copy of the DOC applicable to each Vessel and of the SMC applicable to the Manager certified as true and in effect by the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(p)

copies of such ISM Code Documentation as the Bank may by written notice to the Borrowers have requested not later than two (2) days before the Drawdown Date certified as true and complete in all material respects by the Borrowers and the Manager; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(q)

true and complete copy of the ISSC of the Vessel issued pursuant to the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

No change of circumstances

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof is subject to the further condition that at the time of the giving of a Drawdown Notice and on advancing the Commitment or (if it has been so agreed in Clause 2.3) on the making of the Advance to which such Drawdown Notice relates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the representations and warranties set out in Clause 6 and in each of the Security Documents are true and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the drawdown; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Bank shall be satisfied that there has been no change in the ownership, management, operations and/or adverse change financial condition of any Security Party which (change) might, in the sole opinion of the Bank, be detrimental to the interests of the Bank.

36



 

 

 

 

 

7.5

General Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof is subject to the further condition that the Bank, prior to or simultaneously with the drawdown, shall have received:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

opinions from lawyers appointed by the Bank as to all the matters referred to in Clauses 6.1(a) and (b) and all such aspects of law as the Bank shall deem relevant to this Agreement and the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto and any further legal or other expert opinion as the Bank at its sole discretion may require;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

confirmation from any agents nominated in this Agreement and elsewhere in the other Security Documents for the acceptance of any notice or service of process, that they consent to such nomination; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a receipt in writing in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank including an acknowledgement and admission of the Borrowers and/or any, other Security Party to the effect that the Commitment or relevant part thereof, (as the case may be) was drawn by the Borrowers and a declaration by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor that all conditions precedent have been fulfilled, that there is no Event of Default and that all the representations and warranties are true and correct.

 

 

 

 

 

7.6

Know your customer and money laundering compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or any part thereof is subject to the further condition that the Bank, prior to or simultaneously with the drawdown, shall have received, to the extent required by any change in applicable law and regulation or any changes in the Bank’s own internal guidelines since the date on which the applicable documents and evidence were delivered to the Bank pursuant to Clause 8.1(f), such further documents and evidence as the Bank shall require to identify the Borrower and the other Security Parties and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

7.7

Further documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of this Clause 7 the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby undertakes with the Bank to make or procure to be made such amendments and/or additions to any of the documents delivered to the Bank in accordance with this Clause 7 and to execute and/or deliver to the Bank or procure to be executed and/or delivered to the Bank such further documents as the Bank and its legal advisors may reasonably require to satisfy themselves that all the terms and requirements of this Agreement have been complied with.

37



 

 

 

 

 

7.8

Conditions subsequent

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers shall pay to the Bank the arrangement fee referred to in Clause 10.9 within thirty (30) days from the date hereof;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

In the event of any of the conditions referred to in this Clause 7 not being satisfied (whether with the express or implied agreement of the Bank or otherwise) and the Bank nevertheless makes the Commitment (or any part thereof) available to the Borrowers, the Borrowers will comply or procure compliance with all such conditions by no later than fourteen (14) days after the Drawdown Date or within such longer period as the Bank shall agree to.

 

 

 

 

 

8.

COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor that, from the date of this Agreement and as long as any money is due and/or owing and/or outstanding under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor will:

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

Information Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Annual financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

furnish the Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, with annual, audited (by auditors acceptable to the Bank) financial statements of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor at latest within 180 days after the end of the financial year concerned, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provide the Bank annually and from time to time as the Bank may request and in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank with information on the financial conditions, cash flow position, commitments and operations of the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor/Manager including cash flow analysis and voyage accounts of any Vessels owned by any such party with a breakdown of income and running expenses showing net trading profit, trade payables and trade receivables, such financial details to be certified by one of the directors of the Borrowers as to their correctness;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Information on adverse change or Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

promptly inform the Bank of any occurrence which came to the knowledge of the Borrowers and/or the Corporate Guarantor which might adversely affect the ability of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents and of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof;

38



 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Information on the employment of the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provide the Bank from time to time as the Bank may request with information on the employment of the Vessels as well as on the terms and conditions of any charterparty, contract of affreightment, agreement or related document in respect of the employment of the Vessels, such information to be certified by one of the directors of the Borrowers as to their correctness; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Know your customer and money laundering compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provide the Bank with such documents and evidence as the Bank shall from time to time require, based on applicable law and regulations from time to time and the Bank’s own internal guidelines from time to time to identify the Borrower and the other Security Parties, including the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners of such entities, and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

Banking operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that all banking operations in connection with the Vessels are carried out through the Lending Branch of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

No Further Financial Exposure

 

 

 

without the prior written consent of the Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

No further Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

incur no further Indebtedness nor authorise or accept any capital commitments (other than that normally associated with the day to day operations of their business) nor enter into any agreement for payment on deferred terms or hire agreement without the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

No Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not make any loans or advances to, or any investments in any person, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity including (without limitation) any loan or advance to any officer, director, stockholder or employee or any other company managed by the Manager directly or through the managers of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

No Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not declare or pay any dividends or other distribution upon any of the issued shares or otherwise dispose of any assets to any of the shareholders of the Borrowers, without the prior written consent of the Bank; and

39



 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

No Payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

except pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents (or as expressly permitted by the same) not pay out any funds to any company or person except in connection with the administration of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and the operation and/or repair of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

 

8.4

Maintenance of Business Structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Maintenance of Business Structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not change the nature, organisation and conduct of the business of the Borrowers as owners of the Vessels or as managers of vessels as the case may be, or carry on any business other than the business carried on at the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Maintenance of Legal Structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that none of the documents defining the constitution of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall be altered in any manner whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that no voluntary change shall be made in the ultimate beneficial ownership, control or management of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or of any of the Vessels without the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

No merger

 

 

 

 

 

not merge or consolidate with any other company or person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

not form or acquire any Subsidiaries; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Share capital and distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders;

 

 

 

 

 

8.5

No Subordination

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that the indebtedness of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to the Bank hereunder will not be subordinated in priority of payment to any other present or future indebtedness;

40



 

 

 

 

 

8.6

Maintenance of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

No Transfer of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with any of their real or personal property, assets or rights, whether present or future, without the prior written consent of the Bank; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

No Encumbrance of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not allow any part of its undertaking, property, assets or rights, whether present or future, to be mortgaged, charged, pledged, used as a lien or otherwise encumbered without the prior written consent of the Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

8.7

Covenants Concerning the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Ownership/Management/Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that the Vessels will maintain their present ownership, management, control and ultimate beneficial ownership;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that the Vessels will remain in class free of overdue recommendations, notations or average damage affecting class and provide the Bank on demand with copies of all class and trading certificates of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Insurances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maintain all Insurances of the Vessels and comply with all insurance requirements specified in this Agreement and the Mortgages and in case of failure to maintain the Vessels so insured authorise the Bank (and such authorisation is hereby expressly given to the Bank) to have the right but not the obligation to effect such Insurances on behalf of the Owner (and in case that any of the Vessels remains in port for an extended period to effect port risks Insurances at the cost of the Borrowers which, if paid by the Bank, shall be Expenses);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Transfer/Encumbrances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not without the prior written consent of the Bank sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Vessels or any share therein or create or agree to create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over the Vessel (or any share or interest therein) other than Permitted Encumbrances;;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Not imperil Flag, Ownership, Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that each of the Vessels is maintained and trades in conformity with the laws of the flag of the respective Vessel, of its owning company or of the

41



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nationality of the officers, the requirements of the Insurances and nothing is done or permitted to be done which could endanger the flag of the respective Vessel or its unencumbered (other than Permitted Encumbrances) ownership or its Insurances;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Mortgage Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

always comply with all the covenants provided for in the mortgage on each of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

Charter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not without the prior written consent of the Bank enter into a charterparty, contract of affreightment, agreement or related document in respect of the employment of the vessels (i) for a period for more than 12 months or (ii) below the market rate prevailing at the time when the respective Vessel is fixed in or on terms which are not in accordance with the commercial practice prevailing at the relevant time or (iii) on demise charterparty;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

Charter Assignment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

execute and deliver to the Bank within fifteen (15) days of signing of any charter, the duration of which is agreed to be for a period, directly or by extension more than twelve (12) months, (a) a specific assignment of such charter in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and (b) a notice of any such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer and endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the relevant charterer (servable upon the happening of an Event of Default) all in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank or (c) alternatively at the discretion of the Bank, a copy of irrevocable instructions of the Owner of the respective Vessel to the charterer for the payment of the hire to the Bank and/or a copy of the charterparty with appropriate irrevocable notation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates of the Borrowers comply with, all Environmental Laws including without limitation, requirements relating to manning and establishment of financial responsibility and to obtain and comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates of the Borrowers obtain and comply with, all Environmental Approvals and to notify the Bank forthwith:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

of any Environmental Claim for an amount or amounts exceeding $1,000,000 made against either Vessel and/or the Owner thereof; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

upon becoming aware of any incident which may give rise to an Environmental Claim and to keep the Bank advised in writing of the Owner’s response to such Environmental Claim on such regular basis and in such detail as the Bank shall require.

42



 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

Compliance with ISM Code and ISPS Code

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

will procure that the Manager and any Operator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

will comply with and ensure that each Vessel and any Operator complies with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

immediately inform the Bank if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of the Borrowers’, the Manager’s or an Operator’s DOC or the SMC in respect of the Vessels (or any of them); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

promptly inform the Bank upon the issue to the Borrowers (or any of them), the Manager or any Operator of a DOC and to any of the Vessels of an SMC or the receipt by the Borrowers (or any of them), the Manager or any Operator of notification that its application for the same has been realised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

(aa) will maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of each Vessel, (bb) immediately notify the Bank in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of any Vessel and (cc) procure that each Vessel will comply at all times with the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

 

8.8

Observance of Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Use of the Loan

 

 

 

 

 

use the Loan exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Compliance with Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

duly and punctually perform all obligations under this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Payment on Demand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

pay to the Bank on demand any sum of money which is payable by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement but in respect of which it is not specified in any other Clause when it is due and payable; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence of Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

upon request by the Bank from time to time provide such information and evidence to the Bank as the Bank would reasonably require to demonstrate compliance with the covenants and undertakings set forth in this Agreement and any other Security Document;

43



 

 

 

8.9

Validity of Securities

 

 

 

(a)

Validity

 

 

 

 

 

ensure and procure that all governmental or other consents required by law and/or any other steps required for the validity, enforceability and legality of this Agreement and the other Security Documents are maintained in full force and effect and/or appropriately taken;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

ensure and procure that, unless and until directed by the Bank otherwise (i) all the Earnings of the Vessels shall be paid to the Earnings Account and (ii) the persons from whom the Earnings are from time to time due are irrevocably instructed to pay them to the Earnings Account in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the relevant Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Additional Documents

 

 

 

 

 

from time to time at the request of the Bank execute and deliver to the Bank or procure the execution and delivery to the Bank of all such documents as shall be deemed desirable at the reasonable discretion of the Bank for giving full effect to this Agreement, and for perfecting, protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Bank under any one or more of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto and in case that any Conditions Precedent have not been fulfilled prior to the Drawdown, such Conditions shall be complied with within fifteen (15) days of Drawdown (unless the Bank agrees otherwise in writing) and failure to comply with this Covenant shall be an Event of Default;

 

 

 

8.10

Covenants for the Security Parties

 

 

 

ensure and procure that all other Security Parties and each of them duly and punctually comply, with the covenants in Clauses 8.1 to 8.9 which are applicable to them mutatis mutandis.

 

 

 

8.11

Market Value to Debt Ratio-Additional Security - Valuation of the Vessels

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally undertake that the aggregate of (i) the aggregate Market Values of the Mortgaged Vessels (determined in accordance with Clause 8.11(b)) and (ii) the value in

44



 

 

 

 

 

Dollars of any additional security given under this clause and accepted by the Bank (at its discretion) shall be at least equal to of the Security Requirement at the relevant time and if at any relevant time the aggregate of the Market Values of the Mortgaged Vessels (together with the value in Dollars of any additional security given under this clause and accepted by the Bank (at its discretion)) is less than the Security Requirement, they will within fifteen (15) Banking Days of being advised by the Bank of such event either :


 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

provide the Bank with such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Bank be adequate to make up such deficiency and which shall take such form and shall be constituted by such documentation and be entered into between such parties as the Bank in its absolute discretion may approve or require (and, if the Borrowers do not make proposals satisfactory to the Bank in relation to such additional security within the aforesaid period of fifteen (15) Banking Days of the date of the Bank’s notification to the Borrowers aforesaid, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected to prepay in accordance with sub-clause (ii) below), or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

prepay (in accordance with Clause 4.2 (but without regard to the requirement for ten (10) days notice) such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the aggregate Market Value (determined as aforesaid) of the Mortgaged Vessels and any such additional security is after such prepayment at least equal to 115% of the Loan.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Such additional security shall be constituted by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

aa)

additional pledged cash deposits in favour of the Bank in an amount equal to such shortfall with a bank and in an account and manner to be determined by the Bank; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bb)

any other security acceptable to the Bank to be provided in a manner determined by the Bank;


 

 

 

 

 

 

Any such additional security provided by the Bank shall be released by the Bank once the Security Requirement ratio has been restored. The provisions of Clause 4.3 and 4.4 shall apply to prepayments under Clause 8.11(a);

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that the obligation of the Borrowers to maintain the Security Requirement/Security Value ratio as set forth in this clause 8.11(a) shall not be in effect so long as both the Vessels are chartered under Approved Charterparties.

 

 

 

 

(b)

For the purpose of this Clause 8.11 the Market Value of a Mortgaged Vessel shall be determined (at the expense of the Borrowers) at any such time as the Bank may reasonably consider to be necessary or useful by means of one valuation made by such first class independent sale and purchase shipbrokers as may from time to time be selected by the Borrowers and approved by the Bank. For this purpose, such valuation shall be made with or without physical inspection of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel (at the absolute discretion of the Bank) on the basis of a sale

45



 

 

 

 

 

for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, but without taking into account any existing charter in respect of such Mortgaged Vessel. The Bank and the Borrowers each agrees to accept such valuation made by the shipbroker appointed as aforesaid as conclusive evidence of the Market Value of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel at the date of such valuation. Each of the Borrowers agrees to supply the Bank and any shipbroker appointed as aforesaid with such information concerning each of the Mortgaged Vessels and her condition as such shipbroker may reasonably require for the purpose of making such valuation;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Valuation of additional security

 

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of this Clause 8.11, the market value of any additional security provided or to be provided to the Bank shall be determined by the Bank in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Bank assigning any reason thereto provided, always, that if the additional security is in the form of a collateral vessel such collateral vessel shall be valued in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.11(b) or if the additional security is in form of a cash deposit full credit shall be given for such cash deposit on a Dollar for Dollar basis; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Documents and evidence

 

 

 

 

 

In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this Clause 8.11, the Bank shall be entitled to receive such evidence and documents as may in the Bank’s reasonable opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Bank shall in its absolute discretion require.


 

 

 

8.12

Additional Security

 

 

 

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally undertake to procure and ensure that upon the Bank’ first demand, each of the Collateral Owners will sign, execute and deliver in favour of the Bank its irrevocable and unconditional guarantee (the “ Collateral Guarantee(s) ”) in security of all the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and in security of its obligations under the Guarantee such Collateral Owner will sign, execute and deliver and, where appropriate, register in favour of the Bank (i) a second or, as the case may be, third preferred Greek ship mortgage (the “ Collateral Mortgage(s) ”) on its Collateral Vessel and a second or, as the case may be, third priority General Assignment (the “ Collateral General Assignment(s) ”) in respect of such Collateral Vessel in favour of the Bank, as well as all other documents relevant to such Collateral Mortgage and Collateral General Assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank; provided, that this undertaking shall cease to be in effect upon the granting of a Corporate Guarantee by a holding company which shall be the sole shareholder of (inter alios) the Borrowers and other shipping companies of vessels managed by the Corporate Guarantor, provided, however, that the substitution of the aforesaid security by such Corporate Guarantee by the Bank shall be at the sole discretion of the Bank.

46



 

 

 

9.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

There shall be an Event of Default whenever an event described in Clauses 9.1 to 9.8 occurs:

 

 

9.1

Non Performance of Obligations

 

 

 

(a)

the Borrowers (or any of them) fail(s) to pay any sum due under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated herein and/or any of the other Security Documents, or, in the case of any sum payable on demand, within three (3) Banking Days of such demand; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Borrowers (or any of them) fail(s) to observe and perform any one or more of the covenants, terms or obligations contained in this Agreement and the Mortgages and/or any other Security Document relating to the Insurances; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Borrowers (or any of them) commit(s) any breach of or omits to observe any of the covenants, terms, obligations or undertakings under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents (other than failure to pay any sum when due or to comply with any obligation concerning the Insurances) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Bank is capable of remedy, such action as the Bank may require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) days of the Bank notifying the Borrowers of such required action to remedy the breach or omission; or

 

 

 

9.2

Events affecting the Borrowers

 

 

 

(a)

any of the Borrowers is adjudicated or found bankrupt or insolvent or any judgement or order is made by any competent court or resolution passed by any of the Borrowers or petition (which is not in the reasonable opinion of the Bank frivolous and is not being contested in good faith by such Security Party) presented for the winding-up or dissolution of any of the Borrowers or for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, administrator or conservator of the whole or any part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any of the Borrowers becomes or is deemed to be insolvent or suspends payment of its debts or is (or is deemed to be) unable to or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or proposes or enters into any composition or other arrangement for the benefit of its creditors generally or proceedings are commenced in relation to any of the Borrowers under any law, regulation or procedure relating to reconstruction or readjustment of debts; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver or similar officer is appointed of the whole or any part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers or a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against any of the undertakings, assets, rights or

47



 

 

 

 

 

revenues of any of the Borrowers and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any government; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

any event occurs or proceeding is taken with respect to any of the Borrowers in any jurisdiction to which it is subject which has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events mentioned in Clauses 9.2(a) to 9.2(d); or

 

 

 

 

(f)

any of the Borrowers suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business; or

 

 

 

 

(g)

there occurs, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, a materially adverse change in the financial condition of any of the Borrowers; or

 

 

 

 

(h)

any other event occurs or circumstances arise which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, is likely materially and adversely to affect either (i) the ability of any of the Borrowers to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents, or (ii) the security created by this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(i)

there is any voluntary change in the Borrowers’ and/or in the Manager’s ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares in any of the Borrowers; or

 

 

 

9.3

Representations Incorrect

 

 

 

any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of the Borrowers in or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect in any material respect; or A

 

 

9.4

Cross-default

 

 

 

any Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid on its due date or within any period of grace specified in the contract evidencing the original terms of such Indebtedness or, if repayable on demand, shall not be repaid on demand or, being a guarantee, is not honoured when first demanded or becomes due or capable of being declared due prior to its stated date of payment unless the same is being contested in good faith and the Bank is satisfied that the same does not and will not affect the performance by the Borrowers (or either of them) of their/its obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents; or

48



 

 

 

9.5

Events affecting the Security Documents

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any party thereto (other than the Bank), or if any such party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers to fulfil any of its covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or for the Bank to exercise the rights vested in it thereunder or otherwise; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any of the Borrowers to authorise or otherwise in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or the performance by any of the Borrowers of its obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents is modified in a manner unacceptable to the Bank or is not granted or is revoked or terminated or expires and is not renewed or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Encumbrance in respect of any of the property (or part thereof) which is the subject of the Security Documents (or any of them) is enforced; or

 

 

 

9.6

Events concerning the Security Parties

 

 

 

(a)

any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) fails to pay any sum due from it under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents when due, or, in the case of any sum payable on demand, within three (3) Banking Days of demand; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) fails to observe and perform any one or more of the covenants, terms or obligations contained in this Agreement and the Mortgages and/or the other Security Documents relating to the Insurances; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the covenants, terms, obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents (other than failure to pay any sum when due or to observe or perform obligations relating to the Insurances) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Bank is capable of remedy, such action as the Bank may require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) days of the Bank notifying the relevant Security Party, of such required action to remedy the breach or omission; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) in or pursuant to this

49



 

 

 

 

 

Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect in any material respect; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

any of the events referred to in Clauses 9.2 to 9.5 occurs (amended as appropriate) in relation to any Security Party (other than the Borrowers); or

 

 

 

9.7

Environmental Events

 

 

 

(a)

any Security Party and/or any other Relevant Party and/or any of their respective Environmental Affiliates fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or any of the Vessels or any other Relevant Ship is involved in any incident which gives rise or which may give rise to any Environmental Claim, if in any such case, such non compliance or incident or the consequences thereof could (in the reasonable opinion of the Bank) be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business assets, operations, property or financial condition of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party or on the security created by any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Security Party or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which any of the Vessels is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including without limitation, liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where any of the Vessels operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time.

 

 

 

9.8

Events Concerning the Vessels

 

 

 

(a)

either Vessel becomes a Total Loss unless:


 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Bank shall have received within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such total Loss confirmation from the relevant underwriter that such Total Loss is an insured event and constitutes a valid claim against such underwriters; and

 

 

 

(ii)

after receipt of such confirmation the Bank shall have received within one hundred and eighty days (180) after the occurrence of such event, the insurance proceeds in an amount equal to the amount for which the Vessel was required to be insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement immediately prior to the event giving rise to such Total Loss; or

 

 

(b)

either Vessel ceases to be managed by the Manager (for any reason other than the reason of a Total Loss or sale of such Vessel) with the approval of the Bank and the Borrowers fail to appoint an Manager within two (2) days after the termination of the Management Agreement with the previous Manager; or

50



 

 

 

 

(c)

any of the Vessels is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the Borrowers shall fail to procure the release of such Vessel within a period of twenty one (21) days thereafter; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

the registration of any of the Vessels under the laws and flag of her Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Bank or, if a Vessel is only provisionally registered on the delivery date for such Vessel and is not permanently registered under the laws and flag of her Flag State at least thirty (30) days prior to the deadline for completing such permanent registration;

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Flag State of any of the Vessels becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such Flag State by unconstitutional means or is occupied by any other power and, in any such case, such event could in the opinion of the Bank reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(f)

any of the Owners or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which any of the Vessels is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including, without limitation, any cover in respect of liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdiction where any of the Vessels operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or

 

 

 

 

(g)

(without prejudice to the generality of Sub-Clause 9.1(b) and (c)) for any reason whatsoever the provisions of Clause 8.7(j)(i), (ii) and (iii) are not complied with and/or any of the Vessels ceases to comply with the ISM Code; or

 

 

 

 

(h)

(without prejudice to the generality of sub-Clause 9.1(b) and (c)) for any reason whatsoever the provisions of Clause 8.7(j)(iv) are not complied with and/or any Vessel ceases to comply with the ISPS Code; or

 

 

 

9.9

Consequences of Default

 

 

 

The Bank may without prejudice to any other rights of the Bank (which will continue to be in force concurrently with the following), at any time after the happening of an Event of Default:

 

 

 

(a)

by notice to the Borrowers declare that the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall be terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

by notice to the Borrowers declare that the Loan and all interest and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable without any further diligence, presentment, demand of payment,

51



 

 

 

 

 

protest or notice or any other procedure from the Bank which are expressly waived by the Borrowers; and/or

 

 

 

 

(c)

put into force and exercise all or any of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by it under this Agreement and/or under any other Security Document and/or as mortgagee of the Vessels, mortgagee, chargee or assignee or as the beneficiary of any other property right or any other security (as the case may be) of the assets charged or assigned to it under the Security Documents or otherwise (whether at law, by virtue of any of the Security Documents or otherwise);

 

 

 

 

provided, that if an event occurs in respect of the Borrowers (or any of them) of the type described in Clause 9.2(a) to (e) (except only in the case when a petition was presented or proceedings were commenced or a suit or writ were issued by a third party and in the case that such events relate to only a part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues which in the opinion of the Bank does not affect the ability of the Borrowers to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement and/or the Security Documents) the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall terminate immediately upon receipt by the Bank of the relevant information (as such receipt shall be conclusively certified by a certificate of the Bank) and all amounts payable under sub-clause 9.9(b) above shall become immediately due and payable without any notice or other formality which is hereby expressly waived by each of the Borrowers.

 

 

9.10

Insolvency Events of Default

 

 

 

If an event occurs in respect of any of the Borrowers or the other Security Parties of the type described in Clause 9.2(a) to (e) (except (i) in the case when a petition was presented or proceedings were commenced or a suit or writ were issued by a third party and the relevant Borrower or Security Party is defending itself in bona fide and (ii) in the case that such events mentioned in Clause 9.2 relate to only a part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues which in the opinion of the Bank does not affect the ability of the Borrowers to perform their obligations under this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents) the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall terminate immediately upon receipt by the Bank of the relevant information (as such receipt shall be conclusively certified by a certificate of the Bank) and all amounts payable under sub-clause 9.9(b) above shall become immediately due and payable without any notice or other formality which is hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers.

 

 

9.11

Proof of Default

 

 

 

It is agreed that (i) the non-payment of any sum of money in time will be proved conclusively by mere passage of time and (ii) the occurrence of this (non payment) and any other Event of Default shall be proved conclusively by a mere written statement of the Bank which (statement) shall be conclusive, binding and full evidence for the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, but the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall be allowed to rebut such evidence by any means of evidence save for witnesses.

52



 

 

 

9.12

Exclusion of Bank’s liability

 

 

 

Neither the Bank nor any receiver or manager appointed by the Bank, shall have any liability to the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party:

 

 

 

(a)

for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Security Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

 

 

 

 

except that this does not exempt the Bank or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the negligence or the wilful misconduct of the Bank’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

 

10.

INDEMNITIES - EXPENSES - FEES

 

 

10.1

Indemnity

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers shall on demand (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) indemnify the Bank, without prejudice to any of the other rights of the Bank under any of the Security Documents, against any loss (including loss of Margin) or expense which the Bank shall certify as sustained or incurred as a consequence of (a) any default in payment by any of the Security Parties of any sum under any of the Security Documents when due, (b) the occurrence of any Event of Default, (c) any prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made under Clauses 4.3, 8.11(a) or 12 or any other repayment of the Loan or part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid or (iv) any drawdown not being made for any reason (excluding any default by the Bank) after a Drawdown Notice has been given, including, in any such case, but not limited to, any loss or expense sustained or incurred in maintaining or funding the Loan or any part thereof or in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain the Loan or any part thereof.

 

 

10.2

Expenses

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) pay to the Bank on demand:

 

 

 

(a)

Initial and Amendment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

all expenses (including legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and the other Security Documents and of any amendment or extension

53



 

 

 

 

 

of or the granting of any waiver or consent under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents and/or in connection with any proposal by the Borrowers to constitute additional security pursuant to Clause 8.11(a), whether any such security shall in fact be constituted or not;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Enforcement expenses

 

 

 

 

 

all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents, or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or the contemplation or preparation of the above, whether they have been effected or not; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

any and all other Expenses as defined in Clause 1.2.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Legal costs

 

 

 

 

 

the legal costs of the Bank’s appointed lawyer, in respect of the preparation of this Agreement and the other Security Documents as well as the legal costs of the foreign lawyers (if these are available) in respect of the registration of the Security Documents or any search or opinion given to the Bank in respect of the Security Parties or the Vessels (or any of them) or the Security Documents. The said legal costs shall be due and payable on the date of drawdown.

 

 

 

 

All expenses payable pursuant to this Clause 10.2 shall be paid together with value added tax (if any) thereon.

 

 

10.3

Stamp duty

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes or charges (including those payable by the Bank) imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents, and shall indemnify the Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from delay or omission on the part of the Borrowers to pay such stamp taxes or charges.

 

 

10.4

Environmental Indemnity

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall indemnify the Bank on demand and hold the Bank harmless from and against all costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings (whether civil or criminal) penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be suffered, incurred or paid by, or made or asserted against the Bank at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, relating to, or arising

54



 

 

 

 

directly or indirectly in any manner or for any cause or reason out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against the Bank.

 

 

10.5

Currencies

 

 

 

If any sum due from the Borrowers under any of the Security Documents or any order or judgement given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the “ first currency ”) in which the same is payable under the relevant Security Document or under such order or judgement into another currency (the “ second currency ”) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrowers or any other Security Party, as the case may be or (ii) obtaining an order or judgement in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgement given or made in relation to any of the Security Documents, the Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Bank may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency into the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgement, claim or proof. The term “ rate of exchange ” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.

 

 

10.6

MII costs

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) reimburse the Bank on demand for any and all costs incurred by the Bank (as supported by vouchers/invoices) in effecting and keeping effected a mortgagee’s interest insurance which the Bank may at any time effect for an amount of 110% of the amount of the Loan at the Bank’s wording or upon such terms as shall from time to time be determined by the Bank (herein “ MII ”), provided, however, that the Bank shall in its absolute discretion appoint and instruct in respect of any such Mil the insurance brokers in respect of such insurance and provided, further, that in the event that the Bank effects any such insurance on the basis of any mortgagee’s open cover, the Borrowers shall pay on demand to the Bank their proportion of premium due in respect of the relevant Ship for which such insurance cover has been effected by the Bank, and any certificate of the Bank in respect of any such premium due by the Borrowers (as supported by the necessary invoices/vouchers) shall (save for manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers.

 

 

10.7

Maintenance of the Indemnities

 

 

 

The indemnities contained in this Clause 10 shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted to the Borrowers or any other party from time to time and shall continue to be in full force and effect notwithstanding any payment in favour of the Bank and any sum due from the Borrowers under this Clause 10 will be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under any one or more of

55



 

 

 

 

this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

 

 

10.8

Communications Indemnity

 

 

 

It is hereby agreed in connection with communications that:

 

 

 

(a)

Express authority is hereby given by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to the Bank to accept (at the sole discretion of the Bank) all tested or untested communications given by facsimile or otherwise, regarding any or all of the notices, requests, instructions or other communications under this Agreement, subject to any restrictions imposed by the Bank relating to such communications including, without limitation (if so required by the Bank), the obligation to confirm such communications by letter.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall recognise any and all of the said notices, requests, instructions or other communications as legal, valid and binding, when these notices, requests, instructions or communications come from the fax numbers mentioned in Clause 16.1 or any other fax usually used by it or its managing company.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby assumes full responsibility for the execution of the said notices, requests, instructions or communications by the Bank and promises and recognises that the Bank shall not be held responsible for any loss, liability or expense that may result from such notices, requests, instructions or other communications. It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to indemnify in full the Bank from and against all actions, proceedings, damages, costs, claims, demands, expenses and any and all direct and/or indirect losses which the Bank or any third party may suffer, incur or sustain by reason of the Bank following such notices, requests, instructions or communications.

 

 

 

 

(d)

With regard to notices, requests, instructions or communications issued by electronic and/or mechanical processes (e.g. by facsimile), the risk of equipment malfunction, including, without limitation, paper shortage, transmission errors, omissions and distortions is assumed fully and accepted by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor.

 

 

 

 

(e)

The risks of misunderstandings and errors of notices, requests, instructions or communications being given as mentioned above, are for the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, and the Bank will be indemnified in full pursuant to this Clause.

 

 

 

 

(f)

The Bank shall have the right to ask the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to furnish any information the Bank may require to establish the authority of any person purporting to act on behalf of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor for these notices, requests, instructions or communications but it is expressly agreed that there is no obligation for the Bank to do so. The Bank shall be fully

56



 

 

 

 

 

protected in, and the Bank shall incur no liability to the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor for acting upon the said notices, requests, instructions or communications which were believed by the Bank in good faith to have been given by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or by any of their authorised representative(s).

 

 

 

 

(g)

It is undertaken by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to safeguard the function and the security of the electronic and mechanical appliance(s) such as fax(es) etc., as well as the code word list, if any, and to take adequate precautions to protect such code word list from loss and to prevent its terms becoming known to any persons not directly concerned with its use. The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall hold the Bank harmless and indemnified from all claims, losses, damages and expenses which the Bank may incur by reason of the failure of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to comply with the obligations under this Clause and/or this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(h)

The Bank may at any time, without disclosing to the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor the reason (and such discretion of the Bank is expressly admitted by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby) refuse to execute the notices, requests, instructions or communications of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or any part thereof given by fax without incurring any responsibility for loss, liability or expense arising out of such refusal, unless the original of any such notice, request, instruction or communication has also been delivered to the Bank.

 

 

 

10.9

Arrangement Fee

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Bank within thirty (30) days from the date hereof a non-refundable arrangement fee equal to 0.25% on the amount of the Loan.

 

 

11.

SECURITY AND SET-OFF

 

 

11.1

Securities

 

 

 

As security for the due and punctual repayment of the Loan and payment of interest thereon as provided in this Agreement and of all other Outstanding Indebtedness, the Borrowers shall ensure and procure that the following Security Documents are duly executed and, where required, registered in favour of the Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank at the time specified herein or otherwise as required by the Bank and ensure that such security consists of:

 

 

 

(a)

the Mortgages;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the General Assignments;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Corporate Guarantee;

 

 

 

 

(d)

Charterparty Assignment;

57



 

 

 

 

(e)

the Letters of Undertaking; and

 

 

 

 

(f)

(if the Bank so requests) the Collateral Security Documents.

 

 

 

11.2

Maintenance of Securities

 

 

 

It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing and/or due under this Agreement or under the other Security Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective Security Parties thereto and rights of the Bank enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that they will, at the expense of the Borrowers, execute, sign, perfect and do any and every such further assurance, document, act, omission or thing as in the opinion of the Bank may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

11.3

Application of funds

 

 

 

All moneys received by the Bank under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents shall be applied by the Bank in the following manner:

 

 

 

(a)

firstly in or towards payment of Expenses and all sums other than principal or interest which may be due to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them at the time of application;

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly , in or towards payment of any default interest;

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly in or towards payment of any arrears of interest due in respect of the Loan or any part thereof;

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly in or towards repayment of the Loan whether the same is due and payable or not;

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly in or towards payment to the Bank for any loss suffered by reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid; and

 

 

 

 

(f)

sixthly the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrowers, or to whomsoever else shall be entitled thereto.

 

 

 

11.4

Set off

 

 

 

Express authority is hereby given by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor to the Bank without prejudice to any of the rights of the Bank at law, contractually or otherwise, at any time and without notice to the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor:

 

 

 

(a)

to apply any credit balance standing upon any account of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or any of them with any branch of the Bank and in whatever

58



 

 

 

 

 

currency in or towards satisfaction of any sum due to the Bank from the Borrowers and/or the Corporate Guarantor under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the name of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and/or the Bank to do all such acts and execute all such documents as may be necessary or expedient to effect such application; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

to combine and/or consolidate all or any accounts in the name of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or any of them with the Bank.

 

 

 

 

For all or any of the above purposes authority is hereby given to the Bank to purchase with the monies standing to the credit of any such account or accounts such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise any right given by this Clause.

 

 

11.5

Earnings Account

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall procure that throughout the Security Period all the Earnings of each of the Vessels shall be paid to the Earnings Account. No sums shall be withdrawn from the Earnings Account except as hereinafter provided.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Subject to Clause 9, all moneys paid to the Earnings Account after discharging the cost (if any) incurred by the Bank in collecting such moneys, shall be applied by the Bank as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in payment of any and all sums whatsoever due and payable to the Bank hereunder (such sums to be paid in such order as the Bank may in its sole discretion elect); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any credit balance shall be available to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that :

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

sums standing to the credit of the Earnings Account shall bear interest at the rate the Bank customarily pays on deposits in the relevant currency in comparable amounts for comparable periods (as conclusively certified by the Bank) and any interest accruing thereon shall be paid to the Earnings Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the absolute obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loan and pay interest thereon as provided in Clauses 3 and 4.

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Bank to make from the Earnings Account any and

59



 

 

 

 

 

all above payments and repayments as and when the same fall due or at any time thereafter.

 

 

 

 

(d)

The Borrowers, at their own costs and expenses, undertake with the Bank to comply with or cause to be complied with any written requirement of the Bank from time to time as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account and will from time to time enter into such documentation as the Bank may require in order to create or maintain a security interest in the Earnings Account.

 

 

 

 

(e)

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or at any time thereafter the Bank shall be entitled to set off and apply all sums standing to the credit of the Earnings Account and accrued interest (if any) without notice to the Borrowers in the manner specified in Clause 11.3 (and express and irrevocable authority is hereby given by the Borrowers to the Bank so to set off and apply the same and the Bank shall be released to the extent of such set off and application).

 

 

 

 

(f)

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally covenant with the Bank that the Earnings Account shall not be charged, assigned, transferred or pledged (other than in favour of the Bank) nor shall there be granted by the Borrowers and/or the Corporate Guarantor or suffered to arise any third party rights over or against the whole or any part of the Earnings Account.

 

 

 

 

(g)

The Earnings Account shall be operated in accordance with Bank’s usual terms and conditions (full knowledge of which each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby acknowledge) and subject to the Bank’s usual charges levied on such accounts and/or transactions conducted on such accounts (as from time to time notified by the Bank to the Corporate Guarantor).

 

 

 

 

(h)

Upon payment in full of all principal, interest and all other amounts due to the Bank under the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents any balance then standing to the credit of the Earnings Account shall be released to the Borrowers or whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such balance.

 

 

 

12.

UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COSTS

 

 

12.1

Unlawfulness

 

 

 

If any change in, or introduction of, any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or any request of any central bank, monetary, regulatory or other authority or any order of any court renders it unlawful or contrary to any such regulation, requirement, request or order for the Bank to advance the Commitment or any Advance as the case may be, or to maintain or fund the Loan, notice shall be given promptly by the Bank to the Borrowers, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero and the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in accordance with such notice, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrowers under this Agreement.

60



 

 

 

12.2

Change of circumstances

 

 

 

 

If any change in or in the interpretation of any applicable law or regulation, by any government or governmental authority or agency, makes it unlawful for the Bank to maintain or give effect to its obligations or to claim or receive any amount payable to the Bank under this Agreement, then the Bank may serve written notice on the Borrowers declaring its obligations under this Agreement terminated in whole or in part, whereupon the same shall terminate forthwith and the Borrowers will immediately repay the Loan and accrued interest to the date of prepayment together with all other Outstanding Indebtedness to the Bank pursuant to the terms of the notice.

 

 

 

12.3

Increased Cost

 

 

 

 

If, as a result of (a) any change in or in the interpretation of any law, regulation or official directive (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, with which the Bank habitually complies), by any governmental authority in any country the laws or regulations of which are applicable on the Bank, or (b) compliance by the Bank with any request from any applicable fiscal or monetary authority (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, with which the Bank habitually complies) or (c) any other set of circumstances affecting the Bank including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, stock or capital adequacy, any type of liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits or other banking or monetary controls or requirements (except to the extent included in the Mandatory Cost) which affects the manner in which the Bank allocates capital resources to its obligations hereunder (including (without limitation) those resulting from the implementation of or compliance with any amendment of the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (July 1988, as amended) or any amendatory or substitute agreement thereof including, without limitation, the proposed new Basle Capital Accord (Basle II) or any law or regulation which implements Basle II):

 

 

 

 

(a)

the cost to the Bank of making the Commitment or any part thereof or maintaining or funding the Loan is increased or an additional cost on the Bank is imposed; and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

subject the Bank to Taxes or the basis of Taxation (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income of the Bank) in respect of any payments to the Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is changed; and/or

 

 

 

 

(c)

the amount payable or the effective return to the Bank under any of the Security Documents is reduced; and/or

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Bank’s rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to the Bank’s obligations under any of the Security Document is reduced; and/or

61



 

 

 

 

(e)

require the Bank to make a payment or forgo a return on or calculated by references to any amount received or receivable by it under any of the Security Documents is required; and/or

 

 

 

 

(f)

require the Bank to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of the Commitment or the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,

 

 

 

 

then and in each case the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank, from time to time, upon demand, such additional moneys as shall indemnify the Bank for any increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss whatsoever.

 

 

 

12.4

Claim for increased cost

 

 

 

 

The Bank will promptly notify the Borrowers of any intention to claim indemnification pursuant to Clause 12.3 and such notification will be a conclusive and full evidence binding on the Borrowers as to the amount of any increased cost or reduction and the method of calculating the same and the Borrowers shall be allowed to rebut such evidence by any means of evidence save for witness. A claim under Clause 12.3 may be made at any time and must be discharged by the Borrowers within seven (7) days of demand. It shall not be a defence to a claim by the Bank under this Clause 12.3 that any increased cost or reduction could have been avoided by the Bank. Any amount due from the Borrowers under Clause 12.3 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement.

 

 

 

12.5

Option to prepay

 

 

 

 

If any additional amounts are required to be paid by the Borrowers to the Bank by virtue of Clause 12.3, the Borrowers shall be entitled, on giving the Bank not less than fourteen (14) days prior notice in writing, to prepay the Loan and accrued interest thereon, together with all other Outstanding Indebtedness, on the next Repayment Date. Any such notice, once given, shall be irrevocable.

 

 

 

13.

GUARANTEE

 

 

 

13.1

(a)

In consideration of the Bank agreeing to make available to the Borrowers, as joint and several borrowers, the Commitment under this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and adequacy whereof the Corporate Guarantor hereby acknowledges) the Corporate Guarantor for itself and its successors and permitted assigns, hereby guarantees unconditionally and irrevocably as a primary obligor and not a surety only and waiving all the rights and objections granted by the Law to a guarantor including, but without limitation, the rights of division and discussion, to the Bank, the due, prompt and punctual performance, observance of and compliance by the Borrowers with any and all covenants, agreements, warranties, conditions and provisions express or implied on the part of the Borrowers to be performed, observed or complied with under this Agreement and the Security Documents including, without limitation, the due and punctual

62



 

 

 

 

 

payment of the principal amount outstanding under this Agreement from time to time and all interest and other moneys expressed to be payable by the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents (hereinafter together called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”) and the Corporate Guarantor hereby covenants that, if any amount of principal or interest or any amount due in respect of the Loan or other moneys payable by the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents or otherwise shall not be paid when the same shall be due and payable, the Corporate Guarantor will, forthwith upon demand, make such payment or cause such payment to be made together with interest to the date of payment at the rate specified in Clause 3.4 of this Agreement in respect of which an amount becomes due together with all other charges and all expenses (including legal and other costs on a full indemnity basis) incurred by the Bank in relation to this Agreement, the Security Documents, this Guarantee or any other guarantee or security now or hereafter held for the same indebtedness or in enforcing payment whether by the Borrowers or any other person.

 

 

 

 

(b)

In addition to the obligations of the Corporate Guarantor under Clause 13.1(a) hereof and separate therefrom, the Corporate Guarantor irrevocably agrees to indemnify and keep the Bank indemnified forthwith upon demand against any loss of whatsoever kind resulting from the failure by the Borrowers (or either of them) to make when stated to be due any payment due to the Bank or to perform when due any other obligation under or in respect of this Agreement, the Security Documents or any of them, whether or not the Bank has attempted to enforce any right against the Borrowers (or either of them). Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, such loss shall include the total amount of all those amounts (to the extent to which the Bank shall not already have received them) as are expressed to fall within the obligations of the Corporate Guarantor under Clause 13.1 hereof.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Any statement of account purporting to show the amount due from the Borrowers (or either of them) under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or otherwise signed as correct by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall (save in the case of manifest error) be conclusive evidence against the Corporate Guarantor of the amount so due.

 

 

 

13.2

This Guarantee shall be a continuing security and shall secure the ultimate balance from time to time owing to the Bank under this Agreement and each of the Security Documents notwithstanding the liquidation incapacity or any change in the constitution of the Borrowers (or either of them) or in the name or style thereof or any settlement of account or other matter whatsoever. This Guarantee is in addition to any other guarantee lien bill note mortgage or other security now or hereafter held by the Bank.

 

 

 

13.3

Should any purported obligation of the Borrowers (or either of them) which if valid or enforceable would be the subject of this Guarantee be or become wholly or in part invalid or unenforceable against the Borrowers (or either of them) by reason of any defect in or insufficiency or want of powers of the Borrowers (or either of them) or irregular or

63



 

 

 

 

improper purported exercise thereof or by reason of the avoidance or invalidity of any assurance security or payment on any ground whatsoever including (without limitation) avoidance under any enactment relating to bankruptcy or liquidation or because the Bank’s rights have become barred by the Limitation Acts or otherwise or by reason of any legal limitation disability incapacity or any other facts or circumstances whether or not always known to the Bank or if for any other reason whatsoever the Borrowers (or either of them) are/is not or ceases to be legally liable to discharge an obligation undertaken or purported to be undertaken on its behalf under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents the Corporate Guarantor shall nevertheless be liable to the Bank in respect of that purported obligation as if the same were wholly valid and enforceable and the Corporate Guarantor was the principal debtor in respect thereof. The Bank is not to be concerned to see or enquire into the powers of the Borrowers (or either of them) or their/its officers and employees purporting to act on its behalf. The Corporate Guarantor hereby agrees to keep the Bank fully indemnified against all damages loss costs and expenses arising from any failure of the Borrowers (or either of them) to carry out any such purported obligation.

 

 

 

13.4

(a)

The Corporate Guarantor hereby agrees that the Bank may at all times without the Corporate Guarantor’s consent and without discharging or in any way affecting the liability of the Corporate Guarantor hereunder grant to the Borrowers (or either of them) or to any other person any time or indulgence or concession or give up deal with exchange vary realise release or abstain from perfecting or enforcing any guarantees liens bills notes mortgages securities or other rights under the Security Documents or any of them, this Agreement or otherwise which the Bank may now or hereafter have from or against the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other Security Party or any other person whether hereunder or otherwise or determine vary or increase any credit facilities to or the terms or conditions in respect of any transaction with the Borrowers (or either of them) in any manner whatsoever or agree with the Borrowers (or either of them) as to the application of any advance made or to be made to the Borrowers (or either of them) or compound with discharge release or vary the liability of the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other person or concur in accepting or varying any compromise arrangement or settlement or omit to claim or enforce payment of any dividend or composition when and in such manner as the Bank may think expedient and no such act or omission on the part of the Bank shall in any way diminish the validity of this Guarantee which shall remain binding upon the Corporate Guarantor as if such the Corporate Guarantor was originally liable as principal debtor for the moneys obligations and liabilities payment whereof is hereby guaranteed.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 13.4(a) hereof, the Corporate Guarantor hereby expressly agrees that the Bank is not and shall not be under any obligation to take any action of whatsoever nature against the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other Security Party or any other person prior to or after taking proceedings against the Corporate Guarantor under this Guarantee.

 

 

 

13.5

(a)

The Corporate Guarantor hereby declares that it has not received any security from the Borrowers (or either of them) for the giving of this Guarantee and hereby

64



 

 

 

 

 

agrees that it will not so long as any moneys remain owing by the Borrowers to the Bank (whether actually or contingently) take any security from the Borrowers or any other Security Party or any other person in respect of the Corporate Guarantor’s liability hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and the Corporate Guarantor hereby further agrees that in the event of the Corporate Guarantor taking any security, any security so taken shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the liability of the Corporate Guarantor to the Bank hereunder.

 

 

 

 

(b)

In respect of the Corporate Guarantor’s liability hereunder the Bank shall have a lien on all securities or other property of the Corporate Guarantor held by the Bank whether for safe custody or otherwise. The Bank shall further be entitled (as well before as after demand hereunder) to set-off against any credit balance in any account of the Corporate Guarantor with the Bank, its respective parent company and/or Subsidiaries, if any, (whether current or otherwise or subject to notice or not) and against any interest accruing thereon the liability of the Corporate Guarantor to the Bank hereunder and if the liability or any part thereof is in a different currency from a credit balance against which the Bank seeks to set it off the Bank shall be entitled to utilise the currency of the account in credit for the purchase at the spot rate of exchange of an amount in the currency of the liability not exceeding the amount of such liability.

 

 

 

13.6

Until all obligations and liabilities hereby guaranteed or intended to be guaranteed have been paid or discharged in full (which expression shall not embrace payment of a dividend in liquidation or bankruptcy of less than 100 per cent) the Corporate Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation and will not claim any set-off or counterclaims against the Borrowers (or either of them) nor claim or prove (unless so required by the Bank in which case the benefit of any such claim or proof shall be held upon trust for the obligations of the Corporate Guarantor hereunder) in competition with the Bank in the event of the insolvency of the Borrowers (or either of them) nor have the benefit of any share in any other guarantee or security now or hereafter held by the Bank.

 

 

 

13.7

Any money received by virtue of this Guarantee and any document executed or to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in security of the Guaranteed Obligations (hereinafter together called the “Corporate Guarantor’s Security Documents”) may be placed to the credit of a suspense account (without obligation on the part of the Bank to apply the same in reduction of the Guaranteed Obligations) with a view to preserving the rights of the Bank to prove for the whole of its claims against the Borrowers (or either of them) or any other person in the event of any proceedings in or analogous to bankruptcy, liquidation, composition or arrangement.

 

 

 

13.8

This Guarantee shall at all times remain the property of the Bank.

 

 

 

13.9

No disposition or payment which may be avoided pursuant to any enactment relating to bankruptcy liquidation or insolvency and no release discharge or settlement made in reliance in whole or in part upon any such disposition or payment shall prejudice the right of the Bank to enforce this Guarantee.

65



 

 

 

13.10

All amounts payable by the Corporate Guarantor hereunder (whether on account of principal or interest or otherwise) shall be made in the currency or currencies in which the obligation of the Borrowers is expressed to be payable in full and free of set-off or counter-claim whatsoever and without any withholding or deductions whatsoever on account of any present or future Taxes or charges or otherwise. In the event of the Corporate Guarantor being compelled by law to make any such withholding or deduction from any payment to the Bank the Corporate Guarantor will forthwith pay to the Bank such additional amount as will result in the receipt by the Bank of the amount which would otherwise have been receivable.

 

 

 

13.11

No payment to the Bank pursuant to any judgement of any Court or otherwise shall operate to discharge the obligation of the Corporate Guarantor in respect of which it was made, unless and until payment in full shall have been received in the currency in which payment was due pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and/or the Security Documents and to the extent that the amount of any such payment was under any such judgement or otherwise shall on conversion into the currency in which payment is required to be made under the provisions of this Agreement, fall short of the amount of the relevant obligation expressed in the currency of payment pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, the Bank shall have a further cause of action and shall remain entitled to recover such a sum as shall, upon conversion into the currency in which payment is required to be made under this Agreement, be equal to the amount of the shortfall.

 

 

 

13.12

The Corporate Guarantor hereby covenants and undertakes with the Bank (without prejudice to the generality of Clause 13.1) that until the Guaranteed Obligations have been paid and discharged in full:

 

 

 

 

(a)

it will execute and deliver forthwith the Corporate Guarantor’s Security Documents so that all such documents shall both at the date of such execution and delivery and at all times during the Security Period be valid and binding obligations of the Corporate Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms;

 

 

 

 

(b)

it will procure the due performance and observance by the Borrowers of the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(c)

it will promptly inform the Bank of any occurrence of which the Corporate Guarantor becomes aware which, in the Corporate Guarantor’s reasonable opinion, might adversely affect the ability of the Borrowers (or either of them) to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents or any of them; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

it will obtain every consent and do all other acts and things (or procure the same to be done) which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of all its obligations under this Guarantee and the Corporate Guarantor’s Security Documents.

66



 

 

14.

ASSIGNMENT, PARTICIPATION, LENDING OFFICE

 

 

14.1

Binding Effect

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and the Borrowers and their respective successors and assigns.

 

 

14.2

No Assignment by the Borrowers

 

 

 

The Borrowers and any other parties to the Security Documents (other than the Bank) may not assign any rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or any documents executed pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents.

 

 

14.3

Assignment by the Bank

 

 

 

The Bank may (after prior consultation with the Borrowers) at any time, assign, transfer, or offer participation to other banks or financial institutions with shipping experience, in whole or in part, or in any manner dispose of all or any of its rights and/or obligations arising or accruing under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or any documents executed pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents. The Bank may disclose to a potential assignee, transferee or participant or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Agreement such information about the Borrowers and the Security Parties as the Bank shall consider appropriate.

 

 

14.4

Documentation

 

 

 

If the Bank assigns, transfers or in any other manner grants participation in respect of all or any part of its rights or benefits or transfers all or any of its obligations as provided in this Clause 14.4 each of the Borrowers undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Bank, to enter into and procure that each Security Party enters into such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the assignee, transferee or participant all or the relevant part of the interest of the Bank in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to the Bank shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Bank and/or assignee, transferee or participant of the Bank to the extent of their respective interests and, in the case of a transfer of all or part of the obligations of the Bank, the Borrowers shall thereafter look only to the assignee, transferee or participant in respect of that proportion of the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement assumed by such assignee, transferee or participant. The Borrowers hereby expressly consent to any subsequent transfer of the rights and obligations of the Bank and undertake that they shall join in and execute such supplemental or substitute agreements as may be necessary to enable the Bank to assign and/or transfer and/or grant participation in respect of its rights and obligations to another branch or to one or more banks or financial institutions in a syndicate or otherwise.

67



 

 

14.5

Disclosure of information

 

 

 

The Bank may disclose to a potential assignee or transferee of or sub-participant in respect of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) (or any other person with whom the Bank is contemplating entering into contractual relations with respect to this Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them)) such information concerning the Borrowers and the other Security Parties, the Vessels and all companies managed by the Manager and/or about this Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or any of them) and the Security Parties (or any of them) and/or their related entities as shall have been made available to the Bank or as the Bank thinks fit and additionally may disclose such information to any affiliate of the Bank or, on being requested to provide the same, to any governmental or regulatory body.

 

 

 

The Bank shall inform the Borrowers of its intention to disclose the information referred to in Clause 14.5 to any other bank or financial institution.

 

 

14.6

Change of Lending Office

 

 

 

The Bank shall be at liberty to transfer the Loan to any branch or branches, and upon notification of any such transfer, the word “Bank” in this Agreement and in the other Security Documents shall mean the Bank, acting through such branch or branches and the terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the other Security Documents shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

15.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

15.1

Cumulative Remedies

 

 

 

The rights and remedies of the Bank contained in this Agreement and the other Security Documents are cumulative and neither exclusive of each other nor of any other rights or remedies conferred by law.

 

 

15.2

Waivers

 

 

 

No delay or omission by the Bank to exercise any right, remedy or power vested in the Bank under this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents or by law shall impair such right or power, or be construed as a waiver of, or as an acquiescence in any default by the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Bank of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. In the event of the Bank on any occasion agreeing to waive any such right, remedy or power, or consenting to any departure from the strict application of the provisions of this Agreement or of any other Security Document, such waiver shall not in any way prejudice or affect the powers conferred upon the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents or the right of the Bank thereafter to act strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents. No modification or waiver by the Bank of any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Security Documents nor any consent

68



 

 

 

 

by the Bank to any departure therefrom by any Security Party shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and then shall only be effective in the specific case and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any such party in any such case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

 

 

15.3

Integration of Terms

 

 

 

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and its provisions supersede the provisions of the Commitment Letter and any and all other prior correspondence and oral negotiation by the parties in respect of the matters regulated by this Agreement.

 

 

 

15.4

Amendments

 

 

 

 

This Agreement and any other Security Documents shall not be amended or varied in their respective terms by any oral agreement or representation or in any other manner other than by an instrument in writing of even date herewith or subsequent hereto executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto or thereto.

 

 

 

15.5

Invalidity of Terms

 

 

 

 

In the event of any provision contained in one or more of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto being invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law in any jurisdiction whatsoever, such provision shall be ineffective as to that jurisdiction only without affecting the remaining provisions hereof or thereof. If, however, this event becomes known to the Bank prior to the drawdown of the Commitment or of any part thereof the Bank shall be entitled to refuse drawdown until this discrepancy is remedied. In case that the invalidity of a part results in the invalidity of the whole Agreement, it is hereby agreed that there will exist a separate obligation of the Borrowers for the prompt payment to the Bank of all the Outstanding Indebtedness. Where, however, the provisions of any such applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived by the parties hereto to the full extent permitted by the law to the intent that this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to be valid binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

 

 

15.6

Inconsistency of Terms

 

 

 

 

In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Security Document the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

15.7

Language and genuineness of documents

 

 

 

 

(a)

Language

 

 

 

 

 

All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security

69



 

 

 

 

 

Documents shall be in the Greek or the English language (or such other language as the Bank shall agree) or shall be accompanied by a certified Greek translation upon which the Bank shall be entitled to rely.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Certification of documents

 

 

 

 

 

Any copies of documents delivered to the Bank shall be duly certified as true, complete and accurate copies by appropriate authorities or legal counsel practising in Greece or otherwise as will be acceptable to the Bank at the sole discretion of the Bank.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Certification of signature

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures on Board or shareholder resolutions, Secretary’s certificates and any other documents are, at the discretion of the Bank, to be verified for their genuineness by appropriate Consul or other competent authority.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Further assurances

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor undertakes that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Bank may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

(e)

Conflicts

 

 

 

 

 

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

15.8

Third Party rights

 

 

 

 

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

15.9

Process Agent in Greece

 

 

 

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos, an Attorney-at-law, presently c/o Costamare Shipping Company S.A., 60 Zephyrou Street, 175.64 Athens, Greece, is hereby appointed by the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor as agent to accept service (hereinafter called the “ Process Agent ”) upon whom any judicial or extrajudicial process may be served (including but without limitation any documents initiating legal proceedings) and any notice, request, demand payment order, announcement of claim, any enforcement process or other communication under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents. In the

70



 

 

 

 

 

event that the Process Agent (or any substitute process agent notified to the Bank in accordance with the foregoing) cannot be found at the address specified above (or, as the case may be, notified to the Bank), which will be conclusively proved by the affidavit of a process server to that effect, the authority of the Process Agent as agent to accept service shall be deemed to have ceased and service of documents may be effected in accordance with the procedure provided by the relevant provisions on service of process provided by the Hellenic Procedural Code.

 

 

 

16.

NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

 

 

16.1

Notices

 

 

 

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Agreement or, unless otherwise provided therein, any of the other Security Documents shall:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available), or cable or shall be served through a process server or subject to Clause 10.8 by fax;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the relevant Security Document, in the case of fax, at the time of dispatch as per transmission report ( provided, in either case, that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day), in the case of a cable 24 hours after despatch and in the case of a letter when delivered or served personally or five (5) days after it has been put into the post; and

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

be sent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

if to be sent to any Security Party, to:

 

 

 

c/o Costamare Shipping Company S.A.,

 

 

 

60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,

 

 

 

175.64 Athens, Greece,

 

 

 

Telex No. 220602 or 220603 MARE GR,

 

 

 

Fax No. (+30210) 9409051

 

 

 

Attention: The Chief Financial Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if to be sent to the Bank, to

 

 

 

ALPHA BANK A.E.

 

 

 

Shipping Division

 

 

 

89 Akti Miaouli

 

 

 

185 38 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

Fax No.: (+30) 210 4290 348

 

 

 

Attention: The Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

or to such other person, address or fax number as is notified by the relevant Security Party or the Bank (as the case may be) to the other parties to this

71



 

 

 

 

 

Agreement and, in the case of any such change of address or fax number notified to the Bank, the same shall not become effective until notice of such change is actually received by the Bank and a copy of the notice of such change is signed by the Bank.

 

 

 

16.2

Confidentiality

 

 

 

 

(a)

Each of the parties hereto agree and undertake to keep confidential any documentation and any confidential information concerning the business, affairs, directors or employees of the other which comes into its possession in connection with this Agreement and not to use any such documentation, information for any purpose other than for which it was provided.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor acknowledge and accept that the Bank may be required by law or that it may be appropriate for the Bank to disclose information and deliver documentation relating to the Borrowers and the transactions and matters in relation to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents to governmental or regulatory agencies and authorities.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor acknowledge and accept that in case of occurrence of any of the Events of Default the Bank may disclose information and deliver documentation relating to the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and the transactions and matters in relation to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents to third parties to the extent that this is necessary for the enforcement or the contemplation of enforcement of the Bank’s rights or for any other purpose for which in the opinion of the Bank, such disclosure would be useful or appropriate for the interests of the Bank or otherwise and each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor expressly authorise any such disclosure and delivery.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor acknowledges and accepts that the Bank may be prohibited or it may be inappropriate for the Bank to disclose information to any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor by reason of law or duties of confidentiality owed or to be owed to other persons.

 

 

 

17.

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION 1 7. 1 Law

 

 

 

 

(a)

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English Law.

 

 

 

 

(b)

For the purposes of enforcement in Greece, it is hereby expressly agreed that English law as the governing law of the Loan Agreement will be proved by an affidavit of a solicitor from an English law firm to be appointed by the Bank and the said affidavit shall constitute full and conclusive evidence binding on the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantor and each of them, but the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall be allowed to rebut such evidence save for witness.

72



 

 

 

17.2

Submission to jurisdiction - Agent

 

 

 

 

(a)

For the exclusive benefit of the Bank, each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice in London, England. Further, each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor agrees that any summons, writ or other legal process issued against them in England shall be served upon M R . R ICHARD COLEMAN c/o H. Clarkson and Co. Ltd., presently located at 3 Lower Thames Street, London EC3R 6HE, England or his successors, who is hereby authorised to accept such service, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor; provided, however, that each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor further agrees that in the event that (i) M R . R ICHARD COLEMAN , closes or fails to maintain a business presence in England, or (ii) the Bank, in its sole discretion, shall determine that service of process on the said agents is not feasible or may be insufficient under the Laws of England, then any summons, writ or other legal process issued against them in England may be served upon Messrs. The Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited, Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX, England (hereinafter called the “ Process Agent for English Proceedings ”), or their successors, who are hereby authorised to accept such service, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor. The Bank is hereby irrevocably appointed by each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor as the duly authorised agent of each of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and for the purpose of appointing the Process Agent for English Proceedings as provided herein. The appointment of the Process Agent for English Proceedings shall be valid and binding from the date notice of such appointment is given by the Bank to the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor in accordance with Clause 16.1.

 

 

 

 

(b)

The submission to the jurisdiction of the English courts shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against the Borrowers (or any of them) in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The parties further agree that subject to Clause 17.2(b) the Courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Borrowers (or any of them) may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and each of the Borrowers hereby waives any objections to proceedings with respect to this Agreement in such courts on the grounds of venue or inconvenient forum.

 

 

 

17.3

Proceedings in any other country

 

 

 

 

If it is decided by the Bank that any such proceedings should be commenced in any other country, then any objections as to the jurisdiction or any claim as to the inconvenience of the forum is hereby waived by each of the Borrowers and it is agreed and undertaken by each of the Borrowers to instruct lawyers in that country to accept service of legal

73



 

 

 

process and not to contest the validity of such proceedings as far as the jurisdiction of the court or courts involved is concerned and each of the Borrowers agrees that any judgement or order obtained in an English court shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers (and each of them) and shall be enforceable without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

 

In this Clause 17 “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

 

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

74


EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BORROWERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

 

 

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

 

KELSEN SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

 

 

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

 

MONTES SHIPPING CO.,

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-law

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE CORPORATE GUARANTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

 

 

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

 

C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A.

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

of Panama, in the presence of:

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-law

 

 

 

 

75



 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

 

 

 

Mr. Christos Kokkinis

)

 

 

 

and Mr. Konstantinos Sotiriou

)

 

/s/ Christos Kokkinis

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

ALPHA BANK A.E.

)

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

 

 

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Charalambos V. Sioufas

 

 

 

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

 

 

 

Piraeus, Greece

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-law

 

 

 

 

76


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE
(referred to in Clause 2.2)

 

 

 

To:

ALPHA BANK A.E.

 

 

89 Akti Miaouli

 

 

Piraeus, Greece

[ ] December, 2007

 

 

 

Re:

US$150,000,000 Loan Agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [ ] December, 2007 made between (1) the Bank, as lender and (2) Kelsen Shipping Co. and Montes Shipping Co., as joint and several borrowers (the “ Borrowers ”).

 

 

We refer to the Loan Agreement and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the full amount of Tranche [A] [B] in the amount of $75,000,000 (Seventy five million Dollars) on [ ] December, 2007. We select a first Interest Period in respect of the Loan of [ ] months/ terminating on [ ], 200.... The funds should be credited to ([ ] [ name and number of account ] [ ]) with [ ], New York, USA.

We confirm that:

 

 

(i)

no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default;

 

 

(ii)

the representations and warranties contained in Clause 6 of the Loan Agreement and the representations and warranties contained in each of the other Security Documents are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;

 

 

(iii)

the borrowing to be effected by the drawing of the said Advance will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise) to be exceeded;

 

 

(iv)

there has been no change in the ownership, management, operations or financial condition of any of the Security Parties from that previously disclosed to the Bank in writing other than [ ]

 

 

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.


 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

 

 

 

Mr.

)

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

 

K ELSEN S HIPPING C O .

)

 

 

 

of Liberia in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77



 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

 

 

 

Mr.

)

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

 

 

M ONTES S HIPPING C O .,

)

 

 

 

of Liberia in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

 

78


Exhibit 10.11

 

Dated: 30 th October, 2008

ALPHA BANK A.E.

as Bank

- and -

KELSEN SHIPPING CO. and
MONTES SHIPPING CO.
(as joint and several Borrowers)

- and -

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A.
(as Manager and existing Corporate Guarantor)

- and -

COSTAMARE INC.
(as New Corporate Guarantor)



FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

to a loan agreement dated 7 th December, 2007
in relation to a loan facility in the amount of
US$150,000,000



Theo V. Sioufas & Co.
Law Offices
Piraeus


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAUSE

 

HEADINGS

 

 

PAGE


 


 

 


1.

DEFINITIONS

 

2

 

 

 

 

2.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4

 

 

 

 

3.

AGREEMENT OF THE BANK

 

5

 

 

 

 

4.

CONDITIONS

 

5

 

 

 

 

5.

VARIATIONS TO THE PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT

 

6

 

 

 

 

6.

CONTINUANCE OF PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT AND THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

20

 

 

 

 

7.

RELEASE OF MANAGER UNDER THE MANAGER’S GUARANTEE

 

21

 

 

 

 

8.

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

21

 

 

 

 

9.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

21

 

 

 

 

10.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT; EFFECT ON PRINCIPAL AGREEMENT

 

21

 

 

 

 

11.

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

22



THIS AGREEMENT is dated 30 th day of October, 2008 and made

BETWEEN

 

 

(1)

KELSEN SHIPPING CO. AND MONTES SHIPPING CO , as joint and several Borrowers;

 

 

(2)

ALPHA BANK A.E., as Bank;

 

 

(3)

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama, having its registered office at Panama City, Republic of Panama and having an office established in Greece (60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro, Athens, Greece) under the Greek laws 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/78 (as amended); and

 

 

(4)

COSTAMARE INC., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (hereinafter called the “New Corporate Guarantor”, which expressions shall include its successors in title);

AND IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a loan agreement dated 7 th December, 2007 made between (1) K ELSEN S HIPPING C O . and M ONTES S HIPPING C O ., each a Liberian corporation (therein and hereinafter together referred to as the “Borrowers” and singly a “Borrower” ), as joint and several borrowers, (2) A LPHA B ANK A.E., as lender, and (3) C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A., of Panama, as Corporate Guarantor (therein called the “Corporate Guarantor” and “Manager” and hereinafter called the “Manager” ), on the terms and conditions of which the Bank agreed to make and made available to the Borrowers on a joint and several basis a loan facility in the amount of One hundred fifty million United States Dollars (US$150,000,000) for the purposes set forth therein (the said loan agreement hereinafter called the “Principal Agreement” ).

W H E R E A S:

 

 

(A)

pursuant to a Drawdown Notice from the Borrowers to the Bank, the Bank has advanced to the Borrowers, as joint and several Borrowers, the full amount of the Commitment in the amount of United States Dollars One hundred million (US$150,000,000) (as the Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly acknowledge), out of which the principal amount of One hundred forty six million United States Dollars (US$146,000,000) remains outstanding immediately prior to the date of this Agreement

1



 

 

 

(as the Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally acknowledge);

 

 

(B)

pursuant to a master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Crossborder) form) dated as of 13 th February, 2008 and made between the Bank and the Borrowers, the Borrowers have entered or may enter into certain Transactions (as such term is defined in the said master agreement) under separate Confirmations (as such term is defined in the said master agreement) (the said master agreement, all Transactions from time to time entered into or Confirmations exchanged under the said master agreement and any amending, supplemental or replacement agreement are hereinafter called the “Master Agreement” ); and

 

 

(C)

the Borrowers, the Manager and the New Corporate Guarantor have together requested the Bank to agree to the release of the Manager from its obligations under its Corporate Guarantee contained in Clause 13 of the Principal Agreement (the “Manager’s Guarantee” ) executed in security of all the obligations of the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement and the replacement of the Manager by the New Corporate Guarantor as Corporate Guarantor of the obligations of the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and the Master Agreement, and the Bank has agreed so to do conditionally upon terms that (inter alia) the Principal Agreement shall be amended in the manner hereinafter set out.

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

1.1

Words and expressions defined in the Principal Agreement and not otherwise defined herein (including the Recitals hereto) shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement.

 

 

1.2

In addition, in this Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:

 

 

 

“Effective Date” means the date, not being later than 30 th October, 2008 (or such later date as the Bank may agree) upon which all the conditions contained in Clause 5 shall have been satisfied and this Agreement shall become effective;

 

 

 

“Charterparty Assignment Side Agreement” in relation to each Vessel means a side agreement, whereby the first priority Charterparty Assignment in respect of such Vessel made between the Bank and the Owner thereof and dated 19th December, 2007 (in the

2



 

 

 

case of MAERSK KURE) and dated 14 th December, 2007 (in the case of MAERSK KAWASAKI) shall be amended by the parties thereto, in form satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “Charterparty Assignment Side Agreements” );

 

 

 

“Confirmation” means a Confirmation exchanged, or deemed exchanged, between the Bank and the Borrowers as contemplated by the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

“General Assignment Side Agreement” in relation to each Vessel means a side agreement, whereby the first priority General Assignment in respect of such Vessel made between the Bank and the Owner thereof and dated 19th December, 2007 (in the case of MAERSK KURE) and dated 14 th December, 2007 (in the case of MAERSK KAWASAKI) shall be amended by the parties thereto, in form satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “General Assignment Side Agreements” );

 

 

 

“Loan Agreement” means the Principal Agreement as hereby amended and as the same may from time to time be further amended and/or supplemented;

 

 

 

“Master Agreement” means the Master Agreement (on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form as modified (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest or currency exchange transactions)) made or to be made between the Bank and the Borrowers, and includes the Schedule thereto and all transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the Master Agreement and any amending, supplementing or replacement agreements made from time to time;

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Security Deed” means a security deed executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Borrowers in favour of the Bank in relation to certain of the rights of the Borrowers under the Master Agreement in form as the Bank shall require;

 

 

 

“Mortgage Addendum” means:


 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to the MAERSK KURE, the addendum to first preferred Greek Ship mortgage (Notarial Deed No. 33038/19-12-2007 of Mrs Z. Souri, Notary Public of Piraeus, Greece) registered over such Vessel in favour of the Bank, whereby the said first mortgage shall be amended, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank; and

3



 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to the MAERSK KAWASAKI, the addendum to first preferred Greek Ship mortgage (Notarial Deed No. 33025/14-12-2007 of Mrs Z. Souri, Notary Public of Piraeus, Greece) registered over such Vessel in favour of the Bank, whereby the said first mortgage shall be amended, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

 

(together, the “Mortgage Addenda” )

 

 

 

 

“New Manager’s Undertaking” the Manager’s undertaking executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Bank in respect of the Vessels in form satisfactory to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

“New Security Documents” means the Master Agreement Security Deed, the Mortgage Addenda, the Charterparty Assignment Side Agreements and the General Assignment Side Agreements;

 

 

 

 

“Second General Assignment” means in relation to each Vessel the second priority Deed of Assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (as such terms are therein defined) of such Vessel, to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank, in form and substance as the Bank shall reasonably require; and

 

 

 

 

“Second Mortgage” means in relation to each Vessel the second preferred Greek Ship mortgage on such Vessel executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank.

 

 

 

1.3

(a) where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations, (b) clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement, (c) references to Clauses are to clauses of this Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and (d) all capitalised terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Principal Agreement.

 

 

 

2.

Representations and warranties

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Bank as at the date hereof that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 6.1 of the Principal Agreement as hereby amended (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Agreement) are (and will be on the Effective Date) true and

4



 

 

 

 

correct as if all references therein to “this Agreement” were references to the Principal Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

 

 

3.

Agreement of the Bank

 

 

 

 

The Bank, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2 hereby agrees with the Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4 to the release of the Manager from its obligations under the Manager’s Guarantee and the replacement of the Manager by the New Corporate Guarantor as Corporate Guarantor of the obligations of the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement as hereby amended, and that the Principal Agreement be amended in the manner more particularly set out in Clause 5.1.

 

 

 

4.

Conditions

 

 

 

4.1

The agreement of the Bank contained in Clause 3 shall be expressly subject to the fulfilment of the conditions set out in this Clause and further subject to the condition that the Bank shall have received on or before the Effective Date in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and its legal advisers:


 

 

 

 

a.

a certificate of good standing or equivalent document issued by the competent authorities of the place of its incorporation in respect of each of the Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor;

 

 

 

 

b.

certified and duly legalised copies of (i) resolutions of the directors and shareholders of each Borrower and (ii) resolutions of the directors of the New Corporate Guarantor, evidencing approval of this Agreement and of such of the New Security Documents to which each is or is to be a party and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign all notices required to be given under this Agreement on its behalf or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

c.

all documents evidencing any other necessary action or approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement, the New Security Documents and the New Manager’s Undertaking;

 

 

 

 

d.

the original of any power(s) of attorney issued in favour of any person executing this Agreement or any of the New Security Documents on behalf of each of the Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor;

5



 

 

 

 

e.

such favourable legal opinions from lawyers acceptable to the Bank and its legal advisors on such matters concerning the laws of Greece, Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdiction as the Bank shall require;

 

 

 

 

f.

evidence that each Vessel is fully classed with the highest classification available with classification Society a full member of IACS and such classification is and will be free of all overdue requirements, recommendations or notations (other than such notified in writing to the Bank and accepted by the Bank in writing) and with all trading and other class certificates, national and international, valid and in full force and effect, and will continue throughout the Security Period to maintain such Vessel with such classification (or equivalent) and which is in all respects satisfactory to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

g.

each of the Master Agreement, the New Security Documents and the New Manager’s Undertaking duly executed by the respective parties thereto and, where appropriate, duly registered in favour of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

h.

evidence satisfactory to the Bank that each Vessel is managed by the Manager; and

 

 

 

 

i.

evidence that each Vessel holds a valid SMC and a valid ISSC.

 

 

 

5.

Variations to the Principal Agreement

 

 

 

5.1

In consideration of the agreement of the Bank contained in Clause 3.1, the Borrowers and the New Corporate Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agree with the Bank that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Clause 4) with effect from the Effective Date:


 

 

 

 

 

a.

the provisions of the Principal Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the following new definitions shall be added in alphabetical order in Clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

““Confirmation” means a Confirmation exchanged, or deemed exchanged, between the Bank and the Borrowers as contemplated by the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantor” means C OSTAMARE I NC ., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands,

6



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Credit Support Document”, “Credit Support Provider” and “Early Termination Date” have the respective meanings given to these expressions in section 14 of the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Manager’s Undertaking” the Manager’s undertaking executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Bank in respect of the Vessels in form and substance as the Bank shall reasonably require;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Master Agreement” means the Master Agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form as modified (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest or currency exchange transactions) made or to be made between the Bank and the Borrowers, and includes the Schedule thereto and all transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the Master Agreement and any amending, supplementing or replacement agreements made from time to time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Liabilities” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future, of the Borrowers to the Bank under the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Security Deed” means a security deed executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Borrowers in favour of the Bank in relation to certain of the rights of the Borrowers under the Master Agreement in form and substance as the Bank shall reasonably require;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Second General Assignment” means in relation to each Vessel the second priority Deed of Assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (as such terms are therein defined) of such Vessel, to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank, in form and substance as the Bank shall reasonably require;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Second Mortgage” means in relation to each Vessel the second preferred Greek Ship mortgage on such Vessel executed or (as the

7



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

context may require) to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank in form and substance as the Bank shall reasonably require;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Transaction” means a transaction entered into between the Bank and the Borrowers governed by the Master Agreement”;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“US -GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, concepts, bases and policies consistently applied.;


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Vasileios Konstantakopoulos Family” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Vasileios Kostantakopoulos;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Kostantinos V. Kostantakopoulos;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Achillefs V. Kostantakopoulos;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Christos V. Kostantakopoulos;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

all the lineal descendants in direct line of the said Vassileios Kostantakopoulos, Achillefs V. Kostantakopoulos, Kostantinos V. Kostantakopoulos and Christos V. Konstantakopoulos;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

a husband and wife or former husband or wife or widower or widow of any of the above persons; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

the estates, trusts or legal representatives of any of the above person;. ”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

The following definitions of Clause 1.2 of the Principal Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

““A.P. Møeller Charterparty” in relation to each Vessel means the time charter entered in connection with such Vessel between the Owner thereof and A.P. Møller-Maersk A/S, of Denmark, as charterer, with a duration of ten (10) years, at a hire of $41,700 (minus 0.5% commission) per day, as amended and/or novated from time to time (together the “A.P. Møller Charterparties” );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantee” means the irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents executed or to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank, in form and

8



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

substance satisfactory to the Bank,, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Corporate Guarantor” means C OSTAMARE I NC ., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Earnings Account” in relation to each Borrower means an account opened or to be opened and maintained in the name of such Borrower with the Bank and shall include any sub-accounts or call accounts (whether in Dollars or any other currency) opened under the same designation or any revised designation or number from time to time notified by the Bank to the Borrowers and to which (inter alia) all Earnings of the Vessel owned by such Borrower are to be paid in accordance with Clauses 11.5 and 8.9(b) (together, the “Earnings Accounts” );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Manager” means C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A., a company incorporated in and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama having its registered office at Panama City, Republic of Panama and having an office established at 60 Zephyrou Street, Athens, Greece under the Greek laws 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/78 (as amended) or such other person as may from time to time be approved by the Bank for the purpose of managing the Vessel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Outstanding Indebtedness” means, the aggregate of (a) the Loan and interest thereon (and interest on any unpaid interest thereon and on any other sums of money on which interest is stated in this Agreement to be payable), (b) the Master Agreement Liabilities and (c) all such expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, duties, fees, charges or other moneys as are stated in this Agreement and the Security Documents to be payable by the Borrowers to or recoverable from the Borrowers by the Bank (or in respect of which the Borrowers agrees in this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents to indemnify the Bank) whether actually or contingently, presently or in the future together with interest thereon as provided in this Agreement and (d) all other sums of money

9



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

from time to time owing to the Bank under the Security Documents or any of them whether actually or contingently, presently or in the future;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Security Documents” means the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Second General Assignment, the Second Mortgage, the Master Agreement Security Deed, the Accounts Pledge Agreement, the Corporate Guarantee and any and every other document and any other Credit Support Documents (including if the context requires this Agreement and the Master Agreement), as may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or to secure the whole or any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness and/or any and all other obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Security Party” means each of the Borrowers, the Corporate Guarantorand all such other persons (other than the Manager) as may from time to time may give guarantees or other security to the Bank for the Outstanding Indebtedness (together, the “Security Parties” ); ;


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

in clause 1.2. of the Principal Agreement the definitions “Collateral Guarantee”, “Collateral Mortgage”, “Collateral General Assignment”, “Collateral Security Documents”, “Collateral Owners”, “Collateral Vessels” shall be deleted and all references to such defined terms in the Principal Agreement shall be deleted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

A new sub-clause (m) is added to Clause 1.3 of the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

words and expressions defined in the Master Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein, have the same meaning. ”;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

the first paragraph of clause 5.3 of the Principal Agreement is numbered to 5.3(a) and a new sub-clause 5.3(b) shall be added in the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 5.3(a) does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrowers to the Bank under or in

10



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply. ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

in sub-clause (a) to clause 6.1 of the Principal Agreement the words “as limited liability companies” shall be deleted;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

sub-clause (g) to clause 6.1 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

Shipping Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each of the Borrowers and the Manager is a shipping company involved in the owning or, as the case may be, managing of ships engaged in international voyages and earning profits in free foreign currency; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(viii)

new sub-clause (m) to Clause 6.1 of the Principal Agreement shall be added reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ix)

(m)

Shareholding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each Borrower is a fully owned Subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor and 100% of the total issued share capital of the Corporate Guarantor is directly or indirectly held by the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos Family and post listing at New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ at least 40% of the Corporate Guarantor’s total issued share capital shall be directly or indirectly held by the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos Family; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

Sub-clause (b) to clause 7.2 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

unless already delivered to the Bank, a copy (certified by the Secretary to be true and complete) of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Borrower to open and maintain its Earnings Account and such mandate forms, signature specimen cards and other documents as the Bank may require in connection therewith;

11



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xi)

the introductory paragraph of clause 8 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers that, from the date of this Agreement and as long as any moneys are due and/or owing and/or outstanding under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents, the Borrowers will:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xii)

Sub-clause (a) to clause 8.1 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“(a)

Annual financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

furnish the Bank within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the end of each financial year with copies of the audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor (including the Borrowers), prepared in accordance with US-GAAP, audited by Ernst & Young or other auditors approved by the Bank, together with profit and loss accounts, the first of such statements to be for the financial year ending 31 st December, 2008; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xiii)

Sub-clause (b) to clause 8.1 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure and procure that the Bank be furnished with all accounts and financial information concerning the Vessel, the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, including, but not limited to, financial standing commitments and operations of the Borrowers as the Bank may from time to time reasonably require including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) cash flow analyses and details of the operating costs of the Vessels but excluding any information containing confidential pricing information or information publicly filed pursuant to regulatory requirements; ;

12



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xiv)

At the beginning of sub-clause (e) to clause 8.1 shall be added: “to the extent available to the Borrower, ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xv)

Clause 8.2 of the Principal Agreement shall be deleted;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xvi)

Sub-clauses (b), (c) and (d) to Clause 8.3 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

No Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

save for intra group cash flows, not make any loans or advances to, or any investments in any person, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity including (without limitation) any loan or advance to any officer, director, stockholder or employee or any other company managed by the Manager directly or through the managers of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

No Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not declare or pay any dividends or other distribution upon any of the issued shares or otherwise dispose of any assets to any of the shareholders of the Borrowers, without the prior written consent of the Bank provided however that the Borrowers shall be entitled to declare and pay dividends or other distributions upon any of the issued shares without the prior written consent of the Bank, subject to no Event of Default having occurred and being continuing; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

No Payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(other than intra-group cashflows or normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and except pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents (or as expressly permitted by the same) not pay out any funds to any company or person except in connection with the administration of the Borrowers the operation and/or repair of the Vessels or the servicing of the Loan; ;

13



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xvii)

a new sub-clause (e) to 8.3 shall be added in the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Derivative s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not enter into any transaction in a derivative other than under the Master Agreement; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xviii)

Sub-clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) to Clause 8.4 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Maintenance of Business Structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not change the nature, organisation and conduct of the business of the Borrowers as owners of the Vessels or carry on any business other than the business carried on at the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Maintenance of Legal Structure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

procure that none of the documents defining the constitution of any of the Borrowers shall be altered in any manner whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Bank, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that, without the prior written consent of the Bank, (i) neither Borrower ceases to be a direct fully (100%) owned Subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor and (ii) the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos Family’s direct or indirect holding in the Corporate Guarantor falls to less than 100% of the total issued share capital of the Corporate Guarantor and after the listing of the Corporate Guarantor in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ no change shall be made which may result to the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos Family’s direct or indirect holding in the Corporate Guarantor falling to less than 40% of the total issued share capital of the Corporate Guarantor; ;

14



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xix)

sub-clause (f) to clause 8.4 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xx)

Sub-clause (a) to Clause 8.7 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Ownership/ Management/Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that the Vessels will maintain their present ownership, management and control; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxi)

Sub-clause (b) to Clause 8.9 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure and procure that, unless and until directed by the Bank otherwise (i) all the Earnings of each of the Vessels shall be paid to the respective Earnings Account and (ii) the persons from whom the Earnings of each Vessel are from time to time due, are irrevocably instructed to pay them to the relevant Earnings Account in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the relevant Security Documents; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxii)

clause 8.10 of the Principal Agreement shall be deleted without change to the numbering of the rest of sub-clause to Clause 8 of the Principal Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxiii)

clause 8.12 of the Principal Agreement shall be deleted;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxiv)

sub-clause (i) to Clause 9.2 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

there is any change in the legal and/or ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares of either Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor from that existing on the date of this Agreement as set out in clause 6.1(m) save for the necessary

15



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

changes resulting from (a) the creation of the new corporate structure of the Group (provided that the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family’s holding (directly or indirectly) in the Corporate Guarantor remains to 100% of the total issued share capital of the Corporate Guarantor) and (b) the listing of the Corporate Guarantor on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ and which change, after the listing of the Corporate Guarantor in the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ may result to the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family’s (direct or indirect) holding in the Corporate Guarantor falling to less than 40% of the total issued share capital of the Corporate Guarantor; or ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxv)

clause 9.4 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.4

Cross-default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any Indebtedness of any Security Party relating to an aggregate amount over $3,000,000 is not paid on its due date or within any period of grace specified in the contract evidencing the original terms of such Indebtedness or, if repayable on demand, shall not be repaid on demand or, being a guarantee, is not honoured when first demanded or becomes due or capable of being declared due prior to its stated date of payment unless the same is being contested in good faith and the Bank is satisfied that the same does not and will not affect the performance by the Borrowers (or either of them) of their/its obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents; or ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxvi)

sub-clause (b) to clause 9.9 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

by notice to the Borrowers declare that the Loan and all interest and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents, including, but without limitation, all amounts accrued or owing

16



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

from the Borrowers to the Bank as a result of termination of any existing Transactions under the Master Agreement, have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable without any further diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice or any other procedure from the Bank which are expressly waived by the Borrowers; and/or


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxvii)

Paragraph “Fifthly” to Clause 11.3 of the Principal Agreement is re-numbered to “Sixthly” and a new paragraph “Fifthly” shall be added in the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fifthly: in or towards payment to the Bank of any sum owing under the Master Agreement; ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxviii)

the first paragraph of clause 11.4 of the Principal Agreement is numbered to 11.4(a) (the sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) shall be re-numbered as (i), (ii), (iii) respectively, and a new sub-clause (b) to clause 11.4 shall be added in the Principal Agreement reading as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Without prejudice to its rights hereunder and/or under the Master Agreement, the Bank may at the same time as, or at any time after, any Event of Default under this Agreement which is continuing or the Borrowers’ default under the Master Agreement, set off any amount due now or in the future from the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement against any amount due from the Bank to the Borrowers under the Master Agreement and apply the first amount in discharging the second amount. The effect of any set off under this clause 14.1(b)) shall be effective to extinguish or, as the case may require, reduce the liabilities of the Bank under the Master Agreement. ;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxix)

clause 11.5 of the Principal Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.5

Earnings Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall procure that throughout the Security Period all the Earnings of each of the

17



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessels shall be paid to the respective Earnings Account. No sums shall be withdrawn from the Earnings Accounts except as hereinafter provided.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Subject to Clause 9, all moneys paid to the Earnings Accounts after discharging the cost (if any) incurred by the Bank in collecting such moneys, shall be applied by the Bank as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in payment of any and all sums whatsoever due and payable to the Bank hereunder (such sums to be paid in such order as the Bank may in its sole discretion elect); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any credit balance shall be available to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

sums standing to the credit of each Earnings Account shall bear interest at the rate the Bank customarily pays on deposits in the relevant currency in comparable amounts for comparable periods (as conclusively certified by the Bank) and any interest accruing thereon shall be paid to the respective Earnings Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the absolute obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loan and pay interest thereon as provided in Clauses 3 and 4.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Bank to make from its Earnings Account any and all above payments and repayments as and when the same fall due or at any time thereafter.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Each of the Borrowers, at their own cost and expense, undertake with the Bank to comply with or cause to be

18



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

complied with any written requirement of the Bank from time to time as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Account and will from time to time enter into such documentation as the Bank may require in order to create or maintain a security interest in such Earnings Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, which is continuing, or at any time thereafter the Bank shall be entitled to set off and apply all sums standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them) and accrued interest (if any) without notice to the Borrowers in the manner specified in Clause 11.3 (and express and irrevocable authority is hereby given by each of the Borrowers to the Bank so to set off and apply the same and the Bank shall be released to the extent of such set off and application).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Each of the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally covenants with the Bank that its Earnings Account shall not be charged, assigned, transferred or pledged (other than in favour of the Bank) nor shall there be granted by the Borrowers or suffered to arise any third party rights over or against the whole or any part of the Earnings Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

Each Earnings Account shall be operated in accordance with Bank’s usual terms and conditions (full knowledge of which each of the Borrowers hereby acknowledge) and subject to the Bank’s usual charges levied on such accounts and/or transactions conducted on such accounts (as from time to time notified by the Bank to the Borrowers).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

Upon payment in full of all principal, interest and all other amounts due to the Bank under the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents any

19



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance then standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them) shall be released to the Borrowers or whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such balance. ;


 

 

 

 

 

 

(xxx)

Clause 13 of the Principal Agreement is deleted without affecting the numbering of the clauses following such clause 13, which remains unchanged.

 

 

 

 

 

b.

With effect as from the Effective Date all references to “Corporate Guarantor” shall be construed as references to the New Corporate Guarantor and all references in the Principal Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder” and the like and in the Security Documents to the “Agreement” shall be construed as references to the Principal Agreement as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

c.

the definition “Security Documents” with effect as from the date hereof shall be deemed to include the Security Documents as amended and/or supplemented in pursuance to the terms hereof as well as the New Security Documents and any document or documents (including if the context requires the Loan Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed as security for the repayment of the Loan, interest thereon and any other moneys payable by the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement and the Security Documents (as herein defined) as well as for the performance by the Borrowers and the other Security Parties (as defined in the Loan Agreement) of all obligations, covenants and agreements pursuant to the Principal Agreement this Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

6.

Continuance of Principal Agreement and the Security Documents

 

 

 

 

 

Save for the alterations to the Principal Agreement made or deemed to be made pursuant to this Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Agreement the Principal Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents executed by the Borrowers and the other Security Parties shall continue and remain valid and enforceable.

20



 

 

7.

Release of Manager under the Manager’s Guarantee

 

 

 

C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A., of Panama, in its capacity as Corporate Guarantor and Security Party under the Principal Agreement, is hereby fully discharged and released of any and all its obligations towards the Bank as Corporate Guarantor of the obligations of the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement and it shall no longer be a Security Party under the Loan Agreement.

 

 

8.

Fees and expenses

 

 

8.1

The Borrowers, jointly and severally, agree to pay to the Bank upon demand and from time to time all reasonable and documented costs, charges, registration and recording fees, duties and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Agreement and any document executed pursuant thereto and/or in preserving or protecting or attempting to preserve or protect the security created hereunder and/or under the Security Documents.

 

 

9.

Miscellaneous

 

 

9.1

The provisions of Clause 14 ( Assignment, Participation, Lending Office ) and 16.1 ( Notices ) of the Principal Agreement shall extend and apply to this Agreement as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

 

 

9.2

No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not party to this Agreement.

 

 

10.

Entire agreement and amendment; Effect on Principal Agreement

 

 

10.1

The Principal Agreement, the Security Documents and this Agreement represent the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior expressions of intent or understanding with respect to this transaction and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the party or parties to be bound or burdened thereby.

 

 

10.2

Except to the extent that the Principal Agreement is expressly amended or supplemented by this Agreement, all terms and conditions of the Principal Agreement remain in full force and effect. This Agreement is supplementary to and incorporated in the Principal Agreement, all terms and conditions whereof, including, but not limited to, provisions on

21



 

 

 

payments, calculation of interest and Events of Default, shall apply to the performance and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

11.

Applicable law and jurisdiction

 

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. The provisions of Clause 17 of the Principal Agreement shall extend and apply to this Agreement as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

22


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the date first above written.

THE BORROWERS

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

KELSEN SHIPPING CO.

)

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact


 

 

 

Witness

/s/ Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street, Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 


 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

MONTES SHIPPING CO.

)

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact


 

 

 

Witness

/s/ Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street, Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

THE NEW CORPORATE GUARANTOR

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COSTAMARE INC.,

)

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

of the Marshall Islands, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact


 

 

 

Witness

/s/ Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street, Piraeus, Greece

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

23


THE MANAGER

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COSTAMARE SHIPPING COMPANY S.A.,

)

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

of Panama, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact


 

 

 

Witness

/s/ Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

THE BANK

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Mr. Gregorios Kondylis and

)

/s/ Gregorios Kondylis

Mr. Constantinos Flokos

)

Attorney-in-fact

for and on behalf of

)

 

ALPHA BANK A.E.

)

/s/ Constantinos Flokos

in the presence of:

 

Attorney-in-fact


 

 

 

Witness

/s/ Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Name:

Efstratios Kalantzis

 

Address:

13 Defteras Merarchias Street

 

185 35 Piraeus, Greece

 

Occupation:

Attorney-at-Law

 

24


Exhibit 10.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: 12 th May, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

EMPORIKI BANK OF GREECE S.A.

 

 

(as Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

 

CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION and

 

 

COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION

 

 

(as joint and several Borrowers)

 




LOAN AGREEMENT NO. 190/2008
for a secured floating interest rate
loan facility of up to US$150,000,000




 

 

 

 

THEO V. SIOUFAS & CO.

 

 

LAW OFFICES

 

 

13, Defteras Merarchias Street

 

 

185 35 Piraeus

 

 

Greece

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAUSE

 

HEADINGS

 

PAGE


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

AMOUNT, PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2

2.

 

THE LOAN

 

13

3.

 

INTEREST

 

15

4.

 

REPAYMENT - PREPAYMENT

 

18

5.

 

PAYMENTS, TAXES AND COMPUTATION

 

23

6.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

25

7.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

31

8.

 

COVENANTS

 

35

9.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

44

10.

 

INDEMNITIES - EXPENSES - FEES

 

50

11.

 

SECURITY, APPLICATION AND SET-OFF

 

55

12.

 

UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COSTS

 

58

13.

 

ASSIGNMENT, PARTICIPATION, LENDING OFFICE

 

60

14.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

61

15.

 

NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

64

16.

 

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

 



THIS AGREEMENT No. 190 is dated 12 th May, 2008 and made BETWEEN:

 

 

 

(1)

EMPORIKI BANK OF GREECE S.A. , a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 11, Sofokleous Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 114 Kolokotroni Street, Piraeus, Greece (the “ Bank ”); and

 

 

 

(2)

(a)

CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION , a company duly incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the “ Christos Borrower ”); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION , a company duly incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the “Costis Borrower” ),

 

 

 

 

as joint and several borrowers (hereinafter together called the “ Borrowers ” and singly a “ Borrower ”);

 

 

 

AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

 

 

1.

AMOUNT, PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

1.1

Amount and Purpose

 

 

 

 

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which it is agreed that the Bank will make available to the Borrowers on a joint and several basis by up to two Advances a term loan of up to One hundred and fifty million Dollars ($150,000,000) as follows:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Tranche A in an amount up to the lesser of (i) 80% of the charter-free Market Value of the SEALAND WASHINGTON based on a valuation obtained in accordance with Clause 8.10(c) prior to the Drawdown Date to which such Tranche relates and (ii) Seventy five million Dollars ($75,000,000) and shall be used for the purpose of financing part of the Market Value of such Vessel (the “ Tranche A ”); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

Tranche B in an amount up to the lesser of (i) 80% of the charter-free Market Value of the SEALAND NEW YORK based on a valuation obtained in accordance with Clause 8.10(c) prior to the Drawdown Date to which such Tranche relates and (ii) Seventy five million Dollars ($75,000,000) and shall be used for the purpose of financing part of the Market Value of such Vessel (the “ Tranche B ”).

 

 

 

1.2

Definitions

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, each term or expression defined in the recital of the parties and in this Clause shall have the meaning given to it in the recital of the parties and in this Clause and:

 

 

 

 

“Account Pledge Agreement” means an agreement to be entered into between the Borrowers and the Bank for the creation of a pledge over the Earnings Accounts in favour of the Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

“Advance” means each borrowing of a portion of the Commitment by the Borrowers or (as the context may require) the principal amount of such borrowing;

2



 

 

 

“Agreed Rate” means a rate agreed between the Bank and the Borrowers on the basis of which (instead of LIBOR) the interest rate is determined pursuant to Clause 3.6;

 

 

 

“A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparty” in relation to a Vessel means the time charter entered in connection with such Vessel between the Owner thereof and A.P. Møller-Maersk A/S, of Denmark, as charterer, expiring in the case of SEALAND WASHINGTON on 24 th July, 2014 and in the case of SEALAND NEW YORK on 8 th April, 2014, at a hire of $30,000 (minus 0.75% commission) per day (together the “A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparties” );

 

 

 

“Approved Charterparty” in relation to a Vessel means any time charterparty entered or to be entered in connection with such Vessel between the Owner thereof and a first-class charterer acceptable to the Bank, with rates and terms acceptable to the Bank and with a minimum duration of twelve (12) months, and includes the A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparties;

 

 

 

“Availability Period” means the period starting on the date hereof and ending on 31st May, 2008 or, until such later date as the Bank may agree in writing or on such earlier date (if any), (i) on which the whole Commitment has (or - in case that the Commitment has been agreed in Clause 2.3 to be advanced in more than one Advance - all Advances have) been advanced by the Bank to the Borrowers, or (ii) on which the Borrowers cancel the whole of the undrawn Commitment under Clause 2.7 or (iii) on which the Commitment is reduced to zero pursuant to Clauses 9.10 or 12.1, 12.2 or any other clause of this Agreement;

 

 

 

Bank ” means the Bank as specified in the beginning of this Agreement and includes its successors and assigns;

 

 

 

“Banking Day” means any day on which banks and foreign exchange markets in New York, London, Athens and Piraeus and in each country or place in or at which an act is required to be done under this Agreement are open for the transaction of business of the nature contemplated in this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Borrowed Money” means Indebtedness incurred in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (v) rental payments under leases (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or otherwise) entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or of financing the acquisition of the asset leased, (vi) guarantees, bonds, stand-by letters of credit or other instruments issued in connection with the performance of contracts and (vii) guarantees or other assurances against financial loss in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of paragraphs (i) to (vi) above;

 

 

 

“Borrowers” means the Christos Borrower and the Costis Borrower as specified at the beginning of this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Charterparty Assignment” means the assignment of each of the A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparties and any other Approved Charterparty, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by a Borrower in favour of the Bank, in form satisfactory to the Bank as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented and respective notices of any such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer (to be served upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) and, in such case, endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the relevant charterer and/or, at the discretion of the Bank, copy of irrevocable instructions of the relevant Owner to the charterer (to be served upon the occurrence of an Event of Default) for

3



 

 

 

the payment of the hire to the Bank and/or a copy of the charter with appropriate irrevocable notation;

 

 

 

“Commitment” means the amount which the Bank agreed to lend to the Borrowers under Clause 2.1 as reduced by any relevant term of this Agreement;

 

 

 

Commitment Letter ” means the Commitment Letter dated 6 th May, 2008 addressed by the Bank to the Christos Borrower and the Costis Borrower;

 

 

 

Confirmation ” means a Confirmation exchanged, or deemed exchanged, between the Bank and the Borrowers as contemplated by the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

Corporate Guarantee ” means a guarantee given or, as the context may require, to be given by the Corporate Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness and any and all other obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

Corporate Guarantor ” means COSTAMARE INC., a company incorporated in and existing under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands;

 

 

 

“Credit Support Document” means any document described as such in the Master Agreement and, where the context permits, any other document referred to in any Credit Support Document which has the effect of creating an Encumbrance in favour of the Bank;

 

 

 

“Default” means any Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;

 

 

 

“Default Rate” means that rate of interest per annum which is determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.4;

 

 

 

DOC ” means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and in respect of all payments to be made under any of the Security Documents means funds which are for same day settlement in the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other U.S. dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the settlement of international banking transactions denominated in Dollars);

 

 

 

“Drawdown Date” means the date on which the Commitment (or - in case that the Commitment has been agreed in Clause 2.3 to be advanced in more than one advance - each Advance) is or, as the context may require, shall be advanced to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

“Drawdown Notice” means a notice substantially in the terms of Schedule 1;

 

 

 

“Earnings” in relation to a Vessel, means all earnings of such Vessel, both present or future, including all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to its Owner in the event of requisition of such Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions of any nature whatsoever in respect of general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for employment of such Vessel and any other earnings

4



 

 

 

whatsoever due or to become due to its Owner in respect of such Vessel and all sums recoverable under the Insurances in respect of loss of Earnings and includes, if and whenever such Vessel is employed on terms whereby any and all such moneys as aforesaid are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing agreement which is attributable to such Vessel;

 

 

 

“Early Termination Date” has the meaning given to that expression in section 14 of the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

“Earnings Account” means an account opened or to be opened and maintained in the name of each Borrower with the Bank pursuant to Clause 11.5 and shall include any sub-accounts or call accounts (whether in Dollars or any other currency) opened under the same designation or any revised designation or number from time to time notified by the Bank to the Borrowers and to which (inter alia) all Earnings of the Vessel owned by such Borrower are to be paid in accordance with Clauses 11.5 and 8.9(b) (together, the “Earnings Accounts” );

 

 

 

“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, title retention, arrest, seizure, garnishee order (whether nisi or absolute) or any other order or judgement having similar effect or other encumbrance of any kind securing or any right conferring a priority of payment in respect of any obligation of any person;

 

 

 

“Environmental Affiliate” means any agent or employee of any of the Borrowers or any other Relevant Party or any person having a contractual relationship with any of the Borrowers or any other Relevant Party in connection with any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon;

 

 

 

“Environmental Approval” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to any Relevant Ship or her operation or the carriage of cargo thereon and/or passengers therein and/or provisions of goods and/or services on or from the Relevant Ship required under any Environmental Law;

 

 

 

“Environmental Claim” means any and all enforcement, clean up, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions or orders instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval together with claims made by any third party relating to damage, contribution, loss or injury, resulting from any actual or threatened emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from any Relevant Ship, such claim exceeding or which may exceed $1,000,000;

 

 

 

“Environmental Incident” means (i) any release of Material of Environmental Concern from either Vessel, (ii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Vessels and which involves collision between either Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, involving either Vessel, either Borrower are actually at fault or otherwise liable (in whole or in part) or (iii) any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released from a vessel other than the Vessels and where either Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested as a result and/or where the Borrowers are actually or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable;

 

 

 

“Environmental Laws” means all national, international and state laws, rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any Relevant Ship pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage or

5



 

 

 

 

Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Materials of Environmental Concern from any Relevant Ship;

 

 

 

 

“Event of Default” means any one of those events set out in Clause 9 or described as such in any other of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

“Expenses” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Bank) of:

 

 

 

 

(a)

losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings of whatever nature, (including, without limitation, Taxes, repair costs, registration fees and insurance premiums, crew wages, repatriation expenses and seamen’s pension fund dues) suffered, incurred, charged to or paid or committed to be paid by the Bank in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by any of the Security Documents or otherwise payable by the Borrowers or any of them in accordance with the terms of any of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the expenses referred to in Clause 10.2; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings from the date on which the same were suffered, incurred or paid by the Bank until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgement) at the Default Rate (as conclusively certified by the Bank) save for manifest error;

 

 

 

 

“Final Maturity Date” in relation to each Tranche means the date falling on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Drawdown Date of such Tranche;

 

 

 

 

“Flag State” means the Republic of Greece or such other state or territory proposed in writing by the Borrowers to the Bank and approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) by the Bank, as being the “Flag State” of a Vessel for the purposes of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

“General Assignment” means in relation to a Vessel, the assignment of the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition compensation executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the respective Owner in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “General Assignments” );

 

 

 

 

“Governmental Withholdings” means withholdings and any restrictions or conditions resulting in any charge whatsoever imposed, either now or hereafter, by any sovereign state or by any political sub-division or taxing authority of any sovereign state;

 

 

 

 

“Group” means the Corporate Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and “Group Member” means any member of the Group;

 

 

 

 

“Indebtedness” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

 

 

 

“Interest Payment Date” means in respect of the Loan or any part thereof in respect of which a separate Interest Period is fixed the last day of the relevant Interest Period and in case of any Interest Period longer than six (6) months the date(s) falling at successive six

6



 

 

 

 

(6) months intervals during such longer Interest Period and the last day of such longer Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

“Interest Period” means in relation to the Loan or any part thereof, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan or such part ascertained in accordance with Clauses 3.2 and 3.3;

 

 

 

 

“ISM Code” means in relation to its application to the Borrowers, the Vessels and their operation:

 

 

 

 

(a)

“The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention”, currently known or referred to as the “ISM Code”, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A. 741(18) on 4 th November, 1993 and incorporated on 19 th May, 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the “Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations” produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A. 788(19) adopted on 25 th November, 1995;

 

 

 

 

as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

 

 

 

 

“ISM Code Documentation” includes:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the DOC and SMC issued by an IACS classification society pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Vessels within the period specified by the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

(b)

all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Bank may require by request; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain the Vessels’ or the Borrowers’ compliance with the ISM Code which the Bank may require by request;

 

 

 

 

“ISM SMS” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Security Code of the International Maritime Organization and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;

 

 

 

 

ISSC ” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of the relevant Vessel pursuant to the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

“Lending Branch” means the office of the Bank appearing at the beginning of this Agreement or any other office of the Bank designated by the Bank as the Lending Branch by notice to the Borrowers;

7



 

 

 

 

“LIBOR” means, in relation to a particular period:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the offered rate (if any) per annum for deposits in Dollars for such amount and for such period which is the rate, for such period, appearing on the relevant page of the Reuter screen at or about 11 a.m. London time on the second Banking Day before the first day of such period (or, if the Bank shall have made a determination pursuant to clause 3.6 such later time (not being later than 1 p.m. (London time) on the first day of such period) as the Bank may determine) or such other page as may replace the relevant Page of the Reuter screen on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to that rate or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

if on such date no such rate is so displayed, LIBOR for such period shall be the rate determined by the Bank to be the rate at which the Bank in accordance with its usual practices is able to obtain similar deposit(s) in Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined for a period equivalent to such period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Banking Day before the first day of such period;

 

 

 

 

Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount borrowed by the Borrowers in respect of the Commitment or (as the context may require) the principal amount owing to the Bank under this Agreement at any time;

 

 

 

 

“Major Casualty Amount” means in relation to a Vessel, any casualty to such Vessel in respect whereof the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds One million Dollars ($1,000,000) or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

 

 

 

“Management Agreement” in relation to a Vessel means the agreement made or to be made between the Owner thereof and the Manager providing for the appointment of the Manager to manage such Vessel subject to and upon the terms and conditions therein contained and approved by the Bank, a certified copy whereof has been or will be delivered to the Bank if and when the same becomes compulsory under the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

“Manager” means C OSTAMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A., a company incorporated in and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama having its registered office at Panama City, Republic of Panama and having an office established at 60 Zephyrou Street, Athens, Greece under the Greek laws 89/67, 378/68, 27/75 and 814/78 (as amended) or such other person as may from time to time be approved by the Bank (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) for the purpose of managing the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

“Manager’s Undertaking” in relation to a Vessel means an undertaking executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Bank, such undertaking to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;

 

 

 

 

“Market Value” means the market value of a Mortgaged Vessel as determined in accordance with Clause 8.10(b) or, as the case may be 8.10(c);

 

 

 

 

“Margin” means zero point seven zero per centum (0.70%) per annum;

8



 

 

 

“Master Agreement” means the Master Agreement (on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form as modified (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest or currency exchange transactions)) made or to be made between the Bank and the Borrowers, and includes the Schedule thereto and all transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the Master Agreement and any amending, supplementing or replacement agreements made from time to time;

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Liabilities” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future, of the Borrowers to the Bank under the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

“Master Agreement Security Deed” means, in relation to the Master Agreement, the security deed executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Borrowers in favour of the Bank in relation to certain of the rights of the Borrowers under the Master Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank;

 

 

 

“Material of Environmental Concern” means and includes pollutants, contaminants, toxic substances, oil as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and all hazardous substances as defined in the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1988;

 

 

 

“Month” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started provided, that (i) if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “months” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

“Mortgage” means in relation to a Vessel the first preferred Greek ship mortgage thereon, to be executed by the Owner thereof in favour of the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank (together, the “Mortgages” );

 

 

 

“Mortgaged Vessel(s)” means the Vessel(s) which remain mortgaged in favour of the Bank pursuant to this Agreement at any relevant time hereunder;

 

 

 

“Operator” means any person who is from time to time during the Security Period concerned in the operation of the Vessels (or any of them) and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2. of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

“Operating Expenses” in relation to a Vessel means the expenses for crewing, victualling, insuring, maintenance (including drydocking and special survey cost and expenses), spares, management and operation of such Vessel which are reasonably incurred for a vessel of the size and type of such Vessel;

 

 

 

“Outstanding Indebtedness” means the aggregate of the Loan and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Expenses, the Master Agreement Liabilities and all other sums of money from time to time owing by the Borrowers to the Bank, whether actually or contingently under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

“Owner” means the owner of each of the Vessels as specified in the definition of the Vessels in this Clause 1.2;

9



 

 

 

“Permitted Encumbrance” means any Encumbrance in favour of the Bank created pursuant to the Security Documents and Permitted Liens;

 

 

 

“Permitted Lien” means any lien on either Vessel for master’s, officers’ or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading, any lien for salvage and any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien for a sum not (except with the prior written consent of the Bank) exceeding the Major Casualty Amount (as defined in the Mortgage);

 

 

 

“Personal Guarantee” means the guarantees given or, as the context may require, to be given by the Personal Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness and any and all other obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

“Personal Guarantors” means the person nominated by the Borrowers and acceptable to the Bank which gave or, as the context may require, shall or may give a Personal Guarantee;

 

 

 

“Registry” means the offices of such registrar, commissioner or representative of the Flag State who is duly authorised to register the Vessels, each Borrower’s title to its respective Vessel and the Mortgage over the Vessels under the laws and flag of the Flag State;

 

 

 

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;

 

 

 

“Relevant Party” means the Borrowers and any other Security Party;

 

 

 

“Relevant Ship” means the Vessels and any other vessel owned by, managed by or chartered to any Security Party;

 

 

 

“Repayment Date” means each of the dates specified in Clause 4.1 on which the Repayment Instalments shall be payable by the Borrowers to the Bank;

 

 

 

“Repayment Instalment” means each instalment of the Loan which becomes due for repayment by the Borrowers to the Bank on a Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 4.1;

 

 

 

“Requisition Compensation” means all sums of money or other compensation from time to time payable by reason of requisition of a vessel otherwise than by requisition for hire;

 

 

 

“Security Documents” means the Master Agreement, the Master Agreement Security Deed, the Accounts Pledge Agreement, the General Assignment, the Mortgage, the Corporate Guarantee, the Personal Guarantee the Charterparty Assignments and any document or documents (including if the context requires this Agreement) that may now or hereafter be executed to secure the whole or any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness as well as for the performance by the Borrowers of all its obligations covenants and agreements pursuant to this Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents, each such Security Document to be in form and substance as the Bank may require as the same may from time to time be amended and/or supplemented;

 

 

 

“Security Party” means each of the Borrowers, the Personal Guarantor and any person (other than the Bank) which is or will become a party to any of the Security Documents;

10



 

 

 

“Security Period” means the period commencing on the date hereof and terminating on the date upon which the Loan together with all interest thereon and all other moneys payable to the Bank under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents has been repaid in full to the Bank;

 

 

 

“Security Requirement” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank, whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) which is (a) at any relevant time at which both the Vessels are chartered under the respective A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparties or Approved Charterparties and which remain in full force and in effect, one hundred and ten per cent (110%) of the Loan plus or, as the case may be, minus the Swap Exposure and (b) at any other relevant time one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of the Loan plus or, as the case may be, minus the Swap Exposure;

 

 

 

“Security Value” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) which, at any relevant time is the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the Mortgaged Vessel(s) as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 8.10 and (b) the market value of any additional security provided under Clause 8.10(a) (if any);

 

 

 

“SMC” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of a Vessel in accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

“Subsidiary” of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person, and for this purpose “control” means either the ownership of more than 50% of the voting share capital (or equivalent rights of ownership) of such company or entity or the power to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;

 

 

 

“Swap Exposure” means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Bank to the Borrowers to be the market-to-market gain or loss under the Master Agreement on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Transactions entered into between the Borrowers and the Bank;

 

 

 

“Taxes” includes all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees or charges of whatever nature together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof (except taxes concerning the Bank and imposed on the net income of the Bank) and “Taxation” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

“Total Loss” in relation to a Vessel means (a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of such Vessel; or (b) requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of a vessel otherwise than by requisition for hire; or (c) hijacking, theft, condemnation capture, seizure, detention, arrest or confiscation of such Vessel by any government or by any person acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government, unless such Vessel is released and restored to the Owner thereof within sixty (60) days after the occurrence thereof;

 

 

 

“Tranches” means the Tranche A and the Tranche B specified in Clause 1.1 and “Tranche” means either of them, as the context may require;

 

 

 

“Transaction” means a transaction entered into between the Bank and the Borrowers governed by the Master Agreement;

11



 

 

 

 

“Vessels” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the cargo container motor vessel “SEALAND WASHINGTON” of approximately 74,586 gt and 41,490 nt, registered in the ownership of the First Borrower at the Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State under Registration Number 10782; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

the cargo container motor vessel “SEALAND NEW YORK” of approximately 74,661 gt and 41,490 nt, registered in the ownership of the Second Borrower at the Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State under Registration Number 10726,

 

 

 

 

and “Vessel” means either of them as the context may require.

 

 

 

1.3

Interpretation

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each of the terms defined in Clause 1.2 when used in plural and terms defined in plural or words used in plural (and unless in the specific clause or sentence is otherwise expressly specified) mean all of them collectively and/or each of them and/or anyone of them (even if this is not expressly so spelled out) as the context may require or permit,

 

 

 

 

(c)

subject to any specific provision of this Agreement or of any assignment and/or participation or syndication agreement of any nature whatsoever, reference to each of the parties hereto and to the other Security Documents shall be deemed to be reference to and/or to include, as appropriate, their respective successors and permitted assigns;

 

 

 

 

(d)

reference to a person shall be construed as including reference to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any State or any agency thereof;

 

 

 

 

(e)

where the context so admits, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the words “including” and “in particular” shall not be construed as limiting the generality of any foregoing words;

 

 

 

 

(g)

this Agreement and all documents referred to in this Agreement include the same as varied or supplemented from time to time;

 

 

 

 

(h)

reference to this Agreement includes all the terms of this Agreement and any Schedules, Annexes or Appendices to this Agreement, which form an integral part of same;

 

 

 

 

(i)

reference to Clauses, Sub-Clauses and Schedules are to Clauses, Sub-Clauses and Schedules in this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(j)

all obligations imposed on, or assumed by the Borrowers are joint and several even if not so expressed;

12



 

 

 

 

(k)

reference to a “guarantee” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “guaranteed” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

(l)

reference to the opinion of the Bank or a determination or acceptance by the Bank or to documents, acts, or persons acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank or the like shall be construed as reference to opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Bank at the reasonable discretion of the Bank and such opinion, determination, acceptance or satisfaction of the Bank shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers (save as herein provided); and

 

 

 

 

(m)

words and expressions defined in the Master Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein, have the same meaning.

 

 

 

2.

THE LOAN

 

 

 

2.1

Commitment to Lend

 

 

 

 

The Bank, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set forth in Clause 6 and in each of the other Security Documents, agrees to lend to the Borrowers, upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement the sum specified in Clause 1.1.

 

 

 

2.2

Drawdown Notice and Commitment to Borrow

 

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Commitment (or - in case that the Commitment has been agreed in Clause 2.3 to be advanced in more than one Advance - each Advance) shall be advanced to the Borrowers following receipt by the Bank from the Borrowers of a Drawdown Notice not later than 10 a.m. (London time) on the second (2 nd ) Banking Day before the date on which the drawdown is intended to be made. A Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Bank and, once given, shall, subject as provided in Clause 3.6, be irrevocable.

 

 

 

2.3

Number and Purpose of Advances

 

 

 

 

The Commitment shall be advanced to the Borrowers by the Tranches, each such Tranche to be used for the purpose specified in Clause 1.1.

 

 

 

2.4

Disbursement

 

 

 

 

Upon receipt of the Drawdown Notice complying with the terms of this Agreement the Bank shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 7, on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice, make the Commitment available to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

2.5

Application of proceeds

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to the Borrowers’ obligations under Clause 8.8(a), the Bank shall have no responsibility for the application of the proceeds of the Loan (or any part thereof) by the Borrowers.

13



 

 

 

2.6

Termination Date

 

 

 

Any part of the Commitment undrawn and uncancelled at the end of the Availability Period shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

 

 

 

2.7

Cancellation

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall be entitled to cancel any undrawn part of the Commitment under this Agreement upon giving the Bank not less than five (5) Banking Days’ notice in writing to that effect, provided, that no Drawdown Notice has been given to the Bank under Clause 2.2 for the full amount of the Commitment or in respect of the portion thereof in respect of which cancellation is required by the Borrowers. Any such notice of cancellation, once given, shall be irrevocable. Any amount cancelled may not be drawn. Notwithstanding any such cancellation pursuant to this Clause 2.7 the Borrowers shall continue to be liable for any and all amounts due to the Bank under this Agreement including without limitation any amounts due to the Bank under Clause 10.

 

 

2.8

No security or lien from other person

 

 

 

None of the Borrowers has taken or received, and each of the Borrowers undertake that until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been paid in full, will not take or receive, any security or lien from any other person liable or for any liability whatsoever, save in the ordinary course of business.

 

 

2.9

Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers

 

 

 

(a)

The liability of each of the Borrowers hereunder shall in all cases, whether so expressed to be or not, be joint and several and each representation and warranty and each covenant and agreement made or given by the Borrowers is made or given by them all jointly and severally.

 

 

 

 

(b)

The Bank may at its discretion accept orders, instructions, notices or advices from any of the Borrowers hereunder (which Borrower will be deemed to act on behalf of all the Borrowers and express authority is given to it by this Clause to act on this way) and shall ignore any subsequent conflicting instructions, notices or advices from any of the other Borrowers (unless they may be deemed at the discretion of the Bank as proper revocation or amendments of earlier instructions) and may reach any agreement in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents with any of the Borrowers which shall be binding on all the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

(c)

None of the Borrowers shall be exonerated and its liability hereunder shall not be lessened or impaired by any time, indulgence or relief being given by the Bank to any other Borrower or any other person or by any person to the Borrowers, by the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release of or refusal or neglect to perfect or enforce any right, remedies or securities against any of the Borrowers or any other person or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate such Borrower (or might be interpreted as such).

 

 

 

 

(d)

The obligations of each of the Borrowers hereunder shall not be affected by any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances relating to any other Borrower or any other person, whether or not known to the Bank, by any invalidity in

14



 

 

 

 

 

or irregularity or unenforceability of the obligations of any other Borrower or any other person under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or otherwise or by any change in the constitution of, or any amalgamation or reconstruction of any other Borrower, the Bank or any other person.

 

 

 

(e)

The Borrowers hereby waive all rights any Borrower may have of first requiring the Bank to proceed against or enforce any right or security of, or claim payment from any other Borrower or any other person.

 

 

 

2.10

Non competition of the Borrowers with the Bank

 

 

 

(a)

Until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents have been paid or discharged in full, each Borrower agrees not to exercise or enforce any rights of subrogation or indemnity or any other right which otherwise it has against any other Borrower and agrees not to claim any set-off or counterclaim against any other Borrower or to claim or prove in competition with the Bank in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of any other Borrower or have any benefit of or any share in any guarantee or security now or hereafter held by the Bank.

 

 

 

 

(b)

None of the Borrowers has taken or received, and each Borrower undertakes that until all moneys, obligations and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been paid in full, it will not take or receive, any security or lien from any other Borrower in respect of borrowing as co-borrower jointly and severally liable or for any liability whatsoever.

 

 

 

2.11

Interest to co-borrow

 

 

 

The Borrowers have an interest in borrowing jointly and severally in that they are companies which have close financial co-operation and mutual assistance and in that the Commitment would not have been available to each one of the Borrowers separately.

 

 

3.

INTEREST

 

 

3.1

Normal Interest Rate

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay interest on the Loan (or as the case may be, each portion thereof to which a different Interest Period relates) in respect of each Interest Period (or part thereof) on each Interest Payment Date, provided, that in the case of an Interest Period of more than six (6) months interest accruing during such Interest Period shall be payable semi-annually in arrears and on the last day of such Interest Period. The interest rate for the calculation of interest shall be the rate per annum determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR, unless there is an Agreed Rate in which case the interest rate for the calculation of interest shall be the rate per annum determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) the Agreed Rate.

 

 

 

3.2

Interest Period

 

 

 

The Borrowers may by notice received by the Bank not later than 10 a.m. (London time) on the second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period specify (subject to Clause 3.3 below) whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) or six (6) or

15



 

 

 

 

 

twelve (12) or such other period as may be requested by the Borrowers subject to Bank’s approval and market availability.

 

 

3.3

Duration of Interest Period

 

 

 

Every Interest Period shall, subject to market availability to be conclusively determined by the Bank, be of the duration specified by the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 3.2 but so that:

 

 

 

(a)

the initial Interest Period in respect of the Loan (or - in case that the Commitment is agreed to be advanced in more than one Advance - of each Advance) will commence on the date on which the Commitment is advanced and each subsequent Interest Period will commence forthwith upon the expiry of the previous Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

(b)

if any Interest Period would otherwise overrun one or more Repayment Dates, then, in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Repayment Date, and in the case of any other Repayment Date or Dates the Loan shall be divided into parts so that there is one part equal to the amount(s) of the Repayment Instalment(s) due on each Repayment Date falling during that Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date and another part equal to the amount of the balance of the Loan having an Interest Period determined in accordance with Clause 3.2 and the other provisions of this Clause 3.3;

 

 

 

 

(c)

if the Borrowers fail to specify the duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3.2 and this Clause 3.3, such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months provided, always, that such period (whether of three (3) months or of different duration) shall comply with this Clause 3.3; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

if the Bank determines that the duration of an Interest Period specified by the Borrowers in accordance with Clause 3.2 is not readily available the Bank shall advise the Borrowers and the Borrowers shall select a readily available Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

provided, always that:

 

 

 

 

(i)

any Interest Period which commences on the last day of a calendar month, and any Interest Period which commences on the day on which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end, shall end on the last Banking Day of the calendar month during which such Interest Period is due to end; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if the last day of an Interest Period is not a Banking Day the Interest Period shall be extended until the next following Banking Day unless such next following Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case such Interest Period shall be shortened to expire on the preceding Banking Day.

 

 

 

3.4

Default Interest

 

 

 

If the Borrowers fail to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this Clause 3.4) on its due date for payment under any of the Security Documents, the Borrowers shall pay interest on such sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgement) at the rate determined by the Bank pursuant to this Clause 3.4. The period beginning on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall

16



 

 

 

 

be divided into successive periods of a duration to be selected by the Bank each of which (other than the first, which shall commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the preceding such period. The rate of interest applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Bank) of (i) two and a half per cent (2.50%), per annum, (ii) the Margin and (iii) LIBOR. Such interest shall be due and payable on the last day of each such period as determined by the Bank and each such day shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date, provided, that if such unpaid sum is of principal which became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Bank under Clause 9.2 or a prepayment pursuant to Clauses 4.2, 4.3, 8.10(a) and 12.1 on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating thereto, the first such period selected by the Bank shall be of a duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on such principal sum during such period at a rate two and a half per cent (2.50%) above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it fell due. If for the reasons specified in Clause 3.6, the Bank is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 3.4, interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Bank to be two and a half per cent (2.50%) per annum above the aggregate of the relevant Margin and costs of funds to the Bank as conclusively determined by the Bank save for manifest error. Interest payable by the Borrowers as aforesaid shall be compounded semi-annually and shall be payable on demand.

 

 

3.5

Notification of Interest

 

 

 

The Bank shall notify the Borrowers promptly of the duration of each Interest Period and the applicable rate of interest in respect thereof under this Clause 3 without prejudice to the right of the Bank to make determinations at its sole discretion under Clause 3.6. In case that the Bank fails to notify the Borrowers as above, such failure will not affect the validity of the determination of the Interest Period and interest rate made pursuant to this Clause 3 and neither constitute nor will be interpreted as if to constitute a breach of obligation of the Bank except in case of wilful misconduct.

 

 

3.6

Market disruption- Non availability

 

 

 

(a)

If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest Period, the Bank (in its reasonable discretion) shall have determined (which determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive) (i) that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR in respect of Dollars during said Interest Period or (ii) that deposits in Dollars are not available to the Bank in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts for any Interest Period or (iii) that by reason of circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market generally it is impracticable for the Bank to advance the Commitment or fund or continue to fund an Advance or the Loan during any Interest Period, the Bank shall forthwith give notice (a “Determination Notice” ) thereof to the Borrowers. A Determination Notice shall contain particulars of the relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue. After the giving of any Determination Notice the undrawn amount of the Commitment shall not be borrowed until notice to the contrary is given to the Borrowers by the Bank.

 

 

 

 

(b)

(b) During the period of ten (10) days after any Determination Notice has been given by the Bank under Clause 3.6(a) the Bank and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith (but without incurring any legal obligations) with a view to arriving to an

17



 

 

 

 

 

acceptable alternative basis (the “Substitute Basis” ), for maintaining the Loan, failing which the Borrowers shall promptly, on first demand or within the time limit which may be determined by the Bank, prepay the Loan together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment (calculated at the rate or rates most lately applicable to the Loan) and all other sums payable by the Borrowers under the Security Documents and the Commitment shall be reduced to zero. In such case the Borrowers shall also reimburse to the Bank such amount as may be determined by the Bank to be necessary to compensate it for the increased cost (if any) of maintaining the Loan during the period of negotiation referred to in this Clause 3.6 until such prepayment. In case the Bank agrees to a Substitute Basis for funding the Loan the Bank shall certify such Substitute Basis to the Borrowers. The Substitute Basis may (without limitation) include alternative interest period(s), alternative currencies or alternative rates of interest but shall include a margin above the cost of funds to the Bank equivalent to the relevant Margin. Each Substitute Basis so certified shall be binding upon the Borrowers and shall take effect in accordance with its terms from the date specified in the Determination Notice until such time as the Bank notifies the Borrowers that none of the circumstances specified in clause 3.6(a) continues to exist whereupon the normal interest rate fixing provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

 

 

3.7

Swap Transactions

 

 

 

(a)

If, at any time during the Security Period, the Borrowers wish to enter into swap Transactions so as to (inter alia) hedge all or any part of their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations, it shall advise the Bank in writing.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any such swap transaction shall be concluded with the Bank under the Master Agreement provided however that no such swap transaction shall be concluded unless the Bank first agrees to it in writing. If and when any such swap transaction has been concluded, it shall constitute a Transaction, and the Borrowers shall sign a Confirmation with the Bank.

 

 

4.

REPAYMENT - PREPAYMENT

 

 

4.1

Repayment

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall and it is expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to repay the Loan jointly and severally as follows: each Tranche shall be repaid by (a) twenty (20) consecutive semi annual Repayment Instalments to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates so that the first be repaid on the date falling six (6) months after the Drawdown Date relative to such Tranche and each of the subsequent ones consecutively falling due for payment on each of the dates falling six (6) months after the immediately preceding Repayment Date with the last (the 20 m) of such Repayment Instalments falling due for payment on the Final Maturity Date relative to such Tranche and (b) a final instalment (a “Balloon Instalment” and together the “Balloon Instalments” ) in the amount of Thirty million Dollars ($30,000,000) payable together with the last (the 20th) of such Repayment Instalments falling due for payment on the Final Maturity Date relative to such Tranche; subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the amount of each of the Repayment Instalments relative to each Tranche shall be Two million two hundred fifty thousand ($2,250,000);

 

 

 

 

Provided that (a) if either Tranche is not drawn down in full, the amount of each Repayment Instalment and the Balloon Instalment relative to such Tranche shall be reduced

18



 

 

 

 

proportionally (b) if the last Repayment Date relative to either Tranche would otherwise fall after the Final Maturity Date for such Tranche, such last Repayment Date shall be the Final Maturity Date for such Tranche, (c) there shall be no Repayment Dates for either Tranche after the Final Maturity Date for such Tranche, (d) on the Final Maturity Date for the Tranche last to be drawn down the Borrowers shall also pay to the Bank any and all other monies then payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents, and (e) if any of the Repayment Instalments shall become due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date therefor shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month, in which event such due date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day.

 

 

4.2

Voluntary Prepayment

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall have the right, to prepay part or the entire Loan in each case together with all unpaid interest accrued thereon and all other sums of money whatsoever due and owing from the Borrowers to the Bank hereunder or pursuant to the other Security Documents and all interest accrued thereon, provided, that :

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Bank shall have received from the Borrowers not less than ten (10) Banking Days’ prior notice (which shall be irrevocable) of their intention to make such prepayment and specifying the account, the date on which such prepayment is to be made;

 

 

 

 

(b)

such prepayment may take place only on the last day of an Interest Period relating to the part of the Loan prepaid, provided, however, that if the Borrowers shall request consent to make such prepayment on another day and the Bank shall accede to such request (it being in the sole discretion of the Bank to decide whether or not to do so) the Borrowers will pay in addition to the amount to be prepaid, any such sum as may be payable to the Bank pursuant to Clause 10.1;

 

 

 

 

(c)

each such prepayment shall be equal to the amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof or the balance of the Loan;

 

 

 

 

(d)

any prepayment of less than the whole of the Loan will be applied, towards satisfaction of the Repayment Instalments (including any Balloon Instalment referred to in clause 4.1) in order of maturity or in such other manner as the Borrowers may request;

 

 

 

 

(e)

every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Bank, shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrowers to make such prepayment on the date specified;

 

 

 

 

(f)

no amount prepaid may be re-borrowed; and

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Borrowers may not prepay the Loan or any part thereof save as expressly provided in this Agreement.

19



 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Compulsory Prepayment in case of Total Loss of a Vessel

 

 

 

 

(a)

On any Mortgaged Vessel becoming a Total Loss or suffering damage or being involved in an incident which in the reasonable opinion of the Bank may result in such Vessel being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

prior to the drawdown of the Tranche relative to such Vessel the obligation of the Bank to advance such Tranche shall cease; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

in case the Commitment (or any part thereof) has been already advanced, the amount of the Loan shall, on expiry of a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the occurrence of such Total Loss or the date on which the relevant Vessel suffered damage or the incident which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, may result in such Vessel being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss occurred or, if earlier, on the date upon which the insurance proceeds in respect of such Total Loss are or Requisition Compensation in respect of such Vessel is received by the Owner thereof, be reduced by an amount equal to the Required Amount (as hereinafter defined) and the amount so prepaid shall be applied by the Bank in pro- rata prepayment of the outstanding Repayment Instalments (including the Balloon Instalment in respect of the Tranche relative to the Vessel so lost).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

aa)

an actual total loss of a Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at the actual date and time a Vessel was lost but in the event of the date of the loss being unknown then the actual total loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which a Vessel was last reported;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bb)

in the case of a constructive total loss of a Vessel, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of such Vessel is given to the insurers of such Vessel for the time being (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by such insurers) or, if such insurers do not forthwith admit such a claim, or, in the event that such notice of abandonment is not given by the Owner thereof to the insurers of such Vessel, at the date and time on which occurred the incident which may result, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, in such Vessel being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cc)

a compromised or arranged total loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the insurers of a Vessel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dd)

requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of a Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred on the date upon which the relevant requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ee)

hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, detention, arrest, or confiscation of a Vessel by any government or by any person acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government, which deprives the relevant Owner of the use of its Vessel for more than sixty (60) days

20



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shall be deemed to occur upon the expiry of the period of sixty (60) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, detention, arrest or confiscation occurred.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

If any Mortgaged Vessel is sold the amount of the Loan shall, forthwith upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale be reduced by an amount equal to the Required Amount of the Loan and the Borrowers shall thereupon be obliged to make such repayment of the Loan, provided, that such sale is made at the market value of the relevant Vessel prevailing at the time. The amount so prepaid shall be applied by the Bank in pro-rata prepayment of the outstanding Repayment Instalments (including the Balloon Instalment in respect of the Tranche relative to the Vessel so sold);

 

 

 

 

and for the purpose of this Clause 4.3(i), “ Required Amount ” means in relation to either Vessel an amount equal to 50% of the Loan outstanding at the relevant time, provided, however, that if the relevant Vessel so lost or sold is the last Mortgaged Vessel, then the full amount of the insurance or, as the case may be, the sale proceeds shall apply against full repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and additionally the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank the balance (if any) of the Outstanding Indebtedness in accordance with Clause 11.3. In addition the Borrowers shall be obliged together with the Required Amount to pay to the Bank the amount of the interest accrued on the Loan to the date of prepayment and all other sums (other than the balance of principal of the Loan remaining outstanding after such prepayment having been made) due and payable by the Borrowers to the Bank pursuant to the Security Documents (or any of them) including without limitation, any amounts payable under Clause 10 as the Bank in its absolute discretion may determine;

 

 

 

provided, however, that if after the payment of the Required Amount and any additional amounts payable to the Bank under this Clause 4.3 the provisions of Clause 8.10(a) are not complied with, the Borrowers shall additionally prepay to the Bank the amount of the shortfall or provide additional security as provided in such Clause 8.10(a).

 

 

4.4

Amounts payable on prepayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with (a) accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment, (b) any additional amount payable under Clause 5.3 and (c) all other sums payable by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents including, without limitation, any amounts payable under Clause 10.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

In case the Borrowers request the prepayment of the full amount of the Loan or a Tranche and at the relevant time there are any Transaction(s) in relation to the Loan or, as the case may be, such Tranche outstanding under the Master Agreement, the Borrowers shall pay in addition to the above any and all amounts then outstanding under the relevant Transactions.

 

 

 

4.5

Master Agreement, Repayments and Prepayments

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Subject to the execution and delivery to the Bank of the Master Agreement, the Bank and the Borrowers may during the Security Period enter, into one or more Transactions pursuant to the Master Agreement, subject to the Bank’s approval, the

21



 

 

 

 

 

terms and conditions of each of which are or will be specified in a Confirmation sent by the Bank to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Notwithstanding any provision of the Master Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a prepayment of all or part of the Loan (including, without limitation, upon a Total Loss or sale in accordance with clause 4.3 or under clause 8.5(c)), then subject to clause 4.5(b) the Bank shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrowers, where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Bank in its absolute discretion may determine and both the Bank’s and the Borrowers’ continuing obligations under any Transaction and/or the Master Agreement shall, unless agreed otherwise by the Bank, be calculated so far as the Bank considers it practicable by reference to the amended repayment schedule for the Loan taking into account the fact that less than the full amount of the Loan remains outstanding.

 

 

 

 

(c)

If any amount of the Loan remains outstanding following a prepayment under this Agreement and the Bank in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrowers, that the Borrowers may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Transaction in an amount not wholly matched with or linked to all or part of the Loan, the Borrowers shall within ten (10) days of being notified by the Bank of such requirement, provide the Bank with, or procure the provision to the Bank of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Bank be adequate to secure the performance of such Transaction, which additional security shall take such form, be constituted by such documentation and be entered into between such parties, as the Bank in its absolute discretion may approve or require, and each document comprising such additional security shall constitute a Credit Support Document.

 

 

 

 

(d)

The Borrowers shall on the first written demand of the Bank indemnify the Bank in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Bank as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in this clause 4.5.

 

 

 

 

(e)

Notwithstanding any provision of the Master Agreement to the contrary, if for any reason, a Transaction has been entered into but no Advance is drawn down under this Agreement then, subject to clause 4.5(e) the Bank shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrowers where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by such Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Bank in its absolute discretion may determine.

 

 

 

 

(f)

If a Transaction has been entered into but no Advance is drawn down under this Agreement and the Bank in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrowers, that the Borrowers may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Transaction, the Borrowers shall within ten (10) days of being notified by the Bank of such requirement, provide the Bank with, or procure the provision to the Bank of,

22



 

 

 

 

 

such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Bank be adequate to secure the performance of such Transaction, which additional security shall take such form, be constituted by such documentation and be entered into between such parties, as the Bank in its absolute discretion may approve or require, and each document comprising such additional security shall constitute a Credit Support Document for the purposes of the Master Agreement and/or otherwise.

 

 

 

(g)

Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrowers under clause 4.5(c), in the event that the Bank exercises any of its rights under clauses 4.5 (a), 4.5(b), 4.5(d) or 4.5(e) and such exercise results in all or part of a Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Bank after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrowers and, accordingly, the Bank shall be permitted to recover from the Borrowers a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(h)

No Transaction or Confirmation will be entered into without the specific consent of the Bank.

 

 

5.

PAYMENTS, TAXES AND COMPUTATION

 

 

 

5.1

Payment - No set-off or Counterclaims

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally acknowledge that in performing their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Bank will be incurring liabilities to third parties in relation to the funding of amounts to the Borrowers, such liabilities matching the liabilities of the Borrowers to the Bank and that it is reasonable for the Bank to be entitled to receive payments from the Borrowers gross on the due date in order that the Bank is put in a position to perform its matching obligations to the relevant third parties. Accordingly, subject to paragraph (f) of Part 5 of the Schedule to the Master Agreement, all payments to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in Clause 5.3, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings or Governmental Withholdings whatsoever, in Dollars on the due date to the account of the Bank at such bank and in such place as the Bank may from time to time specify for that purpose, reference: C HRISTOS M ARITIME C ORPORATION /C OSTIS M ARITIME C ORPORATION - Loan Agreement dated 12 th May , 2008 ”, or to such other account at such other bank in such place as the Bank may from time to time specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that the Bank shall have the right to change the place of account for payment, upon eight (8) Banking Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

(b)

If at any time it shall become unlawful or impracticable for the Borrowers (or any of them) to make payment under this Agreement to the relevant account or bank referred to in Clause 5.1(a), the Borrowers may request and the Bank may agree to alternative arrangements for the payment of the amounts due by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement or the other Security Documents.

23



 

 

 

5.2

Payments on Banking Days

 

 

 

 

All payments due shall be made on a Banking Day. If the due date for payment falls on a day which is not a Banking Day, that payment due shall be made on the first Banking Day thereafter, provided, that this falls in the same calendar month. If it does not, payments shall fall due and be made on the last Banking Day before the said due date.

 

 

 

5.3

Gross Up

 

 

 

 

(a)

If at any time any law, regulation, regulatory requirement or requirement of any governmental authority, monetary agency, central bank or the like compels the Borrowers to make payment subject to Governmental Withholdings, or any other deduction or withholding, the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that there will be received by the Bank a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been received had payment not been made subject to such Governmental Withholdings or other deduction or withholding. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Bank against any losses or costs incurred by the Bank by reason of any failure of the Borrowers to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Borrowers shall, not later than thirty (30) days after each deduction, withholding or payment of any Governmental Withholdings, forward to the Bank official receipts and any other documentary receipts and any other documentary evidence reasonably required by the Bank in respect of the payment made or to be made of any deduction or withholding or Governmental Withholding. The obligations of the Borrowers under this provision shall, subject to applicable law, remain in force notwithstanding the repayment of the Loan and the payment of all interest due thereon pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b)

For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 5.3(a) does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrowers to the Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

 

 

5.4

Loan Account

 

 

 

All sums advanced by the Bank to the Borrowers under this Agreement and all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts due under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement from time to time and all repayments and/or payments thereof shall be debited and credited respectively to a separate loan account maintained by the Bank in accordance with its usual practices in the name of the Borrowers. The Bank may, however, in accordance with its usual practices or for its accounting needs, maintain more than one account, consolidate or separate them but all such accounts shall be considered parts of one single loan account maintained under this Agreement. In case that a ship mortgage in the form of Account Current is granted as security under this Agreement and the Master Agreement, the account(s) referred to in this Clause shall be the Account Current referred to in such mortgage.

 

 

5.5

Evidence - Certificates conclusive

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally expressly agree and admit that abstracts or photocopies or other reproductions of the books of the Bank as well as statements of accounts or a certificate signed by an authorised officer of the Bank shall (save for manifest error) be

24



 

 

 

 

conclusive binding and full evidence on the Borrowers (and each of them) as to the existence and/or the amount of the at any time Outstanding Indebtedness, of any amount due under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement, of the applicable interest rate or Default Rate or any other rate provided for or referred to in this Agreement, the Interest Period, the value of additional securities under Clause 8.10(a), the payment or non payment of any amount. Any certificate or determination of the Bank as to any rate of interest or any other amount pursuant to and for the purposes of any of the Security Documents shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor.

 

 

5.6

Computation

 

 

 

All interest and other payments payable by reference to a rate per annum under this Agreement shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

6.1

Continuing representations and warranties

 

 

 

The Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Bank that:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Due Incorporation/Valid Existence

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers and the other corporate Security Parties is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective countries of incorporation as limited liability companies, and have power to own their respective property and assets, to carry on their respective business as the same are now being lawfully conducted and to purchase, own, finance and operate vessels, or, as the case may be, manage vessels, as well as to undertake the obligations which such Security Party has undertaken or shall undertake pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Due Corporate Authority

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Security Parties has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party and to borrow the Commitment and each of the other Security Parties has power to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrowers (or any of them) to borrow will be exceeded as a result of borrowing the Loan and none of the corporate Security Parties has an established or de-facto place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Litigation

 

 

 

 

 

no litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding is current or pending or (to its or its officers’ knowledge) threatened against the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party, which, if adversely determined, would have a materially adverse effect on the business assets or the financial condition of any of them;

25



 

 

 

 

(d)

No conflict with other obligations

 

 

 

 

 

the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party is a party or is subject to or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the memorandum and articles of association/articles of incorporation/bylaws/statutes or other constitutional documents of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party;

 

 

 

(e)

Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

the financial condition of the Borrowers (or any of them) and of the other Security Parties has not suffered any material deterioration since that condition was last disclosed to the Bank;

 

 

 

 

(f)

No Immunity

 

 

 

 

neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Party nor any of their respective assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement);

 

 

 

 

(g)

Shipping Company

 

 

 

 

 

each of the Borrowers and the Manager is a shipping company involved in the owning or, as the case may be, managing of ships engaged in international voyages and earning profits in free foreign currency;

 

 

 

(h)

Licences/Authorisation

 

 

 

 

 

every consent, authorisation, license or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any Security Party to authorise, or required by any Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Security Documents or the performance by each Security Party of its obligations under the Security Documents has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same so far as the Borrowers are aware;

26



 

 

 

 

(i)

Perfected Securities

 

 

 

 

 

when duly executed, the Security Documents will create a perfected security interest in favour of the Bank, with the intended priority, over the assets and revenues intended to be covered, valid and enforceable against each of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties;

 

 

 

(j)

No Notarisation/Filing/Recording

 

 

 

 

 

save for the registration of any mortgage in the appropriate shipping registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents that it or they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(k)

Validity and Binding effect

 

 

 

 

 

the Security Documents constitute (or upon their execution - and in the case of any mortgage upon its registration at the appropriate registry - will constitute) valid and legally binding obligations of the relevant Security Parties enforceable against each of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties in accordance with their respective terms and that there are no other agreements or arrangements which may adversely affect or conflict with the Security Documents or the security thereby created; and

 

 

 

 

(l)

Valid Choice of Law

 

 

 

 

 

the choice of law agreed to govern this Agreement and/or any other Security Document and the submission to the jurisdiction of the courts agreed in each of the Security Documents are or will be, on execution of the respective Security Documents, valid and binding on each of the Borrowers and any other Security Party which is or is to be a party thereto.

 

 

 

6.2

Initial representations and warranties

 

 

 

The Borrowers further jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Bank that;

 

 

 

(a)

Direct obligations - Pari Passu

 

 

 

 

 

the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrowers and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrowers with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Information

 

 

 

 

 

all information, accounts, statements of financial position, exhibits and reports furnished by or on behalf of any Security Party to the Bank in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and each of the other Security Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which

27



 

 

 

 

 

 

would make any fact or statement therein misleading and, in the case of accounts and statements of financial position, they have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which have been consistently applied;

 

 

 

(c)

No Event of Default

 

 

 

 

 

no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

 

 

 

(d)

No Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

no Taxes are imposed by deduction, withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under this Agreement and/or any other of the Security Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and/or any other of the Security Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered hereunder or thereunder. In case that any Tax exists now or will be imposed in the future, it will be borne by the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

(e)

No default under other Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

neither the Borrowers nor any other Security Party is in default under any agreement relating to Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it may be bound;

 

 

 

 

(f)

Ownership/Flag/Seaworthiness/Class/Insurance of the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

each Vessel on the Drawdown Date will be:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in the absolute and free from Encumbrances (other than in favour of the Bank) ownership of the Owner thereof who will on and after her delivery be the sole legal and beneficial owner of such Vessel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

registered in the name of the Owner thereof through the Registry of the under the laws of the respective Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

classed with a Classification Society member of IACS, which has been approved by the Bank in writing and such classification is and will be free of all overdue requirements and recommendations of such Classification Society;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the relevant Mortgage; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

managed by the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

No Charter

 

 

 

 

 

 

save for the A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparties and unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Bank, none of the Vessels will on or before the relevant Drawdown Date be subject to any charter or contract nor to any agreement to enter into any charter or contract which, if entered into after the such Drawdown Date would have required the consent of the Bank under any of the Security Documents and there will

28



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not on or before such Drawdown Date be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings of the relevant Vessel may be shared with any other person;

 

 

 

 

(h)

No Encumbrances

 

 

 

 

 

neither the Vessels (or any of them) nor their/her Earnings, Requisition Compensation or Insurances nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will, on the Drawdown Date, be subject to any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

 

 

(i)

Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrowers in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

each Borrower has complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

each Borrower have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

neither the Borrowers (or any of them) nor the Manager has received notice of any Environmental Claim that any of the Borrowers is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

No Environmental Claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrowers in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

aa)

there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief, threatened against the Borrowers (or any of them) or the Vessels (or any of them) or any other Relevant Ship reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business assets, operations, property or financial condition of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party or on the security created by any of the Security Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bb)

there has been no emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from the Vessels (or any of them) or any other Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to the Borrowers (or any of them) nor to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) from any Relevant Ship which could give rise to an Environmental Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

Copies true and complete

 

 

 

 

 

the copies of the A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparties and the Management Agreements delivered or to be delivered to the Bank pursuant to Clause 7.3 are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies of such documents; such documents will when delivered constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto


29



 

 

 

 

 

enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there will have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;

 

 

 

(l)

Compliance with the ISM Code

 

 

 

 

 

each Vessel and any Operator complies or will on the drawdown of the Commitment or (as the case may be) of the relevant Advance comply with the requirements of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

(m)

Compliance with ISPS Code

 

 

 

 

 

each Borrower has a valid and current ISSC in respect of such Vessel and each Vessel will be, in full compliance with the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

(n)

Money laundering - acting for own account

 

 

 

 

 

each of the Borrowers confirms that it is the beneficiary for each part of the Loan made or to be made available to it and it will promptly inform the Bank by written notice if it is not, or ceases to be, the beneficiary and notify the Bank in writing of the name and the address of the new beneficiary/beneficiaries; each of the Borrowers is aware that under applicable money laundering provisions, it has an obligation to state for whose account the Loan is obtained; each of the Borrowers confirms that, by entering into this Agreement and the other Security Documents, it is acting on its own behalf and for its own account and it is obtaining the Loan for its own account. In relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Documents to which each of the Borrowers is a party, it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Community).

 

 

6.3

Representations Correct

 

 

 

At the time of entering into this Agreement all above representations and warranties or any other information given by the Borrowers to the Bank are true and accurate.

 

 

6.4

Repetition of Representations and Warranties

 

 

 

 

The representations and warranties in this Clause 6 (except in relation to the representations and warranties in Clause 6.2) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Borrowers on and as of each day from the date of this Agreement until all moneys due or owing by the Security Parties or any of them under this Agreement and the Security Documents have been repaid in full as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

30



 

 

 

7.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

7.1

Conditions concerning corporate authorisations

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment or any part thereof available to the Borrowers and/or to allow any Transaction to be effected under the Master Agreement shall be subject to the condition that the Bank, shall have received, not later than two (2) Banking Days before the day on which the Drawdown Notice in respect of the Commitment (or, in case that more than one advance have been agreed in Clause 2.3, in respect of the first Advance) is given, the following documents and evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

 

 

 

(a)

a duly certified true copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws or the Memorandum and Articles of Association, or of any other constitutional documents, as the case may be, of each corporate Security Party;

 

 

 

 

(b)

a recent certificate of incumbency of each corporate Security Party issued by the appropriate authority and/or at the discretion of the Bank signed by the secretary or a director of each of them respectively, stating the corporate body which binds every one of them, the officers and/or the directors of each of them and containing specimens of their signatures;

 

 

 

 

(c)

a recent certificate as to the shareholding of any corporate Security Party issued by an appropriate authority or, at the discretion of the Bank, signed by the secretary or a director of each of them as the case may be, stating respectively the full names and addresses of the person or persons beneficially entitled as shareholders/ stockholders of the entire issued and outstanding shares/ stock of each of them;

 

 

 

 

(d)

minutes of separate meetings of the directors and shareholders (or of any other body which binds them, if any) of any corporate Security Party at which there was approved the entry into, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto to which the relevant corporate Security Party is a party;

 

 

 

 

(e)

original of any power(s) of attorney and any further evidence of the due authority of any person signing this Agreement, the other Security Documents, the Management Agreement and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of any corporate person;

 

 

 

 

(f)

evidence of the due authority of any person signing this Agreement, the Security Documents and any other documents executed or to be executed pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of any corporate person;

 

 

 

 

(g)

evidence that all necessary licences, consents, permits and authorisations (including exchange control ones) have been obtained by any Security Party for the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence and the due performance of the respective obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

(h)

the shareholders of all Security Parties shall be acceptable in all respects to the Bank. In the event that the Bank agrees (at its sole discretion) that a Security Party may

31



 

 

 

 

 

have a corporate shareholder, the conditions set out in Sub-clauses (a), (b), (c) and (h) of this Clause 7.1 shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to such corporate shareholder;

 

 

 

 

(i)

a certificate as to the Shareholders signed by the Secretary of each Borrower and stating the full names and addresses of the person or persons beneficially entitled as shareholder(s) of the entire issued and outstanding shares in each Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor; and

 

 

 

 

(j)

any other documents or recent certificates or other evidence which would be required by the Bank in relation to any corporate Security Party evidencing that the relevant Security Party has been properly established, continues to exist validly and to be in good standing, which is the corporate body which binds the company, which is its present board of directors and shareholders, that the execution and performance of the Security Documents has been duly authorised and generally that the representations in Clause 6 are correct in all respects.

 

 

 

7.2

Conditions concerning the Securities

 

 

 

 

The obligations of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof and/or to allow any Transaction to be effected under the Master Agreement is subject to the further condition that the Bank at the time of receiving a Drawdown Notice shall have received the following documents (save for the securities which, due to the requirement of their registration in public registries or due to their nature, cannot be delivered to the Bank before the relevant Drawdown Notice and which will be delivered to the Bank simultaneously with the relevant drawdown):

 

 

 

 

(a)

each of the Security Documents and the Manager’s Undertaking duly executed and where appropriate duly registered with the appropriate registry; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

unless already delivered to the Bank, a copy (certified by the Secretary to be true and complete) of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Borrower to open and maintain its Earnings Account and such mandate forms, signature specimen cards and other documents as the Bank may require in connection therewith;

 

 

 

7.3

Conditions concerning the Vessels

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof and/or to allow any Transaction to be effected under the Master Agreement is subject to the further condition that the Bank shall have received prior to the relevant drawdown or, where this is not possible, simultaneously with the drawdown of the Commitment or the relevant part thereof:

 

 

 

 

(a)

a valuation of the relevant Vessel as at a date determined by the Bank but in any event before the relevant drawdown prepared on the basis specified in Clause 8.10(c) (but taking into account of any Approved Charterparty) by major shipbrokers appointed and/or approved by the Bank evidencing that the value of relevant Vessel is at least 125% of the amount of the Advance relative to such Vessel and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank in its sole discretion;

 

 

 

 

(b)

evidence that, prior to or simultaneously with the relevant drawdown, each Vessel will be duly registered in the ownership of its Owner through the Registry under the

32



 

 

 

 

 

respective Flag State, free from any Encumbrances save for those in favour of the Bank and otherwise as contemplated herein;

 

 

 

 

(c)

evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank that each of the relevant Vessels has been or will - on drawdown - be insured in accordance with the insurance requirements provided for in this Agreement and the other Security Documents (including Mortgagee’s Interest Insurance) to be followed by full copies of cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other contracts of insurance;

 

 

 

 

(d)

copy of the Management Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank between the Owner of each of the relevant Vessels and the Manager;

 

 

 

 

(e)

all necessary confirmations by insurers of each of the relevant Vessels that they will issue letters of undertaking and endorse notice of assignment and loss payable clauses on the Insurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank in its sole discretion;

 

 

 

 

(f)

evidence that each of the relevant Vessels is classed 100 Al with Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, or to a similar standard with another classification society of like standing to be specifically approved by the Bank, and remains free from overdue recommendations and notations;

 

 

 

 

(g)

evidence that the trading certificates of each of the relevant Vessels are valid and in force;

 

 

 

 

(h)

due authorisation in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank authorising the Bank to have access and/or obtain any copies of class records or other information at its discretion from the Classification Society of each of the relevant Vessel(s);

 

 

 

 

(i)

a copy of each A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparty certified as true and complete by the legal counsel of the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

(j)

a copy of the DOC applicable to each Vessel and of the SMC applicable to the Manager certified as true and in effect by the Manager;

 

 

 

 

(k)

copies of such ISM Code Documentation as the Bank may by written notice to the Borrowers have requested not later than two (2) days before the Drawdown Date certified as true and complete in all material respects by the Borrowers and the Manager; and

 

 

 

 

(l)

true and complete copy of the ISSC of each Vessel issued pursuant to the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

7.4

No change of circumstances

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof is subject to the further condition that at the time of the giving of a Drawdown Notice and on advancing the Commitment or (if it has been so agreed in Clause 2.3) on the making of the Advance to which such Drawdown Notice relates:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the representations and warranties set out in Clause 6 and in each of the Security Documents are true and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time;

33



 

 

 

 

(b)

no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the drawdown; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Bank shall be satisfied that there has been no change in the ownership, management, operations and/or adverse change financial condition of any Security Party which (change) might, in the sole opinion of the Bank, be detrimental to the interests of the Bank.

 

 

 

7.5

General Conditions

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or (if so provided in Clause 2.3) any part thereof and/or to allow any Transaction to be effected under the Master Agreement is subject to the further condition that the Bank, prior to or simultaneously with the drawdown, shall have received:

 

 

 

 

(a)

opinions from lawyers appointed by the Bank as to all the matters referred to in Clauses 6.1(a) and (b) and all such aspects of law as the Bank shall deem relevant to this Agreement and the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto and any further legal or other expert opinion as the Bank at its sole discretion may require;

 

 

 

 

(b)

confirmation from any agents nominated in this Agreement and elsewhere in the other Security Documents for the acceptance of any notice or service of process, that they consent to such nomination; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

a receipt in writing in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank including an acknowledgement and admission of the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party to the effect that the Commitment or relevant part thereof (as the case may be) was drawn by the Borrowers and a declaration by the Borrowers that all conditions precedent have been fulfilled, that there is no Event of Default and that all the representations and warranties are true and correct.

 

 

 

7.6

Know your customer and money laundering compliance

 

 

 

 

The obligation of the Bank to advance the Commitment or any part thereof is subject to the further condition that the Bank, prior to or simultaneously with the drawdown, shall have received, to the extent required by any change in applicable law and regulation or any changes in the Bank’s own internal guidelines since the date on which the applicable documents and evidence were delivered to the Bank pursuant to Clause 8.1(f), such further documents and evidence as the Bank shall require to identify the Borrowers and the other Security Parties and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement, including but without limitation a declaration of the ultimate beneficial shareholder(s) of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor.

 

 

 

7.7

Further documents

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of this Clause 7 the Borrowers hereby undertakes with the Bank to make or procure to be made such amendments and/or additions to any of the documents delivered to the Bank in accordance with this Clause 7 and to execute and/or deliver to the Bank or procure to be executed and/or delivered to the Bank such further documents as the Bank and its legal advisors may reasonably require to satisfy themselves that all the terms and requirements of this Agreement have been complied with.

34



 

 

 

7.8

Conditions subsequent

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Bank shall be entitled, upon the happening of an Event of Default, to send to the Charterer of each of the Vessels a notice of assignment of the relevant A.P. Møller-Maersk Charterparty or, as the case may be, the relevant Approved Charterparty.

 

 

 

 

(b)

In the event of any of the conditions referred to in this Clause 7 not being satisfied (whether with the express or implied agreement of the Bank or otherwise) and the Bank nevertheless makes the Commitment (or any part thereof) available to the Borrowers, the Borrowers will comply or procure compliance with all such conditions by no later than fourteen (14) days after the Drawdown Date or within such longer period as the Bank shall agree to.

 

 

 

8.

COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers that, from the date of this Agreement and as long as any money is due and/or owing and/or outstanding under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, the Borrowers will:

 

 

 

8.1

Information Covenants

 

 

 

 

(a)

Annual financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

furnish the Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, with annual, audited (by auditors acceptable to the Bank) consolidated financial statements of the Group (including the Borrowers) at latest within 180 days after the end of the financial year concerned, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, such obligation to commence as from the financial year ending on 31st December, 2008;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

provide the Bank annually and from time to time as the Bank may request and in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank with information on all major financial developments of the Group such as sales or purchases of vessels, new loans, refinancing/restructuring of existing loans, contracts for term employment of such vessels, as well as the financial conditions, cash flow position, commitments and operations of the Borrowers, including cash flow analysis and voyage accounts of the Vessels with a breakdown of income and running expenses showing net trading profit, trade payables and trade receivables, such financial details to be certified by one of the directors of the Borrowers as to their correctness;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Information on adverse change or Default

 

 

 

 

 

promptly inform the Bank of any occurrence which came to the knowledge of the Borrowers or any other Security Party which might materially and adversely affect the ability of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents and of any Event of Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof;

35



 

 

 

 

(d)

Information on the employment of the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

provide the Bank from time to time as the Bank may request with information on the employment of the Vessels as well as on the terms and conditions of any charterparty, contract of affreightment, agreement or related document in respect of the employment of the Vessels, such information to be certified by one of the directors of the Borrowers as to their correctness; and

 

 

 

 

(e)

Know your customer and money laundering compliance

 

 

 

 

 

provide the Bank with such documents and evidence as the Bank shall from time to time require, based on applicable law and regulations from time to time and the Bank’s own internal guidelines from time to time to identify the Borrowers and the other Security Parties, including the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners of such entities, and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement;

 

 

 

8.2

Banking operations-liquidity

 

 

 

 

(a)

ensure that all banking operations performed by the Borrowers in connection with the Vessels are carried out through the Lending Branch of the Bank; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

ensure that, throughout the Security Period, it is maintained in deposit account(s) in the names of the Borrowers maintained with the Bank average monthly balances of $3,000,000 (Three million Dollars);

 

 

 

8.3

No Further Financial Exposure

 

 

 

without the prior written consent of the Bank:

 

 

 

 

(a)

No further Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

incur no further Indebtedness nor authorise or accept any capital commitments (other than that normally associated with the day to day operations of their business) nor enter into any agreement for payment on deferred terms or hire agreement without the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

(b)

No Loans

 

 

 

 

 

not make any loans or advances to, or any investments in any person, firm, corporation, joint venture or other entity including (without limitation) any loan or advance to any officer, director, stockholder or employee or any other company managed by the Manager directly or through the managers of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

(c)

No Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, which is continuing, not declare or pay any dividends or other distribution upon any of the issued shares or otherwise dispose of any assets to any of the shareholders of the Borrowers, without the prior written consent of the Bank;

36



 

 

 

 

(d)

No Payments

 

 

 

 

 

except pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents (or as expressly permitted by the same) not pay out any funds to any company or person except in connection with the administration of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor and the operation and/or repair of the Vessels; and

 

 

 

 

(e)

Master Agreement Derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

not enter into any transaction in a derivative other than under the Master Agreement;

 

 

 

8.4

Maintenance of Business Structure

 

 

 

 

(a)

Maintenance of Business Structure

 

 

 

 

 

not change the nature, organisation and conduct of the business of the Borrowers as owners of the Vessels or carry on any business other than the business carried on at the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Maintenance of Legal Structure

 

 

 

 

 

that none of the documents defining the constitution of any of the Borrowers shall be altered in any manner whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Control

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that no change shall be made in the direct or indirect ownership, beneficial ownership, control or management of any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor or of any of the Vessels without the prior written consent of the Bank (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) save for the necessary changes required for the creation of the new corporate structure of the Group and by the listing of the Corporate Guarantor in the New York Stock Exchange;

 

 

 

 

(d)

No merger

 

 

 

 

 

not merge or consolidate with any other company or person;

 

 

 

 

(e)

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

not form or acquire any Subsidiaries; and

 

 

 

 

(f)

Share capital and distribution

 

 

 

 

 

not purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertakings, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders;

 

 

 

8.5

No Subordination

 

 

 

 

ensure that the indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Bank hereunder will not be subordinated in priority of payment to any other present or future indebtedness;

37



 

 

 

8.6

Maintenance of Assets

 

 

 

 

(a)

No Transfer of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

not convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with any of their real or personal property, assets or rights, whether present or future, without the prior written consent of the Bank; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

No Encumbrance of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

not allow any part of its undertaking, property, assets or rights, whether present or future, to be mortgaged, charged, pledged, used as a lien or otherwise encumbered without the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

 

 

8.7

Covenants Concerning the Vessels

 

 

 

 

(a)

Ownership/Management/Control

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that the Vessels will maintain their present ownership, management, control and beneficial ownership, save for the necessary changes required for the creation of the new corporate structure of the Group and by the listing of the Corporate Guarantor in the New York Stock Exchange;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Class

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that the Vessels will remain in class free of overdue recommendations or notations and provide the Bank on demand with copies of all class and trading certificates of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Insurances

 

 

 

 

 

maintain all Insurances of the Vessels and comply with all insurance requirements specified in this Agreement and the Mortgages and in case of failure to maintain the Vessels so insured authorise the Bank (and such authorisation is hereby expressly given to the Bank) to have the right but not the obligation to effect such Insurances on behalf of the Owner (and in case that any of the Vessels remains in port for an extended period to effect port risks Insurances at the cost of the Borrowers which, if paid by the Bank, shall be Expenses);

 

 

 

 

(d)

Transfer/Encumbrances

 

 

 

 

 

not without the prior written consent of the Bank sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Vessels or any share therein or create or agree to create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over either Vessel (or any share or interest therein) other than Permitted Encumbrances;

 

 

 

 

(e)

Not imperil Flag, Ownership, Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

ensure that each of the Vessels is maintained and trades in conformity with the laws of the flag of the respective Vessel, of its owning company or of the nationality of the officers, the requirements of the Insurances and nothing is done or permitted to be done which could endanger the flag of the respective Vessel or its unencumbered (other than Permitted Encumbrances) ownership or its Insurances;

38



 

 

 

 

 

(f)

Mortgage Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

always comply with all the covenants provided for in the mortgage on each of the Vessels;

 

 

 

 

(g)

Charter

 

 

 

 

 

not without the prior written consent of the Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) enter into a charterparty, contract of affreightment, agreement or related document in respect of the employment of the vessels (i) for a period for more than 12 months or (ii) on demise charterparty;

 

 

 

 

(h)

Charter Assignment

 

 

 

 

 

execute and deliver to the Bank within fifteen (15) days of signing of any charter, the duration of which is agreed to be for a period, directly or by extension more than twelve (12) months, (a) a specific assignment of such charter in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and (b) a notice of any such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer (to be served upon the happening of an Event of Default) and, in such case, endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the relevant charterer all in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank or (c) alternatively at the discretion of the Bank, a copy of irrevocable instructions of the Owner of the respective Vessel to the charterer (to be served upon the happening of an Event of Default) for the payment of the hire to the Bank and/or a copy of the charterparty with appropriate irrevocable notation;

 

 

 

 

(i)

Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

 

 

 

 

to comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates of the Borrowers comply with, all Environmental Laws including without limitation, requirements relating to manning and establishment of financial responsibility and to obtain and comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates of the Borrowers obtain and comply with, all Environmental Approvals and to notify the Bank forthwith:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

of any Environmental Claim for an amount or amounts exceeding $1,000,000 made against either Vessel and/or the Owner thereof; and

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

upon becoming aware of any incident which may give rise to an Environmental Claim and to keep the Bank advised in writing of the Owner’s response to such Environmental Claim on such regular basis and in such detail as the Bank shall require.

 

 

 

 

(j)

Compliance with ISM Code and ISPS Code

 

 

 

 

 

will procure that the Manager and any Operator:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

will comply with and ensure that each Vessel and any Operator complies with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period;

39



 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

immediately inform the Bank if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of the Borrowers’, the Manager’s or an Operator’s DOC or the SMC in respect of the Vessels (or any of them); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

promptly inform the Bank upon the issue to the Borrowers (or any of them), the Manager or any Operator of a DOC and to any of the Vessels of an SMC or the receipt by the Borrowers (or any of them), the Manager or any Operator of notification that its application for the same has been realised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

(aa) will maintain at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of each Vessel, (bb) immediately notify the Bank in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of any Vessel and (cc) procure that each Vessel will comply at all times with the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

 

8.8

Observance of Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Use of the Loan

 

 

 

 

 

use the Loan exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Compliance with Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

duly and punctually perform all obligations under this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Payment on Demand

 

 

 

 

 

 

pay to the Bank on demand any sum of money which is payable by the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement but in respect of which it is not specified in any other Clause when it is due and payable; and

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence of Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

upon request by the Bank from time to time provide such information and evidence to the Bank as the Bank would reasonably require to demonstrate compliance with the covenants and undertakings set forth in this Agreement and any other Security Document;

 

 

 

 

8.9

Validity of Securities

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Validity

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure and procure that all governmental or other consents required by law and/or any other steps required for the validity, enforceability and legality of this Agreement and the other Security Documents are maintained in full force and effect and/or appropriately taken;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

ensure and procure that, unless and until directed by the Bank otherwise (i) all the Earnings of each Vessel shall be paid to the relevant Earnings Account and (ii) the

40



 

 

 

 

 

 

persons from whom the Earnings are from time to time due are irrevocably instructed to pay them to the relevant Earnings Account in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the relevant Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail; and

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Additional Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

from time to time at the request of the Bank execute and deliver to the Bank or procure the execution and delivery to the Bank of all such documents as shall be deemed desirable at the reasonable discretion of the Bank for giving full effect to this Agreement, and for perfecting, protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Bank under any one or more of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto and in case that any Conditions Precedent have not been fulfilled prior to the Drawdown, such Conditions shall be complied with within fifteen (15) days of Drawdown (unless the Bank agrees otherwise in writing) and failure to comply with this Covenant shall be an Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

8.10

Market Value to Debt Ratio-Additional Security - Valuation of the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally undertake that the aggregate of (i) the aggregate Market Values of the Mortgaged Vessels (determined in accordance with Clause 8.10(b) or, as the case may be Clause 8.10(c)) and (ii) the value in Dollars of any additional security given under this clause and accepted by the Bank (at its discretion) shall be at least equal to of the Security Requirement at the relevant time and if at any relevant time the aggregate of the Market Values of the Mortgaged Vessels (together with the value in Dollars of any additional security given under this clause and accepted by the Bank (at its discretion)) is less than the Security Requirement, they will within fifteen (15) Banking Days of being advised by the Bank of such event either:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

provide the Bank with such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Bank be adequate to make up such deficiency and which shall take such form and shall be constituted by such documentation and be entered into between such parties as the Bank in its absolute discretion may approve or require (and, if the Borrowers do not make proposals satisfactory to the Bank in relation to such additional security within the aforesaid period of fifteen (15) Banking Days of the date of the Bank’s notification to the Borrowers aforesaid, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected to prepay in accordance with sub-clause (ii) below), or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

prepay (in accordance with Clause 4.2 (but without regard to the requirement for ten (10) days notice) such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the aggregate Market Value (determined as aforesaid) of the Mortgaged Vessels and any such additional security is after such prepayment at least equal to

41



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110% or, as the case may be, 120% of the aggregate of (i) the Loan and (ii) the Swap Exposure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Such additional security shall be constituted by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

aa)

additional pledged cash deposits in favour of the Bank in an amount equal to such shortfall with a bank and in an account and mariner to be determined by the Bank; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bb)

any other security acceptable to the Bank to be provided in a manner determined by the Bank;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any such additional security provided to the Bank shall be released by the Bank once the Security Requirement ratio has been restored. The provisions of Clause 4.3 and 4.4 shall apply to prepayments under Clause 8.10(a).

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Valuation of Mortgaged Vessel subject to Approved Charterparty . For the purpose of this Clause 8.10 the Market Value of a Mortgaged Vessel which at the relevant time is subject to an Approved Charterparty with an unexpired term of at least 12 months with a first class charterer acceptable to the Bank (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall be the aggregate of the present values (as may be conclusively determined by the Bank) of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Bareboat-equivalent Time Charter Income of such Mortgaged Vessel in respect of the remaining unexpired term of the relevant Approved Charterparty excluding any periods for which the relevant Approved Charterparty may be renewed at the option of any party (for the purposes of this Clause 8.10, an “option period” ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Residual Value of such Mortgaged Vessel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this Clause 8.10:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

aa.

the discount rate which will apply in calculating the present value of the amounts referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Clause 8.10(b) will be the applicable interest rate swap rate for a period equal to the unexpired term of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel Approved Charterparty (excluding any option periods (rounded up to the nearest integral year));

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

bb.

“Bareboat - equivalent Time Charter Income” means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel the aggregate charter hire due and payable to the Owner of that Mortgaged Vessel for the remaining unexpired term of the Approved Charterparty relative to that Mortgaged Vessel at the relevant time (excluding any option periods (as that term is defined in Clause 8.10(b)(i)) less the aggregate operating expenses of that Mortgaged Vessel as determined by the Borrowers to the satisfaction of the Bank for the same period; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cc.

“Residual Value” of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel means the current charter-free market value (determined in accordance with Clause 8.10(c)) of a vessel with identical characteristics to such

42



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgaged Vessel other than its age which shall, for the purposes of this Clause 8.10, be considered to be the age of such Mortgaged Vessel at the expiration of the Approved Charterparty to which such Mortgaged Vessel is subject at the relevant time (excluding any option periods).

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Valuation of Mortgaged Vessel not subject to an Approved Charterparty . For the purpose of this Clause 8.10 the Market Value of a Mortgaged Vessel which at the relevant time is not subject to an Approved Charterparty shall be made on the basis of one valuation made by such first class independent sale and purchase shipbrokers as may from time to time be appointed or approved by the Bank. For this purpose, such valuation shall be made on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, but without taking into account any existing charter in respect of such Mortgaged Vessel. The Bank and the Borrowers each agrees to accept such valuation made by the shipbroker appointed as aforesaid as conclusive evidence of the Market Value of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel at the date of such valuation. Each of the Borrowers agrees to supply the Bank and any shipbroker appointed as aforesaid with such information concerning each of the Mortgaged Vessels and her condition as such shipbroker may reasonably require for the purpose of making such valuation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Valuation of additional security For the purpose of this Clause 8.10, the market value of any additional security provided or to be provided to the Bank shall be determined by the Bank in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Bank assigning any reason thereto provided, always, that if the additional security is in the form of a collateral vessel such collateral vessel shall be valued in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.10(b) or, as the case may be, 8.10(c) or if the additional security is in form of a cash deposit full credit shall be given for such cash deposit on a Dollar for Dollar basis; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Documents and evidence In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this Clause 8.10, the Bank shall be entitled to receive such evidence and documents as may in the Bank’s reasonable opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Bank shall in its absolute discretion require.

 

 

 

 

 

8.11

Substitution of Personal Guarantee - Additional Financial covenants

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers may request the substitution of the Corporate Guarantee for the Personal Guarantee, subject to satisfaction of the following additional financial covenants:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Corporate Guarantor to maintain market value Adjusted Net Worth of at least $500,000,000 (Five hundred million Dollars);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Corporate Guarantor to ensure that the Leverage Ratio of the Group does not exceed 75%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the Corporate Guarantor to maintain minimum cash of the greater of $30,000,000 (Thirty million Dollars) and 3% of its total debt;

43



 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

the Corporate Guarantor to maintain the consolidated interest cover ratio (EBITDA to Net Interest Expense) of 2.5 minimum;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

the Corporate Guarantor not to declare or pay dividends if the Leverage Ratio exceeds 70%.

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

The expressions used in this Clause 8.12 shall be construed in accordance with law and accounting principles internationally accepted as used in the Accounting Information produced in accordance with sub-clause 8.1(a), and for the purposes of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Leverage Ratio means, in respect of an Accounting Period, total liabilities less cash and cash equivalents over adjusted market value of the aggregate on a consolidated basis of the Group assets less cash and cash equivalents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Adjusted Net Worth means, in respect of an Accounting Period, book equity adjusted for the difference between the book and market value of assets;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

EBITDA on a consolidated basis of the Group means the Earnings before interest and other taxes, depreciation and amortization;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Net Interest Expense means on a consolidated basis the total interest expense minus the total interest income;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Accounting Information means the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Group, to be provided by the Borrowers to the Bank in accordance with Clause 8.1(a); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Accounting Period means each consecutive period of twelve months falling during the Security Period for which annually Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to Clause 8.1(a).

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Borrowers shall ensure that after the creation of the new corporate structure of the Group and the listing of the Corporate Guarantor in the New York Stock Exchange and throughout the remainder of the Security Period at least 40% of the shares of the Corporate Guarantor shall be directly or indirectly held by members of the Vasileios Konstantakopoulos family.

 

 

 

 

9.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

 

There shall be an Event of Default whenever an event described in Clauses 9.1 to 9.8 occurs:

 

 

 

 

9.1

Non Performance of Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Borrowers (or any of them) fail(s) to pay any sum due under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated herein and/or any of the other Security Documents, or, in the case of any sum payable on demand, within three (3) Banking Days of such demand; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Borrowers (or any of them) fail(s) to observe and perform any one or more of the covenants, terms or obligations contained in this Agreement and the Mortgages and/or any other Security Document relating to the Insurances; or

44



 

 

 

 

(c)

the Borrowers (or any of them) commit(s) any breach of or omits to observe any of the covenants, terms, obligations or undertakings under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents (other than failure to pay any sum when due or to comply with any obligation concerning the Insurances) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Bank is capable of remedy, such action as the Bank may require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) Banking Days of the Bank notifying the Borrowers of such required action to remedy the breach or omission; or

 

 

 

9.2

Events affecting the Borrowers

 

 

 

 

(a)

any of the Borrowers is adjudicated or found bankrupt or insolvent or any judgement or order is made by any competent court or resolution passed by any of the Borrowers or petition (which is not in the reasonable opinion of the Bank frivolous or is not being contested in good faith by such Security Party) presented for the winding-up or dissolution of any of the Borrowers or for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, administrator or conservator of the whole or any substantial part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any of the Borrowers becomes or is deemed to be insolvent or suspends payment of its debts or is (or is deemed to be) unable to or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or proposes or enters into any composition or other arrangement for the benefit of its creditors generally or proceedings are commenced in relation to any of the Borrowers under any law, regulation or procedure relating to reconstruction or readjustment of debts; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver or similar officer is appointed of the whole or any part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers or a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers and is not discharged within fourteen (14) Banking Days; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Borrowers are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any government; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

any event occurs or proceeding is taken with respect to any of the Borrowers in any jurisdiction to which it is subject which has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events mentioned in Clauses 9.2(a) to 9.2(d); or

 

 

 

 

(f)

any of the Borrowers suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business; or

 

 

 

 

(g)

there occurs, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, a materially adverse change in the financial condition of any of the Borrowers; or

 

 

 

 

(h)

any other event occurs or circumstances arise which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, is likely materially and adversely to affect either (i) the ability of any of the Borrowers to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents, or (ii) the security created by this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents; or

45



 

 

 

 

(i)

there is any change in the Borrowers’ beneficial ownership of the shares in any of the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, save for the necessary changes required for the creation of the new corporate structure of the Group and by the listing of the Corporate Guarantor in the New York Stock Exchange as a result of which less than 40% of the shares of the Corporate Guarantor are directly or indirectly held by members of the Konstantakopoulos family; or

 

 

 

9.3

Representations Incorrect

 

 

 

 

any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of the Borrowers in or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect in any material respect; or

 

 

 

9.4

Cross-default

 

 

 

 

any Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid on its due date or within any period of grace specified in the contract evidencing the original terms of such Indebtedness or, if repayable on demand, shall not be repaid on demand or, being a guarantee, is not honoured when first demanded or becomes due or capable of being declared due prior to its stated date of payment unless the same is being contested in good faith and the Bank is satisfied that the same does not and will not affect the performance by the Borrowers (or either of them) of their/its obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

9.5

Events affecting the Security Documents

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any party thereto (other than the Bank), or if any such party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers to fulfil any of its covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or for the Bank to exercise the rights vested in it thereunder or otherwise; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any of the Borrowers to authorise or otherwise in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or the performance by any of the Borrowers of its obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents is modified in a manner unacceptable to the Bank or is not granted or is revoked or terminated or expires and is not renewed or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Encumbrance in respect of any of the property (or part thereof) which is the subject of the Security Documents (or any of them) is enforced; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

any other event or events (whether related or not) occurs which constitutes a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Bank) adverse change, from the position applicable as at the date of this Agreement, in the business, affairs or condition (financial or

46



 

 

 

 

 

otherwise) of any Security Party or a Credit Support Provider) (including any such material adverse change resulting from an Environmental Incident) the effect of which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, to impair, delay or prevent the due fulfillment by any Security Party or a Credit Support Provider of any of their respective obligations or undertakings contained in this Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement or any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

9.6

Events concerning the Security Parties

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) fails to pay any sum due from it under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents when due, or, in the case of any sum payable on demand, within three (3) Banking Days of demand; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) fails to observe and perform any one or more of the covenants, terms or obligations contained in this Agreement and the Mortgages and/or the other Security Documents relating to the Insurances; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the covenants, terms, obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents (other than failure to pay any sum when due or to observe or perform obligations relating to the Insurances) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Bank is capable of remedy, such action as the Bank may require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) Banking Days of the Bank notifying the relevant Security Party, of such required action to remedy the breach or omission; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party (other than the Borrowers) in or pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect in any material respect; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

any of the events referred to in Clauses 9.2 to 9.5 occurs (amended as appropriate) in relation to any Security Party (other than the Borrowers); or

 

 

 

 

(f)

death of the Personal Guarantor or any steps are taken or legal proceedings initiated for the Personal Guarantor which jeopardise the security constituted by the Personal Guarantee and the Borrowers fail to provide the Bank with a new Personal Guarantee executed by a Personal Guarantor acceptable to the Bank at its reasonable discretion; or

 

 

 

9.7

Environmental Events

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Security Party and/or any other Relevant Party and/or any of their respective Environmental Affiliates fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or any of the Vessels or any other Relevant Ship is involved in any incident which gives rise or which may give rise to any Environmental Claim, if in any such case, such non compliance or incident or the consequences thereof could (in the reasonable opinion of the Bank) be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business assets, operations, property or financial condition of any of the Borrowers or any other Security Party or on the security created by any of the Security Documents; or

47



 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Security Party or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which any of the Vessels is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including without limitation, liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where any of the Vessels operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or

 

 

 

 

9.8

Events concerning the Master Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Master Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notice of an Early Termination Date is given by the Bank under section 6(a) of the Master Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred or been effectively designated under the Master Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

a person entitled to do so gives notice of an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) under section 6(b)(iv) of the Master Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason; or

 

 

 

 

9.9

Events concerning the Vessels

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

either Vessel becomes a Total Loss unless:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Bank shall have received within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such total Loss confirmation from the relevant underwriter that such Total Loss is an insured event and constitutes a valid claim against such underwriters; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

after receipt of such confirmation the Bank shall have received within one hundred and eighty days (180) after the occurrence of such event, the insurance proceeds in an amount equal to the amount for which such Vessel was required to be insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement immediately prior to the event giving rise to such Total Loss; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

either Vessel ceases to be managed by the Manager (for any reason other than the reason of a Total Loss or sale of such Vessel) without the approval of the Bank and the Borrowers fail to appoint an Manager within two (2) days after the termination of the Management Agreement with the previous Manager; or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any of the Vessels is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the Borrowers shall fail to procure the release of such Vessel within a period of thirty (30) days thereafter; or

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the registration of any of the Vessels under the laws and flag of her Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Bank or, if a Vessel

48



 

 

 

 

 

is only provisionally registered on the delivery date for such Vessel and is not permanently registered under the laws and flag of her Flag State at least ten (10) days prior to the deadline for completing such permanent registration;

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Flag State of any of the Vessels becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such Flag State by unconstitutional means or is occupied by any other power and, in any such case, such event could in the opinion of the Bank reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(f)

any of the Owners or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which any of the Vessels is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including, without limitation, any cover in respect of liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdiction where any of the Vessels operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or

 

 

 

 

(g)

(without prejudice to the generality of Sub-Clause 9.1(b) and (c)) for any reason whatsoever the provisions of Clause 8.7(j)(i), (ii) and (iii) are not complied with and/or any of the Vessels ceases to comply with the ISM Code; or

 

 

 

 

(h)

(without prejudice to the generality of sub-Clause 9.1(b) and (c)) for any reason whatsoever the provisions of Clause 8.7(j)(iv) are not complied with and/or any Vessel ceases to comply with the ISPS Code; or

 

 

 

9.10

Consequences of default

 

 

 

 

The Bank may without prejudice to any other rights of the Bank (which will continue to be in force concurrently with the following), at any time after the happening of an Event of Default, which is continuing:

 

 

 

 

(a)

by notice to the Borrowers declare that the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall be terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

by notice to the Borrowers declare that the Loan and all interest and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement and the other Security Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable without any further diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice or any other procedure from the Bank which are expressly waived by the Borrowers; and/or

 

 

 

 

(c)

put into force and exercise all or any of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by it under this Agreement and/or under any other Security Document and/or as mortgagee of the Vessels, mortgagee, chargee or assignee or as the beneficiary of any other property right or any other security (as the case may be) of the assets charged or assigned to it under the Security Documents or otherwise (whether at law, by virtue of any of the Security Documents or otherwise);

49



 

 

 

9.11

Insolvency Events of Default

 

 

 

If an event occurs in respect of any of the Borrowers or the other Security Parties of the type described in Clause 9.2(a) to (e) (except (i) in the case when a petition was presented or proceedings were commenced or a suit or writ were issued by a third party and the relevant Borrower or Security Party is defending itself in bona fide and (ii) in the case that such events mentioned in Clause 9.2 relate to only a part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues which in the reasonable opinion of the Bank does not affect the ability of the Borrowers to perform their obligations under this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents) the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall terminate immediately upon receipt by the Bank of the relevant information (as such receipt shall be conclusively certified by a certificate of the Bank) and all amounts payable under sub-clause 9.10(b) above shall become immediately due and payable without any notice or other formality which is hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers.

 

 

9.12

Proof of Event of Default

 

 

 

It is agreed that (i) the non-payment of any sum of money in time will be proved conclusively by mere passage of time and (ii) the occurrence of this (non payment) and any other Event of Default shall be proved conclusively (save for manifest error) by a mere written statement of the Bank which (statement) shall be conclusive, binding and full evidence for the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor, but the Borrowers and the Corporate Guarantor shall be allowed to rebut such evidence by any means of evidence save for witnesses.

 

 

9.13

Exclusion of Bank’s liability

 

 

 

Neither the Bank nor any receiver or manager appointed by the Bank, shall have any liability to the Borrowers (or any of them) or any other Security Party:

 

 

 

(a)

for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Security Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

 

 

 

 

except that this does not exempt the Bank or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the negligence or the wilful misconduct of the Bank’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

 

10.

INDEMNITIES - EXPENSES - FEES

 

 

10.1

Miscellaneous Indemnities

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers shall on demand (and it is hereby expressly jointly and severally undertaken by the Borrowers to) indemnify the Bank, without prejudice to any of the other rights of the Bank under any of the Security Documents, against any loss or expense which the Bank shall certify as sustained or incurred as a consequence of:

50



 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

any default in payment by any of the Security Parties of any sum under any of the Security Documents when due;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the occurrence and/or continuance of any Event of Default (or event which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time or other applicable condition, might constitute an Event of Default) and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan (or any part thereof) pursuant to Clause 9.10; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

any prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made under Clauses 4.2, 4.3, 8.10(a) or 12 or any other repayment of the Loan or part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

the Commitment or either Tranche not being advanced for any reason (excluding any default by the Bank) after the Drawdown Notice has been given,

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Without limiting its generality, Clause 10.1(a) covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by the Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of the Loan and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes the Loan or any overdue amount); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any Transaction or any other interest rate and/or currency swap or any other transaction or arrangement entered into by the Bank (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Bank) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Bank determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under this Agreement or the Master Agreement.

10.2

Expenses

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) pay to the Bank on demand:

 

 

 

(a)

Initial and Amendment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

all expenses (including legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and the other Security Documents and of any amendment or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents and/or in connection with any proposal by the Borrowers to constitute additional security pursuant to Clause 8.10(a), whether any such security shall in fact be constituted or not;

51



 

 

 

 

(b)

Enforcement expenses

 

 

 

 

 

all expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents, or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or the contemplation or preparation of the above, whether they have been effected or not; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

any and all other Expenses as defined in Clause 1.2.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Legal costs

 

 

 

 

 

the legal costs of the Bank’s appointed lawyer, in respect of the preparation of this Agreement and the other Security Documents as well as the legal costs of the foreign lawyers (if these are available) in respect of the registration of the Security Documents or any search or opinion given to the Bank in respect of the Security Parties or the Vessels (or any of them) or the Security Documents. The said legal costs shall be due and payable on the date of drawdown.

 

 

 

 

All expenses payable pursuant to this Clause 10.2 shall be paid together with value added tax (if any) thereon.

 

 

10.3

Stamp duty

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes or charges (including those payable by the Bank) imposed by governmental authorities in relation to this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents, and shall indemnify the Bank against any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from delay or omission on the part of the Borrowers to pay such stamp taxes or charges.

 

 

10.4

Environmental Indemnity

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall indemnify the Bank on demand and hold the Bank harmless from and against all costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings (whether civil or criminal) penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be suffered, incurred or paid by, or made or asserted against the Bank at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, relating to, or arising directly or indirectly in any manner or for any cause or reason out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against the Bank.

 

 

10.5

Currency indemnity

 

 

 

If any sum due from the Borrowers under any of the Security Documents or any order or judgement given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the “first currency” ) in which the same is payable under the relevant Security Document or under such order or judgement into another currency (the “second currency” ) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrowers or any other Security Party, as the

52



 

 

 

 

case may be or (ii) obtaining an order or judgement in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgement given or made in relation to any of the Security Documents, the Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Bank may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency into the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgement, claim or proof. The term “rate of exchange” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.

 

 

10.6

MII costs

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (and it is hereby expressly undertaken by the Borrowers to) reimburse the Bank on demand for any and all costs incurred by the Bank (as supported by vouchers/invoices) in effecting and keeping effected a mortgagee’s interest insurance which the Bank may at any time effect for an amount of 110% of the amount of the Loan at the Bank’s wording or upon such terms as shall from time to time be determined by the Bank (herein “MII” ), provided, however, that the Bank shall in its absolute discretion appoint and instruct in respect of any such MII the insurance brokers in respect of such insurance and provided, further, that in the event that the Bank effects any such insurance on the basis of any mortgagee’s open cover, the Borrowers shall pay on demand to the Bank their proportion of premium due in respect of the Relevant Ship for which such insurance cover has been effected by the Bank, and any certificate of the Bank in respect of any such premium due by the Borrowers (as supported by the necessary invoices/vouchers) shall (save for manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers.

 

 

10.7

Maintenance of the Indemnities

 

 

 

The indemnities contained in this Clause 10 shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted to the Borrowers or any other party from time to time and shall continue to be in full force and effect notwithstanding any payment in favour of the Bank and any sum due from the Borrowers under this Clause 10 will be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under any one or more of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

 

10.8

Communications Indemnity

 

 

 

It is hereby agreed in connection with communications that:

 

 

 

(a)

express authority is hereby given by the Borrowers to the Bank to accept (at the sole discretion of the Bank) all tested or untested communications given by facsimile or otherwise, regarding any or all of the notices, requests, instructions or other communications under this Agreement, subject to any restrictions imposed by the Bank relating to such communications including, without limitation (if so required by the Bank), the obligation to confirm such communications by letter;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each of the Borrowers shall recognise any and all of the said notices, requests, instructions or other communications as legal, valid and binding, when these notices, requests, instructions or communications come from the fax numbers mentioned in Clause 15.1 or any other fax usually used by it or its managing company;

53



 

 

 

 

(c)

each of the Borrowers hereby assumes full responsibility for the execution of the said notices, requests, instructions or communications by the Bank and promises and recognises that the Bank shall not be held responsible for any loss, liability or expense that may result from such notices, requests, instructions or other communications; it is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers to indemnify in full the Bank from and against all actions, proceedings, damages, costs, claims, demands, expenses and any and all direct and/or indirect losses which the Bank or any third party may suffer, incur or sustain by reason of the Bank following such notices, requests, instructions or communications;

 

 

 

 

(d)

with regard to notices, requests, instructions or communications issued by electronic and/or mechanical processes (e.g. by facsimile), the risk of equipment malfunction, including, without limitation, transmission errors and omissions is assumed fully and accepted by the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

(e)

the risks of errors in notices, requests, instructions or communications being given as mentioned above, are for the Borrowers, and the Bank will be indemnified in full pursuant to this Clause;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Bank shall have the right to ask the Borrowers to furnish any information the Bank may require to establish the authority of any person purporting to act on behalf of the Borrowers for these notices, requests, instructions or communications but it is expressly agreed that there is no obligation for the Bank to do so. The Bank shall be fully protected in, and the Bank shall incur no liability to the Borrowers for acting upon the said notices, requests, instructions or communications which were believed by the Bank in good faith to have been given by the Borrowers or by any of their authorised representative(s);

 

 

 

 

(g)

it is undertaken by the Borrowers to safeguard the function and the security of the electronic and mechanical appliance(s) such as fax(es) etc., as well as the code word list, if any, and to take adequate precautions to protect such code word list from loss and to prevent its terms becoming known to any persons not directly concerned with its use; the Borrowers shall hold the Bank harmless and indemnified from all claims, losses, damages and expenses which the Bank may incur by reason of the failure of the Borrowers to comply with the obligations under this Clause and/or this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(h)

the Bank may at any time, without disclosing to the Borrowers the reason (and such discretion of the Bank is expressly admitted by the Borrowers hereby) refuse to execute the notices, requests, instructions or communications of the Borrowers or any part thereof given by fax without incurring any responsibility for loss, liability or expense arising out of such refusal, unless the original of any such notice, request, instruction or communication has also been delivered to the Bank.

 

 

 

10.9

Central Bank or European Central Bank reserve requirements indemnity

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall on demand promptly indemnify the Bank against any cost incurred or loss suffered by the Bank as a result of its complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank and/or with respect to maintaining required reserves with the relevant national Central Bank to the extent that such compliance relates to the Commitment and/or the Loan or deposits obtained by it to fund the whole or part of the Loan and to the extent such cost or loss is not recoverable by the Bank under clause 12.2.

54



 

 

 

10.10

Arrangement Fee - Commitment Fee

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers shall pay, or as the case may be, have paid to the Bank on the date hereof a non-refundable arrangement fee in the sum of Three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000) being equivalent to 0.20% of the Commitment payable on the first Drawdown Date.

 

 

 

 

(b)

The Borrowers shall pay to the Bank on each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the date of acceptance of the Commitment Letter i.e. 6.05.2008 until the last day of the Availability Period (or if earlier on the Drawdown Date last to occur), commitment commission for the account of the Bank computed from the date of acceptance of the Commitment Letter in the case of the first payment of commission) and from the date of the preceding payment of commission (in the case of each subsequent payment) at the rate of 0.20% per annum on the daily undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Commitment.

 

 

 

 

The arrangement fee and commitment commission referred to in this Clause 10.10 shall be payable by the Borrowers to the Bank whether or not any part of the Commitment is ever advanced.

 

 

11.

SECURITY, APPLICATION AND SET-OFF

 

 

11.1

Securities

 

 

 

As security for the due and punctual repayment of the Loan and payment of interest thereon as provided in this Agreement and of all other Outstanding Indebtedness, the Borrowers shall ensure and procure that the following Security Documents are duly executed and, where required, registered in favour of the Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank at the time specified herein or otherwise as required by the Bank and ensure that such security consists of:

 

 

 

(a)

the Mortgages;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the General Assignments;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Personal Guarantee;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Corporate Guarantee (upon substitution for the Personal Guarantee);

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Charterparty Assignments;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Accounts Pledge Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Master Agreement Security Deeds.

 

 

 

11.2

Maintenance of Securities

 

 

 

It is hereby undertaken by the Borrowers that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing and/or due under this Agreement or under the other Security Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective Security Parties thereto and rights of the Bank enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that they will, at the expense of the Borrowers, execute, sign, perfect and do any and every such further assurance, document, act, omission or thing as in the opinion of

55



 

 

 

 

 

the Bank may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

 

 

11.3

Application of funds

 

 

 

All moneys received by the Bank under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents shall be applied by the Bank in the following manner:

 

 

 

(a)

firstly , in or towards payment of Expenses and all sums other than principal or interest which may be due to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them at the time of application;

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly , in or towards payment of any default interest;

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly , in or towards payment of any arrears of interest due in respect of the Loan or any part thereof;

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly , in or towards repayment of the Loan whether the same is due and payable or not;

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly , in or towards payment to the Bank for any loss suffered by reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid;

 

 

 

 

(f)

sixthly , in or towards payment to the Bank of any other sums owing to it under any of the Security Documents (other than the Master Agreement);

 

 

 

 

(g)

seventhly , in or towards payment to the Bank of any sum owing under the Master Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(h)

eighthly , the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrowers or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.

 

 

 

11.4

Set off

 

 

 

(a)

Right of Set-off

 

 

 

 

 

Express authority is hereby given by the Borrowers to the Bank without prejudice to any of the rights of the Bank at law, contractually or otherwise, at any time and without notice to the Borrowers:

 

 

 

 

(i)

to apply any credit balance standing upon any account of the Borrowers or any of them with any branch of the Bank and in whatever currency in or towards satisfaction of any sum due to the Bank from the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

in the name of the Borrowers and/or the Bank to do all such acts and execute all such documents as may be necessary or expedient to effect such application; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

to combine and/or consolidate all or any accounts in the name of the Borrowers or any of them with the Bank.

56



 

 

 

 

 

 

For all or any of the above purposes authority is hereby given to the Bank to purchase with the monies standing to the credit of any such account or accounts such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise any right given by this Clause.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Rights under Master Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Without prejudice to its rights hereunder and/or under the Master Agreement, the Bank may at the same time as, or at any time after, any Event of Default under this Agreement or the Borrowers’ default under the Master Agreement, set off any amount due now or in the future from the Borrowers to the Bank under this Agreement against any amount due from the Bank to the Borrowers under the Master Agreement and apply the first amount in discharging the second amount. The effect of any set off under this clause 11.4(b) shall be effective to extinguish or, as the case may require, reduce the liabilities of the Bank under the Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

The rights conferred on the Bank by this Clause 11.4 shall be in addition to, and without prejudice to or limitation of, the rights of netting and set off conferred on the Bank by the Master Agreement. Each of the Borrowers acknowledges that the Bank shall be under no obligation to make any payment to the Borrowers under or pursuant to the Master Agreement if, at the time that payment becomes due, there shall have occurred an Event of Default, which is continuing or Potential Event of Default, or an Event of Default or Termination Event (as those terms are respectively defined in the Master Agreement).

 

 

 

 

11.5

Earnings Account

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrowers shall procure that throughout the Security Period all the Earnings of each of the Vessels shall be paid to the relevant Earnings Account. No sums shall be withdrawn from either Earnings Account except as hereinafter provided.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Subject to Clause 9, all moneys paid to the Earnings Accounts after discharging the cost (if any) incurred by the Bank in collecting such moneys, shall be applied by the Bank as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in payment of any and all sums whatsoever due and payable to the Bank hereunder (such sums to be paid in such order as the Bank may in its sole discretion elect); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any credit balance shall be available to the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided, however, that :

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

sums standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts shall bear interest at the rate the Bank customarily pays on deposits in the relevant currency in comparable amounts for comparable periods (as conclusively certified by the Bank) and any interest accruing thereon shall be paid to the relevant Earnings Account;

57



 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the absolute obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loan and pay interest thereon as provided in Clauses 3 and 4.

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Bank to make from the relevant Earnings Account any and all above payments and repayments as and when the same fall due or at any time thereafter.

 

 

 

 

(d)

The Borrowers, at their own costs and expenses, undertake with the Bank to comply with or cause to be complied with any written requirement of the Bank from time to time as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Accounts and will from time to time enter into such documentation as the Bank may require in order to create or maintain a security interest in the Earnings Accounts.

 

 

 

 

(e)

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing or at any time thereafter the Bank shall be entitled to set off and apply all sums standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them) and accrued interest (if any) without notice to the Borrowers in the manner specified in Clause 11.3 (and express and irrevocable authority is hereby given by the Borrowers to the Bank so to set off and apply the same and the Bank shall be released to the extent of such set off and application).

 

 

 

 

(f)

The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally covenant with the Bank that neither of the Earnings Accounts shall be charged, assigned, transferred or pledged (other than in favour of the Bank) nor shall there be granted by the Borrowers or suffered to arise any third party rights over or against the whole or any part of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them).

 

 

 

 

(g)

The Earnings Accounts shall be operated in accordance with Bank’s usual terms and conditions (full knowledge of which each of the Borrowers hereby acknowledges) and subject to the Bank’s usual charges levied on such accounts and/or transactions conducted on such accounts (as from time to time notified by the Bank to the Borrowers).

 

 

 

 

(h)

Upon payment in full of all principal, interest and all other amounts due to the Bank under the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents any balance then standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them) shall be released to the relevant Borrower or whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such balance.

 

 

 

12.

UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COSTS

 

 

12.1

Unlawfulness

 

 

 

If any change in, or introduction of, any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or any request of any central bank, monetary, regulatory or other authority or any order of any court renders it unlawful or contrary to any such regulation, requirement, request or order for the Bank to advance the Commitment or any Advance as the case may be, or to maintain or fund the Loan, notice shall be given promptly by the Bank to the Borrowers, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero and the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in accordance with such notice, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement.

58



 

 

 

12.2

Change of circumstances

 

 

 

If any change in or in the interpretation of any applicable law or regulation, by any government or governmental authority or agency, makes it unlawful for the Bank to maintain or give effect to its obligations or to claim or receive any amount payable to the Bank under this Agreement, then the Bank may serve written notice on the Borrowers declaring its obligations under this Agreement terminated in whole or in part, whereupon the same shall terminate forthwith and the Borrowers will immediately repay the Loan and accrued interest to the date of prepayment together with all other Outstanding Indebtedness to the Bank pursuant to the terms of the notice.

 

 

12.3

Increased Cost

 

 

 

If, as a result of (a) any change in or in the interpretation of any law, regulation or official directive (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, with which the Bank habitually complies), by any governmental authority in any country the laws or regulations of which are applicable on the Bank, or (b) compliance by the Bank with any request from any applicable fiscal or monetary authority (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, with which the Bank habitually complies) or (c) any other set of circumstances affecting the Bank including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, stock or capital adequacy, any type of liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits or other banking or monetary controls or requirements (except to the extent included in the Mandatory Cost) which affects the manner in which the Bank allocates capital resources to its obligations hereunder (including (without limitation) those resulting from the implementation of or compliance with any amendment of the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (July 1988, as amended) or any amendatory or substitute agreement thereof including, without limitation, the proposed new Basle Capital Accord (Basle II) or any law or regulation which implements Basle II):

 

 

 

(a)

the cost to the Bank of making the Commitment or any part thereof or maintaining or funding the Loan is increased or an additional cost on the Bank is imposed; and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

subject the Bank to Taxes or the basis of Taxation (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income of the Bank) in respect of any payments to the Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is changed; and/or

 

 

 

 

(c)

the amount payable or the effective return to the Bank under any of the Security Documents is reduced; and/or

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Bank’s rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to the Bank’s obligations under any of the Security Document is reduced; and/or

 

 

 

 

(e)

require the Bank to make a payment or forgo a return on or calculated by references to any amount received or receivable by it under any of the Security Documents is required; and/or

 

 

 

 

(f)

require the Bank to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of the Commitment or the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,

59



 

 

 

then and in each case the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank, from time to time, upon demand, such additional moneys as shall indemnify the Bank for any increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss whatsoever.

 

 

12.4

Claim for increased cost

 

 

 

The Bank will promptly notify the Borrowers of any intention to claim indemnification pursuant to Clause 12.3 and such notification will be a conclusive and full evidence binding on the Borrowers as to the amount of any increased cost or reduction and the method of calculating the same and the Borrowers shall be allowed to rebut such evidence by any means of evidence save for witness. A claim under Clause 12.3 may be made at any time and must be discharged by the Borrowers within seven (7) days of demand. It shall not be a defence to a claim by the Bank under this Clause 12.4 that any increased cost or reduction could have been avoided by the Bank. Any amount due from the Borrowers under Clause 12.3 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgement being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement.

 

 

12.5

Option to prepay

 

 

 

If any additional amounts are required to be paid by the Borrowers to the Bank by virtue of Clause 12.3, the Borrowers shall be entitled, on giving the Bank not less than fourteen (14) days prior notice in writing, to prepay the Loan and accrued interest thereon, together with all other Outstanding Indebtedness, on the next Repayment Date. Any such notice, once given, shall be irrevocable.

 

 

13.

ASSIGNMENT, PARTICIPATION, LENDING OFFICE

 

 

13.1

Binding Effect

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and the Borrowers and their respective successors and assigns.

 

 

13.2

No Assignment by the Borrowers

 

 

 

The Borrowers and any other parties to the Security Documents (other than the Bank) may not assign any rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or any documents executed pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents.

 

 

13.3

Assignment by the Bank

 

 

 

The Bank may (after prior consultation with the Borrowers) at any time, assign, transfer, or offer participation to other banks or financial institutions with shipping experience, in whole or in part, or in any manner dispose of all or any of its rights and/or obligations arising or accruing under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or any documents executed pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents. The Bank may disclose to a potential assignee, transferee or participant or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Agreement such information about the Borrowers and the Security Parties as the Bank shall consider appropriate.

60



 

 

13.4

Documentation

 

 

 

If the Bank assigns, transfers or in any other manner grants participation in respect of all or any part of its rights or benefits or transfers all or any of its obligations as provided in this Clause 13.4 each of the Borrowers undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Bank, to enter into and procure that each Security Party enters into such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the assignee, transferee or participant all or the relevant part of the interest of the Bank in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to the Bank shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Bank and/or assignee, transferee or participant of the Bank to the extent of their respective interests and, in the case of a transfer of all or part of the obligations of the Bank, the Borrowers shall thereafter look only to the assignee, transferee or participant in respect of that proportion of the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement assumed by such assignee, transferee or participant. The Borrowers hereby expressly consent to any subsequent transfer of the rights and obligations of the Bank and undertake that they shall join in and execute such supplemental or substitute agreements as may be necessary to enable the Bank to assign and/or transfer and/or grant participation in respect of its rights and obligations to another branch or to one or more banks or financial institutions in a syndicate or otherwise.

 

 

13.5

Disclosure of information

 

 

 

The Bank may disclose to a potential assignee or transferee of or sub-participant in respect of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them) (or any other person with whom the Bank is contemplating entering into contractual relations with respect to this Agreement and the Security Documents (or any of them)) such information concerning the Borrowers and the other Security Parties, the Vessels and/or about this Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or any of them) and the Security Parties (or any of them) and/or their related entities as shall have been made available to the Bank or as the Bank thinks fit and additionally may disclose such information to any affiliate of the Bank or, on being requested to provide the same, to any governmental or regulatory body.

 

 

 

The Bank shall inform the Borrowers of its intention to disclose the information referred to in Clause 13.5 to any other bank or financial institution.

 

 

13.6

Change of Lending Office

 

 

 

The Bank shall be at liberty to transfer the Loan to any branch or branches, and upon notification of any such transfer, the word “Bank” in this Agreement and in the other Security Documents shall mean the Bank, acting through such branch or branches and the terms and provisions of this Agreement and of the other Security Documents shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

14.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

14.1

Cumulative Remedies

 

 

 

The rights and remedies of the Bank contained in this Agreement and the other Security Documents are cumulative and neither exclusive of each other nor of any other rights or remedies conferred by law.

61



 

 

14.2

Waivers

 

 

 

No delay or omission by the Bank to exercise any right, remedy or power vested in the Bank under this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents or by law shall impair such right or power, or be construed as a waiver of, or as an acquiescence in any default by the Borrowers and/or any other Security Party, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Bank of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. In the event of the Bank on any occasion agreeing to waive any such right, remedy or power, or consenting to any departure from the strict application of the provisions of this Agreement or of any other Security Document, such waiver shall not in any way prejudice or affect the powers conferred upon the Bank under this Agreement and the other Security Documents or the right of the Bank thereafter to act strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents. No modification or waiver by the Bank of any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Security Documents nor any consent by the Bank to any departure therefrom by any Security Party shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and then shall only be effective in the specific case and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any such party in any such case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

 

14.3

Integration of Terms

 

 

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and its provisions supersede the provisions of the Commitment Letter and any and all other prior correspondence and oral negotiation by the parties in respect of the matters regulated by this Agreement.

 

 

14.4

Amendments

 

 

 

This Agreement and any other Security Documents shall not be amended or varied in their respective terms by any oral agreement or representation or in any other manner other than by an instrument in writing of even date herewith or subsequent hereto executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto or thereto.

 

 

14.5

Invalidity of Terms

 

 

 

In the event of any provision contained in one or more of this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto being invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law in any jurisdiction whatsoever, such provision shall be ineffective as to that jurisdiction only without affecting the remaining provisions hereof or thereof. If, however, this event becomes known to the Bank prior to the drawdown of the Commitment or of any part thereof the Bank shall be entitled to refuse drawdown until this discrepancy is remedied. In case that the invalidity of a part results in the invalidity of the whole Agreement, it is hereby agreed that there will exist a separate obligation of the Borrowers for the prompt payment to the Bank of all the Outstanding Indebtedness. Where, however, the provisions of any such applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived by the parties hereto to the full extent permitted by the law to the intent that this Agreement, the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto shall be deemed to be valid binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

62



 

 

 

14.6

Inconsistency of Terms

 

 

 

 

In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Security Document the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

14.7

Language and genuineness of documents

 

 

 

 

(a)

Language

 

 

 

 

 

All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents shall be in the Greek or the English language (or such other language as the Bank shall agree) or shall be accompanied by a certified Greek translation upon which the Bank shall be entitled to rely.

 

 

 

(b)

Certification of documents

 

 

 

 

 

Any copies of documents delivered to the Bank shall be duly certified as true, complete and accurate copies by appropriate authorities or legal counsel practising in Greece or otherwise as will be acceptable to the Bank at the sole discretion of the Bank.

 

 

 

(c)

Certification of signature

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures on Board or shareholder resolutions, Secretary’s certificates and any other documents are, at the discretion of the Bank, to be verified for their genuineness by appropriate Consul or other competent authority.

 

 

 

(d)

Further assurances

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers undertakes that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Bank may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

(e)

Conflicts

 

 

 

 

 

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

63



 

 

 

15.

NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

 

15.1

Notices

 

 

 

Every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Agreement or, unless otherwise provided therein, any of the other Security Documents shall:

 

 

 

(a)

be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available), or cable or shall be served through a process server or subject to Clause 10.8 by fax;

 

 

 

 

(b)

be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the relevant Security Document, in the case of fax, at the time of dispatch as per transmission report (provided, in either case, that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day), in the case of a cable 24 hours after despatch and in the case of a letter when delivered or served personally or five (5) days after it has been put into the post; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

be sent:


 

 

 

 

(i)

if to be sent to any Security Party, to:

 

 

c/o C OSTOMARE S HIPPING C OMPANY S.A.,

 

 

60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,

 

 

Athens, Greece,

 

 

Fax No. (+30210) 9406454

 

 

Attention: The Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if to be sent to the Bank, to

 

 

EMPORIKI BANK OF GREECE S.A.

 

 

114 Kolokotroni Street

 

 

GR 185.35 Piraeus, Greece

 

 

Fax No.: +30 210 4226779

 

 

Attention: The Manager

 

 

 

 

or to such other person, address or fax number as is notified by the relevant Security Party or the Bank (as the case may be) to the other parties to this Agreement and, in the case of any such change of address or fax number notified to the Bank, the same shall not become effective until notice of such change is actually received by the Bank and a copy of the notice of such change is signed by the Bank.


 

 

 

15.2

Confidentiality

 

 

 

(a)

Each of the parties hereto agree and undertake to keep confidential any documentation and any confidential information concerning the business, affairs, directors or employees of the other which comes into its possession in connection with this Agreement and not to use any such documentation, information for any purpose other than for which it was provided.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Each of the Borrowers acknowledge and accept that the Bank may be required by law or that it may be appropriate for the Bank to disclose information and deliver documentation relating to the Borrowers and the transactions and matters in relation

64



 

 

 

 

 

to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents to governmental or regulatory agencies and authorities.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Each of the Borrowers acknowledge and accept that in case of occurrence of any of the Events of Default the Bank may disclose information and deliver documentation relating to the Borrowers and the transactions and matters in relation to this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents to third parties to the extent that this is necessary for the enforcement or the contemplation of enforcement of the Bank’s rights or for any other purpose for which in the opinion of the Bank, such disclosure would be useful or appropriate for the interests of the Bank or otherwise and each of the Borrowers expressly authorise any such disclosure and delivery.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Each of the Borrowers acknowledges and accepts that the Bank may be prohibited or it may be inappropriate for the Bank to disclose information to any of the Borrowers by reason of law or duties of confidentiality owed or to be owed to other persons.

 

 

 

16.

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

 

16.1

Law

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Greek Law and in particular with the provisions of (i) Act of the Monetary Committee under Serial No. 187/1978 (as amended), (ii) the provisions of L.D. dated 17.7/13.8.1923 on “Special Provisions on Societes Anonymes” and (iii) the special terms set out in the resolutions of the Bank of Greece or any other competent Authority. Moreover, the Borrower hereby acknowledges and declares that it is fully familiar with the General Transaction Terms of the Bank and it is hereby agreed that the said General Transaction Terms shall be deemed an integral part of this Agreement.

 

 

16.2

Submission to Jurisdiction

 

 

 

For the exclusive benefit of the Bank, the Borrower hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the non exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Piraeus in Greece and (ii) agrees that any summons, writ, judicial or extra judicial notice, protest, payment order, order for payment, order for enforcement, announcement of claim or other legal process issued against it in Greece shall be served upon the Process Agent, who is hereby authorised to accept such service, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Borrower.

 

 

16.3

Proceedings in any other country

 

 

 

 

(a)

The submission to the jurisdiction of the Courts of Piraeus shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against the Borrower in the courts of any other jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

 

 

 

(b)

If it is decided by the Bank that any such proceedings should be commenced in any other country, then any objections as to the jurisdiction or any claim as to the inconvenience of the forum is hereby waived by each of the Borrowers and it is agreed and undertaken by each of the Borrowers to instruct lawyers in that country to accept service of legal process and not to contest the validity of such proceedings as far as the jurisdiction of the court or courts involved is concerned and each of the

65



 

 

 

 

 

Borrowers agrees that any judgement or order obtained in a Greek court shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers (and each of them) and shall be enforceable without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

16.4

Exclusive jurisdiction

 

 

 

The parties further agree that subject to sub-Clause 16.3 the Courts of Piraeus shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Borrower may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the Borrower hereby waives any objections to proceedings with respect to this Agreement in such courts on the grounds of venue or inconvenient forum.

 

 

16.5

Process Agent (Antiklitos)

 

 

 

Mr. Konstantinos Zacharatos, an Attorney-at-law, presently c/o Costamare Shipping Company S.A., 60 Zephyrou Street, 175.64 Athens, Greece, is hereby appointed by the Borrowers as agent to accept service (hereinafter called the “Process Agent”) upon whom any judicial or extrajudicial process may be served (including but without limitation any documents initiating legal proceedings) and any notice, request, demand payment order, announcement of claim, any enforcement process or other communication under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents. In the event that the Process Agent (or any substitute process agent notified to the Bank in accordance with the foregoing) cannot be found at the address specified above (or, as the case may be, notified to the Bank), which will be conclusively proved by the affidavit of a process server to that effect, the authority of the Process Agent as agent to accept service shall be deemed to have ceased and service of documents may be effected in accordance with the procedure provided by the relevant provisions on service of process provided by the Hellenic Procedural Code.

 

 

16.6

Meaning of “proceedings”

 

 

 

In this Clause 16 “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

 

 

 

/s/

 


66


EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

THE BORROWERS

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos V. Konstantakopoulos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION ,

)

/s/ Konstantinos V. Konstantakopoulos

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

)

 

Name:

Konstantinos Zacharatos

)

 

Address:

60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,

)

 

 

175.64 Athens, Greece,

)

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-law

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

 

Mr. Konstantinos V. Konstantakopoulos

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION ,

)

/s/ Konstantinos V. Konstantakopoulos

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

)

 

Name:

Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

)

 

Address:

60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,

)

 

 

175.64 Athens, Greece,

)

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-law

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

/s/ Christina Margelou

Mrs. Christina Margelou

 

)

Attorney-in-fact

and Mrs. Cryssoula Voulgari

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

 

)

 

EMPORIKI BANK OF GREECE S.A.

)

/s/ Cryssoula Voulgari

in the presence of:

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

/s/ Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

)

 

Name:

Konstantinos Zacharatos

 

)

 

Address:

60 Zephyrou Street, Pal. Faliro,

)

 

 

175.64 Athens, Greece,

 

)

 

Occupation: Attorney-at-law

 

)

 

67


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE
(referred to in Clause 2.2)

 

 

 

To:

EMPORIKI BANK OF GREECE S.A.

 

114 Kolokotroni Street

 

Piraeus, Greece

[ ] May, 2008

 

 

 

Re:

US$150,000,000 Loan Agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated 12 th May, 2008 made between (1) the Bank, as lender and (2) C HRISTOS M ARITIME C ORPORATION and C OSTIS M ARITIME C ORPORATION , as joint and several borrowers (the “ Borrowers ”).

We refer to the Loan Agreement and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the full amount of the [Commitment/Tranche [A] [B] in the amount of $75,000,000 (Seventy five million Dollars) on [ ] May, 2008. We select a first Interest Period in respect of the Loan of [ ] months/ terminating on [ ], 200.... The funds should be credited to ([ ] [name and number of account] [ ]) with [ ], New York, USA.

We confirm that:

 

 

(i)

no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default;

 

 

(ii)

the representations and warranties contained in Clause 6 of the Loan Agreement and the representations and warranties contained in each of the other Security Documents are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;

 

 

(iii)

the borrowing to be effected by the drawing of the said Advance will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise) to be exceeded; and

 

 

(iv)

there has been no change in the ownership, management, operations or financial condition of any of the Security Parties from that previously disclosed to the Bank in writing other than [ ]

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

 

SIGNED by

)

Mr.

)

for and on behalf of

)

C HRISTOS M ARITIME C ORPORATION

)

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)


 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Occupation:

 

68



 

 

SIGNED by

)

Mr.

)

for and on behalf of

)

C OSTIS M ARITIME C ORPORATION ,

)

of Liberia, in the presence of:

)


 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Occupation:

 

69


Exhibit 10.13

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL LETTER TO LOAN AGREEMENT no 190/12-5-2008

 

 

To:

CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION (of Monrovia, Liberia)

 

COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION (of Monrovia, Liberia)

 

Mr. Vasileios Konstantakopoulos

Date: 28 January 2009

Re : Loan Agreement no 190 dated 12 May 2008 (the “Loan Agreement”)made between (i) CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION and COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION as joint and several borrowers (the “Borrowers”),
(ii) Mr. Vasileios Konstantakopoulos son of Konstantinos, resident of 60 Zephyrou str., Pal.Faliro, as personal guarantor (the “Personal Guarantor”)and
(iii) Emporiki Bank of Greece S.A. as lender (the “Lender”) in respect of a term loan of up to US$150,000,000 (the “Loan”).

We refer to the Loan Agreement and the Personal Guarantee. Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this letter.

The Borrowers and the Personal Guarantor hereby acknowledge that as at the date hereof, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan is $145,500,000.-

Pursuant to discussions between us, we have agreed -subject to the terms of this Letter- to increase the Margin under the Loan Agreement with effect from 1st January 2009 and for the period of one year only, i.e. until 31 st December 2009.

We hereby confirm our approval to these arrangements, subject to the Borrowers and the Personal Guarantor signing the acknowledgement to this letter confirming their agreement to the terms and conditions of the same.

          1. Agreement the Lender and the Borrowers hereby confirm and agree that in respect of the period 1st January 2009 to 30 December 2009 only , the Margin shall be adjusted to zero point eight zero per cent (0,80%) per annum.

          2. Notices. Clause 15 (notices) of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply to this letter as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

          3. Governing law. This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Greek law and Clause 16 (law and jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement shall extend and apply to this letter as if the same were (mutatis mutandis) herein expressly set forth.

All other provisions of the Loan Agreement Security Documents which have not been amended and/or supplemented by this letter shall remain in full and force and effect.


Please confirm your acceptance to the foregoing terms and conditions by signing the acceptance at the foot of this letter.

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

EMPORIKI BANK OF GREECE S.A.

Name :

 

 

 

 

/s/ X. Mapyέλou

 

 


 

 

X. Mapyέλou

We hereby acknowledge receipt of the above letter and confirm out agreement to the terms of same.

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION

 

 

Name: K.V. Konstantakopoulos

/s/ K.V. Konstantakopoulos

 

 


 

Title: Attorney in fact

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION

 

 

Name: K.V. Konstantakopoulos

/s/ K.V. Konstantakopoulos

 

 


 

Title: Attorney in fact

 

 

I hereby confirm and acknowledge that I have read and understood the terms and conditions of the above letter and agree in all respects to the same and confirm that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan agreement (as amended and supplemented by this letter).

 

 

Mr. Vasileios Konstantakopoulos

 

 

 

/s/ Vasileios Konstantakopoulos

 


 

 

 

Date: 28 January 2009

 



Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF COSTAMARE INC.

   

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 
1 . BURTON SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
2 . CAGNEY SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
3 . CORNAS SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
4 . DENOR SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
5 . DINO SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
6 . FLOW SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
7 . GRAPPA SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
8 . LANG SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
9 . LEGE SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
10 . LYTTON SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
11 . MADELIA SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
12 . MERA SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
13 . MERIN SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
14 . MERTEN SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
15 . MIKO SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
16 . NIGEL SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
17 . RAY SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
18 . SIMONE SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
19 . SIMS SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
20 . VENOR SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
21 . VOLK SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
22 . URIZA SHIPPING S.A.   LIBERIA
23 . ACHILLEAS MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
24 . CHRISTOS MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
25 . COSTIS MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
26 . BULLOW INVESTMENTS INC.   LIBERIA
27 . COSTACHILLE MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
28 . MARINA MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
29 . RENA MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
30 . ALEXIA TRANSPORT CORP.   LIBERIA
31 . FANAKOS MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
32 . TAKOULIS MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
33 . HONAKER SHIPPING COMPANY   LIBERIA
34 . FASTSAILING MARITIME CO   LIBERIA
35 . ANGISTRI CORPORATION   LIBERIA
36 . KALAMATA SHIPPING CORPORATION   LIBERIA
37 . NAVARINO MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
38 . GUILDMORE NAVIGATION S.A.   LIBERIA
39 . CAPETANISSA MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
40 . CARAVOKYRA MARITIME CORPORATION   LIBERIA
41 . KELSEN SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
42 . MAS SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
43 . MONTES SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
44 . WEST END SHIPPING CO LTD   LIBERIA
45 . MARATHOS SHIPPING INC.   LIBERIA
46 . MARVISTA MARITIME INC.   LIBERIA
47 . CONVEY SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
48 . DOME SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
49 . IDEA SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA



50 . BROOKES SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
51 . DAVIES SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
52 . RONDA SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
53 . MABEL SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
54 . ROYCE SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
55 . ERIN SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
56 . WARRICK SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
57 . DOURO SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
58 . SEA ELF MARITIME INC   LIBERIA
59 . ADELE SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
60 . BASTIAN SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
61 . CADENCE SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
62 . DAINA SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
63 . EDITH SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
64 . FAY SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA
65 . GAVIN SHIPPING CO.   LIBERIA

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption ‘‘Experts’’ and to the use of our report dated June 30, 2010 (except for Note 16(i), as to which the date is July 20, 2010, and Note 16(j) and 16(k), as to which the date is October 19, 2010) in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and the related Prospectus of Costamare Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.

Athens, Greece

October 19, 2010

 

 


Exhibit 23.4

(CLARKSONS LOGO)

Costamare Inc.
60 Zephyrou Street &
Syngrou Avenue
17564 Athens
Greece

October 13, 2010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Form F-l registration statement, as the same may be amended from time to time (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), of Costamare Inc. (the “Company”), to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the public offering of the Company’s shares of common stock.

We have reviewed the section in the Registration Statement entitled “The International Containership Industry” and confirm that it accurately describes the international containership market. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the review of the section referenced above and the provision of the information set forth in the section of the Registration Statement entitled “The International Containership Industry,” including, but not limited to, the statistical data, graphs and tables that appear in that section (collectively, the “Shipping Information”). With respect to the Shipping Information supplied by us, we advise you that:

 

 

 

 

some industry data included in this discussion is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;

 

 

 

 

the published information of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from this data; and

 

 

 

 

while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the Shipping Information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

We hereby consent to (i) the use of the graphical and statistical information supplied by us as set forth in the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, such information contained under the section of the Registration Statement entitled “The International Containership Industry”, (ii) the references to our company in the Registration Statement, (iii) the naming of our company as an expert in the Registration Statement, and (iv) the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

 

 

/s/ Cliff Tyler

 

/s/ Stephen James Gordon

For and on behalf of

 

For and on behalf of

Clarkson Research Services Limited

 

Clarkson Research Services Limited

Name: Cliff Tyler

 

Name: Stephen James Gordon

Designation: Director

 

Designation: Director

Clarkson Research Services Limited England No1944749: Registered Office as above



Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

I hereby consent to being named as a director nominee of Costamare Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Costamare Inc. (including the prospectus contained therein), and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Dated: October 19, 2010

/s/ Vagn Lehd Møller
Vagn Lehd Møller


Exhibit 23.6

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

I hereby consent to being named as a director nominee of Costamare Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Costamare Inc. (including the prospectus contained therein), and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Dated: October 19, 2010

/s/ Charlotte Stratos
Charlotte Stratos